ATX Product Catalog 002 March 2016 148046

: Pdf 148046-Catalog 148046-Catalog B5 unilog

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 568

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

Emerson brings integrated manufacturing
solutions to diverse industries worldwide.
Our comprehensive product line, extensive
experience, world-class engineering and
global presence enable us to implement
solutions that give our customers the
competitive edge.
For over 150 years, our electrical product
brands have been providing a rich tradition
of long-term, practical, high quality
solutions with applications ranging from
the construction and safe operation of
petrochemical and process plants to
providing quality power that precisely
controls automotive robotic production.
Engineers, distributors, contractors,
electricians and site maintenance
professionals around the world trust
Emerson brands to make electrical
installations safer, more productive and
more reliable.

Appleton Grp LLC
9377 W. Higgins Road
Rosemont, IL 60018
1.800.621.1506
www.appletonelec.com
Connect with Appleton
Facebook | Twitter | YouTube

Appleton Group is organized into three
focused businesses that provide distributors
and end-users expert knowledge and
excellent service.
Electrical Construction Materials
This group is made up of the Appleton,
Nutsteel and O-Z/Gedney brands. They
manufacture a broad range of electrical
products including conduit and cable
fittings, plugs and receptacles, enclosures
and controls, conduit bodies and industrial
and hazardous lighting. Whether the
application is hazardous location, industrial
or commercial, the electrical construction
materials group has the products to meet
your needs.
Power Quality Solutions
The SolaHD brand offers the broadest
power quality line, including uninterruptible
power supplies, power conditioners, voltage
regulators, shielded transformers, surge
protection devices and power supplies.
Heating Cable Systems
This group is made up of the EasyHeat
and Nelson brands. They offer a broad
range of electrical heating cable products
for residential, commercial and industrial
applications.

ATX S.A. / Appleton Group
Espace Industriel Nord
35, rue André Durouchez - CS 98017
80084 Amiens Cedex 2 - France
Phone : +33.3.22.54.27.54
www.appletonelec.com
Technical & quotation
Fax : +33.1.48.63.77.82
appleton.technicalservices@emerson.com
Customer service
Fax : +33.3.22.54.28.34

Appleton Grp LLC d/b/a Appleton Group. The Appleton and Emerson logos are registered in the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office.
EasyHeat, Inc. is a wholly owned subsidiary of Appleton Grp LLC. All other product or service names are the property of their registered owners.
© 2015, Appleton Grp LLC. All rights reserved. The Emerson logo is a trademark and a service mark of Emerson Electric Co. ©2015, Emerson Electric Co.

Asia/Pacific
+ 65.6891.7600
Australia
+ 61.3.9721.0348
Canada
+ 1.888.765.2226
China
+ 86.21.3418.3888
Europe
+ 33.3.2254.1390
Mexico/Latin America
+ 52.55.5809.5049
Middle East/Africa/India
+ 971.4.811.8100
United States
+ 1.800.621.1506

ATX PRODUCT CATALOG 002

Appleton is our premium line of industrial
electrical products under Appleton Group, a
business unit of Emerson.

ATX PRODUCT CATALOG 002

TRUST THE ATX LINE OF PRODUCTS

TO PROTECT PEOPLE, FACILITIES AND PRODUCTIVITY.
The ATX brand of hazardous location products for IEC and ATEX environments are now part of Appleton –
a premier brand of electrical products in the North American market. As one brand under Emerson Industrial
Automation, we can now offer a truly global line of premier electrical products that provide protection
against harsh environments and the presence of dust, vapors and gas in hazardous locations.
ATX products, like Appleton’s, help create peace of mind in the workplace – whether it’s a petrochemical
plant, a power plant, pulp and paper mills or any industrial location. These products help ensure operations
maintain maximum productivity and safety.
Choose from a vast breadth of Flameproof and Increased Safety products that meet rigorous Zone 1-2 and
21-22 ratings – from lighting to plugs and sockets to junction boxes, panelboards, control stations and
cable glands. Our engineers have developed innovations across all product lines, making Appleton’s ATX
the premier provider of electrical products for use in IEC and ATEX locations.

LIGHTING
Lighting

LED
Fluorescent
HID
Handlamps

Plugs and receptacles

PLUGS AND RECEPTACLES
With Switch
Without Switch
16A to 125A
Multiple Sockets Outlets

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

ENCLOSURES AND JUNCTION BOXES
Empty enclosures
Customized enclosures
Flameproof
Increased safety
Differents materials

CONTROLS
Controls

Control stations
Components
“Break Glass” call point
Switches
Motor Starters

Distribution Equipment

DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT
Circuit breakers
Relays
Contactors
Distribution Panelboards

FITTINGS
Fittings

Cable glands
Plug
Reducers / Adaptors
Conduits
Drain / Breathers

Specialty Products

SPECIALTY PRODUCTS
Enclosures for camera

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

I

Alphanumeric Index
Catalog
Number

Page
Number

Catalog
Number

Page
Number

093496
093958
093959
094784
094904
094905
094906
094907
094908
094909
094910
094911
094912
094913
094914
094915
094916
094917
094918
094919
095485
095486
095487
095488
095605
095606
095701
095702
095703
095707
095708
095709
095710
095711
095712
095713
095714
095715
095756
095757
095758
095759
095800
095801
095802
095803
095804
095805
096039
096041
096043
096044
096115
096496
096650
097200
097201
097202
097203
097203
097204
097206
097207
097209
097230
097231
097232
097233
097234
097235

297
420
421
126
156
156
156
156
156
156
156
156
156
156
156
156
156
156
156
156
531
531
531
531
505
505
536
536
536
536
536
536
536
536
536
536
531
531
505
505
505
505
505
505
505
505
505
505
270
270
270
270
278
205
460
291
291
291
278
290
290
291
291
291
290
290
290
290
290
290

097240
097241
097242
097243
097244
097245
097246
097247
097250
097251
097252
097253
097254
097255
097263
097264
097265
097270
097271
097272
097273
097274
097275
097277
097278
097279
097280
097281
097282
097283
097284
097285
097286
097287
097288
097494
097499
098656
098657
098661
500044
500045
500046
500047
500048
500049
500050
500051
500052
500053
500054
500055
500056
500057
500058
500059
500060
500061
500062
500063
500064
500065
500066
500067
500068
500069
500070
500071
500072
500073

290
290
290
290
290
290
290
290
290
290
290
290
290
290
291
291
291
290
290
290
290
290
290
291
291
291
291
291
291
291
291
291
291
291
291
205
207
322
324
322
540
540
540
540
540
540
540
540
540
540
541
541
541
541
541
541
542
542
542
542
542
542
542
542
542
542
542
542
542
542

II

Catalog
Number
500074
500075
500076
500077
500078
500079
500080
500081
500082
500083
500084
500085
500086
500087
500088
500089
500090
500091
500092
500093
500094
500095
500096
500097
500098
500106
500146
500147
500148
500149
500150
500151
500152
500153
500154
500155
500158
050NPTET
050NPTETS
050NPTLN5
050NPTSW4
075NPTET
075NPTETS
075NPTLN5
075NPTSW4
100A2F4
100A2F4004
100A2F4005
100A2F5
100A2F5004
100A2F5005
100E1FU4005
100E1FU5
100E1FU5005
100E1FW4005
100E1FW5
100E1FW5005
100E1FX4005
100E1FX5
100E1FX5005
100ET
100ETS2
100LSW
100NPTET
100NPTETS
100NPTLN5
100NPTSW4
100PX2K4005
100PX2K5
100PX2K5005

Page
Number
542
542
542
542
542
542
542
542
542
542
542
542
542
542
542
542
542
542
542
542
542
542
542
542
542
542
543
543
543
543
543
543
543
543
543
543
540
536
538
536
537
536
538
536
537
524
524
506
506
524
506
512
512
512
510
510
510
508
508
508
536
538
539
536
538
536
537
520
520
520

Catalog
Number
100PX4005
100PX5
100PX5005
100SW4
100T34005
100T35
100T35005
100TE1FU4
100TE1FU4004
100TE1FU5004
115A2F4
115A2F4004
115A2F4005
115A2F5
115A2F5004
115A2F5005
115E1FU4005
115E1FU5
115E1FU5005
115E1FW4005
115E1FW5
115E1FW5005
115E1FX4005
115E1FX5
115E1FX5005
115T34005
115T35
115T35005
115TE1FU4
115TE1FU4004
115TE1FU5004
125NPTET
125NPTETS
125NPTLN5
125NPTSW4
130A2F4
130A2F5
130A2F5004
130A2F5005
130A2F6004
130A2F6005
130E1FU5
130E1FU5005
130E1FU6005
130E1FW5
130E1FW5005
130E1FW6005
130E1FX5
130E1FX5005
130E1FX6005
130T35
130T35005
130T36005
130TE1FU4
130TE1FU5004
130TE1FU6004
150NPTET
150NPTETS
150NPTLN5
150SPTNW4
16ET
16ETS
16ETS2
16SW4
200NPTET
200NPTETS
200NPTLN5
200NPTSW4
2016A2F0504
2016A2F0505

Page
Number
516
516
516
537
514
514
514
526
526
526
524
524
506
506
524
506
512
512
512
510
510
510
508
508
508
514
514
514
526
526
526
536
538
536
537
524
506
524
506
524
506
512
512
512
510
510
510
508
508
508
514
514
514
526
526
526
536
538
536
537
536
538
538
537
536
538
536
537
524
506

Catalog
Number
2016A2F0754
2016A2F0755
2016A2F4
2016A2F5
2016E1FU0505
2016E1FU0755
2016E1FU5
2016E1FW0505
2016E1FW0755
2016E1FW5
2016E1FX0505
2016E1FX0755
2016E1FX5
2016LSW
2016PX0505
2016PX0755
2016PX2K0505
2016PX2K0755
2016PX2K5
2016PX2KREX5
2016PX2KRX505
2016PX2KRX755
2016PX5
2016PXREX0505
2016PXREX0755
2016PXREX5
2016T30505
2016T30755
2016T35
2016TE1FU0504
2016TE1FU0754
2016TE1FU4
20A2F0504
20A2F0505
20A2F0754
20A2F0755
20A2F4
20A2F5
20E1FU0505
20E1FU0755
20E1FU5
20E1FW0505
20E1FW0755
20E1FW5
20E1FX0505
20E1FX0755
20E1FX5
20ET
20ETS
20ETS2
20LSW
20PX0505
20PX0755
20PX2K0505
20PX2K0755
20PX2K5
20PX2KREX0505
20PX2KREX0755
20PX2KREX5
20PX5
20PXREX0505
20PXREX0755
20PXREX5
20SA2F0504
20SA2F0505
20SA2F0754
20SA2F0755
20SA2F4
20SA2F5
20SE1FU0505

Page
Number
524
506
524
506
512
512
512
510
510
510
508
508
508
539
516
516
520
520
520
522
522
522
516
518
518
518
514
514
514
526
526
526
524
506
524
506
524
506
512
512
512
510
510
510
508
508
508
536
538
538
539
516
516
520
520
520
522
522
522
516
518
518
518
524
506
524
506
524
506
512

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Alphanumeric Index
Catalog
Number
20SE1FU0755
20SE1FU5
20SE1FW0505
20SE1FW0755
20SE1FW5
20SE1FX0505
20SE1FX0755
20SE1FX5
20SLSW
20SPX0505
20SPX0755
20SPX2K0505
20SPX2K0755
20SPX2K5
20SPX2KREX5
20SPX2KRX0505
20SPX2KRX0755
20SPX5
20SPXREX0505
20SPXREX0755
20SPXREX5
20ST30505
20ST30755
20ST35
20STE1FU0504
20STE1FU0754
20STE1FU4
20SW4
20T30505
20T30755
20T35
20TE1FU0504
20TE1FU0754
20TE1FU4
250NPTET
250NPTETS
250NPTLN5
250NPTSW4
25A2F0754
25A2F0755
25A2F1004
25A2F1005
25A2F4
25A2F5
25E1FU0755
25E1FU1005
25E1FU5
25E1FW0755
25E1FW1005
25E1FW5
25E1FX0755
25E1FX1005
25E1FX5
25ET
25ETS
25ETS2
25LSW
25PX0755
25PX1005
25PX2K0755
25PX2K1005
25PX2K5
25PX2KREX0755
25PX2KREX1005
25PX2KREX5
25PX5
25PXREX0755
25PXREX1005
25PXREX5
25SE1FU0755

Page
Number
512
512
510
510
510
508
508
508
539
516
516
520
520
520
522
522
522
516
518
518
518
514
514
514
526
526
526
537
514
514
514
526
526
526
536
538
536
537
524
506
524
506
524
506
512
512
512
510
510
510
508
508
508
536
538
538
539
516
516
520
520
520
522
522
522
516
518
518
518
512

Catalog
Number
25SE1FU1005
25SE1FU5
25SE1FW0755
25SE1FW1005
25SE1FW5
25SE1FX0755
25SE1FX1005
25SE1FX5
25SPX2K0755
25SPX2K1005
25SPX2K5
25SPX2KREX5
25SPX2KRX0755
25SPX2KRX1005
25ST30755
25ST31005
25ST35
25STE1FU0754
25STE1FU1004
25STE1FU4
25SW4
25T30755
25T31005
25T35
25TE1FU0754
25TE1FU1004
25TE1FU4
300NPTET
300NPTETS
300NPTLN5
300NPTSW4
32A2F1004
32A2F1005
32A2F1254
32A2F1255
32A2F4
32A2F5
32E1FU1005
32E1FU1255
32E1FU5
32E1FW1005
32E1FW1255
32E1FW5
32E1FX1005
32E1FX1255
32E1FX5
32ET
32ETS
32ETS2
32LSW
32PX1005
32PX1255
32PX2K1005
32PX2K1255
32PX2K5
32PX2KREX1005
32PX2KREX1255
32PX2KREX5
32PX5
32PXREX1005
32PXREX1255
32PXREX5
32SW4
32T31005
32T31255
32T35
32TE1FU1004
32TE1FU1254
32TE1FU4
350NPTET

Page
Number
512
512
510
510
510
508
508
508
520
520
520
522
522
522
514
514
514
526
526
526
537
514
514
514
526
526
526
536
538
536
537
524
506
524
506
524
506
512
512
512
510
510
510
508
508
508
536
538
538
539
516
516
520
520
520
522
522
522
516
518
518
518
537
514
514
514
526
526
526
536

Catalog
Number
350NPTETS
350NPTLN5
350NPTSW4
40A2F1254
40A2F1255
40A2F1504
40A2F1505
40A2F4
40A2F5
40E1FU1255
40E1FU1505
40E1FU5
40E1FW1255
40E1FW1505
40E1FW5
40E1FX1255
40E1FX1505
40E1FX5
40ET
40ETS
40ETS2
40LSW
40PX1255
40PX1505
40PX2K1255
40PX2K1505
40PX2K5
40PX2KREX1255
40PX2KREX1505
40PX2KREX5
40PX5
40PXREX1255
40PXREX1505
40PXREX5
40SW4
40T31255
40T31505
40T35
40TE1FU1254
40TE1FU1504
40TE1FU4
50A2F2004
50A2F2005
50A2F2504
50A2F2505
50A2F4
50A2F5
50E1FU2005
50E1FU2505
50E1FU5
50E1FW2005
50E1FW2505
50E1FW5
50E1FX2005
50E1FX2505
50E1FX5
50ET
50ETS
50ETS2
50LSW
50PX2005
50PX2505
50PX2K2005
50PX2K2505
50PX2K5
50PX2KREX2005
50PX2KREX2505
50PX2KREX5
50PX5
50PXREX2005

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Page
Number
538
536
537
524
506
524
506
524
506
512
512
512
510
510
510
508
508
508
536
538
538
539
516
516
520
520
520
522
522
522
516
518
518
518
537
514
514
514
526
526
526
524
506
524
506
524
506
512
512
512
510
510
510
508
508
508
536
538
538
539
516
516
520
520
520
522
522
522
516
518

Catalog
Number
50PXREX2505
50PXREX5
50SA2F1504
50SA2F1505
50SA2F2004
50SA2F2005
50SA2F4
50SA2F5
50SE1FU1505
50SE1FU2005
50SE1FU5
50SE1FW1505
50SE1FW2005
50SE1FW5
50SE1FX1505
50SE1FX2005
50SE1FX5
50SLSW
50SPX1505
50SPX2005
50SPX2K1505
50SPX2K2005
50SPX2K5
50SPX2KREX5
50SPX2KRX1505
50SPX2KRX2005
50SPX5
50SPXREX1505
50SPXREX2005
50SPXREX5
50ST31505
50ST32005
50ST35
50STE1FU1504
50STE1FU2004
50STE1FU4
50SW4
50T32005
50T32505
50T35
50TE1FU2004
50TE1FU2504
50TE1FU4
63A2F2504
63A2F2505
63A2F3004
63A2F3005
63A2F4
63A2F5
63E1FU2505
63E1FU3005
63E1FU5
63E1FW2505
63E1FW3005
63E1FW5
63E1FX2505
63E1FX3005
63E1FX5
63ET
63ETS2
63LSW
63PX2505
63PX2K2505
63PX2K3005
63PX2K5
63PX2KREX2505
63PX2KREX3005
63PX2KREX5
63PX3005
63PX5

Page
Number
518
518
524
506
524
506
524
506
512
512
512
510
510
510
508
508
508
539
516
516
520
520
520
522
522
522
516
518
518
518
514
514
514
526
526
526
537
514
514
514
526
526
526
524
506
524
506
524
506
512
512
512
510
510
510
508
508
508
536
538
539
516
520
520
520
522
522
522
516
516

Catalog
Number
63PXREX2505
63PXREX3005
63PXREX5
63SA2F2004
63SA2F2005
63SA2F2504
63SA2F2505
63SA2F4
63SA2F5
63SE1FU2005
63SE1FU2505
63SE1FU5
63SE1FW2005
63SE1FW2505
63SE1FW5
63SE1FX2005
63SE1FX2505
63SE1FX5
63SLSW
63SPX2005
63SPX2505
63SPX2K2005
63SPX2K2505
63SPX2K5
63SPX2KREX5
63SPX2KRX2005
63SPX2KRX2505
63SPX5
63SPXREX2005
63SPXREX2505
63SPXREX5
63ST32005
63ST32505
63ST35
63STE1FU2004
63STE1FU2504
63STE1FU4
63SW4
63T32505
63T33005
63T35
63TE1FU2504
63TE1FU3004
63TE1FU4
737DM1M25
737DM1T15
737DM2M15
737DM2M35
737DM2T15
737DM2T25
737DM3M15
737DM3M25
737DM3M45
737DM3T25
737DM3T35
737DM4M25
737DM4M35
737DM4M55
737DM4T35
737DM4T45
737DM5M35
737DM5M45
737DM5M65
737DM5T45
737DM5T55
737DM6M45
737DM6M55
737DM6M75
737DM6T55
737DM6T65

Page
Number
518
518
518
524
506
524
506
524
506
512
512
512
510
510
510
508
508
508
539
516
516
520
520
520
522
522
522
516
518
518
518
514
514
514
526
526
526
537
514
514
514
526
526
526
530
530
530
530
530
530
530
530
530
530
530
530
530
530
530
530
530
530
530
530
530
530
530
530
530
530

III

Alphanumeric Index
Catalog
Number
737DM7M55
737DM7M65
737DM7M85
737DM7T65
737DM7T75
737DM8M65
737DM8M75
737DM8M95
737DM8T75
737DM8T85
737DM9M105
737DT10T85
737DT10T95
737DT1M25
737DT1T25
737DT2M25
737DT2M35
737DT2T15
737DT3M35
737DT3M45
737DT3T15
737DT3T25
737DT4M45
737DT4M55
737DT4T25
737DT4T35
737DT5M55
737DT5M65
737DT5T35
737DT5T45
737DT6M65
737DT6M75
737DT6T45
737DT6T55
737DT7M75
737DT7M85
737DT7T55
737DT7T65
737DT8M85
737DT8T65
737DT8T75
737DT9T75
737DT9T85
747DAM15
747DAM25
747DAM2B5
747DAM35
747DAM45
747DAM55
747DAM65
747DAM75
747DAM85
747DAM95
747DAT15
747DAT25
747DAT35
747DAT45
747DAT55
747DAT65
747DAT75
747DAT85
757DM105
757DM15
757DM25
757DM35
757DM45
757DM55
757DM65
757DM75
757DM85

IV

Page
Number
530
530
530
530
530
530
530
530
530
530
530
530
530
530
530
530
530
530
530
530
530
530
530
530
530
530
530
530
530
530
530
530
530
530
530
530
530
530
530
530
530
530
530
534
534
422
534
534
534
534
534
534
534
534
534
534
534
534
534
534
534
533
533
533
533
533
533
533
533
533

Catalog
Number
757DM95
757DT105
757DT15
757DT25
757DT35
757DT45
757DT55
757DT65
757DT75
757DT85
757DT95
75A2F3004
75A2F3005
75A2F3504
75A2F3505
75A2F4
75A2F5
75E1FU3005
75E1FU3505
75E1FU5
75E1FW3005
75E1FW3505
75E1FW5
75E1FX3005
75E1FX3505
75E1FX5
75ET
75ETS2
75LSW
75PX2K3005
75PX2K3505
75PX2K5
75PX2KREX3005
75PX2KREX3505
75PX2KREX5
75PX3005
75PX3505
75PX5
75PXREX3005
75PXREX3505
75PXREX5
75SA2F2504
75SA2F2505
75SA2F3004
75SA2F3005
75SA2F4
75SA2F5
75SE1FU2505
75SE1FU3005
75SE1FU5
75SE1FW2505
75SE1FW3005
75SE1FW5
75SE1FX2505
75SE1FX3005
75SE1FX5
75SLSW
75SPX2505
75SPX2K2505
75SPX2K3005
75SPX2K5
75SPX2KREX5
75SPX2KRX2505
75SPX2KRX3005
75SPX3005
75SPX5
75SPXREX2505
75SPXREX3005
75SPXREX5
75ST32505

Page
Number
533
533
533
533
533
533
533
533
533
533
533
524
506
524
506
524
506
512
512
512
510
510
510
508
508
508
536
538
539
520
520
520
522
522
522
516
516
516
518
518
518
524
506
524
506
524
506
512
512
512
510
510
510
508
508
508
539
516
520
520
520
522
522
522
516
516
518
518
518
514

Catalog
Number
75ST33005
75ST35
75STE1FU2504
75STE1FU3004
75STE1FU4
75SW4
75T33005
75T33505
75T35
75TE1FU3004
75TE1FU3504
75TE1FU4
767DM15
767DM25
767DM35
767DM45
767DM55
767DM65
767DM75
767DM85
767DM95
767DT15
767DT25
767DT35
767DT45
767DT55
767DT65
767DT75
767DT85
90A2F3504
90A2F3505
90A2F4
90A2F4004
90A2F4005
90A2F5
90E1FU3505
90E1FU4005
90E1FU5
90E1FW3505
90E1FW4005
90E1FW5
90E1FX3505
90E1FX4005
90E1FX5
90ET
90ETS2
90LSW
90PX2K3505
90PX2K4005
90PX2K5
90PX2KREX3505
90PX2KREX4005
90PX2KREX5
90PX3505
90PX4005
90PX5
90PXREX3505
90PXREX4005
90PXREX5
90SW4
90T33505
90T34005
90T35
90TE1FU3504
90TE1FU4
90TE1FU4004
AJBEW101006X
AJBEW101408X
AJBEW141408X
AJBEW161812X

Page
Number
514
514
526
526
526
537
514
514
514
526
526
526
535
535
535
535
535
535
535
535
535
535
535
535
535
535
535
535
535
524
506
524
524
506
506
512
512
512
510
510
510
508
508
508
536
538
539
520
520
520
522
522
522
516
516
516
518
518
518
537
514
514
514
526
526
526
311
311
311
311

Catalog
Number
AJBEW181808X
AJBEW182410X
AJBEW183610X
AJBEW242408X
AJBEW243610X
AJBEW303808X
AMLED67AW
AMLED67YBU1
AMLED77AW
AMLED77YBU1
AMLED87AW
AMLED87YBU1
AMLEDCM
AMLEDDBU1L
AMLEDDBU1R
AMLEDMDOOR
AMLEDSF1
AZ-10104/6
AZ-10146/8
AZ-14146/8
AZ-161812
AZ-18186/8
AZ-18248/10
AZ-18368/10
AZ-24248/10
AZ-24368/10
AZ-30388
CB1M
CBDB0
CBDB6
CBDB7
CBDC0
CBDC6
CBDC7
CBU206C
CBU210C
CBU216C
CBU220C
CBU225C
CBU232C
CBU306C
CBU310C
CBU316C
CBU320C
CBU325C
CBU332C
CBU406C
CBU410C
CBU416C
CBU420C
CBU425C
CBU432C
CBUN210CR1
CBUN210CR2
CBUN216CR1
CBUN216CR2
CBUN220CR1
CBUN220CR2
CC16MM
CC50MM
CC6MM
CMR4AN
CMR4ST
DA1310
DA13100
DA13125
DA1315
DA13150
DA1320
DA13200

Page
Number
311
311
311
311
311
311
23
22
23
22
23
22
23
23
23
23
23
311
311
311
311
311
311
311
311
311
311
230
464
464
464
464
464
464
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
230
230
230
116
116
408
408
408
408
408
408
408

Catalog
Number
DA13250
DA1330
DA1340
DA135
DA1350
DA1360
DA1375
DA1510
DA15100
DA15125
DA1515
DA15150
DA1520
DA15200
DA15250
DA1530
DA1540
DA155
DA1550
DA1560
DA1575
DA1610
DA16100
DA16125
DA1615
DA16150
DA1620
DA16200
DA16250
DA1630
DA1640
DA165
DA1650
DA1660
DA1675
DA1W1E101
DA1W1E201
DA1W1L001
DA1W1T101
DA1W1T102
DA1W1T103
DA1W1T104
DA1W1T201
DA1W3E101
DA1W3E201
DA1W3L001
DA1W3T101
DA1W3T102
DA1W3T103
DA1W3T104
DA1W3T201
DA2W2E102
DA3W2E601
DA4W2E202
DA4W2T201
DA4W2T202
DA5310
DA53100
DA53125
DA5315
DA53150
DA5320
DA53200
DA53250
DA5330
DA5340
DA535
DA5350
DA5360
DA5375

Page
Number
408
408
408
408
408
408
408
408
408
408
408
408
408
408
408
408
408
408
408
408
408
408
408
408
408
408
408
408
408
408
408
408
408
408
408
417
417
414
413
413
413
413
413
417
417
414
413
413
413
413
413
549
417
417
413
413
408
408
408
408
408
408
408
408
408
408
408
408
408
408

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Alphanumeric Index
Catalog
Number
DA5510
DA55100
DA55125
DA5515
DA55150
DA5520
DA55200
DA55250
DA5530
DA5540
DA555
DA5550
DA5560
DA5575
DA5610
DA56100
DA56125
DA5615
DA56150
DA5620
DA56200
DA56250
DA5630
DA5640
DA565
DA5650
DA5660
DA5675
DA5GP
DA5GR
DA5W2E301
DA5W2E302
DA5W2E401
DA5W2E601
DA5W2T301
DA5W2T302
DA9RP
DA9RR
DBD20NB
DBD20S
DBDB20NB
DBDB20S
DBE20B
DBE20P
DBE20S
DC9P
DC9R
DCB5P
DCB5R
DCB9P
DCB9R
DD9P
DD9R
DEMULEDE042
DEMULEDE042A
DG5P
DG5R
DGD1A
DH5P
DH5R
DLP00
DLP01
DM48A
DMA1348P
DMA1348R
DMA1548P
DMA1548R
DMA1648P
DMA1648R
DMA5348P

Page
Number
408
408
408
408
408
408
408
408
408
408
408
408
408
408
408
408
408
408
408
408
408
408
408
408
408
408
408
408
421
420
417
417
417
417
414
414
421
420
544
544
544
544
544
544
544
421
420
421
420
421
420
421
420
18
18
421
420
422
421
420
422
422
423
423
423
423
423
423
423
423

Catalog
Number
DMA5348R
DMA5548P
DMA5548R
DMA5648P
DMA5648R
DMB000D
DMB001D
DMB055D4P
DMC000D
DMC001D
DMC055D4P
DPB12P
DPB12R
DPB48P
DPB48R
DPB85P
DPB85R
DPBLENS
DPDS3A06216C0
DPDS3B12216C0
DPDS3E06916B1
DPDS3E06916C1
DPDS3F12916B1
DPDS3F12916C1
DPDS7C18216C0
DPDS7G18916B1
DPDS7G18916C1
DPDS9D24216C0
DPDS9H20916B1
DPDS9H20916C1
DPG12P
DPG12R
DPG48P
DPG48R
DPG85P
DPG85R
DPGLENS
DPLD1S
DPLD2S
DPR12P
DPR12R
DPR48P
DPR48R
DPR85P
DPR85R
DPRLENS
DPW12P
DPW12R
DPW48P
DPW48R
DPW85P
DPW85R
DPWLENS
DPY12P
DPY12R
DPY48P
DPY48R
DPY85P
DPY85R
DPYLENS
DR9P
DR9R
DS116P
DS116R
DS21601P
DS21601R
DS21602P
DS21602R
DS216P
DS216R

Page
Number
423
423
423
423
423
448
448
448
448
448
448
421
420
421
420
421
420
422
494
494
494
494
494
494
494
494
494
494
494
494
421
420
421
420
421
420
422
422
422
421
420
421
420
421
420
422
421
420
421
420
421
420
422
421
420
421
420
421
420
422
421
420
421
420
421
420
421
420
421
420

Catalog
Number
DS316P
DS316R
DS41601P
DS41602P
DS416P
DS416R
DSA
DSB
DSG
DSN
DSNPH
DSPH
DSR
DSS
ECDAB262720
ECDAB343223
ECDAB372720
ECDAB453234
ECDAB454434
ECDAB684441
ECDAB686441
ECDAC141610
ECDAC212312
ECDAC232124
ECDAC292619
ECDAC323423
ECDAC363320
ECDAC444534
ECDFB131309
ECDFB201413
ECDFB271912
ECDFC686445
ECDXB105529
ECDXB105529S
ECDXB106329
ECDXB106329S
ECDXB107029
ECDXB107029S
ECDXB125529
ECDXB125529S
ECDXB126329
ECDXB126329S
ECDXB127029
ECDXB127029S
ECDXB145529
ECDXB145529S
ECDXB146329
ECDXB146329S
ECDXB302718
ECDXB302718S
ECDXB412628
ECDXB412628S
ECDXB413828
ECDXB413828S
ECDXB633734
ECDXB633734S
ECDXB635734
ECDXB635734S
ECDXB705029
ECDXB705029S
ECDXB706029
ECDXB706029S
ECDXB707029
ECDXB707029S
ECDXB805029
ECDXB805029S
ECDXB806029
ECDXB806029S
ECDXB807029
ECDXB807029S

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Page
Number
421
420
421
421
421
420
422
422
422
422
422
422
422
422
303
303
303
303
303
303
303
303
303
303
303
303
303
303
303
303
303
303
308
308
308
308
308
308
308
308
308
308
308
308
308
308
308
308
308
308
308
308
308
308
308
308
308
308
308
308
308
308
308
308
308
308
308
308
308
308

Catalog
Number
ECDXB905029
ECDXB905029S
ECDXB906029
ECDXB906029S
ELS1100712A
ELS1100712B
ELS1210712A
ELS1210712B
ELS2100712A
ELS2100712B
ELS2210712A
ELS2210712B
FASDA
FASEA
FASEM
FDB118X3M
FDB118XCM
FDB136X3M
FDB136XCM
FDB158BUM
FDB158X3M
FDB158XCM
FDB218AAM
FDB218BUM
FDB218BUME
FDB218X3M
FDB218XCM
FDB236AAM
FDB236BUM
FDB236BUME
FDB236X3M
FDB236XCM
FDB258AAM
FDB258BUM
FDB258BUME
FDB258X3M
FDB258XCM
FDB336BUM
FDB358BUM
FDBAESLEDEM
FDBAESLEDEMA
FDBAESLEDEMAW
FDBAESLEDEMW
FDBAESLEDEN
FDBAESLEDENA
FDBAESLEDENW
FDBAESLEDSLM
FDBAESLEDSLMA
FDBAESLEDSLMAW
FDBAESLEDSLMW
FDBAESLEDSLN
FDBAESLEDSLNA
FDBAESLEDSLNW
FDC118XCM
FDC136XCM
FDC218XCM
FDC236XCM
FDER1G
FDER2G
FDER3G
FDER4G
FDER5G
FDES1081N
FDES1082N
FDES1083N
FDES1084M
FDES2084S
FDFBS
FDFBZ
FDHC49S

Page
Number
308
308
308
308
158
158
158
158
158
158
158
158
429
429
429
55
55
55
55
56
55
55
55
56
56
55
55
55
56
56
55
55
55
56
56
55
55
56
56
145
145
145
145
145
145
145
145
145
145
145
145
145
145
56
56
56
56
57
57
57
57
146
150
150
150
150
150
16
16
16

Catalog
Number
FDHC49Z
FDHC60S
FDHC60Z
FDLED04AD2
FDLED25BU2
FDLED50BU2
FDPG1Z
FDPG2Z
FDPG3Z
FDPG4Z
FDPG5Z
FDSBS
FDSBZ
FDSCS
FEB118BUSA
FEB118BUSN
FEB118BUSNL
FEB136BUSA
FEB136BUSN
FEB136BUSNL
FEB158BUSA
FEB158BUSN
FEB158BUSNL
FEB218BULA
FEB218BULAE
FEB218BULN
FEB218BULNE
FEB218BUPN
FEB218BUPNE 
FEB218BUSA
FEB218BUSAE
FEB218BUSN
FEB218BUSNE
FEB218BUTA
FEB218BUTAE
FEB218BUTN
FEB218BUTNE
FEB236BULA
FEB236BULAE
FEB236BULN
FEB236BULNE
FEB236BUPN
FEB236BUPNE
FEB236BUSA
FEB236BUSAE
FEB236BUSN
FEB236BUSNE
FEB236BUTA
FEB236BUTAE
FEB236BUTN
FEB236BUTNE
FEB258BULA
FEB258BULAE
FEB258BULN
FEB258BULNE
FEB258BUSA
FEB258BUSAE
FEB258BUSN
FEB258BUSNE
FEB258BUTA
FEB258BUTAE
FEB258BUTN
FEB258BUTNE
FEB336BUSA
FEB336BUSAE
FEB336BUSN
FEB336BUSNE
FEB358BUSA
FEB358BUSAE
FEB358BUSN

Page
Number
16
16
16
15
15
15
16
16
57
57
16
16
16
16
41
41
43
41
41
43
41
41
43
42
46
42
46
43
46
41
44
41
44
42
45
42
45
42
46
42
46
43
46
41
44
41
44
42
45
42
45
42
46
42
46
41
44
41
44
42
45
42
45
41
44
41
44
41
44
41

V

Alphanumeric Index
Catalog
Number
FEB358BUSNE
FEFBS
FEFBZ
FEHBA
FEHBS
FEHC49S
FEHC49Z
FEHC60S
FEHC60Z
FERBM8Z
FESBA
FESBS
FESBS
FESCM20
FESCM25
FEWMG
FLB118BKSA
FLB136BKSA
FLB136BUSA
FLB158BKSA
FLB158BUSA
FLB218BKSA
FLB218BUSA
FLB218BUSAE
FLB236BKSA
FLB236BUSA
FLB236BUSAE
FLB258BKSA
FLB258BUSA
FLB258BUSAE
FNB218BKSAN
FNB218BKSNN
FNB218BUSAEN
FNB218BUSAN
FNB218BUSNEN
FNB218BUSNN
FNB236BKSAN
FNB236BKSNN
FNB236BUSAEN
FNB236BUSAN
FNB236BUSNEN
FNB236BUSNN
FNB258BKSAN
FNB258BKSNN
FNB258BUSAEN
FNB258BUSAN
FNB258BUSNEN
FNB258BUSNN
FNESLEDEU
FNESLEDSLU
FU40
FVSM
FVWFM
GAM8CA
GAM8SF
GAM8WB
GSF20
HBDAF118
HBDAI240
HBDCF10802D
HBDCF10804D
HBDCF10811D
HBDCF10824B
HBDCF118
HBDCF20824B
HBDCI240
HBDCL17024A
HBDO
HBDOPGZ
HBDR

VI

Page
Number
44
7
7
8
47
8
8
8
8
7
7
7
47
47
47
47
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
154
154
409
7
8
23
23
23
23
133
133
130
130
130
130
130
130
130
130
126
126
125

Catalog
Number
HBDRPGZ
HBEGD
HBEPGZ
HBERI15
HBNRI15
HLD5501B
HLD7002B
HLD7502B
HRDB100I
HRDC020ZE
HRDC050ZE
JBDAB262720
JBDAB343223
JBDAB372720
JBDAB453234
JBDAB454434
JBDAB684441
JBDAB686441
JBDAC141610
JBDAC212312
JBDAC232124
JBDAC292619
JBDAC323423
JBDAC363320
JBDAC444534
JBDFB131309
JBDFB131309D1
JBDFB131309D1
JBDFB201413
JBDFB201413D2
JBDFB201413D2
JBDFB271912
JBDFB271912D3
JBDFB271912D3
JBDFC686445
JBDR20
JBDR23
JBDR25G
JBDR30
JBDR33
JBDR35G
JBDR40
JBDR41
JBDR43
JBDR45G
JBEA121109
JBEA121109D1
JBEA171109
JBEA171109D2
JBEA212013
JBEA212013A01
JBEA212013A02
JBEA212013A07
JBEA212013A08
JBEA212013A21
JBEA212013A22
JBEA212013A27
JBEA212013A28
JBEA212013A41
JBEA212013A42
JBEA212013A47
JBEA212013A48
JBEA212013D5
JBEA212013L01
JBEA212013L02
JBEA212013L07
JBEA212013L08
JBEA212013L21
JBEA212013L22
JBEA212013L27

Page
Number
125
120
120
120
123
141
141
141
135
135
135
303
303
303
303
303
303
303
303
303
303
303
303
303
303
303
300
300
303
300
300
303
300
300
303
297
297
297
297
297
297
297
297
297
297
277
270
277
270
277
272
272
272
272
272
272
272
272
272
272
272
272
270
273
273
273
273
273
273
273

Catalog
Number
JBEA212013L28
JBEA212013L41
JBEA212013L42
JBEA212013L47
JBEA212013L48
JBEA212013P01
JBEA212013P02
JBEA212013P07
JBEA212013P08
JBEA212013P21
JBEA212013P22
JBEA212013P27
JBEA212013P28
JBEA212013P41
JBEA212013P42
JBEA212013P47
JBEA212013P48
JBEA231109
JBEA231109D3
JBEA322013
JBEA322013A03
JBEA322013A04
JBEA322013A05
JBEA322013A09
JBEA322013A10
JBEA322013A11
JBEA322013A23
JBEA322013A24
JBEA322013A29
JBEA322013A30
JBEA322013A43
JBEA322013A44
JBEA322013A49
JBEA322013A50
JBEA322013D6
JBEA322013L03
JBEA322013L04
JBEA322013L05
JBEA322013L09
JBEA322013L10
JBEA322013L11
JBEA322013L23
JBEA322013L24
JBEA322013L29
JBEA322013L30
JBEA322013L43
JBEA322013L44
JBEA322013L49
JBEA322013L50
JBEA322013P03
JBEA322013P04
JBEA322013P05
JBEA322013P09
JBEA322013P10
JBEA322013P11
JBEA322013P23
JBEA322013P24
JBEA322013P29
JBEA322013P30
JBEA322013P43
JBEA322013P44
JBEA322013P49
JBEA322013P50
JBEA422013
JBEA422013A06
JBEA422013A12
JBEA422013A25
JBEA422013A31
JBEA422013A45
JBEA422013A51

Page
Number
273
273
273
273
273
271
271
271
271
271
271
271
271
271
271
271
271
277
270
277
272
272
272
272
272
272
272
272
272
272
272
272
272
272
270
273
273
273
273
273
273
273
273
273
273
273
273
273
273
271
271
271
271
271
271
271
271
271
271
271
271
271
271
277
272
272
272
272
272
272

Catalog
Number
JBEA422013D7
JBEA422013L06
JBEA422013L12
JBEA422013L25
JBEA422013L31
JBEA422013L45
JBEA422013L51
JBEA422013P06
JBEA422013P12
JBEA422013P25
JBEA422013P31
JBEA422013P45
JBEA422013P51
JBEA483819
JBEA483819A26
JBEA483819A32
JBEA483819A46
JBEA483819A52
JBEA483819D8
JBEA483819L26
JBEA483819L32
JBEA483819L46
JBEA483819L52
JBEA483819P26
JBEA483819P32
JBEA483819P46
JBEA483819P52
JBEL1A4M20
JBEL1N4P16G
JBEL2A4M05
JBEL2A4M06
JBEL2A4M20
JBEL2A4M25
JBEL2N3M20G
JBEL2N3M25G
JBEL2N4M20G
JBEL2N4M25G
JBEP02B
JBEP02S
JBEP0407
JBEP05B
JBEP05S
JBEP06B
JBEP06S
JBEP07B
JBEP07S
JBEP0808060
JBEP080806003
JBEP080806004
JBEP080806AE03
JBEP080806AE03T
JBEP080806AE04T
JBEP080806AE05
JBEP080806AE22
JBEP080806AE23
JBEP080806AE24
JBEP080806AE25
JBEP080806NE03
JBEP080806NE03T
JBEP080806NE04T
JBEP080806NE05
JBEP08B
JBEP08S
JBEP09B
JBEP09S
JBEP1008
JBEP10B
JBEP10S
JBEP11B
JBEP11S

Page
Number
270
273
273
273
273
273
273
271
271
271
271
271
271
277
272
272
272
272
270
273
273
273
273
271
271
271
271
221
221
221
221
221
221
221
221
221
221
231
231
230
231
231
231
231
231
231
226
227
227
246
244
244
246
246
246
246
246
246
244
244
246
231
231
231
231
230
231
231
231
231

Catalog
Number
JBEP121209003
JBEP121209004
JBEP121209AE03T
JBEP121209AE04T
JBEP121209AE07
JBEP121209AE25
JBEP121209AE27
JBEP121209AE45
JBEP121209AE47
JBEP121209NE08
JBEP121209NE13T
JBEP121209NE14T
JBEP121209NE26
JBEP121209NE28
JBEP121209NE46
JBEP121209NE48
JBEP121209S0
JBEP12B
JBEP12S
JBEP13B
JBEP13S
JBEP14B
JBEP14S
JBEP1515
JBEP1518
JBEP15B
JBEP15S
JBEP16B
JBEP16S
JBEP1717090
JBEP171709004
JBEP171709006
JBEP171709014
JBEP171709016
JBEP171709AE01
JBEP171709AE02
JBEP171709AE03
JBEP171709AE04
JBEP171709AE04T
JBEP171709AE05
JBEP171709AE06
JBEP171709AE06T
JBEP171709AE07
JBEP171709AE08
JBEP171709AE09
JBEP171709AE10
JBEP171709AE11
JBEP171709AE14T
JBEP171709AE16T
JBEP171709AE46
JBEP171709AE47
JBEP171709AE48
JBEP171709AE51
JBEP171709AE52
JBEP171709AE53
JBEP171709AE54
JBEP171709AE55
JBEP171709AE56
JBEP171709AE57
JBEP171709AE58
JBEP171709AE59
JBEP171709AE60
JBEP171709AE61
JBEP171709AI01
JBEP171709AI07
JBEP171709LI01
JBEP171709LI07
JBEP171709NE01
JBEP171709NE02
JBEP171709NE03

Page
Number
227
227
244
244
247
248
248
247
247
247
244
244
248
248
247
247
226
231
231
231
231
231
231
230
230
231
231
231
231
226
227
227
227
227
249
249
249
249
245
249
249
245
249
250
250
250
250
245
245
248
248
248
251
251
251
252
252
252
252
253
253
253
253
238
238
239
239
249
249
249

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Alphanumeric Index
Catalog
Number
JBEP171709NE04
JBEP171709NE04T
JBEP171709NE05
JBEP171709NE06
JBEP171709NE06T
JBEP171709NE07
JBEP171709NE08
JBEP171709NE09
JBEP171709NE10
JBEP171709NE11
JBEP171709NE14T
JBEP171709NE16T
JBEP171709NE46
JBEP171709NE47
JBEP171709NE48
JBEP171709NE51
JBEP171709NE52
JBEP171709NE53
JBEP171709NE54
JBEP171709NE55
JBEP171709NE56
JBEP171709NE57
JBEP171709NE58
JBEP171709NE59
JBEP171709NE60
JBEP171709NE61
JBEP171709NI01
JBEP171709NI07
JBEP17B
JBEP17S
JBEP2021100
JBEP202110AE12
JBEP202110AE62
JBEP202110NE12
JBEP202110NE62
JBEP2021150
JBEP202115AI02
JBEP202115AI08
JBEP202115AI21
JBEP202115AI22
JBEP202115AI27
JBEP202115AI28
JBEP202115AI41
JBEP202115AI42
JBEP202115AI47
JBEP202115AI48
JBEP202115AP01
JBEP202115AP02
JBEP202115AP03
JBEP202115AP04
JBEP202115AP05
JBEP202115AP06
JBEP202115AP07
JBEP202115AP08
JBEP202115AP09
JBEP202115AP10
JBEP202115AP11
JBEP202115AP12
JBEP202115AP13
JBEP202115AP14
JBEP202115AP15
JBEP202115AP16
JBEP202115LI02
JBEP202115LI08
JBEP202115LI21
JBEP202115LI22
JBEP202115LI27
JBEP202115LI28
JBEP202115LI41
JBEP202115LI42

Page
Number
249
245
249
249
245
249
250
250
250
250
245
245
248
248
248
251
251
251
252
252
252
252
253
253
253
253
237
237
231
231
226
250
254
250
254
226
238
238
238
238
238
238
238
238
238
238
255
255
255
255
255
255
256
256
256
256
256
256
257
257
257
257
239
239
239
239
239
239
239
239

Catalog
Number
JBEP202115LI47
JBEP202115LI48
JBEP202115NI02
JBEP202115NI08
JBEP202115NI21
JBEP202115NI22
JBEP202115NI27
JBEP202115NI28
JBEP202115NI41
JBEP202115NI42
JBEP202115NI47
JBEP202115NI48
JBEP202115NP01
JBEP202115NP02
JBEP202115NP03
JBEP202115NP04
JBEP202115NP05
JBEP202115NP06
JBEP202115NP07
JBEP202115NP08
JBEP202115NP09
JBEP202115NP10
JBEP202115NP11
JBEP202115NP12
JBEP202115NP13
JBEP202115NP14
JBEP202115NP15
JBEP202115NP16
JBEP2532150
JBEP253215AI03
JBEP253215AI04
JBEP253215AI05
JBEP253215AI06
JBEP253215AI09
JBEP253215AI10
JBEP253215AI11
JBEP253215AI12
JBEP253215AI23
JBEP253215AI24
JBEP253215AI25
JBEP253215AI29
JBEP253215AI30
JBEP253215AI31
JBEP253215AI43
JBEP253215AI44
JBEP253215AI45
JBEP253215AI49
JBEP253215AI50
JBEP253215AI51
JBEP253215AP01
JBEP253215AP02
JBEP253215AP03
JBEP253215AP04
JBEP253215AP17
JBEP253215AP18
JBEP253215LI03
JBEP253215LI04
JBEP253215LI05
JBEP253215LI06
JBEP253215LI09
JBEP253215LI10
JBEP253215LI11
JBEP253215LI12
JBEP253215LI23
JBEP253215LI24
JBEP253215LI25
JBEP253215LI29
JBEP253215LI30
JBEP253215LI31
JBEP253215LI43

Page
Number
239
239
237
237
237
237
237
237
237
237
237
237
255
255
255
255
255
255
256
256
256
256
256
256
257
257
257
257
226
238
238
238
238
238
238
238
238
238
238
238
238
238
238
238
238
238
238
238
238
258
258
259
259
257
257
239
239
239
239
239
239
239
239
239
239
239
239
239
239
239

Catalog
Number
JBEP253215LI44
JBEP253215LI45
JBEP253215LI49
JBEP253215LI50
JBEP253215LI51
JBEP253215NI03
JBEP253215NI04
JBEP253215NI05
JBEP253215NI06
JBEP253215NI09
JBEP253215NI10
JBEP253215NI11
JBEP253215NI12
JBEP253215NI23
JBEP253215NI24
JBEP253215NI25
JBEP253215NI29
JBEP253215NI30
JBEP253215NI31
JBEP253215NI43
JBEP253215NI44
JBEP253215NI45
JBEP253215NI49
JBEP253215NI50
JBEP253215NI51
JBEP253215NP01
JBEP253215NP02
JBEP253215NP03
JBEP253215NP04
JBEP253215NP17
JBEP253215NP18
JBEP2623
JBEP3225150
JBEP3250150
JBEP325015AI26
JBEP325015AI32
JBEP325015AI46
JBEP325015AI52
JBEP325015LI26
JBEP325015LI32
JBEP325015LI46
JBEP325015LI52
JBEP325015NI26
JBEP325015NI32
JBEP325015NI46
JBEP325015NI52
JBEP3250230
JBEP3275150
JBEP3275230
JBEP4826
JBEP5032150
JBEP503215AP01
JBEP503215AP02
JBEP503215AP03
JBEP503215AP04
JBEP503215AP21
JBEP503215AP22
JBEP503215AP23
JBEP503215AP24
JBEP503215NP01
JBEP503215NP02
JBEP503215NP03
JBEP503215NP21
JBEP503215NP22
JBEP503215NP23
JBEP5032230
JBEP503223NP04
JBEP503223NP24
JBEP7326
JBEP7532150

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Page
Number
239
239
239
239
239
237
237
237
237
237
237
237
237
237
237
237
237
237
237
237
237
237
237
237
237
258
258
259
259
257
257
230
226
226
238
238
238
238
239
239
239
239
237
237
237
237
226
226
226
230
226
260
260
261
261
262
262
263
263
260
260
261
262
262
263
226
261
263
230
226

Catalog
Number
JBEP753215AP61
JBEP753215AP62
JBEP753215AP71
JBEP753215AP72
JBEP753215NP01
JBEP753215NP03
JBEP7532230
JBEP753223AP01
JBEP753223AP02
JBEP753223AP03
JBEP753223NP02
JBEPCBI
JBEPCBNI
JBEPDR215
JBEPDR320
JBEPDR425
JBEPET
JBEPEXI
JBEPGPBA
JBEPGPBB
JBEPGPPA
JBEPGPPB
JBEPMS8
JBEPSAP
JBEPSAPS
JBES1175300
JBES1175301
JBES1175302
JBES1175303
JBES1175304
JBES1212090
JBES1212090D1
JBES1218090
JBES1218090D2
JBES1218090D3
JBES1812090F1
JBES1818090
JBES2226150
JBES2226150F5
JBES2226150F6
JBES2226151
JBES2226152
JBES2226153
JBES2226154
JBES2237200
JBES2237200F7
JBES2237200F8
JBES2237201
JBES2237202
JBES2237203
JBES2237204
JBES2622150
JBES2622150F2
JBES2622151
JBES2622152
JBES2622153
JBES2622154
JBES2637200
JBES2637201
JBES2637202
JBES2637203
JBES2637204
JBES3722200
JBES3722201
JBES3722202
JBES3722203
JBES3722204
JBES372220F3
JBES3726200
JBES3726200F4

Page
Number
265
265
265
265
264
264
226
264
264
264
264
230
230
278
278
278
232
232
225
225
225
225
231
232
232
288
289
289
289
289
288
283
288
283
283
283
288
288
283
283
289
289
289
289
288
283
283
289
289
289
289
288
283
289
289
289
289
288
289
289
289
289
288
289
289
289
289
283
288
283

Catalog
Number
JBES3726201
JBES3726202
JBES3726203
JBES3726204
JBES3737200
JBES3737201
JBES3737202
JBES3737203
JBES3737204
JBES3756200
JBES3756201
JBES3756202
JBES3756203
JBES3756204
JBES3775200
JBES3775201
JBES3775202
JBES3775203
JBES3775204
JBES5637200
JBES5637201
JBES5637202
JBES5637203
JBES5637204
JBES5656200
JBES5656201
JBES5656202
JBES5656203
JBES5656204
JBES5675200
JBES5675201
JBES5675202
JBES5675203
JBES5675204
JBES7537200
JBES7537201
JBES7537202
JBES7537203
JBES7537204
JBES7556200
JBES7556201
JBES7556202
JBES7556203
JBES7556204
JBESCF262A
JBESCF372A
JBESCF372B
JBESCF373A
JBESCF373B
JBESCF562A
JBESCF562B
JBESCF563A
JBESCF563B
JBESCF752A
JBESCF752B
JBESCF753A
JBESCF753B
JBESGP221B
JBESGP261A
JBESGP262A
JBESGP262B
JBESGP263A
JBESGP372A
JBESGP372B
JBESGP373A
JBESGP373B
JBESGP562A
JBESGP562B
JBESGP563A
JBESGP563B

Page
Number
289
289
289
289
288
289
289
289
289
288
289
289
289
289
288
289
289
289
289
288
289
289
289
289
288
289
289
289
289
288
289
289
289
289
288
289
289
289
289
288
289
289
289
289
292
292
292
292
292
292
292
292
292
292
292
292
292
292
292
292
292
292
292
292
292
292
292
292
292
292

VII

Alphanumeric Index
Catalog
Number
JBESGP752A
JBESGP752B
JBESGP753A
JBESGP753B
KL02A
KL02D
KL04A
KL04D
KL11A
KL23A
KPA100
KPA75
KPAM20
KPC100
KPC75
KPCH100
KPCH75
KPCHM20
KPCM20
KPGU400
KPS125
KPS150
KPST125
KPST150
KPWB100
KPWB75
KPWBM20
KR2AN
KR2ST
KRFGK
KRGU2
LDBH25AG2XJ
LDBI30AG2
LDBL10AG2XJ
LDBL15AG2XJ
LDBL25AG2XJ
LDBM25AG2XJ
LDBQ85AG2BJ
LDER1P
LDER2P
LDER2Z
LDGH25AG2XJ
LDGHBZ
LDGI30AG2
LDGL10AG2XJ
LDGL15AG2XJ
LDGL25AG2XJ
LDGM25AG2XJ
LDGQ85AG2BJ
LDGSBZ
LDMF18AG1
LDMH10AG1XJ
LDMH15AG1XJ
LDMHBZ
LDMI20AG1
LDML10AG1XJ
LDML15AG1XJ
LDML70AG1XJ
LDMM12AG1XJ
LDMM80AG1XJ
LDMSBA
LDP1075
LDP2075
LDP2M20
LDPG1Z
LDPG2Z
LDPG3Z
LDPHBZ
LDRBM10Z
LDRBM16Z

VIII

Page
Number
292
292
292
292
446
446
446
446
446
446
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
116
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
116
116
34
116
106
106
106
106
106
106
106
99
107
107
106
107
106
106
106
106
106
106
107
101
101
101
102
101
101
101
101
101
101
102
99
99
99
102
107
99
99
102
107

Catalog
Number
LDRH40AG2XJ
LDRHBZ
LDRL40AG2XJ
LDRSBZ
LF008G5
LLEDAA2L2BUZ2
LLEDAA2L5BUZ2
LLEDAA2L7BUZ2
LLEDAA2S2BUZ2
LLEDAA2S5BUZ2
LLEDAA2S7BUZ2
LLEDAA2T2BUZ2
LLEDAA2T5BUZ2
LLEDAA2T7BUZ2
LLEDAA3L2BUZ2
LLEDAA3L5BUZ2
LLEDAA3L7BUZ2
LLEDAA3S2BUZ2
LLEDAA3S5BUZ2
LLEDAA3S7BUZ2
LLEDAA3T2BUZ2
LLEDAA3T5BUZ2
LLEDAA3T7BUZ2
LLEDBU2
LLEDCPL
LLEDDPL
LLEDRB
LLEDSC
LN1AL702G2XJ
LN1AM122G2XJ
LN1AZ102G2
LN1AZ152G2
LN1CL70AG2XJ
LN1CM12AG2XJ
LN1CZ10AG2
LN1CZ15AG2
LN1DL702G2XJ
LN1DM122G2XJ
LN1DZ102G2
LN1DZ152G2
LN1RL704G2XJ
LN1RM124G2XJ
LN1RZ104G2
LN1RZ154G2
LN1SL704G2XJ
LN1SM124G2XJ
LN1SZ104G2
LN1SZ154G2
LN1WL70AG2XJ
LN1WM12AG2XJ
LN1WZ10AG2
LN1WZ15AG2
LN2AH152G2XJ
LN2AL102G2XJ
LN2AL152G2XJ
LN2CH15AG2XJ
LN2CL10AG2XJ
LN2CL15AG2XJ
LN2DH152G2XJ
LN2DL102G2XJ
LN2DL152G2XJ
LN2RH154G2XJ
LN2RH154G2XJ
LN2RL104G2XJ
LN2RL154G2XJ
LN2SH154G2XJ
LN2SL104G2XJ
LN2SL154G2XJ
LN2WH15AG2XJ
LN2WL10AG2XJ

Page
Number
106
107
106
107
151
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
8
112
114
113
113
112
114
113
113
112
114
113
113
112
114
113
113
112
114
113
113
112
114
113
113
115
112
112
115
112
112
115
112
112
115
115
112
112
115
112
112
115
112

Catalog
Number
LN2WL15AG2XJ
LN3AH252G4XJ
LN3AL252G4XJ
LN3AM252G4XJ
LN3CH25AG4XJ
LN3CL25AG4XJ
LN3CM25AG4XJ
LN3DH252G4XJ
LN3DL252G4XJ
LN3DM252G4XJ
LN3RH254G4XJ
LN3RH254G4XJ
LN3RL254G4XJ
LN3RM254G4XJ
LN3SH254G4XJ
LN3SL254G4XJ
LN3SM254G4XJ
LN3WH25AG4XJ
LN3WL25AG4XJ
LN3WM25AG4XJ
LN4AH402G4XJ
LN4AL402G4XJ
LN4AM402G4XJ
LN4CH40AG4XJ
LN4CL40AG4XJ
LN4CM40AG4XJ
LN4DH402G4XJ
LN4DL402G4XJ
LN4DM402G4XJ
LN4RH404G4XJ
LN4RH404G4XJ
LN4RL404G4XJ
LN4RM404G4XJ
LN4SH404G4XJ
LN4SL404G4XJ
LN4SM404G4XJ
LN4WH40AG4XJ
LN4WL40AG4XJ
LN4WM40AG4XJ
LSF33
LSF33
LSF34
LSF35
MLEDN10A5W
MLEDN15A5W
MLEDN17A5W
MLEDN25A5W
MLEDN70A5W
MLEDNA10P5BU
MLEDNA15P5BU
MLEDNA17P5BU
MLEDNA25P5BU
MLEDNA70P5BU
MLEDNDBU
MREP1316PT3K
MREP2F
MREP4316B
MREP4316P
MREP4316PT4K
MREP4F
MREP4G
MRES4316PT3KH
MRES4316PT4KH
MSB003D42
MSB003D42F
MSB005D42
MSB005D42F
MSB007D42
MSB007D42F
MSB011D42

Page
Number
112
115
112
114
115
112
114
115
112
114
115
115
112
114
115
112
114
115
112
114
115
112
114
115
112
114
115
112
114
115
115
112
114
115
112
114
115
112
114
539
539
539
539
34
34
34
34
34
33
33
33
33
33
34
206
204
205
205
206
205
205
207
207
452
452
452
452
452
452
452

Catalog
Number
MSB011D42F
MSB015D42
MSB015D42F
MSB022D42
MSB022D42F
MSB030D42
MSB030D42F
MSB040D42
MSB040D42F
MSB055D42
MSB055D42F
MSB075D42
MSB075D42F
MSB090D42
MSB090D42F
MSB110D42
MSB110D42F
MSB150D42
MSB150D42F
MSB185D42
MSB185D42F
MSB220D42
MSB220D42F
MSB300D42
MSB300D42F
MSB370D42
MSB370D42F
MSB450D42
MSB450D42F
MSB550D42
MSB550D42F
MSB750D42
MSB750D42F
NPW
NPY
PBAH25XJB
PBAH40XJB
PBAL15XJB
PBAL25XJB
PBAL40XJB
PBAM25XJB
PBAM40XJB
PBAZ50B
PBAZ70BTB
PBGDG
PBHBG
PBPGZ
PCAH25XJB
PCAH40XJB
PCAL15XJB
PCAL25XJB
PCAL40XJB
PCAL60XJB
PCAM25XJB
PCAM40XJB
PCAZ50B
PCGDG
PCHBG
PCHC49G
PCHC60G
PCPGZ
PCSBG
PCVG
PJ5501B
PJ7002B
PJ7011A
PJ7023A
PLAL25XJB
PLAL40XAB
PLAZ50B

Page
Number
452
452
452
452
452
452
452
452
452
452
452
452
452
452
452
452
452
452
452
452
452
452
452
452
452
452
452
452
452
452
452
452
452
232
232
82
82
82
82
82
82
82
82
82
82
82
82
86
86
86
86
86
86
86
86
86
87
87
87
87
87
87
87
143
143
143
143
91
91
91

Catalog
Number
PLHBG
PNHC49G
PNHC60G
PNL1H40AGXJ
PNL1H40APXJ
PNL1L40AGXJ
PNL1L40APXJ
PNM1H15AGXJ
PNM1H15APXJ
PNM1H25AGXJ
PNM1H25APXJ
PNM1H40AGXJ
PNM1L15AGXJ
PNM1L15APXJ
PNM1L25AGXJ
PNM1L25APXJ
PNM1L40AGXJ
PNM1L70AGXJ
PNM1L70APXJ
PNM1M25AGXJ
PNM1M25APXJ
PNM1M40AGXJ
PNSBG
PPAL052316C40N
PPAL052316C50N
PPAL052316C60N
PPAL052316C70N
PPAL052316C80N
PPAL054316C10N
PPAL054316C20N
PPAL054316C30N
PPAL062216C80N
PPAL062416C20N
PPAL062416C30N
PPAL062416C40N
PPAL062416C50N
PPAL062416C60N
PPAL062416C70N
PPAL062416C80N
PPAL064216C20N
PPAL064216C30N
PPAL064216C40N
PPAL064216C50N
PPAL064216C60N
PPAL064216C70N
PPAL064416C10N
PPAL068216C10N
PPBM052316C40N
PPBM052316C50N
PPBM052316C60N
PPBM052316C70N
PPBM052316C80N
PPBM054316C10N
PPBM054316C20N
PPBM054316C30N
PPBM062216C80N
PPBM062416C20N
PPBM062416C30N
PPBM062416C40N
PPBM062416C50N
PPBM062416C60N
PPBM062416C70N
PPBM062416C80N
PPBM064216C20N
PPBM064216C30N
PPBM064216C40N
PPBM064216C50N
PPBM064216C60N
PPBM064216C70N
PPBM064416C10N

Page
Number
91
82
82
96
96
96
96
96
96
96
96
96
96
96
96
96
96
96
96
96
96
96
82
477
477
477
477
477
477
477
477
477
477
477
477
477
477
477
477
477
477
477
477
477
477
477
477
479
479
479
479
479
479
479
479
479
479
479
479
479
479
479
479
479
479
479
479
479
479
479

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Alphanumeric Index
Catalog
Number
PPBM068216C10N
PPCM053316C40N
PPCM053316C50N
PPCM053316C60N
PPCM053316C70N
PPCM053316C80N
PPCM056316C10N
PPCM056316C20N
PPCM056316C30N
PPCM063216C80N
PPCM063416C20N
PPCM063416C30N
PPCM063416C40N
PPCM063416C50N
PPCM063416C60N
PPCM063416C70N
PPCM063416C80N
PPCM066216C20N
PPCM066216C30N
PPCM066216C40N
PPCM066216C50N
PPCM066216C60N
PPCM066216C70N
PPCM066416C10N
PPCM1212216C10N
PPDM054316C40N
PPDM054316C50N
PPDM054316C60N
PPDM054316C70N
PPDM054316C80N
PPDM064216C80N
PPDM064416C20N
PPDM064416C30N
PPDM064416C40N
PPDM064416C50N
PPDM064416C60N
PPDM064416C70N
PPDM064416C80N
PPDM068416C10N
PPDM098316C10N
PPDM098316C20N
PPDM098316C30N
PPDM108216C20N
PPDM108216C30N
PPDM108216C40N
PPDM108216C50N
PPDM108216C60N
PPDM108216C70N
PPDM1416216C10N
PPEM056316C40N
PPEM056316C50N
PPEM056316C60N
PPEM056316C70N
PPEM056316C80N
PPEM0612416C10N
PPEM066216C80N
PPEM066416C20N
PPEM066416C30N
PPEM066416C40N
PPEM066416C50N
PPEM066416C60N
PPEM066416C70N
PPEM066416C80N
PPEM1112316C10N
PPEM1112316C20N
PPEM1112316C30N
PPEM1212216C20N
PPEM1212216C30N
PPEM1212216C40N
PPEM1212216C50N

Page
Number
479
481
481
481
481
481
481
481
481
481
481
481
481
481
481
481
481
481
481
481
481
481
481
481
481
483
483
483
483
483
483
483
483
483
483
483
483
483
483
483
483
483
483
483
483
483
483
483
483
485
485
485
485
485
485
485
485
485
485
485
485
485
485
485
485
485
485
485
485
485

Catalog
Number
PPEM1212216C60N
PPEM1212216C70N
PPEM1624216C10N
PPFM099316C40N
PPFM099316C50N
PPFM099316C60N
PPFM099316C70N
PPFM099316C80N
PPFM109216C80N
PPFM109416C20N
PPFM109416C30N
PPFM109416C40N
PPFM109416C50N
PPFM109416C60N
PPFM109416C70N
PPFM109416C80N
PPFM1518316C10N
PPFM1518316C20N
PPFM1518316C30N
PPFM1618216C20N
PPFM1618216C30N
PPFM1618216C40N
PPFM1618216C50N
PPFM1618216C60N
PPFM1618216C70N
PPFM1618416C10N
PPFM1836216C10N
PRD316FBB
PRD316FBC
PRD316FPB
PRD316FPC
PRD316FYB
PRD316FYC
PRD316PB
PRD316PP
PRD316PY
PRD316RB
PRD316RP
PRD316RY
PRD412PR
PRD412RR
PRD416FRB
PRD416FRC
PRD416PR
PRD416RR
PRD432FRB
PRD432FRC
PRD432PR
PRD432RR
PRD480PR
PRD480RR
PRD516FRB
PRD516FRC
PRD516PR
PRD516RR
PRE216FP
PRE216FW
PRE216FW1
PRE216MP
PRE216MW
PRE216MW1
PRE216PP
PRE216PW
PRE216PW1
PRE216RP
PRE216RW
PRE216RW1
PRE316FB
PRE316FP
PRE316FY

Page
Number
485
485
485
487
487
487
487
487
487
487
487
487
487
487
487
487
487
487
487
487
487
487
487
487
487
487
487
213
213
213
213
213
213
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
213
213
212
212
213
213
212
212
212
212
213
213
212
212
185
185
185
185
185
185
185
185
185
185
185
185
185
185
185

Catalog
Number
PRE316MB
PRE316MP
PRE316MY
PRE316PB
PRE316PP
PRE316PY
PRE316RB
PRE316RP
PRE316RY
PRE332FB
PRE332FY
PRE332MB
PRE332MY
PRE332PB
PRE332PY
PRE332RB
PRE332RY
PRE412PN
PRE412PN1
PRE412PR
PRE412PR1
PRE412RN1U6
PRE412RNU6
PRE412RR1U6
PRE412RRU6
PRE416FB
PRE416FN
PRE416FR
PRE416MB
PRE416MN
PRE416MR
PRE416PB
PRE416PN
PRE416PR
PRE416RB
PRE416RN
PRE416RR
PRE432FB
PRE432FN
PRE432FR
PRE432MB
PRE432MN
PRE432MR
PRE432PB
PRE432PN
PRE432PR
PRE432RB
PRE432RN
PRE432RR
PRE463PB
PRE463PN
PRE463PN1
PRE463PR
PRE463PR1
PRE463RBU5
PRE463RN1U5
PRE463RNU5
PRE463RR1U5
PRE463RRU5
PRE512PN
PRE512PN1
PRE512PR
PRE512PR1
PRE512RN1U6
PRE512RNU6
PRE512RR1U6
PRE512RRU6
PRE516FB
PRE516FG
PRE516FR

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Page
Number
185
185
185
185
185
185
185
185
185
190
190
190
190
190
190
190
190
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
186
186
186
186
186
186
186
186
186
186
186
186
190
190
190
190
190
190
190
190
190
190
190
190
195
195
195
195
195
195
195
195
195
195
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
186
186
186

Catalog
Number
PRE516MB
PRE516MG
PRE516MR
PRE516PB
PRE516PG
PRE516PR
PRE516RB
PRE516RG
PRE516RR
PRE532FB
PRE532FR
PRE532MB
PRE532PB
PRE532PR
PRE532RB
PRE532RR
PRE563PN
PRE563PN1
PRE563PR
PRE563PR1
PRE563RN1U5
PRE563RNU5
PRE563RR1U5
PRE563RRU5
PRE616FP
PRE616FW
PRE616MP
PRE616MW
PRE616PP
PRE616PW
PRE616RP
PRE616RW
PREECAM20
PREECAM25
PREESTM20
PREESTM25
PVC04
PVC06
PVC09
PVC11
PVC15
PVC18
PVC21
PVC23
PVC25
PVC28
PVC30
PVC32
PVC36
RAPIDEX30
RAPIDEX80
REB218BUFL
REB218BUFLEP
REB218BUFT
REB218BUFTEP
REB236BUFL
REB236BUFLE
REB236BUFT
REB236BUFTE
REB258BUFL
REB258BUFLE
REB258BUFT
REB258BUFTE
REB418BUFLEP
REB418BUFLP
REB418BUFTEP
REB418BUFTP
REB436BUFLEP
REB436BUFLP
REB436BUFTEP

Page
Number
186
186
186
186
186
186
186
186
186
190
190
190
190
190
190
190
195
195
195
195
195
195
195
195
185
185
185
185
185
185
185
185
186
191
186
191
507
539
539
539
539
539
539
539
539
539
539
539
539
518
518
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63

Catalog
Number
REB436BUFTP
REB458BUFLEP
REB458BUFLP
REB458BUFTEP
REB458BUFTP
RECMSS
RECMST
REEBSS
REEBST
REFBSS
REFBST
RSI104D
RSI114A
RSI124A
RSI204D
RSI214A
RSI224A
SBDBFR0502A
SBDBFR0502D
SBDBFR0504A
SBDBFR0504D
SBDBFR0511A
SBDBFR0511D
SBDBFR0523A
SBDBRC4004A
SBDBRC4004D
SBDBRC4011A
SBDBRC4024A
SBDBSC
SBDCFR1502D
SBDCFR1504D
SBDCFR1511A
SBDCFR1523A
SBDCSM0723A
SBDGA
SBDGC
SBDGG
SBDGR
SBDGR
SBDOSG
SBDOSR
SBDSRC4004A
SBDSRC4004D
SBDSRC4011A
SBDSRC4024A
SBDSSC
SK4A185
SK4A185
SK4A185
SWD016C100A
SWD016C100C
SWD016S200A
SWD016S200C
SWD016S300A
SWD016S300C
SWD016S400A
SWD016S400C
SWD020S300B
SWD020S400B
SWD032S200A
SWD032S200C
SWD032S300A
SWD032S300C
SWD032S300D
SWD032S300DV
SWD032S400A
SWD032S400C
SWD032S400D
SWD032S400DV
SWD063S300E

Page
Number
63
63
63
63
63
64
64
64
64
64
64
427
427
427
427
427
427
165
165
165
165
165
165
165
165
165
165
165
165
168
168
168
168
168
162
165
162
162
165
160
160
162
162
162
162
162
323
385
385
438
438
438
438
438
438
438
438
442
442
438
438
438
438
442
442
438
438
442
442
442

IX

Alphanumeric Index
Catalog
Number
SWD063S300EV
SWD063S400E
SWD063S400EV
SWD100S300F
SWD100S400F
SWD125S300G
SWD125S300GV
SWD125S400G
SWD125S400GV
SWD160S300G
SWD160S300GV
SWD160S400G
SWD160S400GV
SWD250S300H
SWD250S400H
SWE016C100A
SWE016C101AG
SWE016S200A
SWE016S201AG
SWE020C100AG
SWE020S202AG
SWE020S301AG
SWE020S401AG
SWE063S302EG
SWE063S402EG
SWE160S302JG
SWE160S402JG
SWE160S402JS
TBP44
TCH12C
TCH12H
TCH13C
TCH22M
TCHL25C
TCHL28H
TCHL37C
TRE100A2
TRE100A3
TRE100B2
TRE160A2
TRE160A3
TRE160B2
TRE250A2
TRE250A3
TRE250B2
TRE400A2
TRE400A3
TRE400B2
U21U101
U21U102
U21U301
U21U302
U21W101
U21W102
U21W201
U21W202
U21W2A3
U21W2A3A3
U21W2A5
U21W2A5A9
U21W2A9
U21W2B3
U21W2C3
U21W2C9
U21W2D3
U21W2D9
U21W2D9A5
U21W2E3
U21W2E5
U21W2E9

X

Page
Number
442
442
442
442
442
442
442
442
442
442
442
442
442
442
442
431
431
431
431
431
431
431
431
434
434
434
434
434
297
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
411
411
411
411
411
411
411
411
411
411
411
411
376
376
376
376
376
376
376
376
328
328
328
328
328
330
329
329
329
329
329
330
330
330

Catalog
Number
U21W2H3
U21W2J1
U21W2LG5
U21W2LG5LR9
U21W2LR9
U21W2M3
U21W2N3
U21W2PB
U21W2PG
U21W2PGPR
U21W2PR
U21W2PW
U21W2PY
U21W2R9
U21W301
U21W302
U21W401
U21W402
U21W4A3
U21W4A3A3
U21W4A5
U21W4A5A9
U21W4A9
U21W4B3
U21W4C3
U21W4C9
U21W4D3
U21W4D9
U21W4D9A5
U21W4E3
U21W4E5
U21W4E9
U21W4H3
U21W4J1
U21W4LG5
U21W4LG5LR9
U21W4LR9
U21W4M3
U21W4N3
U21W4PB
U21W4PG
U21W4PGPR
U21W4PR
U21W4PW
U21W4PY
U21W4R9
U22U104
U22U106
U22U108
U22U126
U22U304
U22U306
U22U308
U22U326
U22W104
U22W106
U22W108
U22W126
U22W204
U22W206
U22W208
U22W226
U22W2A3A3
U22W2A3D3
U22W2A5A9
U22W2A5A9D9
U22W2A5D9
U22W2PGA3
U22W2PGA5
U22W2PGA5A9

Page
Number
333
333
332
332
332
333
333
331
331
332
331
331
331
330
376
376
376
376
328
328
328
328
328
330
329
329
329
329
329
330
330
330
333
333
332
332
332
333
333
331
331
332
331
331
331
330
376
376
376
376
376
376
376
376
376
376
376
376
376
376
376
376
334
334
334
335
334
335
335
336

Catalog
Number
U22W2PGPRA5A9
U22W2PRA3
U22W2PRA9
U22W2VA13M3
U22W304
U22W306
U22W308
U22W326
U22W404
U22W406
U22W408
U22W426
U22W4A3A3
U22W4A3D3
U22W4A5A9
U22W4A5A9D9
U22W4A5D9
U22W4PGA3
U22W4PGA5
U22W4PGA5A9
U22W4PGPRA5A9
U22W4PRA3
U22W4PRA9
U22W4VA13M3
U23U111
U23U114
U23U116
U23U117
U23U118
U23U120
U23U123
U23U124
U23U311
U23U314
U23U316
U23U317
U23U318
U23U320
U23U323
U23U324
U23W111
U23W114
U23W116
U23W117
U23W118
U23W120
U23W123
U23W124
U23W211
U23W214
U23W216
U23W217
U23W218
U23W220
U23W223
U23W224
U23W2A5A9D3
U23W2LG5LB3LR9
U23W2PGA3A3
U23W2PGA5A9
U23W2PGA5A9D9
U23W2PGPRD9A5
U23W2PRA3A3
U23W2PRA5A9
U23W2VA13A5A9
U23W311
U23W314
U23W316
U23W317
U23W318

Page
Number
336
335
335
336
376
376
376
376
376
376
376
376
334
334
334
335
334
335
335
336
336
335
335
336
377
377
377
377
377
377
377
377
377
377
377
377
377
377
377
377
377
377
377
377
377
377
377
377
377
377
377
377
377
377
377
377
337
338
337
337
338
338
337
337
338
377
377
377
377
377

Catalog
Number
U23W320
U23W323
U23W324
U23W411
U23W414
U23W416
U23W417
U23W418
U23W420
U23W423
U23W424
U23W4A5A9D3
U23W4LG5LB3LR9
U23W4PGA3A3
U23W4PGA5A9
U23W4PGA5A9D9
U23W4PGPRD9A5
U23W4PRA3A3
U23W4PRA5A9
U23W4VA13A5A9
U41W201
U41W2A3
U41W2A5
U41W2A9
U41W2B3
U41W2C3
U41W2C9
U41W2D3
U41W2D9
U41W2E3
U41W2H3
U41W2J1
U41W2M3
U41W2N3
U41W2PB
U41W2PG
U41W2PR
U41W2PW
U41W2PY
U41W2R9
U42W204
U42W234
U42W2A3A3
U42W2A3D3
U42W2A5A9
U42W2A5D9
U42W2PGA3
U42W2PGA5
U42W2PRA3
U42W2PRA9
U42W2VA13
U43W211
U43W221
U43W223
U43W225
U43W2A3A3D3
U43W2A5A9D3
U43W2PGA3A3
U43W2PGA5A9
U43W2PRA3A3
U43W2PRA5A9
U43W2VA13A5A9
U43W2VA13M3
U61U101
U61U127
U61U301
U61U327
U61W101
U61W127
U61W201

Page
Number
377
377
377
377
377
377
377
377
377
377
377
337
338
337
337
338
338
337
337
338
375
318
318
318
318
318
318
318
318
318
319
319
319
319
319
319
319
319
319
318
375
375
319
320
319
320
320
320
320
320
320
375
375
375
375
321
321
321
321
321
321
322
322
378
378
378
378
378
378
378

Catalog
Number
U61W227
U61W2A3
U61W2A5A9
U61W2B3
U61W2C9
U61W2D3
U61W2D9
U61W2E3
U61W2H3
U61W2J1
U61W2M3
U61W2N3
U61W2PB
U61W2PG
U61W2PR
U61W2PW
U61W2PY
U61W2R9
U61W301
U61W327
U61W401
U61W427
U62U104
U62U126
U62U129
U62U304
U62U326
U62U329
U62W104
U62W126
U62W129
U62W204
U62W226
U62W229
U62W2A5A9
U62W2A5A9D3
U62W2A5D9
U62W2PGA3A3
U62W2PGA5
U62W2PGA5A9
U62W2PRA3A3
U62W2PRA5A9
U62W2PRA9
U62W2VA13M3
U62W304
U62W326
U62W329
U62W404
U62W426
U62W429
U63U130
U63U132
U63U133
U63U330
U63U332
U63U333
U63W130
U63W132
U63W133
U63W230
U63W232
U63W233
U63W2PGPRA5A9
U63W330
U63W332
U63W333
U63W430
U63W432
U63W433
U63W4PGPRA5A9

Page
Number
378
344
344
344
344
344
344
345
345
345
345
345
345
345
345
345
345
344
378
378
378
378
378
378
378
378
378
378
378
378
378
378
378
378
346
347
346
347
346
347
347
347
346
346
378
378
378
378
378
378
378
378
378
378
378
378
378
378
378
378
378
378
348
378
378
378
378
378
378
348

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Alphanumeric Index
Catalog
Number
U81U101
U81U102
U81W101
U81W102
U81W201
U81W202
U81W2A3
U81W2A5A9
U81W2B3
U81W2C9
U81W2D3
U81W2D9
U81W2E3
U81W2H3
U81W2J1
U81W2M3
U81W2N3
U81W2PB
U81W2PG
U81W2PR
U81W2PW
U81W2PY
U81W2R9
U82U104
U82U107
U82U108
U82U126
U82W104
U82W107
U82W108
U82W126
U82W204
U82W207
U82W208
U82W226
U82W2A5A9
U82W2A5D9
U82W2GA5
U82W2PRA9
U83U111
U83U116
U83U117
U83U118
U83U120
U83U123
U83U124
U83U311
U83U316
U83U317
U83U318
U83U320
U83U323
U83U324
U83W111
U83W116
U83W117
U83W118
U83W120
U83W123
U83W124
U83W211
U83W216
U83W217
U83W218
U83W220
U83W223
U83W224
U83W2A5A9D3
U83W2PGA3A3
U83W2PGA5A9

Page
Number
379
379
379
379
379
379
354
354
354
354
354
354
354
355
355
355
355
355
355
355
355
355
354
379
379
379
379
379
379
379
379
379
379
379
379
356
356
356
356
380
380
380
380
380
380
380
380
380
380
380
380
380
380
380
380
380
380
380
380
380
380
380
380
380
380
380
380
357
357
357

Catalog
Number
U83W2PRA3A3
U83W2PRA5A9
U83W311
U83W316
U83W317
U83W318
U83W320
U83W323
U83W324
U83W411
U83W416
U83W417
U83W418
U83W420
U83W423
U83W424
U83W4A5A9D3
U83W4PGA3A3
U83W4PGA5A9
U83W4PRA3A3
U83W4PRA5A9
UA0BP
UA0BR
UA0GP
UA0GR
UA0RGP
UA0RGR
UA0RP
UA0RR
UA0WP
UA0WR
UA0YP
UA0YR
UB0P
UB0R
UBP
UC0P
UC0R
UCB5P
UCB5R
UCB9P
UCB9R
UD0P
UD0R
UE0P
UE0R
UF0P
UF0R
UG0P
UG0R
UH0P
UH0R
UIA01
UIA02
UIA03
UIA04
UIA05
UIA06
UIA07
UIA08
UIAB
UIAG
UIAN
UIAR
UIAW
UIAY
UIL01
UIL02
UIL03
UIL04

Page
Number
357
357
380
380
380
380
380
380
380
380
380
380
380
380
380
380
357
357
357
357
357
383
383
383
383
383
383
383
383
383
383
383
383
384
384
205
385
385
393
393
393
393
384
384
386
386
386
386
386
386
388
388
383
383
383
383
383
383
383
383
383
383
383
383
383
383
323
323
323
323

Catalog
Number
UIL05
UIL06
UIL07
UIL08
UILB
UILG
UILR
UILW
UILY
UJ0P
UJ0R
UK0P
UK0R
ULB0P
ULB0R
ULG0P
ULG0R
ULPL
ULPLA01
ULPLA02
ULPLA03
ULPLA04
ULPLA05
ULPLA06
ULPLA07
ULPLA08
ULPLA09
ULPLA10
ULPLA11
ULPLA12
ULPLA13
ULPLA14
ULPLA15
ULPLA16
ULPLA17
ULPLA18
ULPLA19
ULPLA20
ULPLA21
ULPLA22
ULPLA23
ULPLA24
ULPLA25
ULPLA26
ULPLH01
ULPLH02
ULPLH03
ULPLH04
ULPLH05
ULPLH06
ULPLH07
ULPLH08
ULPLH09
ULPLJ01
ULPLJ02
ULPLJ03
ULPLJ04
ULPLJ05
ULPLJ06
ULPLJ07
ULPLJ08
ULPLJ09
ULPS
ULPSA01
ULPSA02
ULPSA03
ULPSA04
ULPSA05
ULPSA06
ULPSA07

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Page
Number
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
388
388
388
388
390
390
390
390
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
323

Catalog
Number
ULPSA08
ULPSA09
ULPSA10
ULPSA11
ULPSA12
ULPSA13
ULPSA14
ULPSA15
ULPSA16
ULPSA17
ULPSA18
ULPSA19
ULPSA20
ULPSA21
ULPSA22
ULPSA23
ULPSA24
ULPSA25
ULPSA26
ULPSH01
ULPSH02
ULPSH03
ULPSH04
ULPSH05
ULPSH06
ULPSH07
ULPSH08
ULPSH09
ULPSJ01
ULPSJ02
ULPSJ03
ULPSJ04
ULPSJ05
ULPSJ06
ULPSJ07
ULPSJ08
ULPSJ09
ULR0P
ULR0R
ULW0P
ULW0R
ULY0P
ULY0R
UM0P
UM0R
UN0P
UN0R
UNPB
UNPG
UNPN
UNPR
UNPW
UNPY
UPB0P
UPB0R
UPBL
UPG0P
UPG0R
UPGL
UPLD1S
UPLD2S
UPMA
UPMA
UPR0P
UPR0R
UPR316PB6
UPR316PY4
UPR316RB6
UPR316RY4
UPR332PB6

Page
Number
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
390
390
390
390
390
390
388
388
388
388
323
323
323
323
323
323
392
392
392
392
392
392
324
324
383
385
392
392
176
176
176
176
181

Catalog
Number
UPR332PY4
UPR332RB6
UPR332RY4
UPR416PB9
UPR416PN5
UPR416PN7
UPR416PR6
UPR416RB9
UPR416RN5
UPR416RN7
UPR416RR6
UPR432PB9
UPR432PN5
UPR432PN7
UPR432PR6
UPR432RB9
UPR432RN5
UPR432RN7
UPR432RR6
UPR516PB9
UPR516PN5
UPR516PN7
UPR516PR6
UPR516RB9
UPR516RN5
UPR516RN7
UPR516RR6
UPR532PB9
UPR532PN7
UPR532PR6
UPR532RB9
UPR532RN7
UPR532RR6
UPRL
UPW0P
UPW0R
UPWL
UPY0P
UPY0R
UPYL
UR0P
UR0R
US16120056
US16120061
US16220002
US16220003
US16220004
US16220005
US16220007
US16220008
US16220009
US16220010
US16220011
US16220012
US16220013
US16220014
US16220015
US16220016
US16220017
US16220018
US16220019
US16220020
US16220021
US16220043
US16220045
US16220053
US16220073
US16220074
US16230022
US16230023

Page
Number
181
181
181
176
177
176
176
176
177
176
176
181
181
181
181
181
181
181
181
176
177
176
176
176
177
176
176
181
181
181
181
181
181
392
392
392
392
392
392
392
384
384
396
396
396
396
396
396
396
396
396
396
396
396
396
396
396
396
396
396
396
396
396
396
396
396
396
396
396
396

XI

Alphanumeric Index
Catalog
Number
US16230024
US16230025
US16230026
US16230027
US16230028
US16230029
US16230030
US16230031
US16230032
US16230038
US16230039
US16230040
US16230041
US16230042
US16230046
US16230047
US16230048
US16230049
US16230050
US16230051
US16230052
US16230054
US16230055
US16230059
US16230068
US16230070
US16230071
US16230072
US16230075
US16230076
US16230087
US16239002
US16240044
US16240057
US16240058
US16240062
US16240065
US16240084
US16280036
US16320122
US16321153
US16330138
US16330144
US16330145
US16330161
US16330167
US16330199
US16331109
US16331112
US16331120
US16331142
US16331155
US16331171
US16331202
US16331209
US16331210
US16331230
US1633136
US16340146
US16340168
US16340178
US16340181
US16340183
US16341119
US16341145
US16341151
US16420102
US16420103
US16420104
US16420105

XII

Page
Number
396
396
396
396
397
397
397
397
397
397
397
397
397
397
397
397
397
397
397
397
397
397
397
397
397
397
397
397
397
397
397
397
398
398
398
398
398
398
398
398
398
398
398
398
398
398
398
398
398
398
398
398
398
398
398
398
399
398
399
399
399
399
399
399
399
399
399
399
399
399

Catalog
Number
US16420106
US16420107
US16420116
US16420134
US16420135
US16420137
US16420152
US16420154
US16420173
US16421105
US16421122
US16421147
US16421162
US16421234
US16430111
US16430112
US16430113
US16430114
US16430118
US16430119
US16430120
US16430121
US16430127
US16430129
US16430131
US16430132
US16430133
US16430139
US16430140
US16430153
US16430157
US16430158
US16430159
US16430160
US16430162
US16430169
US16430170
US16430175
US16430176
US16430180
US16431103
US16431104
US16431106
US16431108
US16431111
US16431113
US16431116
US16431125
US16431129
US16431134
US16431138
US16431159
US16431165
US16431166
US16431167
US16431172
US16431173
US16431174
US16431176
US16431178
US16431179
US16431201
US16431203
US16431206
US16431208
US16431213
US16431215
US16431217
US16431220
US16431222

Page
Number
399
399
399
399
399
399
399
399
399
399
399
399
399
399
399
399
399
399
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
401
401
401
401
401
401
401
401
401
401
401
401
401
401
401
401
401
401

Catalog
Number
US16431225
US16431226
US16431232
US16439001
US16440110
US16440123
US16440130
US16440143
US16440147
US16440148
US16440150
US16440151
US16440155
US16440156
US16440164
US16440171
US16440198
US16440608
US16440611
US16440614
US16441102
US16441114
US16441115
US16441124
US16441127
US16441128
US16441132
US16441133
US16441136
US16441139
US16441143
US16441144
US16441146
US16441154
US16441156
US16441163
US16441164
US16441168
US16441169
US16441180
US16441204
US16441205
US16441207
US16441211
US16441212
US16441219
US16441224
US16441229
US16451110
US16451235
USH
VA1348P
VA1348R
VA1548P
VA1548R
VA1648P
VA1648R
VA5348P
VA5348R
VA5548P
VA5548R
VA5648P
VA5648R
VAW48
VCB4
VCB7
VCBA
VCBHBA
VPGLDIFF
VPGLLED

Page
Number
401
401
401
401
401
401
401
401
401
401
401
401
402
402
402
402
402
402
402
402
402
402
402
402
402
402
402
402
402
402
402
402
402
402
402
402
402
402
403
403
403
403
403
403
403
403
403
403
403
403
395
407
407
407
407
407
407
407
407
407
407
407
407
407
548
548
550
549
34
34
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Lighting
Lighting

Description

Page

LED Luminaires

3

FDLED Series Luminaires

14

DEMULED Series Luminaires

17

AMLED Areamaster™ LED Series Luminaires

20

MLEDNA Mercmaster™ LED Series Luminaires

28

Lighting

LLEDA Viamaster™ LED Series Luminaires

LLEDA Viamaster LED

Fluorescent Luminaires

AMLED Areamaster LED

MLEDNA Mercmaster LED

FE

FE Series Non-Metallic Fluorescent Luminaires

39

FD Series Cylindrical Fluorescent Luminaires

53

RE Series Recessed and Surface Mounting Fluorescent
Luminaires

60

FN Series Heavy Duty Non-Metallic Fluorescent Luminaires

69

FL Series Light Duty Non-Metallic Fluorescent Luminaires

75

FD

FN Series
RE
FL Series

Floodlights
PB Series Floodlights IIB

80

PC Series Floodlights IIC

84

PL Series Floodlights IIB Low Temperature

89

PN Areamaster™ Series Floodlights

93

PB/PC/PL

PN

Wellglass Luminaires
LDP Series Wellglass Luminaires

98

LDM Series Wellglass Luminaires

100

LDB, LDG and LDR Series Wellglass Luminaires

104

LN Wellglass Luminaires

109

Bulkhead Luminaires
HBE Series Round Bulkhead Luminaires

119

HBN Series Round Bulkhead Luminaires

122

HBD Series Round and Oval Bulkhead Luminaires

124

HBDC Series Cylindrical Bulkhead Luminaires

128

HBDA Series Rectangular Bulkhead Luminaires

132

LDP

LDM

LDB/LDB/LDG/LRD

LN

HBE/HBN

HBD

HBDC

HBDA

HRD

TCH

HLD

PJ

Inspection Lights and Handlamps
HRD Series Tank Inspection Lights

134

TCH Series Safety Flashlights

137

HLD Series Handlamps

140

PJ Series Portable Floodlights

142

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

1

Lighting

Lighting

Description

Page

Lighting

Emergency
FDBAES LED Series Self-Contained Emergency Lighting Units

144

FDES Series Self-Contained Emergency Lighting Units

149

FNES LED Series Self-Contained Emergency Lighting with
Self-Test System

153

Self-Adhesive Signaling Labels for Emergency Lighting Units

156

ELS Series Self-Contained Emergency Lighting Units

157

Signaling
SBDO Series Signaling and Lighting Bulkheads

159

SBDS Series Beacon Lighting Units

161

SBDB Series Beacon and Strobe Lighting Units

163

SBDC Series Strobe Lighting and Static Triple Indicator

167

2

FDBAES

FDES

FNES

Labels

ELS

SBDO

SBDS

SBDB

SBDC

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

LLEDA Viamaster™ LED Series Luminaires
For Hazardous and Adverse Locations

Lighting

Zones 2 - 22 and 21
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

LED Luminaires

Applications
• For use in hazardous locations defined by ATEX/IECEx.
• For use in locations where a high degree of corrosion resistance
is required.
• For indoor or outdoor use where protection against dirt, water
and moisture is necessary
• Typical applications include:
— Oil refineries
— Petrochemical facilities
— Pulp and paper mills
— Food processing plants
— Warehouses
— Underground tunnels,
— General manufacturing facilities

Features
• 60,000+ hours LED life for years of maintenance free operation.
• Lightweight design, hinged cover with captive screws, and
terminal block wiring for easy installation and maintenance.
• Contemporary, low profile design suitable for tight spaces.
• Field replaceable components are available.
• Industry-leading thermal management for safe, reliable
operation over wide temperature range.
• Optional safety cables prevent luminaire from falling.
• Terminal blocks provided for field wiring (1 to 6mm² wire)
• Full range of lumen outputs, with light distribution equivalent to
Appleton's FN Series.
• Full range of lumen outputs, with light distribution equivalent to
Appleton's FN Series.
• Easy to retrofit in same mounting footprint as Appleton's FN /
FE Series fluorescent fixtures.
• (1) M20 plug or (1) M25 plug provided.

Standard Materials
•
•
•
•
•

Housing: copperfree (4/10 of 1% max.) aluminum
Lens: thermal shock- and impact-resistant polycarbonate lens
Gasket: silicone rubber, mechanically secured
Bolts: stainless steel
Close up plugs: nickel plated brass

Standard Finishes
• Housing: gray RAL 7038 Epoxy

Options
• For optional safety cables, add suffix -C to the end of the
catalog number.

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Certifications and Compliances
ATEX/IECEx Certification
• Certification type LLEDA
— Gas: Zone 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/EC:   II 3 G
– Protection Level: EPL Gc
– Type of Protection: Ex nA IIC
– Temperature Class: From T6 to T3 (See Technical Data
table)
— Dust: Zones 21 and 22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/EC:   II 2 D and II 3 D
– Protection Level: EPL Db and Dc
– Type of Protection: Ex tb IIIC and Ex tc IIIC
– Surface Temperature: From +63 °C to +84 °C (See Technical
Data table)
— EC Declaration of Conformity: 50309
— ATEX Certificate:
Zone 21: LCIE 15 ATEX 3006X
Zone 2, 22: LCIE 15 ATEX 1003X
— IECEx Certificate:
Zone 2, 21 and 22: IECEx LCIE 15.0010X
— Ambient Temperature: -40 °C up to +60 °C or + 65°C (See
Technical Data table)
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK08

3

LLEDA Viamaster™ LED Series Luminaires
Zones 2 - 22 and 21
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Order using catalog numbering guides below or select catalog number from tables on following pages.
Catalog Numbering Guide — ATEX/IECEx Certified Linear LED
A

2

LLEDA - Linear LED
Series
Zones 2 - 21 -22
ATEX/IECEx Certified

L

Size of Cable Entries:
2 - M20
3 - M25

BU

Z2

Lumens [Length of Fixture]:
2 - 2,200 [0.61 m]
5 - 4,400 [0.61 m]
7 - 7,800 [1.22 m]

Termination/Wiring:
L - Dual Loop In/Out - Through
Wiring (Single phase)
(3 entries, 1 at one end and 2
at the other)
S - Standard (2 entries on the
same side)
T - Through Wiring (3 phases)
(2 entries, one at each end)

Voltage:
BU - Universal Voltages
120-277 Vac, 50/60 Hz

LOOP IN/OUT- "L"

Version : L

Version : S

Dual Loop In/Out - Through Wiring (Single phase)

Standard

Through Wiring (3 phases)

2STANDARDentries on the same side
STANDARD"S"
"S"

THROUGH2 entries, one at each "T"
end

PE
L1
L2
L3
N

PE
L
N
PE
L
L
N
N
PE

STANDARD- "S

Version : T

PE
L1
L1
L2
L3
N
N
PE

LOOP
LOOP IN/OUTIN/OUT- "L"
"L"

3 entries, 1 at one end and 2 at the other

Options:
C - Safety Cables
D - Diffused Lens
E - 3h Emergency 
H - 90 Minutes
Emergency 

PE
L
N

Termination/Wiring

C

Hazardous Rating:
Z1 - Zone 1 
Z2 - Zone 2 and 21-22

PE
L
L
N
N
PE

Housing:
A - Aluminum

2

PE
L
L
N
N
PE

LLEDA

PE
L
L
N
N
PE

LED Luminaires

Lighting

For Hazardous and Adverse Locations

THROUGHTHROUGH- "T"
"T"
 Certification in progress

4

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

LLEDA Viamaster™ LED Series Luminaires
For Hazardous and Adverse Locations

Lighting

Zones 2 - 22 and 21
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Zone 2 - 22

Lamp
Lumen
Output

2,200 lm

4,400 lm

7,800 lm

Type

LED

LED

LED

LED Luminaires

Technical Data
Zone 21

Gas

Dust

Dust

Ambient
Temperature °C

Supply Wire
Temperature °C

Class of
Temperature

Surface
Temperature

Surface
Temperature

40 °C

75 °C

T6 (75 °C)

54 °C

54 °C

55 °C

75 °C

T5 (90 °C)

69 °C

69 °C

60 °C

75 °C

T5 (95 °C)

74 °C

74 °C

65 °C

75 °C

T5 (100 °C)

79 °C

79 °C

40 °C

75 °C

T4 (129 °C)

64 °C

64 °C

55 °C

75 °C

T3 (144 °C)

79 °C

79 °C

60 °C

75 °C

T3 (148 °C)

84 °C

84 °C

40 °C

75 °C

T4 (130 °C)

64 °C

64 °C

55 °C

75 °C

T3 (145 °C)

79 °C

79 °C

60 °C

75 °C

T3 (149 °C)

84 °C

84 °C

Lamp Comparison Chart
Catalog Number
(Lamp Data)

Lumens
Clear lens

Line Current Amps

Input Power

Power
Factor

THD

CRI

Color Temp CCT

Length

< 20%

70

5650K

0.61 m

LLEDAA2S2BUZ2
LLEDAA3S2BUZ2
LLEDAA2T2BUZ2
LLEDAA3T2BUZ2

2,200 lm

0.24 A @ 120 V
0.15 A @ 277 V

22 W

> 0.95
> 0.87

LLEDAA2L2BUZ2
LLEDAA3L2BUZ2
LLEDAA2S5BUZ2
LLEDAA3S5BUZ2
LLEDAA2T5BUZ2
LLEDAA3T5BUZ2

4,400 lm

0.51 A @ 120 V
0.30 A @ 277 V

45 W

> 0.95

< 20%

70

5650K

0.61 m

81 W

> 0.95

< 20%

70

5650K

1.22 m

LLEDAA2L5BUZ2
LLEDAA3L5BUZ2
LLEDAA2S7BUZ2
LLEDAA3S7BUZ2
LLEDAA2T7BUZ2
LLEDAA3T7BUZ2

7,800 lm

0.90 A @ 120 V
0.53 A @ 277 V

LLEDAA2L7BUZ2
LLEDAA3L7BUZ2

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

5

LLEDA Viamaster™ LED Series Luminaires

LED Luminaires

Lighting

For Hazardous and Adverse Locations
Zones 2 - 22 and 21
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Conduit/Cable Entries

Voltage

Weight kg

Catalog Numbers

2,200 Lumens — 0.61 m (2 ft)
Standard cable entry provides 2 entries on the same side of the housing.
M20 Standard

120-277 Vac, 50/60 Hz

M25 Standard

120-277 Vac, 50/60 Hz

6.21

LLEDAA2S2BUZ2 
LLEDAA3S2BUZ2 

Through Wiring (3 phases) cable entry provides 2 entries, one at each end of the housing.
M20 Through Wiring (3 phases)

120-277 Vac, 50/60 Hz

M25 Through Wiring (3 phases)

120-277 Vac, 50/60 Hz

6.21

LLEDAA2T2BUZ2 
LLEDAA3T2BUZ2 

Dual Loop In/Out - T/W (1 phase) cable entry provides 3 entries, 1 at one and 2 at the other end.
M20 Loop In/Out - T/W (1 phase)

120-277 Vac, 50/60 Hz

M25 Loop In/Out - T/W (1 phase)

120-277 Vac, 50/60 Hz

6.21

LLEDAA2L2BUZ2 
LLEDAA3L2BUZ2 

4,400 Lumens — 0.61 m (2 ft)
Standard cable entry provides 2 entries on the same side of the housing.
M20 Standard

120-277 Vac, 50/60 Hz

M25 Standard

120-277 Vac, 50/60 Hz

6.35

LLEDAA2S5BUZ2 
LLEDAA3S5BUZ2 

Through Wiring (3 phases) cable entry provides 2 entries, one at each end of the housing.
M20 Through Wiring (3 phases)

120-277 Vac, 50/60 Hz

M25 Through Wiring (3 phases)

120-277 Vac, 50/60 Hz

6.35

LLEDAA2T5BUZ2 
LLEDAA3T5BUZ2 

Dual Loop In/Out - T/W (1 phase) cable entry provides 3 entries, 1 at one and 2 at the other end.
M20 Loop In/Out - T/W (1 phase)

120-277 Vac, 50/60 Hz

M25 Loop In/Out - T/W (1 phase)

120-277 Vac, 50/60 Hz

6.35

LLEDAA2L5BUZ2 
LLEDAA3L5BUZ2 

7,800 Lumens — 1.22 m (4 ft)
Standard cable entry provides 2 entries on the same side of the housing.
M20 Standard

120-277 Vac, 50/60 Hz

M25 Standard

120-277 Vac, 50/60 Hz

8.69

LLEDAA2S7BUZ2 
LLEDAA3S7BUZ2 

Through Wiring (3 phases) cable entry provides 2 entries, one at each end of the housing.
M20 Through Wiring (3 phases)

120-277 Vac, 50/60 Hz

M25 Through Wiring (3 phases)

120-277 Vac, 50/60 Hz

8.69

LLEDAA2T7BUZ2 
LLEDAA3T7BUZ2 

Dual Loop In/Out - T/W (1 phase) cable entry provides 3 entries, 1 at one and 2 at the other end.
M20 Loop In/Out - T/W (1 phase)

120-277 Vac, 50/60 Hz

M25 Loop In/Out - T/W (1 phase)

120-277 Vac, 50/60 Hz

8.69

LLEDAA2L7BUZ2 
LLEDAA3L7BUZ2 

 For optional safety cables, add suffix -C to the end of the catalog number.
Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.

6

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

LLEDA Viamaster™ LED Series Luminaires
For Hazardous and Adverse Locations

Lighting

Zones 2 - 22 and 21
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Description

LED Luminaires

Accessories and Replacement Parts
Catalog Number

Mounting Brackets — Set of Two
Fixing Brackets for Surface Installation

Zinc plated steel

FEFBZ

316 stainless steel

FEFBS

Surface Mounting

Aluminium (gray painted)

FESBA

316 stainless steel

FESBS

Surface Mounting

Stainless steel
( Do not retrofit in same
mounting footprint as
Appleton's FN / FE Series )

FVSM

M8 Ring Bolts

Zinc plated steel — For use
with optional safety chain (not
provided)

FERBM8Z

Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

7

LLEDA Viamaster™ LED Series Luminaires

LED Luminaires

Lighting

For Hazardous and Adverse Locations
Zones 2 - 22 and 21
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Accessories and Replacement Parts
Description

Catalog Number

Mounting Brackets — Set of Two
Hinged Brackets for Adjusting Luminaire

Aluminium

FEHBA

Fixed 45°˚ Wall Mount
1/8” stainless steel
( Do not retrofit in same mounting
footprint as Appleton's FN / FE
Series )

FVWFM

Half Clamp Brackets for Pole Mounting
For 42 mm to 49 mm pole (1-1/4 to 1-1/2" tube)
Zinc plated steel

FEHC49Z

316 stainless steel

FEHC49S

For 60 mm pole (2" tube)
Zinc plated steel
316 stainless steel

FEHC60Z
FEHC60S

Retrofit Brackets — Set of Two
Adapts mounting holes for 4 foot fixture
to 700 mm mounting centers

LLEDRB

Safety Cables — Attached to fixtures
to guard against them falling when the
primary method of attachment fails.

LLEDSC

Fall Prevention Kit

Replacement Lens
Clear polycarbonate lens with an integral
gasket
Diffused lens with an integral gasket

LLEDCPL
LLEDDPL

Replacement Driver
120-277 Vac driver

LLEDBU2

Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.

8

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

LLEDA Viamaster™ LED Series Luminaires
For Hazardous and Adverse Locations

Lighting

Zones 2 - 22 and 21
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

FEFBS

Ceiling/Surface Mount

FESBA / FESBS

Ceiling/Surface Mount

FVSM

Ceiling/Surface Mount

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

LED Luminaires

Mounting Options
Dimensions in Millimeters (Inches)

9

LLEDA Viamaster™ LED Series Luminaires

LED Luminaires

Lighting

For Hazardous and Adverse Locations
Zones 2 - 22 and 21
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Mounting Options (continued)
Dimensions in Millimeters (Inches)
FEHBA

Wall/Hinged Mount

FVWFM

Wall/Fixed 45° Mount

FERBM8Z

Ceiling/Chain Mount

10

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

LLEDA Viamaster™ LED Series Luminaires
For Hazardous and Adverse Locations

Lighting

Zones 2 - 22 and 21
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

LED Luminaires

Dimensions in Millimeters (Inches)

End View — 0.61 m (2 ft) and 1.22 m (4 ft) Versions

Side View — 0.61 m (2 ft) Versions

Top (Mounting) View — 0.61 m (2 ft) Versions

Side View — 1.22 m (4 ft) Version

Top (Mounting) View — 1.22 m (4 ft) Version

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

11

LLEDA Viamaster™ LED Series Luminaires

LED Luminaires

Lighting

For Hazardous and Adverse Locations
Zones 2 - 22 and 21
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Photometric Data — DATA SHOWN IS ABSOLUTE
REPORT NUMBER: ID140031A
Catalog Number: LLEDA12BU2
Lamps: linear LED fixture, one LED board for a total of 10 LEDs, aluminum LED reflector is curved painted gray, 609.6 millimeters (24 inches) long x 177.8 millimeters (7
Inches) wide, with lexan 163R polycarbonate lens.
Candela Distribution
Zonal Lumen Summary
0.0
22.5
45.0
67.5
90.0
Flux
Zone
Lumens % Fixture
0
613
613
613
613
613
0-30
484
20.3
5
596
594
599
613
616
57
0-40
835
35.1
90°
15
588
578
560
585
603
164
0-60
1728
72.6
25
594
591
567
520
589
263
0-90
2379
100.0
35
657
624
548
475
513
351
75°
45
727
698
570
438
408
437
CIE Type - Direct
55
592
634
620
355
291
456
Plane
Spacing Criteria
250
65
447
450
485
288
171
378
0-Deg
90-Deg
60°
75
122
145
278
315
67
223
1.7
1.3
85
4
5
29
104
8
49
90
0
0
1
6
3
500
45°

750
0°

15°

30°

REPORT NUMBER: ID140011A
Catalog Number: LLEDA15BU2
Lamps: linear LED fixture, two LED boards for a total of 20 LEDs, aluminum LED reflector is curved painted gray, 609.6 millimeters (24 inches) long x 177.8 millimeters (7
Inches) wide, with lexan 163R polycarbonate lens.
Candela Distribution
Zonal Lumen Summary
0.0
22.5
45.0
67.5
90.0
Flux
Zone
Lumens % Fixture
0 1190 1190 1190 1190 1190
0-30
943
19.9
5 1152 1162 1169 1178 1204
110
0-40
1628
34.4
90°
15 1145 1127 1096 1120 1171
319
0-60
3378
71.5
25 1173 1163 1111 1018 1129
514
0-90
4718
99.8
35 1266 1210 1190
916 1007
685
75°
45 1392 1348 1115
851
827
853
CIE Type - Direct
55 1174 1246 1209
706
576
897
Plane
Spacing Criteria
500
65
875
868
965
560
343
745
0-Deg
90-Deg
60°
75
300
391
601
594
145
480
1.7
1.3
85
12
15
69
257
32
115
90
0
1
14
35
16
1000

45°

1500
0°

12

15°

30°

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

LLEDA Viamaster™ LED Series Luminaires
For Hazardous and Adverse Locations

Lighting

Zones 2 - 22 and 21
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

REPORT NUMBER: ID140021A
Catalog Number: LLEDA17BU2
Lamps: linear LED fixture, four LEDs board for a total of 36 LEDs, aluminum LED reflector is curved painted gray, 1219.2 millimeters (48 inches) long x 177.8 millimeters
(7 Inches) wide, with lexan 163R polycarbonate lens.
Candela Distribution
Zonal Lumen Summary
0.0
22.5
45.0
67.5
90.0
Flux
Zone
Lumens % Fixture
0 1966 1966 1966 1966 1966
0-30
1555
19.9
5 1884 1904 1914 1941 1979
182
0-40
2683
34.3
90°
15 1874 1864 1812 1876 1942
529
0-60
5596
71.6
25 1810 1904 1813 1677 1906
845
0-90
7806
99.9
35 2076 1997 1770 1525 1681 1128
75°
45 2309 2252 1827 1409 1366 1411
CIE Type - Direct
800
55 1952 2100 2032 1162
971 1501
Plane
Spacing Criteria
65 1474 1512
967
944
579 1270
0-Deg
90-Deg
60°
75
427
507
91 1064
225
768
1.7
1.3
85
13
15
8
390
32
173
90
0
1
6
28
13
1600

45°

2400
0°

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

15°

30°

13

LED Luminaires

Photometric Data — DATA SHOWN IS ABSOLUTE

FDLED Series Luminaires

LED Luminaires

Lighting

Flameproof

Zones 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Applications
• Can be installed in hazardous areas designated as Zone 1 and
2 – 21 and 22.
• For use in locations where a high degree of corrosion resistance
is required.
• For indoor/outdoor use where protection against dirt, water and
moisture is necessary.
• Typical applications include:
— Oil refineries
— Petrochemical facilities
— Pulp and paper, mills
— Painting, sewage and water treatment facilities
— Warehouses
— Underground tunnels
— General manufacturing facilities.

4725 lm (IIB)

Features

2400 lm (IIB+H2)

• Impact resistant borosilicate glass sealed tube.
• Easy access to LED array through gray painted aluminum
threaded entry cap.
• Supplied with O-ring for improved ingress protection.
• Corrosion-resistant gray painted aluminum.
• Supplied with energy efficient electronic driver on a removable
gear tray.
• Supplied with external and internal ground/earth connection.
• Fixture supplied with one M20 blanking plug.
• Easy connection to wire and disconnect with plug-in terminal
blocks.

400 lm (IIC)

Standard Materials
•
•
•
•

End caps and cover: aluminum.
Glass tube: tempered borosilicate glass.
O-ring gasket: Nitrile (NBR).
Internal reflector: white powder coated galvanized steel (400 lm
verison) or aluminium (2400/4725 lm versions).
• Mounting accessories: several accessories in different material
such as zinc plated steel, galvanized steel or 316 stainless steel.

Options
• Diffused polycarbonate lens (2400/4725 lm versions only)
• Ta -50 °C IP66  (without gasket)
• Ta -40 °C IP66/68  (with EPDM70)

Certifications and Compliances

— IECEx Certificate: IECEx INE 15.0046X
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66/68
— Impact Resistance (shock):
IK09 (400 and 2400 lm version)
IK08 (4725 lm version)
— Internal Volume: > 2 dm3 - 2 liters

EURASEC Certification
— Not yet available (around Mid-2016)

Others Certification
— Not yet available (around Mid-2016)

ATEX/IECEx Certification
• Certification Type: FDLED
— Gas: Zone 1 and 2:
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:   II 2 G
– Type of Protection:
Ex d IIB (4725 lm version)
Ex d IIB+H2 (2400 lm version)
Ex d IIC (400 lm version)
– Temperature Class: T6
— Dust: Zone 21 and 22:
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:   II 2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tb IIIC
– Surface Temperature:
+75 °C (400 lm version)
+80 °C (2400 and 4725 lm version)
— Ambient Temperature: -30 °C to 60 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50312
— ATEX Certificate: INERIS 15 ATEX 0042X

14

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

FDLED Series Luminaires
Flameproof

Lighting

Zones 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

FDLED

04

AD

1

X

Voltage :
AD - 48/110/220V DC
230V - 50Hz AC 
BU - 110V to 254V,
50/60 Hz 

Series: FDLED
Zone 1 and 2 21 and 22
ATEX/IECEx Certified

Options:
(Options must be
listed alphabetically)
D - Diffused
Polycarbonate Lens 

LED Power (lm):
04 - 400 lm
25 - 2400 lm
50 - 4725 lm

Cable Entry:
1 - NPT 3/4"
2 - Metric M20
3 - Metric M25

Technical Data

Lumen Output

Type

P

Ie

Gas group

Ambient
Temperature °C

Class of
Temperature

Surface
Temperature

400 lm

LED

6W

0.03 A

IIC

-30 °C to + 60°C

T6

75 °C

2400 lm

LED

23 W

0.21 A

IIB+H2

-30 °C to + 60°C

T6

80 °C

4725 lm

LED

46 W

0.42 A

IIB

-30 °C to + 60°C

T6

80 °C

Led Power (lm)
400 lm
2400 lm
4725 lm

Voltage
48/110/220V DC  230V - 50Hz AC
110V to 254V, 50/60 Hz
110V to 254V, 50/60 Hz

Cable Entry
M20
M20
M20

Weight kg
7.8
8.1
9.0

Volume dm3
36.0
37.1
58.0

Catalog Number
FDLED04AD2
FDLED25BU2
FDLED50BU2

 Only 400 lm version
 Only 2400 and 4725 lm version
Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

15

LED Luminaires

Catalog Numbering Guide — FD LED Series Luminaires

FDLED Series Luminaires

LED Luminaires

Lighting

Flameproof

Zones 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Accessories and Replacement Parts
Description

Catalog Number

Protective Guard – Zinc Plated Steel
Model 0.3 (for 400 lm)

FDPG1Z

Model 0,4 (for 2400 lm)

FDPG5Z

Model 0.6 (for 4725 lm)

FDPG2Z

Fixing Brackets for Ease of Surface Installation – Set of Two
Zinc plated steel

FDFBZ

316 stainless steel

FDFBS

Surface Mounting Brackets – Set of Two
Zinc plated steel

FDSBZ

316 stainless steel

FDSBS

Half Clamp Brackets for Pole Mounting – Set of Two
For 42 mm to 49 mm pole (1-1/4 to 1-1/2" tube)
Zinc plated steel

FDHC49Z

316 stainless steel

FDHC49S

For 60 mm pole (2" tube)
Zinc plated steel

FDHC60Z

316 stainless steel

FDHC60S

1.20 meter stainless steel chain

FDSCS

Fall Prevention Kit

Dimensions in Millimeters
12.0 mm

77.5 mm
B

15.0 mm

89.0 mm

Model

A

B

0.3 (400 lm)

430

335

0,4 (2400 lm)

470

375

0.6 (4725 lm)

745

650

A

Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.

16

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

DEMULED LED Series Luminaires
Flameproof

Lighting

Zones 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

LED Luminaires

Applications
• Provides adequate lighting and/or visual indication of access on
exit routes during an evacuation in a hazardous environment.
• Can be installed in hazardous areas designated as Zone 1 and
2 – 21 and 22.
• Typical applications include oil refineries, petrochemical plants,
pulp and paper mills.

Features
All versions:
• Power supply 230 Vac, 50 Hz.
• 1 hour duration (emergency).
• Threaded access cover with O-ring seal.
• Battery pack :
Escape route lighting: 2.4 V - 0,8 Ah (2 cells - Nicd)
Space lighting: 6 V - 1,6 Ah (6 cells - Nicd)
• Charge indicator by 1 green LED (life time over 10 years).
• Operates in any position.
• Connection to plug-in terminal block via 5 x 2.5 mm2 terminals.
• Supplied with two fixing brackets (zinc plated steel)
• Automatic built-in self-test system (SATI) with memorization of
tests indicated by LEDs.
• Using a microprocessor and an internal clock, the unit will carry
out automatic tests.
• Escape route lighting: 45 lumens, 0.50 wattage.
Space lighting: 400 lumens, 0.95 wattage.
Addressable versions:
• Operates without additional control lines. Communication
between units and the control system is realized via mains
borne signals that  utilize the existing electrical wiring.
• Standard control system capacity: one control system for up to
200 emergency lighting units.
• Optional increased control system capacity: booster (repeater
unit) is used to increase the length of the network allowing up
to 1000 emergency lighting units to be on one control system.
This allows for the use of a single computer to centralize the
management of the facilities emergency lighting system. For
more information, please contact your local sales representative

Standard Materials
•
•
•
•
•
•

End caps and cover: aluminum
O-ring seal: Nitrile
Lens: tempered borosilicate glass tube
Fixing brackets: zinc plated steel or 316 stainless steel
Accessories: white painted galvanized steel
Guard: zinc plated steel

Certifications and Compliances
ATEX/IECEx Certification
• Certification Type: DEMULED
— Gas: Zone 1 and 2:
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:   II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex d IIC
– Temperature Class: T6
— Dust: Zone 21 and 22:
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:   II 2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tb IIIC
– Surface Temperature: +75 °C
— Ambient Temperature: -30 °C to 55 °C 
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50314
— ATEX Certificate: INERIS 15ATEX0056X
— IECEx Certificate: IECEx INE 15.0052X
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66/68
(10m/1h)
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK09
— Internal Volume: > 2 dm3 - 2 liters
— Conforming to NF AEAS

EURASEC Certification
— Not yet available (around Mid-2016)

Others Certification
— Not yet available (around Mid-2016)

Related Products
• For labels see Labels for Emergency Lighting Units, ATX SelfAdhesive Signaling Labels for Emergency Lighting Units.

Options
• Ta -40°C  (with EPDM70)
• Adressable monitoring sotware, please consult your local sales
representative.

 Optimum operating temperature for battery is -5 °C to +30 °C
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

17

DEMULED LED Series Luminaires

LED Luminaires

Lighting

Flameproof

Zones 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Catalog Numbering Guide
DEMULED

E

04

Series:
DEMULED
Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
ATEX/IECEx Certified

2

X

Power :
04 = 45 lm 1h
40 = 400 lm 1h

Options:
A - Addressable

Type :
SL - Space Lighting 
E - Escape

Cable Entry:
1 - 3/4" NPT
2 - Metric M20
3 - Metric M25

Lamp

Lumen
Output

Cable Entries

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Option

Escape

LED

45 lm

M20

7.8

36

SATI

Escape

LED

45 lm

M20

7.8

36

Adressable

Type

Catalog Number
DEMULEDE042
DEMULEDE042A

Accessories and Replacement Parts
Description

Catalog Number

Protective Guard
FDPG1Z

Zinc plated steel
Fixing Brackets: Set of two for ease of surface installation
Zinc plated steel

FDFBZ

316 stainless steel

FDFBS

Surface Mounting Brackets: Set of two
Zinc plated steel

FDSBZ

316 stainless steel

FDSBS

Half Clamps: Set of two
Zinc plated steel versions:
For 42 mm to 49 mm pole (1-1/4 to 1-1/2" tube)

FDHC49Z

For 60 mm pole (2" tube)

FDHC60Z

316 stainless steel versions:
For 42 mm to 49 mm pole (1-1/4 to 1-1/2" tube)

FDHC49S

For 60 mm pole (2" tube)

FDHC60S

Fall Prevention Kit
1.20 m stainless steel chain

FDSCS

 Under certification process

18

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

DEMULED LED Series Luminaires
Flameproof

Lighting

Zones 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

LED Luminaires

Electrical Wiring Diagram

Mains

Remote (optional)

			
PE
N
L

(B)

+
(A)

U
N
PE
- (B)

Non-Maintained
Emergency
Lighting Unit

+ (A)

Dimensions in Millimeters

77.5
25

345

Dia. 11

5
191

400
Mini

174

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

430

19

AMLED Areamaster™ LED Flood/High Bay Luminaires

LED Luminaires

Lighting

For Hazardous Locations. 8300, 13200 and 19000 lumens
Zone 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Applications
• Typical applications include:
— Pulp and paper mills
— Processing plants
— Chemical plants
— Oil refineries
— Foundries
— Food processing plants
— Storage areas
— Waste and sewage treatment
— Parking garages
— Other areas where water, dirt and rough usage are a problem

Features
• Compact in size, attractively styled contemporary design,
rugged and dependable.
• Easy to install and service.
• One-piece housing.
• One-piece lens in hinged cover. Secured by four M6 captive
stainless steel slotted hex-head bolts.
• Thermal shock- and impact-resistant glass lens standard.
• Diffused polycarbonate lens available as an option.
• Heavy duty, high temperature silicone rubber gasket,
mechanically secured.
• Universal design for flood and high bay mounting.
• Floodlight Mounting:
— Yoke mount, zinc plated steel yoke with architectural bronze
polyester finish.
• High Bay Mounting:
— One Conduit entry on back of luminaire with locking set
screw.
— Rotate yoke up or remove.
• Chain Mounting:
— Mounts via eyebolts threaded into the corners of the fixture.
— Available with chain mounting, or as an accessory.
— Rotate yoke up or remove.
• Cool operating temperatures translate into long luminaire life.
• Three 3/4" NPT threaded Entries with two 3/4" NPT aluminum
close up plugs provided.
• Electrical:
— 120-277 Vac, 50/60 Hz
• Terminal block (screw type for secure connection) can accept
0.2 - 4 mm2.

Standard Materials
•
•
•
•
•
•

Housing and lens door: copperfree (4/10 of 1% max.) aluminum
Gasket: silicone rubber
Reflector: metallized high reflectance finish
Yoke mount: zinc plated steel
Bolts: stainless steel
Close up plugs: (2) aluminum provided

Standard Finishes
• Housing, lens cover and yoke mount: architectural bronze
polyester

Floodlight

High Bay

Certifications and Compliances
ATEX/IECEx Certification
• Certification Type AMLED
— Gas: Zone 2
- Conforming to ATEX 94/9/EC:   II 3 G
- Protection Level: EPL Gc
- Type of Protection: Ex nA IIC
- Temperature class: See Table on following page
— Dust: Zones 21 and 22
- Conforming to ATEX 94/9/EC:   II 2 D and II 3D
- Protection Level: EPL Db and Dc
- Type of Protection: Ex tb IIIC and Ex tc IIIC
- Temperature class: See Table on following page
— EC Declaration of Conformity: 50307
— ATEX Certificate:
Zone 2/22: LCIE 14 ATEX 1016X
Zone 21: LCIE 14 ATEX 3049X
— IECEx Certificate: IECEx LCIE 14.0030X
— Ambient Temperature: -40 °C to +55 °C
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK08

EURASEC Certification
— EURASEC  N° TC  RU C-FR.ГБ05.B.00912

20

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

AMLED Areamaster™ LED Flood/High Bay Luminaires
For Hazardous Locations. 8300, 13200 and 19000 lumens

Lighting

Zone 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

LED Luminaires

Order using catalog numbering guide below or select catalog number from tables on following pages.
Catalog Numbering Guide — ATEX/IECEx Certified Areamaster LED
AMLED

7

Series:
AMLED: Areamaster LED Series
Zones 2 - 21 -22
ATEX/IECEx Certified

7

Y

Light Pattern

Lumens:
6 - 8300 lumens
7 - 13200 lumens
8 - 19000 lumens

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

BU1

DG

Voltage:
BU1 - 120-277 Vac,
50/60 Hz

Mounting:
Y - Yoke Mount

Options:
DG - Diffused Glass
Lens

21

AMLED Areamaster™ LED Flood/High Bay Luminaires

LED Luminaires

Lighting

For Hazardous Locations. 8300, 13200 and 19000 lumens
Zone 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Technical Data – Ambient Temperature Ta °C
GAS (Zone 2)
Temperature Class / Cable T°
Lighting Position

Downward

DUST (Zones 21-22)
Surface Temperature

Wall Mounting

Upward

Downward

Wall Mounting

Upward

Ta

+40°C

+55°C

+40°C

+55°C

+40°C

+55°C

+40°C

+55°C

+40°C

+55°C

+40°C

+55°C

AMLED67YBU1

T4
114°C

T4
129°C

T4
109°C

T4
124°C

T4
117°C

T3
132°C

68°C

83°C

67°C

82°C

70°C

85°C

AMLED77YBU1

T3
144°C

T3
159°C

T3
146°C

T3
161°C

T3
150°C

T3
165°C

75°C

90°C

74°C

89°C

77°C

92°C

AMLED87YBU1

T3
178°C

T3
193°C

T3
176°C

T3
191°C

T3
183°C

T2
198°C

83°C

98°C

82°C

97°C

87°C

102°C

Electrical Specifications — Flood Mount

Catalog Number

Voltage Range

Frequency (Hz)

Watts
Input Power
(Nom.)

AMLED67YBU1

120-277 Vac

50/60 Hz

76/74 W

0.64 - 0.32 A

0.5

> 0.98

AMLED77YBU1

120-277 Vac

50/60 Hz

125/121 W

1.10 - .047 A

0.5

> 0.98

AMLED87YBU1

120-277 Vac

50/60 Hz

174/169 W

1.60 - 0.70 A

0.5

> 0.98

Input Amps
(Max.)

Total Harmonic
Distortion

Power Factor

Line Voltage

Catalog Number

120-277 Vac, 50/60 Hz

AMLED67YBU1

120-277 Vac, 50/60 Hz

AMLED77YBU1

120-277 Vac, 50/60 Hz

AMLED87YBU1

Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.

22

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

AMLED Areamaster™ LED Flood/High Bay Luminaires
For Hazardous Locations. 8300, 13200 and 19000 lumens

Lighting

Zone 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Description

Catalog Number

Crossarm Mounting Bracket
Has 180° horizontal adjustment — degree marked. Facilitates mounting floodlight
to crossarm or other flat surface, or to G-AM-8-WB. Includes floodlight yoke bolts.
Malleable iron, zinc plated, chromate sealed, architectural bronze polyester finish.

GAM8CA

Pipe or Wall Mount Bracket
Used with G-AM-8-CA. Clamps to 1” to 2-1/2” pipe, vertical or horizontal, or
mounts on flat surfaces. Includes U-bolt and crossarm bracket bolts. Malleable
iron, zinc plated, chromate sealed, with architectural bronze polyster finish.

GAM8WB

Slip-fits 1-1/2” or 2” pipe size poletop tenons. Includes floodlight yoke bolts, 3
locking bolts, and cord grip.  Body is malleable iron-zinc plated, chromate sealed,
with cast aluminum cap.  Assembly has architectural bronze polyester finish.

GSF20

Slip-fits 1" or 1-1/2” pipe size poletop tenons. Includes floodlight yoke bolts, 3
locking bolts, and cord grip.  Body is malleable iron-zinc plated, chromate sealed,
with cast aluminum cap.  Assembly has architectural bronze polyester finish.

AMLEDSF1

Slip-fits 2” or 2-1/2” poletop tenons. Includes floodlight yoke bolts, 3 locking bolts,
and cord grip. Malleable iron, zinc plated, chromate sealed, with architectural
bronze polyester finish.

GAM8SF

Chain mount assembly comes with two (2) 914.4 mm long chains, four (4) eye
bolts, four (4) hex bolts, four (4) lock washers, four (4) hex nuts, eight (8) plain
washers and an instruction sheet for complete assembly and mounting. Chains
are galvanized steel, eye bolts are zinc plated steel, all other hardware is stainless
steel.

AMLEDCM

Poletop Slip-Fitter

Poletop Slip-Fitter

Chain

Description

Catalog Number

LED Array
With White LED's for the AMLED67

AMLED67AW

With White LED's for the AMLED77

AMLED77AW

With White LED's for the AMLED87

AMLED87AW

Drivers
120 - 277 Vac — BU1 Version — AMLED87: Left Side  — AMLED67, AMLED77

AMLEDDBU1L

120 - 277 Vac — BU1 Version — AMLED87: Right Side

AMLEDDBU1R

Door Assembly
With a Glass Lens, Pins

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

AMLEDMDOOR

23

LED Luminaires

Accessories and Replacement Parts

AMLED Areamaster™ LED Flood/High Bay Luminaires

LED Luminaires

Lighting

For Hazardous Locations. 8300, 13200 and 19000 lumens
Zone 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Dimensions in Millimeters (Inches)
Floodlight
388.6 mm (15.30 in)
182.9 mm
(7.20 in)

93.9 mm (3.70 in)
1/4-20 U.N.C.
(4) corner

182.9 mm
(7.20 in)

358.1 mm
(14.10 in)

Conduit
Entry
(Pendant
Mount)

391.2 mm
(15.40 in)

Set
Screw 144.78 mm
(5.70 in)

(4) Yoke Bolts

57.2 mm
(2.25 in)
Conduit
Entry

(3) hubs for 3/4"
NPT Conduit 
3/4" to M20
reducer bushing

Yoke
3.64 Turning Radius
180° Rotation

122.7 mm
(4.83 in) 88.9 mm
(3.50 in)

44.45 mm
(3) Mounting Holes
(1.75")
Ø 14 mm (0.56 in)
88.9 mm (3.50 in)

High Bay Pendant Mount

Ceiling
Recommended Minimum
Mounting Distance
304.8 mm (12 in)

Rotate Yoke Up
or Remove

Juction Box
Set Screw

152.4 mm
(6 in)

 3/4" NPT/M20 adapter supplied for ATEX version.

24

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

AMLED Areamaster™ LED Flood/High Bay Luminaires
For Hazardous Locations. 8300, 13200 and 19000 lumens

Lighting

Zone 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

LED Luminaires

Photometric Data — DATA SHOWN IS ABSOLUTE

REPORT NUMBER: AMLED67YBU1_Flood
Lamps: Areamaster, High Bay Mount, LED Board 39 LEDs, Specular Reflector 6-1/2 X 6-1/2 Tapered To 3-1/2 X 3-1/2, Lens Clear
Luminaire Lumens 8238
Polar Candela Distribution

ISOCANDELA CURVES
3

90˚

2
0.1 fc

75˚

0.5 fc
1
2.5 fc

1250

0

60˚

45˚
2696

Zonal Lumen and Percentage at 25 °C (77 °F)
Lumens
% Lamp
245.6
N.A.
771.8
N.A.
1431
N.A.
1842
N.A.
1785
N.A.
1448
N.A.
667.1
N.A.
43.8
N.A.
4.5
N.A.

% Fixture
3.0
9.4
17.4
22.4
21.7
17.6
8.1
0.5
0.1

1

1 fc

2500

Zone
0-10
10-20
20-30
30-40
40-50
50-60
60-70
70-80
80-90

0.2 fc
2

3750
0˚

15˚

0

30˚

1

2

3

Distance in units of mount height (25 ft)

REPORT NUMBER: AMLED67YBU1_HIGHBAY
Lamps: Areamaster, High Bay Mount, LED Board 39 LEDs, Specular Reflector 6-1/2 X 6-1/2 Tapered To 3-1/2 X 3-1/2, Lens Clear
Polar Candela Distribution

90˚

75˚

Zone
0-30
0-40
0-60
60-90
0-90
90-180
0-180

Zonal Lumen Summary and Percentage at 25 °C (77 °F)
Lumens
% Lamp
% Fixture
2434
N.A.
29.2
4283
N.A.
51.6
7553
N.A.
90.6
780
N.A.
9.4
8333
N.A.
100.0
0
N.A.
0
8333
N.A.
100.0

1250
60˚

2500
45˚
2696

3750
0˚

15˚

30˚

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Zone
0-10
10-20
20-30
30-40
40-50
50-60
60-70
70-80
80-90

Zonal Lumen and Percentage at 25 °C (77 °F)
Lumens
% Lamp
244.8
N.A.
764.2
N.A.
1425
N.A.
1849
N.A.
1787
N.A.
1483
N.A.
731.0
N.A.
46.7
N.A.
2.4
N.A.

% Fixture
2.9
9.2
17.1
22.2
21.4
17.8
8.8
0.6
0.0

25

AMLED Areamaster™ LED Flood/High Bay Luminaires
Zone 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Photometric Data — DATA SHOWN IS ABSOLUTE

REPORT NUMBER: AMLED77YBU1_Flood
Lamps: Areamaster, High Bay Mount, LED Board 56 LEDs, Specular Reflector 6-1/2 X 6-1/2 Tapered To 3-1/2 X 3-1/2, Lens Clear
Characteristics: Maximum Candela: 5818; Maximum Candela Angle: 22.5 H 25.5 V; Horizontal Beam Angle (50%): 97.0; Vertical Beam Angle (50%): 102; Horizontal Field
Angle (10%): 134; Vertical Field Angle (10%): 134; Beam Lumens 10414; Field Lumens 12967; Luminaire Lumens 13157
AXIAL CANDELA
DEG.
90.0
85.0
75.0
65.0
55.0
47.5
42.5
37.5
33.0
29.0
25.5
22.5
19.5
17.0
15.0
13.0
11.0
9.0
7.0
5.0
3.0
1.0
0.0

HOR.

AXIAL CANDELA DISPLAY

0
21
26
700
2400
3023
3375
3838
4312
4670
4964
4910
4700
4456
4273
4184
4154
4139
4124
4127
4138
4149
4149

0
2
5
733
2341
2976
3307
3826
4319
4719
4898
4857
4660
4343
4249
4165
4123
4105
4119
4133
4150
4153
4149

90

581.8
60
2909
30
1250

2500

0 Deg
90 Deg
Zone
0-5
5-10
10-15
15-20
20-25
25-30
30-35
35-40
40-45
45-50
50-55
55-60
60-65
65-70
70-75
75-80
80-85
85-90

26

-30

-60

-90

0

30
60
Horizontal Angles

90

REPORT NUMBER: AMLED77YBU1_HIGHBAY

Spacing
Criteria
1.5
1.5
Lumens
98
290
485
711
993
1264
1440
1517
1471
1392
1283
1086
764
340
37
4
2
1

0

3750

CIE Type – Direct
Plane

ISOCANDELA CURVES

VERT.

Vertical Angles

LED Luminaires

Lighting

For Hazardous Locations. 8300, 13200 and 19000 lumens

Lamps: Areamaster, High Bay Mount, LED Board 56 LEDs, Specular Reflector 6-1/2 X 6-1/2 Tapered
To 3-1/2 X 3-1/2, Lens Clear

90˚

75˚
1250
60˚

2500
45˚

% Ceiling Rcc
% Walls Rw 70
0 119
1 111
2 102
3
94
4
86
5
79
6
73
7
67
8
63
9
58
10
55

Coefficients of Utilization - Zonal Cavity Method
Effective Floor Cavity Reflectance 0.20
80
70
50
30
50 30 10 70 50 30 10 50 30 10 50 30
119 119 119 116 116 116 116 111 111 111 106 106
107 103 100 108 105 102 99 101 98 96 97 95
95 89 84 99 93 88 83 90 85 81 86 83
84 77 71 91 83 76 70 80 74 69 77 72
75 67 61 84 74 66 60 71 65 59 69 63
67 59 52 77 66 58 52 64 57 52 62 56
60 52 46 71 59 51 45 58 50 45 56 50
54 46 40 66 54 46 40 52 45 40 51 44
50 41 36 61 49 41 36 48 40 35 46 40
45 37 32 57 45 37 32 44 37 32 43 36
42 34 29 53 41 34 29 40 33 29 39 33

3750
0˚

15˚

30˚

Zone
0-30
0-40
0-60
0-90
90-120

Lumens
3841
6798
12029
13177
1

% Lamp
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.

Zonal Lumen Summary
% Fixture
Zone
Lumens
29.1
90-130
2
51.5
90-150
6
91.1
90-180
7
0-180
13199
99.8
0.0

10
106
93
79
68
59
51
45
39
35
31
28

50
102
93
83
75
67
60
54
49
45
42
38

% Lamp
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.

10
30
102
92
80
70
62
55
49
44
39
36
32

0
10 0
102 100
90 88
78 76
67 65
58 56
50 48
44 42
39 37
35 33
31 30
28 27

% Fixture
0.0
0.0
0.1
100

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

AMLED Areamaster™ LED High Bay Luminaires

For Hazardous Locations. 8300, 13200 and 19000 lumens
Lighting

Zone 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

LED Luminaires

Photometric Data — DATA SHOWN IS ABSOLUTE

REPORT NUMBER: AMLED87YBU1_FLOOD
Lamps: Areamaster, Pendent Mount, LED Board 20 LEDs, Specular Reflector 6-1/2 X 6-1/2 Tapered To 3-1/2 X 3-1/2, Lens Clear
Characteristics: NEMA Type: 7Hx7V; Maximum Candela: 8092; Maximum Candela Angle: 25.5H 25.5V; Horizontal Beam Angle (50%): 97.3; Vertical Beam Angle (50%):
103; Horizontal Field Angle (10%): 137; Vertical Field Angle (10%): 136; Beam Lumens 14933; Field Lumens 18585; Luminaire Lumens 18842
AXIAL CANDELA
HOR.

90
85
75
65
55
47.5
42.5
37.5
33
29
25.5
22.5
19.5
17
15
13
11
9
7
5
3
1
0

AXIAL CANDELA DISPLAY

0
31
36
1239
3463
4393
4921
5955
6455
6656
6998
7109
6665
6302
6059
6027
5931
5914
5933
5974
6003
6002
5999

0
5
8
938
3477
4345
4831
5752
6392
6778
7087
7158
6664
6222
6108
6044
5942
5938
5956
5975
5995
6004
5999

90

581.8
60
2909
30
2023

4046

0-180
90-270
Zone
0- 5
5- 10
10- 15
15- 20
20- 25
25- 30
30- 35
35- 40
40- 45
45- 50
50- 55
55- 60
60- 65
65- 70
70- 75
75- 80
80- 85
85- 90

6069

-60

-90

8092

0

30
60
Horizontal Angles

90

REPORT NUMBER: AMLED87YBU1_HIGHBAY

Spacing
Criteria
1.54
1.54
Lumens
141
419
697
1004
1408
1794
2079
2151
2143
2011
1834
1567
1118
514
62
3
2
1

0

-30

CIE Type – Direct
Plane

ISOCANDELA CURVES

VERT.

Vertical Angles

DEG.

Lamps: Areamaster, High Bay Mount, LED Board 20 LEDs, Specular Reflector 6-1/2 X 6-1/2 Tapered
To 3-1/2 X 3-1/2, Lens Clear

90˚

75˚
2500
60˚

5000
45˚

% Ceiling Rcc
% Walls Rw 70
0 119
1 111
2 102
3 93
4 86
5 79
6 73
7 67
8 63
9 58
10 54

Coefficients of Utilization - Zonal Cavity Method
Effective Floor Cavity Reflectance 0.20
80
70
50
30
50 30 10 70 50 30 10 50 30 10 50 30
119 119 119 116 116 116 116 111 111 111 106 106
107 103 100 108 105 101 99 100 98 95 97 95
95 89 84 99 93 88 83 89 85 81 86 83
84 77 71 91 82 76 70 80 74 69 77 72
75 67 60 84 73 66 60 71 64 59 69 63
67 58 52 77 66 58 52 64 57 51 62 56
60 52 45 71 59 51 45 57 50 45 56 49
54 46 40 66 54 46 40 52 45 40 51 44
49 41 36 61 49 41 35 47 40 35 46 40
45 37 32 57 45 37 32 43 36 31 42 36
42 34 29 53 41 34 29 40 33 28 39 33

7500
0˚

15˚

30˚

Zone
0-30
0-40
0-60
0-90
90-120

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Lumens
5462
9692
17247
18946
2

% Lamp
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.

Zonal Lumen Summary
% Fixture
Zone
Lumens
28.8
90-130
3
51.2
90-150
5
91.1
90-180
7
0-180
18933
100.1
0

10
106
93
79
68
58
51
45
39
35
31
28

50
102
93
83
74
67
60
54
49
45
41
38

% Lamp
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.

10
30
102
91
80
70
62
55
49
43
39
35
32

10
102
90
77
67
58
50
44
39
35
31
28

0
0
100
88
75
65
56
48
42
37
33
29
26

% Fixture
0
0
0
100

27

MLEDNA Mercmaster™ LED Series Luminaires

LED Luminaires

Lighting

Enclosed and Gasketed Fixtures
Zone 2 - 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Applications
• Enclosed and gasketed fixtures suitable for use in:
— Marine and wet locations
— A wide range of industrial, chemical processing and other
areas where flammable gases and vapors are present
— Areas of low clearance, low ceiling heights or where fixture
weights must be minimized
— Non-hazardous locations where severe weather conditions,
excessive moisture, dirt, dust, corrosive atmosphere or high
ambient temperatures are encountered
• Typical applications include:
— Pulp and paper mills
— Processing plants
— Chemical plants
— Oil refineries
— Foundries
— Manufacturing plants
— Storage areas
— Waste and sewage treatment
— Parking garages
— Other areas where dust, water, dirt and rough usage are a
problem

Features
• Compact light weight low profile design is suited for low
mounting heights.
• Modular design allows scores of fixture component
combinations to meet installation needs. Uses same mounting
hoods as Mercmaster III.
• Fixture housing and mounting hoods are copperfree cast
aluminum with baked epoxy finish. All exposed hardware is
stainless steel.
• Accommodates a wide range of voltages.
• Ambient temperatures:
— 70 W to 175 W equivalent: -40 ˚C to +55 ˚C
— 250 W equivalent: -40 ˚C to +50 ˚C
• Electrical: 120-277 Vac, 50/60 Hz.
• Pole terminal block: 1 x 0.75 to 6 mm2.
• Hinge has high lip for added safety during installation
and servicing. Hinge and bolt construction assures 360º
compression at all points on ballast housing gasket for positive
sealing. Swing away design of captive bolt and nut simplifies
servicing.
• All Mercmaster mounting hoods have provision for easy field
installation of fuses in fixtures (see Fixture Unit — Electrical
Specification).
• NPT and metric threads standard.
• NEMA Type V light distribution is standard.
— Type V distribution is required is areas where sufficient,
evenly distributed light is necessary.  It produces a circular
distribution that has the same intensity at all angles.  
• Ballast bodies and mounting hoods must be purchased
separately.

28

Standard Materials
• Mounting hoods and bodies: cast copperfree (4/10 of 1% max.)
aluminum
• All hardware and catch assemblies: stainless steel
• Globe: polycarbonate

Standard Finishes
• Mounting hoods, bodies and guards: baked gray epoxy-clad
finish, electrostatically applied for complete uniform protection

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

MLEDNA Mercmaster™ LED Series Luminaires
Enclosed and Gasketed Fixtures

Lighting

Zone 2 - 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

ATEX/IECEx Certification
• Certification Type MLEDNA**
• ATEX
— Gas: Zone 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 3 G
– Type of Protection: Ex nA IIC Gc
– Temperature class:
– 70 W and 100 W equivalent: T4 [+40 ºC],
T4 [+55 ˚C], T3 [+65 ˚C]
– 150 W to 175 W equivalent: T4 [+40 ºC],
T4 [+ 55 ˚C]
– 250 W equivalent: T4 [+40 ºC], T4 [+50 ˚C]
— Dust: Zone 22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 3 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tc IIIc Dc
– Surface Temperature:
– 70 W and 175 W equivalent: T92 ºC
– 250 W equivalent: T79 ºC
— Ambient Temperature:
– 70 W and 100 W equivalent: -40 ˚C to +65 ˚C
– 150 W to 175 W equivalent: -40 ˚C to +55 ˚C
– 250 W equivalent: -40 ˚C to +50 ˚C
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 11 ATEX 1008, LCIE 14 ATEX 3063
— IECEx Certificate: IECEx LCI 11.0058
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66

EURASEC Certification

LED Luminaires

Certifications and Compliances

—EURASEC N° TC RU C-FR. ГБ 05.B.00912

Others certification
— INMETRO Certificate: BVC12.1522 

DesignLights™ Consortium (for the following models):
• MLEDN15
• MLEDN17
• MLEDN25

• IECEx
— Gas: Zone 2
– Type of Protection: Ex nA IIC Gc
– Temperature class:
– 70 W to 175 W equivalent: T4 [+40 ºC],
T4 [+ 55 ˚C]
– 250 W equivalent: T4 [+40 ºC ], T4 [+50 ˚C]
— Dust: Zone 22
– Type of Protection: Ex tc IIIc Dc
– Surface Temperature:
– 70 W and 175 W equivalent: T92 ºC
– 250 W equivalent: T79 ºC
— Ambient Temperature:
– 70 W and 175 W equivalent: -40 ˚C to +55 ˚C
– 250 W equivalent: -40 ˚C to +50 ˚C
— IECEx Certificate: IECEx LCI 11.0058
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66

 Inmetro certification available on special request only. Contact your local sales for more information
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

29

MLEDNA Mercmaster™ LED Series Luminaires

LED Luminaires

Lighting

Enclosed and Gasketed Fixtures
Zone 2 - 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Illustrated Features

Heatsink
Reliable heat transfer via the cast, epoxy
powder coat aluminum body. Provides
maximum heat dissipation from the LED
assembly to the outside environment.

Driver Assembly
Utilizing non-sparking components
avoiding the ignition of gases or vapors
that may be present (nA).

LED Chamber
Protected by polycarbonate lens, allows
for easy maintenance access.

Modular Plug between LED and driver.
Terminal Blocks (Zone 2)
A seven-point terminal block is provided
to facilitate wiring. Terminal block
accommodates wire size ranging from
0.75 to 6 mm²

Epoxy Finish
Ballast housing, hoods and guards are
copperfree aluminum with epoxy powder
coat finish.
Electrical Protection
Ground wire provided to bond mounting
hood to ballast housing.
Safety
Rounded heatsink edges prevent possible
injury during installation.

Cooler Operating Cone Hood
Larger sloped surface sheds dusts, dirt
and combustible fibers providing better
heat dissipation.
Mounting Hood and Globe Gaskets
Silicone rubber gaskets seals out
moisture, dirt and dust. Stays flexible,
withstands high temperatures. Closure
design assures uniform gasket
compression.

"Safety" High Hinge
Extra-high hinge provides additional
protection against accidental ballast
housing disengagement during installation
or maintenance.
Stainless Steel Latch Assembly
Captive, stainless steel latch assembly
bolt and nut closes securely, resists attack
of corrosive atmospheres. Swing-away
design simplifies servicing.

30

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

MLEDNA Mercmaster™ LED Series Luminaires
Enclosed and Gasketed Fixtures

Lighting

Zone 2 - 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Description
3/4"
1"
M20

Pendant Mount

Catalog Number
KPWB75
KPWB100
KPWBM20

Hub Size
3/4"
1"
M20

Pendant Cone Mount

Catalog Number
KPA75
KPA100
KPAM20

Hub Size)
3/4"
1"
M20

Catalog Number
KPCH75
KPCH100
KPCHM20

25° Stanchion Mount

Description
1-1/4"
1-1/2

Ceiling Mount

Hub Size
3/4"
1"
M20

Catalog Number
KPC75
KPC100
KPCM20

90° Stanchion Mount

Catalog Number
KPS125
KPS150

Description
1-1/4"
1-1/2"

Catalog Number
KPST125
KPST150

Ballast Bodies

LED Wattage

Light Level Equivalent

ATEX/IECEx Certified Ballast Bodies 

Ballast Bodies
120-277 Vac, 50/60 Hz

70 W Metal Halide

MLEDNA70P5BU

47.5/46 W

100 W Metal Halide

MLEDNA10P5BU

61/62 W

150 W Metal Halide

MLEDNA15P5BU

74/72 W

175 W Metal Halide

MLEDNA17P5BU

95.5/92 W

250 W Metal Halide

MLEDNA25P5BU

35/33 W

Clear GLobe

Diffused Globe

Supplied as standard

Option : add "D"

Order using catalog numbering guides below or select catalog number from tables on following pages.
Catalog Numbering Guide for Ballast Bodies — ATEX/IECEx Certified Mercmaster LED 
MLEDNA
17
P
          MLEDNA Mercmaster LED Series
Zones 2 - 22
ATEX/IECEx Certified

Light Level Equivalent:
70 - 70 W Metal Halide (2300 lm)
10 - 100 W Metal Halide (3450 lm)
15 - 150 W Metal Halide (4850 lm)
17 - 175 W Metal Halide (6076 lm)
25 - 250 W Metal Halide (9455 lm)

Optical Assembly:
P - Polycarbonate
Globe

5

BU

D

Voltage:
BU - Universal
Voltages
120-277 Vac,
50/60 Hz
Options:
D - Diffused Globe

 Ballast bodies and mounting hoods must be purchased separately.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

31

LED Luminaires

Wall Mount

MLEDNA Mercmaster™ LED Series Luminaires

LED Luminaires

Lighting

Enclosed and Gasketed Fixtures
Zone 2 - 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Technical Data
Gas

Dust

Ambient
Temperature °C

Supply Wire
Temperature °C

Class of
Temperature

Surface
Temperature

40°C

60°C

T4

55°C

75°C

T4

65°C

90°C

T4

40°C

60°C

T4

55°C

75°C

T4

65°C

90°C

T4

40°C

60°C

T6

55°C

75°C

T6

40°C

60°C

T6

55°C

75°C

T6

40°C

60°C

T4

50°C

75°C

T4

Lamp
Light Level Equivalent to HID
70 Watt
NEMA Type V

Type
LED

100 Watt
NEMA Type V

LED

150 Watt
NEMA Type V

LED

175 Watt
NEMA Type V

LED

250 Watt
NEMA Type V

LED

T92°C

T92°C

T92°C
T92°C
T79°C

Lamp Comparison Chart
Lamp Data

Line Current Amps

Input Power

Lumens

CRI

Lamp Life (Hours)

Color Temp CCT

2300 lm

70

60,000+

5650

3450 lm

70

60,000+

5650

4850 lm

70

60,000+

5650

6076 lm

70

60,000+

5650

9455 lm

70

60,000+

5650

NEMA Type V

MLEDN70

MLEDN100

MLEDN150

MLEDN175

MLEDN250

32

0.31 A @ 120 V

35 W

0.17 A @ 277 V

33 W

0.24 A @ 347 V

34 W

0.11 A @ 480 V

32 W

0.41 A @ 120 V

47.5 W

0.20 A @ 277 V

46 W

0.25 A @ 347 V

42 W

0.12 A @ 480 V

44 W

0.53 A @ 120 V

61 W

0.25 A @ 277 V

62 W

0.29 A @ 347 V

62 W

0.14 A @ 480 V

64 W

0.63 A @ 120 V

74 W

0.28 A @ 277 V

72 W

0.25 A @ 347 V

86 W

0.16 A @ 480 V

88 W

0.83 A @ 120 V

95.5 W

0.36 A @ 277 V

92 W

0.45 A @ 347 V

96 W

0.31 A @ 480 V

95 W

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

MLEDNA Mercmaster™ LED Series Luminaires
Enclosed and Gasketed Fixtures

Lighting

Zone 2 - 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

LED Luminaires

Ballast bodies
Ballast bodies and mounting hoods must be purchased separately
LED Wattage
BU

Light Level
Equivalent

Current Draw

Voltage Range

Weight kg

Ballast bodies
Catalog Number

35/33 W

70 W HPS

120 Vac @ .31 Amps
277 Vac @ .17 Amps

120-277 Vac,
50/60 Hz

8.8

MLEDNA70P5BU

47.5/46 W

100 W HPS

120 Vac @ .41 Amps
277 Vac @ .20 Amps

120-277 Vac,
50/60 Hz

8.8

MLEDNA10P5BU

61/62 W

150 W HPS

120 Vac @ .53 Amps
277 Vac @ .25 Amps

120-277 Vac,
50/60 Hz

8.8

MLEDNA15P5BU

74/72 W

175 W PSMH

120 Vac @ .63 Amps
277 Vac @ .28 Amps

120-277 Vac,
50/60 Hz

8.8

MLEDNA17P5BU

95.5/92 W

250 W HPS/PSMH

120 Vac @ .83 Amps
277 Vac @ .36 Amps

120-277 Vac,
50/60 Hz

8.8

MLEDNA25P5BU

Hub Size

Weight kg

Mounting Hoods
Catalog Number

Mounting Hoods
Ballast bodies and mounting hoods must be purchased separately
Description
Pendant
One Hub, Rigid Mounting

3/4

1.0

KPA75

1

1.0

KPA100

M20

1.0

KPAM20

3/4

1.1

KPCH75

Pendant Cone
One Hub, Rigid Mounting

1

1.1

KPCH100

M20

1.1

KPCHM20

3/4
1

1.4
1.4

KPC75
KPC100

M20

1.4

KPCM20

Ceiling
Five Hubs, Four Close-Up Plugs
Wall
Five Hubs, Four Close-Up Plugs

3/4

1.8

KPWB75

1
M20

1.8
1.8

KPWB100
KPWBM20

1-1/4

1.5

KPS125

1-1/2

1.5

KPS150

1-1/4

1.7

KPST125

1-1/2

1.7

KPST150

25° Stanchion
One Hub
90° Stanchion
One Hub
Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

33

MLEDNA Mercmaster™ LED Series Luminaires

LED Luminaires

Lighting

Enclosed and Gasketed Fixtures
Zone 2 - 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Replacement Parts
Description

Catalog Number

Globes and Gaskets

Clear Globe

VPGLLED

Diffused Globe

VPGLDIFF

Globe Gasket — Silicone Rubber

Description

KRFGK

Catalog Number

LED Array
70 Watt LED Array Assembly, Type V, White LED's

MLEDN70A5W

100 Watt LED Array Assembly, Type V, White LED's

MLEDN10A5W

150 Watt LED Array Assembly, Type V, White LED's

MLEDN15A5W

175 Watt LED Array Assembly, Type V, White LED's

MLEDN17A5W

250 Watt LED Array Assembly, Type V, White LED's

MLEDN25A5W

Drivers
120-277 V Driver (70 W thru 250 W only)

34

MLEDNDBU

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

MLEDNA Mercmaster™ LED Series Luminaires
Enclosed and Gasketed Fixtures

Lighting

Zone 2 - 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

LED Luminaires

Dimensions in Millimeters (Inches)

Depending on
the length of
the conduit stem

169.16 mm
(6.66")

142.0 mm
(5.59")
277.36 mm
(10.92")

391.16 mm
(15.40") Dia.

391.16 mm
(15.40") Dia.

Pendant Mount

Pendant Cone Mount

473.2 mm (18.63")
277.6 mm (10.93")

183.38 mm
(7.22")

103.1 mm
(4.06")
216.9 mm
(8.54")

391.16 mm
(15.40") Dia.

391.16 mm
(15.40") Dia.

Ceiling Mount

Wall Mount

479.3 mm (18.87")

430.0 mm
(16.93")

437.4 mm (17.22")

387.9 mm
(15.27")

248.7 mm (9.79")

235.0 mm
(9.25")

25°

391.16 mm
(15.40") Dia.

25° Stanchion Mount

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

391.16 mm
(15.40") Dia.

90° Stanchion Mount

35

MLEDNA Mercmaster™ LED Series Luminaires

LED Luminaires

Lighting

Enclosed and Gasketed Fixtures
Zone 2 - 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Photometric Data — DATA SHOWN IS ABSOLUTE
REPORT NUMBER: MLEDN70P5BU
Lamps: Mercmaster LED, Polycarbonate Optic
Candela Distribution
0.0
22.5
45.0
67.5
0 1054 1054 1054 1054
5 1048 1047 1051 1047
15 1016 1014 1016 1014
25
977
961
941
961
35
805
779
824
779
45
583
607
603
607
55
408
425
411
425
65
185
146
139
146
75
5
5
4
5
85
1
0
0
0
90
0
0
0
0

90.0
1054
1048
1016
977
805
583
408
185
5
1
0

Flux
100
287
442
497
465
358
133
9
1

Zonal Lumen Summary
Zone
Lumens % Fixture
0-30
829
36.1
0-40
1326
57.7
0-60
2149
93.5
0-90
2292
99.7
CIE Type - Direct
Plane
Spacing Criteria
0-Deg
90-Deg
1.3
1.3

90°

75°
400
60°

800
45°

1200
0°

REPORT NUMBER: MLEDN10P5BU
Lamps: Mercmaster LED, Polycarbonate Optic
Candela Distribution
0.0
22.5
45.0
67.5
0 1580 1580 1580 1580
5 1569 1568 1568 1568
15 1509 1510 1513 1510
25 1412 1414 1437 1414
35 1177 1215 1171 1215
45
934
915
893
915
55
577
588
632
588
65
228
218
195
218
75
6
7
6
7
85
0
0
0
0
90
0
0
0
0

90.0
1580
1569
1509
1412
1177
934
577
228
6
0
0

Flux
149
427
655
748
707
527
209
13
1

15°

30°

Zonal Lumen Summary
Zone
Lumens % Fixture
0-30
1231
35.8
0-40
1980
57.6
0-60
3213
93.5
0-90
3438
100.0
CIE Type - Direct
Plane
Spacing Criteria
0-Deg
90-Deg
1.2
1.2

90°

75°
550
60°

1100
45°

1650
0°

36

15°

30°

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

MLEDNA Mercmaster™ LED Series Luminaires
Enclosed and Gasketed Fixtures

Lighting

Zone 2 - 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

REPORT NUMBER: MLEDN15P5BU
Lamps: Mercmaster LED, Polycarbonate Optic
Candela Distribution
0.0
22.5
45.0
67.5
0 2208 2208 2208 2208
5 2202 2195 2197 2195
15 2137 2131 2127 2131
25 2045 2003 1977 2003
35 1669 1658 1735 1658
45 1252 1282 1297 1282
55
836
850
838
850
65
276
307
333
307
75
16
12
11
12
85
2
1
1
1
90
1
0
0
0

90.0
2208
2202
2137
2045
1669
1252
834
276
16
2
1

Flux
209
603
926
1051
988
746
298
22
2

LED Luminaires

Photometric Data — DATA SHOWN IS ABSOLUTE

Zonal Lumen Summary
Zone
Lumens % Fixture
0-30
1738
35.8
0-40
2789
57.5
0-60
4523
93.3
0-90
4844
99.9
CIE Type - Direct
Plane
Spacing Criteria
0-Deg
90-Deg
1.2
1.2

90°

75°
750
60°

1500
45°

2250
0°

REPORT NUMBER: MLEDN17P5BU
Lamps: Mercmaster LED, Polycarbonate Optic
Candela Distribution
0.0
22.5
45.0
67.5
0 2739 2739 2739 2739
5 2724 2724 2725 2724
15 2660 2658 2655 2658
25 2553 2508 2462 2508
35 2069 2062 2201 2062
45 1580 1614 1655 1614
55 1047 1093 1046 1093
65
353
380
391
380
75
19
15
16
15
85
2
1
1
1
90
1
0
0
0

90.0
2739
2724
2660
2553
2069
1580
1047
353
19
2
1

Flux
259
752
1156
1312
1243
943
378
28
2

15°

30°

Zonal Lumen Summary
Zone
Lumens % Fixture
0-30
2167
35.7
0-40
3478
57.2
0-60
5664
93.2
0-90
6072
99.9
CIE Type - Direct
Plane
Spacing Criteria
0-Deg
90-Deg
1.2
1.2

90°

75°
950
60°

1900
45°

2850
0°

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

15°

30°

37

MLEDNA Mercmaster™ LED Series Luminaires

LED Luminaires

Lighting

Enclosed and Gasketed Fixtures
Zone 2 - 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Photometric Data — DATA SHOWN IS ABSOLUTE
REPORT NUMBER: MLEDN250P5BU 
Lamps: Mercmaster LED, Polycarbonate Optic
Candela Distribution
0.0
22.5
45.0
67.5
0 4206 4206 4206 4206
5 4170 4182 4177 4182
15 4035 4046 4038 4046
25 3913 3888 3829 3888
35 3211 3233 3380 3233
45 2484 2524 2532 2524
55 1710 1763 1708 1763
65
682
564
606
564
75
20
18
17
18
85
2
1
1
1
90
1
1
0
1

90.0
4206
4170
4035
3913
3211
2484
1710
682
20
2
1

Flux
397
1145
1784
2046
1942
1530
568
31
2

Zonal Lumen Summary
Zone
Lumens % Fixture
0-30
3326
35.2
0-40
5372
56.8
0-60
8844
93.5
0-90
9445
99.9
CIE Type - Direct
Plane
Spacing Criteria
0-Deg
90-Deg
1.2
1.2

90°

75°
1450
60°

2900
45°

4350
0°

38

15°

30°

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

FE Series Non-Metallic Fluorescent Luminaires

Standard and Emergency Battery Back-Up. Increased Safety
Lighting

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

• Can be installed in hazardous areas designated as Zone 1 and
2 – 21 and 22.
• For use in locations where a high degree of corrosion resistance
is required.
• For indoor/outdoor use where protection against dirt, water and
moisture is necessary.
• Typical applications include oil refineries, petrochemical
facilities, pulp and paper mills, food processing plants,
warehouses, underground tunnels and general manufacturing
facilities, FPSO, FLNG, ...

2 x 58 W

Features
• Corrosion-resistant fiberglass reinforced polyester body and
hinged polycarbonate lens.
• High impact resistance housing (20 Joules – IK10) from -40°C to
+55 °C ambient temperature and wind profile for use in extreme
offshore and onshore environments.
• Latch assembly and elastomer gasket seals against water and
dust ingress, IP66/67.
• Easily accessed for maintenance using Allen key or straight
blade screwdriver.
• Central opening with unique patented release system to prevent
damage.
• Can be horizontally or vertically mounted.
• Hinged parabolic reflector for high lumen output efficiency.
• Vibration resistant spring loaded lampholders for bi-pin (G13).
• Positive safety switch disconnects power to lamps and ballast
to allow maintenance in hazardous locations.
• Electronic multi-tap ballast 110 to 254 Vac/Vdc +/- 10% 50/60
Hz, for global applications. High power factor electronic ballast
(>0.95). EOL (End Of Life) protection in accordance to the latest
EN/IEC 60079-7 standard.
• Two channel ballast prevents dark areas by allowing one lamp
to remain lit if one fails.
• Ballast plug-in with Ex e connector for quick and error-free
maintenance.
• Available in 3 hour or 90 minute emergency versions, including
multi-tap ballast with built-in monthly self test. Test results
through multi-colored LED.
• Ex e battery with plug-in connector.

Standard Materials
•
•
•
•
•

Fiberglass reinforced polyester housing
Polycarbonate lens
Elastomer gasket
Highly reflective white polycarbonate internal reflector
Mounting accessories available in different materials such as
gray painted aluminum, zinc plated steel, galvanized steel or
316 stainless steel

Fluorescent Luminaires

Applications

2 x 36 W

2 x 18 W

Certifications and Compliances
ATEX/IECEx Certification
• Certification Type: FLe
— Gas: Zones 1 and 2:
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:   II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex de IIC or Ex demb IIC (emergency
version)
– Temperature Class: T5  to T4
— Dust: Zone 21 and 22:
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:   II 2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex t IIIC Db
– Surface Temperature: +75 °C
— Ambient Temperature: -40 °C to +55 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50201
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 07 ATEX 6017
— IECEx Certificate: IECEx LCI 04.0017
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66/67
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK10

EURASEC Certification
— EURASEC  N° TC  RU C-FR.ГБ05.B.00910

Others Certification
— INMETRO Certificate: BVC11.0276 

Options
• Silicone coating for added protection in H2S hydrogen sulfide
environments.
• Available without safety switch.
• Level gauge light fitting.
• 316 stainless steel fixing inserts.

 Inmetro certification available on special request only. Contact your local sales for more information .
 With ceiling position use at +40 °C ambient temperature.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

39

FE Series Non-Metallic Fluorescent Luminaires

Fluorescent Luminaires

Lighting

Standard and Emergency Battery Back-Up. Increased Safety
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Order using catalog numbering guide below or select catalog number from tables on following pages.
Catalog Numbering Guide — FE Non-Metallic Fluorescent Lighting Fixtures
FE

B

1

Series:
FE - FE Series
Zone 1, 2, 21, 22
ATEX/IECEx
Certified

18

BU

Wattage:
18 - 18 Watt
36 - 36 Watt
58 - 58 Watt

Lamp Type:
B - Bi-pin (G13)

C

Cable Type:
A - Armored M20
N - Unarmored M25
U - Unarmored M20

Voltage:
BU - 110 to 254 Vac/Vdc,
50/60 Hz

Number of Lamps:
1 - Single
2 - Double
3 - Three Lamps

A

P

Options:
(options must be listed
alphabetically)
C - Silicon Coating for Diffuser
E - 3 Hour Emergency Battery:
6 V - 4 Ah (18W)
6 V - 7 Ah (36W, 58W)
E9 - 90 Minute Emergency
Battery:
6 V - 4 Ah (18W)
6 V - 7 Ah (36W, 58W)
L - Level Gauge Light Fitting 
X - 4 Entries 

Mounting Version:
P - Pole Mount 
S - Surface/Suspension
Mount Standard Wiring
T - Surface/Suspension
Mount Through Wiring
L - Surface/Suspension
Mount Dual Loop in/out
Through Wiring (single
phase)

 Only for single standard versions.
 Only for S, T and L mounting versions.
 Only 2 x 18 W and 2 x 36 W with M25 entry versions.

40

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

FE Series Non-Metallic Fluorescent Luminaires

Standard and Emergency Battery Back-Up. Increased Safety
Lighting

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Unarmored Version - Bi-pin (G13)
Three M25 threaded entries, two at one end and one at opposite end, supplied with one M25
polyamide cable gland — 8 to 18.5 mm diameter — and two M25 polyamide plugs.
Number
of Lamps

Power
(W)

Lamp
Type

Voltage
(V)

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Catalog Number

1

18

G13

110/254

5.5

32.3

FEB118BUSN

2

18

G13

110/254

5.5

32.3

FEB218BUSN

1

36

G13

110/254

7.9

54.2

FEB136BUSN

2

36

G13

110/254

7.9

54.2

FEB236BUSN

3

36

G13

110/254

9.9

54.2

FEB336BUSN

1

58

G13

110/254

9.0

65.0

FEB158BUSN

2

58

G13

110/254

9.0

65.0

FEB258BUSN

3

58

G13

110/254

11.0

65.0

FEB358BUSN

Armored Version - Bi-pin (G13)
Two M20 threaded entries with brass earth continuity plate at one end and one M20 plugged
clearance entry, supplied with two M20 polyamide plugs.
Number
of Lamps

Power
(W)

Lamp
Type

Voltage
(V)

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Catalog Number

1

18

G13

110/254

5.5

32.3

FEB118BUSA

2

18

G13

110/254

5.5

32.3

FEB218BUSA

1

36

G13

110/254

7.9

54.2

FEB136BUSA

2

36

G13

110/254

7.9

54.2

FEB236BUSA

3

36

G13

110/254

9.9

54.2

FEB336BUSA

1

58

G13

110/254

9.0

65.0

FEB158BUSA

2

58

G13

110/254

9.0

65.0

FEB258BUSA

3

58

G13

110/254

11.0

65.0

FEB358BUSA

Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

41

Fluorescent Luminaires

Surface/Suspension Mounting and Standard Wiring Version
Connection via 1 x 6 terminals.
Capacity (flexible/solid): 4 mm2/6 mm2.

FE Series Non-Metallic Fluorescent Luminaires

Fluorescent Luminaires

Lighting

Standard and Emergency Battery Back-Up. Increased Safety
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Surface/Suspension Mounting and Through Wiring
Version (three phase)
Connection via 2 x 5 terminals.
Capacity (flexible/solid): 4 mm2/6 mm2.

Unarmored Version - Bi-pin (G13)
Three M25 threaded entries, two at one end and one at opposite end, supplied with two M25
polyamide cable glands — 8 to 18.5 mm diameter — and one M25 polyamide plug.
Number
of Lamps

Power
(W)

Lamp
Type

Voltage
(V)

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Catalog Number

2

18

G13

110/254

5.5

32.3

FEB218BUTN

2

36

G13

110/254

7.9

54.2

FEB236BUTN

2

58

G13

110/254

9.0

65.0

FEB258BUTN

Armored Version - Bi-pin (G13)
Two M20 threaded entries with brass earth continuity plate at one end and one M20 threaded
entry with brass earth continuity plate at opposite end, supplied with one M20 polyamide plug.
Number
of Lamps

Power
(W)

Lamp
Type

Voltage
(V)

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Catalog Number

2

18

G13

110/254

5.5

32.3

FEB218BUTA

2

36

G13

110/254

7.9

54.2

FEB236BUTA

2

58

G13

110/254

9.0

65.0

FEB258BUTA

Surface/Suspension Mounting and Dual Loop In/Out
Through Wiring Version (single phase):
Connection via 1 x 6 terminals and 1 x 3 terminals.
Capacity (flexible/solid): 4 mm2/6 mm2.
Unarmored Version - Bi-pin (G13)
Three M25 entries, two at one end and one at opposite end, supplied with two M25 polyamide
cable glands — 8 to 18.5 mm diameter — and one M25 polyamide plug.
Number
of Lamps

Power
(W)

Lamp
Type

Voltage
(V)

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Catalog Number

2

18

G13

110/254

5.5

32.3

FEB218BULN

2

36

G13

110/254

7.9

54.2

FEB236BULN

2

58

G13

110/254

9.0

65.0

FEB258BULN

Armored Version - Bi-pin (G13)
Two M20 threaded entries with brass earth continuity plate at one end and one M20 threaded
entry with brass earth continuity plate at opposite end, supplied with one M20 polyamide plug.
Number
of Lamps

Power
(W)

Lamp
Type

Voltage
(V)

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Catalog Number

2

18

G13

110/254

5.5

32.3

FEB218BULA

2

36

G13

110/254

7.9

54.2

FEB236BULA

2

58

G13

110/254

9.0

65.0

FEB258BULA

Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.

42

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

FE Series Non-Metallic Fluorescent Luminaires

Standard and Emergency Battery Back-Up. Increased Safety
Lighting

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Fluorescent Luminaires

Pole Mounting Version
Connection via 1 x 3 terminals.
Capacity (flexible/solid): 4 mm2/6 mm2.
For mounting on 42 mm diameter pole or tubular wallmounting support.
Supplied with one integrated M25 polyamide cable gland —
8 to 18.5 mm diameter.
Number
of Lamps

Power
(W)

2

18

2

36

Lamp
Type

Voltage
(V)

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Catalog Number

G13

110/254

6.2

34.1

FEB218BUPN

G13

110/254

8.7

54.2

FEB236BUPN

Level Gauge Tank Light Surface/Suspension Mounting with Standard Wiring
Connection via 1 x 6 terminals.
Capacity (flexible/solid): 4 mm2/6 mm2.
Unarmored Version - Bi-pin (G13)
Three M25 entries, two at one end and one at opposite end, supplied with one M25 polyamide
cable gland — 8 to 18.5 mm diameter — and two M25 polyamide plugs.
Number
of Lamps

Power
(W)

Lamp
Type

Voltage
(V)

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Catalog Number

1

18

G13

110/254

5.5

32.3

FEB118BUSNL

1

36

G13

110/254

7.9

54.2

FEB136BUSNL

1

58

G13

110/254

9.0

65.0

FEB158BUSNL

Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

43

FE Series Non-Metallic Fluorescent Luminaires

Fluorescent Luminaires

Lighting

Standard and Emergency Battery Back-Up. Increased Safety
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Emergency Battery Backup
Surface/Suspension Mounting and Standard Wiring
Connection via 1 x 4 terminals for 18 W version.
Connection via 1 x 8 terminals for 36 W and 58 W versions.
Capacity (flexible/solid): 4 mm2/6 mm2.
Unarmored Version - Bi-pin (G13)
Three M25 entries, two at one end and one at opposite end,
supplied with one M25 polyamide cable gland — 8 to 18.5 mm  
diameter — and two M25 polyamide plugs.
Number
of Lamps

Power
(W)

Lamp
Type

Voltage
(V)

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Duration
(Hours)

Battery
Capacity

2

18

G13

110/254

7.3

32.3

3H

4Ah

FEB218BUSNE

2

36

G13

110/254

9.6

54.2

3H

7Ah

FEB236BUSNE

3

36

G13

110/254

11.6

54.2

3H

7Ah

FEB336BUSNE

2

58

G13

110/254

10.7

65.0

3H

7Ah

FEB258BUSNE

3

58

G13

110/254

12.7

65.0

3H

7Ah

FEB358BUSNE

Catalog Number

Armored Version - Bi-pin (G13)
Two M20 threaded entries with brass earth continuity plate at one end and one M20 plugged
clearance entry, supplied with two M20 polyamide plugs.
Number
of Lamps

Power
(W)

Lamp
Type

Voltage
(V)

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Duration
(Hours)

Battery
Capacity

2

18

G13

110/254

7.3

32.3

3H

4Ah

FEB218BUSAE

2

36

G13

110/254

9.6

54.2

3H

7Ah

FEB236BUSAE

3

36

G13

110/254

11.6

54.2

3H

7Ah

FEB336BUSAE

2

58

G13

110/254

10.7

65.0

3H

7Ah

FEB258BUSAE

3

58

G13

110/254

12.7

65.0

3H

7Ah

FEB358BUSAE

Catalog Number

Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.

44

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

FE Series Non-Metallic Fluorescent Luminaires

Standard and Emergency Battery Back-Up. Increased Safety
Lighting

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Fluorescent Luminaires

Emergency Battery Backup
Surface/Suspension Mounting and Through Wiring Version
Connection via 2 x 4 terminals.
Capacity (flexible/solid): 4 mm2/6 mm2.
Unarmored Version - Bi-pin (G13):
Three M25 entries, two at one end and one at opposite end, supplied
with two M25 polyamide cable glands — 8 to 18.5 mm diameter — and
one M25 polyamide plug.
Number
of Lamps

Power
(W)

Lamp
Type

Voltage
(V)

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Duration
(Hours)

Battery
Capacity

2

18

Bi-pin

110/254

7.3

32.3

3H

4Ah

Catalog Number
FEB218BUTNE

2

36

Bi-pin

110/254

9.6

54.2

3H

7Ah

FEB236BUTNE

2

58

Bi-pin

110/254

10.7

65.0

3H

7Ah

FEB258BUTNE

Armored Version - Bi-pin (G13):
Two M20 threaded entries with brass earth continuity plate at one end and one M20 threaded
entry with brass earth continuity plate at opposite end, supplied with one M20 polyamide plug.
Number
of Lamps

Power
(W)

Lamp
Type

Voltage
(V)

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Duration
(Hours)

Battery
Capacity

Catalog Number

2

18

Bi-pin

110/254

7.3

32.3

3H

4Ah

FEB218BUTAE

2

36

Bi-pin

110/254

9.6

54.2

3H

7Ah

FEB236BUTAE

2

58

Bi-pin

110/254

10.7

65.0

3H

7Ah

FEB258BUTAE

Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

45

FE Series Non-Metallic Fluorescent Luminaires

Fluorescent Luminaires

Lighting

Standard and Emergency Battery Back-Up. Increased Safety
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Emergency Battery Backup
Surface/Suspension Mounting and Dual Loop
In/Out Through Wiring Version (single phase)
Connection via 1 x 4 double deck terminals for
18 W version.
Connection via 1 x 8 terminals and 1 x 4 terminals for
36 W and 58 W versions.
Capacity (flexible/solid):
4 mm2/6 mm2

or

18 W

Unarmored Version - Bi-pin (G13)
Three M25 entries, two at one end and one at opposite
end, supplied with two M25 polyamide cable glands — 8 to
18.5 mm diameter — and one M25 polyamide plug.

36/58 W

Number
of Lamps

Power
(W)

Lamp
Type

Voltage
(V)

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Duration
(Hours)

Battery
Capacity

Catalog Number

2

18

Bi-pin

110/254

7.6

32.3

3H

4Ah

FEB218BULNE

2

36

Bi-pin

110/254

9.9

54.2

3H

7Ah

FEB236BULNE

2

58

Bi-pin

110/254

10.7

65.0

3H

7Ah

FEB258BULNE

Armored Version - Bi-pin (G13)
Two M20 threaded entries with brass earth continuity plate at one end and one M20 threaded
entry with brass earth continuity plate at opposite end, supplied with one M20 polyamide plug.
Number
of Lamps

Power
(W)

Lamp
Type

Voltage
(V)

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Duration
(Hours)

Battery
Capacity

Catalog Number

2

18

Bi-pin

110/254

7.6

32.3

3H

4Ah

FEB218BULAE

2

36

Bi-pin

110/254

9.9

54.2

3H

7Ah

FEB236BULAE

2

58

Bi-pin

110/254

10.7

65.0

3H

7Ah

FEB258BULAE

Pole Mounting Version
Connection via 1 x 4 terminals.
Capacity (flexible/solid):
4 mm2/6 mm2.

18 W - Actual Size 0.6 m

36 W - Actual Size 1.2 m

For mounting on diameter 42 mm pole or tubular wall-mounting support, supplied with one X M25
polyamide cable gland — 8 to 18.5 mm diameter.
Number
of Lamps

Power
(W)

Lamp
Type

Voltage
(V)

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Duration
(Hours)

Battery
Capacity

2

18

Bi-pin

110/254

10.0

54.2

3H

4Ah

FEB218BUPNE 

2

36

Bi-pin

110/254

10.4

54.2

3H

7Ah

FEB236BUPNE

Catalog Number

 2 x 18 W is supplied with external battery pack (see dimensional data).
Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.

46

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

FE Series Non-Metallic Fluorescent Luminaires

Standard and Emergency Battery Back-Up. Increased Safety
Lighting

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Fluorescent Luminaires

Accessories and Replacement Parts
Description

Catalog Number

Fixing Brackets
Set of two brackets for surface installation
Zinc plated steel

FEFBZ

316 stainless steel

FEFBS

Brackets for Surface Mounting
Set of two
Aluminium (gray painted)

FESBA

316 stainless steel

FESBS

M8 Ring Bolts
Set of two
Zinc plated steel

FERBM8Z

Half Clamps Brackets for Pole Mounting
Set of two
For 42 mm to 49 mm pole (1-1/4 to 1-1/2" tube)
Zinc plated steel

FEHC49Z

316 stainless steel

FEHC49S

For 60 mm pole (2" tube)
Zinc plated steel

FEHC60Z

316 stainless steel

FEHC60S

Wall Mounting Adaptor
For pole mounting version
Diameter 42mm
Galvanized steel

FEWMG

Hinged Brackets
Set of two brackets for adjusting luminaire
Aluminium

FEHBA

316 stainless steel

FEHBS

Fall Prevention Kit
Safety chain retains fixture temporarily to ease installation
For M25 cable entry

FESCM25

For M20 cable entry

FESCM20

Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

47

FE Series Non-Metallic Fluorescent Luminaires

Fluorescent Luminaires

Lighting

Standard and Emergency Battery Back-Up. Increased Safety
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Wiring Diagram

Emergency Function Diagram
Two Lamp Version

Mains
PE

N

Mains

L
Lighting
Switch

Lighting Switch ON

Lighting Switch OFF

Lighting Switch ON

Lighting Switch OFF

ON

L’

U
N
PE

Standard Fluorescent
Lighting Fixture

OFF
Three Lamp Version
Mains

U’
U
N
PE

Emergency Fluorescent
Lighting Fixture

ON

OFF

LED Status
Color
Green

Indication
Mains good – Battery charging

LED Continuous

Mains good – Battery charged

LED Blinking
Red

Yellow
None (Off)

Function

LED Blinking

LED Continuous

No battery connected OR Something is defective
Mains faulty — Output ON

LED Flashing

Mains faulty — Battery empty OR Lamp is defective

LED Blinking

Mains good — Performing self test

LED Continuous

Self test was not okay

No Light Emitted

No mains — Battery completely empty

Emergency Light Duration
Version
2 x 18 W
2 x 36 W
2 x 58 W

48

Battery Capacity

Duration

Light Output

4 Ah – 6 V

90 minute

80%

4 Ah – 6 V

3 hour

40%

7 Ah – 6 V

90 minute

45%

7 Ah – 6 V

3 hour

25%

7 Ah – 6 V

90 minute

30%

7 Ah – 6 V

3 hour

15%

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

FE Series Non-Metallic Fluorescent Luminaires

Standard and Emergency Battery Back-Up. Increased Safety
Lighting

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Fluorescent Luminaires

Dimensions in Millimeters
Surface/Suspension Mounting
18 Watt

36 Watt
2 X MB

400.0 mm

2 X MB

700.0 mm

1390.0 mm

785.0 mm

58 Watt

End View
2 X MB

700.0 mm

145.0 mm
217.0 mm
1690.0 mm

Pole Mounting
18 Watt
Ø 42.0 mm

End View

258.8
mm
258.8
145.0 mm
218.0 mm

50.0 mm

785.0 mm

36 Watt

50.0 mm

1390.0 mm

Emergency Pole Mounting
18 Watt
Ø 42.0 mm

End View

258.8 mm

91.0 mm
120.0 mm

50.0 mm

145.0 mm
218.0 mm

785.0 mm
1000.0 mm

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

49

FE Series Non-Metallic Fluorescent Luminaires
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Mounting Data
FEFBZ: zinc plated steel — Set of two quick fixing brackets for ease of surface mounting

64 mm
(2.52")

9.0 mm
(0.35")

8.5

30 mm
(1.18")

8.5 mm
(0.33")

9.0 mm
(0.16")

25.0 mm (0.98")
49.0 mm (1.93")

FESBS: 316 stainless steel — Set of two brackets for surface mounting
232 mm (9.13")

13.0 mm
(0.51")

38.0 mm
(1.50")

200 mm (7.87")

9.5 mm
(0.37")
9.5

32.0 mm
(1.26")
14.5
14.5mm (0.57")

FERBM8Z: zinc plated steel — Set of two ring bolts

20.0 mm
(0.79")

15.0 mm 36.0 mm
(0.59")
(1.42")

Fluorescent Luminaires

Lighting

Standard and Emergency Battery Back-Up. Increased Safety

8.0 mm
(0.31")

M8x31.8 mm

M 8(1.25")
x 1.25

50

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

FE Series Non-Metallic Fluorescent Luminaires

Standard and Emergency Battery Back-Up. Increased Safety
Lighting

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

FEHC49Z: zinc plated steel or FEHC49S: 316 stainless steel — Set of two clamps for pole diameter 42 mm to 49 mm (for 1-1/4” to 1-1/2" pole).
FEHC60Z: zinc plated steel or FEHC60S: 316 stainless steel — Set of two clamps for pole diameter 60 mm (for 2” pole).
95 for 31.8 mm (1.25")
or 38.1 mm (1.50")
75.0 mm
(2.95”)

14.0 mm
(0.55”)

or 84 for 50.8 mm (2.00")
31.8 mm (1.25")
or 38.1 mm (1.50")

m
m )
60 6”
Ø (2.3

85 mm
(3.31”)

14.0 mm
(0.55”)

50.8 mm
(2.00")

FEWMG: galvanized steel — Wall mounting pole diameter 42 mm (1-1/4”)

12.0 mm
(0.47”)

430.0

mm

2”)

(16.9

Ø 20.0 mm
(0.79”)

140.0 mm (5.51”)

mm
42.0 5”)
(1.6

5.0 mm (0.20”)
.95”)
mm (2
75.0

152.0 mm (5.98”)
128.0 mm (5.04”)

Ø 10.5 mm
(0.41”)

FEHBA: aluminum or FEHBS: 316 stainless steel — Set of two hinged brackets for adjusting luminaire.
32.0 mm
(1.26”)

5.5 mm
(0.22”)

77
.
(3. 0 mm
03
”)

82
.
(3. 0 m
23 m
”)

18.0 mm
(0.71”)

30
60
90

0
90

60

30°

41.0 mm
(1.61”)

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

14.5 mm
(0.57”)

132 mm (5.20”)

30

100.0 mm
(3.94”)

30°

M8x31.8 mm
(1.25")
9.5 mm
13.0 mm
(0.37”)
(0.51”)

51

Fluorescent Luminaires

Mounting Data

FE Series Non-Metallic Fluorescent Luminaires

Fluorescent Luminaires

Lighting

Standard and Emergency Battery Back-Up. Increased Safety
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Photometric Data
Polar curves for a 1000 lm flux, according to NF C 71-120
Luminaire symbol according to NF C 71-121

Longitudinal
Transverse

1 x 36 W
Efficiency 89.3%
NF C 71-121: 0.81 H + 0.08 T

1 x 18 Watt
TOTAL LUMINAIRE EFFICIENCY = 94.8%
NF C 71-121: 0.86 H + 0.09 T
Candela Distribution

Candela Distribution

0-180 90-270

0-180 90-270

Candela Distribution
0-180 90-270

0

215

215

0

205

205

0

198

5

214 Degrees214

5

204 Degrees203

5

197Degrees 197

198

211

215

90°

10

202

203

90°

10

194

198

90°

15

207

213

75°

15

197

202

75°

15

190

197

75°

20

200

211

20

191

201

20

184

195

25

191

209

25

182

201

25

176

194

30

181

208

30

173

200

30

166

193

35

169

202

35

161

192

35

155

187

40

155

196

40

148

183

40

142

180

45

139

187

45

133

177

45

128

174

50

122

181

50

117

173

50

113

170

55

103

175

55

99

168

55

96

167

60

83

174

60

80

168

60

78

163

65

62

173

65

61

163

65

59

157

70

42

165

70

41

154

70

41

151

10

60°
45°

30°
0°

15°

2 x 18 W
Efficiency 85.1%
NF C 71-121: 0.78 H + 0.08 T

0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70

0-180 90-270
195 Degrees195
195
194
192
192
187
192
181
193
173
194
163
194
152
193
138
192
124
191
108
183
91
176
73
163
55
150
37
145

90°
75°
60°
45°

30°
0°

15°

3 x 18 W
Efficiency 68.1%
NF C 71-121: 0.63 G + 0.05 T

Candela Distribution
0-180 90-270
0
185 Degrees185
5
185
184
10
182
182
15
178
181
20
172
183
25
164
183
30
154
183
35
143
183
40
131
183
45
117
179
50
102
173
55
85
166
60
68
155
65
51
145
70
35
141

45°

30°
0°

15°

Candela Distribution

0-180 90-270
173 Degrees173
172
172
169
170
135
169
160
169
153
168
144
167
135
162
123
158
110
153
96
146
82
136
66
123
50
111
34
100

0-180 90-270
174 Degrees174
174
174
171
173
167
171
162
171
155
170
146
168
136
163
125
159
112
153
98
145
83
135
67
123
51
110
35
100

90°
75°
60°
45°

30°
0°

15°

0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70

60°
45°

30°
0°

15°

2 x 58 W
Efficiency 76.9%
NF C 71-121: 0.70 H + 0.07 T

90°
75°
60°
45°

30°
0°

15°

3 x 36 W
Efficiency 68.1%
NF C 71-121: 0.63 G + 0.07 T

Candela Distribution
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70

60°

2 x 36 W
Efficiency 80.5%
NF C 71-121: 0.73 H + 0.07 T

Candela Distribution

52

1 x 58 W
Efficiency 87.5%
NF C 71-121: 0.80 H + 0.07 T

Candela Distribution
0-180 90-270
0
173Degrees 173
5
172
173
10
170
171
15
166
169
20
161
172
25
154
172
30
145
172
35
135
171
40
123
172
45
111
170
50
97
165
55
82
157
60
66
148
65
50
139
70
34
133

90°
75°
60°
45°

30°
0°

15°

3 x 58 W
Efficiency 65.6%
NF C 71-121: 0.61 H + 0.04 T
Candela Distribution

90°
75°
60°
45°

30°
0°

15°

0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70

0-180 90-270
170Degrees 170
170
170
167
168
163
169
158
167
151
167
143
163
133
159
122
155
109
149
95
140
81
129
65
116
49
105
33
96

90°
75°
60°
45°

30°
0°

15°

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

FD Series Cylindrical Fluorescent Luminaires
Standard and Emergency Battery Back-Up. Flameproof

Lighting

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

• Can be installed in hazardous areas designated as Zone 1 and
2 – 21 and 22.
• For use in locations where a high degree of corrosion resistance
is required.
• For indoor/outdoor use where protection against dirt, water and
moisture is necessary.
• Typical applications include:
— Oil refineries
— Petrochemical facilities
— Pulp and paper, mills
— Painting, sewage and water treatment facilities
— Warehouses
— Underground tunnels
— General manufacturing facilities

Fluorescent Luminaires

Applications

2 x 58 W

2 x 36 W

Features
• Impact resistant borosilicate glass sealed tube.
• Easy access to lamps through gray painted aluminum threaded
entry cap.
• Supplied with O-ring for improved ingress protection.
• Corrosion-resistant gray painted aluminum.
• Supplied with energy efficient and self induction ferromagnetic
ballast on a removable gear tray.
• Quick and easy installation of fluorescent lighting fixtures with
2G11 and G13 lamp holders.
• Supplied with external and internal ground/earth connection.
• Fixture supplied with one M20 blanking plug.
• Easy connection to wire and disconnect with plug-in terminal
blocks.
• Bi-pin (G13) 18 and 36 W magnetic ballast versions operate at
70 °C ambient temperature with T4 rating.
• Magnetic ballast versions 230 V 50 Hz or 240 V 50 Hz or 220 V
60 Hz or 230 V 60 Hz.
• Electronic ballast versions 110 to 254 Vac/Vdc, 50/60 Hz.
• 3 hour emergency version with automatic self test every month
• Plug in battery pack (6 V 4 Ah) is easy to remove for
maintenance.

Standard Materials
•
•
•
•
•

End caps and cover: aluminum
Glass tube: borosilicate glass
O-ring gasket: Nitrile (NBR)
Internal reflector: white powder coated galvanized steel
Mounting accessories: several accessories in different material
such as zinc plated steel, galvanized steel or 316 stainless steel

2 x 18 W

— Dust: Zone 21 and 22:
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:   II 2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
– Surface Temperature: See Table on following page
— Ambient Temperature: -20 °C to 55 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50203
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 97 ATEX 6012
— IECEx Certificate: IECEx LCI 04.0018
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66/68
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK08
— Internal Volume: > 2 dm3 - 2 liters

EURASEC Certification
— EURASEC  N° TC  RU C-FR.ГБ05.B.00910

Others Certification
— INMETRO Certificate: BVC11.0492 

Related Products
• For labels see Labels for Emergency Lighting Units, ATX SelfAdhesive Signaling Labels for Emergency Lighting Units.

Options
• 8 W fluorescent (Bi-pin G5) available, see section HBDC series.

Certifications and Compliances
ATEX/IECEx Certification
• Certification Type: FLd
— Gas: Zone 1 and 2:
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:   II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex d IIB, Ex d IIB+H2, Ex d IIC
– Temperature Class: See Table on following page

 Inmetro certification available on special request only. Contact your local sales for more information
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

53

FD Series Cylindrical Fluorescent Luminaires

Fluorescent Luminaires

Lighting

Standard and Emergency Battery Back-Up. Flameproof
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Order using catalog numbering guide below or select catalog number from tables on following pages.
Catalog Numbering Guide — FD Series Cylindrical Fluorescent Luminaires
FD

B

Series:
FD - FD Series
Zone 1 and 2 21 and 22
ATEX/IECEx Certified

1

18

BU

E

Voltage (50/60 Hz):
Standard versions:
AA - 220 Vac, 60 Hz
XC - 230 Vac, 50 Hz
X3 - 240 Vac, 50 Hz
BU - 110 to 254 Vac/Vdc,
50/60 Hz 

Number of Lamps:
1 - Single
2 - Double
3 - Three Lamps

Lamp Type:
B - Bi-pin (G13) Fluorescent
C - Compact Fluorescent (2G11)
F - Bi-pin (G5) Fluorescent

M

Wattage:
18 - 18 Watt
36 - 36 Watt
58 - 58 Watt

Options:
(Options must be
listed
alphabetically)
E - 3h Emergency
(combined)
– Battery 6 V
4 Ah 

Cable Entry:
M - Metric M20
N - NPT 3/4"

T Rating (Gas) and Surface Temperature (Dust) Table
Gas – T Rating
Without External Reflector
Model
0.3

0.6

1.2

1.5

Dust – Surface Temperature
With External Reflector

Ta = 40 °C

Ta = 55 °C

Ta = 70 °C

Ta = 40 °C

Ta =55 °C

Without
External
Reflector

Compact Fluorescent 2G11
18 W max.

T6

T5

N.A.

T5

T4

95 °C

130 °C

a) Fluorescent G13
Magnetic Ballast
1 x 18 W/2 x 18 W

T6

T5

T4

T6

T5

97 °C

95 °C

b) Fluorescent G13
Electronic Ballast
1 x 18 W/2 x 18 W/3 x 18 W

T6

T6

N.A.

T6

T5

78 °C

95 °C

c) Compact Fluorescent 2G11
1 x 36 W
2 x 36 W

T6

T5

N.A.

T6
T5

T4

95 °C

130 °C

a) Fluorescent G13
Magnetic Ballast
1 x 36 W/2 x 36 W/3 x 36 W

T6

T5

T4

T6

T5

110 °C

95 °C

b) Fluorescent G13
Electronic Ballast
1 x 36 W/2 x 36 W/3 x 36 W

T6

T6

N.A.

T6

T6

78 °C

80 °C

a) Fluorescent G13
Magnetic Ballast
1 x 58 W/2 x 58 W

T6

T6

N.A.

T6

T5

80 °C

95 °C

b) Fluorescent G13
Electronic Ballast
1 x 58 W/2 x 58 W/3 x 58 W

T6

T5

N.A.

T6

T5

84 °C

95 °C

Lamp Type

With
External
Reflector

The 3 hour emergency version is only available on fluorescent, 2 lamp fixtures with BU voltage - 110 to 254 Vac/Vdc, 50/60 Hz.

54

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

FD Series Cylindrical Fluorescent Luminaires
Standard and Emergency Battery Back-Up. Flameproof

Lighting

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Two M20 threaded entries, supplied with one M20 aluminum blanking plug.
Connection via 1 x 3 double deck terminals.
Capacity (flexible/solid): 0.75 mm2 to 2.5 mm2.

L

L

For Bi-pin (G13) Fluorescent Lamps - T8, 26 mm or T12, 38 mm
Wattage
(W)

No. of
Lamps

Gas
Group

Model

L
N

N

N

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Catalog Number

230 V - 50 Hz – Magnetic Ballast – Starter Ignition
Compensated power supply – power factor > 0.9
18W

36W

58W

1

IIC

0.6

9.0

58

FDB118XCM

2

IIC

0.6

9.7

58

FDB218XCM

1

IIB+H2

1.2

14.7

99

FDB136XCM

2

IIB+H2

1.2

15.3

99

FDB236XCM

1

IIB

1.5

17.0

119

FDB158XCM

2

IIB

1.5

18.2

119

FDB258XCM

240 V - 50 Hz – Magnetic Ballast – Starter Ignition
Compensated power supply – power factor > 0.9
18W

36W

58W

1

IIC

0.6

9.0

58

FDB118X3M

2

IIC

0.6

9.7

58

FDB218X3M

1

IIB+H2

1.2

14.7

99

FDB136X3M

2

IIB+H2

1.2

15.3

99

FDB236X3M

1

IIB

1.5

17.0

119

FDB158X3M

2

IIB

1.5

18.2

119

FDB258X3M

220 V - 60 Hz – Magnetic Ballast – Starter Ignition
Compensated power supply – power factor > 0.9
18W

2

IIC

0.6

9.7

58

FDB218AAM

36W

2

IIB+H2

1.2

15.3

99

FDB236AAM

58W

2

IIB

1.5

18.2

119

FDB258AAM

Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

55

Fluorescent Luminaires

Ordering Information – Standard Versions

FD Series Cylindrical Fluorescent Luminaires

Fluorescent Luminaires

Lighting

Standard and Emergency Battery Back-Up. Flameproof
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Ordering Information – Standard Versions – Continued

L

Two M20 threaded entries, supplied with one M20 aluminum blanking plug.
Connection via 1 x 3 double deck terminals.
Capacity (flexible/solid): 0.75 mm2 to 2.5 mm2.

L

Wattage
(W)

No. of
Lamps

Gas
Group

Weight
kg

Model

L
N

N

N

Volume
dm3

Catalog Number

For Bi-pin (G13) Fluorescent Lamps - T8, 26 mm or T12, 38 mm
110 to 254 Vac/Vdc, 50/60 Hz – Electronic Ballast
Power factor > 0.95
18W
36W

58W

2

IIC

0.6

9.7

58

FDB218BUM

2

IIB

1.2

15.3

99

FDB236BUM

3

IIB

1.2

16.3

99

FDB336BUM

1

IIB

1.5

17.0

119

FDB158BUM

2

IIB

1.5

18.2

119

FDB258BUM

3

IIB

1.5

19.2

119

FDB358BUM

For 2G11 Compact Fluorescent Lamps – TC-L
230 V - 50 Hz – Magnetic Ballast – Starter Ignition
Compensated power supply – power factor > 0.9 – Lamps supplied
18W

36W

1

IIC

0.3

9.0

58

FDC118XCM

2

IIC

0.3

9.7

58

FDC218XCM

1

IIB+H2

0.6

14.7

99

FDC136XCM

2

IIB+H2

0.6

15.3

99

FDC236XCM

Emergency Versions

L

Two M20 threaded entries, supplied with one M20 aluminum blanking plug.
Connection via 1 x 4 double deck terminals.
Capacity (flexible/solid): 0.75 mm2 to 2.5 mm2.
Wattage
(W)

No. of
Lamps

Gas
Group

Model

Line
Output

L

Weight
kg

L
N

N

N

Volume
dm3

Catalog Number

For Bi-pin (G13) Fluorescent Lamps – T8, 26 mm or T12, 38 mm
110 to 254 Vac/Vdc, 50/60 Hz – Electronic Ballast
3 hour duration - battery pack 6 V 4 Ah - Power factor > 0.95 Self test every month.
18W

2

IIC

0.6

29%

11.6

58

FDB218BUME

36W

2

IIB

1.2

16%

17.2

99

FDB236BUME

58W

2

IIB

1.5

11%

20.2

119

FDB258BUME

Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.

56

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

FD Series Cylindrical Fluorescent Luminaires
Standard and Emergency Battery Back-Up. Flameproof

Lighting

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Description

Catalog Number

External Reflector – White Painted Galvanized Steel
Model 0.3

FDER1G

Model 0.6

FDER2G

Model 1.2

FDER3G

Model 1.5

FDER4G

Protective Guard – Zinc Plated Steel
Model 0.3

FDPG1Z

Model 0.6

FDPG2Z

Model 1.2

FDPG3Z

Model 1.5

FDPG4Z

Fixing Brackets for Ease of Surface Installation – Set of Two
Zinc plated steel

FDFBZ

316 stainless steel

FDFBS

Surface Mounting Brackets – Set of Two
Zinc plated steel

FDSBZ

316 stainless steel

FDSBS

Half Clamp Brackets for Pole Mounting – Set of Two
Pole diameter 42 to 49 mm  
Zinc plated steel

FDHC49Z

316 stainless steel

FDHC49S

Pole diameter 60 mm
Zinc plated steel

FDHC60Z

316 stainless steel

FDHC60S

1.20 meter stainless steel chain

FDSCS

Fall Prevention Kit

Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

57

Fluorescent Luminaires

Accessories and Replacement Parts

FD Series Cylindrical Fluorescent Luminaires

Fluorescent Luminaires

Lighting

Standard and Emergency Battery Back-Up. Flameproof
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Wiring Diagram

Emergency Function Diagram
Two Lamp Version

Mains
PE

N

L

Mains
Lighting
Switch

Lighting Switch ON

Lighting Switch OFF

ON

L1

L
N
PE

Standard Fluorescent
Lighting Fixture

L1
L
N
PE

Emergency Fluorescent
Lighting Fixture

OFF

LED Status
Color

Indication
Blinking 1:1

Green

Red

Yellow

Function
Mains ok, Batteries are connected, charging

ON

Mains ok, Batteries are charged

Blinking 1:1

Batteries are not connected or defective

Flashing 1:1

Batteries are charging and discharging during automatic cycle

ON

Mains faulty, output ON

OFF

No mains, Battery empty

Blinking 1:1

Mains ok, Performing Self test

ON

Selft test was not ok

Dimensions in Millimeters
12.0 mm

77.5 mm
B

15.0 mm

89.0 mm

58

Model

A

B

0.3

430

335

0.6

745

650

1.2

1365

1260

1.5

1655

1560

A

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

FD Series Cylindrical Fluorescent Luminaires
Standard and Emergency Battery Back-Up. Flameproof

Lighting

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Fluorescent Luminaires

Photometric Data
Polar curves for a 1000 lm flux, according to NF C 71-120
Luminaire symbol according to NF C 71-121

Longitudinal
Transverse

Bi-pin (G13) Fluorescent
1 x 18 W
Efficiency 75.3%
NF C 71-121/0: 0.69 H + 0.06 T
Candela
Distribution
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70

0-180 90-270 150°
167
167
Degrees
166
167
164
168
160
168
154
168
147
168
139
167
129
166
118
164
151
162
106
160
77
157
61
152
45
144 0°
28
135

120°
105°
90°
75°
60°
45°

30°
15°

0-180 90-270 150°
164
164
Degrees
163
164
161
165
157
165
151
165
145
165
137
165
127
164
116
162
104
160
91
158
76
154
61
149
45
140 0°
30
131

120°
105°
90°
75°
60°
45°

30°
15°

1 x 58 W
Efficiency 74.5%
NF C 71-121/0: 0.70 H + 0.05 T

0-180 90-270 150°
161
161
Degrees
160
162
157
163
153
164
148
164
141
164
133
164
123
163
112
130
100
153
86
147
73
141
58
134
41
121 0°
26
106

120°
105°
90°
75°
60°
45°

30°
15°

Candela
Distribution
0-180 90-270 150°
0
149
149
Degrees
5
148
149
10
146
150
15
142
150
20
137
150
25
131
149
30
124
148
35
114
146
40
104
144
45
93
138
50
81
131
55
68
125
60
54
117
65
40
105 0°
70
26
91

120°
105°
90°
75°
60°
45°

30°
15°

Candela
Distribution
0-180 90-270
0
148
148 150°
5
147
149
Degrees
10
145
148
15
142
149
20
137
150
25
131
149
30
124
148
35
115
146
40
105
144
45
94
140
50
82
134
55
69
128
60
55
119 0°
65
42
108
70
28
95

0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70

Candela
Distribution

0-180 90-270 165° 135° 120°
141
141
Degrees
105°
141
141
141
139
90°
140
135
75°
139
130
138
124
60°
136
117
133
109
45°
128
100
121
89
113
77
105
65
30°
96
51
15°
87
38 0°
78
25

3 x 36 W
Efficiency 53.3%
NF C 71-121: 0.47 G + 0.06 T

120°
105°
90°
75°
60°
45°

30°
15°

2 x 36 W
Efficiency 61.5%
NF C 71-121: 0.57 G + 0.04 T

Candela
Distribution
0-180 90-270
167
167 150°
167
167
Degrees
164
167
160
167
154
167
147
166
139
165
130
164
119
163
106
161
93
158
78
155
63
149 0°
47
142
31
132

0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70

2 x 18 W
Efficiency 56.2%
NF C 71-121: 0.52 G + 0.04 T

Candela
Distribution

2 x 36 W
Efficiency 61.5%
NF C 71-121: 0.57 G + 0.04 T

Candela
Distribution

0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70

3 x 18 W
Efficiency 57%
NF C 71-121: 0.50 G + 0.07 T

Candela
Distribution

1 x 36 W
Efficiency 74.3%
NF C 71-121/0: 0.69 H + 0.05 T

0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70

2G11 Compact Fluorescent

2 x 18 W
Efficiency 68.1%
NF C 71-121: 0.63 G + 0.06 T

0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70

0-180 90-270 150°
154
154
Degrees
153
154
151
154
147
153
142
153
136
152
128
150
119
147
108
142
95
143
81
127
66
113
49
101
32
88 0°
17
75

120°
105°
90°
75°
60°
45°

30°
15°

2 x 36 W
Efficiency 53.6%
NF C 71-121: 0.50 G + 0.04 T

Candela
Distribution
0-180 90-270 165° 135° 120°
0
132
132
Degrees
105°
5
132
131
10
132
129
90°
15
131
126
75°
20
131
122
25
131
116
60°
30
128
110
35
125
102
45°
40
120
93
45
114
83
50
107
72
55
99
61
30°
60
91
49
15°
65
82
36 0°
70
74
24

Candela
Distribution
0-180 90-270 150°
0
140
140
Degrees
5
139
141
10
137
141
15
134
142
20
129
141
25
124
140
30
117
139
35
109
137
40
99
132
45
89
125
50
77
117
55
65
108
60
52
97
65
38
87 0°
70
24
75

120°
105°
90°
75°
60°
45°

30°
15°

3 x 36 W
Efficiency 53.3%
NF C 71-121: 0.47 G + 0.06 T

120°
105°
90°
75°
60°
45°

30°
15°

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Candela
Distribution
0-180 90-270
0
125
125 165° 135° 120°
5
125
125
Degrees
10
125
124
15
124
122
20
123
119
25
121
114
30
118
108
35
115
101
40
109
92
45
103
82
50
96
72
55
89
60
60
81
48 0°
15°
65
73
36
70
65
24

105°
90°
75°
60°
45°

30°

59

RE Series Recessed and Surface Mounting Fluorescent Luminaires

Fluorescent Luminaires

Lighting

Standard and Emergency Back-Up. Increased Safety
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Applications
• Designed for flush or surface mounting; most specifically
clean room environments where a seamless smooth ceiling is
mandatory.
• Typical applications include: the food industry, chemical plants,
pharmaceuticals and delicate electronic manufacturing such as
the aerospace industry.
• Ideal for use in rigorous corrosive environments, involving water,  
dust and extreme temperature variations.
• Can be installed in hazardous areas designated as Zone 1 and
2 – 21 and 22.

4 x 18 W Surface Mounting

Features
• One piece welded steel housing with integral frame to seal out
contaminants.
• Allows recessed mounting in permanent ceilings from 55 mm to
130 mm.
• Frameless tempered 5 mm thick lens. Lens secured to housing
by internal metallic hinges and secured with captive 316L
stainless steel screws, allowing for easy lamp replacement and
fixture maintenance.
• Positive safety switch and Ex e battery with plug-in connector
for safety and easy maintenance in hazardous locations.
• Designed for ease of installation and maintenance.
• Bi-pin G13 lampholder.
• Also available as surface mounting version.
• New ballast:
— EOL (End Of Life) protection in accordance to the latest EN
60079-7 standard
— Multi-tap 110 to 254 Vac/Vdc +/-10% 50/60 Hz
— Two channel standard ballast (if one lamp fails the second
lamp remains in operation)
— Ex e plug-in connector for rapid and error free maintenance
— Self test on 3 hours duration emergency version
— High power factor electronic ballast (>0.95)
• Cable entries:
— Three clearance holes for M20 cable gland supplied with M20
polyamide cable gland — cable diameter 6.5 to 14.5 mm —
and M20 polyamide blanking plug. See Standard Cable Entry
Accessories on following pages.
— One M6 earth stud.

Standard Materials
• Housing and integral frame: one piece, welded steel
• Safety lens: 5 mm thick tempered
• Gasket: silicone, 4 lips, completely sealed and contained in the
fixture
• Internal reflector: white polycarbonate multi-parabolic
• Cable gland and blanking plug: polyamide

Standard Finishes

2 x 36 W Recessed

Certifications and Compliances
ATEX/IECEx Certification
• Certification Type: RE
— Gas: Zones 1 and 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:   II2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex de IIC/ Ex demb IIC (emergency
version)
– Temperature class: T6 to T4 (See Table on following page)
— Dust: Zone 22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:   II2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
– Surface Temperature: T75 °C
— Ambient Temperature: -20 °C ≤ Ta ≤ 55 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50276
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 07 ATEX 6104
— IECEx Certificate: IECEx LCI 07.0019
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK09 or IK10 depending on
version

EURASEC Certification
— EURASEC  N° TC  RU C-FR.ГБ05.B.00912

Others Certification
— INMETRO Certificate: BVC13.2672 

• Housing and integral frame: white powder epoxy paint

Options
• 3 hours emergency version - Battery 6 V - 4 Ah. Add suffix -E.
• 1 hour 30 emergency (combined) - Battery 6 V - 7 Ah. Add suffix
-E1.
• 3H Emergency (combined) - Battery 6 V - 7 Ah. . Add suffix -E7.
• White painted steel internal reflector. Add suffix -P.
• 316L stainless steel housing and integral frame, natural finish.
Add suffix -S.

 Inmetro certification available on special request only. Contact your local sales for more information

60

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

RE Series Recessed and Surface Mounting Fluorescent Luminaires
Standard and Emergency Back-Up. Increased Safety

Lighting

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

RE

B

1

Series:
RE - RE Series
Zone 1 and 2 – 21
and 22
ATEX/IECEx Certified

18

BU

F

Wattage:
18 - 18 Watt
36 - 36 Watt
58 - 58 Watt

Lamp Type:
B - Bi-pin (G13)

Number of Lamps:
1 - Single
2 - Double
3 - Three Lamps
4 - Four Lamps

L

Fluorescent Luminaires

Order using catalog numbering guide below or select catalog number from tables on following pages.
Catalog Numbering Guide — RE Series Recessed Fluorescent Luminaires
E

Termination/Wiring:
L - Loop In/Loop Out
T - Through wired 

Voltage:
B3 - 100 to 130 Vac/
Vdc, 50/60 Hz
BU - 110 to 254 Vac/
Vdc, 50/60 Hz
BK - 220 to 240 Vac/
Vdc, 50/60 Hz

Options:
E - 3H Emergency
(combined) - Battery
6 V - 4 Ah
E1 - 1 H 30 Emergency
(combined) - Battery
6 V - 7 Ah
E7 - 3H Emergency
(combined) - Battery
6 V - 7 Ah
P - White painted steel
internal reflector 
S - 316L stainless steel
housing

Mounting/Access:
F - Recessed Lighting/ Front
Access (U Shape)
M - Surface Mounting Lighting

 T/W and Loop in/Loop out - 3 cores (single phase).
 As standard for 18 W emergency version and 4 lamp version.

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

61

RE Series Recessed and Surface Mounting Fluorescent Luminaires

Fluorescent Luminaires

Lighting

Standard and Emergency Back-Up. Increased Safety
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

T Ratings
Ambient Temperature
40 °C

Ceiling Position
50 °C

55 °C

40 °C

Wall Position
50 °C

55 °C

2 x 18 W 

T6

T5

T5

T5

T5

T4

2 x 18 W Emergency 

T5

T4

T4

T5

T5

T4

3 x 18 W

T5

T4

T4

T4

T4

T4

4 x 18 W

T5

T4

T4

T5

T4

T4

2 x 36 W 

T5

T4

T4

T5

T4

T4

2 x 36 W Emergency 

T5

T4

T4

T5

T4

T4

3 x 36 W

T4

T4

T4

T4

T4

T4

4 x 36 W

T5

T4

T4

T5

T4

T4

2 x 58 W 

T4

T4

T4

T4

T4

T4

2 x 58 W Emergency 

T4

T4

T4

T4

T4

T4

3 x 58 W

T4

T4

T4

T4

T4

T4

4 x 58 W

T4

T4

T4

T4

T4

T4

Version

Termination and Wiring
• Terminal capacity: 4 mm2 flexible or 6 mm2 solid.
• Loop in/Loop out: One terminal block 
— Standard version:
2 (L) + 2 (N) + 2 (PE)
— Emergency version:
2 (LP) + 2 (L) + 2 (N) + 2 (PE)
• Through wired: Two terminal blocks (one at each end) 
— Standard version:
2 (L) + 2 (N) + 2 (PE)
1 (L) + 1 (N) + 1 (PE)
— Emergency version:
2 (LP) + 2 (L) + 2 (N) + 2 (PE)
1 (LP) + 1 (L) + 1 (N) + 1 (PE)

Standard Cable Entry Accessories
Version

Cable Gland

Blanking Plug

Nickel Plated Brass Locknut

Loop

1

1

3

Through

2

1

3

 T Rating for single lamp version is the same as twin lamp version.
 PE: Earth; N: Neutral. L: Live. LP: Permanent Live for emergency version.

62

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

RE Series Recessed and Surface Mounting Fluorescent Luminaires
Standard and Emergency Back-Up. Increased Safety

Lighting

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Fluorescent Luminaires

Recessed — 110/254 Vac/Vdc, 50/60 Hz — Front Access — White Painted Steel Housing
Version

Reflector

Wiring

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Catalog Number


Loop

14

64

REB218BUFL

Through

14

64

REB218BUFT

Loop

21

93

REB418BUFLP

Through

21

93

REB418BUFTP

Standard Version — Bi-pin Lamps (G13)
2 x 18 W

Polycarbonate

4 x 18 W

White Painted Steel

2 x 36 W

Polycarbonate

4 x 36 W

White Painted Steel

2 x 58 W

Polycarbonate

4 x 58 W

White Painted Steel

Loop

19

108

REB236BUFL

Through

19

108

REB236BUFT

Loop

29

158

REB436BUFLP

Through

29

158

REB436BUFTP

Loop

22

130

REB258BUFL

Through

22

130

REB258BUFT

Loop

32

190

REB458BUFLP

Through

32

190

REB458BUFTP

Loop

14

64

REB218BUFLEP

Through

14

64

REB218BUFTEP

Loop

21

93

REB418BUFLEP

Through

21

93

REB418BUFTEP

3 Hours Emergency Version — Bi-pin Lamps (G13)
2 x 18 W

White Painted Steel

4 x 18 W

White Painted Steel

2 x 36 W

Polycarbonate

4 x 36 W

White Painted Steel

2 x 58 W

Polycarbonate

4 x 58 W

White Painted Steel

Loop

19

108

REB236BUFLE

Through

19

108

REB236BUFTE

Loop

29

158

REB436BUFLEP

Through

29

158

REB436BUFTEP

Loop

22

130

REB258BUFLE

Through

22

130

REB258BUFTE

Loop

32

190

REB458BUFLEP

Through

32

190

REB458BUFTEP

 For surface mounting lighting, replace letter F with letter M in the 9th position; example: REB218BUML.
 For 3 hours emergency version - Battery 6 V - 4 Ah, add suffix E to the end of the catalog number; example: REB218BUFLE.
 For 1 hour 30 emergency (combined) - Battery 6 V - 7 Ah, add suffix E1 to the end of the catalog number; example: REB218BUFLE1.
 For 3H Emergency (combined) - Battery 6 V - 7 Ah, add suffix E7 to the end of the catalog number; example: REB218BUFLE7.
 For fixture without a safety switch, add suffix N to the end of the catalog number; example: REB218BUFLN.
 For fixture with a white painted steel internal reflector, add suffix P to the end of the catalog number; example: REB218BUFLP.
 For fixture with 316L stainless steel housing and integral frame and natural finish, add suffix S to the end of the catalog number; example: REB218BUFLS.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

63

RE Series Recessed and Surface Mounting Fluorescent Luminaires

Fluorescent Luminaires

Lighting

Standard and Emergency Back-Up. Increased Safety
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Accessories and Replacement Parts
Description

Weight kg

Catalog Number

Zinc plated steel

0.60

REFBST

316 stainless
steel

0.60

REFBSS

Zinc plated steel

2.00

RECMST

316 stainless
steel

2.0

RECMSS

Zinc plated steel

0.25

REEBST

316 stainless
steel

0.25

REEBSS

Fixing Brackets - Set of four

Ceiling Mounting Brackets - Set of two

M8 Eye Bolts - Set of four

Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.

64

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

RE Series Recessed and Surface Mounting Fluorescent Luminaires
Standard and Emergency Back-Up. Increased Safety

Lighting

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Emergency Function Diagram
Two Lamp Version

Mains
PE

N

Fluorescent Luminaires

Wiring Diagram
L

Mains
Lighting
Switch

Lighting Switch ON

Lighting Switch OFF

Lighting Switch ON

Lighting Switch OFF

ON

L’

U
N
PE

OFF
Standard Fluorescent
Lighting Fixture

Three Lamp Version
Mains
ON

U’
U
N
PE

Emergency Fluorescent
Lighting Fixture

OFF

LED Status
Color
Green

Indication
LED Blinking

Mains good – Battery charging

LED Continuous

Mains good – Battery charged

LED Blinking
Red

Yellow
None (Off)

Function

LED Continuous

No battery connected OR Something is defective
Mains faulty — Output ON

LED Flashing

Mains faulty — Battery empty OR Lamp is defective

LED Blinking

Mains good — Performing self test

LED Continuous

Self test was not okay

No Light Emitted

No mains — Battery completely empty

Emergency Light Duration
Version
2 x 18 W
2 x 36 W
2 x 58 W

Battery Capacity

Duration

Light Output

4 Ah – 6 V

90 minute

80%

4 Ah – 6 V

3 hour

40%

7 Ah – 6 V

90 minute

45%

7 Ah – 6 V

3 hour

25%

7 Ah – 6 V

90 minute

30%

7 Ah – 6 V

3 hour

15%

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

65

RE Series Recessed and Surface Mounting Fluorescent Luminaires
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Dimensions in Millimeters
Recessed

Surface Mounting
A

A
B

B

C

D

2.0 mm

134.5 mm

132.5 mm

Fluorescent Luminaires

Lighting

Standard and Emergency Back-Up. Increased Safety

C

D

E

E

4 x Ø 8.5 mm

F

4 x Ø 8.5 mm

F

Ceiling Cut-out
G

H

Versions

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

18 W (1, 2, 3 lamps)

826

320

270

776

390

184

786

280

18 W (4 lamps)

826

490

440

776

390

354

786

450

36 W (1, 2, 3 lamps)

1436

320

270

1386

1000

184

1396

280

36 W (4 lamps)

1436

490

440

1386

1000

354

1396

450

58 W (1, 2, 3 lamps)

1736

320

270

1686

1300

184

1696

280

58 W (4 lamps)

1736

490

440

1686

1300

354

1696

450

66

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

RE Series Recessed and Surface Mounting Fluorescent Luminaires
Standard and Emergency Back-Up. Increased Safety

Lighting

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Fluorescent Luminaires

Photometric Data
Longitudinal
Transverse

Polar curves for a 1000 lm flux, according to NF C 71-120
Luminaire symbol according to NF C 71-121
1 x 18 W
Efficiency 67.1%
NF C 71-121: 0.67 E

2 x 18 W
Efficiency 62%
NF C 71-121: 0.62 E

3 x 18 W
Efficiency 61.2%
NF C 71-121: 0.61 E

Candela Distribution

Candela Distribution

0-180 90-270

0-180 90-270

Candela Distribution
0-180 90-270

0

209

209

0

205

205

0

201

5

Degrees
208
208

5

Degrees 203
204

5

Degrees 201
200

10

205

201

208

90°

10

202

203

90°

10

197

201

90°

75°

15

197

202

75°

15

193

200

75°

20

191

201

60°

20

187

197

60°

25

182

201

25

179

195

30

173

200

30

169

192

35

161

192

35

158

189

40

148

183

40

145

181

45

133

177

45

131

170

50

117

173

50

115

155

55

99

168

55

98

132

60

80

168

60

80

107

15

201

207

20

194

205

25

186

203

30

176

201

35

164

197

40

151

192

45

136

185

50

120

177

55

102

164

60

83

141

65

63

115

65

61

163

65

61

80

70

43

77

70

41

154

70

41

53

60°
45°

30°

0°

15°

2 x 18 W
Efficiency 60.5%
NF C 71-121: 0.60 F

0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70

30°

0°

15°

45°

30°

0°

15°

4 x 18 W
Efficiency 63.7%
NF C 71-121: 0.63 E

Candela Distribution
0-180 90-270
196Degrees 196
195
196
193
195
189
195
183
193
175
191
166
187
155
182
143
174
129
162
114
147
98
131
79
109
60
85
40
62

45°

Candela Distribution

90°
75°
60°
45°

30°
0°

15°

0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70

0-180 90-270
194
Degrees 194
193
194
191
195
186
195
181
193
173
192
164
190
153
185
141
179
128
171
113
160
96
146
78
127
60
106
40
82

90°
75°
60°
45°

30°
0°

15°

4 x 36 W
Efficiency 61.5%
NF C 71-121: 0.61 E

Candela Distribution
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70

0-180 90-270
190
190
Degrees
289
190
287
190
183
189
177
188
170
186
162
182
151
178
139
172
126
163
111
152
96
138
78
121
60
102
42
80

90°
75°
60°
45°

30°

0°

15°

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

67

RE Series Recessed and Surface Mounting Fluorescent Luminaires

Fluorescent Luminaires

Lighting

Standard and Emergency Back-Up. Increased Safety
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Photometric Data
Longitudinal
Transverse

Polar curves for a 1000 lm flux, according to NF C 71-120
Luminaire symbol according to NF C 71-121
1 x 36 W
Efficiency 64.4%
NF C 71-121: 0.64 E

2 x 36 W
Efficiency 64.8%
NF C 71-121: 0.64 E

3 x 36 W
Efficiency 63.7%
NF C 71-121: 0.63 F

Candela Distribution

Candela Distribution

0-180 90-270

0-180 90-270

0-180 90-270

0

196

196

0

198

198

0

207

5

195Degrees 196

5

197Degrees 198

5

207Degrees 208

207

10

192

196

90°

10

194

198

90°

10

204

208

90°

15

188

194

15

190

197

75°

15

199

206

75°

20

182

192

75°

20

184

196

20

193

204

25

174

189

25

176

195

25

185

202

30

165

188

30

167

195

30

175

200

35

154

185

35

156

194

35

164

196

40

152

181

40

144

191

40

151

189

45

129

176

45

130

184

45

136

178

50

114

170

50

115

172

50

120

162

55

97

159

55

98

154

55

103

139

60

80

143

60

80

129

60

84

112

65

61

116

65

62

101

65

65

83

70

43

76

70

43

72

70

45

55

60°
45°

30°

0°

15°

1 x 58 W
Efficiency 64.9%
NF C 71-121: 0.65 E

Candela Distribution

0-180 90-270
189 Degrees189
188
189
187
188
184
187
181
186
176
185
170
185
162
184
150
180
136
175
119
169
102
162
83
146
63
122
43
85

0-180 90-270
182 Degrees182
182
183
181
183
178
182
174
182
170
182
164
181
156
181
145
178
131
172
116
162
99
148
81
126
52
99
43
70

0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70

60°
45°

30°

0°

15°

2 x 58 W
Efficiency 61.8%
NF C 71-121: 0.62 E

Candela Distribution

68

Candela Distribution

90°
75°
60°
45°

30°

0°

15°

0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70

60°
45°

30°

0°

15°

3 x 58 W
Efficiency 57.8%
NF C 71-121: 0.58 E

Candela Distribution

90°
75°
60°
45°

30°

0°

15°

0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70

0-180 90-270
185 Degrees185
185
185
183
185
181
184
177
182
172
180
166
178
159
174
147
168
133
158
118
144
100
125
82
101
63
75
43
49

90°
75°
60°
45°

30°

0°

15°

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

FN Series Heavy Duty Non-Metallic Fluorescent Luminaires
Standard and Emergency Back-Up. Zone 2 - 21 & 22

Lighting

Zone 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

• Can be installed in hazardous areas designated as Zone 2,
21 and 22.
• For use in locations where a high degree of corrosion resistance
is required.
• For indoor/outdoor use where protection against dirt, water and
moisture is necessary.
• Typical applications include oil refineries, petrochemical
facilities, pulp and paper mills, food processing plants,
warehouses, underground tunnels and general
manufacturing facilities.

2 x 58 W

Features
• Corrosion-resistant fiberglass reinforced polyester body and
hinged polycarbonate lens.
• High impact resistance housing (20 Joules - IK10) from
-40°C to +55 °C ambient temperature and wind profile for use
in extreme offshore and onshore environments.
• Latch assembly and elastomer gasket seals against water and
dust ingress, IP66/67.
• Easily accessed for maintenance using Allen key or straight
blade screw driver.
• Central opening with unique patented release system to
prevent damage.
• Hinged parabolic reflector for high lumen output efficiency.
• Vibration resistant spring loaded lampholders for Bi-pin (G13) or
mono-pin (Fa6) versions.
• Electronic multi-tap ballast 110 to 254 Vac/Vdc +/- 10% 50/60
Hz, for global applications. High power factor electronic ballast
(>0.95). EOL (End Of Life) protection in accordance to the latest
EN/IEC 60079-7 standard.
• Also available with electronic ballast 220/240 Vac/Vdc +/- 10%
50/60 Hz. High power factor electronic ballast (>0.95). EOL.
• Available in 3 hours emergency version, including multi-tap
ballast with built-in monthly self test. Test results through
multi-color LED.

Standard Material
•
•
•
•
•

Fiberglass reinforced polyester housing
Polycarbonate lens
Elastomer gasket
Highly reflective white polycarbonate internal reflector
Mounting accessories available in different materials such as
gray painted aluminum, zinc plated steel, galvanized steel or
316L stainless steel

Options
• Silicone coating for added protection in H2S hydrogen
sulfide environments.
• Without safety switch.
• Level gauge light fitting.
• 316L stainless steel fixing inserts.

Fluorescent Luminaires

Applications

2 x 36 W

2 x 18 W

Certifications and Compliances
ATEX or ATEX/IECEx Certification
• Certification Type: FLn
— Gas: Zone 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 3 G
– Type of Protection 'nA' : Ex nA IIC T6 Gc
– Type of Protection 'nR' : Ex nR IIC T4 Gc
– Temperature class: T6 (nA) or T4 (nR)
– Ambient Temperature: -20 °C to +55 °C
— Dust: Zone 21
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:   II 2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
– Surface Temperature: T75 °C
– Ambient Temperature: -40 °C to +55 °C 
— Dust: Zone 22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:   II 3 D
– Type of Protection: Ex t IIIC Dc
– Surface Temperature: T75 °C
– Ambient Temperature: -20 °C to +55 °C 
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50212
— ATEX Certificate:
– Zone 2-22: LCIE 03 ATEX 6072
– Zone 21: LCIE 02 ATEX 6067
— IECEx Certificate:
– Zone 2-22: IECEx LCI 04.0021
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66/67
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK10

EURASEC Certification
— EURASEC  N° TC  RU C-FR.ГБ05.B.00912

Others Certification
— INMETRO Certificate: BVC11.0815 

 Inmetro certification available on special request only. Contact your local sales for more information
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

69

FN Series Heavy Duty Non-Metallic Fluorescent Luminaires

Fluorescent Luminaires

Lighting

Standard and Emergency Back-Up. Zone 2 - 21 & 22
Zone 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Order using catalog numbering guide below or select catalog number from tables on following pages.
Catalog Numbering Guide For FN Non-Metallic Fluorescent Lighting Fixtures
FN

B

1

18

BU

P

Wattage:
18 - 18 Watt
36 - 36 Watt
58 - 58 Watt
55 - 55 Watt
80 - 80 Watt

Series:
FN - FN Series
Zones 2 & 22:
ATEX/IECEx certified
Zone 21:
ATEX certified
Lamp Type:
B - Bi-pin (G13)
C - PL Compact Lamps
(2G11) 

Number of Lamps:
1 - Single
2 - Double
3 - Three Lamps

A

C

Cable Type:
A - Armored M20
N - Unarmored M25
U - Unarmored M20

Voltage:
BU - 110 to 254 Vac/Vdc
50/60 Hz
BK - 220 to 240 Vac/Vdc
50/60 Hz

Options:
(Options must be listed
alphabetically)
C - Silicon Coating for
Diffuser
E - 3H Emergency
(combined) - Battery
6 V - 4 Ah
N - No Switch 
X - 4 Entries 

Mounting Version:
P - Pole Mount 
S - Surface/Suspension Mount
Standard Wiring
T - Surface/Suspension Mount
Through Wiring
L - Surface/Suspension Mount
Dual Loop in/out Through
Wiring (single phase)

 Only 2 x 18 W and 2 x 36 W with M25 entry versions.
 Only 55 W and 80 W standard versions.
 Only for standard versions.
 Only for S, T and L mounting versions.

70

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

FN Series Heavy Duty Non-Metallic Fluorescent Luminaires
Standard and Emergency Back-Up. Zone 2 - 21 & 22

Lighting

Zone 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Fluorescent Luminaires

Standard Version
Surface/Suspension Mounting and Standard Wiring
Version
Connection via 1 x 6 terminals.
Capacity (flexible/solid): 4 mm2/6 mm2 .
Unarmored Version - Bi-pin (G13)
Three M25 threaded entries, two at one end and one at opposite end, supplied with one
M25 polyamide cable gland (dia. 8 to 18.5 mm) and two M25 polyamide blanking plugs.
Number
of Lamps

Power
(W)

Lamp
Type

Voltage
(V)

Weight
kg (lb)

Volume
dm3

Catalog
Number

2
2
2
2
2
2

18
18
36
36
58
58

G13
G13
G13
G13
G13
G13

220/240
110/254
220/240
110/254
220/240
110/254

5.5
5.5
7.9
7.9
9
11

32.3
32.3
54.2
54.2
65
65

FNB218BKSNN
FNB218BUSNN
FNB236BKSNN
FNB236BUSNN
FNB258BKSNN
FNB258BUSNN

Armored Version - Bi-pin (G13)
Two M20 threaded entries with brass earth continuity plate at one end and
one M20 plugged clearance entry, supplied with two M20 polyamide plugs.
Number
of Lamps

Power
(W)

Lamp
Type

Voltage
(V)

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Catalog
Number

2
2
2
2
2
2

18
18
36
36
58
58

G13
G13
G13
G13
G13
G13

220/240
110/254
220/240
110/254
220/240
110/254

5.5
5.5
7.9
7.9
9
11

32.3
32.3
54.2
54.2
65
65

FNB218BKSAN
FNB218BUSAN
FNB236BKSAN
FNB236BUSAN
FNB258BKSAN
FNB258BUSAN

Emergency Version
Surface/Suspension Mounting and Standard Wiring
Connection via 1 x 4 terminals for 18 W version.
Connection via 1 x 8 terminals for 36 W & 58 W
versions.
Capacity (flexible/solid): 4 mm2/6 mm2.

18 W

36/58 W

Unarmored Version - Bi-pin (G13)
Three M25 entries, two at one end and one at opposite end, supplied with
one M25 polyamide cable gland (dia. 8 to 18.5 mm) and two M25 polyamide
blanking plugs.
Number
Power
Lamp
Voltage
Weight
of Lamps
(W)
Type
(V)
kg
2
18
G13
110/254
7.3
2
36
G13
110/254
9.6)
10.7)
2
58
G13
110/254
Armored Version - Bi-pin (G13)
Two M20 threaded entries with brass earth continuity plate at one end and
one M20 plugged clearance entry, supplied with two M20 polyamide plugs.
Number
of Lamps
2
2
2

Power
(W)
18
36
58

Lamp
Type
G13
G13
G13

Voltage
(V)
110/254
110/254
110/254

Weight
kg
7.3
9.6
10.7

Volume
dm3
32.3
54.2
65

Duration
(Hours)
3H
3H
3H

Battery
Capacity
4 Ah
4 Ah
4 Ah

Catalog
Number
FNB218BUSNEN
FNB236BUSNEN
FNB258BUSNEN

Volume
dm3
32.3
54.2
65

Duration
(Hours)
3H
3H
3H

Battery
Capacity
4 Ah
4 Ah
4 Ah

Catalog
Number
FNB218BUSAEN
FNB236BUSAEN
FNB258BUSAEN

Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

71

FN Series Heavy Duty Non-Metallic Fluorescent Luminaires

Fluorescent Luminaires

Lighting

Standard and Emergency Back-Up. Zone 2 - 21 & 22
Zone 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Accessories and Replacement Parts
Description

Catalog Number

Fixing Brackets
Set of two brackets for surface installation
Zinc plated steel

FEFBZ

316 stainless steel

FEFBS

Brackets for Surface Mounting
Set of two
Aluminium (gray painted)

FESBA

316 stainless steel

FESBS

M8 Ring Bolts
Set of two
FERBM8Z

Zinc plated steel

Half Clamps Brackets for Pole Mounting
Set of two
For 42 mm to 49 mm pole (1-1/4 to 1-1/2" tube)
Zinc plated steel

FEHC49Z

316 stainless steel

FEHC49S

For 60 mm pole (2" tube)
Zinc plated steel

FEHC60Z

316 stainless steel

FEHC60S

Wall Mounting Adaptor
For pole mounting version
Diameter 42mm
FEWMG

Galvanized steel
Hinged Brackets
Set of two brackets for adjusting luminaire
Aluminium

FEHBA

316 stainless steel

FEHBS

Fall Prevention Kit
Safety chain retains fixture temporarily to ease installation
For M25 cable entry

FESCM25

For M20 cable entry

FESCM20

Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.

72

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

FN Series Heavy Duty Non-Metallic Fluorescent Luminaires
Standard and Emergency Back-Up. Zone 2 - 21 & 22

Lighting

Zone 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Emergency Function Diagram
Two Lamp Version

Mains
PE

N

Mains

L
Lighting
Switch

Lighting Switch ON

Lighting Switch OFF

Lighting Switch ON

Lighting Switch OFF

ON

L’

U
N
PE

OFF

Standard Fluorescent
Lighting Fixture

Three Lamp Version
Mains

ON

U’
U
N
PE

Emergency Fluorescent
Lighting Fixture

OFF

LED Status
Color
Green

Red

Yellow

Indication

Function

LED Blinking 1:1

Mains ok, Batteries are iconnected, charging

LED ON

Mains ok, Batteries are charged

LED Blinking 1:1

Batteries are not connected or defective

LED Flash

Batteries are charging and discharging during automatic cycle

LED ON

Mains faulty - Output ON

No Light emitted

No mains, Battery empty

LED Blinking 1:1

Mains ok, Performing Self test

LED ON

Selft test was not ok

Dimensions in Millimeters (Inches)
Surface/Suspension Mounting
18 W

36 W
2 X MB

400
(15.75)

700.0 (27.56)

785.0 (30.91)

2 X MB

1390.0 (54.72)

145.0
(5.71)

58 W

700.0 (27.56)

2 X MB

1690.0 (66.54)
217.0
(8.54)

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

73

Fluorescent Luminaires

Wiring Diagram

FN Series Heavy Duty Non-Metallic Fluorescent Luminaires

Fluorescent Luminaires

Lighting

Standard and Emergency Back-Up. Zone 2 - 21 & 22
Zone 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Photometric Data
Longitudinal
Transverse

Polar curves for a 1000 lm flux, according to NF C 71-120
Luminaire symbol according to NF C 71-121
2 x 18 W
Efficiency 85.1%
NF C 71-121: 0.78 H + 0.08 T

2 x 36 W
Efficiency 80.5%
NF C 71-121: 0.73 H + 0.07 T

Candela Distribution

Candela Distribution

0-180 90-270

0-180 90-270

0

195

195

0

185

5

195

194

5

185

10

192

192

90°

10

182

15

187

192

75°

15

20

181

193

25

173

194

60°

30

163

194

45°

35

152

40
45

Degrees

2 x 58 W
Efficiency 76.9%
NF C 71-121: 0.70 H + 0.07 T
Candela Distribution
0-180 90-270

185

0

173

184

5

172

Degrees

173
173

Degrees

182

90°

10

170

171

90°

178

181

75°

15

166

169

75°

20

172

183

20

161

172

25

164

183

25

154

172

30

154

183

30

145

172

193

35

143

183

35

135

171

138

192

40

131

183

40

123

172

124

191

45

117

179

45

111

170

50

108

182

50

102

173

50

97

165

55

91

176

55

85

166

55

82

157

60

73

163

60

68

155

60

66

148

65

55

150

65

51

145

65

50

139

70

37

145

70

35

141

70

34

133

74

30°
0°

15°

60°
45°

30°
0°

15°

60°
45°

30°
0°

15°

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

FL Series Light Duty Non-Metallic Fluorescent Luminaires
Standard and Emergency Back-Up. Zone 2 & 22

Lighting

Zone 2 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Fluorescent Luminaires

Applications
• Light duty luminaire ideal for commercial and light industrial
locations including hazardous areas designated as Zone 2 or
22 environments.
• Typical applications include oil refineries petrochemical
plants, pulp and paper mills, tunnels and other light duty
manufacturing locations.

2 x 58 W

Features
•
•
•
•

Utilizes two 26 mm (T8) bi-pin fluorescent lamps.
Fiberglass reinforced polyester housing.
Instant start 95% power factor ballast.
Available in various lengths and wattages ranging from 18 to 58.
Pre-impregnated fiberglass reinforced white polyester housing.
• Closing system using stainless steel clips.
• Electrostatically applied white powder painted steel reflector
provides optimal lighting distribution.
• Poured-in-place elastomer gasket secures IP65 / 67 ingress
protection.

Standard Material
•
•
•
•
•
•

Fiberglass reinforced polyester (FRP) housing
Polycarbonate lens
White powder painted sheet steel reflector
Elastomer gasket
Polycarbonate lampholders
Mounting accessories available in different materials such
as gray painted aluminum, zinc plated steel, galvanized steel
or 316 stainless steel

Options
• Available in 3 hours emergency version, including multi-tap
ballast with built-in monthly self test. Test results through multicolored LED.
• Plug-in battery pack is easy to remove for maintenance.
• Battery voltage is 6 volts and 4 Ah capacity.
• One fluorescent tube remains lit for up to 3 hours and up to
29% light intensity for 18 Watt, 15% for 36 Watt and 9% for 58
Watt.
• All emergency units supplied with cut off switch to battery when
fixture is opened.

2 x18 W

Certifications and Compliances
ATEX Certification
• Certification Type: EFn (Standard Version) / EFn-EM
(Emergency Version)
— Gas: Zone 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:   II 3 G
– Type of Protection: Ex nR II or Ex nA II
– T Rating: T4 for nA protection mode. (T3 for 2x58W Version)
See temperature chart for nR protection mode
— Dust: Zone 22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:   II 3 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A22
– Surface Temperature: See Table on following page
— Ambient Temperature: -20 °C to +55 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50213/50219
— ATEX Certificate:
– EFn (Standard Version): LCIE 08.6005X
– EFn-EM (Emergency Version): LCIE 08.6063X
— Index of Protection (solid & liquid): IP65 / 67

EURASEC Certification
— EURASEC  N° TC  RU C-FR.ГБ05.B.00912

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

75

FL Series Light Duty Non-Metallic Fluorescent Luminaires

Fluorescent Luminaires

Lighting

Standard and Emergency Back-Up. Zone 2 & 22
Zone 2 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Order using catalog numbering guide below or select catalog number from tables on following pages.
Catalog Numbering Guide For FL Non-Metallic Fluorescent Lighting Fixtures
FL

X

X

XX

X

X

Wattage:
18 - 18 Watt
36 - 36 Watt
58 - 58 Watt

Series:
FL - FL Series
Zone 2 - 22
ATEX Certified

Lamp Type:
B - Bi-pin (G13)

X

X

Cable Type:
A - Armored M20

Voltage:
BU - 110 to 254 Vac/Vdc
+/- 10% 50/60 Hz
BK - 220 to 240 Vac/Vdc
50/60 Hz

Number of Lamps:
1 - Single
2 - Double

Options:
(Options must be listed
alphabetically)r
E - 3H Emergency
(combined) - Battery
6 V - 4 Ah

Mounting Version:
S - Surface/Suspension Mount
Standard Wiring
L - Surface/Suspension Mount
Dual Loop in/out Through
Wiring (single phase)

Temperature Chart
Version
1 x 18 W
2 x 18 W
1 x 36 W
2 x 36 W
1 x 58 W
2 x 58 W

76

Dust
Surface Temp. for Ta = +55° C
75°C

83°C

91°C

T Rating for Ta = 40° C

Gas
T Rating for Ta = 50°C

T Rating for Ta = 55°C

T6

T6

T6

T6

T5

T5

T6

T6

T5

T6

T6

T5

T5

T5

T5

T5

T5

T5

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

FL Series Light Duty Non-Metallic Fluorescent Luminaires
Standard and Emergency Back-Up. Zone 2 & 22

Lighting

Zone 2 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Fluorescent Luminaires

Standard Version for Armored and Unarmored Cable
Supplied with one M20 cable entry at each end plus two locknuts, two earth continuity and one blanking plug.
Also supplied with one 2 x (3 x 2.5 mm2) max. flexible or rigid connection terminal block.
Number
of Lamps

Watts

Voltage
(V)

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Pack.

Catalog
Number

1

18

220/240

2.3

22.3

1

FLB118BKSA

2

18

220/240

2.3

22.3

1

FLB218BKSA

2

18

110/254

2.3

22.3

1

FLB218BUSA

1

36

220/240

2.8

38

1

FLB136BKSA

1

36

110/254

2.8

38

1

FLB136BUSA

2

36

220/240

3.6

38)

1

FLB236BKSA

2

36

110/254

3.6

38

1

FLB236BUSA

1

58

220/240

3.4

45

1

FLB158BKSA

1

58

110/254

3.4

45

1

FLB158BUSA

2

58

220/240

4.4

45

1

FLB258BKSA

2

58

110/254

4.4

45

1

FLB258BUSA

Emergency Version for Armored and Unarmored Cable
Supplied with one M20 entries with earth continuity at each end. Also supplied with two M20 locknuts and one blanking plug.
Equipped with one 2 x (5 x 2.5 mm2  ) max. flexible or rigid connection terminal block
Number
of Lamps

Watts

Voltage
(V)

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Pack.

Catalog
Number

2

18

110/254

4.5

22.3

1

FLB218BUSAE

2

36

110/254

7.0

38

1

FLB236BUSAE

2

58

110/254

7.5

45

1

FLB258BUSAE

Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

77

FL Series Light Duty Non-Metallic Fluorescent Luminaires

Fluorescent Luminaires

Lighting

Standard and Emergency Back-Up. Zone 2 & 22
Zone 2 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Accessories and Replacement Parts
Description

Catalog Number

Fixing Brackets
Set of two brackets for surface installation
Zinc plated steel

FEFBZ

316 stainless steel

FEFBS

Brackets for Surface Mounting
Set of two
Aluminium (gray painted)

FESBA

316 stainless steel

FESBS

M8 Ring Bolts
Set of two
FERBM8Z

Zinc plated steel

Half Clamps Brackets for Pole Mounting
Set of two
For 42 mm to 49 mm pole (1-1/4 to 1-1/2" tube)
Zinc plated steel

FEHC49Z

316 stainless steel

FEHC49S

For 60 mm pole (2" tube)
Zinc plated steel

FEHC60Z

316 stainless steel

FEHC60S

Hinged Brackets
Set of two brackets for adjusting luminaire
Aluminium

FEHBA

316 stainless steel

FEHBS

Fall Prevention Kit
Safety chain retains fixture temporarily to ease installation
FESCM20

For M20 cable entry

Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.

78

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

FL Series Light Duty Non-Metallic Fluorescent Luminaires
Standard and Emergency Back-Up. Zone 2 & 22

Lighting

Zone 2 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Fluorescent Luminaires

Emergency Function Diagram — Emergency Function 2 Tubes
Mains

Lighting Switch ON

Lighting Switch OFF

Fluorescent Luminaire ON

Fluorescent Luminaire OFF

Photometric Data
Longitudinal
Transverse

Polar curves for a 1000 lm flux, according to NF C 71-120
Luminaire symbol according to NF C 71-121
1 x 18 W
Efficiency 67.8%
NF C 71-121: 0.58 H + 0.09 T

2 x 18 W
Efficiency 68.9%
NF C 71-121: 0.60 H + 0.09 T

Candela Distribution
0-180

90-270

0

142

142

5

142

142

10

139

140

15

135

135

20

130

132

25

123

128

30

113

126

35

102

128

40

90

132

45

78

136

50

66

134

55

54

131

60

43

129

Candela Distribution
0-180
116

116

90°

5

115

119

10

113

133

75°

15

110

150

20

105

156

25

100

157

Degrees

60°
45°

30°

0°

90-270

0

15°

30

94

158

35

88

159

40

81

158

45

74

157

50

65

152

55

55

145

60

45

137

65

33

119

65

35

128

70

23

110

70

25

114

2 x 36 W
Efficiency 64.1%
NF C 71-121: 0.57 H + 0.07 T

0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70

90°
75°
60°
45°

30°

0°

15°

2 x 58 W
Efficiency 63.6%
NF C 71-121: 0.56 H + 0.07 T

Candela Distribution
0-180
163
162
160
155
149
142
132
120
104
80
60
50
40
31
23

Degrees

90-270
163
162
159
145
140
139
139
138
134
133
129
125
120
108
95

Candela Distribution
Degrees

90°
75°
60°
45°

30°

0°

15°

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70

0-180
160
159
157
153
148
141
132
121
107
85
68
56
45
35
24

90-270
160
160
157
146
140
139
139
138
134
132
127
122
117
107
90

Degrees

90°
75°
60°
45°

30°

0°

15°

79

PB Series Floodlights IIB

Floodlights

Lighting

Flameproof. Metal Halide, Sodium, Mercury Vapor, Halogen
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Applications
• Designed for large area lighting in industrial outdoor and indoor
hazardous areas.
• Ideal for use in Zones 1 and 2 and 21 and 22 in the oil and gas
industry. In locations such as: refineries, pipelines, warehouses,
offshore platforms and drilling rigs.

Features
• Gray epoxy painted light marine grade aluminum housing and
door.
• Fast and easy lamp replacement via threaded cover on the side
of the fixture. The cover is fitted with a short safety chain.
• Lampholder can be easily field-adjustable for either a narrow or
wide beam.
• Fixtures operate safely in high ambient temperatures up to +55 °C
and in low ambient temperature up to -20 °C.
• Electrical components (ballast, ignitor and capacitor) are
thermally separated from the lighting compartment with a
bulkhead, providing extended life.
• Easy and efficient wiring due to separate Ex e terminal box
with wiring onto 2 captive terminals 2 x 6 mm2; 2 internal earth
terminals capacity 6 mm2 and 1 external earth terminal capacity
4 mm2.
• 2 x M20 clearance holes throughwire cable entries supplied
with:
— One Ex e unarmored cable gland — sealing diameter 6.5 mm
to 14.5 mm
— One blanking plug
— Two M20 locknuts
• For use with either tubular or ellipsoidal shape lamps. See
ordering information for details.
• Choice of mounting with galvanized hinged bracket fixed
mounting or tube/pole mounting with galvanized brackets.
• Thermoshock and impact-resistant glass factory sealed into the
cover frame.
• Operates in any position.
• Reversible hinge allows for fixture access from either side.
• E40 or H3 lampholders for the 2 x 70 W Vac/Vdc halogen
version.
• Internal symmetric reflector.

Standard Materials
•
•
•
•
•
•

Housing and door: copperfree marine-grade aluminum alloy
Lens: toughened safety glass
Reflector: bright highly polished aluminum
Bolts: stainless steel bolt
Cable gland and blanking plug: polyamide
Locknut: nickel plated brass

Certifications and Compliances
ATEX/IECEx Certification
• Certification Type: PJd
— Gas: Zone 1 and 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:   II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex de IIB
– Temperature class: See Table on following page
— Dust: Zone 21 - 22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:   II 2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
– Surface Temperature: See Table on following page
— Ambient Temperature: -20 °C ≤ Ta ≤ +55 °C  
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50207
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 99 ATEX 6002
— IECEx Certificate: IECEx LCI 04.0020
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66 (Type PB)
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK10

EURASEC Certification
— EURASEC  N° TC  RU C-FR.ГБ05.B.00912

Standard Finishes
• Housing and door: gray epoxy powder paint

Options
• Other voltages, please contact your sales representative.
• Terminal block with 2 more terminals for wiring with 3 phases
plus Neutral in 380/415 V (loop in/loop out wiring possible): add
suffix -T at the end of the catalog number.
• Asymmetrical light distribution is available, add suffix -A to end
of catalog number.
• Screwed-on overhead diffuser out of galvanized steel with black
painting (see accessories).
• Screwed-on zinc-coated protection guard (see accessories).

80

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

PB Series Floodlights IIB

Flameproof. Metal Halide, High Pressure Sodium, Mercury Vapor, Halogen
Lighting

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Floodlights

Order using catalog numbering guide below or select catalog number from the following pages.
Catalog Numbering Guide — PB Series Floodlights
PBA

H

Series:
PBA - PB Series
Floodlight IIB
Zone 1, 2, 21, 22
ATEX/IECEx Certified

15

XJ

Lamp Wattage:
70 - 2 x 70 W Halogen 
15 - 150 W
25 - 250 W
40 - 400 W
50 - 500 or 1000 W Halogen

Lamp Type:
H - Metal Halide
L - High Pressure Sodium
M - Mercury Vapor
Z - Halogen

B

T

Bracket:
B - Hinged Bracket Included

Voltage:
XJ - 230/240 Vac, 50 Hz
(Magnetic Ballast)
BT - 24 Vac/Vdc 

Options:
T - Extra Terminals 
A - Asymmetrical
Optic

T Rating (Gas) and Surface Temperature (Dust) Table
Lamp Type and Wattage

+40 °C

Gas Temperature Rating According to Ta
+50 °C
+55 °C

Dust
Surface Temperature °C

2 x 70 W - H3 

T4

T4

T4

+130 °C

150 W High Pressure Sodium

T4

T3

T3

+145 °C

250 W High Pressure Sodium

T3

T3

T3

+195 °C

250 W Metal Halide

T3

T3

T3

+197 °C

250 W Mercury Vapor

T3

T3

T3

+194 °C

400 W High Pressure Sodium

T3

T3

T3

+189 °C

400 W Metal Halide

T3

T3

T3

+193 °C

400 W Mercury Vapor

T3

T3

T3

+195 °C

600 W High Pressure Sodium

T2

T2

T2

+257 °C

500 W Halogen

T2

T2

T2

+267 °C

1000 W Halogen

T1

T1

T1

+378 °C

 2 x 70 W Halogen 24 Vac/Vdc.
 3 Phase + Neutral.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

81

PB Series Floodlights IIB

Floodlights

Lighting

Flameproof. Metal Halide, High Pressure Sodium, Mercury Vapor, Halogen
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Ordering Information – IIB Versions
Floodlights supplied with hinged mounting bracket, 1 plug, 1 M20 cable gland — 6.5 mm to 14.5 mm diameter. Lamps are not included
Lamp
Wattages

Lampholder

Lamp Type
Ellipsoidal Tubular

Voltage
(+/-10%)

Weight
kg

Volume
dm³

Catalog Number


High Pressure Sodium
150

E40

230/240 V, 50 Hz

x

x

29.3

79.4

PBAL15XJB

250

E40

230/240 V, 50 Hz

x

x

30.3

79.4

PBAL25XJB

400

E40

230/240 V, 50 Hz

–

x

31.8

79.4

PBAL40XJB

250

E40

230/240 V, 50 Hz

x

x

29.3

79.4

PBAM25XJB

400

E40

230/240 V, 50 Hz

–

x

29.8

79.4

PBAM40XJB

250

E40

230/240 V, 50 Hz

x

x

30.3

79.4

PBAH25XJB

400

E40

230/240 V, 50 Hz

–

x

31.8

79.4

PBAH40XJB

Mercury Vapor

Metal Halide

Halogen
500/1000

E40

–

–

x

26.3

79.4

PBAZ50B

2 x 70

H3

24 Vac/Vdc, 50 Hz

–

–

27.3

79.4

PBAZ70BTB 

Accessories
Catalog Number
Galvanized Steel Hinged Brackets
PBHBG
Pole/Tube Mounting Galvanized Steel Brackets
1-1/4" to 1-1/2"

PNHC49G

2"

PNHC60G

Flat Surface Mounting Galvanized Steel Brackets
PNSBG
Screwed-on Overhead Diffuser

PBGDG

Screwed-on Protective Guard
PBPGZ

 Supplied with 2 x 70 W H3 bulbs, 24 Vac/Vdc.
 Terminal block with 2 more terminals for wiring with 3 phases plus Neutral in 380/415 V: add suffix -T at the end of the catalog number.
 Asymmetrical light distribution is available, add suffix -A to end of catalog number.
Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.

82

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

PB Series Floodlights IIB

Flameproof. Metal Halide, High Pressure Sodium, Mercury Vapor, Halogen
Lighting

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Floodlights

Dimensions in Millimeters (Inches)
Hinged Bracket Mounting

Flat Surface Mounting
Oblong Holes
9 mm x 10 mm (0.35" x 0.40")
654 mm (25.75")

347 mm
(13.66")

750 mm
(29.53")

218 mm
(8.58")

426 mm
(16.77")
158 mm
(6.22")

Pole Mounting

300 mm
(11.81")

341 mm
(13.43")

50 mm
(1.97")

    Oblong Holes
12.5 mm x 24 mm (0.50" x 1.00")

Photometrics
Polar curves for a 1000 lm flux, according to NF C 71-120
Luminaire symbol according to NF C 71-121
Narrow beam Metal Halide 250 W
Efficiency 68.3%
NF C 71-121: 0.68B
Candela Distribution
0-180 90-270
150°
0
505
505
Degrees
5
515
499
10
512
469
15
501
403
20
476
312
25
453
248
30
427
190
35
394
146
40
368
117
45
290
97
50
160
12
55
51
7
60
34
4
65
15
4
0°
70
6
4
Wide beam Metal Halide 250 W
Efficiency 67.9%
NF C 71-121: 0.68C
Candela Distribution
0-180 90-270
150°
0
301
301
Degrees
5
303
318
10
299
342
15
294
387
20
287
382
25
286
306
30
271
237
35
231
208
40
172
186
45
133
140
50
83
104
55
48
18
60
34
8
65
23
6
0°
70
6
6

120°
105°
90°
75°
60°
45°

30°
15°

120°
105°
90°
75°
60°
45°

30°
15°

Narrow beam Metal Halide 400 W 
Efficiency 49.3%
NF C 71-121: 0.49C
Candela Distribution
0-180 90-270
150°
0
217
217
Degrees
5
210
219
10
218
231
15
223
205
20
238
193
25
255
148
30
266
132
35
263
130
40
244
116
45
201
104
50
136
37
55
85
15
60
51
8
65
28
6
0°
70
5
4
Wide beam Metal Halide 400 W 
Efficiency 46.7%
NF C 71-121: 0.46C
Candela Distribution
0-180 90-270
150°
0
105
105
Degrees
5
104
106
10
108
130
15
124
165
20
148
177
25
167
183
30
165
147
35
142
127
40
116
113
45
74
115
50
52
103
55
48
40
60
44
13
65
34
9
0°
70
18
6

Longitudinal
Transverse

120°
105°
90°
75°
60°
45°

30°
15°

120°
105°
90°
75°
60°
45°

30°
15°

Narrow beam Halogen 1000 W
Efficiency 59.2%
NF C 71-121: 0.59B
Candela Distribution
0-180 90-270
150°
0
417
417
Degrees
5
406
418
10
419
399
15
419
330
20
408
266
25
398
218
30
371
177
35
344
142
40
295
115
45
213
98
50
135
12
55
68
7
60
34
4
65
16
3
0°
70
5
3
Wide beam Halogen 1000 W
Efficiency 57.7%
NF C 71-121: 0.57C
Candela Distribution
0-180 90-270
0
251
251
Degrees
5
244
255
10
247
272
15
245
293
20
237
306
25
229
262
30
213
213
35
194
188
40
163
161
45
120
133
50
82
105
55
52
18
60
35
8
65
20
5
70
8
5

150°

120°
105°
90°
75°
60°
45°

30°
15°

120°
105°
90°
75°
60°
45°

30°
0°

15°

 400 W Metal Halide: Efficiency rate lower than 250 W due to thermal deflector between glass and lamp, requested for T3.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

83

PC Series Floodlights IIC

Floodlights

Lighting

Flameproof. Metal Halide, High Pressure Sodium, Mercury Vapor, Halogen
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Applications
• Designed for large area lighting in industrial outdoor and indoor
hazardous areas.
• Ideal for use in Zones 1 and 2 and 21 and 22 in the oil and gas
industry. In locations such as: refineries, pipelines, warehouses,
offshore platforms and drilling rigs.

Features
• Gray epoxy painted light marine grade aluminum housing and
door.
• Fast and easy lamp replacement via threaded cover on the side
of the fixture. The cover is fitted with a short safety chain.
• Lampholder can be easily field-adjusted for either a narrow or
wide beam.
• Fixtures operate safely in high ambient temperatures up to +55 °C  
and in low ambient temperature up to -25 ºC.
• Electrical components (ballast, ignitor and capacitor) are
thermally separated from the lighting compartment with an
insulating protection, providing extended life.
• Easy and efficient wiring due to separate Ex e terminal box
with wiring onto 2 captive terminals 2 x 6 mm2; 2 internal earth
terminals capacity 6 mm2 and 1 external earth terminal capacity
4 mm2.
• 2 x M20 clearance holes throughwire cable entries supplied
with:
— One Ex e unarmored cable gland — sealing diameter 6.5 mm
to 14.5 mm
— One blanking plug
— Two M20 locknuts
• For use with either tubular or ellipsoidal shape lamps. See
ordering information for details.
• Choice of mounting with galvanized hinged bracket fixed
mounting or tube/pole mounting with galvanized brackets.
• Thermoshock and impact-resistant glass factory sealed into the
floodlight body.
• Operates in any position.
• Reversible hinge allows for fixture access from either side.
• Internal symmetric reflector.

Standard Materials
•
•
•
•
•
•

Housing and door: copperfree marine-grade aluminum alloy
Lens: toughened safety glass
Reflector: bright highly polished aluminum
Bolts: stainless steel bolt
Cable gland and blanking plug: polyamide
Locknut: nickel plated brass

Certifications and Compliances
ATEX/IECEx Certification
• Certification Type: PJd
— Gas: Zone 1 and 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex de IIC
– Temperature class: See Table on following page
— Dust: Zone 21 - 22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:   II 2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
– Surface Temperature: See Table on following page
— Ambient Temperature: standard fixture: -20 °C ≤ Ta ≤ +55 °C ;
with asymmetrical optic "C": -25 °C  
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50207
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 99/ ATEX 6002
— IECEx Certificate: IECEx LCI 04.0020
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66/67
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK10

EURASEC Certification
— EURASEC  N° TC  RU C-FR.ГБ05.B.00912

Others Certification
— INMETRO Certificate: BVC12.2098

Standard Finishes
• Housing and door: gray epoxy powder paint

Options
• Other voltages, please contact your sales representative.
• Terminal block with 2 more terminals for wiring with 3 phases
plus Neutral in 380/415 V (loop in/loop out wiring possible): add
suffix -T at the end of the catalog number.
• Asymmetrical light distribution is available, add suffix -A to end
of catalog number.
• Screwed-on overhead diffuser out of galvanized steel with black
painting (see accessories).
• Screwed-on zinc-coated protection guard (see accessories).

 Inmetro certification available on special request only. Contact your local sales for more information

84

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

PC Series Floodlights IIC

Flameproof. Metal Halide, High Pressure Sodium, Mercury Vapor, Halogen
Lighting

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Floodlights

Order using catalog numbering guide below or select catalog number from the following pages.
Catalog Numbering Guide — PC Series Floodlights
PCA

H

Series:
PCA - PC Series
Floodlight IIC
Zone 1, 2, 21, 22
ATEX/IECEx Certified

15

XJ

Lamp Wattage:
15 - 150 W
25 - 250 W
40 - 400 W
50 - 500 or 1000 W Halogen
60 - 600 W

Lamp Type:
H - Metal Halide
L - High Pressure Sodium
M - Mercury Vapor
Z - Halogen

B

T

Bracket:
B - Hinged Bracket Included

Voltage:
XJ - 230/240 Vac, 50 Hz
(Magnetic Ballast)

Options:
T - Extra Terminals 
A - Asymmetrical
Optic
C -25 °C Ambient
Temperature

T Rating (Gas) and Surface Temperature (Dust) Table
Lamp Type and Wattage

+40 °C

Gas Temperature Rating According to Ta
+50 °C
+55 °C

Dust
Surface Temperature °C

150 W High Pressure Sodium

T4

T3

T3

+145 °C

250 W High Pressure Sodium

T3

T3

T3

+195 °C

250 W Metal Halide

T3

T3

T3

+197 °C

250 W Mercury Vapor

T3

T3

T3

+194 °C

400 W High Pressure Sodium

T3

T3

T3

+189 °C

400 W Metal Halide

T3

T3

T3

+193 °C

400 W Mercury Vapor

T3

T3

T3

+195 °C

600 W High Pressure Sodium

T2

T2

T2

+257 °C

500 W Halogen

T2

T2

T2

+267 °C

1000 W Halogen

T1

T1

T1

+378 °C

 3 Phase + Neutral.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

85

PC Series Floodlights IIC

Floodlights

Lighting

Flameproof. Metal Halide, High Pressure Sodium, Mercury Vapor, Halogen
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Ordering Information – IIC Versions
Floodlights supplied with hinged mounting bracket, 1 plug, 1 M20 cable gland — 6.5 mm to 14.5 mm diameter. Lamps are not included.
Lamp
Wattages

Lampholder

Voltage (+/-10%)

Lamp Type

Weight
kg

Volume
dm³

Catalog Number 

High Pressure Sodium
150

E40

230/240 V, 50 Hz

x

x

29.0

104.4

PCAL15XJB

250

E40

230/240 V, 50 Hz

x

x

30.0

104.4

PCAL25XJB

400

E40

230/240 V, 50 Hz

—

x

32.0

104.4

PCAL40XJB

600

E40

230/240 V, 50 Hz

—

x

35.0

104.4

PCAL60XJB

250

E40

230/240 V, 50 Hz

x

x

30.0

104.4

PCAM25XJB

400

E40

230/240 V, 50 Hz

—

x

30.5

104.4

PCAM40XJB

250

E40

230/240 V, 50 Hz

x

x

30.0

104.4

PCAH25XJB

400

E40

230/240 V, 50 Hz

—

x

32.0

104.4

PCAH40XJB

E40

—

—

x

27.0

104.4

PCAZ50B

Mercury Vapor

Metal Halide

Halogen
500/1000

 Terminal block with 2 more terminals for wiring with 3 phases plus Neutral in 380/415 V: add suffix -T at the end of the catalog number.
 Asymmetrical light distribution is available, add suffix -A to end of catalog number.
Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.

86

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

PC Series Floodlights IIC

Flameproof. Metal Halide, High Pressure Sodium, Mercury Vapor, Halogen
Lighting

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Catalog Number
Standard Galvanized Steel Hinged Mounting Bracket Replacement Part
PCHBG
Optional Galvanized Steel Mounting Brackets
1-1/4" to 1-1/2"

PCHC49G

2"

PCHC60G

Pole/Tube Mounting

Pole/Tube

Flat Surface

PCSBG

Flat Surface Mounting

Screwed-on Overhead Diffuser
PCGDG
Screwed-on Protective Guard
PCPGZ
Visor — Secured With 2 Screws
PCVG

Dimensions in Millimeters (Inches)
Hinged Bracket Mounting
    Oblong Holes
12.5 mm x 24 mm
(0.50" x 1.00")

Flat Surface Mounting

Oblong Holes
9 mm x 10 mm (0.35" x 0.40")

416.5 mm (16.40")
375 mm
(14.763")

150 mm (5.91")
Quick
Access to
the Lamp
265 mm
(10.43")

Pole Mounting

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

87

Floodlights

Accessories

PC Series Floodlights IIC

Floodlights

Lighting

Flameproof. Metal Halide, High Pressure Sodium, Mercury Vapor, Halogen
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Photometrics
Polar curves for a 1000 lm flux, according to NF C 71-120
Luminaire symbol according to NF C 71-121
Narrow beam Metal Halide 250 W
Efficiency 68.3%
NF C 71-121: 0.68B

Longitudinal
Transverse

Narrow beam Metal Halide 400 W 
Efficiency 49.3%
NF C 71-121: 0.49C

Candela Distribution

Candela Distribution

0-180 90-270

0-180 90-270

Narrow beam Halogen 1000 W
Efficiency 59.2%
NF C 71-121: 0.59B
Candela Distribution
0-180 90-270

0

505

505

0

217

217

0

417

417

5

515

499

5

210

219

5

406

418

10

512
469
Degrees

15

501

20

150°

120°
105°

10

218
231
Degrees

403

90°

15

223

476

312

75°

20

25

453

248

60°

30

427

190

35

394

146

40

368

45

290

50

160

12

55

51

7

60

34

4

65

15

70

6

150°

120°

150°

120°

105°

10

419
399
Degrees

205

90°

15

419

330

90°

238

193

75°

20

408

266

75°

25

255

148

60°

25

398

218

60°

30

266

132

30

371

177

35

263

130

35

344

142

117

40

244

116

40

295

115

97

45

201

104

45

213

98

50

136

37

50

135

12

55

85

15

55

68

7

60

51

8

60

34

4

4

65

28

6

65

16

3

4

70

5

4

70

5

3

45°

30°
0°

15°

Wide beam Metal Halide 250 W
Efficiency 67.9%
NF C 71-121: 0.68C

45°

30°
0°

15°

Wide beam Metal Halide 400 W 
Efficiency 46.7%
NF C 71-121: 0.46C

Candela Distribution

Candela Distribution

0-180 90-270

0-180 90-270
0

105

105

0

251

251

5

303

318

5

104

106

5

244

255

15

294

20

120°
105°

10

108
130
Degrees

387

90°

15

124

287

382

75°

20

25

286

306

60°

30

271

237

35

231

208

40

172

45

133

50

83

104

55

48

18

60

34

8

65

23

70

6

0°

15°

150°

120°

0-180 90-270

301
150°

30°

Candela Distribution

301

299
342
Degrees

45°

Wide beam Halogen 1000 W
Efficiency 57.7%
NF C 71-121: 0.57C

0
10

105°

150°

120°
105°

10

247
272
Degrees

165

90°

15

245

293

90°

148

177

75°

20

237

306

75°

25

167

183

60°

25

229

262

60°

30

165

147

30

213

213

35

142

127

35

194

188

186

40

116

113

40

163

161

140

45

74

115

45

120

133

50

52

103

50

82

105

55

48

40

55

52

18

60

44

13

60

35

8

6

65

34

9

65

20

5

6

70

18

6

70

8

5

45°

30°
0°

15°

45°

30°
0°

15°

105°

45°

30°
0°

15°

 400 W Metal Halide: Efficiency rate lower than 250 W due to thermal deflector between glass and lamp, requested for T3.

88

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

PL Series Floodlights IIB Low temperature

Flameproof. Metal Halide, High Pressure Sodium, Mercury Vapor, Halogen 
Lighting

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Floodlights

Applications
• Designed for large area lighting in industrial outdoor and indoor
hazardous areas.
• Ideal for use in Zones 1 and 2 and 21 and 22 in the oil and gas
industry. In locations such as: refineries, pipelines, warehouses,
offshore platforms and drilling rigs.

Features
• Gray epoxy painted light marine grade aluminum housing
and door.
• The cover is fitted with a short safety chain.
• Lampholder can be easily field-adjustable for either a narrow or
wide beam.
• Fixtures operate safely in high ambient temperatures up to +55 °C  
and in low ambient temperature up to -40 ºC .
• Electrical components (ballast, ignitor and capacitor) are
thermally separated from the lighting compartment with an
insulating protection, providing extended life.
• Easy and efficient wiring due to separate Ex e terminal box
with wiring onto 2 captive terminals 2 x 6 mm2; 2 internal earth
terminals capacity 6 mm2 and 1 external earth terminal capacity
4 mm2.
• 2 x 20 mm clearance holes throughwire cable entries supplied
with:
— One Ex e unarmored cable gland — 6.5 mm to 14.5 mm
sealing diameter.
— One blanking plug.
— Two M20 locknuts.
• For use with either tubular or ellipsoidal shape lamps. See
ordering information for details.
• Choice of mounting with galvanized hinged bracket fixed
mounting or tube/pole mounting with galvanized brackets.
• Thermoshock and impact-resistant glass factory sealed into the
cover frame.
• Operates in wall-mounting or down lighting applications.
• Reversible hinge allows for fixture access from either side.
• E40 or H3 lampholders for the 2 x 70 W Vac/Vdc halogen
version.
• Internal symmetric reflector.

ATEX/IECEx Certifications and Compliances
• Certification Type: PJd
— Gas: Zone 1 and 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:   II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex de IIB
– Temperature Class: See Table on following page
— Dust: Zone 21 - 22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:   II 2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
– Surface Temperature: See Table on following page
— Ambient Temperature: -40 °C ≤ Ta ≤ +55 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50207
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 99/ ATEX 6002
— IECEx Certificate: IECEx LCI 04.0020
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66/67
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK10

EURASEC Certification
— EURASEC  N° TC  RU C-FR.ГБ05.B.00912

Others Certification
— INMETRO Certificate: BVC12.2098

Standard Materials
•
•
•
•
•
•

Housing and door: copperfree marine-grade aluminum alloy
Lens: toughened safety glass
Reflector: bright highly polished aluminum
Bolts: stainless steel bolt
Cable gland and blanking plug: polyamide
Locknut: nickel plated brass

Standard Finishes
• Housing and door: gray epoxy powder paint

Options
• 1000 W HP Sodium with separate Ex d housing for ballast.
• Other voltages, please contact your sales representative.
• Terminal block with 2 more terminals for wiring with 3 phases
plus Neutral in 380/415 V (loop in/loop out wiring possible): add
suffix -T at the end of the catalog number.
• Asymmetrical light distribution is available, add suffix -A to end
of catalog number.
• Screwed-on overhead diffuser out of galvanized steel with black
painting (see accessories).
• Screwed-on zinc-coated protection guard (see accessories).
 Inmetro certification available on special request only. Contact your local sales for more information
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

89

PL Series Floodlights IIB Low temperature

Floodlights

Lighting

Flameproof. Metal Halide, High Pressure Sodium, Mercury Vapor, Halogen
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Order using catalog numbering guide below or select catalog number from the following pages.
Catalog Numbering Guide — PL Series Floodlights
PLA

H

PLA - PL Series
Floodlight IIB     
Low Temperature Rating 
Zone 1, 2, 21, 22
ATEX/IECEx Certified

15

XJ

Lamp Wattage:
15 - 150 W
25 - 250 W
40 - 400 W
50 - 500 or 1000 W Halogen
1K - 1000 W 

Lamp Type:
H - Metal Halide
L - High Pressure Sodium
M - Mercury Vapor
Z - Halogen

B

T

Bracket:
B - Hinged Bracket Included

Voltage:
XJ - 220 Vac, 50 Hz
(Magnetic Ballast)
XJ - 230/240 Vac, 50 Hz
(Magnetic Ballast)

Options:
T - Extra Terminals 
A - Asymmetrical
Optic

T Rating (Gas) and Surface Temperature (Dust) Table
Lamp Type and Wattage

+40 °C

Gas Temperature Rating According to Ta
+50 °C
+55 °C

Dust
Surface Temperature °C

150 W High Pressure Sodium

T4

T3

T3

+145 °C

250 W High Pressure Sodium

T4

T3

T3

+145 °C

250 W Metal Halide

T3

T3

T3

+197 °C

250 W Mercury Vapor

T3

T3

T3

+194 °C

400 W High Pressure Sodium

T4

T3

T3

+144 °C

400 W Metal Halide

T3

T3

T3

+193 °C

400 W Mercury Vapor

T3

T3

T3

+195 °C

600 W High Pressure Sodium

T2

T2

T2

+257 °C

500 W Halogen

T2

T2

T2

+267 °C

1000 W Halogen

T1

T1

T1

+378 °C

 Only for 250 W and 400 W Versions.
 Available for High Pressure Sodium Lamp Only + Separate Gear Box.
 3 Phase + Neutral.

90

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

PL Series Floodlights IIB Low temperature

Flameproof. Metal Halide, High Pressure Sodium, Mercury Vapor, Halogen
Lighting

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Floodlights supplied with hinged mounting bracket, 1 plug, 1 M20 cable gland — 6.5 mm to 14.5 mm diameter. Lamps are not included
Lamp
Wattages

Voltage
(+/-10%)

Lampholder

Lamp Type
Ellipsoidal
Tubular

Weight
kg

Volume
dm³

Catalog Number


High Pressure Sodium
250

E40

230/240 V 50 Hz

x

x

37.5

104.4

PLAL25XJB

400

E40

220 V 50 Hz

x

x

37.5

104.4

PLAL40XAB

–

x

34.0

104.4

PLAZ50B

Halogen
500/1000

E40

Accessories and Replacement Parts
Catalog Number
Galvanized Steel Hinged Brackets
PLHBG
Galvanized Steel Brackets
1-1/4" to 1-1/2"

PNHC49G

2"

PNHC60G

Pole/Tube Mounting

Pole/Tube

PNSBG

Flat Surface Mounting

Flat Surface

Dimensions in Millimeters (Inches)
Hinged Bracket Mounting
50 mm (1.97")

Quick
access to
component
with
threaded
cover

378.5 mm (14.90")

353.5 mm
(13.92")
Quick
access to
lamp

396 mm (15.95")
587 mm (23.11")

Flat Surface Mounting
250 mm
(9.84")

395 mm (15.55")

Pole Mounting

Oblong Holes
9 mm x 10 mm
(0.35" x 0.40")

4xØ
12.5 mm
(0.49")

 Hinged bracket available: add suffix -B at the end of the catalog number.
 Terminal block with 2 more terminals for wiring with 3 phases plus Neutral in 380/415 V: add suffix -T at the end of the catalog number.
 Asymmetrical light distribution is available, add suffix -A to end of catalog number.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

91

Floodlights

Ordering Information – IIB Low Temperature Versions

PL Series Floodlights IIB Low temperature

Floodlights

Lighting

Flameproof. Metal Halide, High Pressure Sodium, Mercury Vapor, Halogen
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Photometric Data
Polar curves for a 1000 lm flux, according to NF C 71-120
Luminaire symbol according to NF C 71-121
Narrow beam Metal Halide 250 W
Efficiency 68.3%
NF C 71-121: 0.68B
Candela Distribution
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70

0-180 90-270
505
505
Degrees
515
499
512
469
501
403
476
312
453
248
427
190
394
146
368
117
290
97
160
12
51
7
34
4
15
4
6
4

150°

Narrow beam Metal Halide 400 W 
Efficiency 49.3%
NF C 71-121: 0.49C
Candela Distribution
120°
105°
90°
75°
60°
45°

30°
0°

15°

Wide beam Metal Halide 250 W
Efficiency 67.9%
NF C 71-121: 0.68C
Candela Distribution
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70

0-180 90-270
301
301
Degrees
303
318
299
342
294
387
287
382
286
306
271
237
231
208
172
186
133
140
83
104
48
18
34
8
23
6
6
6

Longitudinal
Transverse

0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70

0-180 90-270
217
217
Degrees
210
219
218
231
223
205
238
193
255
148
266
132
263
130
244
116
201
104
136
37
85
15
51
8
28
6
5
4

150°

Narrow beam Halogen 1000 W
Efficiency 59.2%
NF C 71-121: 0.59B
Candela Distribution
120°
105°
90°
75°
60°
45°

30°
0°

15°

Wide beam Metal Halide 400 W 
Efficiency 46.7%
NF C 71-121: 0.46C
Candela Distribution
150°

120°
105°
90°
75°
60°
45°

30°
0°

15°

0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70

0-180 90-270
105
105
Degrees
104
106
108
130
124
165
148
177
167
183
165
147
142
127
116
113
74
115
52
103
48
40
44
13
34
9
18
6

150°

0-180 90-270
417
417
Degrees
406
418
419
399
419
330
408
266
398
218
371
177
344
142
295
115
213
98
135
12
68
7
34
4
16
3
5
3

150°

120°
105°
90°
75°
60°
45°

30°
0°

15°

150°

120°

Wide beam Halogen 1000 W
Efficiency 57.7%
NF C 71-121: 0.57C
Candela Distribution
120°
105°
90°
75°
60°
45°

30°
0°

0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70

15°

0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70

0-180 90-270
251
251
Degrees
244
255
247
272
245
293
237
306
229
262
213
213
194
188
163
161
120
133
82
105
52
18
35
8
20
5
8
5

105°
90°
75°
60°
45°

30°
0°

15°

 400 W Metal Halide: Efficiency rate lower than 250 W due to thermal deflector between glass and lamp, requested for T3.

92

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

PN Areamaster Series Floodlights

Zone 2 – 21 and 22. Metal Halide, High Pressure Sodium, Mercury Vapor
Lighting

Listed for si­mul­ta­ne­ous ex­po­sure to gas, com­bust­i­ble dusts and flam­ma­ble gas­es or va­pors.
Zone 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Floodlights

Applications
• Powerful, efficient floodlights for large areas such as industrial
complexes and ship loading areas.
• Rated for use in hazardous areas.

Features
• Highly efficient, integrally ballasted floodlight. Has compact,
lightweight, yet rugged die cast aluminum construction.
• Simple installation and maintenance.
• Integral ballast: 230/240 V, 50 Hz
• One piece lens cover.
• Heavy duty, high temperature silicone rubber gasket, firmly
seated.
• Socket: E40 (E27 for 70 W HPS version).
• Reflectors: double segment compound parabolic with finish for
maximum efficiency.
• Mounting: yoke mount.
• 2 x M20 clearance entries with one plug

Standard Materials
• Ballast housing and lens door: copperfree (4/10 of 1% max.)
aluminum
• Gasket: silicone rubber
• Socket: heavy duty porcelain with heavy gauge brass shell
• Reflector: finished aluminum
• Yoke mount: zinc plated steel
• Bolts: stainless steel

Standard Finishes
• Ballast housing, lens cover, yoke and pole mount: architectural
bronze polyester
• Socket: porcelain

Certifications and Compliances

EURASEC Certification
— EURASEC  N° TC  RU C-FR.ГБ05.B.00912

Others Certification
• Size M - Certification Type: PJn
— INMETRO Certificate: BVC 11.0394-X 

ATEX or ATEX//IECEx Certification
• Certification Type: PJn
— Gas: Zone 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:   II 3 G
– Type of Protection: Ex nR IIC Gc
– Temperature Class: T2 to T4
– Ambient Temperature: -40 °C to +55 °C
(-40 °C to +50 °C for body size L)
– ATEX Certificate: LCIE 08 ATEX 6035X
– IECEx Certificate: IECEx LCI 04.0015
— Dust: Zone 22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:   II 3 D
– Type of Protection: Ex t IIIC Dc
– Surface Temperature: T117 °C to T228 °C
– Ambient Temperature: -40 °C to +55 °C
(-40 °C to +50 °C for body size L)
– ATEX Certificate: LCIE 08 ATEX 6035X
– IECEx Certificate: IECEx LCI 04.0015
— Dust: Zone 21
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:   II 2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
– Surface Temperature: T65 °C to T182 °C
– Ambient Temperature: -20 °C to +40 °C
– CE Declaration of Conformity: 50274
– ATEX Certificate: LCIE 02 ATEX 6246X
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK07 with glass diffuser,
IK08 with polycarbonate diffuser
 Inmetro certification available on special request only. Contact your local sales for more information
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

93

PN Areamaster Series Floodlights

Floodlights

Lighting

Zone 2 – 21 and 22. Metal Halide, High Pressure Sodium, Mercury Vapor
Listed for si­mul­ta­ne­ous ex­po­sure to gas, com­bust­i­ble dusts and flam­ma­ble gas­es or va­pors.
Zone 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Order using catalog numbering guide below or select catalog number from tables on following pages.
Catalog Numbering Guide — Areamaster ATEX PN Series Floodlights
PN

M

Series:
PN - PN Series
Zone 21 ATEX certified
Zone 2–22 ATEX/IECEx certified

Body Size:
P - Small
M - Medium
L - Large

1

L

Mounting:
1 - Yoke
5 - Pole Slip-fit

25

A

Wattage:
70 - 70 W
15 - 150 W
25 - 250 W
40 - 400 W 
99 - 1000 W 

Lamp Type:
H - Metal Halide
L - High Pressure Sodium
M - Mercury Vapor

G

XJ

Diffuser:
G - Glass
P - Polycarbonate 

Entry Size:
A - M20

S
Options:
S - Stainless Steel
Housing

Options:
225 - 220 Vac, 50 Hz
(Magnetic Ballast)
XJ - 230/240 Vac, 50 Hz
(Magnetic Ballast)

 400 Watt is rated for Zones 21-22 and 1000 Watt is rated for Zones 2-22 when used with large body. Select glass diffuser.
 Polycarbonate diffuser is not rated for use in Zones 2-22.

94

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

PN Areamaster Series Floodlights

Zone 2 – 21 and 22. Metal Halide, High Pressure Sodium, Mercury Vapor
Lighting

Listed for si­mul­ta­ne­ous ex­po­sure to gas, com­bust­i­ble dusts and flam­ma­ble gas­es or va­pors.
Zone 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Floodlights

Zone 21 (Dust)
Dust Surface Temperatures for Ta = +40 °C

Operating Position
Lamp Type and Wattage
70 W High Pressure Sodium
150 W High Pressure Sodium
Body Size:
250 W High Pressure Sodium
M
250 W Metal Halide
250 W Mercury
400 W High Pressure Sodium
Body Size:
1000 W High Pressure Sodium
L
1000 W Metal Halide

Glass Diffuser
+75 °C
+101 °C
+127 °C
+123 °C
+136 °C
+126 °C
+177 °C
+182 °C

Polycarbonate Diffuser
+65 °C
+91 °C
+117 °C
+113 °C
+131 °C
+121 °C
–
–

Time Before Opening
in Minutes
50
25
15
15
15
30
30
30

T° Class for Ta = +40 °C
T4
T4
T4
T3
T3
T3
T3
T2
T2
T3
T3

T° Class for Ta = +50 °C
T4
T4
T4
T3
T3
T3
T3 — Cable T ° = +87 °C
T2 — Cable T ° = +84 °C
T2 — Cable T ° = +84 °C
T3
T3

T° Class for Ta = +55 °C
T4
T4
T4
T3 — Cable T ° = +82 °C
T3
T3 — Cable T ° = +81 °C
T2 — Cable T ° = +92 °C
T2 — Cable T ° = +89 °C
T2 — Cable T ° = +89 °C
–
–

Surface T° for Ta = +55 °C
+117 °C
+130 °C

Spreading cable for Ta = +50 °C
–
–

Spreading cable for Ta = +55 °C
–
–

+128 °C

–

–

+160 °C
+175 °C
+181 °C
+198 °C

–
–
–
Cable T ° = +87 °C

Cable T ° = +82 °C
–
Cable T ° = +81 °C
Cable T ° = +92 °C

+228 °C

Cable T ° = +84 °C

Cable T ° = +89 °C

+227 °C
+187 °C  
for Ta = +50 °C
+192 °C  
for Ta = +50 °C

Cable T ° = +84 °C

Cable T ° = +89 °C

Cable T ° = +90 °C

–

Cable T ° = +90 °C

–

Zone 2 (Gas)
Lamp Type and Wattage
70 W High Pressure Sodium
150 W High Pressure Sodium
150 W Metal Halide
250 W High Pressure Sodium
Body Size:
250 W Metal Halide
M
250 W Mercury
400 W High Pressure Sodium
400 W Metal Halide
400 W Mercury
Body Size: 1000 W High Pressure Sodium
L
1000 W Metal Halide
Zone 22 (Dust)
Lamp Type and Wattage
70 W High Pressure Sodium
150 W High Pressure Sodium
150 W Metal Halide
250 W High Pressure Sodium
Body Size:
250 W Metal Halide
M
250 W Mercury
400 W High Pressure Sodium
400 W Metal Halide
400 W Mercury
Body Size:
L

1000 W High Pressure Sodium
1000 W Metal Halide

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

95

PN Areamaster Series Floodlights

Floodlights

Lighting

Zone 2 – 21 and 22. Metal Halide, High Pressure Sodium, Mercury Vapor
Listed for si­mul­ta­ne­ous ex­po­sure to gas, com­bust­i­ble dusts and flam­ma­ble gas­es or va­pors.
Zone 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Lamp Type and
Wattage

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Permissible lamps
(not supplied)

Socket

Body Size

Catalog Number 

Standard with Lamp Glass Sealed on Frame
70 W HPS

12.1

62.5

Ovoid/Tubular

E27

Medium

PNM1L70AGXJ

150 W HPS

12.9

62.5

Ovoid/Tubular

E40

Medium

PNM1L15AGXJ

250 W HPS

14.3

62.5

Ovoid/Tubular

E40

Medium

PNM1L25AGXJ

400 W HPS

16.0

62.5

Ovoid/Tubular

E40

Medium

PNM1L40AGXJ 

400 W HPS

–

–

Ovoid/Tubular

E40

Large

PNL1L40AGXJ 

150 W MH

12.9

62.5

Ovoid/Tubular

E40

Medium

PNM1H15AGXJ

250 W MH

14.3

62.5

Ovoid/Tubular

E40

Medium

PNM1H25AGXJ

400 W MH

16.0

62.5

Tubular

E40

Medium

PNM1H40AGXJ 

400 W MH

–

–

Ovoid/Tubular

E40

Large

PNL1H40AGXJ 

250 W MV

12.9

62.5

Ovoid

E40

Medium

PNM1M25AGXJ

400 W MV

13.8

62.5

Ovoid/Tubular

E40

Medium

PNM1M40AGXJ 

With External Polycarbonate Weatherproof Protection 
70 W HPS

13.2

62.5

Ovoid/Tubular

E40

Medium

PNM1L70APXJ

150 W HPS

14.0

62.5

Ovoid/Tubular

E40

Medium

PNM1L15APXJ

250 W HPS

15.4

62.5

Ovoid/Tubular

E40

Medium

PNM1L25APXJ

400 W HPS

–

–

Ovoid/Tubular

E40

Large

150 W MH

14.0

62.5

Ovoid/Tubular

E40

Medium

PNM1H15APXJ

250 W MH

15.4

62.5

Ovoid/Tubular

E40

Medium

PNM1H25APXJ

400 W MH

–

–

Ovoid/Tubular

E40

Large

PNL1H40APXJ

250 W MV

14.0

62.5

Ovoid

E40

Medium

PNL1L40APXJ 

PNM1M25APXJ 

 400 Watt is rated for Zones 21-22 and 1000 Watt is rated for Zones 2-22 when used with large body. Select glass diffuser.
 Polycarbonate diffuser is not rated for use in Zones 2-22.
 For a 220 Vac, 50 Hz, magnetic ballast, replace the letters XJ in the 10th and 11th positions with the letters 225; example: PNP1L70AG225.
Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.

96

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

PN Areamaster Series Floodlights

Zone 2 – 21 and 22. Metal Halide, High Pressure Sodium, Mercury Vapor
Lighting

Listed for si­mul­ta­ne­ous ex­po­sure to gas, com­bust­i­ble dusts and flam­ma­ble gas­es or va­pors.
Zone 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Floodlights

Accessories
Description

Catalog Number

Fall Prevention Kit
1.2 m stainless steel chain for M20 cable entry

FESCM20

Slip-Fitter Adapter — fits medium body (Size M)

GSF20

Slip-Fitter Adapter — fits large body/1000 Watt floodlight (Size L)

GAM8SF

Dimensions in Millimeters (Inches)

Photometric Data

Lamps: 70 W High Pressure Sodium

Size M
197 mm (7.76”)

460.0 mm (16.92”)

197 mm
(7.36”)

Polar curves for a 1000 lm flux, according to NF C 71-120
Luminaire symbol according to NF C 71-121
Candelas
(0-180)
(90-270)

141.0 mm
(5.55”)
89.0 mm
(3.50”)
70.5 mm
(2.78”)

51.0 mm
(2.01”)

410.0 mm (16.14”)

Degrees

(3) Mounting Holes
14.0 mm (0.55”)
130.0 mm
(5.12”)

89 mm
(3.50”)

55.0 mm
(2.17”)

Size L
563.0 mm (22.17”)

141.0 mm
(5.55”)
89.0 mm
(3.50”)

(3) Mounting Holes
13.8 mm (0.54”)

343.0 mm
(13.50”)

51.0 mm
(2.01”)

563.0 mm (22.17”)

500.0 mm (19.68”)

285.0 mm
(11.22”)

130.0 mm
(5.12”)
92.0 mm
(3.62”)

Degrees

0

487

5

439

461

10

416

387

15

372

324

20

208

290

25

129

294

30

116

319

35

111

318

40

101

289

45

86

193

50

70

150

55

84

141

60

62

132

65

22

88

70

9

15

Total Luminaire Efficiency = 74.6%

487

Longitudinal
Transverse

92.0 mm
(3.62”)

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

97

LDP Series Wellglass Luminaires

Wellgalss Luminaires

Lighting

Flameproof. Compact Fluorescent, Halogen, Incandescent, Mixed
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Applications
• For use in hazardous locations such as plants where plastics,
paints, thinners and petrochemicals are manufactured.
• Ideal for street lighting on refinery sites or oil depots and for tank
lighting purposes.

Features
• Permissible lamps (not supplied):
— 18 to 25 W compact fluorescent lamps
— 70 to 150 W halogen lamps
— Up to 200 W incandescent lamps
— Up to 160 W mixed lamps
• E27 lamp holder.
• Threaded flame path.
• Connection to lampholder:
— 2 x 2.5 mm2 or to terminal block
— 2 x 2.5 mm2 supplied for through-wiring application.
• Suspension via integrated eye bolt for side cable entry versions.
• Supplied with one blanking plug for side cable entry versions.

Side Cable Entry Version

EURASEC Certification
— EURASEC  N° TC  RU C-FR.ГБ05.B.00912

Standard Materials
• Body and bezel: gray painted marine grade aluminum alloy
• Internal reflector: aluminum

Certifications and Compliances
ATEX Certification
• Certification Type: AB14
— Gas: Zone 1 - 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:   II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex d IIC
– Temperature Class: See Table
— Dust: Zone 21 - 22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:   II 2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
– Surface Temperature: See Table
— Ambient Temperature: -40 °C to +55 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50231
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 02 ATEX 6053
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK08
— Internal Volume: > 2 dm3 - 2 liters

Temperature Class for Gas
Ambient Temperature
Ta = +40 °C

Surface Temperature for Dust

Ambient Temperature
Ta = +50 °C

Ambient Temperature
Ta = +50 °C

Lamp Type and Wattage

Temperature
Class

Cable Entry
Temperature

Temperature
Class

Cable Entry
Temperature

Surface
Temperature

Cable Entry
Temperature

18 W Compact Fluorescent

T6

–

T5

–

+85°C

–

20 W Compact Fluorescent

T6

–

T5

–

+85°C

–

25 W Compact Fluorescent

T6

–

T5

–

+85°C

–

70 W Halogen

T4

–

T3

+90°C

+130°C

+90°C

150 W Halogen

T4

+85°C

T3

+95°C

+145°C

+95°C

160 W Mixed

T4

+115°C

T3

+125°C

+145°C

+125°C

100 W Incandescent

T4

+115°C

T3

+125°C

+145°C

+125°C

200 W Incandescent

T4

+115°C

T3

+125°C

+145°C

+125°C

98

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

LDP Series Wellglass Luminaires

Flameproof. Compact Fluorescent, Halogen, Incandescent, Mixed
Lighting

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Wellgalss Luminaires

Flameproof Wellglass Luminaires for Hazardous Areas – Ex d IIC – LDP Series
Cable Entries

Weight kg

Volume dm3

Catalog Number

2 x M20 side entries

5

35.5

LDP2M20

2 x 3/4" NPT side entries

5

35.5

LDP2075

1 x 3/4" NPT top entry

5

35.5

LDP1075

Description

Weight kg)

Volume dm3

Catalog Number

Zinc plated steel protective guard

0.4

97

LDPG3Z

Zinc plated steel hinged bracket for
installation on flat surface

1.4

3.5

LDPHBZ

3.2

97

LDER1P

Accessories
Protective Guard

Hinged Bracket

External Reflector
External white polyester reflector

Photometric Data

Dimensions in Millimeters (Inches)

200 W incandescent
Efficiency 66.5%
NF C 71-121: 0.60 H + 0.06 T

Ø 11 (0.43)

Polar curves for a 1000 lm flux, according to NF C 71-120.
Luminaire symbol according to NF C 71-121.

490 (19.29)

Longitudinal
Transverse

Candela Distribution
150° 120°
105°
90°
75°
60°

Side Cable Entries with Hinged Bracket

45°

202 (7.95)
Ø 11
(0.43)

202 (7.95)

30°
0°

15°

Side Cable Entries

288 (11.34)

0-180 90-270
274
274
318
281
Degrees
328
317
268
202
130
134
104
89
85
89
123
90
104
103
99
89
94
86
93
88
94
88
99
89
91
80

350 (13.78)

0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70

80 (3.15)

Top Cable Entry

Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

99

LDM Series Wellglass Luminaires

Wellgalss Luminaires

Lighting

Flameproof. HID, Compact Fluorescent, Halogen, Incandescent, Mixed
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Applications
• For use in hazardous locations such as plants where plastics,
paints, thinners and petrochemicals are manufactured.
• Ideal for street lighting on refinery sites or oil depots and for
tank lighting purposes.

Features
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

E27 or E40 lamp holder.
High temperature internal wiring.
Threaded flame path.
Stainless steel fastenings.
Closed by screwing on bezel.
Operates in any position.
Easy and efficient wiring due to separate Ex e terminal box with
wiring onto two captive terminals capacity 2 x 6 mm2.
• External earth terminal capacity 4 mm2.
• 2 x M20 clearance holes through-wire cable entries supplied
with one Ex e unarmored cable gland — sealing diameter 6.5 to
14.5 mm — and one blanking plug and two M20 locknuts.

LDM Version

Standard Materials
• Body and bezel: gray painted marine grade aluminum alloy
• Internal reflector: aluminum

Certifications and Compliances
ATEX/IECEx Certification
• Certification Type: LTd (Model LT1d)
— Gas: Zone 1 - 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex de IIC
– Temperature Class: See Table on following page
— Dust: Zone 21 - 22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
– Surface Temperature: See Table on following page
— Ambient Temperature: -40 °C to +55 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50246
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 02 ATEX 6165
— IECEx Certificate: IECEx LCI Ex 04.0019
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66/67
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK08

LDM Version with Guard

EURASEC Certification
— EURASEC  N° TC  RU C-FR.ГБ05.B.00912

100

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

LDM Series Wellglass Luminaires

Flameproof. HID, Compact Fluorescent, Halogen, Incandescent, Mixed
Lighting

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Ambient Temperature
Lamp Type and Wattage
18 W Compact Fluorescent
150 W Halogen
70 W High Pressure Sodium
100 W High Pressure Sodium
150 W High Pressure Sodium
80 W Mercury
125 W Mercury
160 W Mixed
100 and 200 W Incandescent

Ta = +40 °C
T6
T4
T5
T3
T3
T4
T3
T3
T4

Lighting Downward
Ta = +50 °C
T6
T4
T4
T3
T3
T4
T3
T3
T3

Ta = +55 °C
T6
T4
T4
T3
T3
T4
T3
T3
T3

Lighting Upward
Ta = +50 °C
T5
T3
T4
T3
T3
T4
T3
T3
T3

Ta = +40 °C
T6
T4
T4
T3
T3
T4
T3
T3
T3

Ta = +55 °C
T5
T3
T4
T3
T3
T4
T3
T3
T3

Surface Temperature for Dust
Ambient Temperature for Ta = +55 °C
Lamp Type and Wattage
18 W Compact Fluorescent
150 W Halogen
70 W High Pressure Sodium

Lighting Downward
+80 °C
+130 °C
+130 °C

Lighting Upward
+95 °C
+195 °C
+130 °C

100 W High Pressure Sodium

+184 °C

+184 °C

150 W High Pressure Sodium

+184 °C

+184 °C

80 W Mercury
125 W Mercury
160 W Mixed
100 and 200 W Incandescent

+130 °C
+195 °C
+195 °C
+195 °C

+130 °C
+195 °C
+195 °C
+195 °C

Flameproof Wellglass Luminaires for Hazardous Areas – Ex de IIC – LDM Series
Supplied with 1 x M20 Ex e cable gland in polyalmide diameter 6.5 to 14.5 mm and 1 x M20 blanking plug. Lamps are not supplied.
Lamp Wattages

Voltage (+/- 10%)

Lamp Type 
Ellipsoidal
Tubular

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Catalog
Number

High Pressure Sodium
70 W 

230/240 Vac, 50 Hz

X

X

9

30

LDML70AG1XJ

100 W 

230/240 Vac, 50 Hz

X

X

9

30

LDML10AG1XJ

150 W 

230/240 Vac, 50 Hz

X

X

9

30

LDML15AG1XJ

100 W 

230/240 Vac, 50 Hz

X

X

9

30

LDMH10AG1XJ

150 W 

230/240 Vac, 50 Hz

X

X

9

30

LDMH15AG1XJ

80 W 

230/240 Vac, 50 Hz

–

–

9

30

LDMM80AG1XJ

125 W 

230/240 Vac, 50 Hz

–

–

9

30

LDMM12AG1XJ

–

–

–

7.5

30

LDMF18AG1

–

–

–

7.5

30

LDMI20AG1

Metal Halide

Mercury Vapor

Compact Fluorescent
18 W
Incandescent
200 W max. 

 Ballast supplied.  For lamp with built-in ignitor.  150 W halogen or 160 W mixed lamps can be used.  Only with lamp operating in any position.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

101

Wellgalss Luminaires

T Rating for Gas

LDM Series Wellglass Luminaires
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Accessories
Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Zinc plated steel protective guard

0.4

9

LDPG1Z

External white polyester reflector

3.2

97

LDER1P

Zinc plated steel hinged bracket for installation on flat surface

3.4

3

LDMHBZ

Zinc plated steel M10 eyebolt for suspension

0.4

0.2

LDRBM10Z

Gray painted aluminum

0.9

0.6

LDMSBA

Description

Catalog Number

Protective Guard

External Reflector

Hinged Bracket

Eyebolt

Mounting Strap

Dimensions in Millimeters (Inches) — LDM Version with Hinged Bracket

Ø 11 (0.43)

353 (13.90)

230 (9.06)

120 (4.72)

517 (20.35)

Wellgalss Luminaires

Lighting

Flameproof. HID, Compact Fluorescent, Halogen, Incandescent, Mixed

295 (11.61)

Ø
232 (12.72)

Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.

102

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

LDM Series Wellglass Luminaires

Flameproof. HID, Compact Fluorescent, Halogen, Incandescent, Mixed
Lighting

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Wellgalss Luminaires

Photometric Data
Polar curves for a 1000 lm flux, according to NF C 71-120.
Luminaire symbol according to NF C 71-121.
70 W High Pressure Sodium
Efficiency 54.4%
NF C 71-121: 0.54 F

80 W Mercury
Efficiency 46.8%
NF C 71-121: 0.47 F

Candela Distribution
90-270
195
179
166
151
149
153
156
157
158
159
148
116
77
54
37

0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70

Candela Distribution
0-180
195
179
166
151
149
153
156
157
158
159
148
116
77
54
37

150° 120°
105°
90°
75°

Degrees

60°
45°

30°
0°

15°

125 W Mercury
Efficiency 48%
NF C 71-121: 0.48 F

0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70

0-180
158
154
145
138
136
135
134
133
133
133
125
98
67
45
31

150° 120°
105°
90°
75°

Degrees

60°
45°

30°
0°

15°

150 W High Pressure Sodium
Efficiency 59.3%
NF C 71-121: 0.59 D

Candela Distribution
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70

90-270
158
154
145
138
136
135
134
133
133
133
125
98
67
45
31

90-270
147
143
138
133
133
136
138
137
136
134
126
104
74
50
32

Candela Distribution
0-180
147
143
138
133
133
136
138
137
136
134
126
104
74
50
32

150° 120°
105°
90°
75°

Degrees

60°
45°

30°
0°

15°

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70
75
80
85
90

90-270
19.72
18.82
21.50
25.63
32.78
40.19
47.77
55.50
67.88
77.18
81.09
87.05
90.17
92.66
94.77
95.68
96.17
96.18
95.10

0-180
19.72
17.47
19.13
23.75
30.06
36.76
43.14
48.77
59.97
66.78
71.22
74.58
77.82
79.70
81.16
82.02
82.11
81.94
80.31

150°   120°           105°
90°
75°

60°

0°     15°        30°

45°

103

LDB, LDG and LDR Series Wellglass Luminaires

Wellgalss Luminaires

Lighting

Flameproof. High Pressure High Pressure Sodium, Mercury, Metal Halide, Mixed, Incandescent, Induction
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Applications
• For use in hazardous locations such as plants where plastics,
paints, thinners and petrochemicals are manufactured.
• Ideal for street lighting on refinery sites or oil depots and for tank
lighting purposes.

Features
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Compensated power supply.
Power factor ≥ 0.9
Flat joint for IIB version, threaded joint for IIC version.
E40 lamp holder with lock thread.
High temperature internal wiring.
Operates in any position subject to lamp type.
Easy and efficient wiring due to separate Ex e terminal box
with wiring onto two captive terminals capacity 6 mm2 and two
internal earth terminals capacity 6 mm2.
• External earth terminal capacity 4 mm2.
• 2 x M20 clearance holes through-wire cable entries supplied
with one Ex e unarmored cable gland — sealing diameter 6.5 to
14.5 mm — and one blanking plug and two M20 locknuts.

LDB Version

LDB Version with Guard

Standard Materials
• Body and bezel: gray painted marine grade aluminum alloy
• Internal reflector: aluminum
• External reflector: white painted zinc plated steel

Certifications and Compliances
ATEX/IECEx Certification
• Certification Type: LTd (Model LT2d)
— Gas: Zone 1 - 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:   II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex de IIB (LDB series); Ex de IIC (LDG
and LDR series)
– Temperature Class: See Table on following page
— Dust: Zone 21 - 22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:   II 2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
– Surface Temperature: See Table on following page
— Ambient Temperature: -40 °C to +55 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50246
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 02 ATEX 6165
— IECEx Certificate: IECEx LCI Ex 04.0019
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66/67
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK08

EURASEC Certification
— EURASEC  N° TC  RU C-FR.ГБ05.B.00912

104

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

LDB, LDG and LDR Series Wellglass Luminaires

Flameproof. High Pressure High Pressure Sodium, Mercury, Metal Halide, Mixed, Incandescent, Induction
Lighting

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Lamp Type and Wattage
85 W Induction
100 W High Pressure Sodium
150 W High Pressure Sodium
250 W High Pressure Sodium
250 W Metal Halide
250 W Mercury
250 W Mixes
300 W Incandescent
500 W Incandescent
400 W High Pressure Sodium
400 W Metal Halide

Wellgalss Luminaires

T Rating for Gas
Ambient Temperature
Lighting Downward
Lighting Upward
Ta = +40 °C
Ta = +55 °C
Ta = +40 °C
Ta = +55 °C
T6
T6
T6
T5
T6
T5
T5
T4
T6
T5
T4
T4
T4
T4
T3
T3
T4
T4
T4
T3
T4
T4
T3
T3
T4
T4
T3
T3
T5
T4
T3
T3
T3
T3
T3
T2
T4
T3
Not Available
Not Available
T4
T3
Not Available
Not Available

Surface Temperature for Dust

Lamp Type and Wattage
85 W Induction

Lighting Downward
°C
+80

Lighting Upward
°C
+95

100 W High Pressure Sodium

+95

+130

150 W High Pressure Sodium

+95

+130

250 W High Pressure Sodium
250 W Metal Halide
250 W Mercury
250 W Mixes
300 W Incandescent
500 W Incandescent

+130
+130
+130
+130
+130
+195

+195
+195
+195
+195
+195
+290

400 W High Pressure Sodium

+134

Not Available

400 W Metal Halide

+134

Not Available

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

105

LDB, LDG and LDR Series Wellglass Luminaires

Wellgalss Luminaires

Lighting

Flameproof. High Pressure High Pressure Sodium, Mercury, Metal Halide, Mixed, Incandescent, Induction
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Supplied with 1 x M20 Ex e cable gland in polyamide— 6.5 to 14.5 mm diameter — and 1 x M20 blanking plug. Lamps are not supplied,
except for Induction version.
Lamp Type
Lamp Wattages

Voltage (+/- 10%)

Ellipsoidal

Tubular

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Catalog
Number

Flameproof Wellglass Luminaires for Hazardous Areas – Ex de IIB – LDB Series
Electro Magnetic Induction 
85 W 

230/240 Vac, 50/60 Hz

—

—

22.0

86.7

LDBQ85AG2BJ

High Pressure Sodium
100 W 

230/240 Vac, 50 Hz

X

X

22.0

86.7

LDBL10AG2XJ

150 W 

230/240 Vac, 50 Hz

X

X

22.5

86.7

LDBL15AG2XJ

250 W 

230/240 Vac, 50 Hz

X

X

22.5

86.7

LDBL25AG2XJ

230/240 Vac, 50 Hz

X

X

22.5

86.7

LDBH25AG2XJ

230/240 Vac, 50 Hz

—

—

22.5

86.7

LDBM25AG2XJ

—

—

—

19.0

86.7

LDBI30AG2

Metal Halide
250 W 
Mercury Vapor
250 W 
Incandescent
300 W to 500 W 

Flameproof Wellglass Luminaires for Hazardous Areas – Ex de IIC – LDG series
Electro Magnetic Induction 
85 W (1)

230/240 Vac, 50/60 Hz

—

—

22.0

86.7

LDGQ85AG2BJ

High Pressure Sodium
100 W 

230/240 Vac, 50 Hz

X

X

22.0

86.7

LDGL10AG2XJ

150 W 

230/240 Vac, 50 Hz

X

X

22.5

86.7

LDGL15AG2XJ

250 W 

230/240 Vac, 50  Hz

X

X

22.5

86.7

LDGL25AG2XJ

230/240 Vac, 50 Hz

X

X

22.5

86.7

LDGH25AG2XJ

230/240 Vac, 50 Hz

—

—

22.5

86.7

LDGM25AG2XJ

—

—

—

19.0

86.7

LDGI30AG2

Metal Halide
250 W 
Mercury Vapor
250 W 
Incandescent
300 W to 500 W 

Flameproof Wellglass Luminaires for Hazardous Areas – Ex de IIC – LDR Series
High Pressure Sodium
400 W 

220/230/240 Vac, 50 Hz

X

X

31.0

144

LDRL40AG2XJ

220/230/240 Vac, 50 Hz

X

X

31.0

144

LDRH40AG2XJ

Metal Halide
400  W 

 Ballast supplied.
 Service life 60,000 hours.
 250 W mixed lamps can be used.
 Also available in LDM Series

106

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

LDB, LDG and LDR Series Wellglass Luminaires

Flameproof. High Pressure Sodium, Mercury, Metal Halide, Mixed, Incandescent, Induction
Lighting

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Wellgalss Luminaires

Accessories
Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Zinc plated steel protective guard

1.2

27

LDPG2Z

White painted steel

3.4

108

LDER2Z

White polyester

2.5

108

LDER2P

For LDB or LDG Series

3.4

8

LDGHBZ

For LDR Series

3.4

8

LDRHBZ

M10 — For LDB or LDG Series

0.1

0.2

LDRBM10Z

M16 — For LDR Series

0.1

0.2

LDRBM16Z

For LDB or LDG Series

0.9

0.6

LDGSBZ

For LDR Series

0.9

0.6

LDRSBZ

Description

Catalog Number

Protective Guard

External Reflector

Hinged Bracket — Zinc plated steel hinged bracket for installation on flat surface

Eyebolt — Zinc plated steel eyebolt for suspension

Mounting Strap — Zinc plated steel mounting straps

Dimensions in Millimeters (Inches)

LDB and LDG Series

LDR Series
50
(1.97)

360 (14.17)

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Ø 13
(0.51)

165 (6.50)

41
(1.61)

865 (34.06)

41
(1.61)

Ø 338 (13.31)

With Hinged Bracket

220 (8.66)

Ø 34
(1.34)
865 (34.06)

506 (19.92)

723 (28.46)

220 (8.66)

333 (13.11)

Ø 11 (0.43)

Ø 340 (13.39)

With Eyebolt

With Hinged Bracket

107

LDB, LDG and LDR Series Wellglass Luminaires

Wellgalss Luminaires

Lighting

Flameproof. High Pressure Sodium, Mercury, Metal Halide, Mixed, Incandescent, Induction
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Photometric Data
Polar curves for a 1000 lm flux, according to NF C 71-120.
Luminaire symbol according to NF C 71-121.
85 W Induction
Efficiency 85.9%
NF C 71-121: 0.62 J + 0.24 T

150 W High Pressure Sodium
Efficiency 70.6%
NF C 71-121: 0.50 J + 0.20 T

Candela Distribution
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70

90-270
75
80
89
98
105
114
117
116
112
107
102
99
97
94
92

Candela Distribution
0-180
75
80
89
98
105
114
117
116
112
107
102
99
97
94
92

150° 120°
105°
90°
75°

Degrees

60°
45°

30°
0°

15°

250 W High Pressure Sodium
Efficiency 79.3%
NF C 71-121: 0.56 J + 0.23 T

0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70

0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70

108

0-180
33
36
42
48
55
62
70
78
84
87
89
88
88
87
87

150° 120°
105°
90°
75°

Degrees

60°
45°

30°
0°

15°

500 W Incandescent
Efficiency 98%
NF C 71-121: 0.71 H + 0.28 T

Candela Distribution
90-270
40
43
49
57
64
72
80
89
95
97
98
97
96
95
94

90-270
33
36
42
48
55
62
70
78
84
87
89
88
88
87
87

Candela Distribution
0-180
40
43
49
57
64
72
80
89
95
97
98
97
96
95
94

150° 120°
105°
90°
75°

Degrees

60°
45°

30°
0°

15°

0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70

90-270
147
128
133
149
159
159
173
166
157
136
120
104
99
91
92

0-180
147
128
133
149
159
159
173
166
157
136
120
104
99
91
92

150° 120°
105°
90°
75°

Degrees

60°
45°

30°
0°

15°

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

LN Mercmaster™ ATEX Series Wellglass Luminaires
Zone 2 and 22

Lighting

Zone 2 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

• Enclosed and gasketed fixtures suitable for use in:
— Marine and wet locations
— Areas where flammable gases, vapors or combustible dusts are
present under conditions defined by the IEC as Zone 2 and 22
— Applications where energy efficient, high lumen output is
required
— Non-hazardous locations where severe weather conditions,
excessive moisture, dirt, dust, corrosive atmosphere or high
ambient temperatures are encountered
• Typical applications include:
— Pulp and paper mills
— Processing plants
— Chemical plants
— Oil refineries
— Foundries
— Manufacturing plants
— Storage areas
— Waste and sew­age treat­ment
— Oth­er ar­e­as where dust, wa­ter, dirt and rough us­age are a
prob­lem

Wellgalss Luminaires

Applications

Low Profile Ceiling Mount with
Prismatic Globe and Optional Guard

50-200 Watt 25° Stanchion Mount
with Prismatic Globe

50-200 Watt 90° Stanchion Mount
with Prismatic Globe and
Optional Guard

400 Watt Straight Stanchion Mount
with Prismatic Glass Globe and
Optional Guard

Features
• Power supply 230/240 V (+6% - 10%) 50 Hz.
• Instant relighting with auxiliary halogen lamps, depending on
model (lamps not supplied).
• Fast relighting for 70 W and 150 W high pressure sodium: 5
to 30 seconds depending on the duration of the mains power
supply failure.
• Connection via terminal block — 2 x 4 mm2 maximum.
• Superior corrosion-resistance: copperfree die-cast mounting
hoods, ballast housing and guards have a gray epoxy powder
coat, electrostatically applied for complete and uniform
protection.
• Wide choice of light sources: high pressure sodium, metal
halide, mercury vapor and incandescent.
• Six mounting arrangements to suit any lighting layout – pendant,
ceiling, wall bracket, angled or straight stanchion and pendant
cone (for dust applications).
• Hinge has high lip for added safety during installation
and servicing. Hinge and bolt construction assures 360°
compression at all points on ballast housing gasket for positive
sealing. Swing away design of captive bolt and nut simplifies
servicing.
• All fixtures designed to perform in a -40 °C ambient temperature
up to +55 °C.
• Standard dome or 30° angle reflectors made of fiberglass
reinforced white polyester. Highly resistant to corrosive
atmospheres and vented to improve fixture cooling
characteristics.
• Fixture housing mounting hoods and guards are die-cast
copperfree aluminum with epoxy powder coat finish.
• All exposed hardware is stainless steel and captive. Stainless
thread inserts in the ballast bodies prevent “freezing” of the
screws that affix guards and reflectors, simplifying removal for
service.
• One piece ballast housing for each component provides even
heat dissipation for cooler operation and longer ballast life.
• Fixture bodies are provided with two silicone rubber O-Ring
style gaskets that will stay flexible and assure even compression
around their circumference. They easily withstand high
temperatures, moisture, dirt and dust for worry free operation.

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Standard Materials
• Mounting hoods and ballast bodies: die-cast copperfree (4/10 of
1% max.) aluminum
• Hardware and catch assemblies: stainless steel
• Globe: heat and impact resistant internally fluted glass
• Gasket: high temperature silicon
• Reflector: fiberglass reinforced polyester
• Guards: polyester powder coat finished cast copperfree
aluminum (LN1 and LN2 sizes) or stainless steel (LN3 and LN4
sizes)

Standard Finishes
• Mounting hoods, ballast bodies and guards: epoxy powder coat
finish, electrostatically applied for complete, uniform surface
protection
• Reflectors: white polyester finish

109

LN Mercmaster™ ATEX Series Wellglass Luminaires

Wellgalss Luminaires

Lighting

Zone 2 and 22
Zone 2 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Certifications and Compliances
ATEX/IECEx Certification
• Certification Type: LN
— Gas: Zone 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:   II3 G
– Type of Protection: Ex nR IIC Gc
— Dust: Zone 22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:   II3 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tc IIIC Dc
— Ambient Temperature: +40 °C to +55 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50217
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 08 ATEX 6036X
— IECEx Certificate: IECEx LCI 10.0041X
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66

EURASEC Certification
— EURASEC  N° TC  RU C-FR.ГБ05.B.00912
Order using catalog numbering guide below or select catalog number from tables on following pages.
Catalog Numbering Guide for LN Series Luminaires
LN

1

Series:
LN - LN Series
Zone 2 and 22
ATEX/IECEx Certified

A
Mounting:
A - Pendant
(Rigid
Mounting)
C - Ceiling
D - Pendant Cone
F - Pendant
(Flexible
Mounting)
R - Straight
Stanchion
S - 25° Stanchion
W - Wall

Body Size:
1 - Size 1 (MLBG)
2 - Size 2 (KPB)
3 - Size 3 (KPBR)
4 - Size 4 (KPB400)

110

H

70

A

Lamp Wattage:
70 - 70 W
80 - 80 W
85 - 85 W Induction only
10 - 100 W
12 - 125 W
15 - 150 W
25 - 250 W
40 - 400 W

Lamp Type:
H - Metal Halide
L - High Pressure Sodium
M - Mercury Vapor
Q - Induction
Z - Halogen/
Incandescent

G2

XA

Globe:
G2 - Glass Globe
VPGL-2HR
G4 - Glass Globe
VPGL-4HR

Hub Size:
A - M20
2 - 3/4" NPT
3 - 1" NPT
4 - 1-1/4" NPT
5 - 1-1/2" NPT

P
Options:
P - PTFE Coating

Voltage (Magnetic Ballast):
XA - 220 Vac, 50 Hz
XJ - 230/240 Vac, 50 Hz

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

LN Mercmaster Mercmaster™ ATEX Series Wellglass Luminaires
Zone 2 and 22

Lighting

Zone 2 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Wellgalss Luminaires

T Rating
Gas

Dust

+40 °C

Zone 2 T Rating
acording Ambient Temperatures
+50 °C

+55 °C

Zone 22 Surface Temperature for
Ambient T° = +55 °C
Dust Surface
Cable

70 W HPS

T Rating

T4

T4

T4

+113 °C

—

100 W HPS

T Rating

T4

T3

T3

+143 °C

—

100 W Incandescent

T Rating

T4

T3

T3

+143 °C

—

100 W Halogen

T Rating

T4

T3

T3

+143 °C

—

125 W Mercury

T Rating

T4

T3

T3

+143 °C

—

150 W HPS

T Rating

T4

T3

T3

+143 °C

—

150 W Halide

T Rating

T4

T3

T3

+143 °C

—

150 W Incandescent

T Rating

T4

T3

T3

+143 °C

—

150 W Halogen

T Rating

T4

T3

T3

+143 °C

—

250 W HPS

T Rating

T4

T4

T3

+137 °C

—

250 W Halide

T Rating

T4

T3

T3

+143 °C

—

250 W Mercury

T Rating

T4

T3

T3

+143 °C

—

T Rating

T3

T3

T3
+167 °C

+89 °C

Cable T°

–

+84 °C

+89 °C

T Rating

T3

T3

T3
+171 °C

+87 °C

Cable T°

–

+82 °C

+87 °C

T Rating

T3

T3

T3
+171 °C

+89 °C

Cable T°

–

+84 °C

+89 °C

400 W HPS

400 W Halide

400 W Mercury

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

111

LN Mercmaster™ ATEX Series Wellglass Luminaires

Wellgalss Luminaires

Lighting

Zone 2 and 22. High Pressure Sodium
Zone 2 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Version : High Pressure Sodium
Lamp
Type

Cable Entry

Lamp
Watts

Lampholder

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Catalog
Number

Pendant

HPS

1 x 3/4” NPT

70 W

E27

7.4

39

LN1AL702G2XJ

100 W

E40

9.0

55

LN2AL102G2XJ

150 W

E40

9.0

55

LN2AL152G2XJ

250 W

E40

16.0

70

LN3AL252G4XJ

400 W

E40

19.0

85.2

LN4AL402G4XJ

Pendant Cone

HPS

1 x 3/4” NPT

70 W

E27

7.4

39

LN1DL702G2XJ

100 W

E40

9.0

55

LN2DL102G2XJ

150 W

E40

9.0

55

LN2DL152G2XJ

250 W

E40

16.0

70

LN3DL252G4XJ

400 W

E40

19.0

85.2

LN4DL402G4XJ

Ceiling

HPS

5 x 1” NPT with:
- 4 x 1” NPT fitted plugs
- 2 x 1” NPT-M20 adaptors
- 2 x M20 plugs

70 W

E27

7.4

39

LN1CL70AG2XJ

100 W

E40

9.0

55

LN2CL10AG2XJ

150 W

E40

9.0

55

LN2CL15AG2XJ

250 W

E40

16.0

70

LN3CL25AG4XJ

400 W

E40

19.0

85.2

LN4CL40AG4XJ

70 W

E27

7.4

39

LN1WL70AG2XJ

Wall

HPS

5 x 1” NPT with:
- 4 x 1” NPT fitted plugs
- 2 x 1” NPT-M20 adaptors
- 2 x M20 plugs

100 W

E40

9.0

55

LN2WL10AG2XJ

150 W

E40

9.0

55

LN2WL15AG2XJ

250 W

E40

16.0

70

LN3WL25AG4XJ

400 W

E40

19.0

85.2

LN4WL40AG4XJ

25° Angled Stanchion

HPS

1 x 1- 1/4” NPT

70 W

E27

7.4

39

LN1SL704G2XJ

100 W

E40

9.0

55

LN2SL104G2XJ

150 W

E40

9.0

55

LN2SL154G2XJ

250 W

E40

16.0

70

LN3SL254G4XJ

400 W

E40

19.0

85.2

LN4SL404G4XJ

Straight Stanchion

HPS

112

1 x 1- 1/4” NPT

70 W

E27

7.4

39

LN1RL704G2XJ

100 W

E40

9.0

55

LN2RL104G2XJ

150 W

E40

9.0

55

LN2RL154G2XJ

250 W

E40

16.0

70

LN3RL254G4XJ

400 W

E40

19.0

85.2

LN4RL404G4XJ

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

LN Mercmaster™ ATEX Series Wellglass Luminaires
Zone 2 and 22. Incandescent/Halogen

Lighting

Zone 2 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Lamp Type

Cable Entry

Lamp
Watts

Lampholder

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Catalog
Number

Pendant
Inc./
Halogen

1 x 3/4” NPT

Inc./
Halogen

1 x 3/4” NPT

Inc./
Halogen

5 x 1” NPT with:
- 4 x 1” NPT fitted plugs
- 2 x 1” NPT-M20 adaptors
- 2 x M20 plugs

100 W

E27

7.4

39

LN1AZ102G2

150 W

E27

7.4

39

LN1AZ152G2

Pendant Cone
100 W

E27

7.4

39

LN1DZ102G2

150 W

E27

7.4

39

LN1DZ152G2

Ceiling
100 W

E27

7.4

39

LN1CZ10AG2

150 W

E27

7.4

39

LN1CZ15AG2

100 W

E27

7.4

39

LN1WZ10AG2

150 W

E27

7.4

39

LN1WZ15AG2

Wall
Inc./
Halogen

5 x 1” NPT with:
- 4 x 1” NPT fitted plugs
- 2 x 1” NPT-M20 adaptors
- 2 x M20 plugs

25° Angled Stanchion
Inc./
Halogen

1 x 1-1/4” NPT

Inc./
Halogen

1 x 1-1/4” NPT

100 W

E27

7.4

39

LN1SZ104G2

150 W

E27

7.4

39

LN1SZ154G2

Straight Stanchion

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

100 W

E27

7.4

39

LN1RZ104G2

150 W

E27

7.4

39

LN1RZ154G2

113

Wellgalss Luminaires

Version : Halogen/Incandescent

LN Mercmaster™ ATEX Series Wellglass Luminaires

Wellgalss Luminaires

Lighting

Zone 2 and 22. Mercury Vapor
Zone 2 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Version : Mercury Vapor
Lamp Type

Lamp
Watts

Lampholder

150 W
250 W

Catalog
Number

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

E27

7.4

39

LN1AM122G2XJ

E40

14.0

70

LN3AM252G4XJ

400 W

E40

19.0

85.2

LN4AM402G4XJ

150 W

E27

7.4

39

LN1DM122G2XJ

250 W

E40

14.0

70

LN3DM252G4XJ

400 W

E40

19.0

85.2

LN4DM402G4XJ

5 x 1” NPT with:
- 4 x 1” NPT fitted plugs
- 2 x 1” NPT-M20 adaptors
- 2 x M20 plugs

150 W

E27

7.4

39

LN1CM12AG2XJ

250 W

E40

14.0

70

LN3CM25AG4XJ

400 W

E40

19.0

85.2

LN4CM40AG4XJ

5 x 1” NPT with:
- 4 x 1” NPT fitted plugs
- 2 x 1” NPT-M20 adaptors
- 2 x M20 plugs

150 W

E27

7.4

39

LN1WM12AG2XJ

250 W

E40

14.0

70

LN3WM25AG4XJ

400 W

E40

19.0

85.2

LN4WM40AG4XJ

150 W

E27

7.4

39

LN1SM124G2XJ

250 W

E40

14.0

70

LN3SM254G4XJ

400 W

E40

19.0

85.2

LN4SM404G4XJ

150 W

E27

7.4

39

LN1RM124G2XJ

250 W

E40

14.0

70

LN3RM254G4XJ

400 W

E40

19.0

85.2

LN4RM404G4XJ

Cable Entry

Pendant
MV

1 x 3/4” NPT

Pendant Cone
MV

1 x 3/4” NPT

Ceiling
MV

Wall
MV

25° Angled Stanchion
MV

1 x 1-1/4” NPT

Straight Stanchion
MV

114

1 x 1-1/4” NPT

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

LN Mercmaster™ ATEX Series Wellglass Luminaires
Zone 2 and 22. Metal Halide

Lighting

Zone 2 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Lamp
Type

Lamp
Watts

Lampholder

150 W
250 W

Catalog
Number

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

E40

9.0

55

LN2AH152G2XJ

E40

16.0

70

LN3AH252G4XJ

400 W

E40

19.0

85.2

LN4AH402G4XJ

150 W

E40

9.0

55

LN2DH152G2XJ

250 W

E40

16.0

70

LN3DH252G4XJ

400 W

E40

19.0

85.2

LN4DH402G4XJ

5 x 1” NPT with:
- 4 x 1” NPT fitted plugs
- 2 x 1” NPT-M20 adaptors
- 2 x M20 plugs

150 W

E40

9.0

55

LN2CH15AG2XJ

250 W

E40

16.0

70

LN3CH25AG4XJ

400 W

E40

19.0

85.2

LN4CH40AG4XJ

5 x 1” NPT with:
- 4 x 1” NPT fitted plugs
- 2 x 1” NPT-M20 adaptors
- 2 x M20 plugs

150 W

E40

9.0

55

LN2WH15AG2XJ

250 W

E40

16.0

70

LN3WH25AG4XJ

400 W

E40

19.0

85.2

LN4WH40AG4XJ

150 W

E40

9.0

55

LN2SH154G2XJ

250 W

E40

16.0

70

LN3SH254G4XJ

400 W

E40

19.0

85.2

LN4SH404G4XJ

150 W

E40

9.0

55

LN2RH154G2XJ

250 W

E40

16.0

70

LN3RH254G4XJ

400 W

E40

19.0

85.2

LN4RH404G4XJ

Cable Entry

Pendant
MH

1 x 3/4” NPT

Pendant Cone
MH

1 x 3/4” NPT

Ceiling
MH

Wall
MH

25° Angled Stanchion
MH

1 x 1-1/4” NPT

Straight Stanchion
MH

1 x 1-1/4” NPT

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

115

Wellgalss Luminaires

Version : Metal Halide

LN Mercmaster™ ATEX Series Wellglass Luminaires

Wellgalss Luminaires

Lighting

Zone 2 and 22
Zone 2 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Item

Description

Catalog Number

White Polyester Reflectors
For Globe Fixtures – LN1 and LN2 sizes
Standard Dome

KR2ST

30° Angle

KR2AN

For Glass Refractor Fixtures – LN3 and LN4 sizes
Standard Dome

30° Angle

Standard Dome

CMR4ST

30° Angle

CMR4AN

Aluminium

KRGU2

Guards
For Globe Fixtures – LN1 and LN2 sizes

For Glass Refractor Fixtures – LN3 and LN4 sizes
Globe Guard

116

Globe Guard

Stainless Steel

KPGU400

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

LN Mercmaster™ ATEX Series Wellglass Luminaires
Zone 2 and 22

Lighting

Zone 2 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Wellgalss Luminaires

Dimensions in Millimeters (Inches)
Ballast Body with Globe

LN1

LN2

LN3

LN4

346.0
mm
(13.52”)
346.0
(13.52)

346.0
mm
(13.52”)
346.0
(13.52)

Fix.
322.0
mm
(12.68”)
322.0
(12.68)

Fix.
322.0
mm
(12.68”)
322.0
(12.68)

Fix.
322.0
mm(12.68)
(12.68”)
322.0

346.0
mm
(13.52”)
346.0
(13.52)
Fix.
322.0
mm(12.68)
(12.68”)
322.0

520.7
520.7
mm(20.50)
(20.50”)

425.0
425.0
mm(16.73)
(16.73”)

275.0
275.0
mm(10.83)
(10.83”)

295.0
295.0
mm(11.61)
(11.61”)

346.0
mm
(13.52”)
346.0
(13.52)

Mounting Hoods

Pendant

Pendant Cone

306.0
mm(12.06)
(12.06”)
306.0

30.0
30.0
mm
(1.17”)
(1.17)

Ceiling

306.0
(12.06)
306.0
mm
(12.06”)

346.0 mm (13.62”)
142.0
142.0 mm
(5.59”)
(5.59)

306.0 mm (12.06”)

45.0 mm
(1.75”)

127.0 mm
(5.00”)

9.5 mm
(0.375”)
Dia. (+DFT)

50.8 mm
(2.00”)
Dia. (+DFT)

14.3 mm
(0.56”)
Dia. (+DFT)

63.5 mm
(2.50”)
Dia. (+DFT)

Wall
432.0 mm
(17.01”)
278.0 mm
(10.94”)

25° Stanchion
85.8 mm
(3.38”)

90° Stanchion
438.0 mm (17.23”)

(4) Mounting Holes
8.0 mm (0.31”)
103.0 mm
(4.06”)

306.0 mm
(12.05”)

51.0 mm
(2.00”)

388.0 mm
(15.28”)

249.0 mm (9.79”)

235.0 mm
(9.25”)
306.0 mm
(12.05”)

306.0 mm (12.06”)
193.0 mm
(7.60”)

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

117

LN Mercmaster™ ATEX Series Wellglass Luminaires

Wellgalss Luminaires

Lighting

Zone 2 and 22
Zone 2 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Photometric Data
Polar curves for a 1000 lm flux, according to NF C 71-120
Luminaire symbol according to NF C 71-121

Longitudinal
Transverse

High Pressure Sodium
70 W HP Sodium — Efficiency 74.6%
Degrees

150 W HP Sodium — Efficiency 87.3%
Degrees

250 W HP Sodium —Efficiency 89.1%

400 W HP Sodium — Efficiency 82.3%
Degrees

Degrees

Metal Halide
150 W Metal Halide — Efficiency 82.4% 250 W Metal Halide — Efficiency 96.2% 400 W Metal Halide — Efficiency 89.8%
Degrees

Degrees

Degrees

Incandescent or Halogen
150 W HP Incandescent Halogen — Efficiency 90.6%
Degrees

Mercury Vapor
250 W Mercury Vapor — Efficiency 76%
Degrees

118

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

HBE Series Round Bulkhead Luminaires
Increased Safety. Incandescent

Lighting

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Bulkhead Luminaires

Applications
• Suitable for use in:
— Stairways
— Small areas
— Emergency exit

Features
• For incandescent lamps 60 W to 150 W maximum, mixed lamp
100 W maximum. Lamps not supplied.
• E27 lampholder.
• Screw locking mechanism.
• Operates in all positions.
• Connection to lampholder via two 2 x 2.5 mm2 terminals.
• Internal earth two terminals 2 x 2.5 mm2. External earth 1 x 4
mm2.
• Three M20 entries in “T” formation. Supplied with one M20
cable gland [6.5 to 14.5 mm diameter] and two M20 blanking
plugs.

Standard Materials
•
•
•
•
•

Body: gray painted aluminum alloy
Diffuser: glass
Sealing gasket: silicone
Guard: zinc plated steel
Cable gland and blanking plug: polyamide

HBERI15 and HBEPGZ

Certifications and Compliances
ATEX Certification
• HBRD - Certification HBe150
— Gas: Zones 1 and 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex e II
– Temperature Class: See Table on following page
— Dust: Zones 21 and 22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
– Surface Temperature: T102 °C to T137 °C
— Ambient Temperature: -40 °C to +50 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50244
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 02 ATEX 6228X
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP65

EURASEC Certification
— EURASEC  N° TC  RU C-FR.ГБ05.B.00912

Others Certification
— INMETRO Certificate: BVC 11.0494-X 

 Inmetro certification available on special request only. Contact your local sales for more information
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

119

HBE Series Round Bulkhead Luminaires

Bulkhead Luminaires

Lighting

Increased Safety. Incandescent
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Weight kg

Volume dm3

Catalog Number

3

15

HBERI15

Accessories
Catalog Number
Protective Guard

HBEPGZ

Spare Lamp Glass

HBEGD

T Rating (Gas) and Surface Temperature (Dust) Table
Lamp Type and Wattage

Wattage

Type

Gas
Operating
Positions
Any Position

60

Incandescent

Any Position
75

Incandescent

Any Position
100

Mercury

Any Position
100

Incandescent

Any Position
150

Mixed

For Ta = +40° C
T° at
T Rating
Cable Entry

Dust
For Ta = +50° C
T° at
T Rating
Cable Entry

T2



T2



T3



T3



T4



T4



T2



T2



T3



T3



T4



T4



T2



T2

+83 °C

T3



T3

+83 °C

T3



T3



T1

+90 °C

T1

+100 °C

T3

+90 °C

T2

+100 °C

T3



T3



T2

+82 °C

T2

+92 °C

T3

+82 °C

T3

+92 °C

T3



T3



Surface T° for
Ta = +50° C

+102 °C

+107 °C

+117 °C

+137 °C

+130 °C

 Not Applicable, no need for high temperature cable for cable entry temperature less than +80 ºC.
Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.

120

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

HBE Series Round Bulkhead Luminaires
Increased Safety. Incandescent

Lighting

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Bulkhead Luminaires

Dimensions in Millimeters (Inches)
173 mm
(6.81")
156 mm
(6.14")

Cable Entries

296 mm
(11.65")

Ø 6 mm
(0.23")

160 mm
(6.30")
Protective Guard

Photometric Data 

150 W Incandescent
NF C 71-120: .062 J + 0.10 T
Candela
Distribution
Degrees

0

94

5

95

10

97

15

104

20

104

30

105

40

86

50

85

60

77

70

113

80

115

90

108

100

32

100°
90°
80°
70°
60°
50°
40°

30°
0°

15°

20°

 Polar curves for a 1000 lm flux, according to NF C 71-120. Luminaire symbol according to NF C 71-121.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

121

HBN Series Round Bulkhead Luminaires

Bulkhead Luminaires

Lighting

Flameproof. Incandescent
Zone 2 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Applications
• Suitable for use in:
— Stairways
— Small areas
— Emergency exit

Features
• For incandescent lamps 60 W to 150 W maximum, mixed lamp
100 W maximum, mercury 80 W maximum (remote mercury
ballast not supplied). Lamps not supplied.
• E27 lampholder.
• Screw locking mechanism.
• Operates in all positions.
• Connection to lampholder via two 2 x 2.5 mm2 terminals.
• Internal earth two terminals 2 x 2.5 mm2. External earth 1 x 4
mm2.
• Three M20 entries in “T” formation. Supplied with one M20
cable gland [6.5 to 14.5 mm diameter] and two M20 blanking
plugs.

HBNRI15 and HBEPGZ

Standard Materials
•
•
•
•
•

Body: gray painted aluminum alloy
Diffuser: glass
Sealing gasket: silicone
Guard: zinc plated steel
Cable gland and blanking plug: polyamide

Certifications and Compliances
ATEX Certification
• Certification Type: HBn150
— Gas: Zone 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:   II 3 G
– Type of Protection: Ex nR II
– T Rating: See Table on following page
— Dust: Zone 22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:   II 3 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A22
– Surface Temperature: See Table on following page
— Ambient Temperature: -20 °C ≤ Ta ≤ +50 °C
(-20 °C ≤ Ta ≤ +40 °C for 80 W Mercury)
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50220
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 03 ATEX 6167X
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP65

EURASEC Certification
— EURASEC  N° TC  RU C-FR.ГБ.05.B.00912

Others Certification
— INMETRO Certificate: BVC 11.0462-X 

 Inmetro certification available on special request only. Contact your local sales for more information

122

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

HBN Series Round Bulkhead Luminaires
Flameproof. Incandescent

Lighting

Zone 2 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Volume
dm3

Catalog Number

3

15

HBNRI15

Bulkhead Luminaires

Weight
kg

Accessories
Catalog Number
Protective Guard

HBEPGZ

Spare Lampglass

HBEGD

T Rating (Gas) and Surface Temperature (Dust) Table
Lamp Type and Wattage

Gas
T Rating for
Ta = +50 °C

T° at Cable Input

Dust
Surface T° for
Ta = +50 °C

Wattage

Type

T Rating for
Ta = +40 °C

60

Incandescent

T5

T4

—

+101 °C

75

Incandescent

T5

T4

—

+104 °C

80

Mercury

T3

—

—

+131 °C
Ta = +40 °C

100

Incandescent

T4

T4

+83 °C

+114 °C

100

Mixed

T4

T4

+100 °C

+125 °C

150

Incandescent

T4

T4

+92 °C

+120 °C

Dimensions in Millimeters (Inches)

Photometric Data 
Incandescent
NF C 71-120: .062 J + 0.10 T
173 (6.81)

Cable Entries

Candela
Distribution

156 (6.14)

0

185

5

178

10

171

15

156

20

132

30

110

40

97

50

87

60

90

70

100

80

96

90

58

100

58

6 (0.24)

296 (11.65)

Degrees

160 (6.30)
Protective Guard

100°
90°
80°
70°
60°
50°
40°

30°
0°

10°

20°

 Polar curves for a 1000 lm output according to NF C 71-120. Luminaire symbol according to NF C 71-121.
Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

123

HBD Series Bulkhead Luminaires

Bulkhead Luminaires

Lighting

Flameproof. Incandescent, Compact Fluorescent, Mixed
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Applications
• Suitable for use in:
— Stairways
— Small areas
— Emergency exit

Features
• HBDR
— Lamps (not supplied)
— Incandescent 200 W maximum
— Compact Fluorescent 23 W maximum
— Mixed 160 W maximum
— Threaded flameproof joint.
— Operates on ceiling and wall.
• HBDO
— Incandescent 60 W to 100 W maximum
— Compact fluorescent 15 W maximum
— Operates in any position.
— For incandescent 60 W and 100 W a high temperature cable
106 °C is required.
• Lamps are not supplied.
• E27 lampholder.
• Fixing by two integrated brackets.
• Connection to lampholder via two terminals 2.5 mm2.
• Internal earth two terminals 2.5 mm2
• External earth one 4 mm2.
• 3 x M20 threaded entries in “T” formation.
• Supplied with two blanking plugs M20.
• Supplied with Protective Guard

HBDR
Round Bulkhead (supplied with Protective Guard)

Standard Materials
• Body and bezel: gray painted aluminum
• Glass: sealed toughened lamp glass
• Protective guard: zinc plated steel

Certifications and Compliances

HBDO
Oval Bulkhead (supplied with Protective Guard)

ATEX Certification
• HBRD - Certification Type HBRd
— Gas: Zones 1 and 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:   II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex d IIC
– Temperature Class: See Table on following page
— Dust: Zones 21 and 22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:   II 2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
— Ambient Temperature: -40 °C to +55 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50242
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 02 ATEX 6163
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK08
— Internal Volume: > 2 dm3 -2 liters
• HBDO - Certification Type HBOd
— Gas: Zones 1 and 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:   II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex d IIB
– Temperature Class: See Table on following page
— Dust: Zones 21 and 22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:   II 2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
— Ambient Temperature: -20 °C to + 40 °C

— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50234
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 02 ATEX 6162
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK08
— Internal Volume: > 2 dm3 -2 liters

EURASEC Certification
— EURASEC  N° TC  RU C-FR.ГБ05.B.00912

Others Certification
• HBDO - Certification Type HBOd
— INMETRO Certificate: BVC11.0597 

 Inmetro certification available on special request only. Contact your local sales for more information

124

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

HBDR Series Bulkhead Luminaires

Flameproof. Incandescent, Compact Fluorescent, Mixed
Lighting

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Volume
dm3

Catalog Number

7.5

23.4

HBDR

Bulkhead Luminaires

Weight
kg

Spare Parts
Catalog Number
HBDRPGZ

Protective Guard

T Rating for Gas 
Operating Positions
Lamp Type and Wattage
Wattage
8
15

Type
Compact Fluorescent
Compact Fluorescent

Ambient
Temperature
T Rating
T Rating

Ceiling
+40° C
T6
T6

Wall

+50° C
T6
T6

+55 °C
T6
T6

+40° C
T6
T6

+50° C
T6
T6

+55 °C
T6
T6

23

Compact Fluorescent

T Rating

T6

T6

T6

T5

T5

T4

100

Incandescent

200

Incandescent

T Rating
T Rating

T5
T4

T4
T4

T4
T4

T5
T4

T4
T4

T4
T4

T° at cable entry

—

+84° C

+89° C

—

+84° C

+89° C

100

Mixed

180

Mixed

T Rating
T Rating
T° at cable entry

T4
T3
—

T4
T3
+87 C

T4
T3
+92° C

T4
T3
—

T4
T3
+87 C

T4
T3
+92° C

Surface Temperature for Dust 
Operating Positions
Ceiling

Lamp Type and Wattage

Wall

Wattage
8
15
23
100

Type
Compact Fluorescent
Compact Fluorescent
Compact Fluorescent
Incandescent

Surface T°
for Ta = +55 °C
+60 °C
+64 °C
+69 °C
+105 °C

T° at Cable Entry
Ta= +55 °C
–
–
–
–

Surface T°
for Ta= +55 °C
+70 °C
+76 °C
+96 °C
+105 °C

T° at Cable Entry
Ta= +55 °C
–
–
–
–

200

Incandescent

+130 °C

+89 °C

+130 °C

+89 °C

100
160

Mixed
Mixed

+130 °C
+149 °C

–
+92 °C

+130 °C
+149 °C

–
+92 °C

 No need for high temperature cable for cable entry temperature less than +80 °C .
Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

125

HBDO Series Bulkhead Luminaires
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Bulkhead Luminaires

Lighting

Flameproof. Incandescent, Compact Fluorescent

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Catalog Number

3

9

HBDO

Spare Parts
Catalog Number
Protective Guard

HBDOPGZ

Terminal block
For through wiring 2 x 2.5 mm2 with high temperature sleeve

094784

T Rating for Gas 
Lamp Type and Wattage
Wattage
Type
7

Compact Fluorescent

Temperature Class for Ta = +40 °C

T° at Cable Input for Ta = +40 °C

T6

—

11

Compact Fluorescent

T6

—

15

Compact Fluorescent

T6

—

60

Incandescent

T4

+106 °C

100

Incandescent

T4

+106 °C

T Rating for Dust 
Lamp Type and Wattage
Wattage
Type

Temperature Class for Ta = +40 °C

7

Compact Fluorescent

+76 °C

11

Compact Fluorescent

+76 °C

15

Compact Fluorescent

+76 °C

60

Incandescent

+119 °C

100

Incandescent

+119 °C

 No need for high temperature cable for cable entry temperature less than +80 °C .
Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.

126

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

HBD Series Bulkhead Luminaires

Flameproof. Incandescent, Compact Fluorescent, Mixed
Lighting

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Bulkhead Luminaires

HBDR Series Bulkhead Luminaires — Incandescent, Compact Fluorescent, Mixed
Dimensions in Millimeters (Inches)

Photometric Data 

Incandescent
NF C 71-120: .068 G + 0.01 T

With Guard
192 mm (7.56")

330 mm
(12.99")

Candela
Distribution

155 mm
(6.10")

Ø 11 mm
(0.43")

13 mm
(0.51")
307 mm
(12.08")

With Out Guard
170 mm (6.69")

Degrees

0

185

5

178

10

171

15

156

20

132

25

110

30

97

35

87

40

90

45

100

50

96

60

58

70

58

100°
90°
80°
70°
60°
50°
40°

30°
0°

10°

20°

HBDO Series Bulkhead Luminaires — Incandescent, Compact Fluorescent
Dimensions in Millimeters (Inches)

Photometric Data 

Incandescent
NF C 71-120: .068 H
122 mm
(4.80")

Candela
Distribution

180 mm
(7.09")

67

100°

5

94

10

96

15

99

90°
80°
70°

20

99

60°

25

97

50°

30

95

35

96

40

91

45

91

50

98

60

87

70

69

220 mm
(8.66")

Degrees
0

4.5 mm
(0.18")

160 mm
(6.30")

40°

30°

0°

10°

20°

 Polar curves for a 1000 lm output according to NF C 71-120. Luminaire symbol according to NF C 71-121.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

127

HBDC Series Cylindrical Bulkhead Luminaires

Bulkhead Luminaires

Lighting

Flameproof. Incandescent, Fluorescent, High Pressure Sodium
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Applications
• For illumination of:
— Stairways
— Small areas
— Emergency exit

Features
• For lamps:
— 70 W high pressure sodium (ovoid type E27 lampholder)
— 18/20 W compact fluorescent lamp (E27 lampholder)
— 2 x 40 W incandescent lamp (E27 lampholder)
— 8 W fluorescent bulb (G5 lampholder) (lamp supplied)
• HPS version: compensated power supply (+/-10%) with power
factor 0.9:
— 230/240 V, 50 Hz
• Connection to plug-in terminal block via 2 x 3 terminals 2.5 mm²
• Operates in any position.
• Threaded access cover with O-ring seal.
• Two integrated mounting lugs.
• 1 external earth via 4 mm² bracket.
• 2 x M20 threaded cable entries.
• Supplied with 1 plug M20 (cable gland not supplied).

70 W High Pressure Sodium Version

Compact Fluorescent Version

Standard Materials
• End cap and cover: Zamak, anticorrosion treated and painted
gray
• Sealed tube: toughened glass
• External reflector: galvanized steel painted white
• Protective guard: zinc plated steel
• Lamps are not supplied except for 8 W fluorescent bulb

Options
• Fixing accessories available in 316 stainless steel or zinc plated
steel.
• Fall prevention fixing kit in stainless steel.

Certifications and Compliances
ATEX/IECEx Certification
• Certification Type: FLd
— Gas: Zone 1 - 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:   II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex d IIB/IIC
– Temperature Class: See Table on following page
— Dust: Zone 21 - 22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:   II 2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
– Surface Temperature: See Table on following page
— Ambient Temperature: -20 °C ≤ Ta ≤ +50 °C ;
for 70 W HPS: -40 °C ≤ Ta ≤ +50 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50203
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 97 ATEX 6012
— IECEx Certificate: IECEx LCI 04.0018
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66/68 (10 m)
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK08
— Internal Volume: > 2 dm3 - 2 liters

EURASEC Certification
— EURASEC  N° TC  RU C-FR.ГБ05.B.00912

Others Certification
— INMETRO Certificate: BVC11.0492 

Related Products
• For labels see Labels for Emergency Lighting Units, ATX SelfAdhesive Signaling Labels for Emergency Lighting Units.

 Inmetro certification available on special request only. Contact your local sales for more information

128

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

HBDC Series Cylindrical Bulkhead Luminaires

Flameproof. Incandescent, Fluorescent, High Pressure Sodium
Lighting

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

HBDC

F

1

Series:
HBDC - HBDC Series
Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
ATEX/IECEx Certified

40

Quantity of Lamps:
1 - One Lamp
2 - Two Lamp

Lamp Type:
I - Incandescent
F - Fluorescent
L - High Pressure Sodium

02A
Voltage:
02A - 24 Vac, 50/60 Hz
02D - 24 Vdc
04A - 48 Vac, 50/60 Hz
04D - 48 Vdc
11A - 110 Vac, 50/60 Hz
11D - 110 Vdc
24A - 230/240 Vac, 50/60 Hz 
24B - 230/240 Vac/Vdc, 50/60 Hz

Lamp Wattage (for lamp type):
40 - 40 W (Incandescent)
18 - 18/20 W (Compact Fluorescent)
70 - 70 W (High Pressure Sodium)
08 - 8 W (Fluorescent)

T Rating (Gas) and Surface Temperature (Dust) Table
Gas
T Rating

Versions

Without
External Reflector
Ta = +40 °C
Ta = +55 °C

Dust
Surface Temperature

With
External Reflector
Ta = +40 °C Ta = +55 °C

Without
External Reflector
°C

With
External Reflector
°C

Incandescent lamp
(2 x 40 W) 

T5

T5

T5

T5

+95°C

+95°C

Compact Fluorescent lamp
(20 W max)

T6

T5

T5

T4

+95°C  

+130°C

Fluorescent
(8 W - G5 lampholder)

T6

T5

T5

T4

+95°C  

+130°C

–

–

+122°C  

–

High Pressure Sodium Lamp
(70 W ovoid) 

T4 for Ta = +50 °C

 50 Hz only for the 70 W HPS Version.
 Lamp not supplied.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

129

Bulkhead Luminaires

Order using catalog numbering guide below to decifer the catalog number logic on the following page.
Catalog Numbering Guide — HBDC Series Cylindrical Bulkhead Luminaires

HBDC Series Cylindrical Bulkhead Luminaires

Bulkhead Luminaires

Lighting

Flameproof. Incandescent, Fluorescent, High Pressure Sodium
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Lampholder

Voltage

Weight
kgs

Volume
dm3

2x40 W Incandescent 

E27

—

7.1

31

HBDCI240

70 W High Pressure Sodium 

E27

230/240 Vac, 50 Hz

7.1

33

HBDCL17024A

1 x 8 W Fluorescent

G5

24 Vdc

8.3

31

HBDCF10802D

1 x 8 W Fluorescent

G5

48 Vdc

8.3

31

HBDCF10804D

1 x 8 W Fluorescent

G5

110 Vdc

8.3

31

HBDCF10811D

1 x 8 W Fluorescent

G5

230/240 Vac, 50/60 Hz
198/254 Vdc

8.3

31

HBDCF10824B

2 x 8 W Fluorescent

G5

230/240 Vac, 50/60 Hz
198/254 Vdc

8.3

31

HBDCF20824B

1 x 18/20 W Compact Fluorescent 

E27

—

7.1

33

HBDCF118

Lamp

Description

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

External reflector in galvanized steel (painted white)
(not compatible with 70 W HPS version)

FDER1G

Protective guard in zinc plated steel

FDPG1Z

Protective guard in zinc plated steel for 70 W HPS version

FDPG5Z

Quick one-hand fixing (Set of 2 brackets) in zinc plated steel

FDFBZ

Quick one-hand fixing (Set of 2 brackets) in 316 stainless steel

FDFBS

Fixing unit on flat surface (Set of 2 brackets) in zinc plated steel

FDSBZ

Fixing unit on flat surface (Set of 2 brackets) in 316 stainless steel

FDSBS

Fixing unit in zinc plated steel for 1-1/2" tube [49 mm diameter] or for 1-1/4"
tube tube [42 mm diameter]

FDHC49Z

Fixing unit in 316 stainless steel for 1-1/2" tube [49 mm diameter] or for 1-1/4"
tube tube [42 mm diameter]

FDHC49S

Fixing unit in zinc plated steel for 2" tube [60 mm diameter]

FDHC60Z

Fixing unit in stainless steel for 2" tube [60 mm diameter]

FDHC60S

Fall prevention fixing kit in stainless steel [1.2 m chain]

FDSCS

 Lamp not supplied.

130

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

HBDC Series Cylindrical Bulkhead Luminaires

Flameproof. Incandescent, Fluorescent, High Pressure Sodium
Lighting

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Bulkhead Luminaires

Dimensions in Millimeters (Inches)

HBDCL17024A (70 W HP High Pressure Sodium)

15 (0.59)

375 (14.76)
11
(0.43)

F

25
(0.98)

191 (7.52)

12 (0.47)

F

HBDC and HBDCF
335 (13.19)

150 (5.91)
Ø 12
(0.47)

5.0
(0.20)
400 (15.75)
Mini

12 (0.47)

25
(0.98)

15 (0.59)

77.5 (3.05)

F

F

400 (15.75)
Mini
430 (16.92)

470 (18.50)
89 (3.50)

11
(0.43)

5.0
(0.20)

191 (7.52)

150 (5.91)
Ø 12
(0.47)

77.5 (3.05)

89 (3.50)

85 (3.35)

85 (3.35)

Photometric Data

Polar curves for a 1000 lm flux, according to NF C 71-120.
Luminaire symbol according to NF C 71-121.
70 W HP High Pressure Sodium
Efficiency 59.4%
NF C 71-121: 0.56G + 0.04T

2x40 W Incandescent
Efficiency: 75.6%
NFC 71-121: 0.74G + 0.02T

Candela Distribution
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70

0-180 90-270
166
166
167
165
Degrees
164
162
162
156
158
151
155
143
151
133
146
122
141
110
135
95
128
81
120
66
111
52
101
39
90
27

Longitudinal
Transverse

Candela Distribution
150° 120°
105°
90°
75°
60°
45°

30°
0°

15°

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
60
70

0-180 90-270
196 Degrees 196
197
198
196
196
193
194
189
190
181
185
176
179
170
172
163
164
155
153
145
128
123
91
99
43

100°
90°
80°
70°
60°
50°
40°
30°
0° 10° 20°

131

HBDA Series Rectangular Bulkhead Luminaires

Bulkhead Luminaires

Lighting

Flameproof. Compact Fluorescent, Incandescent
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Applications
• For illumination of:
— Stairways
— Small areas
— Emergency exit

Features
• Lamps (not supplied):
— Incandescent 2 x 40 W
— Compact fluorescent 1 x 18/20 W
• E27 lampholder.
• Operates in any position.
• Fixing by 2 brackets.
• Connection on two terminals 1 x 4 mm2.
• Internal earth 1 x 4 mm2.
• External earth 1 x 4 mm2.
• Two M20 threaded entries.
— Supplied with one aluminum blanking plug.

Standard Materials of Fixtures
• Body: gray painted cast aluminum
• Lens: sealed toughened lamp glass

Certifications and Compliances
ATEX Certification
• Certification Type: BRI40
— Gas: Zones 1 and 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:   II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex d IIB+H2
– Temperatur Class:
- T4 Incandescent
- T6 Compact Fluorescent
— Dust: Zone 21 and 22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:   II 2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
– Surface Temperature:
- T135 °C Incandescent,
- T85 °C Compact Fluorescent
— Ambient Temperature: -20 °C to +40 °C  
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50252
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 03 ATEX 6098X
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK09
— Internal Volume: > 2 dm3 - 2 liters

Related Products
• For labels see Labels for Emergency Lighting Units, ATX SelfAdhesive Signaling Labels for Emergency Lighting Units.

132

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

HBDA Series Rectangular Bulkhead Luminaires
Flameproof. Compact Fluorescent, Incandescent

Lighting

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Lamp Type and Wattage

Cable Entries

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Catalog Number

1

18/20 W Compact Fluorescent

M20

5.7

9

HBDAF118

2

40 W Incandescent

M20

5.7

9

HBDAI240

Dimensions in Millimeters (Inches)
Ø 11 (0.43)

150 (5.91)

374 (14.72)

406 (15.98)

117 (4.61)

Photometric Data
Polar curves for a 1000 lm flux, according to NF C 71-120.
Luminaire symbol according to NF C 71-121.

Longitudinal
Transverse

Candela Distribution

Degree

(0-180)

(90-270)

0

134

134

5

129

133

10

127

135

15

126

136

20

125

135

25

119

131

30

109

127

35

89

122

40

69

119

45

51

114

50

39

105

60

26

84

70

11

35

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

133

Bulkhead Luminaires

Number of Lamps
(not supplied)

HRD Series Tank Inspection Lights

Inspection Lights and Handlamps

Lighting

Flameproof. Incandescent, Halogen
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Applications
• Designed to illuminate the interiors of boilers, tanks, bunkers,
silos, mixers, separators, pipelines and other vessels or reactors
that are normally closed.
• For use in hazardous areas where ignitable vapors, gases or
highly combustible dusts are present.
• For installation in chemical and petrochemical plants, refineries
and other process industries.

Features
• Type IIB version:
— 40 W to 100 W incandescent or 50 W halogen lamp (lamp not
supplied).
— Internal aluminum reflector.
— Operates in any position.
— E27 lampholder.
— Terminals: 2.5 mm2.
— Internal and external earth: 2.5 mm2.
— High temperature cable to be used.
— Fixing by three integrated lugs.
— One M20 threaded cable entry.
• Type IIC version:
— 20 W to 50 W halogen lamp (lamp supplied).
— Internal aluminum reflector.
— Operates in any position.
— G4 lampholder for 20 W and BA 15d for 50 W.
— Power supply: 230 V 50/60 Hz.
— Fitted with transformer 230/12 V for 12 V halogen lamp.
— Terminals: 2.5 mm2 terminals.
— Internal earth: 2.5 mm2.
— External earth: 4 mm2.
— Supplied with a set of rocker hinges for mounting with DN 50
to DN 150 sightglass fittings (according to DIN 28 120).
— One M20 threaded cable entry (via increased safety “e” box).

Standard Materials
• Body and bezel: gray painted marine grade aluminum alloy
• Lens: toughened sealed lamp glass
• Reflector: internal aluminum

Certifications and Compliances
ATEX Certification
• IIB Version - Certification Type: HRCd
— Gas: Zone 1 and 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:   II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex d IIB
– Temperature class: T4 to T3
— Dust: Zone 21 and 22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:   II 2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
– Surface Temperature: T130 °C to T195 °C
— Ambient Temperature: -40 °C to +40 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50241
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 02 ATEX 6232
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK08
— Internal Volume: > 2 dm3 -2 liters

134

IIB Version

IIC Version (50 W)

IIC Version (20 W)

IIB Version Fitted with
DN Model Sightglass Fitting

• IIC Version - Certification Type: HRC 20WH (20W), HRC 50
(50W)
— Zone 1 and 2
II 2 G
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
– Type of Protection: Ex d IIC
– Temperature class: T4 (20W), T3 (50W)
— Zone 21 and 22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
– Surface Temperature: 20 W: T130 °C, 50 W: T195 °C
— Ambient Temperature: -20 °C to +40 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50260 (20W), 50661 (50W)
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 03 ATEX 6110 (20W), LCIE 03 ATEX
6109 (50W)
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP65

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

HRD Series Tank Inspection Lights
Flameproof. Incandescent, Halogen

Lighting

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Inspection Lights and Handlamps

Order using catalog numbering guide below or select catalog number from table below
Catalog Numbering Guide — HRD Series Tank Inspection Lights
HRD

C

050

Series:
HRD - HRD Series
Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22

Z

E

Lamp Wattage:
020 - 20 W
050 - 50 W
100 - 100 W
Classification:
B - IIB
C - IIC

Options:
E - with Ex e terminal box
P - Polycarbonate diffuser
Lamp Type:
I - Incandescent
Z - Halogen

Description

Type

Weight kg

Volume dm3

Catalog Number

40 W to 100 W incandescent
or 50 W halogen 

IIB

2.90

8.10

HRDB100I

20 W halogen 
230 V, 50/60 Hz

IIC

2.30

3.00

HRDC020ZE

50 W halogen 
230 V, 50/60 Hz

IIC

4.00

3.60

HRDC050ZE

Technical Data
Catalog
Number

HRDB100I
(lamp not supplied)

Version

Ambient Temperature = +40 °C
Gas Cable
Temperature

Dust Surface
Temperature

Lamp Type and Wattage

T Rating

40 W Incandescent

T4

N.A.

+130 °C

60 W Incandescent

T3

+87 °C

+137 °C

100 W Incandescent

T3

+107 °C

+195 °C

50 W Halogen

T3

+82 °C

+149 °C

IIB

 Can also be used with compact fluorescent lamp.
 Lamp supplied.
Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

135

HRD Series Tank Inspection Lights
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Dimensions in Millimeters (Inches)

Ø 7 (0.28) to 120º
Ø 180
(7.09)

190 (7.48)

157 (6.18)

Ø 8 (0.31)
Ø 7 (0.28)

146 (5.75)

30
45
(1.18)
(1.77)
178 (7.01)

178 (7.01)

HRDB100I

28 161 (6.34)
(1.10)

104 (4.09)
24 (0.94)

Inspection Lights and Handlamps

Lighting

Flameproof. Incandescent, Halogen

186 (7.32)

HRDC050ZE

HRDC020ZE

Photometric Data
IIC Versions
Illuminance E (lux)

20 W Version

Isolux Curve

Height
(m)

Distance (cm)
Position

1
2

1
2

136

Polar curves for a lumen output of 1000 lm flux,
according to NF C 71-120
Luminaire symbol as per NF C 71-121

0

10

20

30

40

L

3000

1000

125

–

–

H

3000

900

75

–

–

L

1150

750

300

100

50

Degree

Candelas

H

1150

750

300

100

50

0

155

5

145

10

136

Illuminance E (lux)

50 W Version
Height
(m)

IIB Versions

100 W Incandescent
Candela Distribution

15

135

0

10

20

30

40

20

133

L

12000

2300

375

50

–

25

127

H

12000

2700

250

50

–

30

112

L

2550

1550

600

200

–

35

90

H

2550

1800

800

200

–

40

66

45

54

50

46

60

29

70

11

Distance (cm)
Position

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

TCH Series Safety Flashlights

Increased Safety. Halogen, Incandescent
Lighting

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Inspection Lights and Handlamps

Applications
• To provide maintenance staff with task specific portable
lighting in Zone 1 hazardous areas.
• Ideal for persons requiring task specific portable lighting
in refineries, oil and gas process and chemical plants, FPSO,
FLNG, ...

Features
• Type TCH1:
— Luminescent switch facilitates locating flashlight in dark.
— Can be used to transmit a Morse code.
— Halogen version provides twice the lumen output of
incandescent lamps.
— Hook for hands free operation.
— Uses R20 or LR20 batteries (not included).
— Supplied with 1 lamp.
• Type TCH2:
— Dual optics (one at the end and one on the side) permitting:
- Focused beam for safe movement.
- Wide angle side beam for task specific focused lighting.
— Ergonomic design permits easy manipulation:
User can select one of the two beams with one hand.
— Two beams can be switched on separately and not
simultaneously.
— Should one lamp fail, the second lamp will still provide
illumination.
— Flashlight is stable when placed upright on a horizontal
surface.
— Pocket clip allows for hands free work.
— Luminescent ring allows easy locating of flashlight in dark.
— Suspension hook for hands free use.
— Uses 2 R20 or LR20 batteries (not included).
— Supplied with one halogen lamp for main beam and one
incandescent lamp for side beam.
— Supplied with one special opening tool.

Standard Materials
• Type TCH1:
— Housing: shockproof and antistatic polyamide
— Internal reflector: polished
— Lens: polycarbonate
— Hardware: stainless steel
— Switch: luminescent
• Type TCH2:
— Housing: black polycarbonate
— Internal reflector: polished
— Lens: polycarbonate
— Hardware: stainless steel
— Ring: luminescent

Certifications and Compliances
ATEX Certification
• Certification Type: TCH1
— Gas: Zones 1–2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE: II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex eib IIC
– Temperature Class: T4
— Dust: Zone 21-22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE: II 2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
– Surface Temperature: +95 °C

TCH1

TCH2

— Ambient Temperature: -20 °C ≤ Ta ≤ +40 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50259
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 03 ATEX 6064
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
• Certification Type: TCH2
— Gas: Zones 1–2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE: II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex eib IIC
– Temperature Class:
Incandescent PR6:T4 (+55°C)  
Krypton PR102: T4 (+55°C)  
Halogen HPR52: T4 (+40°C) - T3 (+55°C)
Halogen HPR01: T4 (+55°C)  
— Dust: Zone 21-22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE: II2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
– Surface Temperature: +130 °C
— Ambient Temperature: -20 °C ≤ Ta ≤ +55 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50238
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 02 ATEX 6229
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66/68 (25m)

Others Certification
• Certification Type: TCH1 / TCH2
— INMETRO Certificate: BVC11.0419 (TCH1) and BVC11.0420
(TCH2) 

 Inmetro certification available on special request only. Contact your local sales for more information
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

137

TCH Series Safety Flashlights

Inspection Lights and Handlamps

Lighting

Increased Safety. Halogen, Incandescent
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Ordering Information:
Number of lamps
(included)

Type of Lamps
(not included)

Number of
Battery Cells

Weight
kgs

Volume
dm3

Catalog Number

1

Incandescent — 2.5 V – 0.3 A

2

0.4

3.4

TCH12C

1

Incandescent — 3.7 V – 0.3 A

3

0.4

3.4

TCH13C

1

Halogen — 2.8 V – 0.5 A

2

0.4

3.4

TCH12H

2

0.4

1.9

TCH22M

2

Incandescent — 2.5 V – 0.3 A
Halogen — 2.8 V – 0.5 A

Spare Lamps for Replacement (Lamp Holder P13, 5S)
Lamp Type

Rating

Catalog Number

Incandescent (PR6)

2.5 V – 0.3 A

TCHL25C

Incandescent (PR7)

3.7 V – 0.3 A

TCHL37C

Halogen (HPR01)

2.8 V – 0.5 A

TCHL28H

Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.

138

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

TCH Series Safety Flashlights

Increased Safety. Halogen, Incandescent
Lighting

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Inspection Lights and Handlamps

Dimensions in Millimeters (Inches)

TCH12C/H

TCH13C

244

182182
(7.2)

60

Ø 60 (2.4)

Ø 60
60(2.4)

244 (9.6)

TCH22M
28.0
28(1.1)

48

35 35
(1.4)

27

44
Ø 70
72(2.8)

Ø 7070
(2.8)

213
213
(8.4)

44
Ø 44 (1.7)

Photometric Data

Catalog Number TCH12C (at 25 meters) Incandescent

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Catalog Number TCH13C (at 25 meters) Incandescent

139

HLD Series Handlamps

Inspection Lights and Handlamps

Lighting

Flameproof. Incandescent, Halogen
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Applications
• To provide maintenance staff with task specific portable lighting
in Zone 1 hazardous locations.
• Ideal for persons requiring task specific portable lighting in
refineries, oil and gas process and chemical plants.

Features
• To be supplied with SELV (Service Extra Low Voltage) 24 Vac or
30 Vdc.
• 75 W maximum for incandescent lamp.
• 70 W maximum for halogen lamp.
• E27 lamp holder for incandescent lamp (not supplied).
• PK22S lamp holder for H3 lamp (supplied).
• Connection via two terminals — 1 x 2.5 mm2.
• One M20 threaded entry.
• Protective guard.
• Fitted with suspension hook.

Standard Materials
• Body and bezel: gray painted aluminum alloy
• Lamp glass: sealed borosilicate glass
• Protective guard: white zinc plated steel

Certifications and Compliances
— Ambient Temperature: -20 °C to +55 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50240
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 02 ATEX 6164
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Internal Volume: < 2 dm3 - 2 liters

ATEX Certification
• Certification Type: BLd
— Gas: Zone 1 and 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:   II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex d IIC
– Temperature Class: T3 to T5 [See Table]
— Dust: Zone 21 and 22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:   II 2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
– Surface Temperature: T110 °C to T138 °C [See Table]

T Rating (Gas) and Surface Temperature (Dust) Table
Gas
Type
40 W
Incandescent
60 W
Incandescent
75 W
Incandescent

55 W Halogen

70 W Halogen

140

Ambient T°

Lamp glass facing up
Ta = +40 °C
Ta = +55 °C

Dust
Lamp glass facing down
Ta = +40 °C
Ta = +55 °C

Surface
Temperature

T Rating

T5

T4

T5

T4

+110 °C

Cable T°

+56 °C

+71 °C

+66 °C

+81 °C

N.A.

T Rating

T4

T4

T4

T4

+130 °C

Cable T°

+61 °C

+76 °C

+73 °C

+88 °C

N.A.

T Rating

T4

T3

T4

T4

+138 °C

Cable T°

+67 °C

+82 °C

+79 °C

+94 °C

N.A.

T Rating

T4

T4

T4

T4

+122 °C

Cable T°

+67 °C

+82 °C

+79 °C

+94 °C

N.A.

T Rating

T4

T4

T4

T4

+122 °C

Cable T°

+67 °C

+82 °C

+79 °C

+94 °C

N.A.

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

HLD Series Handlamps

Flameproof. Incandescent, Halogen
Lighting

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Weight kg

Volume dm3

Catalog Number

75 W Maximum for Incandescent Lamp

2.8

13

HLD7502B

55 W Halogen 12 Vac/Vdc

2.8

13

HLD5501B

70 W Halogen 24 Vac/Vdc

2.8

13

HLD7002B

Inspection Lights and Handlamps

Lamp Type, Wattage and Voltage

Dimensions in Millimeters (Inches)

265 (10.43)

120 (4.72)

Photometric Data
Polar curves for a 1000 lm output, according to NF C 71-120
Luminaire symbol according to NF C 71-121
Degrees

Candelas

0

23

5

37

10

51

15

68

20

83

25

82

30

82

35

82

40

82

45

77

50

72

60

61

70

73

 Lamp supplied.
Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

141

PJ Series Portable Floodlights

Inspection Lights and Handlamps

Lighting

Flameproof. Halogen
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Applications
• Typical applications include aircraft manufacturing and
maintenance facilities, refineries, chemical and petrochemical
plants and where the permanent mounting of a fixture is not
practical.

Features
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

55-70 W H3 halogen lamp.
PK22S lamp holder.
Connection via two terminals 1 x 2.5 mm2.
Internal earth connection 1 x 2.5 mm2 .
External earth connection 1 x 4 mm2.
One M20 threaded rear entry.
Operates in any position.
Installed on cradle to allow horizontal and vertical adjustment.
Lamp supplied

Standard Materials
• Body and bezel: gray painted aluminum alloy
• Lamp glass: sealed toughened glass
• Carrying handle: plastic covering

Certifications and Compliances
ATEX Certification
• Certification Type: PJ70
— Gas: Zones 1 - 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex d IIC
– Temperature Class: T3 to T4 See Table
— Dust: Zone 21 - 22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
– Surface Temperature: T120 °C to T142 °C See Table

— Ambient Temperature: -40 °C to +55 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50239
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 02 ATEX 6227
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK10
— Internal Volume: < 2 dm3 - 2 liters

T Rating (Gas) and Surface Temperature (Dust) Table

Lamp Type and
Wattage

55 and 70 Watt
Halogen

142

Position

Ta = +40 °C

Gas
Temperature Rating
Ta = +50 °C

Ta = +55 °C

Dust
Surface Temp
at Ta = +55 °C

T4

T3

T3

+142 °C

T4

T4

T3

+135 °C

T4

T4

T4

+120 °C

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

PJ Series Portable Floodlights
Flameproof. Halogen

Lighting

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Inspection Lights and Handlamps

Catalog Number Logic
PJ

55

01B

Series:
PJ - PJ Series
Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
ATEX Certified

Lamp Type:
55 - 55 Watt Halogen
70 - 70 Watt Halogen

Supply Voltage:
01B - 12 Vac/Vdc
02B - 24 Vac/Vdc
11A - 110 Vac, 50/60 Hz
23A - 230 Vac, 50/60 Hz

Lamp Type, Wattage and Voltage
(Lamp supplied)

Weight kg

Volume dm3

Catalog Number

55 W Halogen 12 Vac/Vdc

8

27

PJ5501B

70 W Halogen 24 Vac/Vdc

8

27

PJ7002B

70 W Halogen 110 V, 50/60 Hz 

8

27

PJ7011A

70 W Halogen 230 V, 50/60 Hz 

8

27

PJ7023A

334 (13.15)

166 (6.54)

405 (15.94)

Dimensions in Millimeters (Inches)

10
(0.39)

3xØ
10.5 to 120°
Ø 120 (4.72)

Ø 150 (5.91)

 With transformer 110/24 V (+6% -10%)
 With transformer 230/24 V (+6% -10%)
Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

143

FDBAES LED Series Self-Contained Emergency Lighting Units

Emergency

Lighting

Flameproof

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Applications
• Provides adequate lighting and/or visual indication of access on
exit routes during an evacuation in a hazardous environment.
• Can be installed in hazardous areas designated as Zone 1 and
2 – 21 and 22.
• Typical applications include oil refineries, petrochemical plants,
pulp and paper mills.

FDBAESLEDEM

Features
All versions:
• Power supply 230 Vac, 50/60 Hz.
• 1 hour duration (emergency).
• Threaded access cover with O-ring seal.
• Can be maintained in hazardous areas as an internal switch cuts
off battery supply automatically once the cover is unscrewed
and opened.
• Battery pack.
• Escape route lighting: 2.4 V - 1.5 Ah (2 cells - Nicd)
Space lighting: 7.2 V - 2.2 Ah (6 cells - NiMh) - Flameproof
• Padlockable switch is available on switched models which
individually cuts off power supply and remote control.
• Charge indicator by 1 green LED (life time over 10 years).
• Operates in any position.
• Connection to plug-in terminal block via 2 x 5 x 2.5 mm2
terminals.
• Supplied with two fixing lugs.
• Automatic built-in self-test system (SATI) with memorization of
tests indicated by LEDs.
• Using a microprocessor and an internal clock, the unit will carry
out automatic tests.
• Weekly test: Lamp check during 6 seconds.
• Quarterly test: Emergency operation and lamp check for 1 hour.
• Can be remotely controlled and checked without switching
the mains off with remote control unit from Legrand (Catalog
Number 03901) or URA (Catalog Number 095448 and 095450)
manufacturers.
• The remote control unit installed in a safe area or inside a
flameproof box allows manual ignition of all the units (maximum
300 units) for visual inspection of their operation.
• Escape route lighting: 55 lumens, 0.50 wattage.
Space lighting: 540 lumens, 0.95 wattage.
Addressable versions:
• Operates without additional control lines. Communication
between units and the control system is realized via mains
borne signals that  utilize the existing electrical wiring.
• Standard control system capacity: one control system for up to
200 emergency lighting units.
• Optional increased control system capacity: booster (repeater
unit) is used to increase the length of the network allowing up
to 1000 emergency lighting units to be on one control system.
This allows for the use of a single computer to centralize the
management of the facilities emergency lighting system. For
more information, please contact your local sales representative.

Options
• Addressable monitoring software, please consult your local
sales representative.
• Low temperature application, please consult your local sales
representative.

Certifications and Compliances
ATEX/IECEx Certification
• Certification Type: FLd
— Gas: Zone 1 - 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:   II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex d IIC
– Temperature class: T6
— Dust: Zone 21 - 22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:   II 2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
– Surface Temperature: T80 °C
— Ambient Temperature: -40 °C to +55 °C 
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50203
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 97 ATEX 6012
— IECEx Certificate: IECEx LCI 04.0018
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66/68
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK08
— Internal Volume: > 2 dm3 (2 liters)
— Conforming to NF AEAS

EURASEC Certification
— EURASEC  N° TC  RU C-FR.ГБ05.B.00912

Others Certification
— INMETRO Certificate: BVC 11.0492 

Related Products
• For labels see Labels for Emergency Lighting Units, ATX SelfAdhesive Signaling Labels for Emergency Lighting Units.

Standard Materials
•
•
•
•
•
•

End caps and cover: aluminum
O-ring seal: Nitrile
Lens: tempered borosilicate glass
Fixing brackets: zinc plated steel or 316 stainless steel
Accessories: white painted galvanized steel
Guard: zinc plated steel

 Optimum operating temperature for battery is -5 °C to +30 °C
 Inmetro certification available on special request only. Contact your local sales for more information

144

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

FDBAES LED Series Self-Contained Emergency Lighting Units
Flameproof

Lighting

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

FDBAES

LED

Series:
FDBAES - FDBAES Series
Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
ATEX/IECEx Certified

SL

N

SL - Space Lighting
E - Escape Route Lighting

Lamp Type:
LED

Type

Lamp

Lumen
Output

Emergency

Catalog Numbering Guide
A
Options:
A - Addressable
W - With Switch (main supply
and remote)
Cable Entry:
M - Metric M20
N - 3/4" NPT

Cable Entries

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Catalog Number

Unswitched Version — 1 hour duration — Non-maintained — Two threaded cable entries with one blanking plug
Space Lighting

LED Array

540 lm 

Escape Route
Lighting

LED Array

55 lm 

M20

8.1

37.1

FDBAESLEDSLM

3/4" NPT

8.1

37.1

FDBAESLEDSLN

M20

8.1

37.1

FDBAESLEDEM

3/4" NPT

8.1

37.1

FDBAESLEDEN

Switched Version — 1 hour duration — Non-maintained — One threaded cable entry
Space Lighting

LED Array

540 lm

Escape Route
Lighting

LED Array

55 lm

M20

10

40.4

FDBAESLEDSLMW

3/4" NPT

10

40.4

FDBAESLEDSLNW

M20

10

40.4

FDBAESLEDEMW

3/4" NPT

10

40.4

FDBAESLEDENW

Addressable and Unswitched Version — 1 hour duration — Non-maintained — Two threaded cable entries with one blanking plug
Space Lighting

LED Array

540 lm

Escape Route
Lighting

LED Array

55 lm

M20

8.1

37.1

FDBAESLEDSLMA

3/4" NPT

8.1

37.1

FDBAESLEDSLNA

M20

8.1

37.1

FDBAESLEDEMA

3/4" NPT

8.1

37.1

FDBAESLEDENA

Addressable and Switched Version — 1 hour duration — Non-maintained — One threaded cable entry
Space Lighting

LED Array

540 lm

M20

10

40.4

FDBAESLEDSLMAW

Escape Route
Lighting

LED Array

55 lm

M20

10

40.4

FDBAESLEDEMAW

 Value measured after 1 hour duration - required value by standard is 400 lm.
 Value measured after 1 hour duration - required value by standard is 45 lm.
Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

145

FDBAES LED Series Self-Contained Emergency Lighting Units

Emergency

Lighting

Flameproof

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Accessories
Description

Catalog Number

Reflector
FDER5G

White painted galvanized steel
Protective Guard

FDPG5Z

Zinc plated steel
Fixing Brackets – set of two brackets for ease of surface installation
Zinc plated steel

FDFBZ

316 stainless steel

FDFBS

Surface Mounting Brackets – set of two brackets for ease of installation
Zinc plated steel

FDSBZ

316 stainless steel

FDSBS

Half Clamps – set of two
Zinc plated steel versions:
For 42 mm to 49 mm pole (1-1/4 to 1-1/2" tube)

FDHC49Z

For 60 mm pole (2" tube)

FDHC60Z

316 stainless steel versions:
For 42 mm to 49 mm pole (1-1/4 to 1-1/2" tube)

FDHC49S

For 60 mm pole (2" tube)

FDHC60S

Fall Prevention Kit
FDSCS

1.20 m stainless steel chain

Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.

146

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

FDBAES LED Series Self-Contained Emergency Lighting Units
Flameproof

Lighting

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Emergency

LED Indicator
Space Lighting — Replaces Fluorescent Version
1 Green LED + 1 Amber LED indicating the charge battery status
- Green:
Flashing -> battery is charging
Fixed -> battery fully charged
- Amber: flashing -> battery not connected or faulty
6 White LED's: Lighting LED's
- OFF when main power is ON
- ON when main power is OFF

2 White LED's :
- ON when main power ON
- OFF when main power OFF
- Flashing when battery not connected or faulty (only with SATI version)

Escape Lighting — Replaces Incandescent Version
1 Green LED + 1 Amber LED indicating the charge battery status
- Green: Flashing -> battery is charging
Fixed -> battery fully charged
- Amber: flashing -> battery not connected or faulty
6 White LED's: Lighting LED's
- Low lighting power when main power is ON
- High lighting power when main power is OFF

2 White LED's :
- Flashing when battery not connected or faulty (only with SATI version)

Main Status

Non Maintained
Space Lighting

Escape Route Lighting

Battery not Connected
or Faulty

Switched On

SATI

Switched Off

Addressable

Main Power ON
Space or Escape Route Lighting

    OFF

    OFF

    ON (high lighting power)

     ON — Flashing — White LED

ON (low lighting power)

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

      ON — Flashing — Amber LED

147

FDBAES LED Series Self-Contained Emergency Lighting Units
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Electrical Wiring Diagram
Mains

Remote (optional)

			
PE
N
L

(B)

+
(A)

U
N
PE
- (B)

Non-Maintained
Emergency
Lighting Unit

+ (A)

Dimensions in Millimeters (Inches)
Unswitched Versions
12 mm
(0.47 in)

374.5 mm (14.74 in)
345 mm (13.58 in)

77.5 mm
(3.05 in)
15 mm
(0.59 in)

11 mm
(0.43 in)

5 mm (0.20 in)

205 mm (8.07 in)

150 mm (5.91 in)
31.5 mm
(1.24 in)

15.5 mm
(0.61 in)

400 mm
(15.75 in)

470 mm (18.50 in)
85 mm
(3.35 in)

85 mm
(3.35 in)

Minimum distance
to access inside

Switched Versions
12 mm
(0.47 in)

150 mm (5.91 in)
31.5 mm
(1.24 in)

205 mm (8.07 in)

Emergency

Lighting

Flameproof

374.5 mm (14.74 in)
345 mm (13.58 in)

77.5 mm
(3.05 in)
15 mm
(0.59 in)

5 mm (0.20 in)
15.5 mm
(0.61 in)

529.5 mm (20.85 in)
85 mm 85 mm
(3.35 in) (3.35 in)
200 mm (7.87 in)

148

11 mm
(0.43 in)

400 mm
(15.75 in)

Minimum distance
to access inside

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

FDES Series Self-Contained Emergency Lighting Units
Flameproof. Fluorescent

Lighting

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Emergency

Applications
• Provides adequate lighting and/or visual indication of access
on exit routes during an emergency evacuation in a hazardous
environment.
• Can be installed in hazardous areas designated as Zone 1 and
2 – 21 and 22.
• Typical applications include oil refineries, petrochemical plants,
pulp and paper mills.

2 x 8 W Fluorescent Sustained

Features
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Power supply from 110 to 240 Vac 50/60 Hz versions.
3-hour duration.
Threaded access cover with O-ring seal.
Operates in any position.
8 W Fluorescent (1 or 2 lamps supplied).
Charge indicator by 1 red LED (life time over 10 years).
Termination 3 or 4 x 2.5 mm2 terminals.
Supplied with two fixing lugs.

Standard Materials
•
•
•
•
•
•

End caps and cover: aluminum
O-ring seal: Nitrile
Lens: tempered borosilicate glass
Fixing brackets: zinc plated steel or 316 stainless steel
Accessories: white painted galvanized steel
Guard: zinc plated steel

EURASEC Certification
— EURASEC  N° TC  RU C-FR.ГБ05.B.00912

Others Certification
— INMETRO Certificate: BVC11.0492 

Certifications and Compliances
ATEX/IECEx Certification
• Certification Type: FLd
— Gas: Zone 1 - 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:   II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex d IIC
– Temperature class: T6
— Dust: Zone 21 - 22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:   II 2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
– Surface Temperature: T80 °C
— Ambient Temperature: -40 °C to +55 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50203
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 97 ATEX 6012
— IECEx Certificate: IECEx LCI 04.0018
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66/68
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK08
— Internal Volume: > 2 dm3- 2 liters

 Inmetro certification available on special request only. Contact your local sales for more information
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

149

FDES Series Self-Contained Emergency Lighting Units

Emergency

Lighting

Flameproof. Fluorescent
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Order using catalog numbering guide below or select catalog number from tables on following pages.
Catalog Numbering Guide — FDES Series Self-Contained Emergency Units
FDES

1

08

Series:
FDES - FDES Series
Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
ATEX/IECEx Certified

1

Lamp Wattage:
08 - 8 Watt Fluorescent

Number of Lamps:
1 - One Lamp
2 - Two Lamp

N

Version:
N - Non-Maintained
M - Maintained
S - Sustained

Voltage:
1 - 110 Vac, 50/60 Hz
2 - 127 Vac, 50/60 Hz
3 - 230/240 Vac, 50/60 Hz
4 - 230/240 Vac, 50 Hz

3 Hour Duration — Two M20 Threaded Cable Entries With One M20 Blanking Plug
Type

1 x 8 W Fluorescent
Non-Maintained

Lumen
Output

230 lm

1 x 8 W Fluorescent
Maintained

180 lm

2 x 8 W Fluorescent
Sustained

230 lm

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Catalog Number

Voltage

Frequency

230/240 Vac

50/60 Hz

127 Vac

50/60 Hz

110 Vac

50/60 Hz

FDES1081N

230/240 Vac

50/60 Hz

FDES1084M

230/240 Vac

50 Hz

FDES1083N
7.8

36

7.8

36

7.8

36

FDES1082N

FDES2084S

Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.

150

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

FDES Series Self-Contained Emergency Lighting Units
Flameproof. Fluorescent

Lighting

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Description

Catalog Number

Reflector
White painted galvanized steel

FDER1G

Protective Guard
Zinc plated steel

FDPG1Z

Fixing Brackets: Set of two for ease of surface installation
Zinc plated steel

FDFBZ

316 stainless steel

FDFBS

Surface Mounting Brackets: Set of two
Zinc plated steel

FDSBZ

316 stainless steel

FDSBS

Half Clamps: Set of two
Zinc plated steel versions:
Diameter for 1-1/4 to 1-1/2" pole: 42 mm to 49 mm

FDHC49Z

Diameter for 2" pole: 60 mm

FDHC60Z

316 stainless steel versions:
Diameter for 1-1/4 to 1-1/2" pole: 42 mm to 49 mm

FDHC49S

Diameter for 2" pole: 60 mm

FDHC60S

Spare Lamps
8 W fluorescent G5

LF008G5

Fall Prevention Kit
1.20 m stainless steel chain

FDSCS

Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

151

Emergency

Accessories and Replacement Parts

FDES Series Self-Contained Emergency Lighting Units
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Electrical Wiring Diagram
With Local Switch
PE

Mains
N

Without Local Switch
PE

L

			L1

Mains
N

L

Local Switch
U
N
PE

1 x 8 W Non-Maintained
Emergency Lighting Unit

U1
U
N
PE

1 x 8 W Maintained
Emergency Lighting Unit

U1
U
N
PE

1 x 8 W Non-Maintained
Emergency Lighting Unit

U1
U
N
PE

2 x 8 W Sustained
Emergency Lighting Unit

U1
U
N
PE

2 x 8 W Sustained
Emergency Lighting Unit

U1 connected to local switch

U1 linked with U

Emergency Function Diagram
1 x 8 W Maintained
Mains

1 x 8W
Non-Maintained

Local Switch OFF
or No Link

2 x 8 W Sustained

Local Switch ON
or Link Present

Local Switch OFF
or No Link

Local Switch ON
or Link Present

Switched ON

Switched OFF

Dimensions in Millimeters (Inches)
77.5
25

Dia. 11

5
400
Mini

191

Emergency

Lighting

Flameproof. Fluorescent

174

152

430

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

FNES LED Series Self-Contained Emergency Lighting with Self-Test System
Zone 2 - 21 and 22

Lighting

Zone 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Emergency

Applications
• Provides adequate lighting and/or visual indication of
access and exit routes during an evacuation in a hazardous
environment.
• Can be installed in hazardous areas designated as Zone 2 – 21
and 22.
• Typical applications include oil refineries, petrochemical plants,
pulp, paper mills and silos.

Features
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

•
•
•

Power supply 230 Vac, 50/60 Hz.
1 hour duration (emergency).
Non-maintained.
Operates in any position.
Battery pack.
— Escape route lighting: 2.4 V - 1.5 Ah (2 cells - Nicd).
— Space lighting: 7.2 V - 2.2 Ah (6 cells - NiMh) - Flameproof.
Open and close using an Allen key (size 10) or a 6 mm flat
screwdriver.
Connection to plug-in terminal block via 2 x 5 x 2.5 mm2
terminals.
Two M20 clearance holes supplied with one cable gland —
diameter 6.5 to 14.5 mm one blanking plug and two locknuts.
Charge indicator by green LED (lifetime over 10 years).
Automatic built-in self-test system (SATI) with memorization of
tests indicated by LEDs .
Using a microprocessor and an internal clock, the unit will carry
out automatic tests.
Weekly test: Lamp check duration 6 seconds.
Quarterly test: Emergency operation and lamp check for 1 hour.
Can be remotely controlled and checked without switching
the mains off with remote control unit from Legrand (Catalog
Number 03901) or URA (Catalog Number 095448 and 095450)
manufacturers.
The remote control unit installed in a safe area or inside a
flameproof box allows manual ignition of all the units (max. 300
units) for visual inspection of their operation.
Escape route lighting: 55 lumens, 0.50 wattage.
Space lighting: 540 lumens, 0.95 wattage.

Standard Materials
•
•
•
•

Body: fiberglass reinforced polyester
Diffuser (hinged to body): polycarbonate
Gasket: elastomer
Fixing brackets: zinc plated steel, gray painted aluminum or 316
stainless steel
• Cable gland and blanking plug: polyamide
• Locknut: nickel-plated brass

Options
• Addressable versions:
— Operates without additional control lines. Communication
between units and the control system is realized via mains
borne signals that  utilize the existing electrical wiring.
— Standard control system capacity: one control system for up
to 200 emergency lighting units.

FNES LED
— Optional increased control system capacity: booster (repeater
unit) is used to increase the length of the network allowing
up to 1000 emergency lighting units to be on one control
system. This allows for the use of a single computer to
centralize the management of the facilities emergency lighting
system. For more information, please contact your local sales
representative.
— Addressable monitoring software is available, please consult
your local sales representative.
• Low temperature application, please consult your local sales
representative.

Certifications and Compliances
ATEX or ATEX/IECEx Certification
• Certification Type: FLn
— Gas: Zone 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 3 G
– Type of Protection 'nA' : Ex nA IIC T6 Gc
– Type of Protection 'nR' : Ex nR IIC T4 Gc
– Temperature class: T6 (nA) or T4 (nR)
– Ambient Temperature: -20 °C to +55 °C 
— Dust: Zone 21
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:   II 2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
– Surface Temperature: T75 °C
– Ambient Temperature: -40 °C to +55 °C 
— Dust: Zone 22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:   II 3 D
– Type of Protection: Ex t IIIC Dc
– Surface Temperature: T75 °C
– Ambient Temperature: -20 °C to +55 °C 
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50212
— ATEX Certificate:
– Zone 2-22: LCIE 03 ATEX 6072
– Zone 21: LCIE 02 ATEX 6067
— IECEx Certificate:
– Zone 2-22: IECEx LCI 04.0021
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66/67
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK10
— Conforming to NF AEAS

EURASEC Certification
— EURASEC  N° TC  RU C-FR.ГБ05.B.00912

Others Certification
— INMETRO Certificate: BVC11.0815 

Related Products
• For labels see Labels for Emergency Lighting Units, ATX SelfAdhesive Signaling Labels for Emergency Lighting Units.

 Optimum operating temperature for battery is -5 °C to +30 °C
 Inmetro certification available on special request only. Contact your local sales for more information
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

153

FNES LED Series Self-Contained Emergency Lighting with Self-Test System

Emergency

Lighting

Zone 2 - 21 and 22
Zone 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Catalog Numbering Guide
FNES

LED

SL

Series:
FNES - FNES Series
Zone 2 and 22: ATEX/IECEx
Certified
Zone 21: ATEX Certified

Lamp Type:
LED

U

A

Cable Entry:
A - Armored M20
U - Unarmored M20
N - Unarmored M25
SL - Space Lighting
E - Escape Route Lighting

Options:
A - Addressable
W - With Switch
(Automatic mains cut-off)

Unswitched Version – 1 hour duration - Non-maintained - Two Unarmored M20 clearance entries
Type
Space Lighting
Escape Route Lighting

Lamp Type
LED Array

Lumen Output

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Catalog Number

540 lm

7.2

32.3

FNESLEDSLU

55 lm

7.2

32.3

FNESLEDEU

Accessories
Description

Catalog Number

Half Clamps Brackets - Set of Two
For 42 mm to 49 mm pole (1-1/4 to 1-1/2" tube)
Zinc plated steel

FEHC49Z

316 stainless steel

FEHC49S

For 60 mm pole (2" tube)
Zinc plated steel

FEHC60Z

316 stainless steel

FEHC60S

M8 Ring Bolts - Set of Two
FERBM8Z

Zinc plated steel
Hinged Brackets - Set of two brackets for adjusting luminaire when wall-mounted
Aluminium (gray painted)

FEHBA

316 stainless steel

FEHBS

Brackets for Surface Mounting - Set of two
Aluminium (gray painted)

FESBA

316 stainless steel

FESBS

Fixing Brackets - Set of two brackets for ease of surface installation
Zinc plated steel

FEFBZ

316 stainless steel

FEFBS

Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.

154

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

FNES LED Series Self-Contained Emergency Lighting with Self-Test System
Zone 2 - 21 and 22

Lighting

Zone 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Emergency

Electrical Wiring Diagram

Mains
PE

N

L

(B)

Remote (Optional)
+
(A)

Non-Maintained
Emergency
Lighting Unit

U
N
PE
-(B)
+(A)

LED Indicator
Main Status

Non Maintained
Space Lighting

Escape Route Lighting

Main Power ON

Battery not Connected
or Faulty

Switched On

SATI

Switched Off

Addressable

Space or Escape Route Lighting

    OFF

    OFF

    ON (high lighting power)

     ON — Flashing — White LED
      ON — Flashing — Amber LED

ON (low lighting power)

Dimensions in Millimeters (Inches)

2 x M8

145
(5.71)

400 (15.8)

785 (31.0)

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

217 (8.54)

155

Self-Adhesive Signaling Labels for Emergency Lighting Units

Emergency

Lighting

For use on Appleton/ATX emergency lighting luminaires: FDBAES, FDES and FNES Series

Features

Standard Materials

• Select styles available in French, English, Spanish, Portuguese
and version which conform to Directive CEE 77-576.

• Plastic coated
• White lettering.
• Green background.

Length
mm

Width
mm

Units
per Pack

Catalog Number

237

53

10

094904

237

53

10

094905

237

109

10

094906

172 + 57

57

10

094907

237

109

5

094908

237

109

5

094909

237

109

5

094910

230

45

5

094915

230

90

5

094916

230

45)

5

094917

237

109

5

094919

175 + 57

57

5

094918

237

109

5

094913

175 + 57

57

5

094914

237

109

5

094911

237

109

5

094912

French

English

Spanish

Portuguese

Conforming to Directive CEE 77-576

156

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

ELS Series Self-Contained Emergency Lighting Unit
Incandescent

Lighting

Zone 2 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Emergency

Applications
• Enclosed and gasketed, non-metallic emergency lighting
system suitable for use where flammable gases, vapors or
dusts may become present due to abnormal conditions defined
as Zone 2 and 22.
• Typical applications include manufacturing plants, refineries,
petrochemical and chemical plants, waste and sewage
treatment facilities, food processing facilities and other
industrial manufacturing or process facilities subject to wet or
corrosive conditions.

Features
• Provides 90 minutes of emergency lighting.
• The electronics consists of a solid state charger, transfer circuit
and low voltage disconnect circuit.
• A LED pilot light indicates the presence of AC line voltage, and
a test switch is provided for testing transfer operation.
• Upon restoration of normal power, the charger will begin a
recharge cycle. It will bring the battery to full capacity.
• 6 A fuse provided as standard.
• 12 Vdc, 10 W or 21 W incandescent lamps.
• Lamp base BA15D.
• Battery capacity 7 A/h.
• Connections on 2.5 mm2 terminals.

2 Lamp Version — ELS 2100712A

Standard Materials
• Fiberglass reinforced polyester housing, carbon loaded for low
resistivity
• Aluminium glass sealed spotlight

Certifications and Compliances
ATEX Certification
• Certification Type: ELS
— Gas: Zone 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 3 G
– Type of Protection: Ex nAR II
– Temperature class: T2
— Dust: Zone 22
II 3 D
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A22
– Surface Temperature: T121 °C
— Ambient Temperature: -20 °C to +55 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50282
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 02 ATEX 6046
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK10 (housing)

Others Certification
— INMETRO Certificate: BVC11.0643-X 

 Inmetro certification available on special request only. Contact your local sales for more information
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

157

ELS Series Self-Contained Emergency Lighting Unit
Zone 2 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

2 x M20 entries at the top, supplied with one M20 polyamide cable gland [cable diameter 6.5 to 14.5 mm] and one M20 blanking
plug.
Catalog Number

Number
of Lamps

Wattage
W

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

205-254 Vac, 50/60 Hz

110 - 120 Vac, 50/60 Hz

1

10 W

8.50

4.55

ELS1100712A

ELS1100712B

2

10 W

7.70

4.80

ELS2100712A

ELS2100712B

1

21 W

8.50

4.55

ELS1210712A

ELS1210712B

2

21 W

7.70)

4.80

ELS2210712A

ELS2210712B

Dimensions in Millimeters (Inches)
165.3 (6.51)

200 (7.87)

397.7 (15.66)

Emergency

Lighting

Incandescent

425 (16.73)

158

157 (6.18)

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

SBDO Series Signaling and Lighting Bulkheads
Flameproof. Compact Fluorescent, Incandescent

Lighting

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Signaling

Applications
• For lighting and signaling.

Features
• For 7, 11, 15 Watt compact fluorescent or up to 100 Watt
(maximum) incandescent (lamps not supplied).
• E27 lampholder.
• Operating in any position.
• Fixing by 2 integrated brackets.
• Connection to lampholder via two terminals 1 x 2.5 mm2.
• Internal earth two terminals 2.5 mm2, external earth 1 x 4 mm2.
• Two M20 entries through feed.
• Supplied with 1 blanking plug M20.

Standard Materials
• Body and bezel: gray painted aluminum
• Sealed toughened lamp glass
• Guard: zinc plated steel

Compact Fluorescent
Painted Glass Version

Certifications and Compliances
ATEX/IECEx Certification
• Certification Type: HBOd
— Zone 1 - 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:   II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex d IIB
– Temperature Class:
Incandescent: T4,
Compact Fluorescent: T6
— Zone 21 - 22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:   II 2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
– Surface Temperature:
Incandescent: T119 °C,
Compact Fluorescent: T76 °C
— Ambient Temperature: -20 °C to +40 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50234
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 02 ATEX 6162
— IECEx Certificate: IECEx LCI Ex 12.0006
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK08
— Internal Volume: ≤ 2 dm3 – 2 liters

EURASEC Certification
— EURASEC  N° TC  RU C-FR.ГБ05.B.00912

Others Certification
— INMETRO Certificate: BVC11.0597 

 Inmetro certification available on special request only. Contact your local sales for more information
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

159

SBDO Series Signaling and Lighting Bulkheads
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Color (Painted Glass)

Weight kg

Volume dm3

Catalog Number

7 W to 15 W Compact Fluorescent or up to 60 W Incandescent
Red

3

9

SBDOSR

Green

3

9

SBDOSG

Accessories and Replacement Parts
Description

Catalog Number

122 (4.8)

Zinc Plated Steel Protective Guard

HBDOPGZ
094784

Terminal block for through wiring 2 x 2.5 mm2 with high temperature sleeve

Dimensions in Millimeters (Inches)

220 (8.66)

180 (7.09)

122 (4.8)

R 4.5
(0.18)
160 (6.3)

180 (7.09)
220 (8.66)

Signaling

Lighting

Flameproof. Compact Fluorescent, Incandescent

R 4.5
(0.18)
160 (6.3)

160

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

SBDS Series Beacon Lighting Units
Flameproof

Lighting

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Signaling

Applications
• For use in hazardous locations in a wide range of plants.
• In areas where audible signals cannot be heard.

Features
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Fixtures operate in any position.
Suspension via integral bolt.
Threaded flame path.
Internal earth terminal 2 x 4 mm2.
External earth terminal 1 x 4 mm2.
Two M20 threaded entries with one blanking plug.
Globe available in four colors: red, amber, green and clear (to be
ordered separately).
• Static Beacon:
— E27 lamp holder.
— Permissible lamps not supplied:
– 100 W incandescent max.
– 18/20/25 W compact fluorescent
— Connection to lamp holder via two terminals 1 x 2.5 mm2 or
2 x 4 mm2 terminal block supplied.
• Rotating Beacon:
— E14 lamp holder.
— 40 W incandescent lamp supplied.
— Rotating speed: approximately 170 rotations per minute.
— Beaten mirror to reinforce bright effect.
— Connection via two terminals 2 x 4 mm2.

Standard Materials
•
•
•
•
•
•

Body and bezel: gray painted marine aluminum
Glass: colorless sealed shock resistant
Reflector for static beacon: internal aluminum
Globe: colored polymethacrylate
Protective guard: zinc plated steel
Mounting bracket: zinc plated steel

Static Beacon with Red Globe

Rotating Beacon

— Dust: Zone 21 and 22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:   II 2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
– Surface Temperature: See Table on following page
— Ambient Temperature:
— Static: -40 °C to +50 °C
— Rotating: -20 °C to +50 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50231
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 02 ATEX 6053
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK08
— Internal Volume: ≤ 2 dm3 (2 liters)

Others Certification
— INMETRO Certificate: BVC11.0480 

Certifications and Compliances
ATEX Certification
• Certification Type: AB14
— Gas: Zones 1 and 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:   II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex d IIB
– Temperature Class: See Table below

T Rating (Gas) and Surface Temperature (Dust) Table

Lamp Type and Wattage

T Rating for Gas
Ta = +40 °C
Ta = +50 °C
Cable Entry
Cable Entry
T Rating
Temperature
T Rating
Temperature

Surface Temperature for Dust
Ta = +50 °C
Surface
Cable Entry
Temperature
Temperature

18 W Compact Fluorescent

T6

–

T5

–

+85 °C

–

20 W Compact Fluorescent

T6

–

T5

–

+85 °C

–

25 W Compact Fluorescent

T6

–

T5

–

+85 °C

–

100 W Incandescent

T4

+115 °C

T3

+125 °C

+145 °C

+125 °C

40 W Rotating

T5

–

T4

+110 °C

–

 Inmetro certification available on special request only. Contact your local sales for more information
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

161

SBDS Series Beacon Lighting Units
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Signaling

Lamp Type
and Wattage

Supply

Frequency
(Hz)

Rating
(Amps)

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

—

—

—

7.5

30

Catalog Number

Clear Static Beacon
100 W
maximum

SBDSSC

Clear Rotating Beacon
40 W
Incandescent

48 V ±10%

50/60 Hz

1A

8.5

30

SBDSRC4004A

40 W
Incandescent

48 Vdc ±10%

—

1A

8.5

30

SBDSRC4004D

40 W
Incandescent

110 V ±10%

50/60 Hz

0.5 A

8.5

30

SBDSRC4011A

40 W
Incandescent

230/240 V ±10%

50/60 Hz

0.23 A

8.5

30

SBDSRC4024A

Accessories and Replacement Parts
Type

Catalog Number

Polymethacrylate Globe
Red

SBDGR

Green

SBDGG

Amber

SBDGA

Clear

SBDGC

Zinc Plated Steel Protective Guard
LDPG3Z

Not to be used if a colored globe is used.
Zinc Plated Steel Hinged Bracket

LDPHBZ

For installation on flat surface
Dimensions in Millimeters (Inches)
202 (7.95) Diameter

Ø 11
(0.43)

Ø 11
(0.43)

375 (14.76)

202 (7.95) Diameter

Lighting Unit with Globe

4)
(9.8
0
5
2

80 (3.1
5)
202 (7.95)
Diameter

350 (13.78)

Lighting

Flameproof

Lighting Unit

LDPHBZ Mounting Bracket

Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.

162

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

SBDB Series Beacon and Strobe Lighting Units
Flameproof

Lighting

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Signaling

Applications
• For use in hazardous locations in a wide range of plants.
• In areas where audible signals cannot be heard.
• To warn of unsafe conditions and other communication needs.

Features
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

•

•

•

Fixtures operate in any position.
Mounting strap for surface mounting supplied.
High temperature internal wiring.
Threaded flame path.
Stainless steel fastenings.
Closed by screwing on bezel.
Connection through an increased safety Exe compartment with
terminal block
— Two 2 x 6 mm2 and two earth terminal 1 x 4 mm2.
External earth terminal 1 x 4 mm2.
Two side M20 threaded entries supplied with:
— 1 x M20 plastic cable-gland for unarmored cable — 6.5 to
14.5 mm sealing diameter.
— 1 x M20 blanking plug.
Static Beacon:
— E27 lamp holder.
— Permissible lamps not supplied:
– 100 W incandescent max.
– 18 W compact fluorescent.
— Globe available in four colors:
– Red, amber, green and clear (to be ordered separately).
Rotating Beacon:
— E14 lamp holder.
— 40 W incandescent lamp supplied.
— Rotating speed: approximately 170 rotations per minute.
— Beaten mirror to reinforce bright effect.
— Globe available in four colors:
– Red, amber, green and clear (to be ordered separately).
5 Joules Strobe Beacon:
— Xenon lamp supplied.
— Instantaneous illuminance: 50,000 candles.
— Strobe 60 flashes per minute.
— Operating factor 100%.
— Life duration: 70% efficiency after 8 million flashes.
— Internal red colored lens supplied as standard.
— Other lenses available in five colors:
– Amber, blue, green, yellow and clear (factory installed).

Strobe Lighting

Beacon Lighting

Certifications and Compliances
ATEX/IECEx Certification
• Certification Type: LTd (model (LT1d)
— Gas: Zones 1 and 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:   II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex de IIC
– Temperature Class: See Table on following page
— Dust: Zone 21-22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:   II2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
– Surface Temperature: See Table on following page
— Ambient Temperature:
– Strobe: -40 °C to +55 °C
– Rotating Beacon: -20 °C to +50 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50246
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 02 ATEX 6165
— IECEx Certificate: IECEx LCI Ex 04.0019
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66/67
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK08

Others Certification
— INMETRO Certificate: BVC11.0417 

Standard Material of Fixtures
•
•
•
•

Body and bezel: gray painted marine aluminum
Lens: colorless sealed shock resistant glass
Internal reflector for static beacon: aluminum
Mounting strap: gray painted aluminum

Standard Material of Accessories
• Globe: colored Polymethacrylate
• Protective guard: zinc plated steel

Options
• Other lens colors for strobe beacon

 Inmetro certification available on special request only. Contact your local sales for more information
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

163

SBDB Series Beacon and Strobe Lighting Units

Signaling

Lighting

Flameproof

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Order using catalog numbering guide below or select catalog number from the following pages.
Catalog Numbering Guide — SBDB Series Beacon and Strobe Lighting Units
SBDB

R

C

Series:
SBDB - SBDB Series
Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
ATEX/IECEx Certified

40

Color:
C - Clear
R - Red
A - Amber
G - Green
B - Blue
Y - Yellow

04A
Voltage:
02D - 24 Vdc
02A - 24 Vac, 50/60 Hz
04D - 48 Vdc
04A - 48 Vac, 50/60 Hz
11A - 110 Vac, 50/60 Hz
11D - 110 Vdc
24A - 230/240 Vac, 50/60 Hz

Type:
S - Static
F - Flashing
R - Rotating

Wattage/Joules:
40 - 40 W
10 - 100 W
05 - 5 Joules

Temperature Class — Gas
Positions
Lighting Downwards

Lighting Upwards

Lamp Type and Wattage

Ta =+40 °C

Ta =+50 °C

Ta =+55 °C

Ta =+40 °C

Ta =+50 °C

Ta =+55 °C

18 W Fluorescent Compact

T6

T6

T6

T6

T5

T5

100 W Incandescent

T4

T3

T3

T3

T3

T3

40 W Rotating

T5

T4

T4

T5

T4

T4

Strobe 5 Joules

T6

T6

T6

T6

T6

T6

Temperature Rating — Dust
Positions
Lamp Type and Wattage

Lighting Downwards

Lighting Upwards

Ta =+55 °C

Ta =+55 °C

18 W Fluorescent Compact

T80 °C

T95 °C

100 W Incandescent

T195 °C

T195 °C

40 W Rotating

T130 °C

T130 °C

Strobe 5 Joules

T80 °C

T80 °C

164

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

SBDB Series Beacon and Strobe Lighting Units
Flameproof

Lighting

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Supply

Rating
(Amps)

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Catalog Number

Clear Static Beacon
100 W
Maximum

—

—

—

7.5

30

SBDBSC

48 Vac

+-10%

50/60 Hz

1A

8.5

30

SBDBRC4004A

40 W

48 Vdc

+-10%

—

1A

8.5

30

SBDBRC4004D

40 W

110 Vac

+-10%

50/60 Hz

0.5A

8.5

30

SBDBRC4011A

40 W

230/240 Vac

+-10%

50/60 Hz

0.23A

8.5

30

SBDBRC4024A

—

Clear Rotating Beacon
40 W

Red Strobe Beacon
5 joules

24 Vac

20-30 V

50/60 Hz

220 mA

8.5

30

SBDBFR0502A

5 joules

24 Vdc

18-35 V

—

230 mA

8.5

30

SBDBFR0502D

5 joules

48 Vac

40-54 V

50/60 Hz

180 mA

8.5

30

SBDBFR0504A

5 joules

48 Vdc

40-60 V

—

150 mA

8.5

30

SBDBFR0504D

5 joules

110 Vac

90-135 V

50/60 Hz

110 mA

8.5

30

SBDBFR0511A

5 joules

110 Vdc

88-132 V

—

90 mA

8.5

30

SBDBFR0511D

5 joules

230/240 Vac

185-255 V

50/60 Hz

55 mA

8.5

30

SBDBFR0523A

Accessories and Replacement Parts
Description

Catalog Number

Polymethacrylate Globe
Red

SBDGR

Green

SBDGG

Amber

SBDGA

Clear

SBDGC

Zinc Plated Steel Protective Guard
Using without colored globe

LDPG1Z

Bracket for installation on
flat surface

LDMHBZ

Zinc Plated Steel Hinged Bracket

Zinc Plated Steel M10 Eyebolt
Eyebolt for suspension

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

LDRBM10Z

165

Signaling

Type

SBDB Series Beacon and Strobe Lighting Units
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Dimensions in Millimeters (Inches)

With Globe - 392 (15.43)

Ø 232 (9.13)

Without Globe - 353 (13.9)

Signaling

Lighting

Flameproof

Ø 12
(0.47)

166

194 (7.64)

295 (11.61)

10 (0.39)

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

SBDC Series Strobe Lighting and Static Triple Indicator
Flameproof

Lighting

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Signaling

Applications
• For use in hazardous locations in a wide range of plants.
• In areas where audible signals cannot be heard.
• To warn of unsafe conditions and other communication needs.

Features
•
•
•
•
•

Threaded access cover with O-ring seal.
Supplied with two external fixing lugs.
Fixtures operate in any position.
External earth terminal 1 x 4 mm2.
Two side M20 threaded entries supplied with 1 x M20 blanking
plug.
• 15 Joules Strobe Beacon:
— Xenon lamp supplied.
— Instantaneous illuminance: 150,000 candelas.
— Strobe 45 flashes per minute.
— Operating factor: 10 min. stop after one hour operation.
— Life duration: 70% efficiency after 8 million flashes.
— Internal red colored lens supplied as standard.
— Other lenses available in five colors:
– Amber, blue, green, yellow and clear (factory installed).
— Connection to plug-in terminal block via 2 x 3 x 2.5 mm2
terminal.
• Static Triple Indicator Unit:
— Ba15d lamp holders.
— Permissible lamps not supplied:
– 7 W incandescent or multi LED lamps.
— Operating factor 100%.
— Supplied with three colored interchangeable modules:
– Red, yellow and green.
— Each module is controlled separately.
— Possibility of coupling two modules for simultaneous
operation.
— Connection to plug-in terminal block via 2 x 5 x 2.5 mm2
terminal.

Strobe Lighting

Certifications and Compliances
ATEX/IECEx Certification
• Certification Type: FLd
— Gas: Zones 1 and 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:   II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex d IIC
– Temperature Class: See Table on following page
— Dust: Zone 21 and 22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:   II 2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
– Surface Temperature: See Table on following page
— Ambient Temperature: -40 °C to +55 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50203
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 97 ATEX 6012
— IECEx Certificate: IECEx LCI 04.0018
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66/68 (10
meters)
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK08
— Internal Volume: ≤ 2 dm3 — 2 liters

EURASEC Certification
— EURASEC  N° TC  RU C-FR.ГБ05.B.00912

Others Certification

Standard Materials
•
•
•
•
•

Multiple Static Indicator

— INMETRO Certificate: BVC11.0492 

End caps and cover: anti-corrosive gray painted Zamak
O-ring seal: Nitrile
Sealed toughened glass.
Fixing lug: zinc plated steel
Protective guard: zinc plated steel

Related Products
• For labels see Labels for Emergency Lighting Units, ATX SelfAdhesive Signaling Labels for Emergency Lighting Units.

Options
• Other colored module for static triple indicator unit.
• Other lens colors available for strobe lighting

T Rating (Gas) and Surface Temperature (Dust) Table
Gas

Dust

Ambient Temperature

Ta = +40 °C

Ta = +55 °C

Ta = +55 °C

Strobe 15 Joules

T6

T5

T95 °C

Static Indicator

T6

T6

T80 °C

 Inmetro certification available on special request only. Contact your local sales for more information
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

167

SBDC Series Strobe Lighting and Static Triple Indicator

Signaling

Lighting

Flameproof

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Catalog Numbering Guide
SBDC

F

R

Series:
SBDC - SBDC Series
Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
ATEX/IECEx Certified

15

02D

Color:
C - Clear
R - Red
A - Amber
G - Green
B - Blue
Y - Yellow
M - Red/Yellow/Green
Type:
S - Static
F - Flashing

Voltage:
02D - 24 Vdc
02A - 24 Vac, 50/60 Hz
04D - 48 Vdc
04A - 48 Vac, 50/60 Hz
11A - 110 Vac, 50/60 Hz
23A - 230/240 Vac, 50/60 Hz
Wattage/Joules:
15 - 15 Joules
LD - LED Lamp
07 - 7 W

Red Strobe Beacon
Type

Supply

Rating
(Amps)

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Catalog Number 

15 joules

24 Vdc

18-30 V

—

700 mA

6.8

31

SBDCFR1502D

15 joules

48 Vdc

40-60 V

—

350 mA

6.8

31

SBDCFR1504D

15 joules

110 Vac

95-127 V

50/60 Hz

350 mA

6.8

31

SBDCFR1511A

15 joules

230 Vac

185-255 V

50/60 Hz

190 mA

6.8

31

SBDCFR1523A

Triple Static Indicator
Type

Lamp Holder

Wattage

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Red, yellow and
green
230 Vac, 50/60 Hz

Ba15d

7W

6.8

31

Catalog Number 

SBDCSM0723A

 For lens color other than Red on the IECEx certified product change the replace the letter R in the 5th position to the appropriate option: C for Clear, A for Amber,
G for Green, B for Blue or Y for Yellow. Example for clear lens: SBDCFC1502D.
 For LED lamp on the IECEx certified product change the replace the letters 15 or 07 with the letters LD in the 7th and 8th positions. Example: SBDCFRLD02D.

168

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

SBDC Series Strobe Lighting and Static Triple Indicator
Flameproof

Lighting

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Weight
kg

Type

Volume
dm3

Catalog Number

Mounting Brackets – Quick One Hand Fixings: Set of Two
FDFBZ

Zinc plated steel
0.40

0.7
FDFBS

Stainless steel
Surface Mounting Brackets: Set of Two

FDSBZ

Zinc plated steel
0.55

0.5
FDSBS

Stainless steel
Half Clamps – Set of Two – Zinc Plated Steel

FDHC49Z

42 mm  to 49 mm
0.80

0.5
FDHC60Z

60 mm
Protective Guard
Zinc plated steel

0.55

FDPG1Z

8.0

Dimensions in Millimeters (Inches)

335 (13.19)
150 (5.91)

12
(0.47)

12 (0.47)
Diameter

77.5 (3.05)

25 (0.98) 11 (0.43)

191 (7.52)

15 (0.59)

5
(0.47)

89
(3.50)

85
(3.15)

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

430 (16.93)

169

Signaling

Accessories and Replacement Parts

Lighting

Notes

170

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Notes
Lighting

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

171

Lighting

Notes

172

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Plugs and Receptacles

Description

Page

Increased Safety Ex e
174
179

PRE Series 16 Amp Plugs and Receptacles

183

PRE Series 32 Amp Plugs and Receptacles

188

PRE Series 63 Amp Plugs and Receptacles

192

PRE Series 125 Amp Plugs and Receptacles

197

MRE Series 16 and 32 Amp Multiple Socket Outlets

202

Plugs and Receptacles

UPR Series 16 Amp Plugs and Switched Sockets
UPR Series 32 Amp Plugs and Switched Sockets

UPR Series

Plugs and Receptacles

Flameproof Ex d
PRD Series 16, 32, 80 and 125 Amp Plugs and Sockets

210

PRE Series

MRE Series

PRD series

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

173

UPR Series 16 Amps Plugs and Switched Sockets
Increased Safety

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Increased Safety Ex e

Plugs and Receptacles

Applications
• Plugs and receptacles are used with portable or stationery
electrical equipment such as:
— Lighting systems
— Conveyors
— Heaters
— Motor generators
— Air conditioning equipment
— Compressors
— Pumps
• For use in corrosive atmospheres and installations in Zone 1
and 2 and 21 and 22 of the oil and gas industry; such as:
­— Refineries
— Chemical and petrochemical plants
— Pipelines
— Loading docks
— Onshore and offshore drilling platforms

Features
• Plug and socket system is designed with a mechanical interlock
to insure disengagement cannot occur while energized.
• Large ON/OFF actuator on the receptacle gives clear, visible
indication of the receptacle status for maximum hazardous
location protection.
• LV receptacle can be locked in 0 (Off) and 1 (On) positions.
• Different voltages are color coded for easy identification.
• The receptacles are keyed to accept UPR plugs of the proper
voltage.
• Receptacle explosion proof switch.
• UPR plugs can be used in non-hazardous IEC 60309-2 sockets.
• Operating temperature of -20 ºC to +55 ºC

Standard Materials
• Wall Socket: Polyamide
• Plug: Polyamide

Certifications and Compliances
tATEX/IECEx Certification
• Certification Type UPR
— Gas: Zones 1 and 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex db eb IIB
– Temperature class: T6 for Ta ≤ +40 °C and T5 for +55 °C
— Dust: Zones 21 and 22
II 2 D
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
– Type of Protection: Ex tb IIIB
– Surface Temperature: T79 °C (Ta +40 °C); T94 °C (Ta +55 °C)
— Ambient Temperature: -20 °C ≤ Ta ≤ +55 °C
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK09
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50311
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 15 ATEX 3054X
— IECEx Certificate: IECEx LCIE 15.0044X

174

Technical Data
Breaking Capacity
AC1
AC3
AC15
DC1

16 Amp

690 Vac

8 Amp

500 Vac

4 Amp

690 Vac

16 Amp

690 Vac

16 Amp

415 Vac

10 Amp

24 Vdc

6 Amp

50 vdc

Short Circuit Withstand (ICC) :  10kA

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

UPR Series 16 Amps Plugs and Switched Sockets
Increased Safety

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Plugs and Receptacles

Increased Safety Ex e

Wall Mounting Socket (LV)
• Two M25 threaded entries on the bottom or top upon request.
• Supplied with one M25 cable gland – Ø 8 to Ø 18.5 mm
and one M25 blanking plug.
• Terminal capacity 2 x 2.5 to 4 mm2.
Can be through-wired up to 4 mm².
• Fitted with two linked earth terminals.

Plug (LV)
• Integrated cable clamp – Ø 9.2 to Ø 17 mm.
• Terminal capacity 2.5 to 4 mm2.

LV: Low Voltage
Yellow
100/130 Vac

Blue
200/250 Vac

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Red
380/415 Vac

Black
480/500 Vac
600/690 Vac

175

UPR Series 16 Amps Plugs and Switched Sockets
Increased Safety

Plugs and Receptacles

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Description
Low Voltage: LV

Weight kg

Volume dm3

Color

Catalog Number

1.29

11.3

Yellow

UPR316RY4

0.31

2.4

Yellow

UPR316PY4

1.29

11.3

Blue

UPR316RB6

0.31

2.4

Blue

UPR316PB6

1.39

11.3

Blue

UPR416RB9

0.38

2.4

Blue

UPR416PB9

L2

1.43

11.3

Blue

UPR516RB9

L3
3P+N+E (1)

0.41

2.4

Blue

UPR516PB9

L2

1.39

11.3

Red

UPR416RR6

L3

0.38

2.4

Red

UPR416PR6

L3

1.43

11.3

Red

UPR516RR6

0.41

2.4

Red

UPR516PR6

L2

1.39

11.3

Black

UPR416RN7

L3

0.38

2.4

Black

UPR416PN7

1.43

11.3

Black

UPR516RN7

0.41

2.4

Black

UPR516PN7

Pin Configuration

100/130 Vac 50/60 Hz - Yellow
Wall Socket
4h
Plug

L/+

2P+E

Increased Safety Ex e

200/250 Vac 50/60 Hz - Blue
Wall Socket

L/+
6h

Plug

2P+E
L1

Wall Socket

L2

9h
L3

Plug

3P+E

L1

Wall Socket

9h

N

Plug

(1) 120/208 V - 144/250 Vac 50/60 Hz

380/415 Vac 50/60 Hz  - Red
Wall Socket
L1

6h

Plug
3P+E
L2

Wall Socket

6h

L1
Plug

N

3P+N+E (2)
(2) 200/346 V - 240/415 Vac 50/60 Hz

480/500 Vac 50/60 Hz - Black
Wall Socket

L1
7h

Plug

3P+E

Wall Socket
Plug

3P+N+E (3)
(3) 277/480-288/500 Vac 50/60Hz

176

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

UPR Series 16 Amps Plugs and Switched Sockets
Increased Safety

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Pin Configuration

Weight kg

Volume dm3

Color

Catalog Number

1.39

11.3

Black

UPR416RN5

0.38

2.4

Black

UPR416PN5

1.43

11.3

Black

UPR516RN5

0.41

2.4

Black

UPR516PN5

600/690 Vac 50/60 Hz - Black
Wall Socket
Plug

Plugs and Receptacles

Description
Low Voltage: LV

3P+E

Plug
3P+N+E

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

177

Increased Safety Ex e

Wall Socket

UPR Series 16 Amps Plugs and Switched Sockets
Increased Safety

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Plugs and Receptacles

Dimensions
16A LV — 2P+E — 3P+E —3P+N+E Versions
Plugs

Increased Safety Ex e

Wall Mounting Sockets

Dimensions in Millimeters

Dimensions in Millimeters

A

B

C

D

2P+E

157

211

183.5

335

3P+E

161

215

193

3P+N+E

163

215

193

178

A

B

C

2P+E

81

183

44

335

3P+E

89

183

49

335

3P+N+E

93.5

183

56

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

UPR Series 32 Amps Plugs and Switched Sockets
Increased Safety

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Applications
Plugs and Receptacles

• Plugs and receptacles are used with portable or stationery
electrical equipment such as:
— Lighting systems
— Conveyors
— Heaters
— Motor generators
— Air conditioning equipment
— Compressors
— Pumps
• For use in corrosive atmospheres and installations in Zone 1
and 2 and 21 and 22 of the oil and gas industry; such as:
­— Refineries
— Chemical and petrochemical plants
— Pipelines
— Loading docks
— Onshore and offshore drilling platforms

Increased Safety Ex e

Features
• Plug and socket system is designed with a mechanical interlock
to insure disengagement cannot occur while energized.
• Large ON/OFF actuator on the receptacle gives clear, visible
indication of the receptacle status for maximum hazardous
location protection.
• LV receptacle can be locked in 0 (Off) and 1 (On) positions.
• Different voltages are color coded for easy identification.
• The receptacles are keyed to accept UPR plugs of the proper
voltage.
• Receptacle explosion proof switch.
• UPR plugs can be used in non-hazardous IEC 60309-2 sockets.
• Operating temperature of -20 ºC to +55 ºC.

Technical Data
Breaking Capacity
AC3

32 Amp

690 Vac

AC22

32 Amp

690 Vac

Short Circuit Withstand (ICC) : 10kA

Standard Materials
• Wall Socket: Polyamide
• Plug: Polyamide

Certifications and Compliances
tATEX/IECEx Certification
• Certification Type UPR
— Gas: Zones 1 and 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex db eb IIB
– Temperature class: T6 for Ta ≤ +40 °C and T5 for +55 °C
— Dust: Zones 21 and 22
II 2 D
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
– Type of Protection: Ex tb IIIB
– Surface Temperature: T79 °C (Ta +40 °C); T94 °C (Ta +55 °C)
— Ambient Temperature: -20 °C ≤ Ta ≤ +55 °C
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK09
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50311
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 15 ATEX 3054X
— IECEx Certificate: IECEx LCIE 15.0044X

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

179

UPR Series 32 Amps Plugs and Switched Sockets
Increased Safety

Increased Safety Ex e

Plugs and Receptacles

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Wall Mounting Socket

Plug

• Two M32 threaded entries on the bottom or top upon request.
• Supplied with one M32 cable gland – Ø 10 to Ø 25 mm
and two M32 blanking plugs.
• Terminal capacity 2 x 6 to 10 mm².
Can be through-wired up to 6mm².
• Fitted with two linked earth terminals.

• One integrated cable clamp – Ø 14.1 to Ø 29.1 mm
for 3P+N+E versions.
• Terminal capacity 6 to 10 mm .
2

LV - Low Voltage
Yellow

Blue

Red

Black

100/130 Vac

200/250 Vac

380/415 Vac

480/500 Vac
600/690 Vac

180

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

UPR Series 32 Amps Plugs and Switched Sockets
Increased Safety

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Description

Pin Configuration

Volume dm3

Color

Catalog Number

1.71

11.3

Yellow

UPR332RY4

0.46

2.4

Yellow

UPR332PY4

1.71

11.3

Blue

UPR332RB6

0.46

2.4

Blue

UPR332PB6

1.85

11.3

Blue

UPR432RB9

0.49

2.4

Blue

UPR432PB9

1.91

11.3

Blue

UPR532RB9

0.54

2.4

Blue

UPR532PB9

1.85

11.3

Red

UPR432RR6

0.49

2.4

Red

UPR432PR6

1.91

11.3

Red

UPR532RR6

0.54

2.4

Red

UPR532PR6

1.85

11.3

Black

UPR432RN7

0.49

2.1

Black

UPR432PN7

1.91

11.3

Black

UPR532RN7

0.54

2.4

Black

UPR532PN7

1.85

11.3

Black

UPR432RN5

0.49

2.4

Black

UPR432PN5

100/130 Vac 50/60 Hz - Yellow
Wall Socket

4h
L/+

Plug

2P+E

Plugs and Receptacles

Weight kg

200/250 Vac 50/60 Hz - Blue
L/+
6h

Plug

2P+E
L1

Wall Socket

9h
L3

Plug

L2
9h

N
Plug

3P+E

L1

Wall Socket

L2

L3
3P+N+E (1)

(1) 120/208 V - 144/250 Vac 50/60 Hz

380/415 Vac 50/60 Hz - Red
L2

Wall Socket

L1

6h

Plug

3P+E

L3

L2
Wall Socket
L1
Plug

L3

6h

N

3P+N+E (2)
(2) 200/346 V - 240/415 Vac 50/60 Hz

480/500 Vac 50/60 Hz - Black
Wall Socket
Plug

L1

L2
7h
3P+E

L3

Wall Socket
Plug
3P+N+E
600/690 Vac 50/60 Hz -Black
Wall Socket
Plug

3P+E

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

181

Increased Safety Ex e

Wall Socket

UPR Series 32 Amps Plugs and Switched Sockets
Increased Safety

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

32A — 2P+E — 3P+E —3P+N+E Versions
Wall Mounting Sockets

Plugs

150 mm
Fix 131 mm

Fix 194 mm

Increased Safety Ex e

Plugs and Receptacles

Dimensions

6.0 mm

Dimensions in Millimeters

Dimensions in Millimeters

A

B

C

D

2P+E

175

250

210

380

3P+E

175

250

210

3P+N+E

177

250

210

182

A

B

C

2P+E

98

200

57

380

3P+E

98

200

57

380

3P+N+E

102

200

63

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

PRE Series 16 Amp Plugs and Sockets
Increased Safety

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Applications
Plugs and Receptacles

Technical Data
Breaking Capacity
4 kW – 220 V
AC 3

Features
• Plug and socket system is designed with a safe disconnect
mechanism to insure maximum hazardous location protection:
— The contact separation is in a flameproof chamber
— The automatic electrical disconnection of each phase is
contained in a second flameproof chamber
• Short circuit protection is 20 kA, while normal reference is  
10 kA.
• Different voltages are color coded for easy identification.
• The receptacles are keyed to accept only ATX plugs (other plugs
can not be inserted).
• Operating temperature of -40 ºC to +55 ºC.

Standard Materials
• Wall Socket for 2P,  2P+ E,  3P: high impact resistance
polycarbonate.
• Wall Socket for 3P+E, 3P+N+E: high impact resistance
fiberglass reinforced polyester.
• Plug, mobile socket and flush socket: polyamide.

Certifications and Compliances
tATEX/IECEx Certification
• Certification Type PCX (Plug, socket and mobile socket)
— Gas: Zones 1 and 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex de IIC
– Temperature class: T6 for Ta ≤ +40 °C and T5 for +55 °C
— Dust: Zones 21 and 22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
– Surface Temperature: T68 °C
— Ambient Temperature: -40 °C ≤ Ta ≤ +55 °C
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK10 (Polyester) and IK09
(Polyamide)
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50228
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 02 ATEX 6068  
— IECEx Certificate: IECEx LCI 04.0014

Increased Safety Ex e

• Plugs and receptacles are used with portable or stationery
electrical equipment such as:
— Lighting systems
— Conveyors
— Heaters
— Motor generators
— Air conditioning equipment
— Compressors
— Pumps.
• For use in corrosive atmospheres and installations in Zone 1
and 2 and 21 and 22 of the oil and gas industry; such as:
­— Refineries
— Chemical and petrochemical plants
— Pipelines
— Loading docks
— Onshore and offshore drilling platforms
— LNG Trains
— Gas Compressor Stations.

4.3 kW – 240 V
7.5 kW – 380 V
8.2 kW – 415 V

ICC

20 kA

• Certification Type PCX/EN (Flush socket)
— Gas: Zones 1 and 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex de IIC
– Temperature class: T6 for Ta ≤ +40 °C and T5 for +55 °C
— Dust: Zones 21 and 22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
– Surface Temperature: T68 °C
— Ambient Temperature: -40 °C ≤ Ta ≤ +55 °C
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK09 (Polyamide)
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 5C214
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 02 ATEX 0001U
— IECEx Certificate: IECEx LCI 07.0012U

tEURASEC Certification
• Certification Type PCX (Plug, socket and mobile socket)
— EURASEC  N° TC  RU C-FR.ГБ05.B.00910
• Certification Type PCX/EN (Flush socket)
— EURASEC  N° TC  RU C-FR.ГБ05.B.00910

tOthers Certification
• Certification Type PCX (Plug, socket and mobile socket)
— Inmetro Certificate: BVC11.0639 
• Certification Type PCX/EN (Flush socket)
— Inmetro Certificate: BVC11.0598-U 

 Inmetro certification available on special request only. Contact your local sales for more information
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

183

PRE Series 16 Amp Plugs and Sockets
Increased Safety

Increased Safety Ex e

Plugs and Receptacles

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Wall Mounting Socket

Plug

• Three M20 threaded entries
(one on the top and two on the
bottom).
• Supplied with one M20 cable
gland – Ø 6.5 to Ø 14.5 mm
and two M20 blanking plugs.
• Terminal capacity 2 x 4 mm .
Can be through-wired.
• Fitted with three linked earth
terminals.

Mobile Socket

• One PG16 integrated cable
gland – Ø 6.5 to Ø 14.5 mm.
• Terminal capacity 2.5 mm .

Flush Socket

• One PG16 integrated cable
gland – Ø 6.5 to Ø 14.5 mm.
• Terminal capacity 2 x 4 mm .

2

• Terminal capacity 2 x 4 mm .
2

2

2

Catalog Numbering Guide - Plugs and Receptacles
PRE

2

PRE Series
Zone 1, 2, 21 and 22

16

R

Amps:
16 - 16A
Pin Configuration:
2 - 2P
3 - 2P+E
4 - 3P+E
5 - 3P+N+E
6 - 3P

Equipment:
P - Plug
R - Receptacle
(Wall Mounting)
M - Mobile Socket
F - Flush Socket

P
Voltage:
P - 20 - 25 Vac 50/60 Hz
W1 - 20 - 50 Vdc
W - 40 - 50 Vac 50/60 Hz
Y - 100 - 130 Vac 50/60 Hz
B - 200 - 250 Vac 50/60 Hz
R - 380 - 415 Vac 50/60 Hz
N - 480 - 500 Vac 50/60 Hz
G - 50 - 500 Vac 300 to 500 Hz

ELV: Extra Low Voltage
Purple (P)
20/25 Vac

White (W1)
20/50 Vdc

White (W)
40/50 Vac

LV: Low Voltage

184

Yellow (Y)

Blue (B)

Red (R)

Black (N)

100/130 Vac

200/250 Vac

380/415 Vac

480/500 Vac

Green (G)
50/500 Vac
(300 to 500 Hz)

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

PRE Series 16 Amp Extra Low Voltage and Low Voltage Plugs and Sockets
Increased Safety

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Pin Configuration

Catalog Number

Weight kg

Volume dm3

Wall Socket

0.6

3.8

PRE216RP

Plug

0.2

0.6

PRE216PP

Plugs and Receptacles

Description
Extra Low Voltage: ELV
20/25 Vac 50/60 Hz — Purple

Mobile Socket

2P

Flush Socket

polarization
tab

Plug

10h

Mobile Socket
2P+E

Flush Socket
Wall Socket
Plug

polarization
tab

1.3

PRE216MP

1.3

PRE216FP

0.6

3.8

PRE316RP

0.2

0.6

PRE316PP

0.4

1.3

PRE316MP

0.2

1.3

PRE316FP

0.6

3.8

PRE616RP

0.2

0.6

PRE616PP

Increased Safety Ex e

Wall Socket

0.4
0.2

0.4

1.3

PRE616MP

0.2

1.3

PRE616FP

0.6

3.8

PRE216RW1

0.2

0.6

PRE216PW1

0.4

1.3

PRE216MW1

0.2

1.3

PRE216FW1

Wall Socket

0.6

3.8

PRE216RW

Plug

0.2

0.6

PRE216PW

Mobile Socket

3P

Flush Socket
20/50 Vdc — White
Wall Socket
Plug
Mobile Socket
Flush Socket

auxiliary
tab 10h

2P

polarization
tab

40/50 Vac 50/60 Hz — White

Mobile Socket

2P

Flush Socket
Wall Socket

polarization
tab
auxiliary
pin 12h

Plug
Mobile Socket

3P

Flush Socket

polarization
tab

0.4

1.3

PRE216MW

0.2

1.3

PRE216FW

0.6

3.8

PRE616RW

0.2

0.6

PRE616PW

0.4

1.3

PRE616MW

0.2

1.3

PRE616FW

0.6

3.8

PRE316RY

0.2

0.6

PRE316PY

0.4

1.3

PRE316MY

0.2

1.3

PRE316FY

0.6

3.8

PRE316RB

0.2

0.6

PRE316PB

0.4

1.3

PRE316MB

0.2

1.3

PRE316FB

Low Voltage: LV
100/130 Vac 50/60 Hz — Yellow
Wall Socket
4h

Plug
Mobile Socket

L/+

Flush Socket

2P+E

200/250 Vac 50/60 Hz — Blue
Wall Socket
Plug

L/+
6h

Mobile Socket
Flush Socket

2P+E

Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

185

PRE Series 16 Amp Low Voltage Plugs and Sockets and Accessories
Increased Safety

Plugs and Receptacles

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Description
Low Voltage: LV
200/250 Vac 50/60 Hz — Blue

Pin Configuration

Wall Socket

L1

Plug

9h

Mobile Socket

L3

3P+E

Increased Safety Ex e

Flush Socket
Wall Socket

L1

Plug

L2
9h

N

Mobile Socket
Flush Socket

L2

L3
3P+N+E (1)

(1) 120/208 V - 144/250 Vac 50/60 Hz

Catalog Number

Weight kg

Volume dm3

1.5

4.7

PRE416RB

0.6

0.6

PRE416PB

0.6

4.0

PRE416MB

0.2

1.3

PRE416FB

1.6

4.7

PRE516RB

0.3

1.3

PRE516PB

0.6

4.0

PRE516MB

0.2

1.3

PRE516FB

1.5

4.7

PRE416RR

0.2

0.6

PRE416PR

0.6

4.0

PRE416MR

0.3

1.3

PRE416FR

1.6

4.7

PRE516RR

0.3

1.3

PRE516PR

0.6

4.0

PRE516MR

0.3

1.3

PRE516FR

1.5

4.7

PRE416RN

0.2

0.6

PRE416PN

0.6

4.0

PRE416MN

0.3

1.3

PRE416FN

1.6

4.7

PRE516RG

0.2

0.6

PRE516PG

0.6

4.0

PRE516MG

0.3

1.3

PRE516FG

380/415 Vac 50/60 Hz — Red
Wall Socket

L2

Plug

L1

6h
L3

Mobile Socket
3P+E

Flush Socket
Wall Socket

6h

N

Mobile Socket
Flush Socket

L2

L1

Plug

L3

3P+N+E (2)
(2) 200/346 V - 240/415 Vac 50/60 Hz

480/500 Vac 50/60 Hz — Black
Wall Socket
Plug

7h

Mobile Socket

3P+E

Flush Socket
50/500 Vac 300/500 Hz — Green
Wall Socket
Plug
Mobile Socket
Flush Socket

L3
L2

2h
N

L1
3P+N+E

Accessories
Catalog Number

Description
M5 earth stud with black neoprene sealing washer and  
green/yellow earth conductor, length 300 mm
Certification type BVE : Exe - IP66 - 03 ATEX 0011 U - IECEx LCI 04.0027U

PREESTM20

M20 earth continuity adaptor with black neoprene sealing washer and  
green/yellow earth conductor, length 300 mm
Certification type ACC : Exe - IP66 - 03 ATEX 0020 U

PREECAM20

Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.

186

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

PRE Series 16 Amp Plug and Socket Dimensions
Increased Safety

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Dimensions
Plugs and Receptacles

16A — 2P — 2P+E — 3P Versions
Wall Mounting Sockets

Plugs

120.0 mm
(4.72”)

58.0 mm
(2.28”)

5.5 mm
(0.22”)
202.0 mm (7.95”)
125.0 mm
(4.92”)

5.5 mm
(0.22”)

133.0 mm
(5.24”)

65.0 mm
(2.56”)

Mobile Sockets

Flush Sockets

Can be mounted on panel - 0.12"/3.0 mm thickness maximum

Ø
39.0 mm
(1.54”)

Ø
39.0 mm
(1.54”)

Ø
4.2 mm
(0.17”)

Ø
4.2 mm
(0.17”)

160.0 mm (6.30”)

3.15”/
80.0 mm

3.0 mm
(0.12”)
76.0 mm maximum
(3.00”)
210 mm (8.27”)

54.0 mm
(2.13”)

42.0 mm
(1.65”)

42.0 mm
(1.65”)

46.0 mm
(1.81”)

54 mm
(2.13”)
46.0 mm
(1.81”)

130.0 mm
(5.12”)

80.0 mm
(3.15”)

160.0 mm
(6.30”)

49.5 mm
(1.95”)

152.0 mm (5.98”)

Increased Safety Ex e

272.0 mm (10.71”)

82.5 mm
(3.25”)
63.0 mm
(2.48”)

76.0 mm
56.0 mm (3.00”)
(2.20”)

16A — 3P+E — 3P+N+E Versions
Wall Mounting Sockets
97.0 mm
(3.82”)

Plugs

145.0 mm
(5.71”)
140.0 mm
(5.51”)

B
A C
310.0 mm (12.20”)

Ø
6.0 mm
(0.24”)

Dimensions in Millimeters
A

B

C

3P+E

66.0

154.0

55.5

3P+N+E

73.0

166.0

62.0

Mobile Sockets

Flush Sockets

150.0 mm
(5.91”)

68.0 mm
(2.68”)

56.0 mm
(2.20”)
90.0 mm
(3.54”)

160.0 mm
(6.30”)

3.0 mm
(0.12”)
maximum

76.0 mm
(3.00”)
230.0 mm (9.06”)

Ø
49.5 mm
(1.95”)
Ø
4.2 mm
(0.17”)

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

60.0 mm
(2.36”)

Can be mounted on panel - 3.0 mm thickness maximum
56.0 mm
(2.20”)

Ø
4.2 mm
0.17”

Ø
49.5 mm
(1.95”)

68.0 mm
(2.68”)

160.0 mm (6.30”)

90.0 mm
(3.54”)

Fix. 105.0 mm
(4.13”)

240.0 mm (9.45”)

Fix.
80.0 mm
(3.15”)

76.0 mm
56.0 mm (3.00”)
(2.20”)

187

PRE Series 32 Amp Plugs and Sockets
Increased Safety

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Increased Safety Ex e

Plugs and Receptacles

Applications
• Plugs and sockets are used with portable or stationery
electrical equipment such as:
— Lighting systems
— Conveyors
— Heaters
— Motor generators
— Air conditioning equipment
— Compressors
— Pumps
• For use in corrosive atmospheres and installations in Zone 1
and 2 and 21 and 22 of the oil and gas industry, such as:
­— Refineries
— Chemical and petrochemical plants
— Pipelines
— Loading docks
— Onshore and offshore drilling platforms
— LNG Trains
— Gas Compressor Stations

Features
• Plug and socket system is designed with a safe disconnect
mechanism to insure maximum hazardous location protection:
— The contact separation is in a flameproof chamber
— The automatic electrical disconnection of each phase is
contained in a second flameproof chamber
• Short circuit protection is 20 kA, while normal reference is
10 kA.
• Different voltages are color coded for easy identification.
• The sockets are keyed to accept only ATX plugs (other plugs
can not be inserted).
• ATX plugs can be used in non-hazardous sockets.

Standard Materials
• Wall Socket: high impact resistance fiberglass reinforced
polyester
• Plug, mobile socket and flush socket: polyamide

Certifications and Compliances
tATEX/IECEx Certification
• Certification Type PCX (Plug, socket and mobile socket)
— Gas: Zones 1 and 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex de IIC
– Temperature class: T6 for Ta ≤ +40 °C and T5 for +55 °C
— Dust: Zones 21 and 22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
– Surface Temperature: T68 °C
— Ambient Temperature: -40 °C ≤ Ta ≤ +55 °C
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK10 (Polyester) and IK09
(Polyamide)
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50228
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 02 ATEX 6068  
— IECEx Certificate: IECEx LCI 04.0014

188

Technical Data
Breaking Capacity
AC 1

32 A – 500 V
11 kW – 220 V

AC 22

12 kW – 240 V
19 kW – 380 V
20.7 kW – 415 V

ICC

20 kA

• Certification Type PCX/EN (Flush socket)
— Gas: Zones 1 and 2
II 2 G
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
– Type of Protection: Ex de IIC
– Temperature class: T6 for Ta ≤ +40 °C and T5 for +55 °C
— Dust: Zones 21 and 22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
– Surface Temperature: T68 °C
— Ambient Temperature: -40 °C ≤ Ta ≤ +55 °C
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK09 (Polyamide)
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 5C214
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 02 ATEX 0001U
— IECEx Certificate: IECEx LCI 07.0012U

tEURASEC Certification
• Certification Type PCX (Plug, socket and mobile socket)
— EURASEC  N° TC  RU C-FR.ГБ05.B.00910
• Certification Type PCX/EN (Flush socket)
— EURASEC  N° TC  RU C-FR.ГБ05.B.00910

tOthers Certification
• Certification Type PCX (Plug, socket and mobile socket)
— Inmetro Certificate: BVC11.0639 
• Certification Type PCX/EN (Flush socket)
— Inmetro Certificate: BVC11.0598-U 

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

PRE Series 32 Amp Plugs and Sockets
Increased Safety

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Plugs and Receptacles

• Three M25 threaded entries
(one on the top and two on the
bottom).
• Supplied with one M25 cable
gland – Ø 8 to Ø 18.5 mm and
two M25 blanking plugs.
• Terminal capacity 2 x 6 mm .
• Fitted with three linked earth
terminals.

Plug

Mobile Socket

Flush Socket

• One PG21 integrated cable
gland – Ø 8 to Ø 18.5 mm for
3P+N+E versions.
• Terminal capacity 6 mm .

• One PG21 integrated cable
gland – Ø 8 to Ø 18.5 mm for
2P+E and 3P+E versions.
• One PG29 integrated cable
gland – Ø 18 to Ø 25 mm for
3P+N+E versions.
• Terminal capacity 2 x 6 mm .

• Terminal capacity 2 x 6 mm .

2

2

2

2

Catalog Numbering Guide — Plugs and Receptacles
PRE

3

32

PRE Series
Zone 1, 2, 21 and 22
ATEX / IECEx

R

Amps:
32 - 32A
Pin Configuration:
3 - 2P+E
4 - 3P+E
5 - 3P+N+E

Equipment:
P - Plug
R - Receptacle
(Wall Mounting)
M - Mobile Socket
F - Flush Socket

P
Voltage:
Y - 100 - 130 Vac  50/60 Hz
B - 200 - 250 Vac  50/60 Hz
R - 380 - 415 Vac  50/60 Hz
N - 480 - 500 Vac  50/60 Hz

LV: Low Voltage
Yellow (Y)

Blue (B)

Red (R)

Black (N)

100/130 Vac

200/250 Vac

380/415 Vac

480/500 Vac

 Inmetro certification available on special request only. Contact your local sales for more information
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

189

Increased Safety Ex e

Wall Mounting Socket

PRE Series 32 Amp Low Voltage Plugs and Sockets
Increased Safety

Plugs and Receptacles

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Description

Pin Configuration

Volume dm3

Catalog Number

1.9

7.0

PRE332RY

0.5

4.0

PRE332PY

0.8

3.2

PRE332MY

0.6

2.7

PRE332FY

1.9

7.0

PRE332RB

0.5

4.0

PRE332PB

0.8

3.2

PRE332MB

0.6

2.7

PRE332FB

1.9

7.0

PRE432RB

0.5

4.0

PRE432PB

0.8

3.2

PRE432MB

0.6

2.7

PRE432FB

1.9

7.0

PRE532RB

0.5

4.0

PRE532PB

1.0

4.0

PRE532MB

0.6

2.7

PRE532FB

2.0

7.0

PRE432RR

0.4

4.0

PRE432PR

0.8

3.2

PRE432MR

0.6

2.7

PRE432FR

2.0

7.0

PRE532RR

0.5

4.0

PRE532PR

0.6

2.7

PRE532FR

2.0

7.0

PRE432RN

0.4

4.0

PRE432PN

1.0

4.0

PRE432MN

0.6

2.7

PRE432FN

100/130 Vac 50/60 Hz — Yellow
Wall Socket
Plug

4h
L/+

Mobile Socket

2P+E

Flush Socket

Increased Safety Ex e

Weight kg

200/250 Vac 50/60 Hz — Blue
Wall Socket

L/+

Plug

6h

Mobile Socket

2P+E

Flush Socket
Wall Socket

L1

Plug

9h

Mobile Socket

L3

Flush Socket

3P+E

L1

Wall Socket

L2

L2
9h

Plug
Mobile Socket

L3
3P+N+E (1)

Flush Socket

(1) 120/208 V - 144/250 Vac
50/60 Hz

N

380/415 Vac 50/60 Hz — Red
Wall Socket

L2

Plug

L1

6h

Mobile Socket

3P+E

Flush Socket

L2

L1

Wall Socket
Plug

N

L3

6h

L3

3P+N+E (2)
Flush Socket

(2) 200/346 V - 240/415 Vac
50/60 Hz

480/500 Vac 50/60 Hz — Black
Wall Socket
Plug
Mobile Socket
Flush Socket

7h
3P+E

Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.

190

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

PRE Series 32 Amp Low Voltage Plug and Socket Accessories and Dimensions
Increased Safety

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Accessories
Plugs and Receptacles

Description

Catalog Number

PREESTM25

M25 earth continuity adaptor with black neoprene sealing washer and
green/yellow earth conductor, length 300 mm
Certification type ACC : Exe - IP66 - 03 ATEX 0020 U

PREECAM25

Increased Safety Ex e

M5 earth stud with black neoprene sealing washer and
green/yellow earth conductor, length 300 mm
Certification type BVE : Exe - IP66 - 03 ATEX 0011 U - IECEx LCI 04.0027U

Dimensions

32A — 2P+E — 3P+E — 3P+N+E Versions
Wall Mounting Sockets

Plugs

97.0 mm
(3.82”)
Fix.
80.0 mm
(3.15”)

Ø
6.0 mm
(0.24”)

B

Fix. 105.0 mm
(4.13”)

Fix. 105.0 mm
(4.13”)

C
A

D

B
A C

Dimensions in Millimeters

Dimensions in Millimeters

B

C

D

A

B

C

2P+E

140.0

275.0

155.0

370.0

2P+E

80.0

170.0

67.0

3P+E

140.0

275.0

155.0

370.0

3P+E

80.0

170.0

67.0

3P+N+E

140.0

275.0

165.0

375.0

3P+N+E

80.0

195.0

74.0

Mobile Sockets

Flush Sockets

Can be mounted on panel - 3.0 mm thickness maximum

3.0 mm
(0.12”)
maximum

110.0 mm
(4.33”)
260.0 mm (10.24”)

56.0 mm
(2.20”)
Ø
56.0 mm
(2.20”)
Ø
4.2 mm
(0.17”)

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

74.0 mm
(2.91”)

56.0 mm
(2.20”)
Ø
56.0 mm
(2.20”)

60.0 mm
(2.36”)

74.0 mm
(2.91”)
60.0 mm
(2.36”)

150.0 mm
(5.91”)

103.0 mm
(4.06”)

210.0 mm
(8.27”)

Ø
4.2 mm
(0.17”)

210.0 mm (8.27”)

103.0 mm
(4.06”)

A

60.0 mm
(2.36”)

110.0 mm
(4.33”)

191

PRE Series 63 Amp Plugs and Sockets
Increased Safety

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Increased Safety Ex e

Plugs and Receptacles

Applications
• Plugs and sockets are used with stationary or portable
electrically operated devices such as:
— Welding devices
— Lighting systems
— Conveyors
— Heaters
— Motor generator sets
— Air conditionings
— Compressors
— Pumps
• For use in corrosive atmospheres and installations in Zones 1,
and 2 and 21 and 22 of oil and gas industry, such as
­— Refineries
— Chemical and petrochemical plants
— Pipelines
— Onshore and offshore drilling platforms
— LNG Trains
— Gas Compressor Stations

Plug

Wall Mounting Socket

Features
• Positive polarization: only ATX plugs of same style, number of
poles and ampere rating may be used with these sockets.
• Interlocked 3-pole or 4-pole Ex de disconnecting on-load
switch, with auxiliary early break contact (capacity 2.5 mm2
max).
• Plug is mechanically locked in socket when switch is ON.
• Switch operating handle can be padlocked in OFF position (max
4 padlocks ).
• Plug cannot be inserted or removed unless switch is in OFF
position.

Wall Mounting Socket Through-Wired

Standard Materials
• Socket: high impact resistance fiberglass reinforced polyester.
• Flap cover and plug: polyamide

Certifications and Compliances
tATEX/IECEx Certification
• Certification Type PC63X
— Gas: Zones 1 and 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex de IIC
– Temperature class: T6 for Ta ≤ +40 °C and T5 for +55 °C
— Dust: Zones 21 and 22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
– Surface Temperature: T90 °C
— Ambient Temperature: -30 °C to +55 °C
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK10
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50208
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 99 ATEX 6004
— IECEx Certificate: IECEx LCIE 13.0010

tEURASEC Certification
— EURASEC  N° TC  RU C-FR.ГБ05.B.00910

tOthers Certification
— Inmetro Certificate: BVC11.0595 

 Inmetro certification available on special request only. Contact your local sales for more information

192

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

PRE Series 63 Amp Plugs and Sockets
Increased Safety

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Plugs and Receptacles

• Standard versions:
— Supplied with one M50 cable gland for
unarmored cable – Ø 28 to Ø 42 mm
and one M25 blanking plug.
— Terminal capacity 1 x 25 mm2.

Plug

• Through-wired versions:
— Supplied with two M50 cable glands for
unarmored cable – Ø 28 to Ø 42 mm
and one M25 blanking plug.
— Terminal capacity 2 x 25 mm2.

• One integrated cable entry for unarmored
flexible cable – Ø 17.5 to Ø 29 mm for 3P
+ E versions; Ø 17.5 to Ø 32 mm for 3P
+ N + E versions.
• Terminals capacity 16 mm2.

63 Amps
Main Contacts
Rated Insulation Voltage
Rated Operating Voltage
Rated Operating Current
Rated Surge Voltage
Switching Capacity
AC 21 A / AC 22 A
AC 23 A

AC 3

690 Vac
690 Vac
63 Amp
6 KV
63 Amp
15 kW
22 kW
30 kW
18.5 kW
11 kW
18.5 kW
22 kW
15 KW

DC 21
DC 22
DC 23
Auxiliary Contacts
Rated Insulation Voltage
Rated Operating Voltage
Rated Operating Current
Switching Capacity: AC 15

230 Volt to 690 Volt
230 Volt
400 Volt
500 Volt
690 Volt
230 Volt
400 Volt
500 Volt
690 Volt
–
–
–

400 Volt
400 Volt
10 Amp
6 Amp
4 Amp

230 Volt
400 Volt

Others
Termination (flexible/solid)

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

25 mm2

193

Increased Safety Ex e

Wall Mounting Socket

PRE Series 63 Amp Plugs and Sockets
Increased Safety

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

PRE

4

63

PRE Series
Zone 1, 2, 21 and 22
ATEX/IECEx certified

Increased Safety Ex e

Plugs and Receptacles

Catalog Numbering Guide — Plugs and Receptacles

Amps:
63 - 63A

Pin Configuration:
4 - 3P+E
5 - 3P+N+E

R

B

A

Voltage:
B - 200 - 250 Vac
50/60 Hz
R - 380 - 415 Vac
50/60 Hz
N - 480 - 500 Vac
50/60 Hz
R1 - 440 - 460 Vac
60 Hz
N1 - 600 - 690 Vac
50/60 Hz
Equipment:
P - Plug
R - Receptacle
(Wall Mounting)

3

S

Cable Entry Size: 
3 - M32
4 - M40
5 - M50
6 - M63

Cable Type:
A - Armored
U - Unarmored

Options:
S - 316L Stainless
Steel
T - Through-wired

LV: Low Voltage
Blue (B)

Red (R)

Black (N)

Red (R1)

Black (N1)

200/250 Vac

380/415 Vac

480/500 Vac

440/460 Vac

600/690 Vac

 With one M25 plugged entry.

194

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

PRE Series 63 Amp Plugs and Sockets
Increased Safety

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Standard Versions
Pin Configuration

Catalog Number

Volume dm3

8.0

26.0

PRE463RBU5

1.0

7.0

PRE463PB

8.0

26.0

PRE463RRU5

1.0

7.0

PRE463PR

8.0

26.0

PRE563RRU5

1.0

7.0

PRE563PR

8.0

26.0

PRE463RR1U5

1.0

7.0

PRE463PR1

8.0

26.0

PRE563RR1U5

1.0

7.0

PRE563PR1

8.0

26.0

PRE463RNU5

1.0

7.0

PRE463PN

8.0

26.0

PRE563RNU5

1.0

7.0

PRE563PN

8.0

26.0

PRE463RN1U5

1.0

7.0

PRE463PN1

8.0

26.0

PRE563RN1U5

1.0

7.0

PRE563PN1

200/250 Vac 50/60 Hz — Blue
Wall Socket
Plug

3P+E

380/415 Vac 50/60 Hz — Red
Wall Socket
Plug

3P+E

Wall Socket
Plug

3P+N+E (1)
(1) 200/346 V – 240/415 Vac 50/60 Hz

440/460 Vac 60 Hz — Red
Wall Socket
Plug
3P+E
Wall Socket
Plug

3P+N+E (2)
(2) 250/440 V – 265/460 Vac 60 Hz

480/500 Vac 50/60 Hz — Black
Wall Socket
Plug
3P+E
Wall Socket
Plug

3P+N+E (3)
(3) 277/480 V – 288/500 Vac 50/60 Hz

600/690 Vac 50/60 Hz — Black
Wall Socket
Plug
3P+E
Wall Socket
Plug

3P+N+E (4)
(4) 347/600 V – 400/690 Vac 50/60 Hz

Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

195

Increased Safety Ex e

Weight kg

Plugs and Receptacles

Description

PRE Series 63 Amp Plugs and Sockets
Increased Safety

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Plugs and Receptacles

Through-wired Versions
Description

Pin Configuration

Weight kg

Volume dm3

Catalog Number

16.0

110.0

PRE463RRU5T

16.0

110.0

PRE563RRU5T

380/415 Vac 50/60 Hz — Red

Wall Socket

Increased Safety Ex e

3P+E

Wall Socket
3P+N+E (1)
(1) 200/346 V – 240/415 Vac 50/60 Hz

Dimensions
Standard Version

380 mm (14.96”)
420.0 mm (16.54”)
with cable gland

320.0 mm (12.60”)

6.5 mm
(0.26”)

215.0 mm
(8.46”)

187.0 mm
(7.36”)

255.0 mm (10.04”)
188.5 mm (7.42”)

133.5 mm 102.0 mm
(4.67”)
(4.02”)

235.0 mm
(9.25”)

Through-Wired Version

7.0 mm (0.28”)
(4) Mtg Holes

235.0 mm (9.25”)

147.0 mm (5.79”)

2 Cable Entries

M8

Fix.
146.0 mm (5.75”)

Fix.
187.0 mm (7.36”)

M25 Blanking
Plug Fitted

16.73”/425.0 mm
8.46”/215.0 mm

196

380.0 mm (14.96”)

6.5 mm (0.26”0
(4) Mtg Holes

Fix. 320.0 mm (12.60”)

7.87”/200.0 mm

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

PRE Series 125 Amp Plugs and Sockets
Increased Safety

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Applications
Plugs and Receptacles

Plug

Increased Safety Ex e

• Plugs and sockets are used with stationary or portable
electrically operated devices such as:
— Welding devices
— Lighting systems
— Conveyors
— Heaters
— Motor generator sets
— Air conditioning
— Compressors
— Pumps
• For use in corrosive atmospheres and installations in Zones 1,
and 2 and 21 and 22 of oil and gas industry, such as:
­— Refineries
— Chemical and petrochemical plants
— Pipelines
— Onshore and offshore drilling platforms
— LNG Trains
— Gas Compressor Stations

Wall Mounting Socket

Features
• Positive polarization: only ATX plugs of same style, number of
poles and ampere rating may be used with these sockets.
• Interlocked 3-pole or 4-pole Ex de disconnecting on-load
switch, with auxiliary early break contact – capacity 2.5 mm2
maximum.
• Plug is mechanically locked in socket when switch is ON.
• Switch operating handle can be padlocked in OFF position (max
4 padlocks).
• Plug cannot be inserted or removed unless switch is in OFF
position.

Standard Materials
• Socket: 316L stainless steel
• Flap cover and plug: polyamide

Certifications and Compliances
tATEX Certification
• Certification Type PC125X
— Gas: Zones 1 and 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex de IIC
– Temperature class: T6 for Ta ≤ +40 °C and T5 for +55 °C
— Dust: Zones 21 and 22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
– Surface Temperature: T90 °C
— Ambient Temperature: -30 °C to +55 °C
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK10
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50218
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 99 ATEX 6031

tEURASEC Certification
— EURASEC  N° TC  RU C-FR.ГБ05.B.00910

tOthers Certification
— INMETRO Certificate: BVC11.0596 

 Inmetro certification available on special request only. Contact your local sales for more information
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

197

PRE Series 125 Amp Plugs and Sockets
Increased Safety

Increased Safety Ex e

Plugs and Receptacles

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Wall Mounting Socket

Plug

• One M63 cable gland for unarmored cable – Ø 36 to Ø 44 mm
and one M25 blanking plug.
• Terminal capacity 120 mm2.

• One integrated cable entry for unarmored flexible cable – Ø 30 to
Ø 48 mm.
• Terminals capacity 50 mm2

160 Amps
Main Contacts
Rated Insulation Voltage
Rated Operating Voltage
Rated Operating Current
Rated Surge Voltage
Switching Capacity
AC 21 A / AC 22 A

AC 23 A

AC 3

DC 21
DC 22
DC 23
Auxiliary Contacts
Rated Insulation Voltage
Rated Operating Voltage
Rated Operating Current
Switching Capacity: AC 15
Others
Termination (flexible/solid)

690 Vac
690 Vac
125 Amp
8 KV
125 Amp

400 Volt to 690 Volt

80 kW
110 kW
55 kW

400 Volt
500 Volt
690 Volt

90 kW
70 kW

400 Volt
500 Volt

125 Amp

220 Volt 

125 Amp

440 Volt 

125 Amp

220 Volt 

100 Amp

440 Volt 

125 Amp

220 Volt 

63 Amp

440 Volt 

230 Volt
230 Volt
10 Amp
6 Amp

230 Volt

120 mm2

 2 contacts connected in series per pole.

198

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

PRE Series 125 Amp Plugs and Sockets
Increased Safety

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Catalog Numbering Guide
4

PRE Series
Zone 1, 2, 21 and 22
ATEX certified

R

Amps:
12 - 125A

R

A

Voltage:
R - 380 - 415 Vac
50/60 Hz
N - 480 - 500 Vac
50/60 Hz
R1 - 440 - 460 Vac
60 Hz
N1 - 600 - 690 Vac
50/60 Hz
Equipment:
P - Plug
R - Receptacle
(Wall Mounting)

3

T

Cable Entry Size: 
3 - M32
4 - M40
5 - M50
6 - M63

Cable Type:
A - Armored
U - Unarmored

Options:
T - Through-wired

LV: Low Voltage
Red (R)

Black (N)

Red (R1)

Black (N1)

380/415 Vac

480/500 Vac

440/460 Vac

600/690 Vac

 With one M25 plugged entry.

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

199

Increased Safety Ex e

Pin Configuration:
4 - 3P+E
5 - 3P+N+E

12

Plugs and Receptacles

PRE

PRE Series 125 Amp Plugs and Sockets
Increased Safety

Increased Safety Ex e

Plugs and Receptacles

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Description

Pin Configuration

Catalog Number

Weight kg

Volume dm3

16.0

70.0

PRE412RRU6

1.1

13.0

PRE412PR

16.0

70.0

PRE512RRU6

1.1

13.0

PRE512PR

16.0

70.0

PRE412RR1U6

1.1

13.0

PRE412PR1

16.0

70.0

PRE512RR1U6

1.1

13.0

PRE512PR1

16.0

70.0

PRE412RNU6

1.1

13.0

PRE412PN

16.0

70.0

PRE512RNU6

1.1

13.0

PRE512PN

16.0

70.0

PRE412RN1U6

1.1

13.0

PRE412PN1

16.0

70.0

PRE512RN1U6

1.1

13.0

PRE512PN1

380/415 Vac 50/60Hz — Red
Wall Socket
Plug

3P+E

Wall Socket
Plug

3P+N+E (1)
(1) 200/346 V – 240/415 Vac 50/60 Hz

440/460 Vac 60 Hz — Red
Wall Socket
Plug
3P+E
Wall Socket
Plug

3P+N+E (2)
(2) 250/440 V – 265/460 Vac 60 Hz

480/500 Vac 50/60 Hz— Black
Wall Socket
Plug

3P+E

Wall Socket
Plug

3P+N+E (3)
(3) 277/480 V – 288/500 Vac 50/60 Hz

600/690 Vac 50/60 Hz — Black
Wall Socket
Plug
3P+E
Wall Socket
Plug

3P+N+E (4)
(4) 347/600 V – 400/690 Vac 50/60 Hz

Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.

200

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

PRE Series 125 Amp Plug and Socket
Increased Safety

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Dimensions
Side

Plugs and Receptacles

Front

Plug

Ø 131.0 mm
(5.16”)

848.0 mm (33.39”)

225.0 mm (8.86”)

Increased Safety Ex e

660.0 mm (25.98”)

340.0 mm (13.39”)

407.0 mm
(16.02”)

262.0 mm
(10.31”)

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

201

MRE Series 16 and 32 Amp Multiple Socket Outlets
Stationary and Portable. Increased Safety
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Increased Safety Ex e

Plugs and Receptacles

Applications
• Plugs and sockets are used with portable or stationary electrical
equipment such as:
— Lighting systems
— Conveyors
— Heaters
— Motor generators
— Air conditioning equipment
— Compressors
— Pumps
• For use in corrosive atmospheres and installations in Zone 1
and 2 and 21 and 22 of the oil and gas industry such as:
— Refineries
— Chemical plants
— Petrochemical plants
— Pipelines
— Loading docks
— Onshore and offshore drilling platforms
— LNG Trains
— Gas Compressor Stations

Customized Version

Two Socket Outlet Version

Four Socket Outlet Version

Cable Reel

Features
• Plug and socket assembly is equipped with a patented silver
plated linear switch which allows a total disconnection of power
when plug is removed.
• The high voltage contact separation is in a flameproof chamber.
• The automatic electrical disconnection of each phase is
contained in a second flameproof chamber.
• Short circuit protection is 20 kA, while normal reference is 10
kA.
• Different voltages are color coded for easy identification.
• The sockets are keyed to accept only ATX plugs
(other plugs can not be inserted).
• ATX plugs can be used in non-hazardous sockets.

Standard Materials
• Housing: high impact resistance fiberglass reinforced polyester
or 316L stainless steel
• Flush sockets: polyamide

Options
• Customized multiple socket outlets.
Please contact your local sales representative.

202

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

MRE Series 16 and 32 Amp Multiple Socket Outlets
Stationary and Portable. Increased Safety
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Certifications and Compliances

• Certification Type CSPe (Housing)
— Gas: Zones 1 and 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex e II
– Temperature class: T6
— Dust: Zones 21 and 22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE: II2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
– Surface Temperature: T75 °C
— Ambient Temperature: -55 °C to +60 °C (empty house)
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK10
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50284
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 09 ATEX 3032X
— IECEx Certificate: IECEx LCI 09.0016X
• Certification Type CAe (Housing)
— Gas: Zones 1 and 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex e II
– Temperature class: T6 to T3
— Dust: Zones 21 and 22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE: II2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
– Surface Temperature: T80 °C to T95 °C
— Ambient Temperature: -40 °C to +55 °C (empty house)
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK10
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50235
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 02 ATEX 6248X
— IECEx Certificate: IECEx LCI 04.0016

• Certification Type JBe (Housing)
— Gas: Zones 1 and 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex e II
– Temperature class: T6 to T2
— Dust Zones 21 and 22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE: II2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
– Surface Temperature: T80 °C to T290 °C
— Ambient Temperature: -50 °C to +70 °C (empty house)
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK10
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50232
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 02 ATEX 6118X
— IECEx Certificate: IECEx LCI 11.0008X
The ambient temperature for complete assembly is determined
according all the composents used.
• tEURASEC Certification
• Certification Type (Flush Socket) PCX/EN
— EURASEC  N° TC  RU C-FR.ГБ05.B.00910
• Certification Type (Housing) CSPe
— EURASEC  N° TC  RU C-FR.ГБ05.B.00911
• Certification Type (Housing) CAe
— EURASEC  N° TC  RU C-FR.ГБ05.B.00911
• Certification Type (Housing) JBe
— EURASEC  N° TC  RU C-FR.ГБ05.B.00911

tOthers Certification
• Certification Type (Flush Socket) PCX/EN
— Inmetro Certificate: BR230598-U 
• Certification Type (Housing) CSPe
— Inmetro Certificate: BR230637-X 
• Certification Type (Housing) CAe
— Inmetro Certificate: BR230421-X 
• Certification Type (Housing) JBe
— Inmetro Certificate: BR230418-X 

 Inmetro certification available on special request only. Contact your local sales for more information
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

203

Increased Safety Ex e

• Certification Type PCX/EN (Flush Socket)
— Gas: Zones 1 and 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex de IIC
– Temperature class: T6 for Ta ≤ +40 °C and T5 for +55 °C
— Dust: Zones 21 and 22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
– Surface Temperature: T68 °C
— Service Temperature: -40 °C to +55 °C
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK09
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 5C214
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 02 ATEX 0001U
— IECEx Certificate: IECEX LCI 07.0012U

Plugs and Receptacles

tATEX or IECEx Certification

MRE Series 16 and 32 Amp Multiple Socket Outlets
Stationary and Portable. Increased Safety
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

MRE

P

1

MRE Series
Zone 1, 2, 21
and 22
ATEX or
ATEX/IECEx
certified

Increased Safety Ex e

2

16

P

Pin Configuration:
2 - 2P
3 - 2P+E
6 - 3P
4 - 3P+E
5 - 3P+N+E
F - Drilling for Socket
2P-3P-2P+E 16A
G - Drilling for Socket
3P+E - 3P+N+E 16A
J - Drilling for Socket
3P+E - 3P+N+E 32A

Enclosure Material:
P - Polyester
S - 316L Stainless Steel

T0

K

#

Transformer
Power:
T0 - None
T1 - 100 VA
T2 - 160 VA
T3 - 250 VA
T4 - 400 VA

Primary/
Secondary Voltage:
K - 230-400 V / 24 V
L - 240-415 V / 24 V
M - 230-400 V / 110 V

Amps:
16 - 16 A
32 - 32 A

Socket Outlets Quantity:
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Voltage:
P - 20-25 Vac 50/60 Hz
Y - 100-130 Vac 50/60 Hz
B - 200-250 Vac 50/60 Hz
R - 380-415 Vac 50/60 Hz

Description

Type

Weight kg

Options:

Options must be listed alphabetically

H - Portable Unit with Handle:
Only available with SS 316L
enclosure
# - Customized Multiple Socket
6 digit number will be
assigned at time of order
placement.

Volume dm3

Catalog Number

Pre-drilled Multiple Sockets in Polyester for 2 Flush Sockets 16 A — Ex de IIC T5 -40 °C to +55 °C ( ATEX/IECEx)
Supplied with:
1 x Terminal block 2P+E 6 mm2;
1 x M20 plastic cable gland for unarmored cable – diameter 6.5 to 14.5 mm.

Fix. 103 mm
(4.06”)

Layout 1
230 mm (9.06”)
Fix. 193 mm
(7.60”)

4xØ
5 mm (0.17”)

167 mm (6.57”)
120 mm
(4.72”)

Plugs and Receptacles

Catalog Numbering Guide

1 x M20

Pre-drilled enclosure for 2 flush
sockets (not supplied)
PRE Series 2P or 2P+E – 16A

CSPe3
PCX/EN

1.3

7

MREP2F

91 mm
(3.58”)

Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.

204

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

MRE Series 16 and 32 Amp Multiple Socket Outlets
Stationary and Portable. Increased Safety
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Description

Type

Weight kg

Volume dm3

Catalog Number
Plugs and Receptacles

Pre-drilled Multiple Sockets in Polyester for 4 Flush Sockets 16A — Ex de IIC T5 -40 °C to +55 °C (ATEX/IECEx)
Supplied with:
1 x Distribution block 4 poles 12 x 4 mm with cable clamps – 2 x 10 mm2 max.;
1 x M20 plastic cable gland for unarmored cable – diameter 6.5 to 14.5 mm;
1 x M20 plastic blanking plug.

2 x M20

Pre-drilled enclosure for 4 flush
sockets (not supplied)
PRE Series 2P or 2P+E – 16A

CAe2
PCX/EN

4

15

MREP4F

4

15

MREP4G

Increased Safety Ex e

76 mm
150 mm
(5.91”) (2.99”)

Layout 2

320 mm (12.60”)
Fix. 294 mm (11.57”)

200 mm (7.87”)
Fix. 146 mm
(5.75”)

Pre-drilled enclosure for 4 flush
sockets (not supplied)
PRE Series 3P+E or 3P+N+E – 16A

CAe2
PCX/EN

Mounting adaptor to install 2P or
2P+E – 16A flush sockets with predrilled enclosure MREP4G

—

0.1

0.7

096496

Blanking plate to install Unicode2
Series component diameter 30 mm
(Push button, Pilot light or blanking
plug) on 096496

—

0.1

0.7

097494

Blanking plug diameter 30 mm

—

0.1

0.18

UBP

Combined Units in Polyester with 4 Flush Sockets 16A — Ex de IIC T5  -40 °C to +55 °C  (ATEX/IECEx)
Supplied with:
1 x Distribution block 4 poles 12 x 4 mm with cable clamps – 2 x 10 mm2 max.;
1 x M20 plastic cable gland for unarmored cable – diameter 6.5 to 14.5 mm;
1 x M20 plastic blanking plug.

150 mm
(5.91”) 76 mm
(2.99”)

Layout 3
2 x M20

CAe2

4 flush sockets 2P+E  16 A  
20/25 Vac

PCX/EN

4 flush sockets 2P+E  16 A  
200/250 Vac

PCX/EN

5

25

MREP4316P

5

25

MREP4316B

320 mm (12.60”)
Fix. 294 mm (11.57”)

200 mm (7.87”)
Fix. 146 mm
(5.75”)

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

CAe2

205

MRE Series 16 and 32 Amp Multiple Socket Outlets
Stationary and Portable. Increased Safety
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Type

Weight kg

Volume dm3

Catalog Number

Combined Units in Polyester with 1 Flush Socket 16 A — Ex de IIC T3 -20 °C to +55 °C (ATEX)
Supplied with:
1 x Transformer 230-400 V / 24 V 250 VA;
2 x Fuse carriers 14 x 51 for primary protection;
2 x Fuse carriers 14 x 51 for secondary protection;
1 x Flush socket 2P+E 16 A 24 Vac (PRE316FP);
1 x M20 plastic cable gland for unarmored cable – diameter 6.5 to 14.5 mm.

150 mm (5.91”)

Layout 4
1 x M20

1 flush socket 2P+E 16 A  20/25 Vac
and transformer 230-400 V/24 V
250 VA

CAe2
12

25

MREP1316PT3K

PCX/EN

320 mm (12.60”)

396 mm (15.59”)
Fix. 294 mm (11.57”)

200 mm (7.87”)
Fix. 146 mm
(5.75”)

Combined Units in Polyester with 4 Flush Sockets 16 A — Ex de IIC T3 -20 °C to +55 °C (ATEX)
Supplied with:
1 x Transformer 230-400 V / 24 V 400 VA;
2 x Fuse carriers 14 x 51 for primary protection;
2 x Fuse carriers 14 x 51 for secondary protection;
4 x Flush sockets 2P+E 16 A 24 Vac (PRE316FP);
1 x M20 plastic cable gland for unarmored cable – diameter 6.5 to 14.5 mm;
1 x M20 plastic blanking plug.
Layout 5
76 mm (2.99”)
222 mm
(8.74”)

2 x M20

4 flush sockets 2P+E 16 A 20/25 Vac
and transformer 230-400 V/24 V  
400 VA

CAe6
PCX/EN

15

36

MREP4316PT4K

400 mm (15.75”)
341 mm (13.43”)

Increased Safety Ex e

Plugs and Receptacles

Description

300 mm (11.81”)
370 mm (14.67”)

206

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

MRE Series 16 and 32 Amp Multiple Socket Outlets
Stationary and Portable. Increased Safety
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Description

Type

Weight kg

Volume dm3

Catalog Number
Plugs and Receptacles

Portable Combined Units in 316L Stainless Steel with 4 Flush Sockets 16 A — Ex de IIC T3/T2 -20 °C to +55 °C (ATEX )
Supplied with:
1 x Transformer 230-400 V / 24 V  (250 or 400 VA);
2 x Fuse carriers 14 x 51 for primary protection;
2 x Fuse carriers 14 x 51 for secondary protection;
4 x Flush sockets 2P+E 16 A 24 V (PRE316FP);
1 x M20 cable gland for unarmored cable – diameter 6.5 to 14.5 mm.

250 VA Portable Unit:
Ex de IIC T3 -20 °C to +55 °C
4 flush sockets 2P+E  16 A  
20/25 Vac and transformer
230-400 V / 24 V  250 VA

370 mm (14.67”)

415 mm (16.34”)
19 mm (0.75”)

200 mm (7.87”)

JBe47
19

30

MRES4316PT3KH

23

42

MRES4316PT4KH

32

097499

PCX/EN

1 x M20

260 mm (10.24”)
412 mm (16.22”)

Layout 7 mm (in)
400 VA Portable Unit:
370 mm (14.67”)

415 mm (16.34”)
19 mm (0.75”)

200 mm (7.87”)

1 x M20

370 mm (14.67”)
522 mm (20.55”)

Ex de IIC T2 -20 °C to +55 °C
or
Ex de IIC T3  -20 °C to +40 °C
4 flush sockets 2P+E  16 A  
20/25 Vac and transformer
230-400 V/24 V  400 VA

JBe55
PCX/EN

Cable Reel
Polyamide reel: Reel capacity: 40 meters of 3 x 2.5 mm2 flexible cable; Handle with drum brake

380 mm (14.96”)

Layout 8 mm (in)

Cable reel

300 mm (11.81”)

2.5

250 mm (9.84”)

Cable reel is used for carrying and storing of the electrical lead.
The electrical lead must be completely removed from the cable reel before use.

Cable Reel

Electrical lead (not supplied)

Mobile Socket

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Plug

207

Increased Safety Ex e

Layout 6 mm (in)

MRE Series 16 and 32 Amp Multiple Socket Outlet
Stationary and Portable. Increased Safety
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Layout 2

(Flush Sockets Not Supplied)

230 mm (9.06”)
Fix. 193 mm
(7.60”)

76 mm
150 mm
(5.91”) (2.99”)

167 mm (6.57”)
120 mm
(4.72”)

1 x M20

91 mm
(3.58”)

150 mm (5.91”)

2 x M20

200 mm (7.87”)
Fix. 146 mm
(5.75”)

1 x M20

200 mm (7.87”)
Fix. 146 mm
(5.75”)

Layout 5

76 mm (2.99”)
2 x M20

400 mm (15.75”)
341 mm (13.43”)

320 mm (12.60”)
Fix. 294 mm (11.57”)

200 mm (7.87”)
Fix. 146 mm
(5.75”)
Layout 4

396 mm (15.59”)
Fix. 294 mm (11.57”)

150 mm
(5.91”) 76 mm
(2.99”)

Layout 3

2 x M20

320 mm (12.60”)
Fix. 294 mm (11.57”)

4xØ
5 mm (0.17”)

320 mm (12.60”)

Increased Safety Ex e

Fix. 103 mm
(4.06”)

Layout 1

222 mm
(8.74”)

Plugs and Receptacles

Polyester Enclosure Dimensions in Millimeters

300 mm (11.81”)
370 mm (14.67”)

208

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

MRE Series 16 and 32 Amp Multiple Socket Outlet
Stationary and Portable. Increased Safety
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

316L Stainless Steel Enclosure Dimensions in Millimeters

Layout 6

Layout 7

Increased Safety Ex e

Position for Use

415 mm (16.34”)
19 mm (0.75”)

415 mm (16.34”)
19 mm (0.75”)

370 mm (14.67”)

370 mm (14.67”)
522 mm (20.55”)

1 x M20

370 mm (14.67”)

200 mm (7.87”)

200 mm (7.87”)

260 mm (10.24”)
412 mm (16.22”)

Plugs and Receptacles

Position for Transportation

1 x M20

Cable Reel Dimensions in Millimeters

380 mm (14.96”)

Layout 8

300 mm (11.81”)

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

250 mm (9.84”)

209

PRD Series 16, 32, 80 and 125 Amp Plugs and Sockets
Flameproof

16A and 32A :
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

80A and 125A :
Zone 1 and 2
Gas (G)

Plugs and Receptacles

Applications
• Hazardous areas where plugs and sockets are used with
portable or stationary electrical equipment such as lighting and
heating systems, conveyors, motor starters, air-conditioning
appliances, compressors and pumps.
• Ideal for hazardous areas where weatherproof and robust
equipment is required.
• Ideal for hazardous areas in the oil and
gas industry; such as refineries, pipelines and offshore sea-rigs.

16 Amp Plug and Socket

Flameproof Ex d

Features
• General — 16 A:
— Flameproof seal with cylindrical spigot joint.
— Automatic disconnection of the poles by patented dualsafety device, which ensures the following once the plug is
removed from the socket outlet:
– Automatic and simultaneous disconnection of each phase
in a flameproof chamber
– Disconnection, once power is off, of the pins in the
second flameproof chamber
— Cover can be padlocked – 1 padlock diameter 5 mm, length
45 mm.
— Wall sockets and flush sockets incorporate a safety device
that only accepts plugging of ATX plugs which are certified
for use in hazardous areas.
— Plugs can be used with IEC 60309-2 compliant industrial pin
socket outlets in non-hazardous areas.
• General — 32 A:
— Flameproof seal with cylindrical spigot joint.
— Mechanical interlocking device ensures:
– Disconnection takes place within the flameproof chamber
before the plug is removed from the socket outlet
– The plug cannot be removed when energized
— Straight handle placed on the plug for use with IEC 603092 compliant industrial pin socket outlets in non-hazardous
areas.
• General — 80 A and 125 A:
— Interlocking mechanical device which prevents:
– The switch from closing until the plug is fully inserted into
the wall socket
– The plug from being removed until the switch is off
— Socket outlet supplied with a load break isolating switch
ensuring disconnection with power on.
— Switch handle can be padlocked in the “off” position (3
padlocks).
• Wall Sockets — 16 A:
— 2 x M20 threaded cable entries (1 at the top, 1 at bottom).
— Supplied with one M20 plug.
— Connection on 2 x 4 mm2 terminals.
— Earth terminals: internal and external, with 4 mm diameter
screws.
• Wall Sockets — 32 A:
— 2 x M25 threaded cable entries (1 at the top, 1 at bottom).
— Supplied with one M25 plug.
— Connection on 10 mm2 terminals.
— Earth terminals: internal and external with 6 mm diameter
screws.
• Wall Sockets — 80 A:
— 1 x M32 threaded cable entry (on the top side).
— Connection via 8 mm diameter lug terminals (not supplied).
— Internal earth through 35 mm2 connection and external earth
through 6 mm diameter screws.

210

32 Amp Plug and Socket

80 Amp and 125 Amp Plug and Socket

• Wall Sockets — 125 A:
— 1 x M50 threaded entry (on the top side).
— Connection via 8 mm diameter lug terminals (not supplied).
— Internal earth through 35 mm2 connection and external earth
through 6 mm diameter screws.
• Plugs — 16 A:
— 1 cable entry through integrated M25 cable gland
– 9 to 12 mm diameter for the 2P+E plug
– 12 to 15 mm diameter for the 3P+E plug
– 15 to 17 mm diameter for the 3P+N+E plug
— Connection on 2.5 mm2 maximum terminals.
• Plugs — 32 A:
— 1 cable entry via integrated cable gland diameter 17 to 22
mm.
— Connection on 6 mm2 maximum terminals.
• Plugs — 80 A:
— 1 cable entry via supplied cable gland diameter 18 to 28 mm.
— Connection on 16 mm2 maximum terminals.
• Plugs — 125 A:
— 1 cable entry via supplied cable gland diameter 30 to 36 mm.
— Connection on 35 mm2 maximum terminals.

Standard Materials
• 16 A socket outlet body and socket: gray painted marine grade
aluminum alloy
• 32 A socket outlet body: gray painted marine grade aluminum
alloy body
• 32 A socket outlet flush socket: cast iron
• 80 and 125 A socket outlet body and socket: painted cast iron
with marine anti-corrosion treatment
• Plugs: RAL 7038 gray painted marine grade aluminum alloy

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

PRD Series 16, 32, 80 and 125 Amp Plugs and Sockets
Flameproof

16A and 32A :
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

80A and 125A :
Zone 1 and 2
Gas (G)

Certifications and Compliances
tATEX Certification

• Certification Type (16 A Flush Sockets) PCXd/EN
— Gas: Zones 1 and 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex d IIC
— Dust, Zones 21 and 22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE: II2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
— Ambient Temperature: -40 °C to +55 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 5C227
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 03 ATEX 0022U
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66

tATEX Certification
• Certification Type (80 A Plugs and Wall Sockets) PCX 80d
— Gas: Zones 1 and 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex d IIB
– Temperature class: T6 for Ta ≤ +40 °C and T5 for +55 °C
— Ambient Temperature: -40 °C to 55 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50262
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 03 ATEX 6149X
— Internal Volume: < 2 dm3 (2 liters)
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
• Certification Type (125 A Plugs and Wall Sockets) PCX 125d
— Gas: Zones 1 and 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex d IIB
– Temperature class: T5
— Ambient Temperature: -40 °C to 55 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50263
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 03 ATEX 6148X
— Internal Volume: < 2 dm3 (2 liters)
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66

tEURASEC Certification
— EURASEC  N° TC  RU C-FR.ГБ05.B.00910

• Certification Type (32 A Plugs and Wall Sockets) PCX 32d
— Gas: Zones 1 and 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex d IIC
– Temperature class: T6 for Ta ≤ +40 °C and T5 for +55 °C
— Dust, Zones 21 and 22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE: II2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
– Surface Temperature: T95 °C
— Ambient Temperature: -40 °C to 55 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50258
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 03 ATEX 6134X
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66

tEURASEC Certification
— EURASEC  N° TC  RU C-FR.ГБ05.B.00910

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

211

Flameproof Ex d

• Certification Type (16 A Plugs and Wall Sockets) PCX 16d
— Gas: Zones 1 and 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex d IIC
– Temperature class: T6 for Ta ≤ +40 °C and T5 for +55 °C
— Dust: Zones 21 and 22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
– Surface Temperature: T95 °C
— Ambient Temperature: -40 °C to +55 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50243
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 02 ATEX 6234
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66

80 A and 125 A

Plugs and Receptacles

16 A and 32 A

PRD Series 16, 32, 80 and 125 Amp Plugs and Sockets
Flameproof

16A and 32A :
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Plugs and Receptacles

Equipment

80A and 125A :
Zone 1 and 2
Gas (G)

Pin Configuration

Weight kg

Volume dm3

Catalog Number

1.7

5

PRD316RP

0.5

4

PRD316PP

1.7

5

PRD316RY

0.5

4

PRD316PY

1.7

5

PRD316RB

0.5

4

PRD316PB

1.8

5

PRD416RR

0.5

4

PRD416PR

1.9

5

PRD516RR

0.5

4

PRD516PR

10.4

17

PRD432RR

1.5

4

PRD432PR

44.6

69

PRD480RR

3.4

6

PRD480PR

47

69

PRD412RR

5.9

7

PRD412PR

Extra Low Voltage
16 A – 20/25 Vac 50/60 Hz — Purple
Wall Socket
Key Way

Plug

2P + E

Flameproof Ex d

Low Voltage
16 A – 100/130 Vac 50/60 Hz — Yellow
Wall Socket
Plug

L/+

Key Way

2P + E

16 A – 200/250 Vac 50/60 Hz — Blue
Wall Socket
L/+

Key Way

Plug

2P + E

16 A – 380/415 Vac 50/60 Hz — Red
L2

Wall Socket
Plug
Wall Socket
Plug

L3
Key Way

L1

3P + E
L3

L2
L1
Key Way

N

3P + N + E 

32 A – 380/415 Vac 50/60 Hz — Red
L2

Wall Socket
Plug

L1

L3
Key Way

3P + E

80 A – 380/415 Vac 50/60 Hz — Red
L2

Wall Socket
Plug

L1

L3
Key Way

3P + E

125 A – 380/415 Vac 50/60 Hz — Red
L2

Wall Socket
Plug

L1

L3
Key Way

3P + E

 200/346 V – 240/415 Vac 50/60 Hz.
Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.

212

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

PRD Series 16, 32, 80 and 125 Amp Plugs and Sockets
Flameproof

16A and 32A :
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Gas Group

80A and 125A :
Zone 1 and 2
Gas (G)

Pin Configuration

Volume dm3

Catalog Number

1.7

5

PRD316FPC

1.5

5

PRD316FPB

1.7

5

PRD316FYC

1.5

5

PRD316FYB

1.7

5

PRD316FBC

1.7

5

PRD316FBB

1.8

5

PRD416FRC

1.6

5

PRD416FRB

1.9

5

PRD516FRC

1.7

5

PRD516FRB

9.5

17

PRD432FRC

9.2

17

PRD432FRB

Flush Sockets for Mounting on Ex d IIB or Ex d IIC Enclosures
16 A – 20/25 Vac 50/60 Hz — Purple
Ex d IIC
Key Way

Ex d IIB

2P + E

Plugs and Receptacles

Weight kg

16 A – 100/130 Vac 50/60 Hz — Yellow

Ex d IIB

L/+

Key Way

2P + E

16 A – 200/250 Vac 50/60 Hz — Blue
Ex d IIC
L/+

Key Way

Ex d IIB

2P + E

16 A – 380/415 Vac 50/60 Hz — Red
L2

Ex d IIC
Ex d IIB
Ex d IIC
Ex d IIB

L3
Key Way

L1

3P + E
L3

L2
L1
Key Way

N

3P + N + E 

32 A – 380/415 Vac 50/60 Hz — Red
L2

Ex d IIC
Ex d IIB

L1

L3
Key Way

3P + E

 200/346 V – 240/415 Vac 50/60 Hz.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

213

Flameproof Ex d

Ex d IIC

PRD Series 16, 32, 80 and 125 Amp Plug and Socket
Flameproof

16A and 32A :
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

80A and 125A :
Zone 1 and 2
Gas (G)

Plugs and Receptacles

16 Amp Plug and Wall Socket Dimensions in Millimeters (Inches)
110 mm (4.33”)

6.10/155

260 mm (10.24”)

Flameproof Ex d

9 mm (0.35”)

66 mm
(2.60”)

A

96 mm
(3.78”)

A
10 mm
(0.39”)

2P+E

70

3P+E

78

3P+N+E

85

175 mm (6.89”)

32 Amp Plug and Wall Socket Dimensions in Millimeters (Inches)
230 mm (9.06”)

225 mm (8.86”)

10 mm
(0.39”)

185 mm (7.28”)
95 mm
(3.74”)

15 mm
(0.59”)

fl
67 mm (3.74”)

120 mm (4.72”)

75 mm
(2.95”)

fl 7mm
(0.28”)

140 mm (5.51”)

80 and 125 Amp Plug and Wall Socket Dimensions in Millimeters (Inches)
250 mm (10.04”_)

123 mm (4.84”) (125 A)
101 mm (3.98”) (80 A)

650 mm (25.59”) (125 A)
290 mm (11.42”)

214

30 mm
(1.18”)

550 mm (21.65”) (80 A)

226 mm (8.90”)

Ø 11 mm
(0.43”)

256 mm (10.08”)

276 mm (10.87”) (125 A)
235 mm (9.25”) (80 A)

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

PRD Series 16, 32, 80 and 125 Amp Plug and Socket
Flameproof

16A and 32A :
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

80A and 125A :
Zone 1 and 2
Gas (G)

16 and 32 Amp Flush Socket Dimensions in Millimeters (Inches)

32 A - Ex d IIB

96 mm (3.78”)

91 mm (3.58”)

60 mm (2.36”)

56 mm (2.20”)

Flameproof Ex d

4 x M4
screws

139 mm (5.47”)

125 mm (4.92”)
96 mm (3.78”)

135 mm (5.31”)

60 mm
(2.36”)

Plugs and Receptacles

16 A - Ex d IIB

4 x M4
screws

66 mm (2.60”)

16 A - Ex d IIC

32 A - Ex d IIC

108 mm (4.25”)

78 mm (3.07”)

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Ø 166 mm (6.54”)

150 mm (5.91”)

215

Plugs and Receptacles

Notes

216

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Notes

Plugs and Receptacles

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

217

Plugs and Receptacles

Notes

218

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

Description

Page

Increased Safety Ex e Zone 1 Rated Junction Boxes
JBEL Series Polycarbonate Junction Boxes

220

JBEP Series Undrilled and Predrilled, Empty Fiberglass
Reinforced Polyester Junction Boxes

223

JBEP Series Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester Terminal Junction
Boxes for Instrumentation Applications

234

JBEP Series Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester Terminal Junction
Boxes for Electrical and Power Applications

241

JBEL

Instrumentation JBEP

Electrical/Power JBEP

JBEA

JBES and ECES

JBEA/ECEA

JBDR

JBD

JBDA

ECDX

Increased Safety Ex e Zone 1 Rated Enclosures & Junction Boxes
269

JBEA and ECEA Series Aluminum Enclosures

276

JBES Series Pre-Drilled 316L Stainless Steel Junction Boxes

281

JBES and ECES Series 316L Stainless Steel Enclosures

285

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

JBEA Series Pre-Drilled Aluminum Junction Box

Flameproof Ex d Zone 1 Rated Junction Boxes
296

JBD Series Pre-Drilled Terminal Junction Boxes

299

JBDA and JBDF – ECDA and ECDF Series Customized
Enclosures

301

ECDX Series Customized Welded Steel/Stainless Steel
Enclosures

307

AJBEW Cast Junction Boxes

310

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

JBDR Series Pre-Drilled Round Junction Boxes

AJBEW

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

219

JBEL Series Polycarbonate Junction Boxes
Increased Safety

Furnished complete with Terminals.
Zones 1 & 2 – 21 & 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Increased Safety Ex e Zone 1 Rated Junction Boxes

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

Applications
• Small terminal junction boxes designed to facilitate electrical
connections in hazardous areas.
• Designed for use in Zone 1 or 2 areas, where flammable gases or
vapors are present either continuously or intermittently such as:
— Petroleum
— Chemical
— Refineries
— Other industrial process facilities
• Ideal for wet or corrosive atmospheres.
• Designed for use in Zone 21 or 22 areas where flammable dusts
are present either continuously or intermittently such as:
— Food processing
— Dairy
— Brewing
— Other commercial facilities

For Unarmored Cable

Features
• Pillar type terminal block for easy connection.
• Available in two sizes:
— 4 mm2
— 10 mm2
• Unarmored or armored versions with earth continuity brass
device.
• Operating temperature: -40 °C to +55 °C

Standard Materials

For Armored Cable

• Enclosure: static and impact resistant polycarbonate
• Cover gasket: polyurethane
• Hardware: stainless steel

Certifications and Compliances
tATEX Certification
• Certification Type BJe1
— Gas, Zones 1 and 2:
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex e II
– Temperature class: T6
— Dust, Zones 21 and 22:
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE: II2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
– Surface Temperature: T75 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50226
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 02 ATEX 6069
— Ambient Temperature: -40 °C to +55 °C
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK10
• Certification Type BJe2
— Gas, Zones 1 and 2:
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex e II
– Temperature class: T6
— Dust, Zones 21 and 22:
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE: II2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
– Surface Temperature: T80 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50209
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 99 ATEX 6003
— Ambient Temperature: -40 °C to +55 °C
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK10

tEURASEC Certification
• Certification Type: BJe1
— EURASEC N° TC  RU C-FR.ГБ05.B.00911
•   Certification Type: BJe2
— EURASEC N° TC  RU C-FR.ГБ05.B.00911

tOthers Certification
• Certification Type: BJe1
— INMETRO Certificate: BVC 11.0479 
•   Certification Type: BJe2
— INMETRO Certificate: BVC 11.0402-X 

Related Products
• Cable glands for use with armored and unarmored cable are
available, see Fittings: Cable Glands.

 Inmetro certification available on special request only. Contact your local sales for more information

220

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

JBEL Series Polycarbonate Junction Boxes
Increased Safety

Furnished complete with Terminals.
Zones 1 & 2 – 21 & 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Rating
(Amps)

Equipment

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Catalog Number

For Unarmored Cables 2.5/4 mm2  660 V — Certification Type BJe1

Supplied with 4 connection terminals. Maximum capacity per terminal: 4 x 2.5 mm2 or 2 x 4 mm2 + 2 x 2.5 mm2 and 4 interconnected earth terminals. Maximum
capacity per earth terminal: 1 x 4 mm2

4 x PG16 entries with knock-out caps 
4 x Integrated cable glands for unarmored
cable; 8 to 16 mm diameter

0.4

1.7

JBEL1N4P16G

For Armored Cables 2.5/4 mm2 660 V — Certification Type BJe1

Supplied with 4 connection terminals. Maximum capacity per terminal: 4 x 2.5 mm2 or 2 x 4 mm2 + 2 x 2.5 mm2 and 4 interconnected earth terminals. Maximum
capacity per earth terminal: 1 x 4 mm2

4 x M20 entries with earth brass continuity
device
2 x blanking plugs

28 A/2.5 mm2
38 A/4 mm2

0.4

1.7

JBEL1A4M20

Increased Safety Ex e Zone 1 Rated Junction Boxes

For Unarmored Cables 6/10 mm2 690 V — Certification Type BJe2

Supplied with 4 connection terminals. Maximum capacity per terminal: 4 x 6 mm2 or 3 x 10 mm2 + 4 mm2 and 4 interconnected earth terminals. Maximum
capacity per earth terminal: 1 x 10 mm2

3 x M20 entries
3 x cable glands for unarmored cable;
6.5 to 14.5 mm diameter
4 x M20 entries
4 x cable glands for unarmored cable;
6.5 to 14.5 mm diameter

42 A/10 mm2

3 x M25 entries
3 x cable glands for unarmored cable;
8 to 18.5 mm diameter

18 A/4 mm2

0.7

4.5

JBEL2N3M20G

0.7

4.5

JBEL2N4M20G

0.7

4.5

JBEL2N3M25G

0.7

4.5

JBEL2N4M25G

30 A/6 mm2

4 x M25 entries
4 x cable glands for unarmored cable;
8 to 18.5 mm diameter
For Armored Cables 6/10 mm2 690 V — Certification Type BJe2

Supplied with 4 connection terminals. Maximum capacity per terminal: 4 x 6 mm2 or 3 x 10 mm2 + 4 mm2 and 4 interconnected earth terminals. Maximum
capacity per earth terminal: 1 x 10 mm2

4 x M20 entries with earth brass continuity
device.
2 x M20 blanking plugs
4 x M25 entries with earth brass continuity
device.
2 x M25 blanking plugs

42 A/10 mm2

2 x M25 + 2 x M20 entries with earth brass
continuity device.
1 x M25 + 1 x M20 blanking plugs

18 A/4 mm2

0.7

4.5

JBEL2A4M20

0.7

4.5

JBEL2A4M25

0.7

4.5

JBEL2A4M05

0.7

4.5

JBEL2A4M06

30 A/6 mm2

3 x M25 + 1 x M20 entries with earth brass
continuity device.
1 x M25 + 1 x M20 blanking plugs

 Knock-out caps can be used as plugs.
Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

Important: Cables must be secured to structure
close to box entries

28 A/2.5 mm2
38 A/4 mm2

221

JBEL Series Polycarbonate Junction Boxes
Increased Safety

Furnished complete with Terminals.

Dimensions in Millimeters

BJe1 with Cable Glands for Unarmored Cables

6.0
(0.23)

17.0 (0.67)

6.0
(0.23)

54.7
(2.15)

125 x 125
(4.92 x 4.92)

54.7 (2.15)

53.3
(2.10)

6.2
(0.24)

222

4 x M20

BJe2 without Cable Glands for Armored Cables

185 x 185 (7.28 x 7.28)

72
(2.83)

50.0
(1.97)

54.7 (2.15)
108 x 108
(4.25 x 4.25)

125 x 125
(4.92 x 4.92)

Increased Safety Ex e Zone 1 Rated Junction Boxes

BJe2 with Cable Glands for Unarmored Cables

17.0
(0.67)

6.2 (0.24)

6.2 (0.24)

11.5
(0.45)

6.0
(0.23)

136.0 (5.35)
Fix. 124.0 (4.88)
125.0 (4.92)

4 x PG16

6.0
(0.23)

17.0 (0.67)

50.0
17.0 (1.97)
(0.67)

6.2 (0.24)

125.0 (4.92)

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

6.2 (0.24)

BJe1 without Cable Glands for Armored Cables

6.2
(0.24)

11.5
(0.45)
136.0 (5.35)
Fix. 124.0 (4.88)

72
(2.83)

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

JBEP Series Undrilled and Predrilled, Empty Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester
Junction Boxes
Increased Safety. For Field Drilling and Customization
Zones 1 & 2 – 21 & 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Applications

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

• Designed for Zones 1 or 2 areas, where flammable gases or
vapors are present either continuously, often or accidentally
such as:
— Petroleum
— Chemical
— Refineries
— Other industrial process facilities
• Ideal for indoor/outdoor use with wet or corrosive atmospheres.
• Designed for use in Zones 21 or 22 areas where flammables
dusts (conductive and non conductive) are present either
continuously, often or accidentally such as:
— Food processing
— Dairy
— Brewing
— Other industrial process facilities
• Designed for Zone 0 and Zone 20 Intrinsically Safe applications
when used with rated terminals.

Features

Standard materials
• Enclosures: Static resistant carbon filled fiberglass reinforced
polyester (FRP)
• Hardware: stainless steel
• Gasket for sizes 85 x 85, 120 x 120: silicone
• Gasket for other sizes: EPDM (ethylene propylene diene
monomer rubber)

Options
• External hinges are available on the following sizes:
— 500 x 320 x 150 mm
— 500 x 320 x 230 mm
— 750 x 320 x 150 mm
— 750 x 320 x 230 mm
• Silicone gasket available for sizes 170 x 170 and 200 x 215
• Removable glands plates
• Nameplates
• Mounting pan
• Terminal rail
• Inside pocket for document
• Consult factory for custom drilling and assembly requirements.

Certifications and Compliances

– Temperature class:
T6 for Ta ≤ +40 °C , T5 for Ta ≤ +60 °C
T3 for Ta ≤ +90 °C for sizes 85 x 85, 120 x 120
— Dust, Zones 21 and 22:
IID
– Conforming to ATEX:
– Conforming to IECEx: EPL Db
– Type of Protection: Ex tb IIIC
– Surface Temperature :
T60 °C for Ta ≤ +40 °C , T90 °C for Ta ≤ +60 °C
T110 °C for Ta ≤ +90 °C for sizes 85 x 85, 120 x 120
— Gas, Zone 0:
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/EC:
II 1G
– Conforming to IECEx : EPL Ga
– Type of Protection: Ex ia IIC
– Temperature class:
T6 for Ta ≤ +40 °C , T5 for Ta ≤ +60 °C
T3 for Ta ≤ +90 °C for sizes 85 x 85, 120 x 120
— Dust, Zone 20:
– Conforming to ATEX:
II 1D
– Conforming to IECEx: EPL Da
– Type of Protection: Ex ia IIIC
– Surface Temperature :
T60 °C for Ta ≤ +40 °C , T90 °C for Ta ≤ +60 °C
T110 °C for Ta ≤ +90 °C for sizes 85 x 85, 120 x 120
— Ambient Temperatures :
-55 °C ≤ Ta ≤ +60 °C (EPDM gasket)
-55 °C ≤ Ta ≤ +90 °C (silicone gasket)
— ATEX Certificate : LCIE 12 ATEX 3037X
— EC Declaration of Conformity : 50291
— IECEx Certificate : IECEx LCIE 13.0003X
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Impact Resistance: IK10

Increased Safety Ex e Zone 1 Rated Junction Boxes

• Available in a wide range of sizes:
— For armored, unarmored or armored lead sheathed cable
— For use with Mantle Clamping (Pillar Terminals) for use as
instrumentation, electrical or power terminals
— For use with a variety of connection and earth terminals
• Optional external hinged enclosures:
— Reversible door opening 120°.
— Door with double bar lock.
— Key locking facility.
• Refer to the technical guide to determine permitted and sizes of
terminals and cables entries for self arrangement.

tATEX/IECEx Certification
• Type : JBEP
— Gas, Zones 1 and 2:
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/EC:
IIG
– Conforming to IECEx : EPL Gb
– Type of Protection: Ex eb IIC, Ex eb ia IIC, Ex eb ib IIC,
Ex ib IIC

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

223

JBEP Series Undrilled and Predrilled, Empty Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester
Junction Boxes
Increased Safety. For Field Drilling and Customization
Zones 1 & 2 – 21 & 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Related Products

tEURASEC Certification
— EURASEC N° TC  RU C-FR.ГБ05.B.00911

• Cable glands for use with armored and unarmored cable are
available, see Fittings: Cable Glands.

tOthers Certification

Increased Safety Ex e Zone 1 Rated Junction Boxes

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

— INMETRO Certificate: BVC 13.3238 - X 

Catalog Numbering Guide - JBEP Undrilled and Predrilled, Empty Junction Boxes
JBE

P

Series:
JBE - ATEX/IECEx
Certified
Junction Box

08

08

0

Dimensions
Depth:
06 - 61 mm
07 - 66 mm
09 - 91 mm
09S - 91 mm
11 - 116 mm
15 - 150 mm
23 - 230 mm

Dimensions
Height:
08 - 85 mm
12 - 120 mm
17 - 170 mm
20 - 200 mm
21 - 215 mm
23 - 230 mm
25 - 250 mm
32 - 320 mm
50 - 500 mm
75 - 750 mm

Material:
P - Polyester

06

Dimensions
Width:
08 - 85 mm
12 - 120 mm
17 - 170 mm
20 - 200 mm
21 - 215 mm
25 - 250 mm
32 - 320 mm
50 - 500 mm
75 - 750 mm

G
Options:
(Options must be listed
alphabetically)

A - Earth continuity Brass
Plate
G - Cable Glands
M - Mounting Pan
H - Hinges for sizes :
500 or 750 x 320 x 150 or 230
HR - Horizontal DIN-Rail
VR - Vertical DIN-Rail
# - Customized at Factory

Gland Plates
(for location see chart below):
0 - No Gland Plate
1 - Bottom, Plastic
2 - Top and Bottom, Plastic
3 - Bottom and Sides, Plastic
4 - All Sides Plastic,
5 - Bottom, Brass
6 - Top and Bottom, Brass
7 - Bottom and Sides, Brass
8 - All Sides, Brass

 Inmetro certification available on special request only. Contact your local sales for more information

224

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

JBEP Series Undrilled and Predrilled, Empty Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester
Junction Boxes
Increased Safety. For Field Drilling and Customization
Zones 1 & 2 – 21 & 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Gland Plate Location Chart 
250 x 320 x 150

Height x Width x Depth Dimensions in Millimeters
750 x 320 x 150
320 x 500 x 150
750 x 320 x 230
320 x 500 x 230

500 x 320 x 150
500 x 320 x 230

320 x 750 x 150
320 x 750 x 230

Bottom
AA
A A

A
A

A
A

A
A

A
AA

A
A

A
A
A A

A
A

A A

A
A

AA

A
A
A

AA
A
A

A
A

A
A

A
A

A
A

A

A A

A
A
A

AA
A
A A
A A

A

A
A
A A

A
A

AA
A
AA
A
A
A

A
AA
AA
A
AA

A
A

A
A

A

A
A
A
A
A
A
A

A A
AA
A A
A A
AA

A
A
AA
A
A
A

A A

AA

A
A
AA A
A

A
AA
A

AA

A

A A

A

A
A
AA AA

A

A A

A

A
A
A A

A
A

AA

B
AB

A A

A

B
AB

B
B

B
B

AB
B
A

B
B

A AA
A AA
B
A
A
A
AA AAA
A A
AB
B AA
A
A A
A A
A
A
BA
A
AB
A AA AA A A AAA AAA
A
A AA
AB
A AA
A A
AB A
A
A
A
A
A
AB A A A A A AA
B
A
AB
AA
A
A

A
AA
AA
A AA

A
A
A A

B

B

BB BB

BA

B A

AA

AA

A

A

B

B

B B B B

BA

B A

A A

A A

A

A

B
B

B
B

B
B
BA
AB
BA B B BA

B
A
BA

B
A
B A

A
A
A A

A
A
A A

A
A

A
A

B

B

BB

BB

BA

B A

AA

AA

A

A

B

B

B B B B

BA

B A

A A

A A

A

A

B
BB

B
BB

B
B
BBA
BABB
B B
B BA
B
A

B
A
BBAA

B
A
BB AA

A
AA AAA

A
AA AAA

A
AA

A
AA

B

B

B B B B

BA

B A

A A

A A

A

A

B
B

B
B

B
B
BA
AB
BA B B BA

B
A
BA

B
A
B A

A
A
A A

A
A
A A

A
A

A
A

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

Top and Bottom

A
A

Bottom and Sides

N/A

A

All Sides

A
A

AA

A

A
A

B
B
B
B
A
A

N/A

A

A
A

AA
A
A

A
A

A
A

B

B
B B
AB A B
B
AB
B AB
A A

AA

A

B
B
B
B
A
A

A
A
A
A

B
A
B
B
AB
B
AB
A

BB

A
BB B

B
BB B

A
BB B
B BAB

ABB
A
B
B
AB
A

A
BB
A
B
B
A A
B
A
B
AB
A
A
AA A
A

B
AA
B
B

B

A

B
AA
AA B
AB B
AB A B
B
AB
BA B
A A

A
A
A
A
A
A

B
BBAAB
BAB
B
B
BAB
A

AA

A

A A
A
A

B

A
B BB
A
B
A
ABB
AB
B
AB
A

A
A A BBB

B AA
BB B A A
A A
B
BA BB A A
AB B
B
B A A
AB B
A
A
A
AA A
A

BA
BB BAB
B
B B
BA BBABA
A BAB
B
B B
AB
BA
B
A AB

A
A
A
A
AA
A
A
A
A
A
AA
A
A
A
A

AA
BA A A

A
B
A AA AA
B
BA A A
A
B
A AA A
A BB
A A A
AA
A
BA
A A
A
AA
A

AA

AAA A

AA AA B B B B AAA A BA

A A B
A B

AA A BA A B
AA A A A

AA
A
A AA
AB
B

A

AA

A
B AA AA A A

AAA

A AA

AA A A
B A AAA AA A
A
B A
A
A A
B A

A
AA A
A
A
A A

A
A
AA A
A
A

A
A

AA

AAA A

B
B

A A
AA
A AAA B B B B A AA ABA
AAA A
AA A A
B
B
BA
B
BA
AB
B
BA B B BA
BA

B

B

A

A
A

A

A

A
A

A

A A
A
A

A AA A
A

A
A

A AA

A

AA AAA
A

AA
AA

A A
AAA

A A A AA
A
A A A
A A A
A
A
A A

B
B

A
A A
A A
AAA
A
A
B
B
A
A

A
AA
AA
A AAB
B
A AA
AA
A A

A A AB A B

BB BB

AA

AA

A

A

AAA A B B B B AAA A BA

A
B AAA AA A

A AA

AAA

A

A

B
B
B
BABB
B BBAAAA A BAA
BA B B BA
BA
AA
A
A ABA
B B B B
AA A A A
B
B
B
B
B
A
BAA B B BAA
BA

B
A
B AAA AA A A AA
B A
A A
AA
B A AA AA A
AA A
B
A
A
A
B A
A A

A
A
AAAAA A AA
A
A
A
A
AA A AAAA
A
A
A
A A
A

A
A
A

A

BB A BB AA AA
A A
B
B
AA A BA A B AAAAA
A
AAA AA
AA A A
A

B
B

AB
B

B
B

BA

B A

A

A
A

A
A

Spare Removable Gland Plate — Supplied with Gasket and Hardware
Description

Size

Weight - kg

Volume - dm3

Size - mm

Catalog Number

Plastic

A

0.5

0.8

127 X 268

JBEPGPPA

Plastic

B

0.51

0.6

127 X 203

JBEPGPPB

Brass

A

1.5

0.8

127 X 268

JBEPGPBA

Brass

B

1.30

0.6

127 X 203

JBEPGPBB

 A = 127 x 268
B = 127 x 203

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

225

Increased Safety Ex e Zone 1 Rated Junction Boxes

B

JBEP Series Undrilled, Empty Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester Junction Boxes
Increased Safety. For Field Drilling and Customization
Zones 1 & 2 – 21 & 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Ex eb IIC Polyester Enclosures

Increased Safety Ex e Zone 1 Rated Junction Boxes

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

For use with Ex certified terminals only (not supplied). DIN-Rail not supplied.
For DIN Rail dimensions, see DIN Rail Sizes chart on following page.

Dimension - H x W x D - mm

Enclosure
Weight - kg

Enclosure
Volume - dm3

Shipping Carton
Volume - dm3

Catalog Number


85 x 85 x 60

0.38

0.43

1.35

JBEP0808060 

120 x 120 x 91

0.75

1.31

1.98

JBEP121209S0

170 x 170 x 91

1.32

2.63

4.04

JBEP1717090

200 x 215 x 95

2.06

4.09

9.54

JBEP2021100

200 x 215 x 150

2.67

6.45

9.54

JBEP2021150

250 x 320 x 150

3.90

12.00

19.35

JBEP2532150

500 x 320 x 150

6.39

24.00

71.63

JBEP5032150

750 x 320 x 150

8.69

36.00

46.41

JBEP7532150

320 x 250 x 150

3.90

12.00

19.35

JBEP3225150

320 x 500 x 150

6.39

24.00

71.63

JBEP3250150

320 x 750 x 150

8.69

36.00

46.41

JBEP3275150

500 x 320 x 230

8.02

36.80

71.63

JBEP5032230

750 x 320 x 230

11.54

55.20

82.13

JBEP7532230

320 x 500 x 230

8.02

36.80

71.63

JBEP3250230

320 x 750 x 230

11.54

55.20

82.13

JBEP3275230

 To order enclosure fitted with removable gland plate as standard, replace last digit of the catalog number 0 with 1 to 8; example: JBEP3275238.
 Due to the small size of the JBEP0808060, the optional Laminated Plastic Nameplate for Engraving is not recommended for this enclosure.
The 85 x 85 x 60 mm dimensions do not allow for mounting space beyond the factory adhered product label.
Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.

226

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

JBEP Series Predrilled, Empty Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester Junction Boxes
Increased Safety. For Field Drilling and Customization
Zones 1 & 2 – 21 & 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Ex eb IIC Factory Drilled JBEP Polyester Junction Boxes Equipped with One horizontal Symmetrical Zinc
Plated Rail, Yellow Laminated Plastic Label with Black Lettering, Internal earth terminal, and Earth Continuity
Device.

A
D

B

JBEP080806

41

JBEP080806

41

JBEP121209S

73

JBEP121209S

Entry
Layout

Clearance Holes Per Side

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Dimensions
H x W x D - mm

Catalog Number

1 x M20 1 x M20 1 x M20

0.42

0.44

85 x 85 x 60

JBEP080806003 

1 x M20 1 x M20 1 x M20 1 x M20

0.42

0.44

85 x 85 x 60

JBEP080806004 

1 x M20 1 x M20 1 x M20

0.85

1.31

120 x 120 x 91

JBEP121209003

73

1 x M20 1 x M20 1 x M20 1 x M20

0.85

1.31

120 x 120 x 91

JBEP121209004

JBEP171709

122

1 x M20 1 x M20 1 x M20 1 x M20

1.54

2.65

170 x 170 x 91

JBEP171709004

JBEP171709

122

2 x M20 2 x M20 2 x M20

1.54

2.65

170 x 170 x 91

JBEP171709006

JBEP171709

122

1 x M25 1 x M25 1 x M25 1 x M25

1.54

2.65

170 x 170 x 91

JBEP171709014

JBEP171709

122

1.54

2.65

170 x 170 x 91

JBEP171709016

A
—

—

—

—

B

C

D

2 x M25 2 x M25 2 x M25

 Due to the small size of the JBEP0808060, the optional Laminated Plastic Nameplate for Engraving is not recommended for this enclosure.
The 85 x 85 x 60 mm dimensions do not allow for mounting space beyond the factory adhered product label.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

227

Increased Safety Ex e Zone 1 Rated Junction Boxes

Enclosure Type

Rail
Length
Capacity
(mm)

C

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

For use with Ex terminals only (not supplied).
Cable glands and plugs ordered separately.

JBEP Series Undrilled and Predrilled, Empty Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester
Junction Boxes Horizontal Din Rail
Increased Safety. For Field Drilling and Customization
Zones 1 & 2 – 21 & 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Rail size for JBEP080806 15 x 5.5 mm. All other rail sizes are 35 x 15 mm or 35 x 7.5 mm.
Terminal block WDU used for all sizes.

L

Increased Safety Ex e Zone 1 Rated Junction Boxes

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

Enclosure
Catalog
Number

Horizontal Terminal Rail
Overall
Max.
Length
L
Qty

Number of Terminals of the same pitch per rail — Nominal cross section (mm2)/pitch (mm)
2.5 /
4/
6/
10 /
16 /
35 /
50 /
70 /
95/120 / Earthing
5.1
6.1
7.9
9.9
11.9
16
18.5
20.5
27
Bar

JBEP0808060

70

41

1

6

4

4

0

0

0

0

0

0

N/A

JBEP121209S0

94

73

1

14

12

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

N/A

JBEP1717090

150

122

1

24

20

15

12

9

0

0

0

0

90

JBEP2021100

190

165

1

32

27

20

16

13

9

0

0

0

195

JBEP2021150

199

165

1

32

27

20

16

13

9

0

0

0

155

JBEP2532150

296

245

2

96

80

34

27

22

16

0

0

0

230

JBEP3225150

223

199

2

78

66

50

40

32

12

10

9

0

160

JBEP3250150

476

450

2

176

146

114

90

74

27

23

21

0

470

JBEP3250230

476

450

2

176

146

114

90

74

27

23

21

0

470

JBEP3275150

728

700

2

274

228

176

140

116

43

37

33

0

720

JBEP3275230

728

700

2

274

228

176

140

116

43

37

33

0

720

JBEP5032150

296

270

4

198

168

100

79

66

32

14

12

9

230

JBEP5032230

296

270

4

198

168

100

79

66

32

14

12

9

230

JBEP7532150

296

270

6

318

264

168

133

88

46

28

24

9

230

JBEP7532230

296

270

6

318

264

168

133

88

46

28

24

9

230

228

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

JBEP Series Undrilled and Predrilled, Empty Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester
Junction Boxes Vertical Din Rail
Increased Safety. For Field Drilling and Customization
Zones 1 & 2 – 21 & 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Rail size for JBEP080806 15 x 5.5 mm. All other rail sizes are 35 x 15 mm or 35 x 7.5 mm.
Terminal block WDU used for all sizes.

L
Enclosure
Catalog
Number

Vertical Terminal Rail
Number of Terminals of the same pitch per rail — Nominal cross section (mm2) and pitch (mm)
2.5 /
4/
6/
10 /
16 /
35 /
50 /
70 /
95/120 / Earthing
Max.
Length
L
Qty
5.1
6.1
7.9
9.9
11.9
16
18.5
20.5
27
Bar
41

1

6

4

4

0

0

0

0

0

0

N/A

JBEP121209S0

94

73

1

14

12

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

N/A

JBEP1717090

150

122

1

24

20

15

12

9

0

0

0

0

128

JBEP2021100

178

149

1

29

24

18

15

11

8

0

0

0

155

JBEP2021150

178

149

1

29

24

18

15

11

8

0

0

0

195

JBEP2532150

223

199

2

78

66

50

40

32

12

10

9

0

160

JBEP3225150

296

245

2

96

80

34

27

22

16

0

0

0

230

JBEP3250150

296

270

4

198

168

100

79

64

32

14

12

9

230

JBEP3250230

296

270

4

198

168

100

79

64

32

14

12

9

230

JBEP3275150

296

270

6

318

264

168

133

88

46

28

24

9

230

JBEP3275230

296

270

6

318

264

168

133

88

46

28

24

9

230

JBEP5032150

476

450

2

176

146

114

90

74

27

23

21

0

470

JBEP5032230

476

450

2

176

146

114

90

74

27

23

21

0

470

JBEP7532150

728

700

2

274

228

176

140

116

43

37

33

9

720

JBEP7532230

728

700

2

274

228

176

140

116

43

37

33

9

720

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

229

Increased Safety Ex e Zone 1 Rated Junction Boxes

70

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

JBEP0808060

JBEP Series Undrilled and Predrilled, Empty Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester
Junction Boxes
Increased Safety. Factory Drilled and Equipped
Zones 1 & 2 – 21 & 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Solid Copper Bar — Available in 1 Meter Length Pieces

Increased Safety Ex e Zone 1 Rated Junction Boxes

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

Enclosure
Catalog Number
For 10 x 3 mm length is 1 meter
JBEP1717090
JBEP2021100
JBEP2021150
JBEP2532150
JBEP3225150
JBEP3250150
JBEP3250230
JBEP3275150
JBEP3275230
JBEP5032150
JBEP5032230
JBEP7532150
JBEP7532230

Horizontal Bar
Length – mm

Vertical Bar
Length – mm

128
195
195
300
230
480
480
730
730
305
305
300
300

90
97
97
230
300
305
305
300
300
480
480
730
730

Catalog Number
CB1M

Cable Clamp for Copper Bar — Pack of 10 — 10 x 3 mm
Flexible

Solid

Catalog Number

0.5 to 4 mm2

6 mm2

CC6MM

2.5 to 16 mm2

16 mm2

CC16MM

16 to 35 mm2

50 mm2

CC50MM

Description

Height - mm

Catalog Number

Insulated

50

JBEPCBI

Non-Insulated

50

JBEPCBNI

Spacer for Copper Bar — Supplied with Mounting Inserts

Mounting Pan — Solid Galvanized Steel — Supplied with Screws
Dimensions - mm
Height x Width x Thickness

Catalog Number

JBEP0808060

46 x 75 x 1

JBEP0407

JBEP121209S0

100 x 80 x 1

JBEP1008

JBEP1717090

152 x 150 x 1

JBEP1515

JBEP2021100, JBEP2021150

185 x 170 x 1.5

JBEP1518

JBEP3225150, JBEP2532150

260 x 230 x 2

JBEP2623

JBEP3250150, JBEP3250230, JBEP5032150, JBEP5032230

480 x 260 x 2

JBEP4826

JBEP3275150, JBEP3275230, JBEP7532150, JBEP7532230

730 x 260 x 2

JBEP7326

Enclosure Catalog Number

230

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

JBEP Series Undrilled and Predrilled, Empty Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester
Junction Boxes
Increased Safety. Factory Drilled and Equipped
Zones 1 & 2 – 21 & 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Earth Continuity Brass Plate — Thickness: 3.00 mm
Catalog Number

Bottom - mm

Catalog Number

JBEP121209S0

58 x 44

JBEP02S

72 x 44

JBEP02B

JBEP1717090

105 x 65

JBEP05S

127 x 65

JBEP05B

JBEP2021100

105 x 65

JBEP06S

150 x 65

JBEP06B

JBEP2021150

105 x 105

JBEP07S

150 x 105

JBEP07B

JBEP2532150

150 x 116

JBEP08S

250 x 116

JBEP08B

JBEP3225150

250 x 116

JBEP10S

150 x 116

JBEP10B

JBEP3250150

250 x 116

JBEP11S

180 x 116

JBEP11B

JBEP3250230

250 x 196

JBEP16S

180 x 196

JBEP16B

JBEP3275150

250 x 116

JBEP12S

305 x 116

JBEP12B

JBEP3275230

250 x 196

JBEP17S

305 x 196

JBEP17B

JBEP5032150

180 x 116

JBEP09S

250 x 116

JBEP09B

JBEP5032230

180 x 196

JBEP13S

250 x 196

JBEP13B

JBEP7532150

305 x 116

JBEP14S

250 x 116

JBEP14B

JBEP7532230

305 x 196

JBEP15S

250 x 196

JBEP15B

Mounting Screws — Self Tapping — Used for Mounting DIN Rails and Mounting Pan — Pack of 50
Description

Catalog Number

Sheet metal screw with a drill point and a Phillips pan head

JBEPMS8

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

231

Increased Safety Ex e Zone 1 Rated Junction Boxes

Side - mm

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

Enclosure Catalog Number

JBEP Series Undrilled and Predrilled, Empty Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester
Junction Boxes
Increased Safety. Factory Drilled and Equipped
Zones 1 & 2 – 21 & 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Self Adhesive Pocket for Drawings — Set of 5, A4 Size
External Dimension - mm

Internal Dimensions - mm

260 x 165

230 x 130 x 18

JBEPSAP

JBEPSAPS

Set of 5 — Self adhesive plastic protective sleeve, Size A4.
Enclosures and Junction Boxes

Catalog Number

Laminated Plastic Nameplate for Engraving 
Description

Size - mm

Catalog Number

White color with black lettering,
two (2) mounting rivets included

65 x 18

NPW

Yellow color with black lettering,
two (2) mounting rivets included

65 x 18

NPY

Increased Safety Ex e Zone 1 Rated Junction Boxes

Feed-Thru Earth/Ground Terminal
Description

Size

Stainless steel, complete with gasket washer,
lock washers, nuts for internal and external cable
connections

Catalog Number

M8

JBEPET

Set of 10 — Press fit, brass expansion insert

M5

JBEPEXI

 Due to the size of JBEP0808060, optional Laminated Plastic Nameplate for Engraving is not recommended for this enclosure.
The 85 x 85 x 60 mm dimensions do not allow for mounting space beyond the factory adhered product label.

232

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

JBEP Series Undrilled and Predrilled, Empty Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester
Junction Boxes
Increased Safety. For Field Drilling and Customization

Dimensions in Millimeters 

B

J

M

G D

A

Y

F

X

C

External Dimension
B
C

Cover
J

Body
Thickness

X

41

51

15

3.5

69

49

M4

50.7

63

85

15

4.5

103

83

M5

109.5

75

63

85

40

4.5

103

83

M5

108.6

108.6

75

63

85

15

4.5

103

83

M5

91

158.5

158.5

72

112.5

137

15

4.5

153

131

M5

120

91

159.5

109.5

75

107.3

87

40

4.5

103

131

M5

200

215

95

185.8

200.8

76

116

159

20

6.1

189

146

M6

JBEP2021150

200

215

145

185.8

200.8

122.5

114.8

159

20

6.1

189

146

M6

JBEP2532150

250

320

150

241

311

133.5

171

267

15

4.5

200

298

M6

JBEP3225150

320

250

150

311

241

133.5

267

171

15

4.5

298

200

M6

JBEP3250150

320

500

150

311

491

133.5

267

421

15

4.5

298

447

M6

JBEP3250230

320

500

230

311

491

213.5

267

421

15

4.5

298

447

M6

JBEP3275150

320

750

150

311

741

133.5

267

671

15

4.5

298

698

M6

JBEP3275230

320

750

230

311

741

213.5

267

671

15

4.5

298

698

M6

JBEP5032150

500

320

150

491

311

133.5

421

267

15

4.5

447

298

M6

JBEP5032230

500

320

230

491

311

213.5

421

267

15

4.5

447

298

M6

JBEP7532150

750

320

150

741

311

133.5

671

267

15

4.5

298

698

M6

JBEP7532230

750

320

230

741

311

213.5

671

267

15

4.5

698

298

M6

A

JBEP0808060

85

85

JBEP1212070

120

JBEP1212090

Internal Dimensions
F
G

D

E

61

76.7

76.7

47

120

66

109.5

109.5

120

120

91

109.5

JBEP121209S0

120

120

91

JBEP1717090

170

170

JBEP1712090

170

JBEP2021100

Wall Fixing
Y

M

 Wall fixing screw diameter 5 mm . Wall fixing screw hole 6 mm.
 Screw to be used for mounting box.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

233

Increased Safety Ex e Zone 1 Rated Junction Boxes

H

Enclosure
Catalog Number

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

H
E

JBEP Series Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester Terminal Junction Boxes for
Instrumentation Applications
Increased Safety. Factory Drilled and Equipped
Zones 1 & 2 – 21 & 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

Applications
• Instrumentation junction boxes are used to run process or
remote information to control room.
• For use in intrinsic safety or non intrinsic safety systems.
• Designed for Zones 1 or 2 areas, where flammable gases or
vapors are present either continuously, often or accidentally
such as:
— Petroleum
— Chemical
— Refineries
— Other industrial process facilities
• Ideal for indoor/outdoor use with wet or corrosive atmospheres.
• Designed for use in Zones 21 or 22 areas where flammables
dusts (conductive and non conductive) are present either
continuously, often or accidentally such as:
— Food processing
— Dairy
— Brewing
— Other industrial process facilities
• Designed for Zone 0 and Zone 20 Intrinsically Safe applications
when used with rated terminals .

Increased Safety Ex e Zone 1 Rated Junction Boxes

Features
• Available in a wide range of sizes:
— For armored, unarmored or armored lead sheathed cable
— For use with a variety of connection and earth terminals
• Optional external hinged enclosures:
— Reversible door opening 120°.
— Door with double bar lock.
— Key locking facility.
• Terminal blocks on DIN rail.

Standard materials
• Enclosures: Static resistant carbon filled fiberglass reinforced
polyester (FRP)
• Hardware: stainless steel
• Gasket for other sizes: EPDM (ethylene propylene diene
monomer rubber)

Options
• External hinges are available on the following sizes:
— 500 x 320 x 150 mm
— 500 x 320 x 230 mm
— 750 x 320 x 150 mm
— 750 x 320 x 230 mm
• Removable glands plates
• Nameplates
• Mounting pan
• Inside pocket for document
• Consult factory for custom drilling, assembly requirements and
other ambient temperatures.

Cable Glands are available as an Option.

— Dust, Zones 21 and 22:
II 2D
– Conforming to ATEX:
– Conforming to IECEx: EPL Db
– Type of Protection: Ex tb IIIC
– Surface Temperature:
T60 °C for Ta ≤ +40 °C , T90 °C for Ta ≤ +60 °C
— Gas, Zone 0:
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/EC:
II 1G
– Conforming to IECEx : EPL Ga
– Type of Protection: Ex ia IIC
– Temperature class: T6 for Ta ≤ +40°C and T5 for Ta ≤ +60°C
— Dust, Zone 20:
– Conforming to ATEX:
II 1D
– Conforming to IECEx: EPL Da
– Type of Protection: Ex ta IIIC
– Surface Temperature:
T60 °C for Ta ≤ +40 °C , T90 °C for Ta ≤ +60 °C
— Ambient Temperatures : -55 °C ≤ Ta ≤ +60 °C
— ATEX Certificate : LCIE 12 ATEX 3037X
— EC Declaration of Conformity : 50291
— IECEx Certificate : IECEx LCIE 13.0003X
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Impact Resistance: IK10

tEURASEC Certification
— EURASEC N° TC  RU C-FR.ГБ05.B.00911

tOthers Certification
— INMETRO Certificate: BVC 13.3238 - X 

Certifications and Compliances 
tATEX/IECEx Certification
• Type : JBEP
— Gas, Zones 1 and 2:
II 2G
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/EC:
– Conforming to IECEx : EPL Gb
– Type of Protection: Ex eb IIC, Ex eb ia IIC, Ex eb ib IIC,
Ex ib IIC
– Temperature class: T6 for Ta ≤+40 °C and T5 for Ta ≤ +60°C
 Inmetro certification available on special request only. Contact your local sales for more information
 The ambient temperature for complete assembly is equal to the lowest ambient temperature of the components used.

234

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

JBEP Series Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester Terminal Junction Boxes for
Instrumentation Applications
Increased Safety. Factory Drilled and Equipped
Zones 1 & 2 – 21 & 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Related Products

• Type : Bve (plastic close up plug)
— Ambient Temperatures : -40 °C to +55 °C
• Type : 757 (nickel plated close up plug)
— Ambient Temperatures : -60 °C to +100 °C
• Type : EEXe (plastic cable gland)
— Ambient Temperatures : -20 °C to +55 °C
• Type : E1FX, E2FX, E1FW, E2FW, T3, A2F (metal cable gland)
— Ambient Temperatures : -60 °C to +130 °C
• Type : PX, PX2K (metal cable gland)
— Ambient Temperatures : -60 °C to +100 °C
• Type : DBE (drain/breather)
— Ambient Temperatures : -50 °C to +85 °C
• Type : WDU, WFF (terminal)
— Ambient Temperatures : -50 °C to +120 °C
• Type : SAK, AKZ (terminal)
— Ambient Temperatures : -50 °C to +100 °C

• For a complete offering of cable glands for use with armored
and unarmored cable, see Fittings: Cable Glands.

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

tComponents ambient temperature

The ambient temperature for complete assembly is equal to the
lowest ambient temperature of the components used.

Increased Safety Ex e Zone 1 Rated Junction Boxes

Illustrated Features — Sample of JBEP171709NI01
Description
1

Body Of Polyester Box 170 x 170 x 90

2

Cover Of Polyester Box 170 x 170 x 91

3

Din Rail

4

Copper Bar 10 x 3

5

Terminal Block - ATEX/IECEx: WDU 2.5; NBR IEC: Ex e

6

Terminal Block - ATEX/IECEx: WPE 2.5; NBR IEC: Ground

7

Plate - ATEX/IECEx: WAP 2.5/10; NBR IEC: Plate

8

End Bracket

9

Cable Clamp 2.5 mm2 - Capacity

10

Stainless Steel Rivet 2.5 x 5

11

Serrated Washer 5

12

Label Gravoply - Yellow

13

Nylons Spacer Lg. 10 Mm

14

Label 54 x 68

15

Terminal Marker

16

Screw M6 x 20 x 10

17

Screw M5 x 20

18

Gasket For Polyester Box 170 x 170 x 91

19

G/Y Cable 2.5 mm2

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

235

JBEP Series Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester Terminal Junction Boxes for
Instrumentation Applications
Increased Safety. Factory Drilled and Equipped
Zones 1 & 2 – 21 & 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

The Catalog Numbering Guide is a reference tool to explain the make-up of the catalog number. It is not to be used to create a custom
product for ordering.
Catalog Numbering Guide - JBEP Polyester Junction Boxes for Instrumentation Applications

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

JBE

P

Series:
JBE - ATEX/IECEx
Certified
Junction Box

Increased Safety Ex e Zone 1 Rated Junction Boxes

Material:
P - Polyester

236

17

17

Dimensions
Height :
17 - 170 mm
20 - 200 mm
21 - 215 mm
25 - 250 mm
32 - 320 mm
50 - 500 mm
75 - 750 mm

09

A

Dimensions
Depth:
09 - 91 mm
15 - 150 mm
23 - 230 mm

Dimensions
Width:
17 - 170 mm
21 - 215 mm
25 - 250 mm
32 - 320 mm
50 - 500 mm
75 - 750 mm

I

01

Options:
I - Instrumentation

Cable Type:
A - Armored
N - Non-Armored
L - Armored Lead
Sheathed

D

Options:
D - Drain

Suffix:
01 to 99
Assigned at
Factory

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

JBEP Series Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester Terminal Junction Boxes for
Instrumentation Applications
Increased Safety. Factory Drilled and Equipped
Zones 1 & 2 – 21 & 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Ex eb IIC Factory Drilled JBEP Polyester Junction Boxes Equipped with
Terminals for Instrumentation Applications with Unarmored Cables
Fitted with: Horizontal beige terminal block. Copper bar with cable clamps or continuity shields.
Yellow laminated plastic label with black lettering. M16 to M32 threaded entries. M40 to M50
clearance holes. Cable glands and plugs ordered separately.

Earth Terminal
0.5/2.5 mm2 Qty.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Multi-Cable
Cable
Entry Qty. 1
M20
M25
M25
M32
M32
M32
M20
M25
M32
M32
M32
M40

Single Cable
Entries
M20 Qty.
3
6
9
12
13
18
3
6
9
12
13
18

Catalog
Number 
JBEP171709NI01
JBEP202115NI02
JBEP253215NI03
JBEP253215NI04
JBEP253215NI05
JBEP253215NI06
JBEP171709NI07
JBEP202115NI08
JBEP253215NI09
JBEP253215NI10
JBEP253215NI11
JBEP253215NI12

For Cable
EGSF
07IP05
07IT05
12IP05
12IT05
19IP05
27IP05
07IP09
07IT09
12IP09
12IT09
19IP09
27IP09

Terminal Block
0.5/2.5 mm2 Qty.
14
21
24
36
38
54
14
21
24
36
38
54

Continuity
Shield Qty.
7
7
12
12
19
27
7
7
12
12
19
27

Multi-Cable
Cable
Entry Qty. 1
M20
M20
M25
M25
M32
M32
M25
M25
M32
M32
M32
M40

Single Cable
Entries
M16 Qty.
7
7
12
12
19
27
7
7
12
12
19
27

Catalog
Number 
JBEP202115NI21
JBEP202115NI22
JBEP253215NI23
JBEP253215NI24
JBEP253215NI25
JBEP325015NI26
JBEP202115NI27
JBEP202115NI28
JBEP253215NI29
JBEP253215NI30
JBEP253215NI31
JBEP325015NI32

For Cable
EISF
07IP05
07IT05
12IP05
12IT05
19IP05
27IP05
07IP09
07IT09
12IP09
12IT09
19IP09
27IP09

Terminal Block
0.5/2.5 mm2 Qty.
15
22
25
37
39
55
15
22
25
37
39
55

Continuity
Shield Qty.
8
8
13
13
20
28
8
8
13
13
20
28

Multi-Cable
Cable
Entry Qty. 1
M25
M32
M32
M32
M40
M40
M32
M32
M40
M40
M50
M50

Single Cable
Entries
M16 Qty.
7
7
12
12
19
27
7
7
12
12
19
27

Catalog
Number 
JBEP202115NI41
JBEP202115NI42
JBEP253215NI43
JBEP253215NI44
JBEP253215NI45
JBEP325015NI46
JBEP202115NI47
JBEP202115NI48
JBEP253215NI49
JBEP253215NI50
JBEP253215NI51
JBEP325015NI52

Copper Bar
10 x 3 mm Qty.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Cable Clamp
0.5/2.5 mm2 Qty.
5
8
11
14
15
20
5
8
11
14
15
20

 For JBEP terminal junction box with a drain, add suffix D to the end of the catalog number; example: JBEP171709NI01D.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

237

Increased Safety Ex e Zone 1 Rated Junction Boxes

Terminal Block
0.5/2.5 mm2 Qty.
7
12
19
24
27
37
7
12
19
24
27
37

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

For Cable
U1000
RO2V
07G1.5
12G1.5
19G1.5
24G1.5
27G1.5
37G1.5
07G2.5
12G2.5
19G2.5
24G2.5
27G2.5
37G2.5

Unarmored Cables

JBEP Series Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester Terminal Junction Boxes for
Instrumentation Applications
Increased Safety. Factory Drilled and Equipped
Zones 1 & 2 – 21 & 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Ex eb IIC Factory Drilled JBEP Polyester Junction Boxes Equipped with
Terminals for Instrumentation Applications with Armored Cables

Increased Safety Ex e Zone 1 Rated Junction Boxes

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

Fitted with: Horizontal beige terminal block. Copper bar with cable clamps or continuity shields.
Yellow laminated plastic label with black lettering. Earth continuity brass plate. M8 external
earth crossing terminal. M20 to M32 threaded entries. M40 to M50 clearance holes. Cable
glands and plugs ordered separately.

For Cable
U1000
RVFV
07G1.5
12G1.5
19G1.5
24G1.5
27G1.5
37G1.5
07G2.5
12G2.5
19G2.5
24G2.5
27G2.5
37G2.5

Terminal Block
0.5/2.5 mm2 Qty.
7
12
19
24
27
37
7
12
19
24
27
37

Earth Terminal
0.5/2.5 mm2 Qty.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

For Cable
EGFA
07IP05
07IT05
12IP05
12IT05
19IP05
27IP05
07IP09
07IT09
12IP09
12IT09
19IP09
27IP09

Terminal Block
0.5/2.5 mm2 Qty.
14
21
24
36
38
54
14
21
24
36
38
54

For Cable
EIFA
07IP05
07IT05
12IP05
12IT05
19IP05
27IP05
07IP09
07IT09
12IP09
12IT09
19IP09
27IP09

Terminal Block
0.5/2.5 mm2 Qty.
15
22
25
37
39
55
15
22
25
37
39
55

Armored Cables
Multi-Cable
Cable
Entry Qty. 1
M20
M20
M25
M25
M25
M32
M20
M25
M25
M32
M32
M32

Single Cable
Entries
M20 Qty.
3
6
9
12
13
18
3
6
9
12
13
18

Catalog
Number 
JBEP171709AI01
JBEP202115AI02
JBEP253215AI03
JBEP253215AI04
JBEP253215AI05
JBEP253215AI06
JBEP171709AI07
JBEP202115AI08
JBEP253215AI09
JBEP253215AI10
JBEP253215AI11
JBEP253215AI12

Continuity
Shield Qty.
7
7
12
12
19
27
7
7
12
12
19
27

Multi-Cable
Cable
Entry Qty. 1
M20
M20
M25
M25
M25
M32
M25
M25
M25
M32
M32
M40

Single Cable
Entries
M20 Qty.
7
7
12
12
19
27
7
7
12
12
19
27

Catalog
Number 
JBEP202115AI21
JBEP202115AI22
JBEP253215AI23
JBEP253215AI24
JBEP253215AI25
JBEP325015AI26
JBEP202115AI27
JBEP202115AI28
JBEP253215AI29
JBEP253215AI30
JBEP253215AI31
JBEP325015AI32

Continuity
Shield Qty.
8
8
13
13
20
28
8
8
13
13
20
28

Multi-Cable
Cable
Entry Qty. 1
M25
M25
M32
M32
M32
M40
M32
M32
M40
M40
M40
M50

Single Cable
Entries
M20 Qty.
7
7
12
12
19
27
7
7
12
12
19
27

Catalog
Number 
JBEP202115AI41
JBEP202115AI42
JBEP253215AI43
JBEP253215AI44
JBEP253215AI45
JBEP325015AI46
JBEP202115AI47
JBEP202115AI48
JBEP253215AI49
JBEP253215AI50
JBEP253215AI51
JBEP325015AI52

Copper Bar
10 x 3 mm Qty.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Cable Clamp
0.5/2.5 mm2 Qty.
5
8
11
14
15
20
5
8
11
14
15
20

 For JBEP terminal junction box with a drain, add suffix D to the end of the catalog number; example: JBEP171709NI01D.
Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.

238

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

JBEP Series Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester Terminal Junction Boxes for
Instrumentation Applications
Increased Safety. Factory Drilled and Equipped
Zones 1 & 2 – 21 & 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Ex eb IIC Factory Drilled JBEP Polyester Junction Boxes Equipped with
Terminals for Instrumentation Applications with Lead Sheath Armored Cables
Fitted with: Horizontal beige terminal block. Copper bar with cable clamps or continuity shields.
Yellow laminated plastic label with black lettering. Earth continuity brass plate. M8 external
earth crossing terminal. M20 to M32 threaded entries. M40 to M50 clearance holes. Cable
glands and plugs ordered separately.

Earth Terminal
0.5/2.5 mm2 Qty.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

For Cable
EGPF
07IP05
07IT05
12IP05
12IT05
19IP05
27IP05
07IP09
07IT09
12IP09
12IT09
19IP09
27IP09

Terminal Block
0.5/2.5 mm2 Qty.
14
21
24
36
38
54
14
21
24
36
38
54

For Cable
EIPF
07IP05
07IT05
12IP05
12IT05
19IP05
27IP05
07IP09
07IT09
12IP09
12IT09
19IP09
27IP09

Terminal Block
0.5/2.5 mm2 Qty.
15
22
25
37
39
55
15
22
25
37
39
55

Multi-Cable
Cable
Entry Qty. 1
M20
M25
M25
M32
M32
M32
M20
M25
M32
M32
M32
M40

Single Cable
Entries
M20 Qty.
3
6
9
12
13
18
3
6
9
12
13
18

Catalog
Number 
JBEP171709LI01
JBEP202115LI02
JBEP253215LI03
JBEP253215LI04
JBEP253215LI05
JBEP253215LI06
JBEP171709LI07
JBEP202115LI08
JBEP253215LI09
JBEP253215LI10
JBEP253215LI11
JBEP253215LI12

Continuity
Shield Qty.
7
7
12
12
19
27
7
7
12
12
19
27

Multi-Cable
Cable
Entry Qty. 1
M20
M20
M25
M25
M25
M32
M25
M25
M32
M32
M40
M40

Single Cable
Entries
M20 Qty.
7
7
12
12
19
27
7
7
12
12
19
27

Catalog
Number 
JBEP202115LI21
JBEP202115LI22
JBEP253215LI23
JBEP253215LI24
JBEP253215LI25
JBEP325015LI26
JBEP202115LI27
JBEP202115LI28
JBEP253215LI29
JBEP253215LI30
JBEP253215LI31
JBEP325015LI32

Continuity
Shield Qty.
8
8
13
13
20
28
8
8
13
13
20
28

Multi-Cable
Cable
Entry Qty. 1
M25
M32
M32
M32
M40
M50
M32
M32
M40
M40
M50
M50

Single Cable
Entries
M20 Qty.
7
7
12
12
19
27
7
7
12
12
19
27

Catalog
Number 
JBEP202115LI41
JBEP202115LI42
JBEP253215LI43
JBEP253215LI44
JBEP253215LI45
JBEP325015LI46
JBEP202115LI47
JBEP202115LI48
JBEP253215LI49
JBEP253215LI50
JBEP253215LI51
JBEP325015LI52

Copper Bar
10 x 3 mm Qty.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Cable Clamp
0.5/2.5 mm2 Qty.
5
8
11
14
15
20
5
8
11
14
15
20

 For JBEP terminal junction box with a drain, add suffix D to the end of the catalog number; example: JBEP171709NI01D.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

239

Increased Safety Ex e Zone 1 Rated Junction Boxes

Terminal Block
0.5/2.5 mm2 Qty.
7
12
19
24
27
37
7
12
19
24
27
37

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

For Cable
U1000
RGPFV
07G1.5
12G1.5
19G1.5
24G1.5
27G1.5
37G1.5
07G2.5
12G2.5
19G2.5
24G2.5
27G2.5
37G2.5

Armored Cables
With lead sheath

JBEP Series Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester Terminal Junction Boxes for
Instrumentation Applications
Increased Safety. Factory Drilled and Equipped
Zones 1 & 2 – 21 & 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Dimensions in Millimeters 

B

J

G D

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

A

Increased Safety Ex e Zone 1 Rated Junction Boxes

M

Y

H
E

F

External Dimension
B
C

Enclosure
Catalog Number

A

JBEP1717090

170

170

JBEP2021150

200

JBEP2532150
JBEP3250150

X

C
Internal Dimensions
F
G

H

Cover
J

Body
Thickness

X

112.5

137

15

4.5

153

131

M5

122.5

114.8

159

20

6.1

189

146

M6

311

133.5

171

267

15

4.5

200

298

M6

491

133.5

267

421

15

4.5

298

447

M6

D

E

91

158.5

158.5

72

215

145

185.8

200.8

250

320

150

241

320

500

150

311

Wall Fixing
Y

M

 Wall fixing screw diameter 5 mm . Wall fixing screw hole 6 mm .
 Screw to be used for mounting box.

240

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

JBEP Series Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester Terminal Junction Boxes for Electrical
and Power Applications
Increased Safety. Factory Drilled and Equipped
Zones 1 & 2 – 21 & 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Applications

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

• Electrical junction boxes are used to distribute power to lighting
and to other Power and control circuits.
• Power junction boxes are used to connect cables together to
supply main lighting circuits, motors, service receptacles and
other equipment.
• Designed for Zones 1 or 2 areas, where flammable gases or
vapors are present either continuously, often or accidentally
such as:
— Petroleum
— Chemical
— Refineries
— Other industrial process facilities
• Ideal for indoor/outdoor use with wet or corrosive atmospheres.
• Designed for use in Zones 21 or 22 areas where flammables
dusts (conductive and non conductive) are present either
continuously, often or accidentally such as:
— Food processing
— Dairy
— Brewing
— Other industrial process facilities

Un-Armored Cable Glands are Supplied as Standard.
Armored Cable Glands are available as an Option.

Features

Standard materials
• Enclosures: Static resistant carbon filled fiberglass reinforced
polyester (FRP)
• Hardware: stainless steel
• Gasket for sizes 85 x 85, 120 x 120: silicone
• Gasket for other sizes: EPDM (ethylene propylene diene
monomer rubber)

Options
• External hinges are available on the following sizes:
— 500 x 320 x 150 mm
— 500 x 320 x 230 mm
— 750 x 320 x 150 mm
— 750 x 320 x 230 mm
• Removable glands plates
• Nameplates
• Mounting pan
• Inside pocket for document
• Consult factory for custom drilling, assembly requirements and
other ambient temperatures.

Increased Safety Ex e Zone 1 Rated Junction Boxes

• Available in multiple terminal configurations.
• Supplied with terminals Size 2.5 mm2 through 240 mm2 .
• Optional external hinged enclosures:
— Reversible door opening 120°.
— Door with double bar lock.
— Key locking facility.
Sample of 2 x JBEP753215

Certifications and compliances 
tATEX/IECEx Certification
• Type : JBEP
— Gas, Zones 1 and 2:
II 2G
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/EC:
– Conforming to IECEx : EPL Gb
– Type of Protection: Ex eb IIC
– Temperature class:
T6 for Ta ≤ +40 °C , T5 for Ta ≤ +60 °C
— Dust Zones 21 and 22:
– Conforming to ATEX:
II 2D
– Conforming to IECEx: EPL Db
– Type of Protection: Ex tb IIIC
– Surface Temperature :
T60 °C for Ta ≤ +40 °C , T90 °C for Ta ≤ +60 °C
— Ambient Temperatures : -55 °C ≤ Ta ≤ +60 °C
— ATEX Certificate : LCIE 12 ATEX 3037X
— EC Declaration of Conformity : 50291
— IECEx Certificate : IECEx LCIE 13.0003X
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Impact Resistance: IK10

 The ambient temperature for complete assembly is equal to the lowest ambient temperature of the components used.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

241

JBEP Series Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester Terminal Junction Boxes for Electrical
and Power Applications
Increased Safety. Factory Drilled and Equipped
Zones 1 & 2 – 21 & 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Increased Safety Ex e Zone 1 Rated Junction Boxes

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

t Components ambient temperature
• Type : Bve (plastic close up plug)
— Ambient Temperatures : -40 °C to +55 °C
• Type : 757 (nickel plated close up plug)
— Ambient Temperatures : -60 °C to +100 °C
• Type : EEXe (plastic cable gland)
— Ambient Temperatures : -20 °C to +55 °C
• Type : E1FX, E2FX, E1FW, E2FW, T3, A2F (metal cable gland)
— Ambient Temperatures : -60 °C to +130 °C
• Type : PX, PX2K (metal cable gland)
— Ambient Temperatures : -60 °C to +100 °C
• Type : DBE (drain/breather)
— Ambient Temperatures : -50 °C to +85 °C
• Type : WDU, WFF (terminal)
— Ambient Temperatures : -50 °C to +120 °C
• Type : SAK, AKZ (terminal)
— Ambient Temperatures : -50 °C to +100 °C

tEURASEC Certification
• Type : JBEP
— EURASEC N° TC  RU C-FR.ГБ05.B.00911

tOthers Certification
• Type : JBEP
— INMETRO Certificate: BVC 13.3238-X 

Related Products
• For a complete offering of cable glands for use with armored
and unarmored cable, see Fittings: Cable Glands.

Illustrated Features — Sample of JBEP080806NE04T
Description
1

Screw M5 X 6

2

JBEP0808060 - Base Holes: 3 x Ø 20.5

3

Cover Of Polyester Box Type (85 x 85 x 60)

4

Hood Terminals Compact Set

8

Nameplate

9

Gasket Box Type 85 x 85 x 60

10

Pan Head Screw M4 X 7

11

Entry Thread Seal M20

12

Nickel-Plated Brass Locknuts M20 X I.5

13

EEx e M20 Cable Gland

15

Screw M6 X 20 X 10

16

Hood Term Cover

17

Earth Plate

 Inmetro certification available on special request only. Contact your local sales for more information

242

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

JBEP Series Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester Terminal Junction Boxes for Electrical
and Power Applications
Increased Safety. Factory Drilled and Equipped
Zones 1 & 2 – 21 & 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

The Catalog Numbering Guide is a reference tool to explain the make-up of the catalog number. It is not to be used to create a custom
product for ordering.
Catalog Numbering Guide - JBEP Polyester Junction Boxes for Electrical and Power Applications
JBE

P

Material:
P - Polyester

08

Dimensions
Height:
08 - 85 mm
12 - 120 mm
17 - 170 mm
20 - 200 mm
25 - 250 mm
32 - 320 mm
50 - 500 mm
75 - 750 mm

06

A

Dimensions
Depth:
06 - 60 mm
09 - 91 mm
09S - 91 mm
10 - 95 mm
15 - 150 mm
23 - 230 mm

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

01

Options:
(Options must be listed
alphabetically)

E - Electrical:
2.5 mm2 x 10 mm2
P - Power:
16 mm2 to 240 mm2

Cable Type:
A - Armored
N - Non-Armored

T
Other Suffix:
T - Mantle Clamping
(Pillar Terminals)

Suffix:
01 to 99
Assigned at
Factory

Increased Safety Ex e Zone 1 Rated Junction Boxes

Dimensions
Width:
08 - 85 mm
12 - 120 mm
17 - 170 mm
21 - 215 mm
25 - 250 mm
32 - 320 mm
50 - 500 mm
75 - 750 mm

E

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

Series:
JBE - ATEX/IECEx
Certified
Junction Box

08

243

JBEP Series FRP Terminal Junction Boxes for Electrical/Power Applications
Increased Safety. Factory Drilled and Equipped

Maximum Capacity Per Terminal: 4 x 2.5 mm2 or 2 x 4 mm2 + 2 x 2.5 mm2; 4 x 6 mm2 or 3 x 10 mm2 + 4 mm2
Zones 1 & 2 – 21 & 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

JBEP080806NE04T

Increased Safety Ex e Zone 1 Rated Junction Boxes

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

Ex eb IIC Factory Drilled JBEP Polyester Junction Boxes
Equipped with 4 Live Mantle Clamping (Pillar Terminals) and 1 Earth Terminal Per Way
Maximum capacity per terminal:
• 4 x 2.5 mm2 or 2 x 4 mm2 + 2 x 2.5 mm2, 550 Volts
Maximum capacity per earth terminal:
• 1 x 4 mm2
Rating (Amps):
• 28 Amps for 2.5 mm2, 38 Amps for 4 mm2
Enclosure Type

Equipment

Entry
Layout

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Dimensions
mm

Catalog Number

JBEP080806

3 x M20 with earth continuity sheet

0.42

0.44

85 x 85 x 61

JBEP080806AE03T

JBEP080806

3 x M20 with three cable glands for
unarmored cable – diameter 6.5 to 14.5 mm

0.45

0.44

85 x 85 x 61

JBEP080806NE03T

JBEP080806

4 x M20 with earth continuity sheet

0.43

0.44

85 x 85 x 61

JBEP080806AE04T

JBEP080806

4 x M20 with four cable glands for
unarmored cable – diameter 6.5 to 14.5 mm

0.48

0.44

85 x 85 x 61

JBEP080806NE04T

Ex eb IIC Factory Drilled JBEP Polyester Junction Boxes
Equipped with 5 Live Mantle Clamping (Pillar Terminals) and 1 Earth Terminal Per Way
Maximum capacity per terminal:
• 4 x 6 mm2 or 3 x 10 mm2 + 4 mm2, 690 Volts
Maximum capacity per earth terminal:
• 1 x 10 mm2
Rating (Amps):
• 28 Amps for 2.5 mm2, 38 Amps for 4 mm2, 42 Amps for 10 mm2
Enclosure Type

Equipment

Entry
Layout

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Dimensions
mm

Catalog Number

JBEP121209S

3 x M20 with earth continuity sheet

0.85

1.31

120 x 120 x 91

JBEP121209AE03T

JBEP121209S

3 x M25 with three cable glands for
unarmored cable – diameter 8 to 17 mm 

0.9

1.31

120 x 120 x 91

JBEP121209NE13T

JBEP121209S

4 x M20 with earth continuity sheet

0.88

1.31

120 x 120 x 91

JBEP121209AE04T

JBEP121209S

4 x M25 with four cable glands for
unarmored cable – diameter 8 to 17 mm 

0.95

1.31

120 x 120 x 91

JBEP121209NE14T

Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.

244

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

JBEP Series FRP Terminal Junction Boxes for Electrical/Power Applications
Increased Safety. Factory Drilled and Equipped
Maximum Capacity Per Terminal: 4 x 6 mm2
Zones 1 & 2 – 21 & 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Ex eb IIC Factory Drilled JBEP Polyester Junction Boxes
Equipped with 8 Live Mantle Clamping (Pillar Terminals) and 1 Earth Terminal Per Way
Maximum capacity per terminal:
• 4 x 6 mm2 or 3 x 10 mm2 + 4 mm2, 690 Volts
Maximum capacity per earth terminal:
• 1 x 10 mm2
Rating (Amps):
• 28 Amps for 2.5 mm2, 38 Amps for 4 mm2, 42 Amps for 10 mm2
Enclosure Type

Equipment

Entry
Layout

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Dimensions
mm

Catalog Number

1.63

2.63

170 x 170 x 91

JBEP171709AE04T

JBEP171709

4 x M20 with three cable glands for
unarmored cable – diameter 6.5 to 14.5 mm

1.55

2.63

170 x 170 x 91

JBEP171709NE04T

JBEP171709

6 x M20 with earth continuity sheet

1.55

2.63

170 x 170 x 91

JBEP171709AE06T

JBEP171709

6 x M20 with three cable glands for
unarmored cable – diameter 6.5 to 14.5 mm

1.65

2.63

170 x 170 x 91

JBEP171709NE06T

JBEP171709

4 x M25 with earth continuity sheet

1.62

2.63

170 x 170 x 91

JBEP171709AE14T

JBEP171709

4 x M25 with four cable glands for
unarmored cable – diameter 8 to 17 mm

1.60

2.63

170 x 170 x 91

JBEP171709NE14T

JBEP171709

6 x M25 with earth continuity sheet

1.55

2.63

170 x 170 x 91

JBEP171709AE16T

JBEP171709

6 x M25 with four cable glands for
unarmored cable – diameter 8 to 17 mm

1.65

2.63

170 x 170 x 91

JBEP171709NE16T

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

245

Increased Safety Ex e Zone 1 Rated Junction Boxes

4 x M20 with earth continuity sheet

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

JBEP171709

JBEP Series FRP Terminal Junction Boxes for Electrical/Power Applications
Increased Safety. Factory Drilled and Equipped
Maximum Capacity Per Terminal: 2 x 4 mm2
Zones 1 & 2 – 21 & 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

JBEP080806AE05

Ex eb IIC Factory Drilled JBEP Polyester Junction Boxes - Equipped with 4 Screw Terminals and 2 Earth Terminals

Increased Safety Ex e Zone 1 Rated Junction Boxes

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

• 2 x 4 mm2 terminals (MBK3), Rating 24 Amps, 275 Volts
MBK3/E-Z and MSLKG2.5
Enclosure Type

Equipment

Entry
Layout

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Dimensions
mm

Terminal Jumped
Catalog Number
PE

L

N

PE

Configuration: P + N (1PE + 2L + 2N + 1PE)
JBEP080806

3 x M20 with earth continuity device

0.40

0.44

85 x 85 x 61

JBEP080806AE03

JBEP080806

3 x M20 with four cable glands for
unarmored cable – diameter 6.5 to 14.5 mm

0.42

0.44

85 x 85 x 61

JBEP080806NE03

JBEP080806

4 x M20 with earth continuity device

0.40

0.44

85 x 85 x 61

JBEP080806AE05

JBEP080806

4 x M20 with four cable glands for
unarmored cable – diameter 6.5 to 14.5 mm

0.45

0.44

85 x 85 x 61

JBEP080806NE05

Ex eb IIC Factory Drilled JBEP Polyester Junction Boxes  - Equipped with 4 Screw Terminals and 2 Earth Terminals
• 2 x 4 mm2 terminals (MBK3)
MBK3/E-Z and MSLKG2.5
Enclosure Type

Equipment

Entry
Layout

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Dimensions
mm

Catalog Number
PE

1

2

3

4

PE

Configuration: P + N (1PE + 1 + 2 + 3 + 4 + 1PE)
JBEP080806

2 x M20 with earth continuity device,
rated Ex eb IIC

0.40

0.44

85 x 85 x 60

JBEP080806AE22

JBEP080806

2 x M20 with earth continuity device,
rated Ex ia IIC

0.45

0.44

85 x 85 x 60

JBEP080806AE23

Ex eb IIC Factory Drilled JBEP Polyester Junction Boxes - Equipped with 6 Screw Terminals and 2 Earth Terminals
• 2 x 4 mm2 terminals (MBK3), Rating 24 Amps, 275 Volts
MBK3/E-Z and MSLKG2.5
Enclosure Type

Equipment

Entry
Layout

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Dimensions
mm

Catalog Number
PE

1

2

3

4

5

6

PE

Configuration: P + N (1PE + 1 + 2 + 3 + 4 + 5 + 6 + 1PE)
JBEP080806

4 x M20 with earth continuity device,
rated Ex eb IIC

0.40

0.44

85 x 85 x 60

JBEP080806AE24

JBEP080806

4 x M20 with earth continuity device,
rated Ex ia IIC

0.45

0.44

85 x 85 x 60

JBEP080806AE25

246

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

JBEP Series FRP Terminal Junction Boxes for Electrical/Power Applications
Increased Safety. Factory Drilled and Equipped
Maximum Capacity Per Terminal: 2 x 4 mm2; 2 x 6 mm2
Zones 1 & 2 – 21 & 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

JBEP121209AE05

Ex eb IIC Factory Drilled JBEP Polyester Junction Boxes - Equipped with 4 Screw Terminals and 2 Earth Terminals
• 2 x 4 mm2 terminals (WDU4N), Rating 27 Amps, 275 Volts
Equipment

Entry
Layout

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Dimensions
mm

Terminal Jumped
Catalog Number
PE

L

N

PE

Configuration: P + N (1PE + 2L + 2N + 1PE)
JBEP121209S

4 x M20 with earth continuity device

0.89

1.31

120 x 120 x 91

JBEP121209AE07

JBEP121209S

4 x M25 with four cable glands for
unarmored cable – diameter 8 to 17 mm

0.93

1.31

120 x 120 x 91

JBEP121209NE08

• 2 x 6 mm2 terminals (WDU6), Rating 36 Amps, 550 Volts
Enclosure Type

Equipment

Entry
Layout

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Dimensions
mm

Terminal Jumped
Catalog Number
PE

L

N

PE

Configuration: P + N (1PE + 2L + 2N + 1PE)
JBEP121209S

4 x M20 with earth continuity device

1.00

1.31

120 x 120 x 91

JBEP121209AE45

JBEP121209S

4 x M25 with four cable glands for
unarmored cable – diameter 8 to 17 mm

1.00

1.31

120 x 120 x 91

JBEP121209NE46

JBEP121209S

4 x M20 with earth continuity device

0.96

1.31

120 x 120 x 91

JBEP121209AE47

JBEP121209S

4 x M25 with four cable glands for
unarmored cable – diameter 8 to 17 mm

1.00

1.31

120 x 120 x 91

JBEP121209NE48

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

247

Increased Safety Ex e Zone 1 Rated Junction Boxes

Ex eb IIC Factory Drilled JBEP Polyester Junction Boxes - Equipped with 4 Screw Terminals and 2 Earth Terminals

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

Enclosure Type

JBEP Series FRP Terminal Junction Boxes for Electrical/Power Applications
Increased Safety. Factory Drilled and Equipped
Maximum Capacity Per Terminal: 2 x 4 mm2
Zones 1 & 2 – 21 & 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

JBEP121209NE26

Ex eb IIC Factory Drilled JBEP Polyester Junction Boxes - Equipped with 6 Screw Terminals and 2 Earth Terminals

Increased Safety Ex e Zone 1 Rated Junction Boxes

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

• 2 x 4 mm2 terminals (MBK3/E-Z and MSLKG2.5), Rating 24 Amps, 275 Volts
Enclosure Type

Equipment

Entry
Layout

Weight
kg

Dimensions
mm

Volume
dm3

Terminal Jumped
Catalog Number
PE

L1

L2

L3

PE

Configuration: TP (1PE + 2L1 + 2L2 + 2L3 + 1PE)
JBEP121209

4 x M20 with earth continuity device

0.88

1.31

120 x 120 x 91

JBEP121209AE25

JBEP121209

4 x M25 with four cable glands for
unarmored cable – diameter 8 to 17 mm

0.87

1.31

120 x 120 x 91

JBEP121209NE26

JBEP121209

4 x M20 with earth continuity device

0.84

1.31

120 x 120 x 91

JBEP121209AE27

JBEP121209

4 x M25 with four cable glands for
unarmored cable – diameter 8 to 17 mm

0.88

1.31

120 x 120 x 91

JBEP121209NE28

Ex eb IIC Factory Drilled JBEP Polyester Junction Boxes - Equipped with 12 Screw Terminals and Earth Terminals
• 4 mm2 terminals (WDU4), Rating 22 Amps, 690 Volts
Enclosure Type

Equipment

Entry
Layout

Weight
kg

Dimensions
mm

Volume
dm3
PE

L1

Terminal Jumped
Catalog Number

L2

L3

N

PE

Configuration: TP + N (1PE + 3L1 + 3L2 + 3L3 + 3N + 1PE)
JBEP171709

4 x M25 with earth continuity device

1.54

2.63

170 x 170 x 91

JBEP171709AE46

JBEP171709

4 x M25 with four cable glands for
unarmored cable – diameter 8 to 17 mm

1.54

2.63

170 x 170 x 91

JBEP171709NE46

PE

L1

L2

L3

N

PE

Configuration: TP + N (1PE + 3L1 + 3L2 + 3L3 + 3N + 2PE)
JBEP171709

6 x M20 with earth continuity device

1.54

2.63

170 x 170 x 91

JBEP171709AE47

JBEP171709

6 x M20 with four cable glands for
unarmored cable – diameter 6.5 to 14.5 mm

1.54

2.63

170 x 170 x 91

JBEP171709NE47

JBEP171709

6 x M25 with earth continuity device

1.54

2.63

170 x 170 x 91

JBEP171709AE48

JBEP171709

6 x M25 with four cable glands for
unarmored cable – diameter 8 to 17 mm

1.54

2.63

170 x 170 x 91

JBEP171709NE48

248

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

JBEP Series FRP Terminal Junction Boxes for Electrical/Power Applications
Increased Safety. Factory Drilled and Equipped
Maximum Capacity Per Terminal: 6 mm2
Zones 1 & 2 – 21 & 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

JBEP171709AE06

Ex eb IIC Factory Drilled JBEP Polyester Junction Boxes - Equipped with Screw Terminals and Earth Terminals
• 6 mm2 terminals (WDU6) and earth terminals (WPE6), Rating 32 Amps, 550 Volts
Equipment

Entry
Layout

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Dimensions
mm

Terminal Jumped
Catalog Number
PE

L

N

PE

Configuration: P + N (1PE + 2L + 2N + 1PE)
3 x M20 with earth continuity device

1.54

2.63

170 x 170 x 91

JBEP171709AE01

JBEP171709

3 x M25 with three cable glands for
unarmored cable – diameter 8 to 17 mm

1.54

2.63

170 x 170 x 91

JBEP171709NE01

JBEP171709

4 x M20 with earth continuity device

1.54

2.63

170 x 170 x 91

JBEP171709AE02

JBEP171709

4 x M25 with four cable glands for
unarmored cable – diameter 8 to 17 mm

1.54

2.63

170 x 170 x 91

JBEP171709NE02

JBEP171709

4 x M20 with earth continuity device

1.54

2.63

170 x 170 x 91

JBEP171709AE03

JBEP171709

4 x M25 with four cable glands for
unarmored cable – diameter 8 to 17 mm

1.54

2.63

170 x 170 x 91

JBEP171709NE03

PE

L

N

PE

Configuration: P + N (1PE + 3L + 3N + 2PE)
JBEP171709

6 x M20 with earth continuity device

1.54

2.63

170 x 170 x 91

JBEP171709AE04

JBEP171709

6 x M25 with six cable glands for
unarmored cable – diameter 8 to 17 mm

1.54

2.63

170 x 170 x 91

JBEP171709NE04
PE

L1

L2

L3

PE

Configuration: TP (1PE + 2L1 + 2L2 + 2L3 + 1PE)
JBEP171709

3 x M20 with earth continuity device

1.54

2.63

170 x 170 x 91

JBEP171709AE05

JBEP171709

3 x M25 with three cable glands for
unarmored cable – diameter 8 to 17 mm

1.54

2.63

170 x 170 x 91

JBEP171709NE05

JBEP171709

4 x M20 with earth continuity device

1.54

2.63

170 x 170 x 91

JBEP171709AE06

JBEP171709

4 x M25 with four cable glands for
unarmored cable – diameter 8 to 17 mm

1.54

2.63

170 x 170 x 91

JBEP171709NE06

JBEP171709

4 x M20 with earth continuity device

1.54

2.63

170 x 170 x 91

JBEP171709AE07

JBEP171709

4 x M25 with four cable glands for
unarmored cable – diameter 8 to 17 mm

1.54

2.63

170 x 170 x 91

JBEP171709NE07

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

249

Increased Safety Ex e Zone 1 Rated Junction Boxes

JBEP171709

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

Enclosure Type

JBEP Series FRP Terminal Junction Boxes for Electrical/Power Applications
Increased Safety. Factory Drilled and Equipped
Maximum Capacity Per Terminal: 6 mm2
Zones 1 & 2 – 21 & 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

JBEP171709AE06

Ex eb IIC Factory Drilled JBEP Polyester Junction Boxes - Equipped with Screw Terminals and Earth Terminals

Increased Safety Ex e Zone 1 Rated Junction Boxes

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

• 6 mm2 terminals (WDU6) and earth terminals (WPE6), Rating 32 Amps, 550 Volts
Enclosure Type

Equipment

Entry
Layout

Weight
kg

Dimensions
mm

Volume
dm3

PE

Terminal Jumped
Catalog Number

L1

L2

L3

PE

Configuration: TP (2PE + 3L1 + 3L2 + 3L3 + 1PE)
JBEP171709

6 x M20 with earth continuity device

1.54

2.63

170 x 170 x 91

JBEP171709AE08

JBEP171709

6 x M25 with six cable glands for
unarmored cable – diameter 8 to 17 mm

1.54

2.63

170 x 170 x 91

JBEP171709NE08

PE

L1

L2

L3

N

PE

Configuration: TP + N (2PE + 2L1 + 2L2 + 2L3 + 2N + 1PE)
JBEP171709

3 x M20 with earth continuity device

1.54

2.63

170 x 170 x 91

JBEP171709AE09

JBEP171709

3 x M25 with three cable glands for
unarmored cable – diameter 8 to 17 mm

1.54

2.63

170 x 170 x 91

JBEP171709NE09

JBEP171709

4 x M20 with earth continuity device

1.54

2.63

170 x 170 x 91

JBEP171709AE10

JBEP171709

4 x M25 with four cable glands for
unarmored cable – diameter 8 to 17 mm

1.54

2.63

170 x 170 x 91

JBEP171709NE10

JBEP171709

4 x M20 with earth continuity device

1.54

2.63

170 x 170 x 91

JBEP171709AE11

JBEP171709

4 x M25 with four cable glands for
unarmored cable – diameter 8 to 17 mm

1.54

2.63

170 x 170 x 91

JBEP171709NE11

PE

L1

L2

L3

N

PE

Configuration: TP + N (2PE + 3L1 + 3L2 + 3L3 + 3N + 1PE)
JBEP202110

6 x M20 with earth continuity device

2.04

4.09

200 x 215 x 95

JBEP202110AE12

JBEP202110

6 x M25 with six cable glands for
unarmored cable – diameter 8 to 17 mm

2.04

4.09

200 x 215 x 95

JBEP202110NE12

250

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

JBEP Series FRP Terminal Junction Boxes for Electrical/Power Applications
Increased Safety. Factory Drilled and Equipped
Maximum Capacity Per Terminal: 10 mm2
Zones 1 & 2 – 21 & 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

JBEP171709AE06

Ex eb IIC Factory Drilled JBEP Polyester Junction Boxes - Equipped with Screw Terminals and Earth Terminals
• 10 mm2 terminals (WDU10) and earth terminals (WPE10), Rating 50 Amps, 550 Volts
Equipment

Entry
Layout

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Dimensions
mm

Terminal Jumped
Catalog Number
PE

L

N

PE

Configuration: P + N (1PE + 2L + 2N + 1PE)
3 x M20 with earth continuity device

2.04

2.63

170 x 170 x 91

JBEP171709AE51

JBEP171709

3 x M25 with three cable glands for
unarmored cable – diameter 8 to 17 mm

2.04

2.63

170 x 170 x 91

JBEP171709NE51

JBEP171709

4 x M20 with earth continuity device

2.04

2.63

170 x 170 x 91

JBEP171709AE52

JBEP171709

4 x M25 with four cable glands for
unarmored cable – diameter 8 to 17 mm

2.04

2.63

170 x 170 x 91

JBEP171709NE52

JBEP171709

4 x M20 with earth continuity device

2.04

2.63

170 x 170 x 91

JBEP171709AE53

JBEP171709

4 x M25 with four cable glands for
unarmored cable – diameter 8 to 17 mm

2.04

2.63

170 x 170 x 91

JBEP171709NE53

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

251

Increased Safety Ex e Zone 1 Rated Junction Boxes

JBEP171709

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

Enclosure Type

JBEP Series FRP Terminal Junction Boxes for Electrical/Power Applications
Increased Safety. Factory Drilled and Equipped
Maximum Capacity Per Terminal: 10 mm2
Zones 1 & 2 – 21 & 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

JBEP171709AE06

Ex eb IIC Factory Drilled JBEP Polyester Junction Boxes - Equipped with Screw Terminals and Earth Terminals

Increased Safety Ex e Zone 1 Rated Junction Boxes

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

• 10 mm2 terminals (WDU10) and earth terminals (WPE10), Rating 47 Amps, 550 Volts
Enclosure Type

Equipment

Entry
Layout

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Dimensions
mm

Terminal Jumped
Catalog Number

PE

L

N

PE

Configuration: P + N (2PE + 3L + 3N + 1PE)
JBEP171709

6 x M20 with earth continuity device

2.04

2.63

170 x 170 x 91

JBEP171709AE54

JBEP171709

6 x M25 with six cable glands for
unarmored cable – diameter 8 to 17 mm

2.04

2.63

170 x 170 x 91

JBEP171709NE54
PE

L1

L2

L3

PE

Configuration: TP (1PE + 2L1 + 2L2 + 2L3 + 1PE)
JBEP171709

3 x M25 with earth continuity device

2.04

2.63

170 x 170 x 91

JBEP171709AE55

JBEP171709

3 x M25 with three cable glands for
unarmored cable – diameter 8 to 17 mm

2.04

2.63

170 x 170 x 91

JBEP171709NE55

JBEP171709

4 x M25 with earth continuity device

2.04

2.63

170 x 170 x 91

JBEP171709AE56

JBEP171709

4 x M25 with four cable glands for
unarmored cable – diameter 8 to 17 mm

2.04

2.63

170 x 170 x 91

JBEP171709NE56

JBEP171709

4 x M25 with earth continuity device

2.04

2.63

170 x 170 x 91

JBEP171709AE57

JBEP171709

4 x M25 with four cable glands for
unarmored cable – diameter 8 to 17 mm

2.04

2.63

170 x 170 x 91

JBEP171709NE57

252

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

JBEP Series FRP Terminal Junction Boxes for Electrical/Power Applications
Increased Safety. Factory Drilled and Equipped
Maximum Capacity Per Terminal: 10 mm2
Zones 1 & 2 – 21 & 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

JBEP171709AE61

Ex eb IIC Factory Drilled JBEP Polyester Junction Boxes - Equipped with Screw Terminals and Earth Terminals
• 10 mm2 terminals (WDU10) and earth terminals (WPE10), Rating 37 Amps, 550 Volts
Equipment

Entry
Layout

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Dimensions
mm
PE

Terminal Jumped
Catalog Number

L1

L2

L3

PE

Configuration: TP (2PE + 3L1 + 3L2 + 3L3 + 1PE)
JBEP171709

6 x M25 with earth continuity device

1.60

2.63

170 x 170 x 91

JBEP171709AE58

JBEP171709

6 x M25 with six cable glands for
unarmored cable – diameter 8 to 17 mm

1.60

2.63

170 x 170 x 91

JBEP171709NE58

• 10 mm2 terminals (WDU10) and earth terminals (WPE10), Rating 40 Amps, 550 Volts
Enclosure Type

Equipment

Entry
Layout

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Dimensions
mm
PE

Terminal Jumped
Catalog Number
L1

L2

L3

N

PE

Configuration: TP + N (2PE + 2L1 + 2L2 + 2L3 + 2N + 1PE)
JBEP171709

3 x M25 with earth continuity device

1.60

2.63

170 x 170 x 91

JBEP171709AE59

JBEP171709

3 x M32 with three cable glands for
unarmored cable – diameter 10 to 25 mm

1.60

2.63

170 x 170 x 91

JBEP171709NE59

JBEP171709

4 x M25 with earth continuity device

1.60

2.63

170 x 170 x 91

JBEP171709AE60

JBEP171709

4 x M32 with four cable glands for
unarmored cable – diameter 10 to 25 mm

1.60

2.63

170 x 170 x 91

JBEP171709NE60

JBEP171709

4 x M25 with earth continuity device

1.60

2.63

170 x 170 x 91

JBEP171709AE61

JBEP171709

4 x M32 with four cable glands for
unarmored cable – diameter 10 to 25 mm

1.60

2.63

170 x 170 x 91

JBEP171709NE61

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

253

Increased Safety Ex e Zone 1 Rated Junction Boxes

Ex eb IIC Factory Drilled JBEP Polyester Junction Boxes - Equipped with Screw Terminals and Earth Terminals

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

Enclosure Type

JBEP Series FRP Terminal Junction Boxes for Electrical/Power Applications
Increased Safety. Factory Drilled and Equipped
Maximum Capacity Per Terminal: 10 mm2
Zones 1 & 2 – 21 & 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

JBEP171709AE61

Ex eb IIC Factory Drilled JBEP Polyester Junction Boxes - Equipped with Screw Terminals and Earth Terminals

Enclosure Type

Equipment

Entry
Layout

Weight
kg

Dimensions
mm

Volume
dm3
PE

L1

L2

Terminal Jumped
Catalog Number
L3

N

PE

Configuration: TP + N (2PE + 3L1 + 3L2 + 3L3 + 3N + 1PE)
JBEP202110

6 x M25 with earth continuity device

2.10

4.09

200 x 215 x 95

JBEP202110AE62

JBEP202110

6 x M32 with six cable glands for
unarmored cable – diameter 10 to 25 mm

2.10

4.09

200 x 215 x 95

JBEP202110NE62

Increased Safety Ex e Zone 1 Rated Junction Boxes

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

• 10 mm2 terminals (WDU10) and earth terminals (WPE10), Rating 40 Amps, 550 Volts

254

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

JBEP Series FRP Terminal Junction Boxes for Electrical/Power Applications
Increased Safety. Factory Drilled and Equipped
Maximum Capacity Per Terminal: 16 mm2
Zones 1 & 2 – 21 & 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

JBEP202115AP06

Ex eb IIC Factory Drilled JBEP Polyester Junction Boxes - Equipped with Screw Terminals, Earth Terminals and M8 Earth Stud
• 16 mm2 terminals (WDU16) and earth terminals (WPE16), Rating 60 Amps, 690 Volts
Equipment

Entry
Layout

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Dimensions
mm

Terminal Jumped
Catalog Number
PE

L

N

PE

Configuration: P + N (1PE + 2L + 2N + 2PE)
3 x M25 with earth continuity device
1 x M8 Earth Stud

4.00

6.45

200 x 215 x 145

JBEP202115AP01

JBEP202115

3 x M25 with three cable glands for
unarmored cable – diameter 8 to 17 mm

4.00

6.45

200 x 215 x 145

JBEP202115NP01

JBEP202115

4 x M25 with earth continuity device
1 x M8 Earth Stud

4.00

6.45

200 x 215 x 145

JBEP202115AP02

JBEP202115

4 x M25 with four cable glands for
unarmored cable – diameter 8 to 17 mm

4.00

6.45

200 x 215 x 145

JBEP202115NP02

JBEP202115

4 x M25 with earth continuity device
1 x M8 Earth Stud

4.00

6.45

200 x 215 x 145

JBEP202115AP03

JBEP202115

4 x M25 with four cable glands for
unarmored cable – diameter 8 to 17 mm

4.00

6.45

200 x 215 x 145

JBEP202115NP03

JBEP202115

4 x M25 with earth continuity device
1 x M8 Earth Stud

4.00

6.45

200 x 215 x 145

JBEP202115AP04

JBEP202115

4 x M25 with four cable glands for
unarmored cable – diameter 8 to 17 mm

4.00

6.45

200 x 215 x 145

JBEP202115NP04

Ex eb IIC Factory Drilled JBEP Polyester Junction Boxes - Equipped with Screw Terminals, Earth Terminals and M8 Earth Stud
• 16 mm2 terminals (WDU16) and earth terminals (WPE16), Rating 55 Amps, 690 Volts
Enclosure Type

Equipment

Entry
Layout

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Dimensions
mm
PE

Terminal Jumped
Catalog Number
L1

N

PE

Configuration: P + N (2PE + 3L + 3N + 2PE)
JBEP202115

6 x M25 with earth continuity device
1 x M8 Earth Stud

4.00

6.45

200 x 215 x 145

JBEP202115AP05

JBEP202115

6 x M25 with six cable glands for
unarmored cable – diameter 8 to 17 mm

4.00

6.45

200 x 215 x 145

JBEP202115NP05

JBEP202115

6 x M25 with earth continuity device
1 x M8 Earth Stud

4.00

6.45

200 x 215 x 145

JBEP202115AP06

JBEP202115

6 x M25 with six cable glands for
unarmored cable – diameter 8 to 17 mm

4.00

6.45

200 x 215 x 145

JBEP202115NP06

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

255

Increased Safety Ex e Zone 1 Rated Junction Boxes

JBEP202115

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

Enclosure Type

JBEP Series FRP Terminal Junction Boxes for Electrical/Power Applications
Increased Safety. Factory Drilled and Equipped
Maximum Capacity Per Terminal: 16 mm2
Zones 1 & 2 – 21 & 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

JBEP202115AP06

Ex eb IIC Factory Drilled JBEP Polyester Junction Boxes - Equipped with Screw Terminals, Earth Terminals and M8 Earth Stud

Increased Safety Ex e Zone 1 Rated Junction Boxes

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

• 16 mm2 terminals (WDU16) and earth terminals (WPE16), Rating 55 Amps, 690 Volts
Enclosure Type

Equipment

Entry
Layout

Weight
kg

Dimensions
mm

Volume
dm3

PE

Terminal Jumped
Catalog Number
L1

L2

L3

PE

Configuration: TP (1PE + 2L1 + 2L2 + 2L3 + 2PE)
JBEP202115

3 x M25 with earth continuity device
1 x M8 Earth Stud

4.00

6.45

200 x 215 x 145

JBEP202115AP07

JBEP202115

3 x M25 with three cable glands for
unarmored cable – diameter 8 to 17 mm

4.00

6.45

200 x 215 x 145

JBEP202115NP07

JBEP202115

4 x M25 with earth continuity device
1 x M8 Earth Stud

4.00

6.45

200 x 215 x 145

JBEP202115AP08

JBEP202115

4 x M25 with four cable glands for
unarmored cable – diameter 8 to 17 mm

4.00

6.45

200 x 215 x 145

JBEP202115NP08

JBEP202115

4 x M25 with earth continuity device
1 x M8 Earth Stud

4.00

6.45

200 x 215 x 145

JBEP202115AP09

JBEP202115

4 x M25 with four cable glands for
unarmored cable – diameter 8 to 17 mm

4.00

6.45

200 x 215 x 145

JBEP202115NP09

JBEP202115

4 x M25 with earth continuity device
1 x M8 Earth Stud

4.00

6.45

200 x 215 x 145

JBEP202115AP10

JBEP202115

4 x M25 with four cable glands for
unarmored cable – diameter 8 to 17 mm

4.00

6.45

200 x 215 x 145

JBEP202115NP10

Ex eb IIC Factory Drilled JBEP Polyester Junction Boxes - Equipped with Screw Terminals, Earth Terminals and M8 Earth Stud
• 16 mm2 terminals (WDU16) and earth terminals (WPE16), Rating 43 Amps, 690 Volts
Enclosure Type

Equipment

Entry
Layout

Weight
kg

Dimensions
mm

Volume
dm3
PE

L1

Terminal Jumped
Catalog Number
L2

L3

PE

Configuration: TP (2PE + 3L1 + 3L2 + 3L3 + 2PE)
JBEP202115

6 x M25 with earth continuity device
1 x M8 Earth Stud

4.00

6.45

200 x 215 x 145

JBEP202115AP11

JBEP202115

6 x M25 with six cable glands for
unarmored cable – diameter 8 to 17 mm

4.00

6.45

200 x 215 x 145

JBEP202115NP11

JBEP202115

6 x M25 with earth continuity device
1 x M8 Earth Stud

4.00

6.45

200 x 215 x 145

JBEP202115AP12

JBEP202115

6 x M25 with six cable glands for
unarmored cable – diameter 8 to 17 mm

4.00

6.45

200 x 215 x 145

JBEP202115NP12

256

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

JBEP Series FRP Terminal Junction Boxes for Electrical/Power Applications
Increased Safety. Factory Drilled and Equipped
Maximum Capacity Per Terminal: 16 mm2
Zones 1 & 2 – 21 & 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

JBEP202115AP06

Ex eb IIC Factory Drilled JBEP Polyester Junction Boxes - Equipped with Screw Terminals, Earth Terminals and M8 Earth Stud
• 16 mm2 terminals (WDU16) and earth terminals (WPE16), Rating 45 Amps, 690 Volts
Equipment

Entry
Layout

Weight
kg

Dimensions
mm

Volume
dm3

PE

Terminal Jumped
Catalog Number
L1

L2

L3

N

PE

Configuration: TP + N (2PE + 2L1 + 2L2 + 2L3 + 2N + PE)
3 x M25 with earth continuity device
1 x M8 Earth Stud

4.00

6.45

200 x 215 x 145

JBEP202115AP13

JBEP202115

3 x M32 with three cable glands for
unarmored cable – diameter 10 to 25 mm

4.00

6.45

200 x 215 x 145

JBEP202115NP13

JBEP202115

4 x M25 with earth continuity device
1 x M8 Earth Stud

4.00

6.45

200 x 215 x 145

JBEP202115AP14

JBEP202115

4 x M32 with four cable glands for
unarmored cable – diameter 10 to 25 mm

4.00

6.45

200 x 215 x 145

JBEP202115NP14

JBEP202115

4 x M25 with earth continuity device
1 x M8 Earth Stud

4.00

6.45

200 x 215 x 145

JBEP202115AP15

JBEP202115

4 x M32 with four cable glands for
unarmored cable – diameter 10 to 25 mm

4.00

6.45

200 x 215 x 145

JBEP202115NP15

JBEP202115

4 x M25 with earth continuity device
1 x M8 Earth Stud

4.00

6.45

200 x 215 x 145

JBEP202115AP16

JBEP202115

4 x M32 with four cable glands for
unarmored cable – diameter 10 to 25 mm

4.00

6.45

200 x 215 x 145

JBEP202115NP16

Ex eb IIC Factory Drilled JBEP Polyester Junction Boxes - Equipped with Screw Terminals, Earth Terminals and M8 Earth Stud
• 16 mm2 terminals (WDU16) and earth terminals (WPE16), Rating 40 Amps, 690 Volts
Enclosure Type

Equipment

Entry
Layout

Weight
kg

Dimensions
mm

Volume
dm3
PE

L1

L2

Terminal Jumped
Catalog Number
L3

N

PE

Configuration: TP + N (2PE + 3L1 + 3L2 + 3L3 + 3N + 2PE)
JBEP253215

6 x M25 with earth continuity device
1 x M8 Earth Stud

8.20

12.00

250 x 320 x 150

JBEP253215AP17

JBEP253215

6 x M32 with six cable glands for
unarmored cable – diameter 10 to 25 mm

8.20

12.00

250 x 320 x 150

JBEP253215NP17

JBEP253215

6 x M25 with earth continuity device
1 x M8 Earth Stud

8.20

12.00

250 x 320 x 150

JBEP253215AP18

JBEP253215

6 x M32 with six cable glands for
unarmored cable – diameter 10 to 25 mm

8.20

12.00

250 x 320 x 150

JBEP253215NP18

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

257

Increased Safety Ex e Zone 1 Rated Junction Boxes

JBEP202115

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

Enclosure Type

JBEP Series FRP Terminal Junction Boxes for Electrical/Power Applications
Increased Safety. Factory Drilled and Equipped
Maximum Capacity Per Terminal: 25/35 mm2
Zones 1 & 2 – 21 & 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

JBEP253215NP02

Increased Safety Ex e Zone 1 Rated Junction Boxes

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

Ex eb IIC Factory Drilled JBEP Polyester Junction Boxes - Equipped with Screw Terminals, Earth Terminals and M8 Earth Stud
• 25 mm2 terminals (WDU35) and earth terminals (WPE35), Rating 80 Amps, 690 Volts
• 35 mm2 terminals (WDU35) and earth terminals (WPE35), Rating 98 Amps, 690 Volts
Enclosure Type

Equipment

Entry
Layout

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Dimensions
mm
PE

Terminal Jumped
Catalog Number
L1

L2

L3

PE

Configuration: TP (1PE + 2L1 + 2L2 + 2L3 + 2PE)
JBEP253215

4 x M32 with earth continuity device
1 x M8 Earth Stud

8.20

12.00

250 x 320 x 151

JBEP253215AP01

JBEP253215

4 x M32 with four cable glands for
unarmored cable – diameter 10 to 25 mm

8.20

12.00

250 x 320 x 151

JBEP253215NP01

Ex eb IIC Factory Drilled JBEP Polyester Junction Boxes - Equipped with Screw Terminals, Earth Terminals and M8 Earth Stud
• 25 mm2 terminals (WDU35) and earth terminals (WPE35), Rating 70 Amps, 690 Volts
• 35 mm2 terminals (WDU35) and earth terminals (WPE35), Rating 80 Amps, 690 Volts
Enclosure Type

Equipment

Entry
Layout

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Dimensions
mm
PE

L1

Terminal Jumped
Catalog Number
L2

L3

PE

Configuration: TP (2PE + 3L1 + 3L2 + 3L3 + 2PE)
JBEP253215

6 x M32 with earth continuity device
1 x M8 Earth Stud

8.20

12.00

250 x 320 x 151

JBEP253215AP02

JBEP253215

6 x M32 with six cable glands for
unarmored cable – diameter 10 to 25 mm

8.20

12.00

250 x 320 x 151

JBEP253215NP02

258

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

JBEP Series FRP Terminal Junction Boxes for Electrical/Power Applications
Increased Safety. Factory Drilled and Equipped
Maximum Capacity Per Terminal: 25/35 mm2
Zones 1 & 2 – 21 & 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

JBEP253215NP02

Ex eb IIC Factory Drilled JBEP Polyester Junction Boxes - Equipped with Screw Terminals, Earth Terminals and M8 Earth Stud

Enclosure Type

Equipment

Entry
Layout

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Dimensions
mm
PE

Terminal Jumped
Catalog Number
L1

L2

L3

N

PE

Configuration: TP + N (2PE + 2L1 + 2L2 + 2L3 + 2N + PE)
4 x M32 with earth continuity device
1 x M8 Earth Stud

8.20

12.00

250 x 320 x 150

JBEP253215AP03

JBEP253215

4 x M32 with four cable glands for
unarmored cable – diameter 10 to 25 mm

8.20

12.00

250 x 320 x 150

JBEP253215NP03

Ex eb IIC Factory Drilled JBEP Polyester Junction Boxes - Equipped with Screw Terminals, Earth Terminals and M8 Earth Stud
• 25 mm2 terminals (WDU35) and earth terminals (WPE35), Rating 58 Amps, 690 Volts
• 35 mm2 terminals (WDU35) and earth terminals (WPE35), Rating 68 Amps, 690 Volts
Enclosure Type

Equipment

Entry
Layout

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3
PE

Dimensions
mm
L1

L2

Terminal Jumped
Catalog Number
L3

N

PE

Configuration: TP + N (2PE + 3L1 + 3L2 + 3L3 + 3N + 2PE)
JBEP253215

6 x M32 with earth continuity device
1 x M8 Earth Stud

8.20

12.00

250 x 320 x 150

JBEP253215AP04

JBEP253215

6 x M40 with six cable glands for
unarmored cable – diameter 24 to 34 mm

8.20

12.00

250 x 320 x 150

JBEP253215NP04

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

259

Increased Safety Ex e Zone 1 Rated Junction Boxes

JBEP253215

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

• 25 mm2 terminals (WDU35) and earth terminals (WPE35), Rating 75 Amps, 690 Volts
• 35 mm2 terminals (WDU35) and earth terminals (WPE35), Rating 85 Amps, 690 Volts

JBEP Series FRP Terminal Junction Boxes for Electrical/Power Applications
Increased Safety. Factory Drilled and Equipped
Maximum Capacity Per Terminal: 10 mm2 to 50 mm2
Zones 1 & 2 – 21 & 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

JBEP503215AP24

Increased Safety Ex e Zone 1 Rated Junction Boxes

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

Ex eb IIC Factory Drilled JBEP Polyester Junction Boxes - Equipped with Screw Terminals, Earth Terminals and M8 Earth Stud
• 10 mm2 to 50 mm2 terminals (WDU50N) and earth terminals (WPE35), Rating 125 Amps, 550 Volts
Enclosure Type

Equipment

Entry
Layout

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Dimensions
mm

Terminal Jumped
Catalog Number
PE

L1

L2

L3

PE

Configuration: TP (1PE + 2L1 + 2L2 + 2L3 + 2PE)
JBEP503215

4 x M40 with earth continuity device
1 x M8 Earth Stud

8.50

24.00

500 x 320 x 150

JBEP503215AP01

JBEP503215

4 x M40 with four cable glands for
unarmored cable – diameter 24 to 34 mm

8.50

24.00

500 x 320 x 150

JBEP503215NP01

Ex eb IIC Factory Drilled JBEP Polyester Junction Boxes - Equipped with Screw Terminals, Earth Terminals and M8 Earth Stud
• 10 mm2 to 50 mm2 terminals (WDU50N) and earth terminals (WPE35), Rating 125 Amps, 550 Volts
Enclosure Type

Equipment

Entry
Layout

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Dimensions
mm
PE

L1

Terminal Jumped
Catalog Number
L2

L3

PE

Configuration: TP (2PE + 3L1 + 3L2 + 3L3 + 2PE)
JBEP503215

6 x M40 with earth continuity device
1 x M8 Earth Stud

8.50

24.00

500 x 320 x 150

JBEP503215AP02

JBEP503215

6 x M40 with six cable glands for
unarmored cable – diameter 24 to 34 mm

8.50

24.00

500 x 320 x 150

JBEP503215NP02

260

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

JBEP Series FRP Terminal Junction Boxes for Electrical/Power Applications
Increased Safety. Factory Drilled and Equipped
Maximum Capacity Per Terminal: 10 mm2 to 50 mm2
Zones 1 & 2 – 21 & 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

JBEP503215AP24

Ex eb IIC Factory Drilled JBEP Polyester Junction Boxes - Equipped with Screw Terminals, Earth Terminals and M8 Earth Stud

Enclosure Type

Equipment

Entry
Layout

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Dimensions
mm
PE

Terminal Jumped
Catalog Number
L1

L2

L3

N

PE

Configuration: TP + N (2PE + 2L1 + 2L2 + 2L3 + 2N + PE)
4 x M40 with earth continuity device
1 x M8 Earth Stud

8.50

24.00

500 x 320 x 150

JBEP503215AP03

JBEP503215

4 x M40 with four cable glands for
unarmored cable – diameter 24 to 34 mm

8.50

24.00

500 x 320 x 150

JBEP503215NP03

Ex eb IIC Factory Drilled JBEP Polyester Junction Boxes - Equipped with Screw Terminals, Earth Terminals and M8 Earth Stud
• 10 mm2 to 50 mm2 terminals (WDU50N) and earth terminals (WPE35), Rating 100 Amps, 550 Volts
Enclosure Type

Equipment

Entry
Layout

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3
PE

Dimensions
mm
L1

L2

Terminal Jumped
Catalog Number
L3

N

PE

Configuration: TP + N (2PE + 3L1 + 3L2 + 3L3 + 3N + 2PE)
JBEP503215

6 x M40 with earth continuity device
1 x M8 Earth Stud

9.30

24.00

500 x 320 x 150

JBEP503215AP04

JBEP503223

6 x M50 with six cable glands for
unarmored cable – diameter 28 to 42 mm

10.30

36.80

500 x 320 x 230

JBEP503223NP04

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

261

Increased Safety Ex e Zone 1 Rated Junction Boxes

JBEP503215

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

• 10 mm2 to 50 mm2 terminals (WDU50N) and earth terminals (WPE35), Rating 125 Amps, 550 Volts

JBEP Series FRP Terminal Junction Boxes for Electrical/Power Applications
Increased Safety. Factory Drilled and Equipped
Maximum Capacity Per Terminal: 10 mm2 to 70 mm2
Zones 1 & 2 – 21 & 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

JBEP503215AP24

Increased Safety Ex e Zone 1 Rated Junction Boxes

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

Ex eb IIC Factory Drilled JBEP Polyester Junction Boxes - Equipped with Screw Terminals, Earth Terminals and M8 Earth Stud
• 10 mm2 to 70 mm2 terminals (WDU70N) and earth terminals (WPE35), Rating 160 Amps, 550 Volts
Enclosure Type

Equipment

Entry
Layout

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Dimensions
mm
PE

Terminal Jumped
Catalog Number
L1

L2

L3

PE

Configuration: TP (1PE + 2L1 + 2L2 + 2L3 + 2PE)
JBEP503215

4 x M40 with earth continuity device
1 x M8 Earth Stud

9.30

24.00

500 x 320 x 150

JBEP503215AP21

JBEP503215

4 x M40 with four cable glands for
unarmored cable – diameter 24 to 34 mm

9.30

24.00

500 x 320 x 150

JBEP503215NP21

Ex eb IIC Factory Drilled JBEP Polyester Junction Boxes - Equipped with Screw Terminals, Earth Terminals and M8 Earth Stud
• 10 mm2 to 70 mm2 terminals (WDU70N) and earth terminals (WPE35), Rating 140 Amps, 550 Volts
Enclosure Type

Equipment

Entry
Layout

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Dimensions
mm
PE

L1

Terminal Jumped
Catalog Number
L2

L3

PE

Configuration: TP (2PE + 3L1 + 3L2 + 3L3 + 2PE)
JBEP503215

6 x M40 with earth continuity device
1 x M8 Earth Stud

9.30

24.00

500 x 320 x 150

JBEP503215AP22

JBEP503215

6 x M40 with six cable glands for
unarmored cable – diameter 24 to 34 mm

9.30

24.00

500 x 320 x 150

JBEP503215NP22

262

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

JBEP Series FRP Terminal Junction Boxes for Electrical/Power Applications
Increased Safety. Factory Drilled and Equipped
Maximum Capacity Per Terminal: 10 mm2 to 70 mm2
Zones 1 & 2 – 21 & 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

JBEP503215AP24

Ex eb IIC Factory Drilled JBEP Polyester Junction Boxes - Equipped with Screw Terminals, Earth Terminals and M8 Earth Stud

Enclosure Type

Equipment

Entry
Layout

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Dimensions
mm
PE

Terminal Jumped
Catalog Number
L1

L2

L3

N

PE

Configuration: TP + N (2PE + 2L1 + 2L2 + 2L3 + 2N + PE)
4 x M40 with earth continuity device
1 x M8 Earth Stud

9.30

24.00

500 x 320 x 150

JBEP503215AP23

JBEP503215

4 x M40 with four cable glands for
unarmored cable – diameter 24 to 34 mm

9.30

24.00

500 x 320 x 150

JBEP503215NP23

Ex eb IIC Factory Drilled JBEP Polyester Junction Boxes - Equipped with Screw Terminals, Earth Terminals and M8 Earth Stud
• 10 mm2 to 70 mm2 terminals (WDU70N) and earth terminals (WPE35), Rating 125 Amps, 550 Volts
Enclosure Type

Equipment

Entry
Layout

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3
PE

Dimensions
mm
L1

L2

Terminal Jumped
Catalog Number
L3

N

PE

Configuration: TP + N (2PE + 3L1 + 3L2 + 3L3 + 3N + 2PE)
JBEP503215

6 x M40 with earth continuity device
1 x M8 Earth Stud

9.30

24.00

500 x 320 x 150

JBEP503215AP24

JBEP503223

6 x M50 with six cable glands for
unarmored cable – diameter 28 to 42 mm

10.30

36.80

500 x 320 x 230

JBEP503223NP24

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

263

Increased Safety Ex e Zone 1 Rated Junction Boxes

JBEP503215

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

• 10 mm2 to 70 mm2 terminals (WDU70N) and earth terminals (WPE35), Rating 150 Amps, 550 Volts

JBEP Series FRP Terminal Junction Boxes for Electrical/Power Applications
Increased Safety. Factory Drilled and Equipped
Maximum Capacity Per Terminal: 120 mm2
Zones 1 & 2 – 21 & 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Ex eb IIC Factory Drilled JBEP Polyester Junction Boxes - Equipped with Screw Terminals, Earth Bar and M10 Earth Stud
• 10 mm2 to 120 mm2 terminals (WDU95N/120N) and earth copper bar, Rating 200 Amps, 690 Volts
Enclosure Type

Equipment

Entry
Layout

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Dimensions
mm

Terminal Jumped
Catalog Number
L1

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

L3

PE

Earth Copper Bar PE

Configuration: TP (2L1 + 2L2 + 2L3 + 1PE)
JBEP753223

4 x M50 with earth continuity device
1 x M10 Earth Stud

10.80

55.20

750 x 320 x 230

JBEP753223AP01

JBEP753215

4 x M50 with four cable glands for
unarmored cable – diameter 28 to 42 mm

9.75

36.00

750 x 320 x 150

JBEP753215NP01

L1

L2

L3

PE

Earth Copper Bar PE

Configuration: TP (3L1 + 3L2 + 3L3 + 1PE)

Increased Safety Ex e Zone 1 Rated Junction Boxes

L2

JBEP753223

6 x M50 with earth continuity device
1 x M10 Earth Stud

10.80

55.20

750 x 320 x 230

JBEP753223AP02

JBEP753223

6 x M50 with six cable glands for
unarmored cable – diameter 28 to 42 mm

10.80

55.20

750 x 320 x 230

JBEP753223NP02

L1

L2

L3

N

PE

Earth Copper Bar PE

Configuration: TP + N (2L1 + 2L2 + 2L3 + 2N + 1PE)
JBEP753223

4 x M50 with earth continuity device
1 x M10 Earth Stud

10.80

55.20

750 x 320 x 230

JBEP753223AP03

JBEP753215

4 x M50 with four cable glands for
unarmored cable – diameter 28 to 42 mm

9.75

36.00

750 x 320 x 150

JBEP753215NP03

264

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

JBEP Series FRP Terminal Junction Boxes for Electrical/Power Applications
Increased Safety. Factory Drilled and Equipped
Maximum Capacity Per Terminal: 240 mm2
Zones 1 & 2 – 21 & 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

JBEP753223AP72

Ex eb IIC Factory Drilled JBEP Polyester Junction Boxes - Equipped with Clamping Terminals and M10 Earth Stud

Enclosure Type

Equipment

Entry
Layout

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Dimensions
mm

Standard Bus Bar
Catalog Number

L1
L2
L3
PE

Configuration: (L1 + L2 + L3 + PE All Copper Bars)
3 x M50 with earth continuity device,
3 Clamping terminals per bar
1 x M10 Earth Stud

40.50

114.13

750 x 650 x 230

JBEP753223AP61

2 x JBEP753223

4 x M50 with earth continuity device,
4 Clamping terminals per bar
1 x M10 Earth Stud

40.50

114.13

750 x 650 x 230

JBEP753223AP62

2 x JBEP753223

3 x M63 with earth continuity device,
3 Clamping terminals per bar
1 x M10 Earth Stud

40.50

114.13

750 x 650 x 230

JBEP753223AP71

2 x JBEP753223

4 x M63 with earth continuity device,
4 Clamping terminals per bar
1 x M10 Earth Stud

40.50

114.13

750 x 650 x 230

JBEP753223AP72

Example of Two JBEP753223 Enclosures Coupled

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

265

Increased Safety Ex e Zone 1 Rated Junction Boxes

2 x JBEP753223

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

• 35/240 mm2 clamping terminals on a bus bar and earth terminal (Earth Bus), Rating 400 Amps, 1100 Volts

JBEP Series Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester Terminal Junction Boxes for Electrical
and Power Applications
Increased Safety. Factory Drilled and Equipped

Dimensions in Millimeters 

B

J

G D

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

A

Increased Safety Ex e Zone 1 Rated Junction Boxes

M

Y

H
E

F

X

C

External Dimension
B
C

H

Cover
J

Body
Thickness

X

41

51

15

3.5

69

49

M4

75

63

85

40

4.5

103

83

M5

108.6

75

63

85

15

4.5

103

83

M5

158.5

158.5

72

112.5

137

15

4.5

153

131

M5

95

185.8

200.8

76

116

159

20

6.1

189

146

M6

215

145

185.8

200.8

122.5

114.8

159

20

6.1

189

146

M6

250

320

150

241

311

133.5

171

267

15

4.5

200

298

M6

JBEP3225150

320

250

150

311

241

133.5

267

171

15

4.5

298

200

M6

JBEP3250150

320

500

150

311

491

133.5

267

421

15

4.5

298

447

M6

JBEP3250230

320

500

230

311

491

213.5

267

421

15

4.5

298

447

M6

JBEP3275150

320

750

150

311

741

133.5

267

671

15

4.5

298

698

M6

JBEP3275230

320

750

230

311

741

213.5

267

671

15

4.5

298

698

M6

Enclosure
Catalog Number

A

JBEP0808060

85

85

JBEP1212090

120

JBEP121209S0

Internal Dimensions
F
G

D

E

61

76.7

76.7

47

120

91

109.5

109.5

120

120

91

108.6

JBEP1717090

170

170

91

JBEP2021100

200

215

JBEP2021150

200

JBEP2532150

Wall Fixing
Y

M

 Wall fixing screw diameter 5 mm. Wall fixing screw hole 6 mm.
 Screw to be used for mounting box.

266

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

JBEP Series Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester Terminal Junction Boxes for Electrical
and Power Applications
Increased Safety. Factory Drilled and Equipped

Dimensions in Millimeters 
B
X
M

J

Y

G

D

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

A

C F

H
E

A

JBEP5032150

500

320

JBEP5032230

500

JBEP7532150
JBEP7532230

Internal Dimensions
F
G

H

Cover
J

Body
Thickness

X

421

267

15

4.5

447

298

M6

213.5

421

267

15

4.5

447

298

M6

311

133.5

671

267

15

4.5

298

698

M6

311

213.5

671

267

15

4.5

698

298

M6

D

E

150

491

311

133.5

320

230

491

311

750

320

150

741

750

320

230

741

Wall Fixing
Y

M

 Wall fixing screw diameter 5 mm. Wall fixing screw hole 6 mm.
 Screw to be used for mounting box.

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

267

Increased Safety Ex e Zone 1 Rated Junction Boxes

External Dimension
B
C

Enclosure
Catalog Number

JBEP Series Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester Terminal Junction Boxes for Electrical
and Power Applications
Increased Safety. Factory Drilled and Equipped

Dimensions in Millimeters 
B

Increased Safety Ex e Zone 1 Rated Junction Boxes

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

E

M

E

J

K
D

Y

H

A
F

C

G

G
X

Enclosure
Catalog
Number
2X
JBEP7532150

External Dimension

Internal Dimensions

Cover

Body

Wall Fixing

A

B

C

D

E (x2)

F

G (x2)

H

K

J

Thickness

X

Y

M


750

648

150

741

311

133.5

267

671

8

15

5

626

698

M6

 Wall fixing screw diameter 5 mm. Wall fixing screw hole 6 mm.
 Screw to be used for mounting box.

268

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

JBEA Series Pre-Drilled Aluminum Junction Box
Increased Safety
Zones 1 & 2 – 21 & 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Applications
• Terminal junction boxes to facilitate electrical connections in
hazardous areas.
• Designed for use in Zone 1 or 2 areas, where flammable gases
or vapors are present either continuously or intermittently.
• Ideal for wet or corrosive atmospheres.
• Petroleum, chemical, refineries and other industrial process
facilities.
• Designed for use in Zone 21 or 22 areas where flammable dusts
are present either continuously or intermittently.
• Food processing, dairy, brewing, silos and other facilities.

Without Terminals

For use only with Ex certified terminal blocks.
Stainless steel hardware.
Yellow laminated plastic label with black lettering.
Factory drilled and equipped.

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

— Ambient Temperature: -55 °C to +60 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50221
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 00 ATEX 6047
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK10

Features
•
•
•
•

Equipped with Terminals

Standard Materials
• Enclosure: gray painted grade marine aluminum alloy
• Hardware: stainless steel

Options
• For use with equipment other than Ex terminal blocks, see
ECEA series enclosures and controls.

Certifications and Compliances
tATEX or IECEx Certification
• Certification Type PCe
— Gas, Zones 1 and 2:
II 2 G
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
– Type of Protection: Ex e II, Ex eia IIC, Ex eib IIC
– Temperature class: T6
— Dust, Zones 21 and 22:
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE: II2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
– Surface Temperature: T80 °C

tEURASEC Certification
— EURASEC N° TC  RU C-FR.ГБ05.B.00911

Catalog Numbering Guide — JBEA Series Aluminum Junction Box
JBEA

E

JB Series
ATEX or
ATEX/IECEx
Certified
Junction Box

A

12

Material:
A - Aluminum

11

09

Width Dimensions mm:
11 - 110
20 - 205
38 - 380

D1
Options:

(options must be listed alphabetically)

As per Drilling Detail Table
D1 - 5 x M20
D2 - 4 x M20 + 1 x M25
D3 - 7 x M20 + 1 x M25
D5 - 7 x M20 + 1 x M25
D6 - 12 x M20 + 1 x M32
D7 - 19 x M20 + 1 x M32
D8 - 27 x M20 + 1 x M40
P-- - Unarmored Cable
A-- - Armored Cable
L-- - Lead Sheath Armored Cable
E - Earth Continuity Brass Plate
# - Customized Enclosure (Digit
number will be assigned at time of
order placement)

Method of Protection:
E - Increased Safety
I - Intrinsic Safety

Length Dimensions mm:
12 - 120
32 - 320
17 - 170)
42 - 425
21 - 215
48 - 480

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Depth Dimensions mm:
09 - 91
13 - 130
19 - 190

269

Increased Safety Ex e Zone 1 Rated ENCLOSURES & Junction Boxes

• Certification Type CAe
— Gas, Zones 1 and 2:
II 2 G
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
– Type of Protection: Ex e II, Ex eia IIC, Ex eib IIC
– Temperature class: T6 for Ta ≤ +40 °C , T5 for ≤ +55 °C
— Dust, Zones 21 and 22:
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE: II2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
– Surface Temperature: T80 °C to T96 °C
— Ambient Temperature: -40 °C to +55 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50325
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 02 ATEX 6248X
— IECEx Certificate: IECEx LCI 04.0016X
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK10

JBEA Series Pre-Drilled Aluminum Junction Box
Increased Safety
Zones 1 & 2 – 21 & 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Increased Safety Ex e Zone 1 Rated enclosures & Junction Boxes

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

Factory Drilled Ex e II Aluminum Junction Boxes
Fitted with:
  One Yellow laminated plastic label with black lettering.
  One horizontal symmetrical zinc plated rail. For use with Ex terminals only (not supplied).
  One Internal earth terminal.
  One M5 external earth screw.
Cable glands and plugs ordered separately.

A
D

B
C

Type

Dimensions
L x W x D mm

Rail Length
Maximum
mm

A

B

C

D

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Catalog
Number

PCe1

120 x 110 x 95

62

1 x M20

1 x M20

2 x M20

1 x M20

1.0

2.2

JBEA121109D1

PCe2

170 x 110 x 95

112

—

1 x M20

1 x M20

1.3

2.7

JBEA171109D2

PCe3

230 x 110 x 95

172

—

2 x M20

2 x M20

1.6

5.2

JBEA231109D3

Threaded Holes Per Side

2 x M20
1 x M25
3 x M20
1 x M25

Factory Drilled Exe II Aluminum Junction Boxes for Instrumentation Applications
Fitted with:
  One Yellow laminated plastic label with black lettering.
  Set of two insulated side supports (096115).
  One horizontal symmetrical zinc plated rail. For use with Ex terminals only (not supplied).
  One M8 external earth crossing terminal.
Cable glands and plugs ordered separately.
Also available for use with copper bar 12 x 2 mm or 12 x 4 mm.
Type

Dimensions
L x W x D mm

Cable

Rail Length
Maximum mm

Threaded Holes
Side C

CAe1

215 x 205 x 130

7 Pairs

221/105

1 x M25

CAe2

320 x 205 x 130

12 Pairs

403/206

CAe3

425 x 205 x 130

19 Pairs

CAe5

480 x 380 x 190

27 Pairs

A
D

B
C

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Catalog
Number

7 x M20

4

13

JBEA212013D5

1 x M32

12 x M20

5

23

JBEA322013D6

590/310

1 x M32

19 x M20

6

33

JBEA422013D7

599/315

1 x M40

27 x M20

11

53

JBEA483819D8

Factory Assembled Ex Terminal Block for Junction Boxes Shown Above
Screwed/Screwed Terminal Block Fitted with Continuity Shield.

270

For
Junction Boxes

Cable

Terminals 0.5/2.5 mm2
Qty.

Continuity
Shield Qty.

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Catalog
Number

215 x 205 x 130

7 Pairs

14

7

0.3

0.5

096039

320 x 205 x 130

12 Pairs

24

12

0.4

1.1

096041

425 x 205 x 130

19 Pairs

38

19

0.5

1.3

096043

480 x 380 x 190

27 Pairs

54

27

0.6

1.7

096044

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

JBEA Series Pre-Drilled Aluminum Junction Box
Increased Safety

Zones 1 & 2 – 21 & 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Factory Drilled and Equipped with Terminals Ex e II Aluminum Junction Boxes for
Instrumentation Applications with Unarmored Cables
Fitted with: Horizontal beige terminal block. Copper bar with cable clamps or continuity
shields. Yellow laminated plastic label with black lettering. M16 to M50 threaded
entries. Cable glands and plugs ordered separately.

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Cable Clamp
0.5/2.5 mm2
Qty.

Multi-cable Cable
Entry Qty. 1

Single Cable
Entries Qty.

Catalog Number

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

5
8
11
14
15
20
5
8
11
14
15
20

M20
M25
M25
M32
M32
M32
M20
M25
M32
M32
M32
M40

3
6
9
12
13
18
3
6
9
12
13
18

JBEA212013P01
JBEA212013P02
JBEA322013P03
JBEA322013P04
JBEA322013P05
JBEA422013P06
JBEA212013P07
JBEA212013P08
JBEA322013P09
JBEA322013P10
JBEA322013P11
JBEA422013P12

Multi-cable Cable
Entry Qty. 1

Single Cable
Entries Qty.

Catalog Number

M20
M20
M25
M25
M32
M32
M25
M25
M32
M32
M32
M40

7
7
12
12
19
27
7
7
12
12
19
27

JBEA212013P21
JBEA212013P22
JBEA322013P23
JBEA322013P24
JBEA422013P25
JBEA483819P26
JBEA212013P27
JBEA212013P28
JBEA322013P29
JBEA322013P30
JBEA422013P31
JBEA483819P32

M25
M32
M32
M32
M40
M40
M32
M32
M40
M40
M50
M50

7
7
12
12
19
27
7
7
12
12
19
27

JBEA212013P41
JBEA212013P42
JBEA322013P43
JBEA322013P44
JBEA422013P45
JBEA483819P46
JBEA212013P47
JBEA212013P48
JBEA322013P49
JBEA322013P50
JBEA422013P51
JBEA483819P52

271

Increased Safety Ex e Zone 1 Rated ENCLOSURES & Junction Boxes

Continuity Shield
Terminal Block
Qty.
Type
0.5/2.5 mm2 Qty.
Cable EGSF — Single Cable Entries M16
CAe1
07IP05
14
7
CAe1
07IT05
21
7
CAe2
12IP05
24
12
CAe2
12IT05
36
12
CAe3
19IP05
38
19
CAe5
27IP05
54
27
CAe1
07IP09
14
7
CAe1
07IT09
21
7
CAe2
12IP09
24
12
CAe2
12IT09
36
12
CAe3
19IP09
38
19
CAe5
27IP09
54
27
Cable EISF — Single Cable Entries M16
CAe1
07IP05
15
8
CAe1
07IT05
22
8
CAe2
12IP05
25
13
CAe2
12IT05
37
13
CAe3
19IP05
39
20
CAe5
27IP05
55
28
CAe1
07IP09
15
8
CAe1
07IT09
22
8
CAe2
12IP09
25
13
CAe2
12IT09
37
13
CAe3
19IP09
29
20
CAe5
27IP09
55
28

Copper Bar
10 x 3 mm
Qty.

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

Earth Terminal
Terminal Block
0.5/2.5 mm2
Type
0.5/2.5 mm2 Qty.
Qty.
Cable U1000 RO2V — Single Cable Entries M20
CAe1
07G1.5
7
1
CAe1
12G1.5
12
1
CAe2
19G1.5
19
1
CAe2
24G1.5
24
1
CAe2
27G1.5
27
1
CAe3
37G1.5
37
1
CAe1
07G2.5
7
1
CAe1
12G2.5
12
1
CAe2
19G2.5
19
1
CAe2
24G2.5
24
1
CAe2
27G2.5
27
1
CAe3
37G2.5
37
1

Unarmored cables

JBEA Series Pre-Drilled Aluminum Junction Box
Increased Safety
Zones 1 & 2 – 21 & 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Increased Safety Ex e Zone 1 Rated enclosures & Junction Boxes

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

Factory Drilled and Equipped with Terminals Ex e II Aluminum Junction Boxes
for Instrumentation Applications with Armored Cables
Fitted with: Horizontal beige terminal block. Copper bar with cable clamps
or continuity shields. Yellow laminated plastic label with black lettering. Earth
continuity brass plate. M8 external earth crossing terminal. M20 to M50 threaded
entries. Cable glands and plugs ordered separately.
Terminal Block Earth Terminal
0.5/2.5 mm2
0.5/2.5 mm2
Qty.
Type
Qty.
Cable U1000 RVFV — Single Cable Entries M20
CAe1
07G1.5
7
1
CAe1
12G1.5
12
1
CAe2
19G1.5
19
1
CAe2
24G1.5
24
1
CAe2
27G1.5
27
1
CAe3
37G1.5
37
1
CAe1
07G2.5
7
1
CAe1
12G2.5
12
1
CAe2
19G2.5
19
1
CAe2
24G2.5
24
1
CAe2
27G2.5
27
1
CAe3
37G2.5
37
1
Terminal Block
0.5/2.5 mm2 Continuity Shield
Qty.
Qty.
Type
Cable EGFA — Single Cable Entries M20
CAe1
07IP05
14
7
CAe1
07IT05
21
7
CAe2
12IP05
24
12
CAe2
12IT05
36
12
CAe3
19IP05
38
19
CAe5
27IP05
54
27
CAe1
07IP09
14
7
CAe1
07IT09
21
7
CAe2
12IP09
24
12
CAe2
12IT09
36
12
CAe3
19IP09
38
19
CAe5
27IP09
54
27
Cable EIFA — Single Cable Entries M20
CAe1
07IP05
15
8
CAe1
07IT05
22
8
CAe2
12IP05
25
13
CAe2
12IT05
37
13
CAe3
19IP05
39
20
CAe5
27IP05
55
28
CAe1
07IP09
15
8
CAe1
07IT09
22
8
CAe2
12IP09
25
13
CAe2
12IT09
37
13
CAe3
19IP09
39
20
CAe5
27IP09
55
28

272

Armored cables

Copper Bar
10 x 3 mm
Qty.

Cable Clamp
0.5/2.5 mm2)
Qty.

Multi-cable Cable
Entry Qty. 1

Single Cable
Entries Qty.

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

5
8
11
14
15
20
5
8
11
14
15
20

M20
M20
M25
M25
M25
M32
M20
M25
M25
M32
M32
M32

3
6
9
12
13
18
3
6
9
12
13
18

Multi-cable Cable
Entry Qty. 1

Single Cable
Entries Qty.

Catalog Number

M20
M20
M25
M25
M25
M32
M25
M25
M25
M32
M32
M40

7
7
12
12
19
27
7
7
12
12
19
27

JBEA212013A21
JBEA212013A22
JBEA322013A23
JBEA322013A24
JBEA422013A25
JBEA483819A26
JBEA212013A27
JBEA212013A28
JBEA322013A29
JBEA322013A30
JBEA422013A31
JBEA483819A32

M25
M25
M32
M32
M32
M40
M32
M32
M40
M40
M40
M50

7
7
12
12
19
27
7
7
12
12
19
27

JBEA212013A41
JBEA212013A42
JBEA322013A43
JBEA322013A44
JBEA422013A45
JBEA483819A46
JBEA212013A47
JBEA212013A48
JBEA322013A49
JBEA322013A50
JBEA422013A51
JBEA483819A52

Catalog Number
JBEA212013A01
JBEA212013A02
JBEA322013A03
JBEA322013A04
JBEA322013A05
JBEA422013A06
JBEA212013A07
JBEA212013A08
JBEA322013A09
JBEA322013A10
JBEA322013A11
JBEA422013A12

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

JBEA Series Pre-Drilled Aluminum Junction Box
Increased Safety
Zones 1 & 2 – 21 & 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Factory Drilled and Equipped with Terminals Ex e II Aluminum Junction Boxes
for Instrumentation Applications with Lead Sheath Armored Cables
Fitted with: Horizontal beige terminal block. Copper bar with cable clamps or
continuity shields. Yellow laminated plastic label with black lettering. Earth continuity
brass plate. M8 external earth crossing terminal. M20 to M50 threaded entries. Cable
glands and plugs ordered separately.
Cable Clamp
0.5/2.5 mm2
Qty.

Multi-cable Cable
Entry Qty. 1

Single Cable
Entries Qty.

Catalog Number

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

5
8
11
14
15
20
5
8
11
14
15
20

M20
M25
M25
M32
M32
M32
M20
M25
M32
M32
M32
M40

3
6
9
12
13
18
3
6
9
12
13
18

JBEA212013L01
JBEA212013L02
JBEA322013L03
JBEA322013L04
JBEA322013L05
JBEA422013L06
JBEA212013L07
JBEA212013L08
JBEA322013L09
JBEA322013L10
JBEA322013L11
JBEA422013L12

Multi-cable Cable
Entry Qty. 1

Single Cable
Entries Qty.

Catalog Number

M20
M20
M25
M25
M25
M32
M25
M25
M32
M32
M40
M40

7
7
12
12
19
27
7
7
12
12
19
27

JBEA212013L21
JBEA212013L22
JBEA322013L23
JBEA322013L24
JBEA422013L25
JBEA483819L26
JBEA212013L27
JBEA212013L28
JBEA322013L29
JBEA322013L30
JBEA422013L31
JBEA483819L32

M25
M32
M32
M32
M40
M50
M32
M32
M40
M40
M50
M50

7
7
12
12
19
27
7
7
12
12
19
27

JBEA212013L41
JBEA212013L42
JBEA322013L43
JBEA322013L44
JBEA422013L45
JBEA483819L46
JBEA212013L47
JBEA212013L48
JBEA322013L49
JBEA322013L50
JBEA422013L51
JBEA483819L52

Terminal Block
Continuity Shield
0.5/2.5 mm2
Qty.
Qty.
Type
Cable EGPF — Single Cable Entries M20
CAe1
07IP05
14
7
CAe1
07IT05
21
7
CAe2
12IP05
24
12
CAe2
12IT05
36
12
CAe3
19IP05
38
19
CAe5
27IP05
54
27
CAe1
07IP09
14
7
CAe1
07IT09
21
7
CAe2
12IP09
24
12
CAe2
12IT09
36
12
CAe3
19IP09
38
19
CAe5
27IP09
54
27
Cable EIPF — Single Cable Entries M20
CAe1
07IP05
15
8
CAe1
07IT05
22
8
CAe2
12IP05
25
13
CAe2
12IT05
37
13
CAe3
19IP05
39
20
CAe5
27IP05
55
28
CAe1
07IP09
15
8
CAe1
07IT09
22
8
CAe2
12IP09
25
13
CAe2
12IT09
37
13
CAe3
19IP09
39
20
CAe5
27IP09
55
28
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

273

Increased Safety Ex e Zone 1 Rated ENCLOSURES & Junction Boxes

Copper Bar
10 x 3 mm
Qty.

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

Terminal Block
Earth Terminal
0.5/2.5 mm2
0.5/2.5 mm2
Type
Qty.
Qty.
U1000 RGPFV — Single Cable Entries M20
CAe1
07 x 1.5
7
1
CAe1
12 x 1.5
12
1
CAe2
19 x 1.5
19
1
CAe2
24 x 1.5
24
1
CAe2
27 x 1.5
27
1
CAe3
37 x 1.5
37
1
CAe1
07 x 2.5
7
1
CAe1
12 x 2.5
12
1
CAe2
19 x 2.5
19
1
CAe2
24 x 2.5
24
1
CAe2
27 x 2.5
27
1
CAe3
37 x 2.5
37
1

Armored cables
with lead sheath

JBEA Series Pre-Drilled Aluminum Junction Box
Increased Safety
Zones 1 & 2 – 21 & 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Defining maximum terminal block quantity according to power dissipation:
• Junction boxes used for instrumentation applications have very low current levels. Therefore there is no risk of overheating whatever the
number of terminals inside the box.
• For applications other than instrumentation, the following tables allow you to define your junction box depending on the number of
terminals and the maximum authorized current being carried.
For other terminal block configurations, please consult our drilling guide available online at: www.appletonelec.com

Type
Enclosures and Junction Boxes

T Rating:
T6
2.5 mm2
4 mm2

Increased Safety Ex e Zone 1 Rated enclosures & Junction Boxes

6 mm2
10 mm2

PCe1
120 x 110 x 95 mm

4 mm2
6 mm2
10 mm2
16 mm2
25 mm2
35 mm2

274

PCe3
230 x 110 x 95 mm

Quantity

12

22

33

I Maximum

15 A

13 A

12 A

Quantity

10

18

28

I Maximum

20 A

19 A

16 A

Quantity

7

14

21

I Maximum

32 A

27 A

24 A

Quantity

4

6

8

I Maximum

50 A

50 A

50 A

CAe1
215 x 205 x 130 mm

CAe2
320 x 205 x 130 mm

Type

T Rating:
T6 @ Ta 40 °C
T5 @ Ta 55° C
2.5 mm2

PCe2
170 x 110 x 95 mm

CAe3
425 x 205 x 130 mm

CAe5
480 x 380 x 190 mm

Quantity

20

21

23

38

I Maximum

16 A

16 A

16 A

16 A

Quantity

19

20

23

38

I Maximum

20 A

20 A

20 A

20 A

Quantity

12

13

14

23

I Maximum

32 A

32 A

32 A

32 A

Quantity

10

11

18

30

I Maximum

40 A

40 A

32 A

32 A

Quantity

8

10

13

22

I Maximum

28 A

27 A

25 A

26 A

Quantity

8

8

10

20

I Maximum

67 A

73 A

69 A

60 A

Quantity

8

8

10

12

I Maximum

79 A

86 A

80 A

100 A

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

JBEA Series Pre-Drilled Aluminum Junction Box Dimensions
Increased Safety

Dimensions in Millimeters
PCe1 to PCe3

CAe1 to CAe5

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

A

External Dimensions
B

C

D

Internal Dimensions
E

F

G

H

Fixings
Thick

Ø

PCe1

110

120

95

100

110

70

94

84

20

5

PCe2

110

170

95

100

160

70

94

134

20

5

PCe3

110

230

95

100

220

70

94

194

20

5

CAe1

205

215

130

190

200

105

146

186

10

7

CAe2

205

320

130

190

305

105

146

290

10

7

CAe3

205

425

130

190

410

105

146

398

10

7

CAe5

480

380

190

378

279

132

385

285

13

7

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Increased Safety Ex e Zone 1 Rated ENCLOSURES & Junction Boxes

Type

275

JBEA and ECEA Series Aluminum Enclosures
Increased Safety
Zones 1 & 2 – 21 & 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Increased Safety Ex e Zone 1 Rated enclosures & Junction Boxes

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

Applications
• Designed for use in Zone 1 or 2 areas where flammable gases
or vapors are present either continuously or intermittently.
• Ideal for use in wet or corrosive atmospheres.
• Petroleum, chemical, refineries and other industrial process
facilities.
• Designed for use in Zone 21 or 22 areas where flammable dusts
are present either continuously or intermittently.
• Food processing, dairy, brewing and other commercial facilities.
• JBEA Series:
• Terminal junction boxes for electrical low voltage and
instrumentation connections in hazardous areas.
• Refer to technical data to define permitted number of
terminal blocks and cable entries on selected junction boxes.
• ECEA Series:
• Enclosure for distribution and control applications can
be customized at our workshop to house a large range
of components; i.e. control units, switches, breakers,
transformers, meters, etc.

PCe Type

Features
• Operating temperature:
— PCe type: -55 °C to +60 °C
— CAe type: -40 °C to +55 °C
• Rail mounting.
• Refer to technical data to define permitted number and size of
terminals and cable entries.

Standard Materials
• Enclosure: gray painted grade marine aluminum alloy
• Hardware: stainless steel

Options
• Nameplates.
• Consult your local sales representative for:
— Enclosures custom drilled and assembled at our factory.
— Empty enclosure with Ex “U” component marking for
re-certification by notified body for CAe type.

Certifications and Compliances
tATEX or IECEx Certification
• Certification Type PCe
— Gas, Zones 1 and 2:
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex e II, Ex ia IIC, Ex ib IIC, Ex de IIC
– Temeprature class: T6 for Ta ≤ +40 °C , T5 for Ta ≤ +60 °C
— Dust, Zones 21 and 22:
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE: II2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
– Surface Temperature: T80 °C to T95 °C
— Ambient Temperature: -55 °C to +60 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50221
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 00 ATEX 6047
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK10

276

CAe Type

• Certification Type CAe
— Gas, Zones 1 and 2:
II 2 G
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
– Type of Protection: Ex e II, Ex ia IIC, Ex ib IIC, Ex de IIC
– Temperature class T6 to T2
— Dust, Zones 21 and 22:
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE: II2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
– Surface Temperature: T80 °C to T290 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50325
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 02 ATEX 6248X
— IECEx Certificate: IECEx LCI 04.0016X
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK10
• Certification Type CAe U
— Gas, Zones 1 and 2:
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2 G
– Type of  Protection: Ex e II
— Dust, Zones 21 and 22:
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE: II2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
— Ambient Temperature: -40 °C to +55 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 5C241
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 09 ATEX 3036 U
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK10

tEURASEC Certification
• Certification Type PCe
— EURASEC N° TC  RU C-FR.ГБ05.B.00911
• Certification Type CAe
— EURASEC N° TC  RU C-FR.ГБ05.B.00911

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

JBEA and ECEA Series Aluminum Enclosures
Increased Safety
Zones 1 & 2 – 21 & 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Catalog Numbering Guide — JBEA Series Aluminum Junction Box
JBEA

E

JB Series
ATEX/IECEx
Certified
Junction Box

A

12

Material:
A - Aluminum

11

09

D1

Width Dimensions mm:
11 - 110
20 - 205
38 - 380

Options:

(options must be listed
alphabetically)

U - Component
Certification “U”
# - Customized
Enclosure (Digit

Method of Protection:
E - Increased Safety
I - Intrinsic Safety

Length Dimensions mm :
        12 - 120
32 - 320
        17 - 170
42 - 425
        21 - 215
48 - 480

Depth Dimensions mm:
09 - 91
13 - 130
19 - 190

For use with Ex certified terminals only (not supplied).
Mounting rails supplied.
Yellow laminated plastic label with black lettering.
ECEA Series: Aluminum Enclosure for Distribution and Control Applications
Designed to house a large range of components; i.e. control units, switches, breakers, transformers, meters, etc.
Must be customized at our workshop with the following Catalog Number:
Replace JB with EC, and add last digits and “#” for customized boxes. Example: ECEA 212013 #

Type

Dimensions
LxWxD
mm

Rail Length
Maximum Width
mm

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

JBEA Series

ECEA Series

PCe1

120 x 110 x 95

94

1.0

2.2

JBEA121109

ECEA121109#

PCe2

170 x 110 x 95

144

1.3

2.7

JBEA171109

ECEA171109#

PCe3

230 x 110 x 95

204

1.6

5.2

JBEA231109

ECEA231109#

CAe1

215 x 205 x 130

191

4.0

13

JBEA212013

ECEA212013#

CAe2

320 x 205 x 130

293

5.0

23

JBEA322013

ECEA322013#

CAe3

425 x 205 x 130

400

6.0

33

JBEA422013

ECEA422013#

CAe5

480 x 380 x 190

335

11.0

53

JBEA483819

ECEA483819#

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Catalog Number

277

Increased Safety Ex e Zone 1 Rated ENCLOSURES & Junction Boxes

JBEA Series: Ex e II Aluminum Junction Boxes

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

number will be
assigned at time of
order placement)

JBEA and ECEA Series Aluminum Enclosures
Increased Safety
Zones 1 & 2 – 21 & 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Accessories
Enclosure Type
CAe1
CAe2
CAe3

Zinc Plated Symetrical Steel Rail

For direct fixing. Set of two 60 mm height
spacers supplied.

Copper Bar – 12 x 4 mm

Increased Safety Ex e Zone 1 Rated enclosures & Junction Boxes

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

Copper bar not perforated for cable clamps.

Rail Length mm
191
293
400

Catalog Number
JBEPDR215
JBEPDR320
JBEPDR425

Pack
1
1
1

Bar Length mm
160
200
310
500
690

Catalog Number
097270
097271
097272
097273
097274

Pack
1
1
1
1
1

Cable Clamp for Copper Bar – 12 x 4 mm
1.5 mm2 to 4 mm2 capacity.

097203

1

6 mm2 to 16 mm2 capacity.

097204

1

096115

1

Insulated Side Support – Set of Two
For mounting symmetrical, asymmetrical rails and copper bar
12 x 2 mm or 12 x 4 mm.
See dimensional data page for more details.

JBEA Series for Junction Box Application Only.
The size of the junction box needed to meet your requirements can be selected based on the table shown below.
We also offer you the possibility to drill and equip, please consult our drilling guide available online at: www.appletonelec.com

1. Define maximum cable entries according to number of modules available per side.
Cable Entry Metric Thread

Number of Modules

M20

1

M25

1

M32

1

M40

2

M50

3

Type

Length

Dimensions mm
Width

Depth

Number of Modules
A/C
B/B

PCe1

120

110

95

2

PCe2

170

110

95

2

PCe3

230

110

95

CAe1

215

205

CAe2

320

CAe3
CAe5

Allowable
Max. Size

Terminal Dim.
H — mm

2

M25

110

3

M32

110

2

4

M32

110

130

11

8

M50

205

205

130

18

8

M50

205

425

205

130

26

8

M50

205

575

380

190

34

25

M50

380

2. Maximum Rail Arrangement According to Physical Dimensions — Maximum Quantity of Horizontal Rails
Type

2.5

4

6

Terminal Capicity mm2
10

16

35

50

PCe1/2/3

1

1

1

1

0

0

0

CAe1/2/3

1

1

1

1

1

1

0

CAe5

3

3

2

2

2

1

1

278

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

JBEA and ECEA Series Aluminum Enclosures
Increased Safety
Zones 1 & 2 – 21 & 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

3. Defining maximum terminal block quantity according to power dissipation:
• Junction boxes used for instrumentation applications have very low current levels, therefore there is no risk of overheating whatever the
number of terminals inside the box.
• For applications other than instrumentation, the following tables allow you to define your junction box depending on the number of terminals
and the maximum authorized current being carried with feed-through terminals.
• For single feed terminals using cross connection, please consult your local representative for a calculation.
For other terminal block configurations, please consult our drilling guide available online at: www.appletonelec.com

Type
T Rating:
T6

4 mm2
6 mm2

CSPe3
120 x 230 x 91 mm

Quantity

12

22

33

I Maximum

15 A

13 A

12 A

Quantity

10

18

28

I Maximum

20 A

19 A

16 A

Quantity

7

14

21

I Maximum

32 A

27 A

24 A

Quantity

4

6

8

I Maximum

50 A

50 A

50 A

CAe1
200 x 215 x 150 mm

CAe2
200 x 320 x 150 mm

CAe3
200 x 425 x 150 mm

CAe4
200 x 575 x 150 mm

Quantity

20

21

23

38

I Maximum

16 A

16 A

16 A

16 A

Quantity

19

20

23

38

I Maximum

20 A

20 A

20 A

20 A

Type

T Rating:
T6 @ Ta +40 °C
T5 @ Ta +55° C
2.5 mm2
4 mm2
6 mm2
10 mm2
16 mm2
25 mm2
35 mm2

Quantity

12

13

14

23

I Maximum

32 A

32 A

32 A

32 A

Quantity

10

11

18

30

I Maximum

40 A

40 A

32 A

32 A

Quantity

8

10

13

22

I Maximum

28 A

27 A

25 A

26 A

Quantity

8

8

10

20

I Maximum

67 A

73 A

69 A

60 A

Quantity

8

8

10

12

I Maximum

79 A

86 A

80 A

100 A

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

279

Increased Safety Ex e Zone 1 Rated ENCLOSURES & Junction Boxes

10 mm2

CSPe2
120 x 170 x 91 mm

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

2.5 mm2

CSPe1
120 x 120 x 91 mm

JBEA and ECEA Series Aluminum Enclosure Dimensions
Increased Safety

Dimensions in Millimeters

Increased Safety Ex e Zone 1 Rated enclosures & Junction Boxes

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

PCe1 to PCe3

CAe1 to CAe5

External

Internal

Fixings

Type

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

Thick

Ø

PCe1

110

120

95

100

110

70

94

84

20

5.0

PCe2

110

170

95

100

160

70

94

134

20

5.0

PCe3

110

230

95

100

220

70

94

194

20

5.0

CAe1

205

215

130

190

200

105

146

186

10

6.5

CAe2

205

320

130

190

305

105

146

290

10

6.5

CAe3

205

425

130

190

410

105

146

398

10

6.5

CAe5

480

380

190

378

279

132

385

285

13

7.0

Insulated Side Support (Rail Holder) 096115

Equipment Capacity
Type

L

M

CAe1

105

129

CAe2

206

234

CAe3

310

339

CAe5

315

345

280

DIN rail depth 15 mm

Earth bar

Support Cat.
No. 96115

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

JBES Series Pre-Drilled 316L Stainless Steel Junction Boxes
Increased Safety
Zones 1 & 2 – 21 & 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Applications

JBe10 — Without Terminals

JBe46 — Equipped with Terminals

JBe46 — Equipped with Terminals

JBe46 — Equipped with Terminals

Features
Smooth, continuously welded seams.
Hinges supplied on all boxes from 370 mm x 260 mm sizes.
Poured-in-place polyurethane door gasket.
Earth crossing terminal.
Factory drilled and equipped.

Increased Safety Ex e Zone 1 Rated ENCLOSURES & Junction Boxes

•
•
•
•
•

Standard Material
• Enclosure: 316L chrome plated molybdenum stainless steel with
natural burnished finish
• Hardware: 316L stainless steel

Options
• For use with equipment other than Ex terminal blocks, see
ECES series enclosures and controls.

Certifications and Compliances
tATEX/IECEx Certification
• Certification Type JBe
— Gas, Zones 1 and 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex e II, Ex ia IIC, Ex ib IIC,
– Temperature class: T6 to T5
— Dust, Zones 21 and 22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:   II2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
– Surface Temperature: T80 °C to T95 °C
— Ambient Temperature: -50 °C to +70 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50232
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 02 ATEX 6118X
— IECEx Certificate: IECEx LCI 11.0008X
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK10

tEURASEC Certification
• Certification Type JBe
— EURASEC N° TC  RU C-FR.ГБ05.B.00911

tOthers Certification
• Certification Type JBe
— INMETRO Certificate: BVC 11.0418-X 

 Inmetro certification available on special request only. Contact your local sales for more information
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

• Terminal junction boxes designed to facilitate electrical
connections in hazardous areas.
• Designed for use in Zone 1 or 2 areas, where flammable gases or
vapors are present either continuously or intermittently such as:
— Petroleum
— Chemical
— Refineries
— Other industrial process facilities
• Ideal for wet or corrosive atmospheres.
• Designed for use in Zone 21 or 22 areas, where flammable
dusts are present either continuously or intermittently, such as:
— Food processing
— Dairy
— Brewing
— Pharmaceutical industry
— Silos and other facilities

281

JBES Series Pre-Drilled 316L Stainless Steel Junction Boxes
Increased Safety
Zones 1 & 2 – 21 & 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Catalog Numbering Guide - JBES Pre-Drilled Stainless Steel Junction Boxes
JBES

12

12

09

Increased Safety Ex e Zone 1 Rated enclosures & Junction Boxes

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

Series:
JBES - ATEX/IECEx Certified
Increased Safety
JBIS - ATEX/IECEx Certified
Intrinsic Safety,

0

0

Depth Dimensions mm:
09 - 95
15 - 150
20 - 200

Length Dimensions mm:
12 - 120
18 - 180
22 - 220
26 - 260
37 - 370

Gland plate:
0 - None
1 - One Bottom
2 - One Top and Bottom
3 - Two Sides and Bottom
4 - All Sides

Width Dimensions mm:
12 - 120
18 - 180
22 - 220
26 - 260
37 - 370

Options: 

(options must be listed alphabetically)

D1 - 5 x M20
D2 - 4 x M20 + 1 x M25
D3 - 7 x M20 + 1 x M25
F1 - Fitted with 12 x 2.5 mm2 Terminals
and Drilled
F2 - Fitted with 20 x 2.5 mm2  Terminals
and Drilled
F3 - Fitted with 40 x 2.5 mm2 Terminals
and Drilled
F4 - Fitted with 60 x 2.5 mm2 Terminals
and Drilled
F5 - Fitted with 14 x 2.5 mm2 Terminals
and Drilled
F6 - Fitted with 24 x 2.5 mm2 Terminals
and Drilled
F7 - Fitted with 38 x 2.5 mm2 Terminals
and Drilled
F8 - Fitted with 54 x 2.5 mm2 Terminals
and Drilled
# - Customized Enclosure (6 Digit number

will be assigned at time of order placement.)

Maximum Rail Arrangement According to Physical Dimensions
Type
JBe10

JBe20

Protection
T6 @ Ta = +55° C

T6 @ Ta = +55° C

Terminal Size
mm2

Quantity

Max.
Amps

2.5

10

16A

4.0

8

25A

6.0

6

32A

2.5

21

16A

4.0

18

25A

6.0

13

32A

 For other terminal block configurations, consult our drilling guide available online at our website www.appletonelec.com.

282

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

JBES Series Pre-Drilled 316L Stainless Steel Junction Boxes
Increased Safety
Zones 1 & 2 – 21 & 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Type

Dimensions
LxWxD
mm

Rail Length
Capacity
mm

Clearance Holes Per Side
A

B

C

D

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Catalog Number

Factory Drilled Ex e II 316L Stainless Steel Junction Boxes Fitted with:

One horizontal symmetrical zinc plated rail. For use only with Ex terminals (not supplied). M6 external earth crossing terminal.

D

B
C

120 x 120 x 95

100

1 x M20

1 x M20

2 x M20

1 x M20

1.0

1.4

JBES1212090D1

JBe20

120 x 120 x 95

160

–

1 x M20

2 x M20
1 x M25

1 x M20

1.5

2.0

JBES1218090D2

JBe20

120 x 120 x 95

160

–

2 x M20

3 x M20
1 x M25

2 x M20

1.5

2.0

JBES1218090D3

Type

Dimensions
LxWxD
mm (in)

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Terminals Insulated
2.5 mm2 Connectors

Clearance Holes Per Side
B

C

D

Catalog Number

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

A

JBe10

Factory Drilled and Equipped with Terminals Ex e II 316L Stainless Steel Instrumentation Junction Boxes Fitted with:

A
D

JBe20

180 x 120 x 95

12
(6 Pairs)

8

3 x M20

1 x M25
1 x M20

3 x M20

2.5

2.0

JBES1812090F1

JBe36

260 x 220 x 150

20
(10 Pairs)

12

5 x M20

1 x M32
1 x M20

5 x M20

4.0

8.6

JBES2622150F2

JBe46

370 x 220 x 200

40
(20 Pairs)

22

10 x
M20

1 x M40
10 x M20
1 x M20

9.0

16.3

JBES372220F3

JBe47

370 x 260 x 200

60
(30 pairs)

32

15 x M20

1 x M50
15 x M20
1 x M20

24.25

19.3

JBES3726200F4

B
C

Ex ia IIC Version: Replace Third Digit “E” with “I” (Example: JBES1812090F1 becomes JBIS1812090F1) Fitted with:

Vertical blue terminal block. Insulated copper bar with connectors. Blue laminated plastic tag with white lettering. M8 external earth crossing terminal. Cable
glands and plugs to be ordered separately.

Type

Dimensions
LxWxD
mm

Terminals Continuity
2.5 mm2
Shield

Clearance Holes Per Side
C

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Catalog Number

Factory Drilled and Equipped with Terminals Ex e II 316L Stainless Steel Instrumentation Junction Boxes Fitted with:

Horizontal beige Exe terminal block. Continuity shield. White laminated plastic tag with black lettering. M8 External earth crossing terminal. Cable glands and
plugs to be ordered separately.

D

A
C

B

JBe36

220 x 260 x 150

14
(7 Pairs)

7

1 x M25    7 x M20

4.0

8.6

JBES2226150F5

JBe36

220 x 260 x 150

24
(12 pairs)

12

1 x M32   12 x M20

4.0

8.6

JBES2226150F6

JBe46

220 x 370 x 200

38
(19 pairs)

19

1 x M32   19 x M20

9.0

16.3

JBES2237200F7

JBe46

220 x 370 x 200

54
(27 pairs)

27

1 x M40   27 x M20

9.0

16.3

JBES2237200F8

Ex ia IIC Version: Replace Third Digit “E” with “I” (Example: JBES2226150F5 becomes JBIS2226150F5) Fitted with:

Horizontal blue terminal block. Continuity shield. Blue laminated plastic tag with white lettering. M8 external earth crossing terminal. Cable glands and plugs to be
ordered separately.

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

283

Increased Safety Ex e Zone 1 Rated ENCLOSURES & Junction Boxes

Vertical beige Exe terminal block. Insulated copper bar with connectors. White laminated plastic tag with black lettering. M8 external earth crossing terminal.
Cable glands and plugs to be ordered separately.

JBES Series Pre-Drilled 316L Stainless Steel Junction Box Dimensions
Increased Safety

Dimensions in Millimeters
Factory Drilled without Terminal Block (DIN rail supplied)
JBe10

JBe20

80 mm (3.15”)

110 mm (4.33”)

95 mm (3.74”)
75 mm (2.95”)

120 mm (4.72”)

110 mm (4.33”)

80 mm
(3.15”)
Fix. 140 mm (5.51”)
160 mm (6.30”)

Fix. 200 mm (7.87”)

8 mm (0.31”)

104 mm (4.09”)
8 mm (0.31”)

220 mm (8.66”)

Factory Drilled and Equipped with Vertical Terminal Block
JBe20

JBe36

194 mm (7.67”)

Fix. 225 mm (8.86”)

180 mm (7.09”)

220 mm (8.66”)

Fix. 200 mm (7.87”)

150 mm (5.90”)

140 mm (5.51”)
Fix. 257 mm (10.11”)
286 mm (11.25”)

2 mm (0.08”)
104 mm (4.09”)

80 mm (3.15”)

9 mm
(0.35”)

154 mm (6.06”)

2M 6 x 16 mm
(0.23 x 0.63”)

148 mm (5.83”)
170 mm (6.69”)

75 mm (2.95”)

260 mm (10.24”)

8 mm
(0.31”)

180 mm (7.09”)
140 mm (5.51”)

220 mm (8.66”)

95 mm (3.74”)

120 mm (4.72”)

2.5 mm (0.10”)

Factory Drilled and Equipped with Vertical Terminal Block
JBe46

JBe47

220 mm (8.66”)

350 mm (13.78”)
290 mm (11.42”)

304 mm (11.97”)

370 mm (14.57”)

200 mm (7.87”)

Fix. 335 mm (13.19”)

304 mm (11.97”)

290 mm (11.42”)

370 mm (14.57”)

200 mm (7.87”)
170 mm (6.69”)

260 mm (10.24”)
194 mm (7.64”)

335 mm (13.19”)

9 mm
(0.35”)

154 mm (6.06”)

180 mm (7.09”)
Fix. 297 mm (11.69”)
140 mm (5.51”)
Fix. 257 mm (10.12”)

2.5 mm (0.10”)

326 mm (12.83”)

2.5 mm (0.10”)

286 mm (11.26”)

Factory Drilled and Equipped with Horizontal Terminal Block
JBe46

.010 mm (2.5”)

154 mm (6.06”)

200 mm (7.87”)
140 mm (5.51”)

Fix. 185 mm (7.28)

154 mm (6.06”)
180 mm (7.09”)

290 mm (11.42”)
Fix. 407 mm (16.02”)
436 mm (17.17”)

200 mm (7.87”)
170 mm (6.69”)

9 mm
(0.35”)
200 mm (7.87”)
140 mm (5.51”)

120 mm (4.72”)

9 mm
(0.35”)

220 mm (8.66”)

194 mm (7.64”)

Fix. 297 mm (11.69”)

370 mm (14.57”)
304 mm (11.97”)

150 mm (5.91”)

Fix. 185 mm (7.28”)

JBe36
260 mm (10.24”)

220 mm (8.66”)

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

120 mm (4.72”)

120 mm (4.72”)
80 mm (3.15”)

Increased Safety Ex e Zone 1 Rated enclosures & Junction Boxes

180 mm (7.09”)
140 mm (5.51”)

95 mm (3.74”)
75 mm
(2.95”)

2.5 mm (0.10”)

328 mm (12.91”)

284

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

JBES and ECES Series 316L Stainless Steel Enclosures
Increased Safety
Zones 1 & 2 – 21 & 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Applications

• Smooth, continuously welded seams.
• Available in a wide range of sizes.
• Operating temperature:
– JBES Series: -50 °C to +70 °C
– ECES Series: -50 °C to +55 °C
• Can be supplied with 1, 2, 3 or even 4 neoprene sealed gland
plates for ease of cable installation.
• Hinges standard on all sizes above 370.0 mm x 260.0 mm.
• Poured-in-place polyurethane door gasket.
• Feed-thru earth grounding stud.
• Reversible door, opens 210 degrees, from any location top;
bottom, left or right, by means of removable hinges that can be
installed in any position.
• Reversible anti-vibration mounting brackets can be mounted on
the top, bottom or side positions.
• Optional removable padlocking device.

Standard Materials
• Enclosure: 316L chrome plated stainless steel
• Hardware: 316L stainless steel

Standard Finishes
• Natural brushed finish

Accessories
•
•
•
•
•
•

Mounting pan
Rail mounting
Padlocking device
Door locking bracket for easy access
Inside pocket
Refer to technical data to define permitted number of terminals
and cable entries acceptance

Options

ECES Series

Closed

Open
• Factory drilled and assembled, contact your local representative
for information.
• Medium voltage application (11 kV max.), contact your local
representative for information.
• Intrinsic safety version (JBIS) available with the use of intrinsic
terminals.

Certifications and Compliances
tATEX or IECEx Certification
• Certification Type JBe
— Gas, Zones 1 and 2:
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex e II, Ex ia IIC, Ex ib IIC, Ex de IIC,
Ex demb IIC
– Temperature class: T6 to T4
— Dust, Zones 21 and 22:
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE: II2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
– Surface Temperature: T80 °C to T130 °C.
— Ambient Temperature: -50 °C to +70 °C.
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50232
— ATEX Certificate : LCIE 02 ATEX 6118X
— IECEx Certificate: IECEx LCI 11.0008X
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK10
• Certification Type JBe U
— Gas, Zones 1 and 2:
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex e II
— Dust, Zones 21 and 22:
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE: II2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
— Ambient Temperature: -40 °C to +70 °C.
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 5C240
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 09 ATEX 3025U
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK10

• Removable gland plates.
• Nameplate.

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

285

Increased Safety Ex e Zone 1 Rated ENCLOSURES & Junction Boxes

Features

JBES Series

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

• Designed for use in Zone 1 or 2 areas where flammable gases
or vapors are present either continuously or intermittently.
• Ideal for use in wet or corrosive atmospheres such as:
— Petroleum
— Chemical
— Refineries
— Other industrial process facilities
• Designed for use in Zone 21 or 22 areas where flammable dusts
are present either continuously or intermittently such as:
— Food processing
— Dairy
— Brewing
— Pharmaceutical industry
— Other commercial facilities
• JBES Series
— Terminal junction box for electrical low voltage and
instrumentation connections for use in hazardous areas.
— Refer to technical data to define permitted number of
terminal blocks and cable entries on selected junction boxes.
• ECES Series
— Enclosure for distribution and control applications must
be customized at our workshop to house a large range
of components such as control units, switches, breakers,
transformers, meters, etc.

JBES and ECES Series 316L Stainless Steel Enclosures
Increased Safety
Zones 1 & 2 – 21 & 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

tEURASEC Certification

tOthers Certification
• Certification Type JBe
— INMETRO Certificate: BVC 11.0418-X 

Illustrated Features

Increased Safety Ex e Zone 1 Rated enclosures & Junction Boxes

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

• Certification Type JBe
— EURASEC N° TC  RU C-FR.ГБ05.B.00911

Optional removable locking device.
Part Number 097209

Reversible antivibration mounting
brackets, can be mounted in top, side or
bottom positions.

M8 feed-thru earth/ground terminal.

Polyurethane poured in place door gasket
and stainless steel captive screws.

Reversible door. Opens to 210°, top,
bottom, left or right, by moving the
location of the hinges

Optional removable gland plate.

 Inmetro certification available on special request only. Contact your local sales for more information

286

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

JBES and ECES Series 316L Stainless Steel Enclosures
Increased Safety
Zones 1 & 2 – 21 & 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Catalog Numbering Guide — JBES and ECES 316L Stainless Steel Enclosures
JB

E

S

Series:
EC - ATEX/IECEx
Certified Enclosure
and Controls
JB - ATEX/IECEx
Certified Junction
Box

12

12

09

Protection Method:
E - Increased Safety
I - Intrinsic Safety

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Gland plate:
0 - None
1 - One Bottom
2 - One Top and
Bottom
3 - Two Sides and
Bottom
4 - All Sides

Width Dimensions
mm :
12 - 120
18 - 180
22 - 220
26 - 260
37 - 370
56 - 560
75 - 750

Options:

(options must be listed
alphabetically)

M - Mounting Pan
U - Component
Certification “U”
# - Customized
Enclosure (6 Digit
number will be
assigned at time of
order placement.)

Depth Dimensions mm:
09 - 91
15 - 150
20 - 200
30 - 300

287

Increased Safety Ex e Zone 1 Rated ENCLOSURES & Junction Boxes

Material:
S - Stainless Steel

M

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

Length Dimensions
mm:
12 - 120
18 - 180
22 - 220
26 - 260
37 - 370
56 - 560
75 - 750
11 - 1130

0

JBES and ECES Series 316L Stainless Steel Enclosures
Increased Safety
Zones 1 & 2 – 21 & 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

JBES Series

Type

Dimensions
LxWxD
mm

Hinged
Door 

Vertical
Orientation
Rail Length
mm

Horizontal
Orientation
Rail Length
mm

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Catalog Number

Ex e II 316L Stainless Steel Junction Boxes without Gland Plate

Increased Safety Ex e Zone 1 Rated enclosures & Junction Boxes

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

For use only with Ex terminals (not supplied). External earth crossing terminal. (M6 for JBe10/20/30 and M8 for other boxes). Mounting pan and rails to be
ordered separately.

JBe10

120 x 120 x 95

N

–

100

1.0

1.4

JBES1212090

JBe20

120 x 180 x 95

N

–

160

1.5

2.0

JBES1218090

JBe30

180 x 180 x 95

N

–

160

1.8

3.0

JBES1818090

JBe36

220 x 260 x 150

R

170

210

5.0

8.6

JBES2226150

JBe36

260 x 220 x 150

R

210

170

5.0

8.6

JBES2622150

JBe46

220 x 370 x 200 

R

170

320

8.5

16.3

JBES2237200

JBe47

260 x 370 x 200 

Y

210

320

9.0

19.3

JBES2637200

JBe46

370 x 220 x 200 

R

320

170

8.5

16.6

JBES3722200

JBe47

370 x 260 x 200 

Y

320

210

9.0

19.3

JBES3726200

JBe55

370 x 370 x 200 

Y

320

320

13.0

27.4

JBES3737200

JBe65

370 x 560 x 200 

Y

320

510

19.0

41.5

JBES3756200

JBe75

370 x 750 x 200 

Y

320

700

24.0

55.5

JBES3775200

JBe65

560 x 370 x 200 

Y

510

320

19.0

41.5

JBES5637200

JBe77

560 x 560 x 200 

Y

510

510

28.0

62.8

JBES5656200

JBe79

560 x 750 x 200 

Y

510

700

33.0

84.0

JBES5675200

JBe75

750 x 370 x 200 

Y

700

320

24.0

55.5

JBES7537200

JBe79

750 x 560 x 200 

Y

700

510

33.0

84.0

JBES7556200

JBe86

1130 x 750 x 300

Y

1080

700

50.0

235.0

JBES1175300

 200 mm depth enclosure available with 300 mm depth – replace digit 2 with 3 – Example: JBES3737304.
 N: Not Available, R: On request or separate accessories, Y: Supplied.

288

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

JBES and ECES Series 316L Stainless Steel Enclosures
Increased Safety
Zones 1 & 2 – 21 & 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

JBES Series
Type

Dimensions
L x W x D mm

Hinged
Door 

One Gland Plate
Catalog Number

Two Gland Plates
Catalog Number

Three Gland Plate
Catalog Number

Four Gland Plates
Catalog Number

Ex e II 316L Stainless Steel Terminal Junction Boxes with Gland Plates 3 mm Thick

For use only with Ex terminals (not supplied). M8 External earth crossing terminal. Mounting pan and rails to be ordered separately.

Gland Plate Three

Four Gland Plate

R

JBES2226151

JBES2226152

JBES2226153

JBES2226154

JBe36

220 x 260 x 150

R

JBES2622151

JBES2622152

JBES2622153

JBES2622154

JBe46

220 x 370 x 200

R

JBES2237201

JBES2237202

JBES2237203

JBES2237204

JBe47

260 x 370 x 200

Y

JBES2637201

JBES2637202

JBES2637203

JBES2637204

JBe46

370 x 220 x 200

R

JBES3722201

JBES3722202

JBES3722203

JBES3722204

JBe47

370 x 260 x 200

Y

JBES3726201

JBES3726202

JBES3726203

JBES3726204

JBe55

370 x 370 x 200

Y

JBES3737201

JBES3737202

JBES3737203

JBES3737204

JBe65

370 x 560 x 200

Y

JBES3756201

JBES3756202

JBES3756203

JBES3756204

JBe75

370 x 750 x 200

Y

JBES3775201

JBES3775202

JBES3775203

JBES3775204

JBe65

560 x 370 x 200

Y

JBES5637201

JBES5637202

JBES5637203

JBES5637204

JBe77

560 x 560 x 200

Y

JBES5656201

JBES5656202

JBES5656203

JBES5656204

JBe79

560 x 750 x 200

Y

JBES5675201

JBES5675202

JBES5675203

JBES5675204

JBe75

750 x 370 x 200

Y

JBES7537201

JBES7537202

JBES7537203

JBES7537204

JBe79

750 x 560 x 200

Y

JBES7556201

JBES7556202

JBES7556203

JBES7556204

JBe86

1130 x 750 x 300

Y

JBES1175301

JBES1175302

JBES1175303

JBES1175304

 200 mm depth enclosure available with 300 mm depth – replace digit 2 with 3 – Example: JBES3737304.
 N: Not Available, R: On request or separate accessories, Y: Supplied.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

289

Increased Safety Ex e Zone 1 Rated ENCLOSURES & Junction Boxes

Two Gland Plate

220 x 260 x 150

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

One Gland Plate

JBe36

JBES and ECES Series 316L Stainless Steel Enclosure Accessories
Increased Safety
Zones 1 & 2 – 21 & 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Mounting Accessories
Catalog Number
Enclosure Length
mm

Rail Length
mm

Symmetrical Depth = 15 mm
Catalog Number

Asymmetrical
Catalog Number

Zinc Plated Steel Rail

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

For fixing onto uprights with clip nut supplied.

Symmetrical

100

097246

—

180

160

097247

—

220

170

097240

097250

260

210

097241

097251

370

320

097242

097252

560

510

097243

097253

750

700

097244

097254

1130

1080

097245

097255

Enclosure Length
mm

Bar Length
mm

Catalog Number

160

097230

Asymmetrical

Increased Safety Ex e Zone 1 Rated enclosures & Junction Boxes

120

Zinc Plated Steel Uprights
Set of two.

220
260

200

097231

370

310

097232

560

500

097233

750

690

097234

1130

1070

097235

220

160

097270

260

200

097271

370

310

097272

Copper Bar – 12 x 4 mm

Copper bar not perforated for cable clamps.

560

500

097273

750

690

097274

1130

1070

097275

Cable Clamp for Copper Bar – 12 x 4 mm
1.5 mm2 to 4 mm2 Capacity

097203

6 mm to 16 mm Capacity

097204

2

290

2

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

JBES and ECES Series 316L Stainless Steel Enclosure Accessories
Increased Safety
Zones 1 & 2 – 21 & 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Mounting Accessories - Continued:
Enclosure Dimensions mm
Height
Width

Mounting Pan Dimensions
mm

Catalog Number

Mounting Pan – Zinc Plated Steel
100 x 100

097277

120

180

100 x 160

097278

180

180

160 x 160

097279

220

260

160 x 200

097280

220

370

160 x 310

097281

260

370

200 x 310

097282

370

370

310 x 310

097283

370

560

310 x 500

097284

370

750

310 x 690

097285

560

560

500 x 500

097286

560

750

500 x 690

097287

1130

750

690 x 1070

097288

Increased Safety Ex e Zone 1 Rated ENCLOSURES & Junction Boxes

120

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

120

Spacers for Mounting at Back of Box

Set of two insulated pillars for copper bar 12 x 4 mm.

Height = 100 mm

097206

Height = 50 mm

097207

Conversion Kit — Door to Cover
Must be used to remove hinges.

097202

Spare Hinges
Set of Two

097201

Spare Mounting Brackets — Set of Two
One left and one right.

097200

Self Adhesive Pocket for Drawings
External dimensions: 260 x 165 mm
Internal dimensions: 230 x 130 x 18 mm

097263

External dimensions: 340 x 235 mm
Internal dimensions: 310 x 200 x 18 mm

097264

Additional Door Padlocking Device
Padlock not supplied.

097209

Locking Bracket
Locks door in open position during wiring
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

097265

291

JBES and ECES Series 316L Stainless Steel Enclosure Accessories
Increased Safety
Zones 1 & 2 – 21 & 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Mounting Accessories - Continued:
Dimensions mm
Enclosure Width

Height

Gland Plate/Coupling Flange
Dimensions
mm

Catalog Number

Increased Safety Ex e Zone 1 Rated enclosures & Junction Boxes

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

Spare Gland Plate
220

150

B/D

170 x 120

JBESGP221B

260

150

A/C

250 x 120

JBESGP261A

260

200

A/C

250 x 170

JBESGP262A

260

200

B/D

210 x 170

JBESGP262B

370

200

A/C

360 x 170

JBESGP372A

370

200

B/D

320 x 170

JBESGP372B

560

200

A/C

550 x 170

JBESGP562A

560

200

B/D

510 x 170

JBESGP562B

750

200

A/C

740 x 170

JBESGP752A

750

200

B/D

700 x 170

JBESGP752B

260

300

A/C

250 x 270

JBESGP263A

370

300

A/C

360 x 270

JBESGP373A

370

300

B/D

320 x 270

JBESGP373B

560

300

A/C

550 x 270

JBESGP563A

560

300

B/D

510 x 270

JBESGP563B

750

300

A/C

740 x 270

JBESGP753A

750

300

B/D

700 x 270

JBESGP753B

260

200

A/C

250 x 120

JBESCF262A

370

200

A/C

360 x 170

JBESCF372A

370

200

B/D

320 x 170

JBESCF372B

560

200

A/C

550 x 170

JBESCF562A

560

200

B/D

510 x 170

JBESCF562B

750

200

A/C

740 x 170

JBESCF752A

750

200

B/D

700 x 170

JBESCF752B

370

300

A/C

360 x 270

JBESCF373A

370

300

B/D

320 x 270

JBESCF373B

560

300

A/C

550 x 270

JBESCF563A

560

300

B/D

510 x 270

JBESCF563B

750

300

A/C

740 x 270

JBESCF753A

750

300

B/D

700 x 270

JBESCF753B

Coupling Flange

292

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

JBES and ECES Series 316L Stainless Steel Enclosures
Increased Safety
Zones 1 & 2 – 21 & 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

JBES Series for Terminal Junction Box Application Only.
Use the table shown below to select the proper size junction box based upon your requirements.

Custom drilled and equipped boxes can be configured using our drilling guide available online at www.appletonelec.com.

1. Define maximum cable entries according to number of modules available per side.
Cable Entry Metric Thread

Number of Modules

M20

1

M25

1

M32

1

M40

2

M50

3
Height

Dimensions mm
Width

Depth

Number of Modules
A/C
B/D

Number of Modules 
A’/C’
B’/D’

Terminal Dim.
H — mm

JBe10

120

120

95

5

5

–

–

220

JBe20

120

180

95

9

5

–

–

220

180

180

95

9

9

–

–

220

220

260

150

11

7

9

5

220

JBe36

260

220

150

7

11

5

9

260

JBe46

220

370

200

31

16

19

7

260

JBe46

370

220

200

16

31

7

9

370

JBe47

370

260

200

20

31

14

20

370

JBe47

260

370

200

31

20

19

10

260

JBe55

370

370

200

31

31

19

18

370

JBe65

560

370

200

31

49

19

31

560

JBe65

370

560

200

49

31

34

18

370

JBe75

750

370

200

31

66

19

47

750

JBe75

370

750

200

66

31

49

18

370

JBe77

560

560

200

49

49

34

31

560

JBe79

750

560

200

49

66

34

45

750

JBe79

560

750

200

66

49

49

31

560

JBe86

1130

750

300

102

–

82

–

1130

Increased Safety Ex e Zone 1 Rated ENCLOSURES & Junction Boxes

JBe30
JBe36

2. Maximum rail arrangement according to physical dimensions.
Maximum Quantity of Horizontal Rails Per Type of terminal
2.5

4

6

10

16

35

50

70

JBe10/20/30/36

1

1

1

1

1

1

0

0

JBe36/46/47

2

2

2

1

1

1

0

0

JBe46/47/55/65/75

3

3

2

2

2

2

1

1

JBe65/77/79

5

5

4

4

4

3

2

2

Terminal Capacity

mm2

JBe75/79

7

7

6

6

5

4

3

2

JBe86

10

10

9

9

8

6

4

4

 Enclosure with gland plate.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

Type

H

293

JBES and ECES Series 316L Stainless Steel Enclosures
Increased Safety
Zones 1 & 2 – 21 & 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

3. Defining maximum terminal block quantity according to power dissipation:
• Junction boxes used for instrumentation applications carry very low current levels. Therefore there is no risk of overheating whatever the
number of terminals inside the box.
• For applications other than instrumentation, the following tables allow you to define your junction box depending on the number of terminals
and the maximum authorized current being carried with feed-through terminals.
• For single feed terminals using cross connection, consult factory for calculation.
For other terminal block configurations, please consult our drilling guide available online at www.appletonelec.com.

Type
Enclosures and Junction Boxes

T Rating:
T6 @ Ta +55° C
2.5 mm2
4 mm2
6 mm2
10 mm2

Quantity
I Maximum
Quantity
I Maximum
Quantity
I Maximum
Quantity
I Maximum

JBe10
120 x 120 x 95 mm
10
16 A
8
25 A
6
32 A
5
50 A

JBe20
120 x 180 x 95 mm
21
16 A
17
25 A
13
32 A
10
50 A

JBe36
220 x 260 x 150 mm
33
16 A
21
25 A
19
32 A
12
50 A
8
63 A
12
80 A
9
100 A

JBe46
220 x 370 x 200 mm
50
14 A
38
20 A
22
32 A
14
50 A
10
63 A
14
80 A
11
100 A

JBe65
560 x 370 x 200 mm
15
100 A
12
125 A
12
150 A
9
200 A

JBe75
750 x 370 x 200 mm
16
99 A
16
108 A
16
135 A
12
178 A
6
250 A
9
250 A

JBe30
180 x 180 x 95 mm
21
16 A
16
25 A
13
32 A
9
50 A

Increased Safety Ex e Zone 1 Rated enclosures & Junction Boxes

Type
T Rating:
T6 @ Ta +55° C
2.5 mm2
4 mm2
6 mm2
10 mm2
16 mm2
25 mm2
35 mm2

Quantity
I Maximum
Quantity
I Maximum
Quantity
I Maximum
Quantity
I Maximum
Quantity
I Maximum
Quantity
I Maximum
Quantity
I Maximum
T Rating:
T6 @ Ta +40 °C
T6 @ Ta +55° C

35 mm2
50 mm2
70 mm2
95 mm2
120 mm2
150 mm2

294

Quantity
I Maximum
Quantity
I Maximum
Quantity
I Maximum
Quantity
I Maximum
Quantity
I Maximum
Quantity
I Maximum

JBe47
260 x 370 x 200 mm
70
12 A
62
16 A
23
32 A
15
50 A
17
50 A
16
76 A
12
100 A

JBe55
370 x 370 x 200 mm
110
10 A
80
15 A
26
32 A
20
45 A
20
50 A
20
76 A
16
93 A

JBe77
560 x 560 x 200 mm
18
100 A

JBe79
560 x 750 x 200 mm

—

—

16
144 A
12
190 A

16
150 A
16
173 A
12
225 A
12
250 A

Type

—
—

—
—

—

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

JBES and ECES Series 316L Stainless Steel Enclosure Dimensions
Increased Safety

Dimensions in Millimeters
2 mm (0.08”)

Box 95 Depth

Fix. J
2

Fix. J

Box 200 or 300 Depth

Mounting Bracket
33 mm (1.30”)

Fix. J

9 mm
(0.35”)

16.5 mm
(0.65”)

2.5 mm
(0.10”)

9 mm
(0.35”)

Fix. I

18.50 mm
(0.73”)

Fix. J

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

8 mm
(0.31”)

18.5 mm
(0.73”)

9 mm
(0.35”)

11.5 mm
(0.45”)

2

8 mm
(0.31”)

18.50 mm
(0.73”)

2 mm (0.08”)

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

120 x 120 x 95

120

120

95

127

127

104

84

88

160

140

1.5

120 x 180 x 95

120

180

95

127

187

104

144

148

220

200

1.5

180 x 180 x 95

180

180

95

187

187

164

144

148

220

200

1.5

220 x 370 x 200

220

370

200

166

316

140

290

436

185

407

1.5

370 x 260 x 200

370

260

200

316

206

290

180

326

335

297

1.5

370 x 370 x 200

370

370

200

316

316

290

290

436

335

407

2

560 x 370 x 200

560

370

200

506

316

480

290

436

525

407

2

750 x 370 x 200

750

370

200

695

316

670

290

436

715

407

2

560 x 560 x 200

560

560

200

506

506

480

480

626

525

597

2

750 x 560 x 200

750

560

200

696

506

670

480

626

715

597

2

370 x 370 x 300

370

370

300

316

316

290

290

436

335

407

2

560 x 370 x 300

560

370

300

506

316

480

290

436

525

407

2

750 x 370 x 300

750

370

300

695

316

670

290

436

715

407

2

560 x 560 x 300

560

560

300

506

506

480

480

626

525

597

2

750 x 560 x 300

750

560

300

696

506

670

480

626

715

597

2

1130 x 750 x 300

1130

750

300

1076

506

1050

670

816

1095

787

2

Box Depth 95

Box Depth 200

Box Depth 300

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

295

Increased Safety Ex e Zone 1 Rated ENCLOSURES & Junction Boxes

L x W x D mm

Fix. I

11.5 mm (0.45”)

JBDR Series Pre-Drilled Round Junction Boxes
Flameproof

Zones 1 & 2 – 21 & 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Flameproof Ex d Zone 1 Rated Junction Boxes

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

Applications

2 Entry Version with Cable Glands

• Small terminal junction boxes designed to facilitate electrical
connections in hazardous areas.
• Designed for use in Zone 1 or 2 areas, where flammable gases
or vapors are present either continuously or intermittently.
• Ideal for use in wet or corrosive atmospheres such as:
— Petroleum refineries
— Chemical refineries
— Other industrial process facilities
• Designed for use in Zone 21 or 22 areas, where flammable
dusts are present either continuously or intermittently such as:
— Food processing
— Dairy
— Brewing
— Silos
— Other facilities

Features
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

IK10 (20 Joules) high impact resistant box.
Pillar type terminal block (4 x terminals) for easy connection.
Terminal capacity: 4 x 4 mm2 or 2 x 6 mm2 .
Internal Earth: ground plate with 4 x M4 screws for connection
to 4 mm diameter lugs.
External Earth: M5 screw.
Back plate supplied.
Operating temperature -40 °C to +55 °C.
Housing: gray painted marine grade aluminum
Hardware: stainless steel

3 Entry Version

4 Entry Version

Certifications and Compliances
tATEX Certification
• Certification Type BR1d
— Gas, Zones 1 and 2:
     – Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2 G
     – Type of Protection: Ex d IIC
     – Temperature class: T6 to T4
— Dust, Zones 21 and 22:
     – Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE: II2 D
     – Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
     – Surface Temperature: T95 °C.
— Ambient Temperature: -40 °C to +55 °C.
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50230
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 02 ATEX 6056
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Internal Volume: ≤ 2dm3 (2 liters)
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK10

tEURASEC Certification
• Certification Type BR1d
— EURASEC N° TC  RU C-FR.ГБ05.B.00911

296

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

JBDR Series Pre-Drilled Round Junction Boxes
Flameproof

Zones 1 & 2 – 21 & 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Catalog Numbering Guide — JBDR Series Pre-Drilled Round Junction Boxes
JB

D

Series:
JB - Round Junction Box
ATEX Certified

R

1

0

Material:
R - Round Shape in Aluminum

Entry Size :
0 - M20
5 - M25
3 - 3/4" NPT
1 - 1" NPT

Number of Entries:
1
2
3
4

Equipment

Options:
G - Cable Gland supplied
T - With Pillar Terminal Block

Weight kg

Volume dm3

Catalog Number

2 x M25 entries (feed through)
2 integrated cable glands supplied

0.8

2

JBDR25G

3 x M25 entries (in a “T”)
3 integrated cable glands supplied

0.8

2

JBDR35G

4 x M25 entries (in a cross)
4 integrated cable glands supplied

0.9

2

JBDR45G

2 x M20 entries (feed through)

0.7

2

JBDR20

3 x M20 entries (in a “T”)

0.7

2

JBDR30

4 x M20 entries (in a cross)

0.8

2

JBDR40

2 x 3/4” NPT entries (feed through)

0.7

2

JBDR23

3 x 3/4” NPT entries (in a “T”)

0.7

2

JBDR33

4 x 3/4” NPT entries (in a cross)

0.8

2

JBDR43

0.8

2

JBDR41

Weight kg

Volume dm3

Catalog Number

0.1

0.4

TBP44

0.6

0.9

093496

Threaded Entries with M25 Integrated Cable Gland:
For unarmored cable: – sealed Ø: 9 to 15 mm (093496)

Flameproof Ex d Zone 1 Rated Junction Boxes

2 Entry

Threaded Entries for M20 Cable Gland – Not Supplied

3 Entry

Threaded Entries for NPT 3/4” Cable Gland – Not Supplied

4 Entry

Threaded Entries for NPT 1” Cable Gland – Not Supplied
4 x 1” NPT entries (in a cross)

Accessories
Description
Pillar Terminal Block
4 terminals
4 x 4 mm2 or 2 x 6 mm2 cables
M25 Integrated Cable Gland
for unarmored cables — dia. 9 to 15 mm

 For other entry size, use adaptor.
Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

Protection Method:
D - Flameproof

G

297

JBDR Series Pre-Drilled Round Junction Box Dimensions
Flameproof

Dimensions in Millimeters
2 Entry Version
7 mm (0.28”)

82 mm (3.23”)
150 mm (5.91”)

Ø 9 mm (0.35”)

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

Ø 80 mm (3.15”)
195 mm (7.68”)

50 mm
(1.97”)

7 mm
(0.28”)
82 mm (3.23”)
110 mm (4.33”)

85 mm (3.35”)

3 Entry Version

Ø 80 mm
(3.15”)

82 mm (3.23”)

41 mm
(1.61”)

7 mm
(0.28”)

152 mm (5.98”)

50 mm (1.97”)

7 mm (0.28”)

130 mm (5.12”)

Flameproof Ex d Zone 1 Rated Junction Boxes

Ø 9 mm
(0.35”)

82 mm (3.23”)
85 mm (3.35”)

110 mm (4.33”)
150 mm (5.91”)
195 mm (7.68”)

4 Entry Version
7 mm
(0.28”)

195 mm (7.68”)

41 mm
(1.61”)

Ø 80 mm (3.15”)

82 mm (3.23”)

50 mm
(1.97”)
150 mm (5.91”)

Ø 9mm
(0.35”)

7 mm
(0.28”)
82 mm (3.23”)
110 mm (4.33”)
150 mm (5.91 “)

85 mm (3.35”)

195 mm (7.68”)

298

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

JBD Series Pre-drilled Terminal Junction Boxes
Flameproof

Zones 1 & 2 – 21 & 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Applications

JBDAB – Aluminum Version

JBDFC – Cast Iron Version

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

• Terminal junction boxes to facilitate electrical connections in
hazardous areas.
• Ideal for use in wet or corrosive atmospheres.
• Designed for use in Zone 1 or 2 areas, where flammable gases or
vapors are present either continuously or intermittently, such as:
— Petroleum plants
— Chemical plants
— Refineries
— Other industrial process facilities
• Designed for use in Zone 21 or 22 areas where flammable dusts
are present either continuously or intermittently, such as:
— Food processing
— Dairy
— Brewing
— Silos

JBDFB – Cast Iron Version

Features
Flanged flameproof joint for square enclosures.
Screwed flameproof joint for round enclosure.
External earth crossing terminal.
Supplied with one symmetrical zinc plated rail.
Terminal block not supplied.
Yellow laminated plastic nameplate with black lettering.
Pre-drilled entries.
Operating temperature -40 °C to +55 °C.

Standard Materials
• Enclosure housing: gray painted cast iron and marine grade
aluminum alloy
• Hardware: stainless steel

Certifications and Compliances
tATEX or IECEx Certification
• Certification Type CF2/A/B/C
— Gas, Zones 1 and 2:
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE: II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex d IIB
– Temperature class: T6 for Ta ≤ +40 °C , T5 for Ta ≤ +55 °C
— Dust, Zones 21 and 22:
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE: II2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
– Surface Temperature: T95 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50254
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 03 ATEX 6061X
• Certification Type CF1F
— Gas, Zones 1 and 2:
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex d IIC
– Temperature class: T6 for Ta ≤ +40 °C , T5 for Ta ≤ +55 °C
— Dust, Zones 21 and 22:
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE: II2 D
– Type of  Protection: Ex tD A21
– Surface Temperature: T95 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50257
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 03 ATEX 6044X
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK10
— Internal Volume: > 2dm3 (2 liters)

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Flameproof Ex d Zone 1 Rated Junction Boxes

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

• Certification Type CF20B
— Gas, Zones 1 and 2:
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE: II 2 G
– ATEX/IEC Protection: Ex d IIB
– Tempereature class: T6
— Dust, Zones 21 and 22:
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE: II2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
– Surface Temperature: T80 °C
— Ambient Temperature: -40 °C to +55 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50229
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 02 ATEX 6057X
— IECEx Certificate: IECEx LCI 08.0023X
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK10
— Internal Volume: > 2dm3 (2 liters)

tEURASEC Certification
• Certification Type CF2/A/B/C
— EURASEC N° TC  RU C-FR.ГБ05.B.00911
• Certification Type CF1F
— EURASEC N° TC  RU C-FR.ГБ05.B.00911

Options
• For use with equipment other than terminal blocks, please
consult your local sales representative.

299

JBD Series Pre-drilled Terminal Junction Boxes
Flameproof

Zones 1 & 2 – 21 & 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

A
D

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

Flameproof Ex d Zone 1 Rated Junction Boxes

B

A

B

C

D

Rail Length
Capacity
mm

C

Threaded Entry Per Side

Dimensions
Type
mm
Ex d IIB Enclosure in Cast Iron

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Catalog Number

Pack

CF2C

130 x 130 x 90

1 x M20

1 x M20

2 x M20

1 x M20

64

4

3

JBDFB131309D1

1

CF2A

205 x 145 x 127

2 x M20

1 x M20

3 x M20

1 x M20

120

9.4

3

JBDFB201413D2

1

CF2B

270 x 190 x 120

—

2 x M20
1 x M25

3 x M20

2 x M20

162

12.6

7

JBDFB271912D3

1

—

3 x M20

5 x M20
1 x M32

3 x M20

260

12.8

24

JBDAB372720D4

1

1 x M32

1 x M32

1 x M32

1 x M32

100

6.7

13

JBDFC161612D5

1

100

6.7

13

JBDFC161612D6

1

Ex d IIB Enclosure in Aluminum
CF20B

370 x 270 x 208

Ex d IIC Enclosure in Cast Iron
CF1F

167 x 167 x 126

CF1F

167 x 167 x 126

1 x 1"NPT 1 x 1"NPT 1 x 1"NPT 1 x 1"NPT

Cast Iron Version Dimensions in Millimeters

CF2C

CF1F

External
Type
CF2C
CF2A
CF2B

A
130
202
267

B
130
144
187

CF2A/CF2B

Internal
C
90
127
120

D
90
155
200

E
90
95
120

Fixings
F
65
65
78

G
86
156
202

H
86
98
122

K
10
12
12

Ø
7
7
7

Aluminum Version Dimensions in Millimeters

External

300

Internal

Fixings

Type

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

K

Ø

CF20B

370

270

208

300

175

159

250

245

15

11

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

JBDA and JBDF – ECDA and ECDF Series Customized Enclosures
Flameproof

Zones 1 & 2 – 21 & 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Applications

JBDA

ECDF

ECDA

JBDF

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

• Designed for use in Zones 1, 2, 21 and 22 in the oil and gas
industry such as:
— Petroleum
— Chemical
— Refineries
— Other industrial process facilities
• Junction box applications:
— JBD series enclosures may be customized to house
terminal blocks.
• Enclosure and control applications:
— ECD series enclosures may be customized to house a large
range of components such as:
– Control units
– Breakers
– Starters
– Relays
– Meters
– Etc.

Features
Enclosures are available in a wide range of sizes.
Precision machined flameproof joint between body and cover.
Wall thickness suitable for all sizes of cable entries.
External fixing lugs.
Internal mounting pan.
Square and round windows available in a wide range of sizes.
Machining and drilling must be completed in our workshops.
Power dissipated calculation including cables must be
completed according to each size of certified enclosure.

Flameproof Ex d Zone 1 Rated Junction Boxes

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Customized Enclosures

Standard Materials
• Enclosures: gray painted cast iron or marine grade aluminum
alloy
• Hardware: stainless steel

Options
• Indirect cable entries available through Ex e connection
enclosure.
• Factory assembled and wired.
• Empty enclosure with Ex “U” component marking for
re-certification by notified body (CF10B to CF70B).

Certifications and Compliances
tATEX or ATEX/IECEx Certification
• Certification Type CF2/A/B/C
— Gas, Zones 1 and 2
     – Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2 G
     – Type of Protection: Ex d IIB
     – Temperature class: T6 to T2
— Dust, Zones 21 and 22
     – Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE: II2 D
     – Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
     – Surface Temperature: T95 °C to T290 °C
— Ambient Temperature: -40 °C to +55 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50254
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 03 ATEX 6061X
— Internal Volume: ≤ 2dm3 (2 liters)
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK10

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

• Certification Type CF10B to CF70B, CF10C to CF70C
— Gas, Zones 1 and 2
II 2 G
     – Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
     – Type of Protection CF10B to CF70B: Ex d IIB
     – Type of Protection CF10C to CF70C: Ex d IIC
     – Temperature class: T6 to T4
— Dust, Zones 21 and 22
     – Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE: II2 D
     – Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
     – Surface Temperature: T80 °C to T130 °C
— Ambient Temperature
CF30B, CF70B, CF70C:  -20 °C to  +55 °C
CF10B,CF20B,CF40B, CF50B, CF10C, CF30C, CF50C:
-40 °C to +55 °C
CF60B:  -50 °C to +55 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50229
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 02 ATEX 6057X
— IECEx Certificate: IECEx LCI 08.0023X
— Internal Volume: > 2dm3 (2 liters)
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK10

301

JBDA and JBDF – ECDA and ECDF Series Customized Enclosures
Flameproof

Flameproof Ex d Zone 1 Rated Junction Boxes

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

Zones 1 & 2 – 21 & 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

• Certification Type CF1A/B/D/E
— Gas: Zones 1 and 2
     – Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2 G
     – Type of Protection: Ex d IIC
     – Temperature class: T6 to T2
— Dust: Zones 21 and 22
     – Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE: II2 D
     – Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
     – Surface Temperature: T95 °C to T290 °C
— Ambient Temperature: -40 °C to +55 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50257
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 03 ATEX 6044X
— IEC Certificate: LCIE Ex 03.003X
— Internal Volume CF1A/B/D/E: > 2dm3 (2 liters)
— Internal Volume CF1E: ≤ 2dm3 (2 liters)
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK10
• Certification Type CF10BU to CF70BU
— Gas: Zones 1 and 2
     – Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2 G
     – Type of Protection: Ex d IIB
— Dust: Zones 21 and 22
     – Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE: II2 D
     – Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
— Ambient Temperature
CF30BU, CF60BU, CF70BU:  
-20 °C to +55 °C,
CF10BU, CF20BU, CF40BU, CF50BU:
-40 °C to +55 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 5C238
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 07 ATEX 0005U
— Internal Volume: > 2dm3 (2 liters)
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK10

• Certification Type JBEW
— Gas: Zones 1 and 2
II 2 G
     – Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
     – Type of Protection: Ex d IIB + H2
     – Temperature class: T6 to T4
— Dust: Zones 21 and 22
     – Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE: II2 D
     – Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
     – Surface Temperature: T80 °C to T130 °C
— Ambient Temperature: -40 °C to +55 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50279
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 07 ATEX 6069X
— Internal Volume: > 2dm3 (2 liters)
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK10

tEURASEC Certification
• Certification Type CF2/A/B/C
— EURASEC N° TC  RU C-FR.ГБ05.B.00911
• Certification Type CF10B to CF70B, CF10C to CF70C
— EURASEC N° TC  RU C-FR.ГБ05.B.00911
• Certification Type CF1A/B/D/E
— EURASEC N° TC  RU C-FR.ГБ05.B.00911

Catalog Numbering Guide — JBDA and JBDF – ECDA and ECDF Series Customized Enclosures
JB

D

Series
JB - Junction Box
EC - Enclosure and Controls
ATEX or ATEX/IECEx Certified
Protection Method:
D - Flameproof

A

B

Material:
A - Aluminum
F - Cast Iron

–– –– ––

U

Dimensions mm:
Length x Width x Depth

(see ordering information on
following pages)

Classification:
B - IIB
C - IIC

Options:

(options must be listed alphabetically)

U - Component Certification “U”
# - Customized Enclosure (6 Digit

number will be assigned at time of
order placement.)

302

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

JBDA and JBDF – ECDA and ECDF Series Customized Enclosures
Flameproof

Zones 1 & 2 – 21 & 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Type

Dimensions mm
LxWxD

Hinged
Door

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Catalog Number 
JBD Series
ECD Series

Ex d IIB Enclosure in Cast Iron with Flanged Flameproof Joint
CF2C

130 x 130 x 90

–

4

3

JBDFB131309

ECDFB131309

CF2A

205 x 145 x 127

–

9.4

3

JBDFB201413

ECDFB201413

CF2B

270 x 190 x 120

–

12.6

7

JBDFB271912

ECDFB271912

260 x 270 x 208

–

9

17

JBDAB262720

ECDAB262720

CF20B

370 x 270 x 208

–

13

24

JBDAB372720

ECDAB372720

CF30B

340 x 320 x 230

Yes

29

68

JBDAB343223

ECDAB343223

CF40B

455 x 320 x 347

Yes

50

126

JBDAB453234

ECDAB453234

CF50B

455 x 440 x 347

Yes

65

240

JBDAB454434

ECDAB454434

CF60B

680 x 440 x 413

Yes

106

378

JBDAB684441

ECDAB684441

CF70B

680 x 640 x 413

Yes

130

382

JBDAB686441

ECDAB686441

Ex d IIC Enclosure in Cast Aluminum with Spigot Flameproof Joint
CF1E

140 x 162 x 100

–

1.5

2.2

JBDAC141610

ECDAC141610

CF1B

210 x 230 x 125

–

48

5.5

JBDAC212312

ECDAC212312

CF1A

295 x 265 x 195

–

10

9.6

JBDAC292619

ECDAC292619

CF1D

360 x 335 x 200

–

10

14.6

JBDAC363320

ECDAC363320

Ex d IIC Enclosure in Cast Aluminum with Screwed Flameproof Joint
CF10C

230 x 215 x 238

–

12

16

JBDAC232124

ECDAC232124

CF30C

320 x 340 x 234

–

28

68

JBDAC323423

ECDAC323423

CF50C

440 x 455 x 345

–

64

245

JBDAC444534

ECDAC444534

JBDFC686445

ECDFC686445

Ex d IIC Enclosure in Cast Iron with Screwed Flameproof Joint
CF70C

680 x 640 x 450

Yes

310

382

 Options: Component Certification “U” and/or Customized Enclosure # add digits as per examples: JBDAB2627203 #, JBDAB2627203U #.

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

303

Flameproof Ex d Zone 1 Rated Junction Boxes

CF10B

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

Ex d IIB Enclosure in Cast Aluminum with Flanged Flameproof Joint

JBDA and JBDF – ECDA and ECDF Series Customized Enclosure Dimensions
Flameproof

A
D (L)

B
(W)
C

Flameproof Ex d Zone 1 Rated Junction Boxes

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

Type

Dimensions mm
LxWxD

A
M20

Maximum Quantity of Threaded Entries Per Side
B
C
D
M20
M20
M20

Max.
Size 

Rail Length Capacity
for Terminal Block mm
(L)
(W)

Ex d IIB Enclosure in Cast Iron
CF2C

130 x 130 x 90

1

2

1

2

M25

–

64

CF2A

205 x 145 x 127

1

3

1

1

M32

–

120

CF2B

270 x 190 x 120

2

4

2

4

M50

–

162

Ex d IIB Enclosure in Cast Aluminum
CF10B

260 x 270 x 208

8

6

8

6

M75

155

148

CF20B

370 x 270 x 208

6

12

6

12

M75

260

148

CF30B

340 x 320 x 230

8

8

8

8

M75

260

218

CF40B

455 x 320 x 347

16

28

16

28

M75

330

200

CF50B

455 x 440 x 347

26

26

26

26

M75

295

330

CF60B

680 x 440 x 413

26

51

26

51

M100

540

300

CF70B

680 x 640 x 413

38

42

38

42

M100

530

530

Ex d IIC Enclosure in Cast Iron
CF1E

140 x 162 x 100

1

2

1

2

M32

–

99

CF1B

210 x 230 x 125

1

3

2

3

M32

–

155

CF1A

295 x 265 x 195

6

6

5

6

M63

190

190

CF1D

360 x 335 x 200

16

17

15

17

M63

180

250

Ex d IIC Enclosure in Cast Aluminum
CF10C

230 x 215 x 238

5

5

5

5

M75

120

105

CF30C

320 x 340 x 234

8

8

8

8

M75

260

215

CF50C

440 x 455 x 345

26

26

26

26

M75

295

330

 Consult your local sales representative for quantity.

304

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

JBDA and JBDF – ECDA and ECDF Series Customized Enclosure Dimensions
Flameproof

Dimension in Millimeters

JBDF and ECDF: CF2C Type
130 mm (5.12”)
Fix. 86 mm (3.39”)

JBDF and ECDF: CF2A and CF2B Type

Ø 7 mm
(0.28”)

90 mm (3.54”)

8 mm
(0.31”)

JBDA and ECDA: CF10B and CF20B Type

A

B

JBDA and ECDA: CF30B and CF70B Type

C

D

E

F

G

H

K

Ø

Flameproof Ex d Zone 1 Rated Junction Boxes

Type

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

Fix. 86 mm
(3.39”)

130 mm (5.19”)
90 mm (3.54”)

90 mm (3.54”)
65 mm (2.56”)

JBDF and ECDF: CF2A and CF2B Type
CF2A

202

144

96

156

154

65.5

98

156

10

7

CF2B

267

187

115

202

200

81

122

202

12

7

JBDA and ECDA: CF10B and CF20B Type
CF10B

259

270

207

190

175

161

140

245

15

11

CF20B

369

270

207

300

175

161

250

245

15

11

JBDA and ECDA: CF30B and CF70B Type
CF30B

340

320

238

285

265

161

298

278

20

9

CF40B

455

320

377

395

265

253

391

256

25

11

CF50B

455

440

380

400

376

253

391

376

25

11

CF60B

680

440

445

610

376

292

616

376

25

14

CF70B

680

640

445

610

576

292

616

576

25

14

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

305

JBDA and JBDF – ECDA and ECDF Series Customized Enclosure Dimensions
Flameproof

Dimension in Millimeters

JBDA and ECDA CF10C to CF50C
JBDF and ECDF: CF70C Type

JBDA and ECDA: CF1D Type

0m

Ø

28

Ø 12 mm
(0.47”)

JBDA and ECDA: CF1B and CF1E Type

320 x 295 mm
(12.60 x 11.61”)

(11

200 mm (7.87”)

320 x 298 mm
(12.60 x 11.73”)

”)

.02

m

15 mm
(0.59”)

155 mm (6.10”)

JBDA and ECDA: CF1A Type
262 mm (10.31”)

Ø 11 mm
(0.43”)

15 mm (0.59”)

265 mm (10.43”)

Flameproof Ex d Zone 1 Rated Junction Boxes

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

360 mm (14.17”)

335 mm (13.19”)

0.35/9
295 mm (11.61”)

Type

A

B

195 mm (7.68”)

C

D

E

F

G

H

K

Ø

JBDA and ECDA CF10C to CF50C
JBDF and ECDF: CF70C Type
CF10C

230

215

238

180

165

175

188

173

20

9

CF30C

320

340

234

271

290

154

278

298

20

9

CF50C

440

455

345

386

401

241

376

391

25

11

CF70C

680

640

450

616

576

290

616

576

25

14

JBDA and ECDA: CF1B and CF1E Type
CF1B

230

210

125

175

175

90

210

100

15

9

CF1E

140

162

121

120

120

80

120

120

12

9

306

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

ECDX Series Customized Welded Steel Enclosures
Flameproof

Zones 1 & 2 – 21 & 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Applications

ECDX Series

Example of Customized Enclosure

• Designed for use in Zones 1, 2, 21 and 22 in the oil and gas
industry; i.e. petroleum, chemical, refineries, and other industrial
process facilities.
• Enclosures may be customized to house terminal blocks, and a
large range of components; i.e. control units, breakers, starters,
relays, meters, etc.

Features
Enclosures are available in a wide range of sizes.
Precision machined flameproof joint between body and cover.
Hinged door.
External fixing lugs.
Internal mounting pan.
Square and round windows available in a wide range of sizes.
Machining and drilling must be done at our factory.
Power dissipated calculation including cables must be
completed according to each size of certified enclosure.

Standard Materials
• Gray painted mechanically welded steel enclosure
• Stainless steel hardware
• Indirect cable entries available through Ex e connection
enclosure.
• Factory assembled and wired.
• Switch rack assembly.
• Empty enclosure with Ex “U” component marking for
recertification by notified body (CMS3-4-5-6-7-40-43-44U).

Certifications and Compliances
tATEX/IECEx or ATEX Certification
• Certification Type CMS
— Gas, Zones 1 and 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE: II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex d IIB
– Temperature class: T6 to T4
— Dust, Zones 21 and 22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE: II2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD
– Surface Temperature: T80 °C to T130 °C
— Ambient Temperature: -20 °C to +55 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50236
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 02 ATEX 6247X

— IECEx Certificate: IECEx LCI 080024X
— Internal Volume: > 2 dm3 (2 liters)
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK10
• Certification Type CMS 3U-4U-5U-6U-7U-40U-43U
— Gas, Zones 1 and 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:   II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex d IIB
— Dust, Zones 21 and 22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE: II2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD
— Ambient Temperature: -20 °C to +55 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 5C235
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 07 ATEX 0008U
— Internal Volume: > 2 dm3 (2 liters)
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK10

Flameproof Ex d Zone 1 Rated Junction Boxes

Options

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

tEURASEC Certification
• Certification Type CMS
— EURASEC N° TC  RU C-FR.ГБ05.B.00911

tOthers Certification
• Certification Type CMS
— INMETRO Certificate: BVC 11.0641-X 

Catalog Numbering Guide — ECDX Customized Enclosures
ECDX

B

S

Series:
ECDX - ATEX or ATEX/IECEx Certified
Enclosure

Options:
S - 316L Stainless Steel
U - Component Certification U
# - Customized Enclosures
(6 digit number will be assigned
at time of order placement)
Classification:
B - IIB
Internal Dimensions mm:
Length x Width x Depth
(see ordering information on following page)

 Inmetro certification available on special request only. Contact your local sales for more information
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

307

ECDX Series Customized Welded Steel Enclosures
Flameproof

Zones 1 & 2 – 21 & 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Type

Dimensions — L x W x D
mm

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Catalog Number

Flameproof Ex d Zone 1 Rated Junction Boxes

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

Ex d IIB Enclosure in Welded Steel 
CMS3
CMS4
CMS5
CMS6
CMS7
CMS47
CMS43
CMS46
CMS44
CMS40
CMS42
CMS45
CMS41
CMS57

300 x 270 x 180
415 x 260 x 280
415 x 385 x 280
635 x 375 x 340
635 x 575 x 340
700 x 500 x 295
700 x 600 x 295
700 x 700 x 295
800 x 500 x 295
800 x 600 x 295
800 x 700 x 295
900 x 500 x 295
900 x 600 x 295
1000 x 550 x 295

92
152
180
336
384
268
298
318
298
318
308
348
348
395

234
234
369
647
647
698
698
698
698
698
698
698
698
1144

ECDXB302718
ECDXB412628
ECDXB413828
ECDXB633734
ECDXB635734
ECDXB705029
ECDXB706029
ECDXB707029
ECDXB805029
ECDXB806029
ECDXB807029
ECDXB905029
ECDXB906029
ECDXB105529

CMS52

1000 x 630 x 295

430

1144

ECDXB106329

CMS55
CMS53
CMS50
CMS54
CMS56
CMS51

1000 x 700 x 295
1200 x 550 x 295
1200 x 630 x 295
1200 x 700 x 295
1400 x 550 x 295
1400 x 630 x 295

452
445
485
515
495
540

1144
1144
1144
1144
1144
1144

ECDXB107029
ECDXB125529
ECDXB126329
ECDXB127029
ECDXB145529
ECDXB146329

92
152
180
336
384
268
298
318
298
318
308
348
348
395
430
452
445
485
515
495
540

234
234
369
647
647
698
698
698
698
698
698
698
698
1144
1144
1144
1144
1144
1144
1144
1144

ECDXB302718S
ECDXB412628S
ECDXB413828S
ECDXB633734S
ECDXB635734S
ECDXB705029S
ECDXB706029S
ECDXB707029S
ECDXB805029S
ECDXB806029S
ECDXB807029S
ECDXB905029S
ECDXB906029S
ECDXB105529S
ECDXB106329S
ECDXB107029S
ECDXB125529S
ECDXB126329S
ECDXB127029S
ECDXB145529S
ECDXB146329S

Ex d IIB Enclosure in 316L Stainless Steel 
CMS3
CMS4
CMS5
CMS6
CMS7
CMS47
CMS43
CMS46
CMS44
CMS40
CMS42
CMS45
CMS41
CMS57
CMS52
CMS55
CMS53
CMS50
CMS54
CMS56
CMS51

300 x 270 x 180
415 x 260 x 280
415 x 385 x 280
635 x 375 x 340
635 x 575 x 340
700 x 500 x 295
700 x 600 x 295
700 x 700 x 295
800 x 500 x 295
800 x 600 x 295
800 x 700 x 295
900 x 500 x 295
900 x 600 x 295
1000 x 550 x 295
1000 x 630 x 295
1000 x 700 x 295
1200 x 550 x 295
1200 x 630 x 295
1200 x 700 x 295
1400 x 550 x 295
1400 x 630 x 295

 For component certification and/or customized enclosure add digits as per examples: ECDXB302718# or ECDXB302718U#.
 For component certification and/or customized enclosure add digits as per example: ECDXB302718S# or ECDXB302718SU#.

308

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

ECDX Series Customized Welded Steel Enclosures
Flameproof

Dimensions in Millimeters

A

External
B

C

D

Internal
E

F

G

CMS3

396

449

313

300

270

180

200

370  

7

16

CMS4

511

439

413

415

260

280

315

360

7

16

CMS5

511

564

413

415

385

280

315

485

7

16

CMS6

731

554

473

635

375  

340

455

475  

7

16

CMS7

731

756

475

635

575

340

470

675

7

16

CMS47

796

679

443

700

500

295

500

600

7

18

CMS43

796

779

443

700

600  

295

500

700  

7

18

CMS46

796

879

443

700

700  

295  

500

800

7

18

CMS44

896

679

443

800

500  

295  

600

600  

7

18

CMS40

896

779

448

800

600  

295

600

700

7

18

CMS42

896

879

448

800

700  

295

600

800

7

18

CMS45

996

679

443

900

500

295  

600

600

7

18

CMS41

996

779

448

900

600  

295

600

700

7

18

CMS57

1125

776

450

1000

550  

295

700

660

7

22

CMS52

1125

856

450

1000

630

295

700

740

7

22

CMS55

1125

926

450

1000

700

295

700

810

7

22

CMS53

1325

776

450

1200

550

295  

900

660

7

22

CMS50

1325

856

450

1200

630

295

900

740

7

22

CMS54

1325

926

450

1200

700  

295

900

810

7

22

CMS56

1525

776

450

1400

550

295  

1100

660

7

22

CMS51

1525

856

450

1400

630

295  

1100

740

7

22

Ø

309

Flameproof Ex d Zone 1 Rated Junction Boxes

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Fixings Lug Thick
H
mm

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

Type

AJBEW Cast Junction Boxes
Explosionproof, Dust-Ignitionproof
Zones 1 & 2 – 21 & 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Application
• Explosionproof junction boxes are used where hazardous
materials are handled or stored. These enclosures may be used
for:
— Terminals
— Splicing wires
— Pull boxes
— Bus boxes

Flameproof Ex d Zone 1 Rated Junction Boxes

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

Features
• Precision machined flame path between box and cover.
• Bolt on stainless steel slotted mounting feet for horizontal or
vertical mounting.
• Flexible hinge mounting either left or right side is standard on all
boxes 12 x 12 x 06 and larger.
• External flange maximizes internal space.
• Wall thickness suitable for minimum of five full threads.
• Provision for mounting pan.
• Wide range of drilled and tapped outlets.
• Ground lug package and installation instructions for termination
of ground wires enclosed.
• O-ring gasket insures watertight integrity.

Standard Materials
• Bodies and covers: sand cast copperfree (4/10 of 1% max.)
aluminum
• Cover bolts: stainless steel
• O-ring: neoprene
• Hinges: stainless steel
• Mounting pan: galvanized steel

Standard Finishes
• Bodies and covers: shot blast finish standard

Options
• Custom drilling and tapping.
• ATEX U component certification add suffix -XU.

Certifications and Compliances
tATEX/IECEx Certification
• Certification Type JBEW
— Gas, Zones 1 and 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex d IIB+H2 Gb
— Dust, Zones 21 and 22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE: II2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex t Db
— Ambient Temperature: -40 °C to +55 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 5C239
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 07 ATEX 6069X
— IECEx Certificate: IECEx LCI 07.0018X
— Internal Volume: > 2 dm3 (2 liters)
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK10

tEURASEC Certification
• Certification Type JBEW
— EURASEC N° TC  RU C-FR.ГБ05.B.00911

310

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

AJBEW Cast Junction Boxes
Explosionproof, Dust-Ignitionproof
Zones 1 & 2 – 21 & 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Dimensions in Millimeters
Catalog
Number

Overall Dimensions
F
E
G

A

Mounting Dimensions
AA
B

BB

W

Inside Dimensions
H
Db
Dc

K

Ship Weight
kg

376.2

231.9

165.1

273.8

330.2

114.3

260.4

260.4

146.1

38.1

85.9

20.00

AJBEW101408X

368.3

469.9

244.6

N/A

330.2

N/A

270

254.0

355.6

196.9

19.1

112.8

27.2

AJBEW141408X

492.3

492.3

293.6

247.7

450.9

450.9

247.7

374.7

374.7

196.9

35.1

101.6

47.6

AJBEW161812X

543.1

593.9

382.5

304.8

482.6

533.4

355.6

412.8

463.6

301.8

9.7

177.8

68.0

AJBEW181808X

593.9

593.9

303.3

330.2

552.5

552.5

330.2

463.6

463.6

196.9

38.1

114.3

89.8

AJBEW182410X

608.1

762.0

360.2

409.7

552.5

704.9

466.9

463.6

614.4

247.7

38.1

146.1

106.6

AJBEW183610X

596.9

1060.5

363.5

279.4

552.5

1003.3

736.6

463.6

927.1

247.7

38.1

139.7

122.5

AJBEW242408X

746.3

746.3

312.7

466.9

711.2

711.2

466.9

622.3

622.3

196.9

38.1

127.0

102.1

AJBEW243610X

781.1

1092.2

382.5

463.6

711.2

1016.0

736.6

616.0

920.8

247.7

41.4

152.4

204.1

AJBEW303808X

914.4

1117.6

349.3

N/A

889.0

N/A

736.6

762.0

965.2

196.9

50.8

155.7

272.2

Mounting Pans

Mounting Pan Catalog Number
AZ-10104/6

Overall Dimensions
in Millimeters

Junction Box
Catalog Number

W

H

AJBEW101006X

190.5

190.5

AZ-10146/8

AJBEW101408X

228.6

330.2

AZ-14146/8

AJBEW141408X

311.2

311.2

AZ-161812

AJBEW161812X

381.0

406.4

AZ-18186/8

AJBEW181808X

406.4

406.4

AZ-18248/10

AJBEW182410 X

406.4

558.8

AZ-18368/10

AJBEW183610X

431.8

882.7

AZ-24248/10

AJBEW242408X

558.8

558.8

AZ-24368/10

AJBEW243610X

558.8

863.6

AZ-30388

AJBEW303808X

711.2

914.4

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

311

Flameproof Ex d Zone 1 Rated Junction Boxes

376.2

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

AJBEW101006X

AJBEW Cast Junction Box Dimensions and Drilling and Tapping Guidelines
Explosionproof, Dust-Ignitionproof

Flameproof Ex d Zone 1 Rated Junction Boxes

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

Dimensions — See Catalog Number Tables

312

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Notes

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

313

Enclosures and Junction Boxes

Notes

314

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Controls

Description

Page

Control Stations and Switches, Increased Safety
Unicode 2 Series Polyamide

316

Unicode® 2 Series Polyester

326

Unicode 2 Series Stainless Steel

342

Unicode 2 Series Aluminium

352

Unicode® 2 Series Customized Control Stations

361

Unicode 2 Series Pre-Drilled Control Stations

373

Unicode® 2 Series Accessories

382

V Series AC Ammeter

407

FU40 Series Fuse Carrier

409

ATX TRE Series Ex e Transformers

410

®

®
®

®

Polyester
Stainless Steel
Unicode® 2 Stock, Customized, Pre-Drilled

Unicode® 2 Aluminium

Unicode® 2 Polyamide

V Series Ammeter

FU40 Fuse Carrier

TRE Control Transformers

D Series Aluminum
Control Stations

D Series Pre-Drilled
Control Stations

D Series Components

RSI Series Relays

FAS Call Points

SWE Call Points

SWD Call Points

KL Series Signaling Devices

DM

MS

Control Stations and Switches, Flameproof
D Series Aluminum Control Stations, Limit Switch

412

D Series Pre-Drilled Control Stations

416

D Series Actuators, Pilot Lights, Contact Blocks, Switches...

419

RSI Series Intrinsic Safety Relays for Safe Areas

426

SWE Series 16 and 20 Amp Switches, Circuit Breakers, and
"Break Glass" Call Points

430

SWE Series 40, 63 and 160 Amp Switches, Circuit Breakers, and
"Break Glass" Call Points

433

SWD Series 16 and 32 Amp Switches, Circuit Breakers and
"Break Glass" Call Points

437

SWD Series 20, 32, 63, 100, 125, 160 and 250 A Isolator
Switches, Circuit Breakers and "Break Glass" Call Points

440

KL Series Audio Signaling Devices

446

Flameproof Ex d Zone 1 Rated Motor Starters
ATX DM Series Motor Starters

447

ATX MS Series Motor Starters

450

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

315

Controls

428

Controls

Call Points Stations and Audio Signaling Devices, Increased Safety
FAS Series "Break Glass" Call Points

Unicode® 2 Series Polyamide Control Stations
Increased Safety
Polyamide

Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Applications
• For use in IEC governed hazardous areas.
• Local control stations and motor control stations for use in
hazardous areas covering the broadest possible range of
applications.
• Control of equipment at:
— Power plants
— Chemical and petrochemical plants
— Petroleum refineries
— Reverse osmosis plants
— Pulp and paper processing plants
— Various industrial applications
• Push buttons and selector switches are used in conjunction
with contactors or magnetic starters for remote control of
motors in hazardous locations. They provide circuit control
and/or selection.
• Pilot lights provide visual assurance that an electrical function
is being performed at a remote or hazardous location.
• For use in washdown areas.

U43W2 VA13A5A9

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

Controls

Features
• Employs Ex de method of protection which eliminates the need
for external seals.
• Operators include push buttons, illuminated push buttons,
selector switches, control and load break switches and LED
pilot lights.
• Pilot light employs high intensity single LED with lifetime of
100,000 hours that can be used at:
— 12 Vac to 254 Vac 50/60 Hz
— 12 Vdc to 60 Vdc
• Up to 3 contact blocks per actuator can be used.
• Contact block technical data:
— IEC rated operating voltage (Ue): 500 Vac – 110 Vdc
— IEC switching capacity:
– AC12: 16 Amp/400 Vac
– AC14: 10 Amp/400 Vac
– AC15: 6 Amp/500 Vac
– DC13: 2 Amp/24 Vdc and 1 Amp/110 Vdc
• Selector switch technical data:
— IEC rated operating voltage: 690 Vac
— IEC rated operating current: maximum 16 Amp
— IEC switching capacity:
– AC1: 16 Amp/690 Vac
– AC15: 16 Amp/415 Vac
– AC3: 8 Amp/500 Vac
– AC3: 4 Amp/690 Vac
– AC3: 16 Amp/690 Vac
– DC1: 10 Amp/24 Vdc
– DC1: 6 Amp/60 Vdc
– DC1: 6 Amp/110 Vdc (2 contacts wired in series)
– DC1: 6 Amp/220 Vdc (3 contacts in series)
• Enclosures are rated for IP66 with firmly secured gasket.
• Operators and contact blocks are spaced so as to
have easy and ample space for wiring.
• Wide selection of termination methods available.
• Choice of DIN rail mounted high performance contact
block suitable for low intensity (less than 5mA).
• TS35 rail mounted components held securely in place
during operation and easily removed for service.

316

U42W2 A5A9

• Brass Inserts are provided for TS35 DIN rails or mounting
plate to be installed inside the enclosure.
• Captive, corrosion resistant stainless steel cover screws.

Standard Materials
• Body, cover, cable gland and blanking plug: polyamide, black
finish
• Cover screws: stainless steel
• Optional nameplates: stainless steel

Accessories
•
•
•
•
•

Key for changing actuator blocks.
Guard for mushroom head actuator.
Padlockable guard.
M5 earth stud.
Combination drain and breather available in brass, polyamide
and stainless steel.

Options
• Nameplates: Lamacoid with different color combinations.
• Padlocking facility at left, center, right or any position on
selector switches.
• Padlocking facility for momentary and maintained push buttons.
• Special contact arrangements available, see Unicode 2 Series
Customized Control Stations.

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Unicode® 2 Series Polyamide Control Stations
Increased Safety
Polyamide

Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Certification and Compliances
tATEX Certification
• Certification Type PCe
— Gas: Zone 1 and 2
— Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:   II 2 G
— Type of Protection: Ex de IIC / Ex demb IIC (depending of
the actuator)
— Temperature class: T6
— Dust: Zone 21 and 22
— Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:   II2 D
— Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
— Surface Temperature: T75 °C
— Ambient Temperature: -20 °C to +55 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50221
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 00 ATEX 6047
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK09
tEURASEC Certification
— EURASEC RU C-FR ГБ 05.B.00911
tOthers Certification 
—INMETRO Certificate: BVC 11.0640-X

Controls

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

 Inmetro certification available on special request only. Contact your local sales for more information.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

317

Unicode® 2 Series Polyamide Control Stations
Increased Safety
Polyamide

Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Size 1 Polyamide Control Station:
Included: 1 white self-adhesive laminated plastic nameplate, 2 x M20
bottom clearance entries, 1 blanking plug, 1 cable gland in polyamide
[Ø 6.5 mm to 14.5 mm], 2 locknuts.
Bottom
Entries

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Green insert ‘I’ + red insert ‘O’
with 1NO + 1NC momentary
contacts

2 x M20

0.48

2.5

U41W2A3

1x green push button "I"
with 1NO momentary contact

2 x M20

0.48

2.5

U41W2A5

1x red push button "O" with
1NC momentary contact

2 x M20

0.48

2.5

U41W2A9

Red mushroom head push-pull
1NC maintained contact

2 x M20

0.48

2.5

U41W2D9

Red mushroom head push-pull
1NO + 1NC maintained contacts

2 x M20

0.48

2.5

U41W2D3

Red mushroom head key release
1NC maintained contact

2 x M20

0.48

2.5

U41W2C9

Red mushroom head key release
1NO + 1NC maintained contacts

2 x M20

0.48

2.5

U41W2C3

Black mushroom head push
button
1NO + 1NC momentary contacts

2 x M20

0.48

2.5

U41W2B3

Red mushroom head push button
1NC momentary contact

2 x M20

0.48

2.5

U41W2R9

With key removable in both
positions
1NO + 1NC maintained contacts

2 x M20

0.48

2.5

U41W2E3

Description/Function

Diagram

Catalog Number

Momentary Push Button

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

Controls

Emergency Stop

Mushroom Head Push Button

Key Push Button

Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.

318

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Unicode® 2 Series Polyamide Control Stations
Increased Safety
Polyamide

Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Size 1 Polyamide Control Station:
Included: 1 white self-adhesive laminated plastic nameplate, 2 x M20 bottom
clearance entries, 1 blanking plug, 1 cable gland in polyamide [Ø 6.5 mm to
14.5 mm], 2 locknuts.
Bottom
Entries

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

1x red pilot light 

2 x M20

0.48

2.5

U41W2PR

1x green pilot light 

2 x M20

0.48

2.5

U41W2PG

1x blue pilot light 

2 x M20

0.48

2.5

U41W2PB

1x yellow pilot light 

2 x M20

0.48

2.5

U41W2PY

1x white pilot light 

2 x M20

0.48

2.5

U41W2PW

2 x M20

0.48

2.5

U41W2H3

3 fixed positions ‘ I - 0 - II ’
2NO contact

2 x M20

0.48

2.5

U41W2J1

3 positions ‘ I - 0 - II ’
With spring return from I to 0
1NO + 1NC contacts

2 x M20

0.48

2.5

U41W2N3

3 positions ‘ I - 0 - II ’
With spring return from II to 0
1NO + 1NC contacts

2 x M20

0.48

2.5

U41W2M3

Bottom
Entries

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

2 x M20

0.62

2.5

U42W2A5A9

2 x M20

0.62

2.5

U42W2A3A3

Description/Function

Diagram

Catalog Number

Pilot Light

2-Position Selector Switch
2 fixed positions ‘ 0 - I ’
1NO + 1NC contacts

Controls

3-Position Selector Switch

Description/Function

Diagram

Catalog Number

Red

Green

1x green push button ‘I’
with 1NO + 1NC contacts
1x red push button ‘O’
with 1NO + 1NC contacts
Momentary contacts

Red

1x green push button ‘I’ with 1NO
contact 1x red push button ‘O’
with 1NC contact
Momentary contacts

Green

Twin Push Button

 12 Vac to 254 Vac 50/60 Hz - 12 Vdc to 60 Vdc.
Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

319

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

Size 2 Polyamide Control Station:
Included: 1 white self-adhesive laminated plastic nameplate, 2 x M20 bottom
clearance entries, 1 blanking plug, 1 cable gland in polyamide [Ø 6.5 mm to
14.5 mm], 2 locknuts.

Unicode® 2 Series Polyamide Control Stations
Increased Safety
Polyamide

Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Size 2 Polyamide Control Station:
Included: 1 white self-adhesive laminated plastic nameplate, 2 x M20
bottom clearance entries, 1 blanking plug, 1 cable gland in polyamide
[Ø 6.5 mm to 14.5 mm], 2 locknuts.
Description/Function

Diagram

Bottom
Entries

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

2 x M20

0.62

2.5

U42W2A5D9

2 x M20

0.62

2.5

U42W2A3D3

2 x M20

0.62

2.5

U42W2PGA5

2 x M20

0.62

2.5

U42W2PGA3

2 x M20

0.62

2.5

U42W2PRA9

2 x M20

0.62

2.5

U42W2PRA3

2 x M20

0.56

2.5

U42W2VA13

Catalog Number

Red

Green

1x green push button ‘I’
with 1NO + 1NC momentary contacts
1x red mushroom head push-pull
with 1NO + 1NC maintained contacts

Red

1x green push button ‘I’
with 1NO momentary contact
1x red mushroom head push-pull
with 1NC maintained contact

Green

Push Button + Push-Pull Emergency Stop

1x red light 
1x red push button ‘O’
with 1NO + 1NC momentary contacts

Green

Green
Green

Red
Red

1x red light 
1x red push button ‘O’
with 1NC momentary contact

Red

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

1x green light 
1x green push button ‘I’
with 1NO + 1NC momentary contacts

Red

Controls

1x green light 
1x green push button ‘I’
with 1NO momentary contact

Green

Push Button + Push-Pull Emergency Stop

Ammeter
1x ammeter 48 x 48 mm,  
1A C.T., 3 F.L.C., with 0 - 1 - 3 scale

 12 Vac to 254 Vac 50/60 Hz - 12 Vdc to 60 Vdc.
Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.

320

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Unicode® 2 Series Polyamide Control Stations
Increased Safety
Polyamide

Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Size 3 Polyamide Control Station:
Included: 1 white self-adhesive laminated plastic nameplate, 2 x M20 bottom
clearance entries, 1 blanking plug, 1 cable gland in polyamide [Ø 6.5 mm to 14.5
mm], 2 locknuts.
Description/Function

Diagram

Bottom
Entries

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

2 x M20

0.78

2.5

U43W2A5A9D3

2 x M20

0.78

2.5

U43W2A3A3D3

2 x M20

0.78

2.5

U43W2PGA5A9

2 x M20

0.78

2.5

U43W2PRA5A9

2 x M20

0.78

2.5

U43W2PGA3A3

2 x M20

0.78

2.5

U43W2PRA3A3

Catalog Number

Red
Red
Green
Red

1x green push button ‘I’ with 1NO + 1NC contacts
1x red push button ‘O’ with 1NO + 1NC contacts
Momentary contacts
1x red mushroom head push-pull emergency
button with 1NO + 1NC maintained contacts

Red

1x green push button ‘I’ with 1NO contacts
1x red push button ‘O’ with 1NC contact
Momentary contacts
1x red mushroom head push-pull emergency
button with 1NO + 1NC maintained contacts

Green

Twin Push Buttons + Push-Pull Emergency Stop

Pilot Light + Twin Push Buttons

Green
Red
Green

1x red light 
1x green push button ‘I’ with 1NO + 1NC contacts
1x red push button ‘O’ with 1NO + 1NC contacts
Momentary contacts

Red

1x green light 
1x green push button ‘I’ with 1NO + 1NC contacts
1x red push button ‘O’ with 1NO + 1NC contacts
Momentary contacts

 12 Vac to 254 Vac 50/60 Hz - 12 Vdc to 60 Vdc.
Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

321

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

1x red light 
1x green push button ‘I’ with 1NO contact
1x red push button ‘O’ with 1NO contact
Momentary contacts

Controls

1x green light 
1x green push button ‘I’ with 1NO contact
1x red push button ‘O’ with 1NC contact
Momentary contacts

Unicode® 2 Series Polyamide Control Stations
Increased Safety
Polyamide

Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Size 3 Polyamide Control Station:
Included: 1 white self-adhesive laminated plastic nameplate, 2 x M20 bottom
clearance entries, 1 blanking plug, 1 cable gland in polyamide [Ø 6.5 mm to 14.5
mm], 2 locknuts.
Description/Function

Diagram

Bottom
Entries

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

2 x M20

0.80

2.5

U43W2VA13A5A9

2 x M20

0.80

2.5

U43W2VA13M3

Catalog Number

Red

1x ammeter 48 x 48 mm,
1A C.T., 3 F.L.C., with 0 - 1 - 3 scale
1x green push button ‘I’
with 1NO contact
1x red push button ‘O’
with 1NC contact
Momentary contacts

Green

Ammeter + Twin Push Button

Ammeter + 3-Position Selector Switch

Controls

1x ammeter 48 x 48 mm,
1A C.T.,3 F.L.C., with 0 - 1 - 3 scale
1x 3-position selector switch ‘I - 0 - II’
with spring return from II to 0
1NO + 1NC contacts

Special Accessories for Polyamide Enclosure
Brass Earthing Plate for 2 x M20

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

Equipped with 2 earth connections

098661

Tube or Frame Fixing
FOR SIZE 1 ONLY
For all tube diameter ≥ 80 mm
Using a metal strip (not supplied) maximum width 22 mm

322

098656

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Unicode® 2 Series Polyamide Control Stations
Increased Safety
Polyamide

Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Nameplates — Set of 10

Standard Legend Plates

Blank self-adhesive, laminated plastic 58 mm x 18 mm.

Color
White (black letters)
Yellow (black letters)
Red (white letters)
Blue (white letters)
Black (white letters)
Green (white letters)

Catalog Number
UNPW
UNPY
UNPR
UNPB
UNPN
UNPG

Two sizes available. Self-adhesive yellow laminated plastic (black lettering).

Pack
1
1
1
1
1
1

Small Size

Large Size

ULPS

ULPL

Inserts for Push Button — Set of 5
Color
Green
Red
Yellow
White
Blue
Black
Green
Red
Green
Red
Green
Red
Green
Red

Pack
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Inserts for Illuminated Push Button — Set of 5
Marking
Color
Catalog Number
(unmarked)
Green
UILG
(unmarked)
Red
UILR
(unmarked)
Yellow
UILY
(unmarked)
White
UILW
(unmarked)
Blue
UILB
ON
Green
UIL01
OFF
Red
UIL02
START
Green
UIL03
STOP
Red
UIL04
MARCHE
Green
UIL05
ARRET
Red
UIL06
I
Green
UIL07
O
Red
UIL08

Pack
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Spare Key

For all key-operated buttons.

Description
Spare key type 4 A 185

Catalog Number
SK4A185

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Pack
1

Text
Blank (set of 10)
ON
OFF
FORWARD
REVERSE
JOG
RUN
START
STOP
UP
DOWN
FAST
SLOW
RAISE
LOWER
OPEN
CLOSE
LOW
HIGH
TEST
RESET
EMERGENCY STOP
MARCHE
ARRET
ARRET D’URGENCE
HAUT
BAS
O-I
ON - OFF
START - STOP
STOP - START
HAND - AUTO
MANU - AUTO
FORWARD - REVERSE
REMOTE - LOCAL
MARCHE - ARRET
I - O - II
OFF - O - ON
START - NORMAL - STOP
HAND - OFF - AUTO
MANU - O - AUTO
FORWARD - OFF - REVERSE
LOCAL - REMOTE - AUTO
LOCAL - O - REMOTE
MARCHE - NORMAL - ARRET

Catalog Number
Small
Large
ULPS
ULPL
ULPSA01
ULPLA01
ULPSA02
ULPLA02
ULPSA03
ULPLA03
ULPSA04
ULPLA04
ULPSA05
ULPLA05
ULPSA06
ULPLA06
ULPSA07
ULPLA07
ULPSA08
ULPLA08
ULPSA09
ULPLA09
ULPSA10
ULPLA10
ULPSA11
ULPLA11
ULPSA12
ULPLA12
ULPSA13
ULPLA13
ULPSA14
ULPLA14
ULPSA15
ULPLA15
ULPSA16
ULPLA16
ULPSA17
ULPLA17
ULPSA18
ULPLA18
ULPSA19
ULPLA19
ULPSA20
ULPLA20
ULPSA21
ULPLA21
ULPSA22
ULPLA22
ULPSA23
ULPLA23
ULPSA24
ULPLA24
ULPSA25
ULPLA25
ULPSA26
ULPLA26
ULPSH01
ULPLH01
ULPSH02
ULPLH02
ULPSH03
ULPLH03
ULPSH04
ULPLH04
ULPSH05
ULPLH05
ULPSH06
ULPLH06
ULPSH07
ULPLH07
ULPSH08
ULPLH08
ULPSH09
ULPLH09
ULPSJ01
ULPLJ01
ULPSJ02
ULPLJ02
ULPSJ03
ULPLJ03
ULPSJ04
ULPLJ04
ULPSJ05
ULPLJ05
ULPSJ06
ULPLJ06
ULPSJ07
ULPLJ07
ULPSJ08
ULPLJ08
ULPSJ09
ULPLJ09

Pack
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

323

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

Catalog Number
UIAG
UIAR
UIAY
UIAW
UIAB
UIAN
UIA01
UIA02
UIA03
UIA04
UIA05
UIA06
UIA07
UIA08

Controls

Marking
(unmarked)
(unmarked)
(unmarked)
(unmarked)
(unmarked)
(unmarked)
ON
OFF
START
STOP
MARCHE
ARRET
I
O

Unicode® 2 Series Polyamide Control Stations
Increased Safety
Polyamide

Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Description

Catalog Number

Additional Contacts
Each actuator is capable of activating 3 contacts.
Exception: Illuminated push button and all actuators with key: 2 contacts
maximum

1NO contact

UCB5R

1NC contact

UCB9R

Yellow Guard
098657

Mushroom head protection for emergency stop

49

.5

mm

(1.

95

”)

m
6m

”)

66

(2.

26 mm (1.02”) UPLD1S
33 mm (1.30”) UPLD2S

Padlockable Guard
Stainless steel and plastic cover, capacity: 3 padlocks diameter 6 mm
maximum (not supplied)

For push button and rotary actuator

UPLD1S

For mushroom head actuator

UPLD2S

.

67

Cable Gland Exe
Controls

For unarmored cable Exe - IP66 - in polyamide entry thread seal

095605

M20 (capacity 6.5-14.5 mm)
For armored cable Exe/Exd - IP66 - in nickel plated brass (without entry thread
seal)

Braid and Tape type:
20E1FX5

M20 (inner: 6.4-14.0/outer: 12.5-20.9 mm)

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

Single Wired Armor (SWA):
20E1FW5

M20 (inner: 6.4-14.0/outer: 12.5-20.9 mm)
Adaptors
Exd/Exe - IP66 in nickel plated brass (without entry thread seal)

Male M20 - Female 1/2" NPT

737DM2T15

Male M20 - Female 3/4" NPT

737DM2T25

Entry Thread Seal
20ETS2

M20 (in white nylon)
Combination Drain and Breather
Exe - IP66 - supplied with entry thread seal and locknut

M20 male thread in Polyamide

DBE20P

M20 male thread in Brass

DBE20B

M20 male thread in Stainless Steel

DBE20S

Feed-Thru Earth Stud Terminal
Exe - IP66 – supplied with weatherproof seal and green/yellow earth
conductor — 300 mm length

PREESTM20

M20 with M5 earth and 2.5 mm2 conductor
Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.

324

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Unicode® 2 Series Polyamide Control Stations
Increased Safety
Polyamide

Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Dimensions in Millimeters

50 mm (1.97”)

90 mm (3.54”)

104 mm (4.09”)

73 mm (2.87”)

Size 1 Enclosure

Size 1 Mounting/Fixing Details

80 mm (1.15”)

90 mm (3.54”)

93 mm to 136 mm
(3.66” to 5.35”)

90 mm (3.54”)

149 mm (5.87”)

80 mm (1.15”)

(2) Ø 5.5 mm
(0.22”)

149 mm (5.87”)

80 mm (1.15”)

Controls

(2) Ø 5.5 mm
(0.22”)

73 mm (2.87”)

Size 2 Enclosure

Size 2 and 3 Mounting/Fixing Details

Size 3 Enclosure

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

325

Unicode® 2 Series Polyester Control Stations and Switches
Increased Safety

Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester
Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Applications
• Local control stations and motor control stations for use in
hazardous areas covering the broadest possible range of
applications.
• Control of equipment at:
— Power plants
— Chemical and petrochemical plants
— Petroleum refineries
— Reverse osmosis plants
— Pulp and paper processing plants
— Various industrial applications
• Push buttons and selector switches are used in conjunction
with contactors or magnetic starters for remote control of
motors in hazardous locations. They provide circuit control and/
or selection.
• Pilot lights provide visual assurance that an electrical function is
being performed at a remote or hazardous location.
• For use in washdown areas.

U22W2 PGA5
Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

Controls

Features
• Employs Ex de method of protection which eliminates the need
for external seals.
• Operators include push buttons, illuminated push buttons,
selector switches, control and load break switches and LED
pilot lights.
• Pilot light employs high intensity single LED with lifetime of
100,000 hours that can be used at:
— 12 Vac to 254 Vac 50/60 Hz
— 12 Vdc to 60 Vdc
• Up to 3 contact blocks per actuator can be used.
• Contact block technical data:
— IEC rated operating voltage (Ue): 500 Vac – 110 Vdc
— IEC switching capacity:
– AC12: 16 Amp/400 Vac
– AC14: 10 Amp/400 Vac
– AC15: 6 Amp/500 Vac
– DC13: 2 Amp/24 Vdc and 1 Amp/110 Vdc
• Selector switch technical data:
— IEC rated operating voltage: 690 Vac
— IEC rated operating current: maximum 16 Amp
— IEC switching capacity:
– AC1: 16 Amp/690 Vac
– AC15: 16 Amp/415 Vac
– AC3: 8 Amp/500 Vac
– AC3: 4 Amp/690 Vac
– AC3: 16 Amp/690 Vac
– DC1: 10 Amp/24 Vdc
– DC1: 6 Amp/60 Vdc
– DC1: 6 Amp/110 Vdc (2 contacts wired in series)
– DC1: 6 Amp/220 Vdc (3 contacts in series)
• Enclosures are rated for IP66 with firmly secured gasket.
• Operators and contact blocks are spaced so as to have easy
and ample space for wiring.
• Wide selection of termination methods available.
• Choice of DIN rail mounted high performance contact block
suitable for low intensity (less than 5mA).
• TS35 rail mounted components held securely in place during
operation and easily removed for service.
• Brass Inserts are provided for TS35 DIN rails or mounting plate
to be installed inside the enclosure.
• Captive, corrosion resistant stainless steel cover screws.

326

Materials
• Body and cover: choice of fiberglass reinforced polyester (FRP)
with black finish
• Cover screws for fiberglass reinforced polyester body: 316
stainless steel

Accessories
•
•
•
•
•

Key for changing actuator blocks.
Guard for mushroom head actuator.
Padlockable guard.
M5 and M6 earth stud.
Combination drain and breather available in brass, polyamide
and stainless steel.

Options
• Nameplates: stainless steel or Lamacoid with different color
combinations.
• Padlocking facility at left, center, right or any position on
selector switches.
• Padlocking facility for momentary and maintained push buttons.
• Special contact arrangements available, see Unicode 2 Series
Customized Control Stations.

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Unicode® 2 Series Polyester Control Stations and Switches
Increased Safety

Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester
Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Certification and Compliances
tATEX / IECEx Certification

• Certification Type CSPe (Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester
[FRP])
— Gas: Zone 1 and 2
— Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II2 G
— Type of Protection: Ex de IIC or Ex demb IIC (depending of
the actuator)
— Temperature class: T6
— Dust: Zone 21 and 22
— Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II2 D
— Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
— Surface Temperature: T75 °C
— Ambient Temperature: -55 °C to +60 °C (empty enclosure)
-20°C or -25°C to +55°C or +60°C depending of the actuator
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 52084
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 00 ATEX 3032X
— IECEx Certificate: IECEx LCI 09.0016X
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK10

tEURASEC Certification

— EURASEC RU C-FR ГБ 05.B.00911

tOthers Certification 

— INMETRO Certificate: BVC  11.0637-X
Controls

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

 Inmetro certification available on special request only. Contact your local sales for more information.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

327

Unicode® 2 Series Polyester Control Stations and Switches
Increased Safety

Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester
Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Bottom
Entry

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Polyester
Catalog Number

Green
Red

2 x M20
2 x M25

1.0
1.0

4.0
4.0

U21W2A3
U21W4A3

Green

2 x M20
2 x M25

1.0
1.0

4.0
4.0

U21W2A5
U21W4A5

Red

2 x M20
2 x M25

1.0
1.0

4.0
4.0

U21W2A9
U21W4A9

Red

2 x M20
2 x M25

1.1
1.1

4.0
4.0

U21W2A5A9
U21W4A5A9

Red

Size 1 Polyester Control Station
Included: 1 white self-adhesive laminated plastic nameplate, 1 brass earth continuity plate , 1 blanking plug , 1 cable gland .

2 x M20
2 x M25

1.1
1.1

4.0
4.0

U21W2A3A3
U21W4A3A3

Description/Function

Diagram

Momentary Push Button
1x push buton (with Green insert
‘I’ + red insert ‘O’)
with 1NO + 1NC momentary
contact

1x green push button ‘I’
with 1NO momentary contact

1x green push button ‘I’ with
1NO + 1NC contact
1x red push button ‘O’ with
1NO + 1NC contact
Momentary contacts

Green

1x green push button ‘I’ with
1NO contact
1x red push button ‘O’ with 1NC
contact
Momentary contacts

Green

Twin Momentary Push Buttons

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

Controls

1x red push button ‘O’
with 1NC momentary contact

Additional combinations available, please refer to Unicode 2 Series - Customized Control Stations section.

328

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Unicode® 2 Series Polyester Control Stations and Switches
Increased Safety

Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester
Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Bottom
Entry

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Polyester
Catalog Number

2 x M20
2 x M25

1.0
1.0

4.0
4.0

U21W2D9
U21W4D9

2 x M20

1.0

4.0

U21W2D3

2 x M25

1.0

4.0

U21W4D3

Red

2 x M20
2 x M25

1.0
1.0

4.0
4.0

U21W2C9
U21W4C9

Red

Size 1 Polyester Control Station
Included: 1 white self-adhesive laminated plastic nameplate, 1 brass earth continuity plate , 1 blanking plug , 1 cable gland .

2 x M20
2 x M25

1.0
1.0

4.0
4.0

U21W2C3
U21W4C3

2 x M20

1.1

4.0

U21W2D9A5

2 x M25

1.1

4.0

U21W4D9A5

Description/Function

Diagram

Red mushroom head push-pull
1NO + 1NC maintained contact

Red mushroom head key release
1NC maintained contact

Controls

Red mushroom head key release
1NO + 1NC maintained contact

Red

Red mushroom head push-pull
1NC maintained contact

Red

Emergency Stop

Green

Red

1x red mushroom head push-pull
with 1NC maintained contact
1x green push button ‘I’
with 1NO momentary contact

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

Push Pull Emergency Stop + Push Button

Additional combinations available, please refer to Unicode 2 Series - Customized Control Stations section.
Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

329

Unicode® 2 Series Polyester Control Stations and Switches
Increased Safety

Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester
Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Size 1 Polyester Control Station
Included: 1 white self-adhesive laminated plastic nameplate, 1 brass earth continuity plate , 1 blanking plug , 1 cable gland .
Bottom
Entry

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Polyester
Catalog Number

2 x M20

1.0

4.0

U21W2B3

2 x M25

1.0

4.0

U21W4B3

2 x M20

1.0

4.0

U21W2R9

2 x M25

1.0

4.0

U21W4R9

With key removable in both
positions
1NO + 1NC maintained contact

2 x M20

1.0

4.0

U21W2E3

2 x M25

1.0

4.0

U21W4E3

With key removable in both
positions
1NO maintained contact

2 x M20

1.0

4.0

U21W2E5

2 x M25

1.0

4.0

U21W4E5

With key removable in both
positions
1NC maintained contact

2 x M20

1.0

4.0

U21W2E9

2 x M25

1.0

4.0

U21W4E9

Description/Function

Diagram

Red mushroom head push
button
1NC momentary contact

Red

Black mushroom head push
button
1NO + 1NC momentary contact

Black

Mushroom Head Push Button

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

Controls

Key Push Button

Additional combinations available, please refer to Unicode 2 Series - Customized Control Stations section.

330

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Unicode® 2 Series Polyester Control Stations and Switches
Increased Safety

Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester
Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Size 1 Polyester Control Station
Included: 1 white self-adhesive laminated plastic nameplate, 1 brass earth continuity plate , 1 blanking plug , 1 cable gland .
Description/Function

Diagram

Bottom
Entry

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Polyester
Catalog Number

Pilot Light

1x red pilot light 

1x green pilot light 

1x blue pilot light 

4.0

U21W2PR

4.0

U21W4PR

2 x M20

1.0

4.0

U21W2PG

2 x M25

1.0

4.0

U21W4PG

2 x M20

1.0

4.0

U21W2PB

2 x M25

1.0

4.0

U21W4PB

2 x M20

1.0

4.0

U21W2PY

2 x M25

1.0

4.0

U21W4PY

2 x M20

1.0

4.0

U21W2PW

2 x M25

1.0

4.0

U21W4PW

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

1x white pilot light 

1.0
1.0

Controls

1x yellow pilot light 

2 x M20
2 x M25

Additional combinations available, please refer to Unicode 2 Series - Customized Control Stations section.
 12 Vac to 254 Vac 50/60 Hz - 12 Vdc to 60 Vdc.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

331

Unicode® 2 Series Polyester Control Stations and Switches
Increased Safety

Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester
Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Size 1 Polyester Control Station
Included: 1 white self-adhesive laminated plastic nameplate, 1 brass earth continuity plate , 1 blanking plug , 1 cable gland .
Description/Function

Bottom
Entry

Diagram

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Polyester
Catalog Number

Green

1x green pilot light 
1x red pilot light 

Red

Twin Pilot Light

2 x M20

1.1

4.0

U21W2PGPR

2 x M25

1.1

4.0

U21W4PGPR

2 x M20

1.0

4.0

U21W2LG5

2 x M25

1.0

4.0

U21W4LG5

1x green illuminated  push
button with 1NO momentary
contact

Green

1x red illuminated  push
button with 1NC momentary
contact

Red

Controls

Illuminated Push Button

2 x M20

1.0

4.0

U21W2LR9

2 x M25

1.0

4.0

U21W4LR9

Red

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

1x green illuminated push
button with 1NO contact
1x red illuminated push
button with 1NC contact
Momentary contacts

Green

Twin Illuminated Push Buttons

2 x M20

1.0

4.0

U21W2LG5LR9

2 x M25

1.0

4.0

U21W4LG5LR9

Additional combinations available, please refer to Unicode 2 Series - Customized Control Stations section
 12 Vac to 254 Vac 50/60 Hz - 12 Vdc to 60 Vdc.

332

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Unicode® 2 Series Polyester Control Stations and Switches
Increased Safety

Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester
Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Size 1 Polyester Control Station
Included: 1 white self-adhesive laminated plastic nameplate, 1 brass earth continuity plate , 1 blanking plug , 1 cable gland .
Description/Function

Diagram

Bottom
Entry

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Polyester
Catalog Number

2-Position Selector Switch

2 x M20

1.0

4.0

U21W2H3

2 x M25

1.0

4.0

U21W4H3

3 fixed positions ‘I - 0 - II’
2NO contact

2 x M20

1.0

4.0

U21W2J1

2 x M25

1.0

4.0

U21W4J1

3 positions ‘I - 0 - II’
with spring return from I to 0
1NO + 1NC contact

2 x M20

1.0

4.0

U21W2N3

2 x M25

1.0

4.0

U21W4N3

3 positions ‘I - 0 - II’
with spring return from II to 0
1NO + 1NC contact

2 x M20

1.0

4.0

U21W2M3

2 x M25

1.0

4.0

U21W4M3

2 fixed positions ‘0 - I’
1NO + 1NC contact

3-Position Selector Switch

Controls

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

Additional combinations available, please refer to Unicode 2 Series - Customized Control Stations section.

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

333

Unicode® 2 Series Polyester Control Stations and Switches
Increased Safety

Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester
Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Size 2 Polyester Control Station
Included: 1 white self-adhesive laminated plastic nameplate, 1 brass earth continuity plate , 1 blanking plug , 1 cable gland .
Description/Function

Diagram

Bottom
Entry

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Polyester
Catalog Number

2 x M20

1.2

4.0

U22W2A5A9

2 x M25

1.2

4.0

U22W4A5A9

2 x M20

1.2

4.0

U22W2A3A3

2 x M25

1.2

4.0

U22W4A3A3

2 x M20

1.2

4.0

U22W2A5D9

2 x M25

1.2

4.0

U22W4A5D9

2 x M20

1.2

4.0

U22W2A3D3

2 x M25

1.2

4.0

U22W4A3D3

Red
Green

1x green push button ‘I’ with
1NO + 1NC contact
1x red push button ‘O’ with
1NO + 1NC contact
Momentary contacts

Red

1x green push button ‘I’ with 1NO
contact
1x red push button ‘O’ with 1NC
contact
Momentary contacts

Green

Twin Push Buttons

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

1x green push button ‘I’
with 1NO + 1NC momentary
contact
1x red mushroom head push-pull
with 1NO + 1NC maintained
contact

Green
Red
Green

1x green push button ‘I’
with 1NO momentary contact
1x red mushroom head push-pull
with 1NC maintained contact

Red

Controls

Push Button + Push-Pull Emergency Stop

Additional combinations available, please refer to Unicode 2 Series - Customized Control Stations section.

334

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Unicode® 2 Series Polyester Control Stations and Switches
Increased Safety

Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester
Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Size 2 Polyester Control Station
Included: 1 white self-adhesive laminated plastic nameplate, 1 brass earth continuity plate , 1 blanking plug, 1 cable gland .
Description/Function

Diagram

Bottom
Entry

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Polyester
Catalog Number

2 x M20

1.3

4.0

U22W2A5A9D9

2 x M25

1.3

4.0

U22W4A5A9D9

2 x M20

1.2

4.0

U22W2PGA5

2 x M25

1.2

4.0

U22W4PGA5

2 x M20

1.2

4.0

U22W2PGA3

2 x M25

1.2

4.0

U22W4PGA3

2 x M20

1.2

4.0

U22W2PRA9

2 x M25

1.2

4.0

U22W4PRA9

2 x M20

1.2

4.0

U22W2PRA3

2 x M25

1.2

4.0

U22W4PRA3

Red

Red

1x green push button ‘I’ with 1NO
contacts
1x red push button ‘O’ with 1NC
contacts
Momentary contacts
1x red mushroom head push-pull
with 1x NC maintained contact

Green

Twin Push Buttons + Push-Pull Emergency Stop

Green
Green
Green

Red
Red
Red

1x red light 
1x red push button ‘O’ with 1NO
+ 1NC
Momentary contact

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

1x red light 
1x red push button ‘O’ with 1NC
Momentary contact

Controls

1x green light 
1x green push button ‘I’ with
1NO+ 1NC
Momentary contacts

Red

1x green light 
1x green push button ‘I’ with 1NO
Momentary contact

Green

Pilot Light + Push Button

Additional combinations available, please refer to Unicode 2 Series - Customized Control Stations section.
 12 Vac to 254 Vac 50/60 Hz - 12 Vdc to 60 Vdc.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

335

Unicode® 2 Series Polyester Control Stations and Switches
Increased Safety

Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester
Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Size 2 Polyester Control Station
Included: 1 white self-adhesive laminated plastic nameplate, 1 brass earth continuity plate , 1 blanking plug , 1 cable gland .
Description/Function

Diagram

Bottom
Entry

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Polyester
Catalog Number

2 x M20

1.3

4.0

U22W2PGA5A9

2 x M25

1.3

4.0

U22W4PGA5A9

2 x M20

1.3

4.0

U22W2PGPRA5A9

2 x M25

1.3

4.0

U22W4PGPRA5A9

2 x M20

1.2

4.0

U22W2VA13M3

2 x M25

1.2

4.0

U22W4VA13M3

Red

Green

1x green light 
1x green push button ‘I’
with 1NO
1x red push button ‘O’
with 1NC
Momentary contacts

Green

Pilot Light + Twin Push Buttons 

Red
Red

Green

1x green light 
1x red light 
1x green push button ‘I’
with 1NO
1x red push button ‘O’
with 1NC
Momentary contacts

Green

Twin Pilot Lights + Twin Push Buttons

Ammeter + 3-Position Selector Switch

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

Controls

1x ammeter 48 x 48 mm, 1A
C.T., 3 F.L.C., with 0 - 1 - 3
scale
1x switch 3 positions ‘I - 0 - II’
with spring return from II to 0
1NO + 1NC contact

Additional combinations available, please refer to Unicode 2 Series - Customized Control Stations section.
 12 Vac to 254 Vac 50/60 Hz - 12 Vdc to 60 Vdc.

336

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Unicode® 2 Series Polyester Control Stations and Switches
Increased Safety

Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester
Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Size 3 Polyester Control Station
Included: 1 white self-adhesive laminated plastic nameplate, 1 brass earth continuity plate , 1 blanking plug , 1 cable gland .
Description/Function

Diagram

Bottom
Entry

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Polyester
Catalog Number

2 x M20

1.4

6.0

U23W2A5A9D3

2 x M25

1.4

6.0

U23W4A5A9D3

2 x M20

1.4

6.0

U23W2PGA5A9

2 x M25

1.4

6.0

U23W4PGA5A9

2 x M20

1.4

6.0

U23W2PRA5A9

2 x M25

1.4

6.0

U23W4PRA5A9

2 x M20

1.4

6.0

U23W2PGA3A3

2 x M25

1.4

6.0

U23W4PGA3A3

2 x M20

1.4

6.0

U23W2PRA3A3

2 x M25

1.4

6.0

U23W4PRA3A3

Red
Red

1x green push button ‘I’
with 1NO contact
1x red push button ‘O’
with 1NC contact
Momentary contacts
1x red mushroom head push-pull
Emergency button
with 1NO + 1NC
Maintained contacts

Green

Twin Push Buttons + Push-Pull Emergency Stop

Pilot Light + Twin Push Buttons

1x red light 
1x green push button ‘I’
with 1NO + 1NC contact
1x red push button ‘O’
with 1NO + 1NC contact
Momentary contacts

Red

Green

1x green light 
1x green push button ‘I’
with 1NO + 1NC contact
1x red push button ‘O’
with 1NO + 1NC contact
Momentary contacts

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

1x red light 
1x green push button ‘I’
with 1NO contact
1x red push button ‘O’
with 1NC contact
Momentary contacts

Red

Green

Controls

1x green light 
1x green push button ‘I’
with 1NO contact
1x red push button ‘O’
with 1NC contact
Momentary contacts

Additional combinations available, please refer to Unicode 2 Series - Customized Control Stations section.
 12 Vac to 254 Vac 50/60 Hz - 12 Vdc to 60 Vdc.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

337

Unicode® 2 Series Polyester Control Stations and Switches
Increased Safety

Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester
Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Size 3 Polyester Control Station
Included: 1 white self-adhesive laminated plastic nameplate, 1 brass earth continuity plate , 1 blanking plug , 1 cable gland .
Description/Function

Diagram

Bottom
Entry

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Polyester
Catalog Number

2 x M20

1.4

6.0

U23W2LG5LB3LR9

2 x M25

1.4

6.0

U23W4LG5LB3LR9

2 x M20

1.4

6.0

U23W2PGA5A9D9

2 x M25

1.4

6.0

U23W4PGA5A9D9

2 x M20

1.4

6.0

U23W2PGPRD9A5

2 x M25

1.4

6.0

U23W4PGPRD9A5

2 x M20

1.4

6.0

U23W2VA13A5A9

2 x M25

1.4

6.0

U23W4VA13A5A9

Triple Illuminated Push Buttons

Red

Blue

Green

1x green illuminated push button
with 1NO contact 
1x blue illuminated push button
with 1NO + 1NC contact 
1x red illuminated push button
with NC contact 
Momentary contacts

Red

Green
Red

Controls

1x green light 
1x green push button ‘I’
with 1NO contact
1x red push button ‘O’
with 1NC contact
Momentary contacts
1x red mushroom head push-pull
with 1x NC maintained contact

Green

Pilot Light + Twin Push Buttons + Push-Pull Emergency Stop

Green
Red
Red
Green

1x green light 
1x red light 
1x red mushroom head push-pull
with 1x NC maintained contact
1x green push button ‘I’
with 1NO momentary contact

1x ammeter 48 x 48 mm, 1A C.T.,
3 F.L.C., with 0 - 1 - 3 scale
1x green push button ‘I’
with 1NO contact
1x red push button ‘O’
with 1NC contact
Momentary contacts

Green

Ammeter + Twin Push Buttons

Red

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

Twin Pilot Lights + Push-Pull Emergency Stop + Push Button

Additional combinations available, please refer to Unicode 2 Series - Customized Control Stations section.
 12 Vac to 254 Vac 50/60 Hz - 12 Vdc to 60 Vdc.

338

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Unicode® 2 Series Polyester Control Stations and Switches
Increased Safety

Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester
Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Nameplates — Set of 10

Standard Legend Plates

Blank self-adhesive, laminated plastic 58 mm x 18 mm.

Color
White (black letters)
Yellow (black letters)
Red (white letters)
Blue (white letters)
Black (white letters)
Green (white letters)

Catalog Number
UIAG
UIAR
UIAY
UIAW
UIAB
UIAN
UIA01
UIA02
UIA03
UIA04
UIA05
UIA06
UIA07
UIA08

Spare Key

For all key-operated buttons.

Description
Spare key type 4 A 185

Catalog Number
SK4A185

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Large Size

ULPS

ULPL

Text
Blank (set of 10)
ON
OFF
FORWARD
REVERSE
JOG
RUN
START
STOP
UP
DOWN
FAST
SLOW
RAISE
LOWER
OPEN
CLOSE
LOW
HIGH
TEST
RESET
EMERGENCY STOP
MARCHE
ARRET
ARRET D’URGENCE
HAUT
BAS
O—I
ON—OFF
START—STOP
STOP—START
HAND—AUTO
MANU—AUTO
FORWARD—REVERSE
REMOTE—LOCAL
MARCHE—ARRET
I—O—II
OFF—O—ON
START—NORMAL—STOP
HAND—OFF—AUTO
MANU—O—AUTO
FORWARD—OFF—REVERSE
LOCAL—REMOTE—AUTO
LOCAL—O—REMOTE
MARCHE—NORMAL—ARRET

Catalog Number
Small
Large
ULPS
ULPL
ULPSA01
ULPLA01
ULPSA02
ULPLA02
ULPSA03
ULPLA03
ULPSA04
ULPLA04
ULPSA05
ULPLA05
ULPSA06
ULPLA06
ULPSA07
ULPLA07
ULPSA08
ULPLA08
ULPSA09
ULPLA09
ULPSA10
ULPLA10
ULPSA11
ULPLA11
ULPSA12
ULPLA12
ULPSA13
ULPLA13
ULPSA14
ULPLA14
ULPSA15
ULPLA15
ULPSA16
ULPLA16
ULPSA17
ULPLA17
ULPSA18
ULPLA18
ULPSA19
ULPLA19
ULPSA20
ULPLA20
ULPSA21
ULPLA21
ULPSA22
ULPLA22
ULPSA23
ULPLA23
ULPSA24
ULPLA24
ULPSA25
ULPLA25
ULPSA26
ULPLA26
ULPSH01
ULPLH01
ULPSH02
ULPLH02
ULPSH03
ULPLH03
ULPSH04
ULPLH04
ULPSH05
ULPLH05
ULPSH06
ULPLH06
ULPSH07
ULPLH07
ULPSH08
ULPLH08
ULPSH09
ULPLH09
ULPSJ01
ULPLJ01
ULPSJ02
ULPLJ02
ULPSJ03
ULPLJ03
ULPSJ04
ULPLJ04
ULPSJ05
ULPLJ05
ULPSJ06
ULPLJ06
ULPSJ07
ULPLJ07
ULPSJ08
ULPLJ08
ULPSJ09
ULPLJ09

339

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

Inserts for Illuminated Push Button — Set of 5
Marking
Color
Catalog Number
(unmarked)
Green
UILG
(unmarked)
Red
UILR
(unmarked)
Yellow
UILY
(unmarked)
White
UILW
(unmarked)
Blue
UILB
ON
Green
UIL01
OFF
Red
UIL02
START
Green
UIL03
STOP
Red
UIL04
MARCHE
Green
UIL05
ARRET
Red
UIL06
I
Green
UIL07
O
Red
UIL08

Small Size

Controls

Inserts for Push Button — Set of 5
Marking
Color
(unmarked)
Green
(unmarked)
Red
(unmarked)
Yellow
(unmarked)
White
(unmarked)
Blue
(unmarked)
Black
ON
Green
OFF
Red
START
Green
STOP
Red
MARCHE
Green
ARRET
Red
I
Green
O
Red

Two sizes available. Self-adhesive yellow laminated plastic (black lettering).

Catalog Number
UNPW
UNPY
UNPR
UNPB
UNPN
UNPG

Unicode® 2 Series Polyester Control Stations and Switches
Increased Safety

Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester
Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Description

Catalog Number

Additional Contacts
Each actuator is capable of activating 3 contacts.
Exception: Illuminated push button and all actuators with key: 2 contacts maximum

1NO contact

UCB5R

1NC contact

UCB9R

Yellow Guard
098657

Mushroom head protection for emergency stop

49

.5

mm

m

(1.

95

”)

m
7.6

”)

66

(2.

26 mm (1.02”) UPLD1S
33 mm (1.30”) UPLD2S

Padlockable Guard
Stainless steel and plastic cover, capacity: 3 padlocks diameter 6 mm maximum (not
supplied)

For push button and rotary actuator

UPLD1S

For mushroom head actuator

UPLD2S

6

Cable Gland Exe
For unarmored cable Exe - IP66 - in polyamide entry thread seal

095605

Controls

M20 (capacity 6.5-14.5 mm)
For armored cable Exe/Exd - IP66 - in nickel plated brass (without entry thread seal)

Braid and Tape type:
20E1FX5

M20 (inner: 6.4-14.0/outer: 12.5-20.9 mm)
Single Wired Armor (SWA):

20E1FW5

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

M20 (inner: 6.4-14.0/outer: 12.5-20.9 mm)
Adaptors
Exd/Exe - IP66 in nickel plated brass (without entry thread seal)

Male M20 - Female 1/2" NPT

737DM2T15

Male M20 - Female 3/4" NPT

737DM2T25

Entry Thread Seal
20ETS2

M20 (in white nylon)
Combination Drain and Breather
Exe - IP66 - supplied with entry thread seal and locknut

M20 male thread in Polyamide

DBE20P

M20 male thread in Brass

DBE20B

M20 male thread in Stainless Steel

DBE20S

Feed-Thru Earth Stud Terminal
Exe - IP66 – supplied with weatherproof seal and green/yellow earth
conductor — 300 mm length

PREESTM20

M20 with M5 earth and 2.5 mm2 conductor

Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.

340

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Unicode® 2 Series Polyester Control Stations and Switches
Increased Safety

Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester
Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Dimensions in Millimeters

91 mm (3.58”)
91 mm (3.58”)
120 mm (4.72”) 120 mm (4.72”)

120 mm (4.72”)
120 mm (4.72”)

103 mm (4.06”)

Size 1 Box

103 mm (4.06”)
103 mm
103(4.06”)
mm (4.06”)103 mm (4.06”)103103
mm
mm
(4.06”)
(4.06”)

193 mm (7.60”)

230 mm (9.06”)

193 mm (7.60”)

230 mm (9.06”)

230 mm (9.06”)

170 mm (6.69”)
133 mm (5.24”)

83 mm (3.27”)

170 mm (6.69”)

170 193
mm mm
(6.69”)
(7.60”)
133 mm (5.24”)

120 mm (4.72”) 120 mm (4.72”)

120 mm (4.72”) 120 mm (4.72”)
(5.24”)
120 133
mmmm
(4.72”)

83 mm (3.27”)

120 mm (4.72”)

83 mm (3.27”)

120 mm (4.72”)

120 mm (4.72”)

91 mm (3.58”)

103 mm (4.06”) 103 mm (4.06”)

Size 2 Box

Size 3 Box

Mounting/Fixing Details for Above Boxes: Four Holes Ø 5 mm

Controls

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

341

Unicode® 2 Series Stainless steel Control Stations and Switches
Increased Safety
316L Stainless Steel

Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Applications
• Local control stations and motor control stations for use in
hazardous areas covering the broadest possible range of
applications.
• Control of equipment at:
— Power plants
— Chemical and petrochemical plants
— Petroleum refineries
— Reverse osmosis plants
— Pulp and paper processing plants
— Various industrial applications
• Push buttons and selector switches are used in conjunction
with contactors or magnetic starters for remote control of
motors in hazardous locations. They provide circuit control and/
or selection.
• Pilot lights provide visual assurance that an electrical function is
being performed at a remote or hazardous location.
• For use in washdown areas.

U62W2 PRA5A9
316 Stainless Steel

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

Controls

Features
• Employs Ex de method of protection which eliminates the need
for external seals.
• Operators include push buttons, illuminated push buttons,
selector switches, control and load break switches and LED
pilot lights.
• Pilot light employs high intensity single LED with lifetime of
100,000 hours that can be used at:
— 12 Vac to 254 Vac 50/60 Hz
— 12 Vdc to 60 Vdc
• Up to 3 contact blocks per actuator can be used.
• Contact block technical data:
— IEC rated operating voltage (Ue): 500 Vac – 110 Vdc
— IEC switching capacity:
– AC12: 16 Amp/400 Vac
– AC14: 10 Amp/400 Vac
– AC15: 6 Amp/500 Vac
– DC13: 2 Amp/24 Vdc and 1 Amp/110 Vdc
• Selector switch technical data:
— IEC rated operating voltage: 690 Vac
— IEC rated operating current: maximum 16 Amp
— IEC switching capacity:
– AC1: 16 Amp/690 Vac
– AC15: 16 Amp/415 Vac
– AC3: 8 Amp/500 Vac
– AC3: 4 Amp/690 Vac
– AC3: 16 Amp/690 Vac
– DC1: 10 Amp/24 Vdc
– DC1: 6 Amp/60 Vdc
– DC1: 6 Amp/110 Vdc (2 contacts wired in series)
– DC1: 6 Amp/220 Vdc (3 contacts in series)
• Enclosures are rated for IP66 with firmly secured gasket.
• Operators and contact blocks are spaced so as to have easy
and ample space for wiring.
• Wide selection of termination methods available.
• Choice of DIN rail mounted high performance contact block
suitable for low intensity (less than 5mA).
• TS35 rail mounted components held securely in place during
operation and easily removed for service.
• Brass Inserts are provided for TS35 DIN rails or mounting plate
to be installed inside the enclosure.
• Captive, corrosion resistant stainless steel cover screws.

342

Standard Materials
• Body and cover : 316L stainless steel with natural finish
• Cover screws : 304 stainless steel

Accessories
•
•
•
•
•

Key for changing actuator blocks.
Guard for mushroom head actuator.
Padlockable guard.
M5 and M6 earth stud.
Combination drain and breather available in brass, polyamide
and stainless steel.

Options
• Nameplates: stainless steel or Lamacoid with different color
combinations.
• Padlocking facility at left, center, right or any position on
selector switches.
• Padlocking facility for momentary and maintained push buttons.
• Special contact arrangements available, see Unicode 2 Series
Customized Control Stations.

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Unicode® 2 Series Stainless steel Control Stations and Switches
Increased Safety
316L Stainless Steel

Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Certification and Compliances
tATEX or IECEx Certification
• Certification Type JBe (Stainless Steel)
— Gas: Zone 1 and 2
— Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II2 G
— Type of Protection: Ex de IIC or Ex demb IIC (depending of
the actuator)
— Temperature Class: T5 to T6
— Dust: Zone 21 and 22
— Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II2 D
— Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
— Surface Temperature: T80 °C to T95 °C
­— Ambient Temperature: -50 °C to +70 °C (empty enclosure)
-20°C or -25°C to +55°C or +60°C depending of the actuator
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50232
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 02 ATEX 6118X
— IECEx Certificate: LCI 11.0008X
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK10

tEURASEC Certification

— EURASEC RU C-FR ГБ 05.B.00911

tOthers Certification 

—INMETRO Certificate: BVC 11.0418-X
Controls

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

 Inmetro certification available on special request only. Contact your local sales for more information.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

343

Unicode® 2 Series Stainless steel Control Stations and Switches
Increased Safety
316L Stainless Steel

Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Size 1 316 L Control Station
Included: 1 white self-adhesive laminated plastic nameplate, 2x M20 bottom clearance entries, 1 blanking plug, 1 cable gland in polyamide,
2 locknuts.
Bottom
Entry

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Catalog Number

2 x M20

1.2

4.3

U61W2A3

2 x M20

1.3

4.3

U61W2A5A9

2 x M20

1.2

4.3

U61W2D9

Red mushroom head push-pull
1NO + 1NC maintained contact

2 x M20

1.2

4.3

U61W2D3

Red mushroom head key release
1NC maintained contact

2 x M20

1.2

4.3

U61W2C9

2 x M20

1.2

4.3

U61W2B3

2 x M20

1.2

4.3

U61W2R9

Description/Function

Diagram

Green insert ‘I’ + red insert ‘O’
with 1NO + 1NC momentary contact

Green
Red

Momentary Push Button

Red

1x green push button ‘I’ with 1NO contact
1x red push button ‘O’ with 1NC contact
Momentary contacts

Green

Twin Momentary Push Buttons

Red

Emergency Stop

Black mushroom head push button
1NO+1NC momentary contacts

Black

Mushroom Head Push Button

Red mushroom head push button
1NC momentary contact

Red

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

Controls

Red mushroom head push-pull
1NC maintained contact

Red

Emergency Stop

Additional combinations available, please refer to Unicode 2 Series - Customized Control Stations section.

344

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Unicode® 2 Series Stainless steel Control Stations and Switches
Increased Safety
316L Stainless Steel

Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Size 1 316L Control Station
Included: 1 white self-adhesive laminated plastic nameplate, 2x M20 bottom clearance entries, 1 blanking plug, 1 cable gland in polyamide, 2
locknuts.
Bottom
Entry

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Catalog Number

With key removable in both positions
1NO+1NC maintained contact

2 x M20

1.0

4.0

U61W2E3

1x red pilot light 

2 x M20

1.2

4.3

U61W2PR

1x green pilot light 

2 x M20

1.2

4.3

U61W2PG

1x blue pilot light 

2 x M20

1.2

4.3

U61W2PB

1x yellow pilot light 

2 x M20

1.2

4.3

U61W2PY

1x white pilot light 

2 x M20

1.2

4.3

U61W2PW

2 x M20

1.2

4.3

U61W2H3

3 fixed positions 'I - 0 - II'
2NO contacts

2 x M20

1.2

4.3

U61W2J1

3 fixed positions 'I - 0 - II'
With spring return from I to 0
1NO + 1NC contacts

2 x M20

1.2

4.3

U61W2N3

3 positions 'I - 0 - II'
With spring return from II to 0
1NO + 1NC contacts

2 x M20

1.2

4.3

U61W2M3

Description/Function

Diagram

Key Push Button

Pilot Light

Controls

2-Position Selector Switch

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

2 fixed positions '0 - I'
1NO + 1 NC contacts

3-Position Selector Switch

Additional combinations available, please refer to Unicode 2 Series - Customized Control Stations section.
 12 Vac to 254 Vac 50/60 Hz - 12 Vdc to 60 Vdc
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

345

Unicode® 2 Series Stainless steel Control Stations and Switches
Increased Safety
316L Stainless Steel

Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Bottom
Entry

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Catalog Number

2 x M20

1.8

4.3

U62W2A5A9

2 x M20

1.8

4.3

U62W2A5D9

Green

Description/Function

2 x M20

1.8

4.3

U62W2PGA5

Green

Size 2 316LControl Station
Included: 1 white self-adhesive laminated plastic nameplate, 2x M20 bottom clearance entries, 1 blanking plug, 1 cable gland in polyamide, 2
locknuts.

2 x M20

1.8

4.3

U62W2PRA9

2 x M20

1.8

4.3

U62W2VA13M3

Diagram

Red

1 x green push button 'I' with
1NO contact
1 x red push button 'O' with
1NC contact
Momentary contacts

Green

Twin Push Button

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

1 x green light 
1 x green push button 'I' with
1NO momentary contact

1 x red light 
1 x red push button 'O' with
1NC momentary contact

Red

Green

Pilot Light + Push Button

Red

Controls

1 x green push button 'I' with
1NO momentary contact
1 x red mushroom head pushpull emergency button with 1NC
maintained contact

Green

Push Button + Push-Pull Emergency Stop

Ammeter + 3-Position Selector Switch
1 x ammeter 48 x 48 mm,
1A C.T., 3 F.L.C., with
0-1-3 scale
1 x 3-position selector
switch 'I - O - II'
With spring return from
II to 0
1NO + 1NC contacts

Additional combinations available, please refer to Unicode 2 Series - Customized Control Stations section.
 12 Vac to 254 Vac 50/60 Hz - 12 Vdc to 60 Vdc

346

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Unicode® 2 Series Stainless steel Control Stations and Switches
Increased Safety
316L Stainless Steel

Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Size 2 316L Control Station
Included: 1 white self-adhesive laminated plastic nameplate, 2x M20 bottom clearance entries, 1 blanking plug, 1 cable gland in polyamide, 2
locknuts.
Description/Function

Diagram

Bottom
Entry

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Catalog Number

2 x M20

1.8

4.3

U62W2A5A9D3

2 x M20

1.8

4.3

U62W2PGA5A9

2 x M20

1.8

4.3

U62W2PRA5A9

2 x M20

1.8

4.3

U62W2PGA3A3

2 x M20

1.8

4.3

U62W2PRA3A3

Red
Red

1 x green push button 'I' with 1NO contact
1 x red push button 'O' with 1NC contact
Momentary contacts
1 x red mushroom head push-pull
emergency button with 1NO + 1NC
contacts

Green

Twin Push Buttons + Push-Pull Emercency Stop

Pilot Light + Twin Push Buttons

1x red pilot light 
1 x green push button 'I'
with 1NO + 1NC contacts
1 x red push button 'O'
with 1NO + 1NC contacts
Momentary contacts

Green
Red

Green
Red

1 x green pilot light 
1 x green push button 'I'
with 1NO + 1NC contacts
1 x red push button 'O'
with 1NO + 1NC contacts
Momentary contacts

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

1 x red pilot light 
1 x green push button 'I'
with 1NO contact
1 x red push button 'O'
with 1NC contact
Momentary contact

Controls

1x green pilot light 
1 x green push button 'I'
with 1NO contact
1 x red push button 'O'
with 1NC contact
Momentary contacts

Additional combinations available, please refer to Unicode 2 Series - Customized Control Stations section.
 12 Vac to 254 Vac 50/60 Hz - 12 Vdc to 60 Vdc.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

347

Unicode® 2 Series Stainless steel Control Stations and Switches
Increased Safety
316L Stainless Steel

Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Size 3 316L Control Station
Included: 1 white self-adhesive laminated plastic nameplate, 2x M20 bottom clearance entries, 1 blanking plug, 1 cable gland in polyamide, 2
locknuts.
Description/Function

Diagram

Bottom
Entry

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Catalog Number

2 x M20

2.1

10.5

U63W2PGPRA5A9

2 x M25

2.1

10.5

U63W4PGPRA5A9

Red
Red

Green

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

Controls

1 x green pilot light 
1 x red pilot light 
1 x green push button 'I' with 1NO contact
1 x red push button 'O' with 1NC contact
Momentary contacts

Green

Twin Pilot Lights + Twin Push Buttons

Additional combinations available, please refer to Unicode 2 Series - Customized Control Stations section
 12 Vac to 254 Vac 50/60 Hz - 12 Vdc to 60 Vdc.

348

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Unicode® 2 Series Stainless steel Control Stations and Switches
Increased Safety
316L Stainless Steel

Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Nameplates — Set of 10

Standard Legend Plates

Blank self-adhesive, laminated plastic 58 mm x 18 mm.

Color
White (black letters)
Yellow (black letters)
Red (white letters)
Blue (white letters)
Black (white letters)
Green (white letters)

Catalog Number
UIAG
UIAR
UIAY
UIAW
UIAB
UIAN
UIA01
UIA02
UIA03
UIA04
UIA05
UIA06
UIA07
UIA08

Spare Key

For all key-operated buttons.

Description
Spare key type 4 A 185

Catalog Number
SK4A185

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Large Size

ULPS

ULPL

Text
Blank (set of 10)
ON
OFF
FORWARD
REVERSE
JOG
RUN
START
STOP
UP
DOWN
FAST
SLOW
RAISE
LOWER
OPEN
CLOSE
LOW
HIGH
TEST
RESET
EMERGENCY STOP
MARCHE
ARRET
ARRET D’URGENCE
HAUT
BAS
O—I
ON—OFF
START—STOP
STOP—START
HAND—AUTO
MANU—AUTO
FORWARD—REVERSE
REMOTE—LOCAL
MARCHE—ARRET
I—O—II
OFF—O—ON
START—NORMAL—STOP
HAND—OFF—AUTO
MANU—O—AUTO
FORWARD—OFF—REVERSE
LOCAL—REMOTE—AUTO
LOCAL—O—REMOTE
MARCHE—NORMAL—ARRET

Catalog Number
Small
Large
ULPS
ULPL
ULPSA01
ULPLA01
ULPSA02
ULPLA02
ULPSA03
ULPLA03
ULPSA04
ULPLA04
ULPSA05
ULPLA05
ULPSA06
ULPLA06
ULPSA07
ULPLA07
ULPSA08
ULPLA08
ULPSA09
ULPLA09
ULPSA10
ULPLA10
ULPSA11
ULPLA11
ULPSA12
ULPLA12
ULPSA13
ULPLA13
ULPSA14
ULPLA14
ULPSA15
ULPLA15
ULPSA16
ULPLA16
ULPSA17
ULPLA17
ULPSA18
ULPLA18
ULPSA19
ULPLA19
ULPSA20
ULPLA20
ULPSA21
ULPLA21
ULPSA22
ULPLA22
ULPSA23
ULPLA23
ULPSA24
ULPLA24
ULPSA25
ULPLA25
ULPSA26
ULPLA26
ULPSH01
ULPLH01
ULPSH02
ULPLH02
ULPSH03
ULPLH03
ULPSH04
ULPLH04
ULPSH05
ULPLH05
ULPSH06
ULPLH06
ULPSH07
ULPLH07
ULPSH08
ULPLH08
ULPSH09
ULPLH09
ULPSJ01
ULPLJ01
ULPSJ02
ULPLJ02
ULPSJ03
ULPLJ03
ULPSJ04
ULPLJ04
ULPSJ05
ULPLJ05
ULPSJ06
ULPLJ06
ULPSJ07
ULPLJ07
ULPSJ08
ULPLJ08
ULPSJ09
ULPLJ09

349

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

Inserts for Illuminated Push Button — Set of 5
Marking
Color
Catalog Number
(unmarked)
Green
UILG
(unmarked)
Red
UILR
(unmarked)
Yellow
UILY
(unmarked)
White
UILW
(unmarked)
Blue
UILB
ON
Green
UIL01
OFF
Red
UIL02
START
Green
UIL03
STOP
Red
UIL04
MARCHE
Green
UIL05
ARRET
Red
UIL06
I
Green
UIL07
O
Red
UIL08

Small Size

Controls

Inserts for Push Button — Set of 5
Marking
Color
(unmarked)
Green
(unmarked)
Red
(unmarked)
Yellow
(unmarked)
White
(unmarked)
Blue
(unmarked)
Black
ON
Green
OFF
Red
START
Green
STOP
Red
MARCHE
Green
ARRET
Red
I
Green
O
Red

Two sizes available. Self-adhesive yellow laminated plastic (black lettering).

Catalog Number
UNPW
UNPY
UNPR
UNPB
UNPN
UNPG

Unicode® 2 Series Stainless steel Control Stations and Switches
Increased Safety
316L Stainless Steel

Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Description

Catalog Number

Additional Contacts
Each actuator is capable of activating 3 contacts.
Exception: Illuminated push button and all actuators with key: 2 contacts maximum

1NO contact

UCB5R

1NC contact

UCB9R

Yellow Guard
098657

Mushroom head protection for emergency stop

49

.5

mm

m

(1.

95

”)

m
7.6

”)

66

(2.

26 mm (1.02”) UPLD1S
33 mm (1.30”) UPLD2S

Padlockable Guard
Stainless steel and plastic cover, capacity: 3 padlocks diameter 6 mm maximum (not
supplied)

For push button and rotary actuator

UPLD1S

For mushroom head actuator

UPLD2S

6

Cable Gland Exe
For unarmored cable Exe - IP66 - in polyamide entry thread seal

095605

Controls

M20 (capacity 6.5-14.5 mm)
For armored cable Exe/Exd - IP66 - in nickel plated brass (without entry thread seal)

Braid and Tape type:
20E1FX5

M20 (inner: 6.4-14.0/outer: 12.5-20.9 mm)
Single Wired Armor (SWA):

20E1FW5

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

M20 (inner: 6.4-14.0/outer: 12.5-20.9 mm)
Adaptors
Exd/Exe - IP66 in nickel plated brass (without entry thread seal)

Male M20 - Female 1/2" NPT

737DM2T15

Male M20 - Female 3/4" NPT

737DM2T25

Entry Thread Seal
20ETS2

M20 (in white nylon)
Combination Drain and Breather
Exe - IP66 - supplied with entry thread seal and locknut

M20 male thread in Polyamide

DBE20P

M20 male thread in Brass

DBE20B

M20 male thread in Stainless Steel

DBE20S

Feed-Thru Earth Stud Terminal
Exe - IP66 – supplied with weatherproof seal and green/yellow earth
conductor — 300 mm length

PREESTM20

M20 with M5 earth and 2.5 mm2 conductor

Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.

350

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Unicode® 2 Series Stainless steel Control Stations and Switches
Increased Safety
316L Stainless Steel

Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Dimensions in Millimeters

Size 1 Box

127 mm
(5.00”)

Size 2 Box

104 mm
(4.09”)

187 mm (7.36”)

148 mm (5.83”)

148 mm (5.83”)

220 mm (8.66”)
200 mm (7.87”)

97 mm
(3.82”)

(2) Ø 8 mm (0.31”)

89 mm
(3.50”)

187 mm (7.36”)

(2) Ø 8 mm (0.31”)

220 mm (8.66”)
200 mm (7.87”)

89 mm
(3.50”)
177 mm (6.97”)

88 mm (3.46”)
127 mm
(5.00”)

127 mm (5.00”)

140 mm (5.51”)

97 mm
93.82”)

(2) Ø 8 mm (0.31”)
160 mm (6.30”)

117 mm
(4.61”)

89 mm
(3.50”)

187 mm (7.36”)

Size 3 Box

Controls

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

351

Unicode® 2 Series Aluminium Control Stations and Switches
Increased Safety
Aluminum

Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Applications
• Local control stations and motor control stations for use in
hazardous areas covering the broadest possible range of
applications.
• Control of equipment at:
— Power plants
— Chemical and petrochemical plants
— Petroleum refineries
— Reverse osmosis plants
— Pulp and paper processing plants
— Various industrial applications
• Push buttons and selector switches are used in conjunction
with contactors or magnetic starters for remote control of
motors in hazardous locations. They provide circuit control and/
or selection.
• Pilot lights provide visual assurance that an electrical function is
being performed at a remote or hazardous location.
• For use in washdown areas.

U83W2 PRA5A9
Aluminum

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

Controls

Features
• Employs Ex de method of protection which eliminates the need
for external seals.
• Operators include push buttons, illuminated push buttons,
selector switches, control and load break switches and LED
pilot lights.
• Pilot light employs high intensity single LED with lifetime of
100,000 hours that can be used at:
— 12 Vac to 254 Vac 50/60 Hz
— 12 Vdc to 60 Vdc
• Up to 3 contact blocks per actuator can be used.
• Contact block technical data:
— IEC rated operating voltage (Ue): 500 Vac – 110 Vdc
— IEC switching capacity:
– AC12: 16 Amp/400 Vac
– AC14: 10 Amp/400 Vac
– AC15: 6 Amp/500 Vac
– DC13: 2 Amp/24 Vdc and 1 Amp/110 Vdc
• Selector switch technical data:
— IEC rated operating voltage: 690 Vac
— IEC rated operating current: maximum 16 Amp
— IEC switching capacity:
– AC1: 16 Amp/690 Vac
– AC15: 16 Amp/415 Vac
– AC3: 8 Amp/500 Vac
– AC3: 4 Amp/690 Vac
– AC3: 16 Amp/690 Vac
– DC1: 10 Amp/24 Vdc
– DC1: 6 Amp/60 Vdc
– DC1: 6 Amp/110 Vdc (2 contacts wired in series)
– DC1: 6 Amp/220 Vdc (3 contacts in series)
• Enclosures are rated for IP66 with firmly secured gasket.
• Operators and contact blocks are spaced so as to have easy
and ample space for wiring.
• Wide selection of termination methods available.
• Choice of DIN rail mounted high performance contact block
suitable for low intensity (less than 5mA).
• TS35 rail mounted components held securely in place during
operation and easily removed for service.
• Brass Inserts are provided for TS35 DIN rails or mounting plate
to be installed inside the enclosure.
• Captive, corrosion resistant stainless steel cover screws.

352

Standard Materials
• Body and cover: aluminum with gray epoxy powder coating
RAL7038
• Cover screws for 316L stainless steel or aluminum body: 304
stainless steel
• Cover screws for fiberglass reinforced polyester body: 316
stainless steel

Accessories
•
•
•
•
•

Key for changing actuator blocks.
Guard for mushroom head actuator.
Padlockable guard.
M5 and M6 earth stud.
Combination drain and breather available in brass, polyamide
and stainless steel.

Options
• Nameplates: stainless steel or Lamacoid with different color
combinations.
• Padlocking facility at left, center, right or any position on
selector switches.
• Padlocking facility for momentary and maintained push buttons.
• Special contact arrangements available, see Unicode 2 Series
Customized Control Stations.

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Unicode® 2 Series Aluminium Control Stations and Switches
Increased Safety
Aluminum

Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Certification and Compliances
tATEX Certification
• Certification Type PCe (Aluminum)
— Gas: Zone 1 and 2
— Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II2 G
— Type of Protection: Ex de IIC or Ex demb IIC (depending of
the actuator)
— Temperature class: T6
— Dust: Zone 21 and 22
— Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II2 D
— Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
— Surface Temperature: T80 °C
— Ambient Temperature: -55 °C to +60 °C (empty enclosure)
-20°C or -25°C to +55°C or +60°C depending of the actuator
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50221
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 02 ATEX 6047
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK10
tEURASEC Certification
• Certification Type PCe (Aluminum)
— EURASEC RU C-FR ГБ 05.B.00911

Controls

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

353

Unicode® 2 Series Aluminium Control Stations and Switches
Increased Safety
Aluminum

Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Size 1 Aluminum Control Station
Standard equipment: 1 white self-adhesive laminated plastic nameplate, 2 x M20
bottom clearance entries, 1 blanking plug, 1 cable gland in polyamide, 2 locknuts.
Description/Function

Diagram

Bottom
Entry

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Catalog Number

2 x M20

1

2.7

U81W2A3

2 x M20

1.1

2.7

U81W2A5A9

2 x M20

1

2.7

U81W2D9

2 x M20

1

2.7

U81W2D3

2 x M20

1

2.7

U81W2C9

2 x M20

1

2.7

U81W2B3

2 x M20

1

2.7

U81W2R9

2 x M20

1

2.7

U81W2E3

Green insert ‘I’ + red insert ‘O’
with 1NO + 1NC momentary contact

Green
Red

Impulse Push Button

Red

1x green push button ‘I’
with 1NO momentary contact
1 x red push button 'O'
with 1NC contact momentary contact

Green

Twin Impulse Push Buttons

Red mushroom head key release
1NC maintained contact

Black mushroom head push button
1NO + 1NC momentary contacts
Red mushrrom head push button
1NC momentary contacts

Red
Black

Mushroom Head Push Button

Red

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

Red mushroom head push-pull
1NO + 1NC maintained contacts

Red

Red mushroom head push-pull
1NC maintained contact

Red

Controls

Emergency Stop

Key Push Button
With key removable in both
positions
1NO + 1NC momentary contacts

Additional combinations available, please refer to Unicode 2 Series - Customized Control Stations section.

354

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Unicode® 2 Series Aluminium Control Stations and Switches
Increased Safety
Aluminum

Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Size 1 Aluminum Control Station
Standard equipment: 1 white self-adhesive laminated plastic nameplate, 2 x M20
bottom clearance entries, 1 blanking plug, 1 cable gland in polyamide, 2 locknuts.
Bottom
Entry

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Catalog Number

1 x red pilot light 

2 x M20

1

2.7

U81W2PR

1 x green pilot light 

2 x M20

1

2.7

U81W2PG

1 x blue pilot light 

2 x M20

1

2.7

U81W2PB

1 x yellow pilot light 

2 x M20

1

2.7

U81W2PY

1 x white pilot light 

2 x M20

1

2.7

U81W2PW

2 x M20

1

2.7

U81W2H3

3 fixed positions 'I - 0 - II'
2NO contacts

2 x M20

1

2.7

U81W2J1

3 positions 'I - 0 - II'
with spring return from I to 0
1NO + 1NC contacts

2 x M20

1

2.7

U81W2N3

3 positions 'I - 0 - II'
with spring return from II to 0
1NO + 1NC contacts

2 x M20

1

2.7

U81W2M3

Description/Function

Diagram

Pilot Light

2-Position Selector Switch

2 fixed positions '0 - I'
1NO + 1NC contacts

Controls

3-Position Selector Switch

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

Additional combinations available, please refer to Unicode 2 Series - Customized Control Stations section.
 12 Vac to 254 Vac 50/60 Hz - 12 Vdc to 60 Vdc
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

355

Unicode® 2 Series Aluminium Control Stations and Switches
Increased Safety
Aluminum

Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Size 2 Aluminum Control Station
Standard equipment: 1 white self-adhesive laminated plastic nameplate, 2 x M20
bottom clearance entries, 1 blanking plug, 1 cable gland in polyamide, 2 locknuts.
Description/Function

Diagram

Bottom
Entry

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Catalog Number

2 x M20

1.3

2.7

U82W2A5A9

2 x M20

1.3

2.7

U82W2A5D9

2 x M20

1.3

2.7

U82W2GA5

2 x M20

1.3

2.7

U82W2PRA9

Red

1x green push button 'I'
with 1NO contact
1x red push button 'O'
with 1NC contact
Momentary contacts

Green

Twin Push Buttons

Controls

Red

1x green push button 'I'
with 1NO momentary contact
1x red mushroom head pushpull emergency button
with 1NC maintained contact

Green

Push Button + Push-Pull Emergency Stop

1x red pilot light 
1x red push button 'O'
with 1NC Momentary contact

Red

Red

1x green pilot light 
1x green push button 'I'
with 1NO Momentary contact

Green

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

Green

Pilot Light + Push Button

Additional combinations available, please refer to Unicode 2 Series - Customized Control Stations section.
 12 Vac to 254 Vac 50/60 Hz - 12 Vdc to 60 Vdc

356

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Unicode® 2 Series Aluminium Control Stations and Switches
Increased Safety
Aluminum

Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Size 3 Aluminum Control Station
Standard equipment: 1 white self-adhesive laminated plastic nameplate, 2 x M20
bottom clearance entries, 1 blanking plug, 1 cable gland in polyamide, 2 locknuts.
Description/Function

Diagram

Bottom
Entry

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Catalog Number

2 x M20
2 x M25

1.6
1.6

4.2
4.2

U83W2A5A9D3
U83W4A5A9D3

2 x M20
2 x M25

1.6
1.6

4.2
4.2

U83W2PGA5A9
U83W4PGA5A9

2 x M20
2 x M25

1.6
1.6

4.2
4.2

U83W2PRA5A9
U83W4PRA5A9

2 x M20
2 x M25

1.6
1.6

4.2
4.2

U83W2PGA3A3
U83W4PGA3A3

2 x M20
2 x M25

1.6
1.6

4.2
4.2

U83W2PRA3A3
U83W4PRA3A3

Red

`

Red

1x green push button 'I'
with1NO contact
1 x red push button 'O'
with 1NC contact
Momentary contacts
1 red mushroom head
push-pull emergency button
with 1NO + 1NC maintained
contacts

Red

Twin Push Buttons + Push-Pull Emergency Stop

Pilot Light + Twin Push Buttons

Green
Red
Green
Red

1x green pilot light 
1 x green push button 'I'
with 1NO + 1NC contacts
1 x red push button'O'
with 1NO + 1NC contacts
Momentary contacts

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

1x red pilot light 
1 x green push button 'I'
with 1NO  contact
1 x red push button 'O'
with 1NC  contact
Momentary contacts

Controls

1x green pilot light 
1 x green push button 'I'
with 1NO contact
1 x red push button 'O'  
with 1NC contact
Momentary contacts

1x red pilot light 
1 x green push button 'I'
with 1NO + 1NC contacts
1 x red push button 'O'
with 1NO + 1NC contacts
Momentary contacts

Additional combinations available, please refer to Unicode 2 Series - Customized Control Stations section.
 12 Vac to 254 Vac 50/60 Hz - 12 Vdc to 60 Vdc.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

357

Unicode® 2 Series Aluminium Control Stations and Switches
Increased Safety
Aluminum

Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Nameplates — Set of 10

Standard Legend Plates

Blank self-adhesive, laminated plastic 58 mm x 18 mm.

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

Controls

Color
White (black letters)
Yellow (black letters)
Red (white letters)
Blue (white letters)
Black (white letters)
Green (white letters)
Inserts for Push Button — Set of 5
Marking
Color
(unmarked)
Green
(unmarked)
Red
(unmarked)
Yellow
(unmarked)
White
(unmarked)
Blue
(unmarked)
Black
ON
Green
OFF
Red
START
Green
STOP
Red
MARCHE
Green
ARRET
Red
I
Green
O
Red

Two sizes available. Self-adhesive yellow laminated plastic (black lettering).

Catalog Number
UNPW
UNPY
UNPR
UNPB
UNPN
UNPG

Catalog Number
UIAG
UIAR
UIAY
UIAW
UIAB
UIAN
UIA01
UIA02
UIA03
UIA04
UIA05
UIA06
UIA07
UIA08

Inserts for Illuminated Push Button — Set of 5
Marking
Color
Catalog Number
(unmarked)
Green
UILG
(unmarked)
Red
UILR
(unmarked)
Yellow
UILY
(unmarked)
White
UILW
(unmarked)
Blue
UILB
ON
Green
UIL01
OFF
Red
UIL02
START
Green
UIL03
STOP
Red
UIL04
MARCHE
Green
UIL05
ARRET
Red
UIL06
I
Green
UIL07
O
Red
UIL08
Spare Key

For all key-operated buttons.

Description
Spare key type 4 A 185

358

Catalog Number
SK4A185

Small Size

Large Size

ULPS

ULPL

Text
Blank (set of 10)
ON
OFF
FORWARD
REVERSE
JOG
RUN
START
STOP
UP
DOWN
FAST
SLOW
RAISE
LOWER
OPEN
CLOSE
LOW
HIGH
TEST
RESET
EMERGENCY STOP
MARCHE
ARRET
ARRET D’URGENCE
HAUT
BAS
O—I
ON—OFF
START—STOP
STOP—START
HAND—AUTO
MANU—AUTO
FORWARD—REVERSE
REMOTE—LOCAL
MARCHE—ARRET
I—O—II
OFF—O—ON
START—NORMAL—STOP
HAND—OFF—AUTO
MANU—O—AUTO
FORWARD—OFF—REVERSE
LOCAL—REMOTE—AUTO
LOCAL—O—REMOTE
MARCHE—NORMAL—ARRET

Catalog Number
Small
Large
ULPS
ULPL
ULPSA01
ULPLA01
ULPSA02
ULPLA02
ULPSA03
ULPLA03
ULPSA04
ULPLA04
ULPSA05
ULPLA05
ULPSA06
ULPLA06
ULPSA07
ULPLA07
ULPSA08
ULPLA08
ULPSA09
ULPLA09
ULPSA10
ULPLA10
ULPSA11
ULPLA11
ULPSA12
ULPLA12
ULPSA13
ULPLA13
ULPSA14
ULPLA14
ULPSA15
ULPLA15
ULPSA16
ULPLA16
ULPSA17
ULPLA17
ULPSA18
ULPLA18
ULPSA19
ULPLA19
ULPSA20
ULPLA20
ULPSA21
ULPLA21
ULPSA22
ULPLA22
ULPSA23
ULPLA23
ULPSA24
ULPLA24
ULPSA25
ULPLA25
ULPSA26
ULPLA26
ULPSH01
ULPLH01
ULPSH02
ULPLH02
ULPSH03
ULPLH03
ULPSH04
ULPLH04
ULPSH05
ULPLH05
ULPSH06
ULPLH06
ULPSH07
ULPLH07
ULPSH08
ULPLH08
ULPSH09
ULPLH09
ULPSJ01
ULPLJ01
ULPSJ02
ULPLJ02
ULPSJ03
ULPLJ03
ULPSJ04
ULPLJ04
ULPSJ05
ULPLJ05
ULPSJ06
ULPLJ06
ULPSJ07
ULPLJ07
ULPSJ08
ULPLJ08
ULPSJ09
ULPLJ09

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Unicode® 2 Series Aluminium Control Stations and Switches
Increased Safety
Aluminum

Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Description

Catalog Number

Additional Contacts
Each actuator is capable of activating 3 contacts.
Exception: Illuminated push button and all actuators with key: 2 contacts maximum

1NO contact

UCB5R

1NC contact

UCB9R

Yellow Guard
Mushroom head protection for emergency stop

098657

49

.5

mm

m

(1.

95

”)

m
7.6

”)

66

(2.

26 mm (1.02”) UPLD1S
33 mm (1.30”) UPLD2S

Padlockable Guard
Stainless steel and plastic cover, capacity: 3 padlocks diameter 6 mm maximum (not
supplied)

For push button and rotary actuator

UPLD1S

For mushroom head actuator

UPLD2S

6

Cable Gland Exe
For unarmored cable Exe - IP66 - in polyamide entry thread seal

095605

Controls

M20 (capacity 6.5-14.5 mm)
For armored cable Exe/Exd - IP66 - in nickel plated brass (without entry thread seal)

Braid and Tape type:
M20 (inner: 6.4-14.0/outer: 12.5-20.9 mm)

20E1FX5

Single Wired Armor (SWA):
20E1FW5

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

M20 (inner: 6.4-14.0/outer: 12.5-20.9 mm)
Adaptors
Exd/Exe - IP66 in nickel plated brass (without entry thread seal)

Male M20 - Female 1/2" NPT

737DM2T15

Male M20 - Female 3/4" NPT

737DM2T25

Entry Thread Seal
M20 (in white nylon)

20ETS2

Combination Drain and Breather
Exe - IP66 - supplied with entry thread seal and locknut

M20 male thread in Polyamide

DBE20P

M20 male thread in Brass

DBE20B

M20 male thread in Stainless Steel

DBE20S

Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

359

Unicode® 2 Series Aluminium Control Stations and Switches
Increased Safety
Aluminum

Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Dimensions in Millimeters

110mm
mm(3.74”)
(4.33”)
95

110 mm (4.33”)

94 mm (3.70”)

Size 1 Box

95 mm (3.74”)

94 mm (3.70”)
94 mm (3.70”)
94 mm (3.70”)
94 mm (3.70”)
94 mm (3.70”)
94 mm (3.70”)
94 mm (3.70”)

Size 2 Box

194 mm (7.64”)

230 mm (9.06”)

194 mm (7.64”)

110 mm (4.33”)
230 mm (9.06”)

134 mm (5.28”)

110 mm (4.33”)

170 mm (6.69”)

194 mm (7.64”)

230 mm (9.06”)

110 mm (4.33”)
134 mm (5.28”)

84 mm (3.31”)

120 mm (4.72”)

170 mm (6.69”)

134 mm (5.28”)

110 mm (4.33”)
84 mm (3.31”)

120 mm (4.72”)

84 mm (3.31”)

120 mm (4.72”)

110 mm (4.33”)

170 mm (6.69”)

110 mm (4.33”)

110
95 mm
mm (4.33”)
(3.74”)

94 mm (3.70”)

Size 3 Box

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

Controls

Mounting/Fixing Details for above Boxes: Two Holes Ø 5 mm

360

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Unicode® 2 Series Customized Control Stations
Increased Safety

Polyamide, Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester, 316L Stainless Steel, Aluminum
Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Applications
• Local control stations and motor control stations for use
in hazardous areas covering the broadest possible range
of applications.
• Control of equipment at:
— Power plants
— Chemical and petrochemical plants
— Petroleum refineries
— Reverse osmosis plants
— Pulp and paper processing plants
— Various industrial applications
• Push buttons and selector switches are used in conjunction
with contactors or magnetic starters for remote control of
motors in hazardous locations. They provide circuit control
and/or selection.
• Pilot lights provide visual assurance that an electrical function
is being performed at a remote or hazardous location.
• For use in washdown areas.

Polyester

Polyamide

Stainless Steel

Aluminum

Features

Standard Materials
• Polyamide
— Body, cover, cable gland and blanking plug: polyamide, black
finish
• Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester (FRP)
— Body and cover: fiberglass reinforced polyester, black finish
• Stainless Steel
— Body, cover and cover screws: 316L stainless steel, natural
finish
• Aluminum
— Body and cover: aluminum with gray epoxy powder coating.
• Cable gland and blanking plug: polyamide
• Cover screws for 316L stainless steel or aluminum body: 304
stainless steel
• Cover screws for fiberglass reinforced polyester body: 316
stainless steel
• Optional nameplates: stainless steel

Accessories
•
•
•
•
•

Key for changing actuator blocks.
Guard for mushroom head actuator.
Padlockable guard.
M5 and M6 earth stud.
Combination drain and breather available in brass, polyamide
and stainless steel.

Options
• Nameplates: Lamacoid with different color combinations.
• Padlocking facility at left, center, right or any position on
selector switches.
• Padlocking facility for momentary and maintained push buttons.

361

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Controls

• Employs Ex de method of protection which eliminates the need
for external seals.
• Operators include push buttons, illuminated push buttons,
selector switches, control and load break switches and LED
pilot lights.
• Pilot light employs high intensity single LED with lifetime of
100,000 hours that can be used at:
— 12 Vac to 254 Vac 50/60 Hz
— 12 Vdc to 60 Vdc
• Up to 3 contact blocks per actuator can be used.
• Contact block technical data:
— IEC rated operating voltage (Ue): 500 Vac – 110 Vdc
— IEC switching capacity:
– AC 12: 16 Amps/400 Vac
– AC 14: 10 Amps/400 Vac
– AC 15: 6 Amps/500 Vac
– DC 13: 2 Amps/24 Vdc and 1 Amp/110 Vdc
• Selector switch technical data:
— IEC rated operating voltage: 690 Vac
— IEC rated operating current: maximum 16 Amps
— IEC switching capacity:
– AC1: 16 Amps/690 Vac
– AC15: 16 Amps/415 Vac
– AC3: 8 Amps/500 Vac
– AC3: 4 Amps/690 Vac
– AC3: 16 Amps/690 Vac
– DC1: 10 Amps/24 Vdc
– DC1: 6 Amps/60 Vdc
– DC1: 6 Amp/110 Vdc (2 contacts wired in series)
– DC1: 6 Amp/220 Vdc (3 contacts in series)
• Enclosures are rated for IP66 with firmly secured gasket.
• Operators and contact blocks are spaced so as to
have easy and ample space for wiring.
• Wide selection of termination methods available.
• Choice of DIN rail mounted high performance contact
block suitable for low intensity (less than 5mA).
• TS35 rail mounted components held securely in place
during operation and easily removed for service.
• Brass Inserts are provided for TS35 DIN rails or mounting
plate to be installed inside the enclosure.
• Captive, corrosion resistant stainless steel cover screws.

Unicode® 2 Series Customized Control Stations
Increased Safety

Polyamide, Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester, 316L Stainless Steel, Aluminum
Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Certifications and Compliances

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

Controls

tATEX or IECEx Certification
• Certification Type PCe (Polyamide)
— Gas: Zone 1 and 2
— Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2 G
— Type of Protection: Ex de IIC/Ex demb IIC
— Temperature class: T6
— Dust: Zone 21 and 22
— Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II2 D
— Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
— Surface Temperature: T167 °C to T75 °C
— Ambient Temperature: -20 °C to +55 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50221
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 00 ATEX 6047
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK09
• Certification Type CSPe (Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester)
— Gas: Zone 1 and 2
— Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2 G
— Type of Protection: Ex de IIC/Ex demb IIC
—Temperature class: T6
— Dust: Zone 21 and 22
— Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II2 D
— Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
—Surface Temperature: T75 °C
— Ambient Temperature: -55 °C to +60 °C (empty enclosure,
temperature to be determine according actuator)
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 52084
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 00 ATEX 3032X
— IECEx Certificate: IECEx LCI 09.0016X
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK10

• Certification Type PCe (Aluminum)
— Gas: Zone 1 and 2
— Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2 G
— Type of Protection: Ex de IIC/Ex demb IIC
— Temperature class: T6
— Dust: Zone 21 and 22
— Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II2 D
— Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
— Surface Temperature: T75 °C
— Ambient Temperature: -55 °C to +60 °C (empty enclosure,
temperature to be determine according actuator)
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50221
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 02 ATEX 6047
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK10
tEURASEC Certification
• Certification Type PCe (Polyamide)
— EURASEC RU C-FR ГБ 05.B.00911
• Certification Type CSPe (Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester)
— EURASEC RU C-FR ГБ 05.B.00911
• Certification Type JBe (Stainless Steel)
— EURASEC RU C-FR ГБ 05.B.00911
tOthers Certification 
• Certification Type PCe (Polyamide)
— INMETRO Certificate: BVC 11.0640-X
• Certification Type CSPe (Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester)
— INMETRO Certificate: BVC 11.0637-X
• Certification Type JBe (Stainless Steel)
—INMETRO Certificate: BVC 11.0418-X

• Certification Type JBe (Stainless Steel)
— Gas: Zone 1 and 2
— Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2 G
— Type of Protection: Ex de IIC/Ex demb IIC
— Temperature class: T5 to T6
— Dust: Zone 21 and 22
— Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II2 D
— Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
— Surface Temperature: T80 °C to T95 °C
­— Ambient Temperature: -50 °C to +70 °C (empty enclosure,
temperature to be determine according actuator)
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50232
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 02 ATEX 6118X
— IECEx Certificate: LCI 11.0008X
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK10

 Inmetro certification available on special request only. Contact your local sales for more information.

362

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Unicode® 2 Series Customized Control Stations
Increased Safety

Polyamide, Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester, 316L Stainless Steel, Aluminum
Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Catalog Numbering Guide - Unicode 2 Enclosures
U

2

Series:
U - Unicode 2 Series
Enclosures
ATEX or ATEX/IECEx
Certified

3

W2

Size:
1 - Size 1
2 - Size 2
3 - Size 3

Material Type and Mounting:
2 - Polyester / rail mounted
4 - Polyamide / rail mounted
6 - Stainless steel / rail mounted
8 - Aluminum / rail mounted

11

A1SA00G1SA00

Cover Layout:
Size 1, 2 and 3 available
See following page

Entry Configuration:
Bottom, Top and Feed Thru  
available
See below

M6

Options:
M6 - M6 earth stud
M8 - M8 earth stud
M1 - M10 earth stud
P5 - M5 earth stud
for polyamide or
polyester, M25 entry
required
P6 - M6 earth stud
for polyamide or
polyester, M20 entry
required
EP - Brass earth continuity
plate (2 x M20 for
polyamide box)
Devices:

1 to 6 devices per unit

Actuator, Pilot Light, Contact Blocks
and Accessories
See following pages
Controls

Entry Configuration
NPT
1/2”
Z1
Y1
X1

2 x 1/2”
Z2
Y2
X2

3/4”
Z3
Y3
X3

2 x 3/4”
Z4
Y4
X4

1”
Z5
Y5
X5

M20
W1
V1
U1

2 x M20 
W2
V2
U2

M25
W3
V3
U3

2 x M25
W4
V4
U4

 Polyamide versions: Only 2 x M20 available at bottom.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

363

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

Bottom
Top
Feed Thru

Metric

Unicode® 2 Series Customized Control Stations
Increased Safety

Polyamide, Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester, 316L Stainless Steel, Aluminum
Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Drilled Cover Layout
Size 1
1

2

10

3

11

01

02

27 
Size 2

1

1

2

3

1

2

3

2

V

3

V

21

5

4

34

03

04

05

6

4

06

5

07

6

4

08

09

10

10

11

11
12

26

28 

29 

Size 3
1

20

1

4

Controls

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

10

3

5

6

4

12

7

25

11

12

13

V

V

V

3

V

5

6

4

5

6

9

21

22

2

3

5

6

2

4

5

6

7

7

23

24

Device Examples with Options
Description
Push button with 1 NO contact and green
(unmarked) insert
Push button with 1 NC contact, padlocking device
and red (unmarked) insert
Push button with 2 NO contacts and START green
insert
Push button with 2 NO contacts, padlocking
device and START green insert
Push button with 2 NO contacts, padlocking
device, START green insert and DOWN small
legend plate
Red push-pull emergency stop mushroom head
with 2 NC contacts and padlocking device
Red push-pull emergency stop mushroom head
with 1 NO + 1 NC contacts and protective guard
Red push-pull emergency stop mushroom head
with 1 NO + 1 NC contacts and padlocking device
Green illuminated push button with 1 NO contact
Green illuminated push button with 2 NO contacts,
padlocking device and START green insert

14

2
5

A92R
A103
A1203
A1203SA10

D31
D33
LG5
LG1203

3

5

3

5

6

7

7

16

17

18

15

14

15

16

17

16

17

18

19

31 

6

2

7

14

6

30 

A5G

D23

15

1

3
4

13

10

2

20

2

11

4

21

8

1

32 

1
5

6

8

9

19

V
5

6

33 

Description
Green pilot light
Red pilot light with STOP large legend plate
2-position rotary actuator with 2 NO contacts and
padlocking device
2-position rotary actuator with 2 NO contacts and
HAND—AUTO small legend plate
3-position I—O—II rotary actuator (I + II
maintained) with 2 NO contacts
3-position I—O—II rotary actuator (I + II
maintained) with 2 NO contacts and
FORWARD—OFF—REVERSE large legend plate
2-position 2-pole switch
2-position 2-pole switch with 0—I large legend
plate
2-position 4-pole switch
2-position 4-pole switch with 0—I large legend
plate
2 position 2-pole selector switch with
STOP—START large legend plate
3 position 2-pole selector switch with
OFF—0—ON large legend plate

PG
PRLA08
H12
H1SH05
J1
J1LJ06
S32
S32 LH01
S35
S35LH01
S30LH04
S31LJ02

 Stainless steel version only.

364

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Unicode® 2 Series Customized Control Station
Increased Safety

Polyamide, Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester, 316L Stainless Steel, Aluminum
Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

(Located Above Device)

Text
Blank
ON
OFF
FORWARD
REVERSE
JOG
RUN
START
STOP
UP
DOWN
FAST
SLOW
RAISE
LOWER
OPEN
CLOSE
LOW
HIGH
TEST
RESET

Small
SA00
SA01
SA02
SA03
SA04
SA05
SA06
SA07
SA08
SA09
SA10
SA11
SA12
SA13
SA14
SA15
SA16
SA17
SA18
SA19
SA20

Large
LA00
LA01
LA02
LA03
LA04
LA05
LA06
LA07
LA08
LA09
LA10
LA11
LA12
LA13
LA14
LA15
LA16
LA17
LA18
LA19
LA20

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

(Located Above Device)

EMERGENCY STOP
MARCHE
ARRET
ARRET D’URGENCE
HAUT
BAS

SA21
SA22
SA23
SA24
SA25
SA26

LA21
LA22
LA23
LA24
LA25
LA26

Devices
Illuminated Push Buttons, Momentary Contacts (2 maximum)
Green with 2 NO momentary contacts
LG1
Green with 2 NC momentary contacts
LG2
Green with 1 NO + 1 NC momentary contacts
LG3
Green with 1 NO momentary contacts
LG5
Green with 1 NC momentary contacts
LG9
Red with 2 NO momentary contacts
LR1
Red with 2 NC momentary contacts
LR2
Red with 1 NO + 1 NC momentary contacts
LR3
Red with 1 NO momentary contacts
LR5
Red with 1 NC momentary contacts
LR9
For other colors replace 2nd letter to B for Blue, W for White and Y for
Yellow. Example: Blue — LB1

Device Options
Push buttons complete with key removable in both positions
(2 contacts maximum)
With 2 NO contacts
E1
With 2 NC contacts
E2
With 1 NO + 1 NC contacts
E3
With 1 NO contact
E5
With 1 NC contact
E9
Push buttons complete with key removable in ON position
(2 contacts maximum)
With 2 NO contacts
F1
With 2 NC contacts
F2
With 1 NO + 1 NC contacts
F3
With 1 NO contact
F5
With 1 NC contact
F9
Push buttons complete with key removable in OFF position
(2 contacts maximum)
With 2 NO contacts
G1
With 2 NC contacts
G2
With 1 NO + 1 NC contacts
G3
With 1 NO contact
G5
With 1 NC contact
G9

365

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

Legend Plates
Legend Plates for Push Buttons and Pilot Lights

Legend Plates (Continued)
Legend Plates for Push Buttons and Pilot Lights

Controls

Devices
Push Buttons, Momentary Contacts (3 maximum)
With 2 NO momentary contacts
A1
With 2 NC momentary contacts
A2
With 1 NO + 1 NC momentary contacts
A3
With 2 NO + 1 NC momentary contacts
A4
With 1 NO momentary contact
A5
With 1 NO + 2 NC momentary contacts
A6
With 3 NO momentary contacts
A7
With 3 NC momentary contacts
A8
With 1 NC momentary contact
A9
Guard and Padlocking Devices
Guard for mushroom head push button
1
Padlocking device for push button and rotary actuator 2
Padlocking device for mushroom head push button
3
Inserts for Push Buttons and Illuminated Push Buttons
Green (unmarked)
G
Red (unmarked)
R
Yellow (unmarked)
Y
White (unmarked)
W
Blue (unmarked)
B
Black (unmarked)
N
ON (green)
01
OFF (red)
02
START (green)
03
STOP (red)
04
MARCHE (green)
05
ARRET (red)
06
I (green)
07
O (red)
08

Unicode® 2 Series Customized Control Station
Increased Safety

Polyamide, Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester, 316L Stainless Steel, Aluminum

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

Controls

Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Device Options
Black Mushroom Head Push Buttons, Momentary Contacts
(3 maximum)
With 2 NO momentary contacts
B1
With 2 NC momentary contacts
B2
With 1 NO + 1 NC momentary contacts
B3
With 2 NO + 1 NC momentary contacts
B4
With 1 NO momentary contact
B5
With 1 NO + 2 NC momentary contacts
B6
With 3 NO momentary contacts
B7
With 3 NC momentary contacts
B8
With 1 NC momentary contact
B9

Devices
2 Positions O-I Rotary Actuator (O and I Maintained)
With 2 NO maintained contacts
With 2 NC maintained contacts
With 1 NO + 1 NC maintained contacts
With 2 NO + 1 NC maintained contacts
With 1 NO maintained contact
With 1 NO + 2 NC maintained contacts
With 3 NO maintained contacts
With 3 NC maintained contacts
With 1 NC maintained contact
Legend Plates for 2-Position Selector Switches

Devices
Red Mushroom Head Push Buttons, Momentary Contacts
(3 maximum)
With 2 NO momentary contacts
R1
With 2 NC momentary contacts
R2
With 1 NO + 1 NC momentary contacts
R3
With 2 NO + 1 NC momentary contacts
R4
With 1 NO momentary contact
R5
With 1 NO + 2 NC momentary contacts
R6
With 3 NO momentary contacts
R7
With 3 NC momentary contacts
R8
With 1 NC momentary contact
R9
Red Mushroom Head Emergency Stop Buttons, Maintained
(3 contacts maximum)
Push-pull version with 2 NO maintained contacts
D1
Push-pull version with 2 NC maintained contacts
D2
Push-pull version with 1 NO + 1 NC maintained
D3
contacts
Push-pull version with 2 NO + 1 NC maintained
D4
contacts
Push-pull version with 1 NO maintained contact
D5
Push-pull version with 1 NO + 2 NC maintained
D6
contacts
Push-pull version with 3 NO maintained contacts
D7
Push-pull version with 3 NC maintained contacts
D8
Push-pull version with 1 NC maintained contact
D9
Red Mushroom Head Emergency Stop Buttons, Maintained
Contacts (2 maximum)
Key to release with 2 NO maintained contacts
C1
Key to release with 2 NC maintained contacts
C2
Key to release with 1 NO + 1 NC maintained contacts C3
Key to release with 1 NO maintained contact
C5
Key to release with 1 NC maintained contact
C9
LED Pilot Lights
Blue color
PB
Green color
PG
Red color
PR
White color
PW
Yellow color
PY

Text
Small
Large
O—I
SH01
LH01
ON—OFF
SH02
LH02
START—STOP
SH03
LH03
STOP—START
SH04
LH04
HAND—AUTO
SH05
LH05
MANU—AUTO
SH06
LH06
FORWARD—REVERSE
SH07
LH07
REMOTE—LOCAL
SH08
LH08
MARCHE—ARRET
SH09
LH09
3 Positions I-O-II Rotary Actuator (I and II maintained)
With 2 NO maintained contacts
J1
With 2 NC maintained contacts
J2
With 1 NO + 1 NC maintained contacts
J3
With 2 NO + 1 NC maintained contacts
J4
With 1 NO + 2 NC maintained contacts
J6
With 3 NO maintained contacts
J7
With 3 NC maintained contacts
J8
3 Positions I-O-II Rotary Actuator (I and II spring-return to O)
With 2 NO contacts
K1
With 2 NC contacts
K2
With 1 NO + 1 NC contacts
K3
With 2 NO + 1 NC contacts
K4
With 1 NO + 2 NC contacts
K6
With 3 NO contacts
K7
With 3 NC contacts
K8
3 Positions I-O-II Rotary Actuator (I Maintained and II SpringReturn to O)
With 2 NO contacts
M1
With 2 NC contacts
M2
With 1 NO + 1 NC contacts
M3
With 2 NO + 1 NC contacts
M4
With 1 NO + 2 NC contacts
M6
With 3 NO contacts
M7
With 3 NC contacts
M8
3 Positions I-O-II Rotary Actuator (I Spring-Return to O + II
Maintained)
With 2 NO contacts
N1
With 2 NC contacts
N2
With 1 NO + 1 NC contacts
N3
With 2 NO + 1 NC contacts
N4
With 1 NO + 2 NC contacts
N6
With 3 NO contacts
N7
With 3 NC contacts
N8

366

H1
H2
H3
H4
H5
H6
H7
H8
H9

(Located Above Device)

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Unicode® 2 Series Customized Control Station
Increased Safety

Polyamide, Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester, 316L Stainless Steel, Aluminum
Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Devices
16A Selector Switches 

Other contact arrangements are available, contact your local sales
representative.

2 position 2-pole
Selector switch

S30

3 position 2-pole
Selector switch

S31

2 position 2-pole
switch

S32

3 position 2-pole
Selector switch with
spring return from
135° to 90°
3 position 2-pole
Selector switch with
spring return from 45°
to 90°

S33

S34

S35

3 position 4-pole
Selector switch

S36

2 position 4-pole
Selector switch

S37

3 position 3-pole
Selector switch with
spring return from 45°
to 90°
3 position 3-pole
Selector switch with
spring return from
135° to 90°

VA13
VA15
VA16
VA53
VA55
VA56

M6
M8
M1
P5
P6
EP
BP

Controls

2 position 4-pole
switch

Devices
Ammeters 48 x 48 mm
1A C.T.and 3 F.L.C. with 0-1-3 scale
1A C.T. and 5 F.L.C. with 0-1-5 scale
1A C.T. and 6 F.L.C. with 0-1-6 scale
5A C.T. and 3 F.L.C. with 0-1-3 scale
5A C.T. and 5 F.L.C. with 0-1-5 scale
5A C.T. and 6 F.L.C. with 0-1-6 scale
Box Options
Earth Stud
M6 earth stud
M8 earth stud
M10 earth stud
M5 earth stud for polyamide or polyester,
M20 entry required
M6 earth stud for polyamide or polyester,
M25 entry required
Earth Continuity Plate
Brass
Plug
Cover blanking plug

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

S38

S39

Legend Plates for 3-Position Selector Switches
(Located Above Device)

Text
I—O—II
OFF—O—ON
START—NORMAL—STOP
HAND—OFF—AUTO
MANUAL—O—AUTO
FORWARD—OFF—REVERSE
LOCAL—REMOTE—AUTO
LOCAL—O—REMOTE
MARCHE—NORMAL—ARRET

Small
SJ01
SJ02
SJ03
SJ04
SJ05
SJ06
SJ07
SJ08
SJ09

Large
LJ01
LJ02
LJ03
LJ04
LJ05
LJ06
LJ07
LJ08
LJ09

 Additional configurations available. See Unicode 2 Series 16 Amp Switches in the Component and Accessories section. Choose the contact arrangement,
then add the last four digits of the switch part number in the custom configured control station catalog number.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

367

Unicode® 2 Series Customized Control Station
Increased Safety

Polyamide, Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester, 316L Stainless Steel, Aluminum
Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Ordering Example:

Polyester Customized Control Station Specifications – Type U2

Polyester Customized Control Station Specifications — Type: U4
C o m p a ny N a m e :

A ddre s s :

Contact:
Phone/Fax:
E ma il:

P roje c t:

Box Definition
Size 1

Size 2
2

1

1

3

1

3

1
5

4

02

01

2

03 *

04

05 *

2

3

6

4

06

07

2

3

5

6

V

V
4

08

09 *

26

Size 3
20

1

1

4

4

21

1

2

10

3

5

6

4

12

7

25

10 *

11

X

2

3

2

11
5

6

13 *

14

5

7

13
12 *

1

3
4

16

15 *

6

2

3

5

6

7

7

17

18

1

2

3

V

5

6

5

6

4

8

9

8

9

19

20

V
5

V
6

V

4

5

7
21 *

22 *

6
7

23

24

* Terminal block available as option. (maximum: 10 x terminals 2.5mm2)

Entries (clearance hole)

Entry Position

X

• Size 3 with 3 vertical actuators.
• 2 x M20 entries at bottom with brass
earth continuity plate.
• Without earth stud.
• Without cable glands and plugs.
• White self-adhesive nameplate with
black lettering.
• Text: MOTOR 4
• Position 1: Green pilot light without
legend plate.
• Position 2: Green start push button
with 2 x NO contacts.
• Green start insert without legend
plate and guard.
• Position 7: Emergency stop pushpull mushroom head with 2 x NC
contacts without legend plate and
guard.
Part No.:
U23W211 PG A103 D2

C a b le G la n d s

X Without
 Type:


X Without
 M6 Stainless Steel Earth Stud
 M8 Stainless Steel Earth Stud
Location
A B

C

P lu g s

X Without
 Type:

Quantity:

D

 A, B, C, D

Quantity:

Nameplate
Option
 Without
 With
(complete
Type and
color)

Type

X 58 x 18 Self-Adhesive Laminated
Plastic
 65 x 18 Screw On Laminated Plastic
 65 x 18 Screw On in Stainless steel
(available with black lettering only)
Text (1 line):

Color

X White (black letters)

 Blue (white letters)

 Yellow (black letters)

 Black (white letters)

 Red (white letters)

 Green (white letters)

Functions
Position

N

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

Controls

Polyester Control Station

Earth Stud (At Bottom)


X M20
 M25
 3/4" NPT (via hub)
Earth Continuity Plate
Brass Earth Plate as Standard
 Stainless Steel Earth Plate

Actuator

Contacts

Insert

Legend Plate

Guard

1

PG

0

0

0

0

4

A

1

03

0

0

7

D

2

0

0

0

* Te r m i n a l B l o c k s ( o p t i o n a l )

Ty p e

Option for Box No. 03-05-09-10-12-13-15-21-22 only

2.5 mm

Q u a n t i t y (1 0 m a x i m u m )
2

Additional Instructions:

The following inquiry forms should be filled out and sent to your local Appleton/ATX Representative.

368

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Unicode® 2 Series Customized Control Station
Increased Safety
Polyamide

Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Polyamide Customized Control Station Specifications — Type: U4
Company Name:

Address:

Contact:
Phone/Fax:
Email:

Project:

Box Definition
Size 1

Size 2

Size 3
20

V

1
21

1

21

4

01

34

Entry Position

04

25

09

1

V

V

4

4

4
7

7
11

21

Entries — Clearance Hole

Earth Stud — At Bottom

 M20

 Without

23

 M6 Stainless Steel Earth Stud
(via M20 entry)

Earth Continuity Plate
 Brass Earth Plate

Controls

 Stainless Steel Earth Plate
Cable Glands

Plugs

 Without

 Without
Quantity:

 Type:

Quantity:

 Type:

Option

Type

 Without

Color

 58 x 18 mm
Self-Adhesive Laminated Plastic

 With
(complete
Type and
color)

 White (black letters)

 Blue (white letters)

 Yellow (black letters)

 Black (white letters)

 Red (white letters)

 Green (white letters)

Text (1 line):

Functions
Position

Actuator

Contacts

Insert

Legend Plate

Guard

Additional Instructions:

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

369

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

Nameplate

Unicode® 2 Series Customized Control Station
Increased Safety

Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester
Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Polyester Customized Control Station Specifications — Type: U4
Company Name:

Address:

Contact:
Phone/Fax:
Email:

Project:

Box Definition
Size 1

Size 2
1

1

2

01

1

3

2

3

1
5

4

02

03 *

04

05 *

2

3

6

4

06

07

2

3

5

6

V

V
4

08

09 *

26

Size 3
20

1

1

4

4

21
25

1

2

10

3

3

2

11
5

6

4

5

12

7
10 *

2

4

6

12 *

13 *

14

5

7

13

11

1

3

15 *

16

6

2

3

5

6

7

1

7

17

18

2

3

V

5

6

5

6

4

8

9

8

9

19

20

V
5

V
6

V

4

5

7
21 *

22 *

6
7

23

24

* Terminal block available as option. (maximum: 10 x terminals 2.5 mm2)

Controls

Entry Position

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

Cable Glands
 Without
 Type:

Entries — Clearance Hole

Earth Stud — At Bottom

 M20
 M25
 3/4" NPT (via hub)
Earth Continuity Plate
Brass Earth Plate as Standard
 Stainless Steel Earth Plate

 Without
 M6 Stainless Steel Earth Stud
 M8 Stainless Steel Earth Stud
Location
A B

Plugs
 Without
 Type:

Quantity:

C

D

 A, B, C, D

Quantity:

Nameplate
Option
 Without
 With
(complete
Type and
color)

Type
 58 x 18 mm Self-Adhesive Laminated Plastic
 65 x 18 mm Screw On Laminated Plastic
 65 x 18 mm Screw On in Stainless steel (available
with black lettering only)
Text (1 line):

 White (black letters)
 Yellow (black letters)
 Red (white letters)

Color
 Blue (white letters)
 Black (white letters)
 Green (white letters)

Functions
Position

Actuator

Contacts

Insert

* Terminal Blocks (optional)

Type

Option for Box No. 03-05-09-10-12-13-15-21-22 only

2.5 mm2

Legend Plate

Guard

Quantity (10 maximum)

Additional Instructions:

370

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Unicode® 2 Series Customized Control Station
Increased Safety
316L Stainless Steel

Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Stainless Steel Customized Control Station Specifications — Type: U6
Company Name:

Address:

Contact:
Phone/Fax:
Email:

Project:

Box Definition
Size 1

Size 2
1

10

1

1

01

10

11

11

4

11
27

03*

04

Size 3

10

V

V
2

4

12
28 *

29

5

14

15

14

15

16

17

16

17

18

19

6

30

26

09*

3

31 *

32

V
5

6

33

* Terminal block available as option. (maximum: 10 x terminals 2.5 mm2)

Entry Position

Entries — Clearance Hole

Earth Stud — At Bottom

 M20
 M25
 3/4" NPT (via hub)

M6 Stainless Steel Earth Stud as Standard
 M8 Stainless Steel Earth Stud
Location
A B

D

Plugs
 Without
 Type:

Quantity:

 A, B, C, D

Controls

Cable Glands
 Without
 Type:

C

Quantity:

Nameplate
Type
 58 x 18 mm Self-Adhesive Laminated Plastic
 65 x 18 mm Screw On Laminated Plastic
 65 x 18 mm Screw On in Stainless steel (available
with black lettering only)
Text (1 line):

 White (black letters)
 Yellow (black letters)
 Red (white letters)

Color
 Blue (white letters)
 Black (white letters)
 Green (white letters)

Functions
Position

Actuator

Contacts

Insert

* Terminal Blocks (optional)

Type

Option for Box No. 03-09-28-31 only

2.5 mm

Legend Plate

Guard

Quantity (10 maximum)
2

Additional
Instructions:

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

371

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

Option
 Without
 With
(complete
Type and
color)

Unicode® 2 Series Customized Control Station
Increased Safety
Aluminum

Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Aluminum Customized Control Station Specifications — Type: U8
Company Name:

Address:

Contact:
Phone/Fax:
Email:

Project:

Box Definition
Size 1

Size 2
1

1

2

01

1

3

2

3

1
5

4

02

03 *

04

05 *

2

3

6

4

06

07

2

3

5

6

V

V
4

08

09 *

26

Size 3
20

1

1

4

4

21
25

1

2

10

3

3

5

6

2

11
5

6

4

12

7
10 *

2

4

12 *

13 *

14

5

7

13

11

1

3

15 *

16

6

2

3

5

6

7

1

7

17

18

2

3

V

5

6

5

6

4

8

9

8

9

19

20

V
5

V
6

4

V
5

7
21 *

22 *

23

6
7

24

* Terminal block available as option. (maximum: 10 x terminals 2.5 mm2)

Controls

Entry Position

Earth Stud — At Bottom

 M20
 M25
 3/4" NPT (via hub)

M5 External Earth Stud as Standard
 M6 Stainless Steel Earth Stud
 M8 Stainless Steel Earth Stud
Location
A B

Cable Glands
 Without
 Type:

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

Entries — Clearance Hole

Plugs
 Without
 Type:

Quantity:

C

D

 A, B, C, D

Quantity:

Nameplate
Option
 Without
 With
(complete
Type and
color)

Type
 58 x 18 mm Self-Adhesive Laminated Plastic
 65 x 18 mm Screw On Laminated Plastic
 65 x 18 mm Screw On in Stainless steel (available
with black lettering only)
Text (1 line):

 White (black letters)
 Yellow (black letters)
 Red (white letters)

Color
 Blue (white letters)
 Black (white letters)
 Green (white letters)

Functions
Position

Actuator

Contacts

Insert

* Terminal Blocks (optional)

Type

Option for Box No. 03-05-09-10-12-13-15-21-22 only

2.5 mm

Legend Plate

Guard

Quantity (10 maximum)
2

Additional Instructions:

372

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Unicode® 2 Series Pre-Drilled Control Stations
Increased Safety

Polyamide, Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester, 316L Stainless Steel, Aluminum
Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Applications
• Local control stations and motor control stations for use
in hazardous areas covering the broadest possible range
of applications.
• Control of equipment at:
— Power plants
— Chemical and petrochemical plants
— Petroleum refineries
— Reverse osmosis plants
— Pulp and paper processing plants
— Various industrial applications
• For use in washdown areas.

Polyester U23W211

Polyamide U43W211

Stainless Steel U62W229

Aluminum U83W211

Features
• Enclosures are rated for IP66 with firmly secured gasket.
• Captive, corrosion resistant stainless steel cover screws.

Standard Materials

tATEX or IECEx Certification
• Certification Type PCe (Polyamide)
— Gas: Zone 1 and 2
— Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:   II 2 G
— Type of Protection: Ex de IIC or Ex demb IIC
— Temperature class: T6
— Dust: Zone 21 and 22
— Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II2 D
— Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
— Surface Temperature: T167 °C to T75 °C
— Ambient Temperature: -20 °C to +55 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50221
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 00 ATEX 6047
— IEC Certificate: LCIE Ex 00.017
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK09
• Certification Type CSPe (Polyester)
— Gas: Zone 1 and 2
— Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:   II 2 G
— Type of Protection: Ex de IIC or Ex demb IIC
— Temperature class: T6
— Dust: Zone 21 and 22
— Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II2 D
— Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
— Surface Temperature: T75 °C
— Ambient Temperature: -55 °C to +70 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 52084

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 00 ATEX 3032X
— IECEx Certificate: IECEx LCI 09.0016X
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK10
• Certification Type JBe (Stainless Steel)
— Gas: Zone 1 and 2
— Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:   II 2 G
— Type of Protection: Ex de IIC or Ex demb IIC
— Temperature class: T5 to T6
— Dust: Zone 21 and 22
— Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II2 D
— Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
— Surface Temperature: T80 °C to T95 °C
­— Ambient Temperature: -50 °C to +70 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50232
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 02 ATEX 6118X
— IECEx Certificate: LCI 11.0008X
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK10
• Certification Type PCe (Aluminum)
— Gas: Zone 1 and 2
— Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:   II 2 G
— Type of Protection: Ex de IIC or Ex demb IIC
— Temperature class: T6
— Dust: Zone 21 and 22
— Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II2 D
— Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
— Surface Temperature: T75 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50221
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 02 ATEX 6047
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK10

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

Certifications and Compliances

Controls

• Polyamide
— Body, cover, cable gland and blanking plug: polyamide, black
finish
• Polyester
— Body and cover: fiberglass reinforced polyester, black finish.
• Stainless Steel
— Body, cover and cover screws: 316L stainless steel, natural
finish
• Aluminum
— Body and cover: aluminum with gray epoxy powder coating.
• Cable gland and blanking plug: polyamide
• Cover screws for 316L stainless steel or aluminum body: 304
stainless steel
• Cover screws for fiberglass reinforced polyester body: 316
stainless steel
• Nameplate: white self-adhesive laminated plastic

373

Unicode® 2 Series Pre-Drilled Control Stations
Increased Safety

Polyamide, Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester, 316L Stainless Steel, Aluminum
Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

tEURASEC Certification
• Certification Type PCe (Polyamide)
— EURASEC RU C-FR ГБ 05.B.00911
• Certification Type CSPe (Polyester)
— EURASEC RU C-FR ГБ 05.B.00911
• Certification Type JBe (Stainless Steel)
— EURASEC RU C-FR ГБ 05.B.00911

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

Controls

tOthers Certification 
• Certification Type PCe (Polyamide)
— INMETRO Certificate: BVC 11.0640-X
• Certification Type CSPe (Polyester)
— INMETRO Certificate: BVC 11.0637-X
• Certification Type JBe (Stainless Steel)
—INMETRO Certificate: BVC 11.0418-X

 Inmetro certification available on special request only. Contact your local sales for more information.
Aluminum Unicode® 2 Series Control Stations and Switches are not recognized for use in any NBR IEC Brazilian governed areas.

374

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Unicode® 2 Series Pre-Drilled Control Stations
Increased Safety

Polyamide, Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester, 316L Stainless Steel, Aluminum
Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Polyamide Pre-drilled Boxes for Control Stations
Included: 1 white self-adhesive laminated plastic nameplate (black lettering),
2 clearance entries at bottom.

Entries

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Catalog Number
2 Bottom

M20

0.7

2.5

U41W201

For 1 actuator
1 vertical rail

M20

0.9

2.5

U42W234

For 2 actuators
1 vertical rail

M20

0.9

2.5

U42W204

For 2 actuators
1 vertical rail

M20

1.0

2.5

U43W225

For 3 actuators
1 vertical rail

M20

1.0

2.5

U43W211

For 1 ammeter 48 x 48
+ 1 actuator
1 vertical rail

M20

1.0

2.5

U43W221

For 1 ammeter 48 x 48
+ 2 actuators
1 vertical rail

M20

1.0

2.5

U43W223

Description/
Function
Size 1 Pre-Drilled Enclosures
For 1 actuator
1 vertical rail
01
Size 2 Pre-Drilled Enclosures

34

Controls

04
Size 3 Pre-Drilled Enclosures

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

25

11

21

23
Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

375

Unicode® 2 Series Pre-Drilled Control Stations
Increased Safety

Polyamide, Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester, 316L Stainless Steel, Aluminum
Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Polyester Pre-Drilled Boxes for Control Stations
Included: 1 white self-adhesive laminated plastic nameplate
(black lettering), 1 earth continuity brass plate, threaded entries.
Description/
Function

Catalog Number
1 Bottom

Catalog Number
2 Bottom

Catalog Number
Feed-Thru

2.7

U21W101

U21W201

U21U101

0.8

2.7

U21W301

U21W401

U21U301

M20

0.8

2.7

U21W102

U21W202

U21U102

M25

0.8

2.7

U21W302

U21W402

U21U302

M20

1.0

4.2

U22W104

U22W204

U22U104

M25

1.0

4.2

U22W304

U22W404

U22U304

M20

1.0

4.2

U22W106

U22W206

U22U106

M25

1.0

4.2

U22W306

U22W406

U22U306

M20

1.0

4.2

U22W108

U22W208

U22U108

M25

1.0

4.2

U22W308

U22W408

U22U308

M20

1.0

4.2

U22W126

U22W226

U22U126

M25

1.0

4.2

U22W326

U22W426

U22U326

Entries

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

M20

0.8

M25

Size 1 Pre-Drilled Enclosures
For 1 actuator
1 horizontal rail

For 2 actuators
1 horizontal rail
Size 2 Pre-Drilled Enclosures

Controls

For 2 actuators
1 vertical rail

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

For 3 actuators
2 horizontal rails

For 4 actuators
2 horizontal rails

For 1 ammeter 48x48
+1 actuator
1 vertical rail

376

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Unicode® 2 Series Pre-Drilled Control Stations
Increased Safety

Polyamide, Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester, 316L Stainless Steel, Aluminum
Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Polyester Pre-Drilled Boxes for Control Stations
Included: 1 white self-adhesive laminated plastic nameplate
(black lettering), 1 earth continuity brass plate, threaded entries.
Description/
Function

Entries

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Catalog Number
1 Bottom

Catalog Number
2 Bottom

Catalog Number
Feed-Thru

Size 3 Pre-Drilled Enclosures — 230 mm x 120 mm x 91 mm

For 3 actuators
1 vertical rail

For 4 actuators
1 vertical rail

For 4 actuators
3 horizontal rails

For 6 actuators
3 horizontal rails

For 1 ammeter 48x48
+ 2 actuators
1 vertical rail

For 1 ammeter 48x48
+ 3 actuators
1 vertical rail (V)
2 horizontal rails
(5-6-7)

4.2

U23W111

U23W211

U23U111

M25

1.1

4.2

U23W311

U23W411

U23U311

M20

1.1

4.2

U23W114

U23W214

U23U114

M25

1.1

4.2

U23W314

U23W414

U23U314

M20

1.1

4.2

U23W116

U23W216

U23U116

M25

1.1

4.2

U23W316

U23W416

U23U316

M20

1.1

4.2

U23W117

U23W217

U23U117

M25

1.1

4.2

U23W317

U23W417

U23U317

M20

1.1

4.2

U23W118

U23W218

U23U118

M25

1.1

4.2

U23W318

U23W418

U23U318

M20

1.1

4.2

U23W120

U23W220

U23U120

M25

1.1

4.2

U23W320

U23W420

U23U320

M20

1.1

4.2

U23W123

U23W223

U23U123

M25

1.1

4.2

U23W323

U23W423

U23U323

M20

11.1

4.2

U23W124

U23W224

U23U124

M25

11.1

4.2

U23W324

U23W424

U23U324

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

For 5 actuators
3 horizontal rails

1.1

Controls

For 4 actuators
3 horizontal rails

M20

377

Unicode® 2 Series Pre-Drilled Control Stations
Increased Safety

Polyamide, Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester, 316L Stainless Steel, Aluminum
Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Stainless Steel Pre-drilled Boxes for Control Stations
Included: 1 white self-adhesive laminated plastic
nameplate (black lettering), clearance entries.
Description/
Function
Size 1 Pre-Drilled Enclosures
For 1 actuator
1 vertical rail

For 2 actuators
1 vertical rail

Entries

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Catalog Number
1 Bottom

Catalog Number
2 Bottom

Catalog Number
Feed-Thru

M20

1.0

2.7

U61W101

U61W201

U61U101

M25

1.0

2.7

U61W301

U61W401

U61U301

M20

1.0

2.7

U61W127

U61W227

U61U127

M25

1.0

2.7

U61W327

U61W427

U61U327

M20

1.5

3.6

U62W104

U62W204

U62U104

M25

1.5

3.6

U62W304

U62W404

U62U304

M20

1.5

3.6

U62W129

U62W229

U62U129

M25

1.5

3.6

U62W329

U62W429

U62U329

M20

1.5

3.6

U62W126

U62W226

U62U126

M25

1.5

3.6

U62W326

U62W426

U62U326

M20

1.8

5.3

U63W130

U63W230

U63U130

M25

1.8

5.3

U63W330

U63W430

U63U330

M20

1.8

5.3

U63W132

U63W232

U63U132

M25

1.8

5.3

U63W332

U63W432

U63U332

M20

1.8

5.3

U63W133

U63W233

U63U133

M25

1.8

5.3

U63W333

U63W433

U63U333

Size 2 Pre-Drilled Enclosures

Controls

For 2 actuators
1 vertical rail

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

For 3 actuators
1 vertical rail

For 1 ammeter 48x48
+ 1 actuator
1 vertical rail
Size 3 Pre-Drilled Enclosures
For 4 actuators
2 vertical rails

For 6 actuators
2 vertical rails

For 1 ammeter 48 x 48
+ 2 actuators
1 vertical rail (V)
1 horizontal rail (5-6)

378

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Unicode® 2 Series Pre-Drilled Control Stations
Increased Safety

Polyamide, Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester, 316L Stainless Steel, Aluminum
Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Aluminum Pre-drilled boxes for Control Stations
Included: 1 white self-adhesive laminated plastic nameplate
(black lettering), clearance entries.

Entries

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Catalog Number
1 Bottom

Catalog Number
2 Bottom

Catalog Number
Feed-Thru

For 1 actuator
1 horizontal rail

M20

1.0

2.7

U81W101

U81W201

U81U101

For 2 actuators
1 horizontal rail

M20

1.0

2.7

U81W102

U81W202

U81U102

For 2 actuators
1 vertical rail

M20

1.5

2.7

U82W104

U82W204

U82U104

For 3 actuators
2 horizontal rails

M20

1.5

2.7

U82W107

U82W207

U82U107

For 4 actuators
2 horizontal rails

M20

1.5

2.7

U82W108

U82W208

U82U108

For 1 Ammeter 48x48
+ 1 actuator
1 vertical rail

M20

1.5

2.7

U82W126

U82W226

U82U126

Description/Function
Size 1 Pre-Drilled Enclosures

Size 2 Pre-Drilled Enclosures

Controls

379

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Unicode® 2 Series Pre-Drilled Control Stations
Increased Safety

Polyamide, Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester, 316L Stainless Steel, Aluminum
Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Aluminum Pre-drilled boxes for Control Stations
Included: 1 white self-adhesive laminated plastic nameplate
(black lettering), clearance entries.

Description/Function

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Catalog Number
1 Bottom

Catalog Number
2 Bottom

Catalog Number
Feed-Thru

M20

1.8

4.2

U83W111

U83W211

U83U111

M25

1.8

4.2

U83W311

U83W411

U83U311

M20

1.8

4.2

U83W116

U83W216

U83U116

M25

1.8

4.2

U83W316

U83W416

U83U316

M20

1.8

4.2

U83W117

U83W217

U83U117

M25

1.8

4.2

U83W317

U83W417

U83U317

M20

1.8

4.2

U83W118

U83W218

U83U118

M25

1.8

4.2

U83W318

U83W418

U83U318

M20

1.8

4.2

U83W120

U83W220

U83U120

M25

1.8

4.2

U83W320

U83W420

U83U320

M20

1.8

4.2

U83W123

U83W223

U83U123

M25

1.8

4.2

U83W323

U83W423

U83U323

M20

1.8

4.2

U83W124

U83W224

U83U124

M25

1.8

4.2

U83W324

U83W424

U83U324

Entries

Size 3 Pre-Drilled Enclosures — 230 mm x 110 mm x 95 mm

For 3 actuators
1 vertical rail

For 4 actuators
3 horizontal rails

Controls

For 4 actuators
3 horizontal rails

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

For 5 actuators
3 horizontal rails

For 6 actuators
3 horizontal rails

For 1 ammeter 48x48
+ 2 actuators
1 vertical rail

For 1 ammeter 48x48
+ 3 actuators
1 vertical rail (V)
2 horizontal rails (5-6-7)

380

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Unicode® 2 Series Pre-Drilled Control Stations
Increased Safety

Polyamide, Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester, 316L Stainless Steel, Aluminum
Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Dimensions
Polyamide
80 mm (1.15”)

80 mm (1.15”)

Size 1

149 mm (5.87”)

149 mm (5.87”)

50 mm (1.97”)
73 mm (2.87”)

93 mm to 136 mm
(3.66” to 5.35”)

90 mm (3.54”)

104 mm (4.09”)

80 mm (1.15”)

90 mm (3.54”)

90 mm (3.54”)

(2) Ø 5.5 mm
(0.22”)

(2) Ø 5.5 mm
(0.22”)

73 mm (2.87”)

Size 1 Mounting/
Fixing Details

Size 2

Size 3

Size 2 and 3
Mounting/Fixing Details

Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester
91 mm (3.58”)
120 mm (4.72”)

120 mm (4.72”)

103 mm (4.06”)

103 mm
103(4.06”)
mm
103(4.06”)
mm (4.06”)

Size 1

193 mm (7.60”)

230 mm (9.06”)

193 mm (7.60”)

120 mm (4.72”)

103103
mmmm
(4.06”)
(4.06”)

120 mm (4.72”)

170 mm (6.69”)
133 mm (5.24”)

193 mm (7.60”)

83 mm (3.27”)
170 mm (6.69”)
133 mm (5.24”)
230 mm (9.06”)

120 mm (4.72”)

133 mm (5.24”)

83 170
mm mm
(3.27”)
(6.69”)

120 mm (4.72”)

83 mm (3.27”)

120 mm (4.72”)

91 mm (3.58”)

103 mm103
(4.06”)
mm (4.06”)

Controls

120 mm (4.72”)

120 mm (4.72”)

120 mm (4.72”)

230 mm (9.06”)

120 mm (4.72”)

91 mm (3.58”)
120 mm (4.72”)

103 mm (4.06”)

Size 2

Size 3

Mounting/Fixing Details for Above Boxes: Four Holes Ø 5 mm

316L Stainless Steel

97 mm
(3.82”)

Size 1

104 mm
(4.09”)

127 mm
(5.00”)

Size 2

187 mm (7.36”)

148 mm (5.83”)

220 mm (8.66”)
200 mm (7.87”)

148 mm (5.83”)

(2) Ø 8 mm (0.31”)

89 mm
(3.50”)

187 mm (7.36”)

177 mm (6.97”)

(2) Ø 8 mm (0.31”)

220 mm (8.66”)
200 mm (7.87”)

127 mm
(5.00”)

127 mm (5.00”)

88 mm (3.46”)

140 mm (5.51”)

160 mm (6.30”)

117 mm
(4.61”)
97 mm
93.82”)

89 mm
(3.50”)

(2) Ø 8 mm (0.31”)

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

89 mm
(3.50”)

187 mm (7.36”)

Size 3

Aluminum
110
mm (4.33”)
95 mm
(3.74”)

110 mm (4.33”)

94 mm (3.70”)

Size 1

94 94
mm
mm
(3.70”)
(3.70”)

94 mm
94 94
mm
(3.70”)
mm
(3.70”)
(3.70”)

230 mm (9.06”)

94 mm
94 mm
(3.70”)
(3.70”)

Size 2

194 mm (7.64”)

194 mm (7.64”)

(9.06”)
134230
mmmm
(5.28”)

170 mm (6.69”)

110 mm (4.33”)

120 mm (4.72”)

110 mm (4.33”)

95 mm (3.74”)

110 mm (4.33”)

110 mm (4.33”)
84 mm (3.31”)
170 mm (6.69”)
230 mm (9.06”)
134 mm (5.28”)
194 mm (7.64”)

134 mm (5.28”)

120 mm (4.72”)

84 mm (3.31”)

120 mm (4.72”)

110 mm (4.33”)

84 mm
170(3.31”)
mm (6.69”)

110 mm (4.33”)

95 mm
110(3.74”)
mm (4.33”)

94 mm (3.70”)

Size 3

Mounting/Fixing Details for above Boxes: Two Holes Ø 5 mm
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

381

Unicode® 2 Series Accessories : Push Buttons
Components for Increased Safety Enclosures
Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Features

tATEX/ IECEx Certification
• Certification Type TCe
— Gas: Zone 1 and 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex e IIC Gb
— Dust: Zone 21 and 22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tb IIIC Db
— Surface Temperature: -40 °C to +60 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 5C242
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 09 ATEX 3010U
— IECEx Certificate: IECEx LCI 09.0011U
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK10
tEURASEC Certification
— EURASEC RU C-FR. ГБ 05.B00909
tOthers Certification 
— INMETRO Certificate: BVC 10.0044-U

Contact Block

UIA08

Dimensions in Millimeters
Rail Mounted Contacts

Panel Mounted Contacts

Ø 39 mm (1.54”)

M30 x 1.5 (0.25”)

Ø 39 mm (1.54”)
13 mm
(0.51”)

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

Controls

Certifications and Compliances

UA0GP
(panel mounted
contacts)

34.5 mm
(1.36”)

• Body: polyamide
• Seal: ethylene propylene diene Monomer (M-class) rubber
(EPDM)

UA0GR
(rail mounted
contacts)

32 mm
(1.26”)

Standard Materials

13 mm
(0.51”)

• Can be equipped with up to 3 Unicode 2 Contact Blocks (UCB)
Series contact blocks.
• ATEX and IECEx certified.
• TS35 rail mounted.
• Panel mounted.

 Inmetro certification available on special request only. Contact your local sales for more information.

382

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Unicode® 2 Series Accessories : Push Buttons
Components for Increased Safety Enclosures
Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Weight in Kilograms
Volume dm3
Catalog Number
Rail Mounted
Panel Mounted
Rail Mounted
Panel Mounted
Pack
Rail Mounted
Panel Mounted
Spring Return - Push Button (contact block to be ordered separately) Legend plates, guards, blanking plugs (see Accessories page).
Red + Green
0.03
0.05
0.06
0.17
1
UA0RGR
UA0RGP
Green
0.03
0.05
0.06
0.17
1
UA0GR
UA0GP
Red
0.03
0.05
0.06
0.17
1
UA0RR
UA0RP
White
0.03)
0.05
0.06
0.17
1
UA0WR
UA0WP
Blue
0.03
0.05
0.06
0.17
1
UA0BR
UA0BP
Yellow
0.03
0.05
0.06
0.17
1
UA0YR
UA0YP
1-Pole Contact Blocks
1 x NO
UCB5R
UCB5P
1 x NC
0.032
0.06
1
UCB9R
UCB9P
Spare Parts
Rail to panel
mounted
conversion
adaptor
0.02
0.08
1
UPMA

Catalog Number

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Pack

Green
Red
Yellow
White
Blue
Black
Green
Red
Green
Red
Green
Red
Green
Red

0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01

0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

UIAG
UIAR
UIAY
UIAW
UIAB
UIAN
UIA01
UIA02
UIA03
UIA04
UIA05
UIA06
UIA07
UIA08

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

Color

Controls

Marking
Set of Five Spare Inserts
(unmarked)
(unmarked)
(unmarked)
(unmarked)
(unmarked)
(unmarked)
ON
OFF
START
STOP
MARCHE
ARRET
I
O

Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

383

Unicode® 2 Series Accessories : Mushroom Push Buttons
Components for Increased Safety Enclosures
Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Features
• Can be equipped with up to 3 UCB Series Contact Blocks
contact blocks.
• ATEX and IECEx certified.
• TS35 rail mounted.
• Panel mounted.

UR0R
(rail mounted contacts)

Standard Materials
• Body: polyamide
• Seal: ethylene propylene diene Monomer (M-class) rubber
(EPDM)

UR0P
(panel mounted contacts)
Contact Block

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

tATEX/ IECEx Certification
• Certification Type TCe
— Gas: Zone 1 and 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:   II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex e IIC Gb
— Dust: Zone 21 and 22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tb IIIC Db
— Surface Temperature: -40 °C to +60 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 5C242
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 09 ATEX 3010U
— IECEx Certificate: IECEx LCI 09.0011U
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK10
tEURASEC Certification
— EURASEC RU C-FR. ГБ 05.B00909
tOthers Certification 
— INMETRO Certificate: BVC 10.0044-U

UD0R
(rail mounted contacts)

UD0P
(panel mounted contacts)

Dimensions in Millimeters
Rail Mounted Contacts

Panel Mounted Contacts

Ø 40.5 mm (1.59”)

Ø 40.5 mm (1.59”)
34.5 mm
(1.36”) 39.5 mm
(1.56”)

58.5 mm (2.30”)

39.5 mm
(1.56”)

Controls

Certifications and Compliances

M30 x 1.5 (0.25”)

Weight kg

Volume dm3

Catalog Number

Rail Mounted
Panel Mounted
Rail Mounted
Panel Mounted Pack
Spring Return Mushroom Head Push Button (contact block to be ordered separately)

Rail Mounted

Panel Mounted

Legend plates, guards, blanking plugs (see Accessories page).

Red
0.045
0.06
0.26
0.12
Black
0.045
0.06
0.26
0.12
Push-Pull Mushroom Head Push Button (contact block to be ordered separately)

1
1

UR0R
UB0R

UR0P
UB0P

Red Emergency Stop
1-Pole Contact Blocks
1 x NO
1 x NC
Spare Parts
Rail to panel mounted
conversion adaptor

1

UD0R

UD0P

UCB5R
UCB9R

UCB5P
UCB9P

Legend plates, guards, blanking plugs (see Accessories page).

0.045

0.06

0.12

0.26

0.032

0.06

1

0.02

0.08

1

UPMA

 Inmetro certification available on special request only. Contact your local sales for more information.
Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.

384

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Unicode® 2 Series Accessories : Key Release Mushroom Push Buttons
Components for Increased Safety Enclosures
Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Features
• Can be equipped with up to 2 Unicode 2 Contact Blocks (UCB)
Series contact blocks.
• ATEX certified.
• TS35 rail mounted.
• Panel mounted.
UC0R
(rail mounted contacts)

Standard Materials
• Body: thermosetting plastic
• Seal: ethylene propylene diene Monomer (M-class) rubber
(EPDM)

Certifications and Compliances

UC0P
(panel mounted contacts)

Contact Block

Dimensions in Millimeters

tATEX Certification
• Certification Type AUX
— Gas: Zone 1 and 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:   II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex e II
— Dust: Zone 21 and 22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:   II2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
— Surface Temperature: -20 °C to +70 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 5C206
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 00 ATEX 0002U
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Impact Resistance (shock): 7 Joules
tEURASEC Certification
— EURASEC RU C-FR. ГБ 05.B00909
tOthers Certification 
— INMETRO Certificate: BVC 11.0644-U

Rail Mounted Contacts

Panel Mounted Contacts
Ø 39 mm (1.54”)

34.5 mm
(1.36”) 32.5 mm
(1.28”)

32.5 mm
(1.28”)

Ø 39 mm (1.54”)

M30 x 1.5 (0.25”)

Controls

Volume dm3

Catalog Number

Rail Mounted
Panel Mounted
Rail Mounted
Panel Mounted
Key Release Mushroom Head Push Button (contact block to be ordered separately)

Pack

Rail Mounted

Panel Mounted

1

UC0R

UC0P

Legend plates, guards, blanking plugs (see Accessories page).

Red
1-Pole Contact Blocks
1 x NO
1 x NC
Spare Parts
Spare key (type 4A
185)
Rail to panel
mounted conversion
adaptor

0.085

0.096

0.09

0.25

0.032

0.06

1

UCB5R
UCB9R

UCB5P
UCB9P

—

—

1

SK4A185

SK4A185

0.02

0.08

1

UPMA

 Inmetro certification available on special request only. Contact your local sales for more information.
Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

385

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

Weight kg

Unicode® 2 Series Accessories : Key Momentary Push Buttons
Components for Increased Safety Enclosures
Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Features
• Can be equipped with up to 2 Unicode 2 Contact Blocks (UCB)
Series contact blocks.
• ATEX certified.
• TS35 rail mounted.
• Panel mounted.
UE0R
(rail mounted contacts)

Standard Materials
• Body: thermosetting plastic
• Seal: ethylene propylene diene Monomer (M-class) rubber
(EPDM)

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

Controls

Certifications and Compliances

Rail Mounted Contacts

Panel Mounted Contacts
Ø 39 mm (1.54”)

22 mm
(0.87”)

34.5 mm 22 mm
(1.36”) (0.87”)

Ø 39 mm (1.54”)

M30 x 1.5 (0.25”)

Weight kg

Volume dm3

Panel Mounted

Contact Block

Dimensions in Millimeters (Inches)

tATEX Certification
• Certification Type AUX
— Gas: Zone 1 and 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:   II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex e II
— Dust: Zone 21 and 22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:   II2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
— Surface Temperature: -20 °C to +70 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 5C206
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 00 ATEX 0002U
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Impact Resistance (shock): 7 Joules
tEURASEC Certification
— EURASEC RU C-FR.ГБ 05.B00909
tOthers Certification 
— INMETRO Certificate: BVC 11.0644-U

Rail Mounted

UE0P
(panel mounted contacts)

Rail Mounted

Catalog Number

Panel Mounted

Pack

Rail Mounted

Panel Mounted

Key Momentary Push Button (contact block to be ordered separately)
Legend plates, guards, blanking plugs (see Accessories page).

Key removable in both
positions
Key removable in ON
positions
Key removable in OFF
positions
1-Pole Contact Blocks
1 x NO
1 x NC
Spare Parts
Spare key (type 4A 185)
Rail to panel mounted
conversion adaptor

0.080

0.093

0.08

0.20

1

UE0R

UE0P

0.080

0.093

0.08

0.20

1

UF0R

UF0P

0.080

0.093

0.08

0.20

1

UG0R

UG0P

0.032

0.06

1

UCB5R
UCB9R

UCB5P
UCB9P

—

—

1

SK4A185

SK4A185

0.02

0.08

1

UPMA

 Inmetro certification available on special request only. Contact your local sales for more information.
Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.

386

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Unicode® 2 Series Accessories : Rotary Actuators
Components for Increased Safety Enclosures
Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Features
• Can be equipped with up to 2 Unicode 3 Contact Blocks (UCB)
Series contact blocks.
• ATEX and IECEx certified.
• TS35 rail mounted.
• Panel mounted.

Standard Materials

UH0R
UH0P
(rail mounted contacts) (panel mounted contacts)

• Body: thermosetting plastic
• Seal: ethylene propylene diene Monomer (M-class) rubber
(EPDM)

Contact Block

Certifications and Compliances
UJ0R
UJ0P
(rail mounted contacts) (panel mounted contacts)

Dimensions in Millimeters
Rail Mounted Contacts

Panel Mounted Contacts

M30 x 1.5 (0.25”)

Ø 40 mm (1.57”)
34.5 mm
(1.36”) 26.5 mm
(1.04”)

45.5 mm (1.80”)

26.5 mm
(1.04”)

Ø 40 mm (1.57”)

Controls

tATEX/ IECEx Certification
• Certification Type TCe
— Gas: Zone 1 and 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex e IIC Gb
— Dust: Zone 21 and 22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II2 D
– Type of  Protection: Ex tb IIIC Db
— Surface Temperature: -40 °C to +60 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 5C242
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 09 ATEX 3010U
— IECEx Certificate: IECEx LCI 09.0011U
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK10
tEURASEC Certification
— EURASEC RU C-FR. ГБ 05.B00909
tOthers Certification 
— INMETRO Certificate: BVC 11.0644-U

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

 Inmetro certification available on special request only. Contact your local sales for more information.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

387

Unicode® 2 Series Accessories : Rotary Actuators
Components for Increased Safety Enclosures
Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Catalog Number
Weight kg

Volume dm

3

Rail Mounted

Panel Mounted

Rail Mounted Panel Mounted Rail Mounted Panel Mounted Pack
2-Position Rotary Actuator (contact block to be ordered separately)
Legend plates, guards, blanking plugs (see Accessories page).

2-Positions Selector
Switch (O-I), 2 maintained
0.038
0.051
0.09
positions
3-Position Rotary Actuator (contact block to be ordered separately)

0.22

1

UH0R

UH0P

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

Controls

Legend plates, guards, blanking plugs (see Accessories page).

3-Position Selector Switch,
I and II position maintained
(I-O-II)
3-Position Selector Switch,
I and II spring return to O
(I->O<-II)
3-Position Selector Switch,
I maintained, II spring return
to O (I-O<-II)
3-Position Selector Switch,
I spring return to O, II
maintained (I->O-II)
1-Pole Contact Blocks
1 x NO
1 x NC
Spare Parts
Rail to panel mounted
conversion adaptor

0.038

0.051

0.09

0.22

1

UJ0R

UJ0P

0.038

0.051

0.09

0.22

1

UK0R

UK0P

0.038

0.051

0.09

0.22

1

UM0R

UM0P

0.038

0.051

0.09

0.22

1

UN0R

UN0P

0.032

0.06

1

UCB5R
UCB9R

UCB5P
UCB9P

0.02

0.08

1

—

UPMA

Wiring Diagrams
UJ0

UK0

UM0

UN0

Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.

388

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Unicode® 2 Series Accessories : Illuminated Push Buttons
Components for Increased Safety Enclosures
Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Features
• Can be equipped with up to 2 Unicode 2 Contact Blocks (UCB)
Series contact blocks — not supplied.
• ATEX and IECEx certified.
• TS35 rail mounted.
• High intensity single LED light.
• Long lifetime over 100,000 hours.
• Panel mounted.
• Rated operating voltage (Ue): 12 Vac to 254 Vac, 50/60 Hz and
12 Vdc to 60 Vdc.
• Terminal connection: 2.5 mm2
• Operational life: 100,000 hours.

ULG0H
(rail mounted contacts)

ULG0P
(panel mounted contacts)

Contact Block

UIL08

Standard Materials
• Body: polyamide
• Lens: polycarbonate
• Seal: ethylene propylene diene Monomer (M-class) rubber
(EPDM)

Certifications and Compliances

tEURASEC Certification
• Certification Type TCe (Actuator and Lens).
— EURASEC RU C-FR. ГБ 05.B00909
• Certification Type CVe (Contact Block and Pilot Light)
— EURASEC RU C-FR. ГБ 05.B00909
tOthers Certification 
• Certification Type TCe (Actuator and Lens).
— INMETRO Certificate: BVC 10.0044-U
• Certification Type CVe (Contact Block and Pilot Light)
— INMETRO Certificate: BVC 10.0047-U

Controls

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

tATEX/ IECExCertification
• Certification Type TCe (Actuator and Lens).
— Gas: Zone 1 and 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex e IIC Gb
— Dust: Zone 21 and 22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tb IIIC Db
— Surface Temperature: -40 °C to +60 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 5C242
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 09 ATEX 3010U
— IECEx Certificate: IECEx LCI 09.0011U
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK10
• Certification Type CVe (Contact Block and Pilot Light)
— Gas: Zone 1 and 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex e IIC
— Dust: Zone 21 and 22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
— Surface Temperature: -40 °C to +75 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 5C243
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 09 ATEX 3001U
— IECEx Certificate: IECEx LCI 09.0002U

 Inmetro certification available on special request only. Contact your local sales for more information.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

389

Unicode® 2 Series Accessories : Illuminated Push Buttons
Components for Increased Safety Enclosures
Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Weight kg

Catalog Number
Rail Mounted Panel Mounted

Volume dm3

Rail Mounted Panel Mounted Rail Mounted Panel Mounted
Pack
Spring Return Illuminated Push Button (contact block to be ordered separately) Legend plates, guards, blanking plugs (see Accessories page).
Green

0.062

0.075

0.26

0.28

1

ULG0R

Red

0.062

0.075

0.26

0.28

1

ULR0R

ULG0P
ULR0P

White

0.062

0.075

0.26

0.28

1

ULW0R

ULW0P

Blue

0.062

0.075

0.26

0.28

1

ULB0R

ULB0P

Yellow

0.062

0.075

0.26

0.28

1

ULY0R

ULY0P

UCB5R

UCB5P

UCB9R

UCB9P

—

UPMA

1-Pole Contact Blocks
1 x NO
1 x NC

0.032

0.06

1

0.02

0.08

1

Spare Parts
Rail to panel mounted
conversion adaptor

Color

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Pack

Catalog Number

Set of Five Spare Inserts
(unmarked)

Green

0.01

0.01

1

UIAG

(unmarked)

Red

0.01

0.01

1

UIAR

(unmarked)

Yellow

0.01

0.01

1

UIAY
UIAW

(unmarked)

White

0.01

0.01

1

(unmarked)

Blue

0.01

0.01

1

UIAB

(unmarked)

Black

0.01

0.01

1

UIAN

ON

Green

0.01

0.01

1

UIA01

OFF

Red

0.01

0.01

1

UIA02

START

Green

0.01

0.01

1

UIA03

STOP

Red

0.01

0.01

1

UIA04

Green

0.01

0.01

1

UIA05

Red

0.01

0.01

1

UIA06

I

Green

0.01

0.01

1

UIA07

O

Red

0.01

0.01

1

UIA08

MARCHE
ARRET

Wiring Diagram

64 mm (2.52”)
58.5 mm (2.30”)

32 mm
(0.26”)

Ø 39 mm (1.54”)

M30 x 1.5 (0.25”)

52.5 mm (1.00”)

12.5 mm
(0.49”)

Rail Mounted Contacts

35 mm
(1.38”) 30 mm
(1.18”)

Ø 39 mm (1.54”)

34.5 mm
(1.36”)

Ø 11.2 mm
(0.44”)

70.5 mm (2.78”) 13 mm
(0.51”)

Dimensions in Millimeters

13 mm
(0.51”)

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

Controls

Marking

Panel Mounted Contacts

Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.

390

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Unicode® 2 Series Accessories : Pilot Lights
Components for Increased Safety Enclosures
Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Features
•
•
•
•
•

ATEX and IEC certified.
TS35 rail mounted.
High intensity single LED light.
Long lifetime over 100,000 hours.
Rated operating voltage (Ue): 12 Vac to 254 Vac, 50/60 Hz and
12 Vdc to 60 Vdc.
• Terminal connection: 2.5 mm2
• Operational life: 100,000 hours.

UPG0R
(rail mounted contacts)

UPG0P
(panel mounted contacts)

Standard Materials
• Body: polyamide
• Lens: polycarbonate
• Seal: ethylene propylene diene Monomer (M-class) rubber
(EPDM)

Certifications and Compliances

tEURASEC Certification
• Certification Type TCe (Actuator and Lens).
— EURASEC RU C-FR. ГБ 05.B00909
• Certification Type CVe (Contact Block and Pilot Light)
— EURASEC RU C-FR. ГБ 05.B00909

Controls

tOthers Certification 
• Certification Type TCe (Actuator and Lens).
— INMETRO Certificate: BVC 10.0044-U
• Certification Type CVe (Contact Block and Pilot Light)
— INMETRO Certificate: BVC 10.0047-U

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

tATEX/ IECEx Certification
• Certification Type TCe (Actuator and Lens)
— Gas: Zone 1 and 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex e IIC Gb
— Dust: Zone 21 and 22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tb IIIC Db
— Surface Temperature: -40 °C to +60 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 5C242
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 09 ATEX 3010U
— IECEx Certificate: IECEx LCI 09.0011U
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK10
• Certification Type CVe (Contact Block and Pilot Light)
— Gas: Zone 1 and 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex e IIC
— Dust: Zone 21 and 22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
— Surface Temperature: -40 °C to +75 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 5C243
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 09 ATEX 3001U
— IECEx Certificate: IECEx LCI 09.0002U

 Inmetro certification available on special request only. Contact your local sales for more information.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

391

Unicode® 2 Series Accessories : Pilot Lights
Components for Increased Safety Enclosures
Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Weight kg

Volume dm3

Catalog Number

Rail Mounted
Panel Mounted Rail Mounted Panel Mounted
Pack
Rail Mounted
Pilot Light: 12 Vac to 254, Vac 50/60 Hz, 12 Vdc to 60 Vdc Legend plates, guards, blanking plugs (see Accessories page).
Green
0.056
0.069
0.29
0.31
1
UPG0R
Red
0.056
0.069
0.29
0.31
1
UPR0R
White
0.056
0.069
0.29
0.31
1
UPW0R
Blue
0.056
0.069
0.29
0.31
1
UPB0R
Yellow
0.056
0.069
0.29
0.31
1
UPY0R
Spare Parts
Rail to panel
mounted
0.02
0.08
1
conversion adaptor
Spare Lenses
Green
0.03
0.06
1
UPGL
Red
0.03
0.06
1
UPRL
White
0.03
0.06
1
UPWL
Blue
0.03
0.06
1
UPBL
Yellow
0.03
0.06
1
UPYL

M30 x 1.5 (0.25”)

52.5 mm (1.00”)

12.5 mm
(0.49”)

Rail Mounted Contacts

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

UPMA

UPGL
UPRL
UPWL
UPBL
UPYL

35 mm
(1.38”) 30 mm
(1.18”)

Ø 39 mm (1.54”)
34.5 mm (1.36”)

Ø 11.2 mm
(0.44”)
64 mm (2.52”)
58.5 mm (2.30”)

45 mm (1.77”)

23.5 mm
(0.93”)

Controls

Ø 39 mm (1.54”)

UPG0P
UPR0P
UPW0P
UPB0P
UPY0P

Wiring Diagram
70.5 mm (2.78”) 23.5 mm
(0.93”)

Dimensions in Millimeters

Panel Mounted

Panel Mounted Contacts

Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.

392

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Unicode® 2 Series Accessories : 1-Pole Contact Block
Components for Increased Safety Enclosures
Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Features
•
•
•
•
•
•

•
•

ATEX and IECEx certified.
TS35 rail mounted.
Panel mounted.
High performance contact block suitable for low intensity (less
than 5mA).
Rated operating voltage (Ue): 500 Vac — 110 Vdc
Switching capacity:
— AC12: 16 Amp/400 Vac
— AC14: 10 Amp/400 Vac
— AC15: 6 Amp/500 Vac
— DC13: 2 Amp/24 Vdc and 1 Amp/110 Vdc
Terminal connection: 2.5 mm2
Operational life: 100,000 hours.

Standard Materials
• Body: polyamide
• Contact: silver alloy

UCB5R
Rail Mounted Contacts
Top Access

Certifications and Compliances
tATEX/ IECEx Certification
• Certification Type CVe
— Gas: Zone 1 and 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex e IIC
— Dust: Zone 21 and 22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
— Surface Temperature: -40 °C to +75 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 5C243
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 09 ATEX 3001U
— IECEx Certificate: IECEx LCI 09.0002U
tEURASEC Certification
— EURASEC RU C-FR. ГБ 05.B00909
tOthers Certification 
— INMETRO Certificate: BVC 10.0047-U

UCB5P
Panel Mounted Contacts
Bottom Access

Dimensions in Millimeters
Ø 5.5 mm
(0.22”)

12.5 mm
(0.49”)

Controls

51 mm (2.01”)
45.5 mm
(1.79”/)

52.5 mm (1.00”)

35 mm
(1.38”)

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

30 mm
(1.18”)

Wiring Diagram
NO

Weight kg
1-Pole Contact Blocks
1 x NO
0.032
1 x NC
0.032

NC

Volume dm3

Pack

Rail Mounted

0.06
0.06

1
1

UCB5R
UCB9R

Catalog Number
Panel Mounted
UCB5P
UCB9P

 Inmetro certification available on special request only. Contact your local sales for more information.
Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

393

Unicode® 2 Series Accessories : 16 Amp Switches
Components for Increased Safety Enclosures
Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Features
• 2, 3, 4, 6 or 8-pole switches
— TS35 rail mounted.
— Panel mounted.
— Padlockable.
— Can be equipped with switch and changeover switch contact
blocks.
• Switching capacity:
— AC 1, 16 Amp, 690 Vac
— AC 3, 8 Amp, 500 Vac
— AC 3, 4 Amp, 690 Vac
— AC 15, 16 Amp, 415 Vac
— DC 1, 10 Amp, 24 Vdc
— DC 1, 6 Amp, 60 Vdc
— DC 1: 6 Amp/110 Vdc (2 contacts wired in series)
— DC 1: 6 Amp/220 Vdc (3 contacts in series)
• Terminal connection: 1.5 mm2 - 2.5 mm2 (stranded),
     1.5 mm2 - 4 mm2 (solid)
• Operational life: 10,000 cycles.

US30R
(rail mounted switch)

US30P
(panel mounted switch)

USH 
(switch handle)

Standard Materials
• Body: polyamide
• Contact: silver

Certifications and Compliances 

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

Controls

tATEX/ IECEx Certification
• Certification Type SW16 (Switches)
— Gas: Zone 1 and 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex db eb IIC
— Dust: Zone 21 and 22
– Must be used in an approved dustproof enclosure
— Operating Temperature: -55 °C to +80 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 5C249
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 12 ATEX 3068U
— IEC Certificate: IECEx LCIE 12.0021U
• Certification Type AUXe (Handles) 
— Gas: Zone 1 and 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex e II
— Dust: Zone 21 and 22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
— IP66 IK10
— Ambiant Temperature: -20 °C to +55 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 5C221
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 03 ATEX 0012U

tEURASEC Certification
• Certification Type SW16 (Switches)
— EURASEC RU C-FR. ГБ 05.B00909

 These products are certified only when used as components in factory assembled panels.
 USH handle is ATEX certified it is not for use in IECEx explosive atmospheres.

394

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Unicode® 2 Series Accessories : 16 Amp Switches
Components for Increased Safety Enclosures
Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Diagram
Number

Wiring
Diagram

Catalog Number
Rail Mounted
Panel Mounted

Two Pole Selector Switches (handle to be ordered separately)
2 position 2-pole selector switch

002

US16220002R
(old p/n: US32R)

US16220002P
(old p/n: US32P)

2 position 2-pole selector switch

016

US16220016R
(old p/n: US30R)

US16220016P
(old p/n: US30P)

3 position 2-pole selector switch

027

US16230027R
(old p/n: US31R)

US16230027P
(old p/n: US31P)

3 position 2-pole selector switch with spring
return from 135° to 90°

038

US16230038R
(old p/n: US33R)

US16230038P
(old p/n: US33P)

3 position 2-pole selector switch with spring
return from 45° to 90°

048

US16230048R
(old p/n: US34R)

US16230048P
(old p/n: US34P)

Three or Four Pole Selector Switches (handle to be ordered separately)
US16420102R
(old p/n: US35R)

US16420102P
(old p/n: US35P)

3 position 4-pole selector switch

119

US16430119R
(old p/n: US36R)

US16430119P
(old p/n: US36P)

2 position 4-pole selector switch

106

US16420106R
(old p/n: US37R)

US16420106P
(old p/n: US37P)

3 position 3-pole — Late break, early make
selector switch with spring return from 45° to 90°

138

US16330138R
(old p/n: US38R)

US16330138P
(old p/n: US38P)

Padlockable handle for all selector switches

USH 

 USH handle is ATEX Certified, it is not for use in IECEx explosive atmospheres.
Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

395

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

102

Controls

2 position 4-pole selector switch

Unicode® 2 Series Accessories : 16 Amp Switches
Components for Increased Safety Enclosures
Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Switch Units - Add P for Panel Monted or R for DIN Rail Monted - Example US1612-0056R
Wiring Diagram
1-pole 2 position

°

°



Catalog Number

Wiring Diagram



US16120056_

°









°

°

°
°

Catalog Number

°

US16120061_







2-pole 2 position






°
°

°

°

US16220002_

 








°
°





°

°









°

US16220003_

 










°



US16220004_







°
°







US16220005_



Controls

°
°









cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

°



°

 

US16220009_

°

°
°

 °










°

°
°



US16220013_


°







°

US16220017_








°

US16220018_


°

°







°

US16220019_














°



°

US16220020_














°

















°

US16220021_










°

°

US16220043_






°

°



US16220045_

°

 


















°




°

°

 








US16220053_



°






°


°






°



°








°



US16220014_







°



°



°







°



°

  °
 


US16220012_



°

  °







US16220016_


 

°





°





°





°
°






°





US16220011_






°




°

  °



US16220010_



 
 

°




°



°



°






°

°



°

 
 

°

US16220008_


 °



°



°



°




°
°

°





  °










US16220007_






°



°







US16220015_

 








°

 
°




°



°



°






°


°

°





  °



 

°



°

°


°





  °

°
°



US16220073_

°








US16220074_

°




2-pole 3 position




°
°

 

°



°

°





°



°

°



 


 °
 

°


396

°





°



US16230025_


°

°



°

°

US16230024_








°

US16230026_

 


 
 







°

US16230023_


°


 
 



°

°


°

°

°
°



°

°

°

°

US16230022_


 
 

°



°



°

°






°

US16230027_

°
°










Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Unicode® 2 Series Accessories : 16 Amp Switches
Components for Increased Safety Enclosures
Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Switch Units - Add P for Panel Monted or R for DIN Rail Monted - Example US1612-0056R
Wiring Diagram
2-pole 3 position




°
°



°

 
 
 

°



US16230028_










°

 

°

°

°

°

US16230030_










°

°



°




°



°



US16230031_



US16230032_


°

°

°



  °




US16230038_

°

US16230039_

°

°



°

°

°

°

°



°

US16230042_

°

°

  °


°



°

 

°






US16230047_

°



°

US16230068_




°



°

US16230070_





US16230071_



°



°

 



°

°







°

°
°



°





 



°

°




°



°°

US16230072_


 °

°


°

°
°

 

°

 
 

°

US16230075_


°



US16230076_



°

°



°

 



Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016





°

°

US16230049_



°

°


°

US16230087_






°


°
°






°







°°

°



°°


US16230059_




°

 °

°



°






US16230048_


°

°



  °







°




°



°°

°
 
 



°







°

 
 

US16230046_



°





°



°°



°

US16230055_


°



°°


°



°

 

°




 
 

°

°



 
 



°
°

US16230054_




°

°

°







°


°

°

°




°

US16230041_



°

°



°












 
 

°

°



°
°

US16230040_



 

°

 








°





°



°



°

°



°





°

°


°





°







°



°



°

US16230052_

°

°



 

°





°°




°





°

°









°

°
°

°

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY






°







°

  °


°



°

°



°°

 







Controls


 

US16230051_

 
°

°

°



°°


 

°



°

°







 
°

°





°









°

°

°





°

°

°

°



°








°





°

US16230050_


°



°






°





°°

 

US16230029_



°




°



Catalog Number


°

°

°
°

°




°

 
°

°


Wiring Diagram



°

°

  °


°



°

°

Catalog Number

°




°



°

US16239002_




397

Unicode® 2 Series Accessories : 16 Amp Switches
Components for Increased Safety Enclosures
Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Switch Units - Add P for Panel Monted or R for DIN Rail Monted - Example US1612-0056R
Wiring Diagram
2-pole 4 position
 
°°  
°
°  
°
°°  
 
 
°°
° 
°
°

°°
 

Catalog Number



°



US16240044_






°



US16240057_






 
°
° 
°

°  
 

° °

°



°

US16240058_




Wiring Diagram
 
°
° 
°  
°

 

°

 
° 
°

°
°
 

°°
°
°
°
°°

°

° °









°

° °

 





 

Catalog Number

US16240062_









°

°

US16240065_








US16240084_

2-pole 8 position
 

Controls

°°
°
°
°
°
°
°
°
°°





°


 







 

US16280036_



—

—

 

3-pole 2 position








°
°


°











US16320122_

  




°








°







cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

°

°



°

  












°

 

°



°

°



















°

US16330144_






°



°

°








°

°




US16330145_




°



°°



  











°

US16330161_



°


 











°

°


°



°

 



°

 
 



 





°


°

°

 




°





°

°



US16330167_



°



°°






°°



 







°

398





°

US16330199_












°

US16331109_






°


 



°











US16321153_

°

 


°



°

°

US16331112_


 °






°



US16331120_








US16331142_












°°

US16331155_
















US16331171_






°

US16331202_






°





°




°°

US16331209_




  
°
°
°

° 

°
  







  
°
°
°

°

° 
  



°

  
  
°
  ° ° °
° 

°  
  
  
°
° 
°
°
°
°   
  
  
° 
°
°   

°
  



°°


°

°

 
° 
°
°  
 





°

 °

°



US16330138_







°





  
  

°°


°

°

°

°



°



°





°



°

 

°

°



°

 





US16330136_







°



°


°

°

°

°




°

°



°



°



3-pole 3 position
°















°

US16331210_






Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Unicode® 2 Series Accessories : 16 Amp Switches
Components for Increased Safety Enclosures
Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Switch Units - Add P for Panel Monted or R for DIN Rail Monted - Example US1612-0056R
Wiring Diagram
3-pole 3 position
  
°
°
°

° 
°  
  

Catalog Number



Wiring Diagram





°

US16331230_


Catalog Number



—

—



3-pole 4 position
°
°
°
°

  

° ° °
 °



US16340146_


  

°
°
°
°



 °
 


  







US16340168_


  

° ° °
 °

  

  

 °
 
 
  





° ° °











US16340178_


  
°
°
°
°

  



°°°


  

°
°
°
°



° ° °









US16340181_


°
°
°
°

°
°
°
°





° ° °

°



  

°



°
°
°
°









US16340183_



  



° ° °









US16341119_

°°°



  



  

 



  

° °
°

°





















° °
°

°


 
  
  



US16341145_

  



°°°


°
°
°
°

US16341151_




   
°
°    
   
   
°
°    
   





US16420102_



°













°

US16420103_


  
  



°






°







°

US16420104_

  
  






°

  











US16420105_



  
  
  °





°
°
°  
   
   
°
°
  °
°  
   
   
°
°
°
°    
   
   
°
°    
   

°

°





°













US16420107_













US16420116_












US16420134_

°








°
°







   

  
   

   

° 
°




US16420135_


   
°
°    
   

°

 



  
 



°






US16420137_

°

°























US16420152_

°

















°

US16420154_


°







°

US16420173_



   

   

°
°   
   



°

°

   



°
°



°


   

°
°   
   






°




US16420106_



   
°  
°
 
   







°

   
°    
°
   



°

°



   
°   
°

   






°

°

°







US16421105_

°
















°

°

US16421122_






















°

°

US16421147_




























°

°

°

 
  

US16421162_
US16421234_

°








4-pole 3 position
   
°  
°

° 
°


   

 
° 
°
°

 





 
 


°

°







US16430111_


°



°















°

US16430112_








Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

   
°

°
° 
°
 
   
   
°  
°


°
°

   

°





°

US16430113_


°















°

US16430114_








399

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY


° 
°


° 

°

Controls

4-pole 2 position

Unicode® 2 Series Accessories : 16 Amp Switches
Components for Increased Safety Enclosures
Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Switch Units - Add P for Panel Monted or R for DIN Rail Monted - Example US1612-0056R
Wiring Diagram

Catalog Number

Wiring Diagram

Catalog Number

4-pole 3 position
   
°  
°

° 
°


 


   
° 

°
°
°


   

°
°
°

 





°


°


 
  
  
 
 
  

°



 




°







°

   
°
°
°  
°
  
   


°



US16430127_










US16430129_














°

US16430131_














° °°

°

US16430132_
















°

US16430133_














° °°

US16430139_














° °°

US16430140_





°











°

US16430153_
















°

US16430157_







°











US16430158_









°

US16430159_
















°

US16430160_


°







°



° °°

°

°







°



°



°

°







°







°

°



US16430120_



   
°

°
°  
°

   







US16430121_

   
°
°  
°
°
 
°
°
 
   

400





°

 
  

  
°  

°
°

  





°

°









   

°

 
   

 



US16430119_


°







   
°
°

° 
°    
   
°
°
°









°



   
° 
°
 
°
°    
 



°
° 
°


° 
°
°






°

 
  °
 

  
°

°
°   




US16430118_


 
°
°  
°  
 





°

 
 ° ° °
°°
 



   
° 

°
°
°


 


Controls

°

 
° 
°
°

 

   
° 

°
°
°


   

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY



°




°











°

US16430162_








   
°

°
°  
°

   
   
°  
°
 
°
°
 
   

  
°  

°
°

  






°

   
°   
°

°  
°
   

   
°   
°
°
°

   

   
° 

°

°
°


   
 
° 
°
°

 


°
° 
°


° 
°
°


 
  °

°

 







°

°

   
° 

°
°
°


   

°

   
° 
 °
°
°
  
   



   
° 
°
 
°
°
 
   











   
°  
 °

°
°

   
   
°
°
°   
° 

   

US16430175_














US16430176_














°

US16430180_




°



°



US16431103_








US16431104_


















US16431106_


















US16431108_











°

US16431111_


°



°


°

°









°

°



°












°

US16431113_














° °°

US16431116_















° °°

US16431125_
















°

US16431129_




















°

US16431134_



°








°

US16431138_


°







°



° °°

°

°



US16430170_




°



° °°

°

°









°



° °°






  
  



US16430169_

  
°

°
°


  
  
°

° °°
°

 
  



  
  
  


°°

 
 

   
° 
°
 
°
°
 
   


°
°
° 


° 
°
°


°


















°

US16431159_




Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Unicode® 2 Series Accessories : 16 Amp Switches
Components for Increased Safety Enclosures
Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Switch Units - Add P for Panel Monted or R for DIN Rail Monted - Example US1612-0056R
Wiring Diagram
4-pole 3 position
 
° 
°
°

 




 
 

 
° 

°
°

 

 

°
 

 

  
° 
 
°
°

  
 
°
° 
°

 
 
°  

°
°
 
 
°  
°
°

 







US16431165_


 
 











US16431172_














US16431173_














°

US16431174_






°

°

















US16431179_











US16431201_

°°



°



°°


°













°

US16431203_








 
° 
°
°

 

 
  °



°













 °





°











 
  °
 




 
°  
° 
°

 





US16431215_




















°

US16431217_


°







°°

US16431220_






°

°





°




 
 

   
°  
°
 
°
°
   



°

US16431222_














°

US16431225_


°






°

°

°









°

US16431226_


°







 
°
°  
°  
 










   
° 

°

°
°

   



° °°




 °



US16431213_

 
 

  
° 

°
°

  



°°



°

°



US16431208_









°









°



°


°

°





°

°



US16431206_


   
°
  °

°
° 
   





°

 
 

   
°  
°

°
°
 
   

 
°  
°
°

 
 
°

° 
° 
 
 
°
° 
°  
 

Catalog Number















°

US16431232_






 















°

US16439001_




4-pole 4 position
   
° 
° °
°

°
°

°
°

   
   
°
° °
° 
°
°
°  
°    
   
   

°  
° °
° °°°
° 
 °
°
° 

   

   
°  
° °
°
°
°

°
°


   









US16440110_
















US16440123_


















US16440130_













US16440143_








Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016


°
°
°
° 


°
°

°
° 


°
°
°
° 


  
  
°


  
  
 

° °
° °°°





° °
° °°°



  
  

° °

°
°
 
 
  



US16440147


°

  
°° 

 
°

°
° 

°° 
  













US16440148_
















US16440150_









°



















US16440151_



401

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

°



°



US16431178_



°



°°


°



US16431176_



°



°°


°



Wiring Diagram

Controls

   
°   
°

°  
°
   





°

°

   
° 
°
°
°
  
   



°°



 
 
 








°

°

°











US16431167_








°

°

   
°  
°

° 
°

   



US16431166_



°











°

°

°







°

 
 
 
 °





°



°

   
° 
  °
°
°

   

 
° 
°
°

 

°











°

°

Catalog Number

Unicode® 2 Series Accessories : 16 Amp Switches
Components for Increased Safety Enclosures
Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Switch Units - Add P for Panel Monted or R for DIN Rail Monted - Example US1612-0056R
Wiring Diagram

Catalog Number

4-pole 4 position
  
 
°
° 

°  
°   
  
  
° 
°
 
°
°
  


°
°
°
° 





° °
°
 °


Controls

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY




















US16440164_















   
 
°
° °
° °°°

°
°
°
°  
   

 




 
 
 

 °






















US16440198_
















US16440608_
















US16440611_
















US16440614_



°



US16440171_

° °
°

   
°
 
° °
°
 °
°
 
° 
°
   





° °
°











US16441102_





 
 

°

   
°
° °
°
°
°  
 
°
° 

   











US16441114_


 
 

   
°  
° °
°
°
°

°
°

   





° °
° °°°

   
°
° °
°
°
° 

°  
° 

   

402







° °
°

   

°
° °
°
° °°°
°

°
°   
   





US16440156_







 

 
°
° 
°
°

 
 
° 
°

°
°
 



° °
°
°

°



US16440155_




°
° °
°
°
°

°  
°

   


°
°
°
° 






  
 

 

















US16441115_
















US16441124_
















US16441127_








Wiring Diagram
 
°
° 

°
°  
 
 
°

°

°
°  
 



Catalog Number


 °



° °
°







US16441128_










°

° °
° °°°









  

° °
°
°


°
°







US16441133_
















US16441136_
















US16441139_
















US16441143_




















US16441144_


°








  
  







   
° 
° °
°
° °°°
°
 
°
°

   

° 
°
°
°


°
° 
° 
°


° 
°





   
°
° °
° °°°
°
 °

 
°
° 
 
   

   

°
° °
°
°
 °


°  
°    
   



US16441132_



 

   
° 
° °
°

°
° °°°

°
°

   











° °
°

US16441146_




 
  
  
°

° °
°

 
   
   

°
° °
° 
°
°
°   
° 

   
   
°

° °
°
° °°°
°
 
°
°   
   
   
 
°
° °
°
° °°°
°

°
° 
   

   
° 
° °
°

°
° °°°

°
°

   














US16441154_
















US16441156_
















US16441163_
















US16441164_
















US16441168_








Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Unicode® 2 Series Accessories : 16 Amp Switches
Components for Increased Safety Enclosures
Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Switch Units - Add P for Panel Monted or R for DIN Rail Monted - Example US1612-0056R
Wiring Diagram

Catalog Number

Wiring Diagram

Catalog Number

4-pole 4 position
   
°
° °
°
°
 °

 
°
° 
 
   



 





 
° 
°

°
°
 

 

° °

°
°









 

° °

°
°





























°°°

US16441205_








  
°
°  
°   
°

  
  
°

°

°
°  
  





US16441204_



















°°°

US16441207_



 










 



US16441180_


°
° °
° 

°
°

°  
°    
   

 
° 
°

°
°
 



US16441169_

   

°
° °
°

°
° °°°

° 
°

   





°











° °
° °°°






° °
°



























US16441224_





   
°° 

°

°

°
°° 
   



US16441219_




°







°
° °
°
°
   °
 
°
° 

   

  
° 
°

°
°

  



US16441212_


 



US16441211_






 °



° °
°

°

























US16441229_

°
°
°
°
°

   






   

°

° ° °
°



US16451110_








°
°
°
°
°

   




   

°

° ° °
°







Controls

4-pole 5 position


US16451235_








cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

403

Unicode® 2 Series Accessories : 16 Amp Switches
Components for Increased Safety Enclosures
Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Dimensions in Millimeters
16 Amp Switches
51.6 mm [2.03"]

67.8 mm [2.67"]

57.8 mm [2.28"]

51.9 mm [2.04"]

67.8 mm [2.67"]

45.8 mm [1.8"]

66 mm [2.6"]

72.9 mm [2.87"]

2-pole

84.9 mm [3.34"]

67.8 mm [2.67"]

96.9 mm [3.82"]

67.8 mm [2.67"]

67.8 mm [2.67"]

67.8 mm [2.67"]

Controls

3- and 4-pole

81.9 mm [3.23"]

6-pole

8-pole

USH Handle 

12 mm (0.47”)
55 mm (2.17”)

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

69.9 mm [2.75"]

52 mm (2.05”)

 USH handle is ATEX Certified, it is not for use in IECEx explosive atmospheres.

404

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Unicode® 2 Series Accessories

Components for Increased Safety Enclosures
Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Nameplates — Set of 10

Standard Legend Plates

Blank self-adhesive, laminated plastic 58 mm x 18 mm.

Color
White (black letters)
Yellow (black letters)
Red (white letters)
Blue (white letters)
Black (white letters)
Green (white letters)

Two sizes available. Self-adhesive yellow laminated plastic (black lettering).

Catalog Number
UNPW
UNPY
UNPR
UNPB
UNPN
UNPG

Small Size

Large Size

ULPS

ULPL

Inserts for Push Button — Set of 5
Color
Green
Red
Yellow
White
Blue
Black
Green
Red
Green
Red
Green
Red
Green
Red

Catalog Number
UIAG
UIAR
UIAY
UIAW
UIAB
UIAN
UIA01
UIA02
UIA03
UIA04
UIA05
UIA06
UIA07
UIA08

Spare Key

For all key-operated buttons.

Description
Spare key type 4 A 185

Catalog Number
SK4A185

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Blank (set of 10)
ON
OFF
FORWARD
REVERSE
JOG
RUN
START
STOP
UP
DOWN
FAST
SLOW
RAISE
LOWER
OPEN
CLOSE
LOW
HIGH
TEST
RESET
EMERGENCY STOP
MARCHE
ARRET
ARRET D’URGENCE
HAUT
BAS
O—I
ON—OFF
START—STOP
STOP—START
HAND—AUTO
MANU—AUTO
FORWARD—REVERSE
REMOTE—LOCAL
MARCHE—ARRET
I—O—II
OFF—O—ON
START—NORMAL—STOP
HAND—OFF—AUTO
MANU—O—AUTO
FORWARD—OFF—REVERSE
LOCAL—REMOTE—AUTO
LOCAL—O—REMOTE
MARCHE—NORMAL—ARRET

Catalog Number
Small
Large
ULPS
ULPL
ULPSA01
ULPLA01
ULPSA02
ULPLA02
ULPSA03
ULPLA03
ULPSA04
ULPLA04
ULPSA05
ULPLA05
ULPSA06
ULPLA06
ULPSA07
ULPLA07
ULPSA08
ULPLA08
ULPSA09
ULPLA09
ULPSA10
ULPLA10
ULPSA11
ULPLA11
ULPSA12
ULPLA12
ULPSA13
ULPLA13
ULPSA14
ULPLA14
ULPSA15
ULPLA15
ULPSA16
ULPLA16
ULPSA17
ULPLA17
ULPSA18
ULPLA18
ULPSA19
ULPLA19
ULPSA20
ULPLA20
ULPSA21
ULPLA21
ULPSA22
ULPLA22
ULPSA23
ULPLA23
ULPSA24
ULPLA24
ULPSA25
ULPLA25
ULPSA26
ULPLA26
ULPSH01
ULPLH01
ULPSH02
ULPLH02
ULPSH03
ULPLH03
ULPSH04
ULPLH04
ULPSH05
ULPLH05
ULPSH06
ULPLH06
ULPSH07
ULPLH07
ULPSH08
ULPLH08
ULPSH09
ULPLH09
ULPSJ01
ULPLJ01
ULPSJ02
ULPLJ02
ULPSJ03
ULPLJ03
ULPSJ04
ULPLJ04
ULPSJ05
ULPLJ05
ULPSJ06
ULPLJ06
ULPSJ07
ULPLJ07
ULPSJ08
ULPLJ08
ULPSJ09
ULPLJ09

405

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

Inserts for Illuminated Push Button — Set of 5
Marking
Color
Catalog Number
(unmarked)
Green
UILG
(unmarked)
Red
UILR
(unmarked)
Yellow
UILY
(unmarked)
White
UILW
(unmarked)
Blue
UILB
ON
Green
UIL01
OFF
Red
UIL02
START
Green
UIL03
STOP
Red
UIL04
MARCHE
Green
UIL05
ARRET
Red
UIL06
I
Green
UIL07
O
Red
UIL08

Text

Controls

Marking
(unmarked)
(unmarked)
(unmarked)
(unmarked)
(unmarked)
(unmarked)
ON
OFF
START
STOP
MARCHE
ARRET
I
O

Unicode® 2 Series Accessories

Components for Increased Safety Enclosures
Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Description

Catalog Number

Yellow Guard
098657

Mushroom head protection for emergency stop

49

.5

mm

(1.

95

”)

.6

67

mm

”)

66

(2.

26 mm (1.02”) UPLD1S
33 mm (1.30”) UPLD2S

Padlockable Guard
Stainless steel and plastic cover, capacity: 3 padlocks, 6 mm maximum diameter
(not supplied)
For push button and rotary actuator

UPLD1S

For mushroom head actuator

UPLD2S

Cover Blanking Plug
UBP

For cover drilling — 30.5 mm diameter
Device Adaptor

UPMA

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

Controls

Rail to panel mounted conversion adaptor

Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.

406

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

V Series AC Ammeter

Components for Increased Safety Enclosures
Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Applications
• Suitable for use with certified Ex e enclosures for control
equipment in industrial processes.

Features
• DIN rail mounted (TS35) and panel mounted versions.

Technical Data
•
•
•
•
•
•

Rated Voltage: 500 V
Frequency: 25 to 100 Hz
Consumption: 0.7 VA
Permanent overload: 1.2 In
Instantaneous overload: 10 In/5s
Terminal connections: M5 Terminals for lugs
AC Ammeter

Certifications and Compliances

Controls

tATEX Certification
• Certification Type C48D
— Gas: Zone 1 and 2
— Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE: II 2 G
— Type of Protection: Ex em II
— Dust: Zone 21 and 22
— Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
— Type of Protection: Authorized to be used with an
approved dustproof Enclosure
— Service Temperature: -25 °C to +55 °C
— Declaration of Conformity: 5C215
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 02 ATEX 0006U

AC Ammeter — 48 mm x 48 mm
Connection on current transformer — Deflection 90° — Red adjustable index — Accuracy class 1.5 — Round barrel
Weight kg

Volume dm3

Catalog Number

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

Description
Rail Mounted
1A C.T.  3 x F.L.C.

with 0-1-3 Scale

0.1

0.4

VA1348R

1A C.T.  5 x F.L.C.

with 0-1-5 Scale

0.1

0.4

VA1548R

1A C.T.  6 x F.L.C.

with 0-1-6 Scale

0.1

0.4

VA1648R

5A C.T.  3 x F.L.C.

with 0-1-3 Scale

0.1

0.4

VA5348R

5A C.T.  5 x F.L.C.

with 0-1-5 Scale

0.1

0.4

VA5548R

5A C.T.  6 x F.L.C.

with 0-1-6 Scale

0.1

0.4

VA5648R

1A C.T.  3 x F.L.C.

with 0-1-3 Scale

0.1

0.4

VA1348P

1A C.T.  5 x F.L.C.

with 0-1-5 Scale

0.1

0.4

VA1548P

1A C.T.  6 x F.L.C.

with 0-1-6 Scale

0.1

0.4

VA1648P

5A C.T.  3 x F.L.C.

with 0-1-3 Scale

0.1

0.4

VA5348P

5A C.T.  5 x F.L.C.

with 0-1-5 Scale

0.1

0.4

VA5548P

5A C.T.  6 x F.L.C.

with 0-1-6 Scale

0.1

0.4

VA5648P

0.1

0.4

VAW48

Panel Mounted

Window for Ammeter 48 mm x 48 mm

Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

407

V Series AC Ammeter

Components for Increased Safety Enclosures

Interchangeable Dials for V Series AC Ammeter
Scale
1 A Current Transformer 3 x F.L.C.
0
5
15
A
0
10
30
A
0
15
45
A
0
20
60
A
0
30
90
A
0
40
120
A
0
50
150
A
0
60
180
A
0
75
225
A
0
100
300
A
0
125
375
A
0
150
450
A
0
200
600
A
0
250
750
A
1 A Current Transformer 5 x F.L.C.
0
5
25
A
0
10
50
A
0
15
75
A
0
20
100
A
0
30
150
A
0
40
200
A
0
50
250
A
0
60
300
A
0
75
375
A
0
100
500
A
0
125
625
A
0
150
750
A
0
200
1000
A
0
250
1250
A
1 A Current Transformer 6 x F.L.C.
0
5
30
A
0
10
60
A
0
15
90
A
0
20
120
A
0
30
180
A
0
40
240
A
0
50
300
A
0
60
360
A
0
75
450
A
0
100
600
A
0
125
750
A
0
150
900
A
0
200
1200
A
0
250
1500
A

Catalog Number
DA135
DA1310
DA1315
DA1320
DA1330
DA1340
DA1350
DA1360
DA1375
DA13100
DA13125
DA13150
DA13200
DA13250
DA155
DA1510
DA1515
DA1520
DA1530
DA1540
DA1550
DA1560
DA1575
DA15100
DA15125
DA15150
DA15200
DA15250
DA165
DA1610
DA1615
DA1620
DA1630
DA1640
DA1650
DA1660
DA1675
DA16100
DA16125
DA16150
DA16200
DA16250

Dimensions in Millimeters and Drilling Information
Ammeter

Window for Ammeter
65 mm (2.56”)

Catalog Number
15
30
45
60
90
120
150
180
225
300
375
450
600
750

A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A

DA535
DA5310
DA5315
DA5320
DA5330
DA5340
DA5350
DA5360
DA5375
DA53100
DA53125
DA53150
DA53200
DA53250

25
50
75
100
150
200
250
300
375
500
625
750
1000
1250

A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A

DA555
DA5510
DA5515
DA5520
DA5530
DA5540
DA5550
DA5560
DA5575
DA55100
DA55125
DA55150
DA55200
DA55250

30
60
90
120
180
240
300
360
450
600
750
900
1200
1500

A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A

DA565
DA5610
DA5615
DA5620
DA5630
DA5640
DA5650
DA5660
DA5675
DA56100
DA56125
DA56150
DA56200
DA56250

Drilling Information
57 mm (2.24”)

48 mm (1.89”)
30 mm (1.18”)

60 mm
(2.36”)

45 mm (1.77”)
42 mm (1.65”)

50 mm (1.97”)

Scale
5 A Current Transformer 3 x F.L.C.
0
5
0
10
0
15
0
20
0
30
0
40
0
50
0
60
0
75
0
100
0
125
0
150
0
200
0
250
5 A Current Transformer 5 x F.L.C.
0
5
0
10
0
15
0
20
0
30
0
40
0
50
0
60
0
75
0
100
0
125
0
150
0
200
0
250
5 A Current Transformer 6 x F.L.C.
0
5
0
10
0
15
0
20
0
30
0
40
0
50
0
60
0
75
0
100
0
125
0
150
0
200
0
250
-

35 mm
(1.38”)

38 mm (1.50”)

50 mm (1.97”)

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

Controls

Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

R2
4 x ø 4.2 mm (0.17”)

408

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

FU40 Series Fuse Carrier

Components for Increased Safety Enclosures
Zone 1 and 2
Gas (G)

Applications
• Useful as back-up fuse protection or as main fuse protection for
hazardous locations.
• Shall be used in an increased safety Ex e or in a flameproof Exd
enclosure.

Features
• For 14 mm x 51 mm cylindrical cartridge fuse 40A max (classes
gG and aM).
• Un: 690V max.
• Adaptor which clips onto EN 50 022 and EN 50 035 rail.
• Connection capacities from 2.5 mm² to 16 mm² for rigid or
flexible cables.

Standard Material
• Polyamide

Certifications and Compliances

tOthers Certification 
• Certification Type FU40
— INMETRO Certificate: BVC 11.0593-U

tATEX/IECEx Certification
• Certification Type FU40
— Gas, Zones 1 and 2
— Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2 G
— Type of Protection: Ex db eb IIC or Ex d e IIC Gb
— Service Temperature: -40 °C to +80 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 5C258
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 15 ATEX 3014U
— IECEx Certificate: IECEx LCIE 15.0007U

Controls

Volume dm3

Fuse Size mm

In max.

Un max.

Catalog Number

0.1

0.4

14 x 51

40A

690V

FU40

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

Weight kg

Dimensions in Millimeters

Fuse Carrier

4.5
4.5
55.0
(2.17)

28.0
(1.10)

(0.18)

24.0 (0.94)
34.0 (1.34)

75.0 (2.95)
88.0 (3.46)

 Inmetro certification available on special request only. Contact your local sales for more information.
Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

409

TRE Series Ex e Transformers
Increased Safety
Zone 1 and 2
Gas (G)

Applications
• Equipment transformers are useful where the available voltage
must be changed to accommodate the voltage required by the
load and safety voltage.
• Suitable for use in certified increased safety enclosures and
OEM increased safety applications.
• Requires primary and secondary protection by fuses or Branch
Circuit Breaker.

Features
•
•
•
•

Single phase 50/60 Hz.
Class I.
Primary voltages are with tolerance +/- 15V.
Circuit insulation voltage between:
— 4500 V between windings.
— 2300 V between primary winding and earth.
— 1800 V between secondary winding and earth.
• Ex e Terminals capacity 4 mm2.

400 VA

100 VA

Standard Materials
• Copper windings
• Insulation Class F

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

Controls

Certifications and Compliances
tATEX/IECEx Certification
• Certification Type TRE
— Gas, Zones 1 and 2
— Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2 G
— Type of Protection: Ex eb IIC
— Service Temperature: -20 °C to +90 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 5C259
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 15 ATEX 3042U
— IECEx Certificate : IECEx LCIE 15.0034U

Catalog Numbering Guide
TRE

100

Series
TRE - ATEX/IECEx Certified
Transformer

2

Primary Voltage:
A - 230/400 V
B - 240/415 V

Power:
100 - 100 VA
160 - 160 VA
250 - 250 VA
400 - 400 VA

410

A

Secondary Voltage:
2 - 24/48 V
3 - 2 x 110 V

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

TRE Series Ex e Transformers
Increased Safety
Zone 1 and 2
Gas (G)

Primary

Secondary

24/48 V

230/400 V

2x110 V

240/415 V

24/48 V

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Certified
Type

Catalog Number

Power
100 VA

2.7

4

TRE

TRE100A2

160 VA

4.9

4

TRE

TRE160A2

250 VA

5.4

7

TRE

TRE250A2

400 VA

6.9

7

TRE

TRE400A2

100 VA

2.7

4

TRE

TRE100A3

160 VA

4.9

4

TRE

TRE160A3

250 VA

5.4

7

TRE

TRE250A3

400 VA

6.9

7

TRE

TRE400A3

100 VA

2.7

4

TRE

TRE100B2

160 VA

4.9

4

TRE

TRE160B2

250 VA

5.4

7

TRE

TRE250B2

400 VA

6.9

7

TRE

TRE400B2

Dimensions in Millimeters
B

C

F

Fixing
G

Ø

Weight
kg

100 VA

94

91

91

64

66

4.8

1.8

160 VA

96

102

96

84

78

5.8

3.2

150 VA

108

110

100

84

82

5.8

4.4

400 VA

126

126

115

90

99

6.5

6.0

Overcurrent Protection

Power

Power
Loss

100 VA

6W

Primary Overcurrent Protection
MCB
MCB
MCB
MCB
Fuses
Curve C Curve D Curve C Curve D
230/240 V 400/415 V
230/240 V
400/415 V
1A aM

1A aM

3A

1A

2A

1A

Secondary Overcurrent Protection

24 V

Fuses
48 V

110 V

24 V

4 A gG

2 A gG

1 A gG

4A

MCB Curve C
48 V
110 V
2A

1A

160 VA

10 W

2A aM

1A aM

6A

2A

2A

1A

8 A gG

4 A gG

1 A gG

6A

4A

2A

250 VA

15 W

2A aM

2A aM

6A

3A

3A

2A

10 A gG

6 A gG

2 A gG

10 A

6A

2A

400 VA

25 W

4A aM

2A aM

10 A

6A

6A

2A

16 A gG

8 A gG

4 A gG

16 A

4A

4A

Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

411

cONTROL sTATIONS AND sWITCHES - iNCREASED sAFETY

A

Controls

4xØ

Power

D Series Aluminum Control Stations
Flameproof

Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Applications

1 Function

2 Function

2 Function

3 Function

• Local control stations for use in hazardous areas.
• Control of electrical equipment at power plants, chemical and
petrochemical plants, petroleum- refineries, pulp and paper
processing plants and various industrial applications.

Features

Controls

• 1 and 2 Function Ex d IIC:
— Supplied with actuators, contact blocks and pilot lights.
— TS35 rail mounted contact blocks.
— Threaded flameproof joint.
— Connection: 2 x 2.5 mm2  maximum.
— Internal earth: 2 x 4 mm2.
— External ground: M5
— 1 x M20 or M25 threaded entry at bottom.
— Cable glands and plugs to be ordered separately.
• 2 and 3 Function Exd IIB:
— Supplied with actuators and rail mounting pilot lights and
contact blocks.
— Flanged flameproof joint.
— Yellow laminated plastic legend plate with black lettering.
— Connection : 2 x 2.5 mm2 maximum.
— Internal earth: 2 x 4 mm2 .
— External earth: M6 screw.
— 2 x M20 threaded entries at the bottom.
— Cable glands and plugs to be ordered separately.

Standard Materials
• Box: gray painted marine grade aluminum alloy

Options
• For other configurations, see pre-drilled control stations or
consult factory.

Control Stations and Switches - Flameproof

Certifications and Compliances
tATEX Certification
• Certification Type BR1d
— Gas, Zones 1 and 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex d IIC
– Temperature class: T6 for Ta = +40 °C, T5 for Ta = +55 °C
— Dust, Zones 21 and 22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE: II2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
– Surface Temperature: T95 °C
— Ambient Temperature:  -40 °C to +55 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 20530
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 02 ATEX 6056
• Certification Type CF2D
— Gas, Zones 1 and 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex d IIB
– Temperature class: T6 for Ta ≤ +40 °C, T5 for +40 °C < Ta ≤
+55 °C

— Dust, Zones 21 and 22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE: II2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
– Surface Temperature: T95 °C
— Ambient Temperature: -40 °C to +55 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50254
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 03 ATEX 6061X
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK10
— Internal Volume: ≤ 2 dm3 (2 liters)
tEURASEC Certification
— EURASEC RU C-FR. ГБ 05.B.00911
tOthers Certification 
— INMETRO Certificate: BVC 11.0482

 Inmetro certification available on special request only. Contact your local sales for more information.

412

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

D Series Aluminum Control Stations
Flameproof

Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Type

Description/Function

Bottom
Entries

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Catalog Number

1 Function Ex d IIC Control Stations
Spring Return Push Button
BR1d

1x black spring return push button
with 1NO + 1NC momentary
contacts

1 x M20

1.0

3.75

DA1W1T101

BR1d

1x black spring return push button
with 1NO + 1NC momentary
contacts

1 x M25

1.0

3.75

DA1W3T101

BR1d

1x red mushroom head pushpull with 1NO + 1NC maintained
contacts  Padlockable in both
positions

1 x M20

1.2

3.75

DA1W1T102

BR1d

1x red mushroom head pushpull with 1NO + 1NC maintained
contacts  Padlockable in both
positions

1 x M25

1.2

3.75

DA1W3T102

BR1d

Red mushroom head key release
with 1NO + 1NC maintained contact
Unlocked with key (MS1)

1 x M20

1.2

3.75

DA1W1T104

BR1d

Red mushroom head key release
with 1NO + 1NC maintained contact
Unlocked with key (MS1)

1 x M25

1.2

3.75

DA1W3T104

Mushroom Head Push Button

Controls

Time Delayed Push Button 230 V 50/60 Hz
1x time delayed black impulse push
button adjustable from 25s to 15mn  
For 1000 W incandescent or 400 W
fluorescent max.

1 x M20

1.2

3.75

DA1W1T103

BR1d

1x time delayed black impulse push
button adjustable from 25 s to 15
mn  For 1000 W incandescent or
400 W fluorescent max.

1 x M25

1.2

3.75

DA1W3T103

Control Stations and Switches - Flameproof

BR1d

Twin Push Buttons
BR1d

1x green spring return ‘I’ push
button with 1NO momentary contact
1x red spring return ‘0’ push button
with 1NC momentary contact

1 x M20

1.2

3.75

DA1W1T201

BR1d

1x green spring return ‘I’ push
button with 1NO momentary contact
1x red spring return ‘0’ push button
with 1NC momentary contact

1 x M25

1.2

3.75

DA1W3T201

2 Function Ex d IIB Control Stations
Twin Push Buttons
CF2D

1x green spring return ‘I’ push
button with 1NO momentary contact
1x red spring return ‘0’ push button
with 1NC momentary contact

2 x M20

2.5

7.00

DA4W2T201

CF2D

1x green spring return ‘I’ push
button with 1NO momentary contact
1x red mushroom head push-pull
with 1NO+1NC maintained contacts

2 x M20

2.5

7.00

DA4W2T202

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

413

D Series Aluminum Control Stations
Flameproof

Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Type

Description/Function

Bottom
Entries

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Catalog Number

2 x M20

3.3

9.00

DA5W2T301

2 x M20

3.3

9.00

DA5W2T302

3 Function Ex d IIB Control Stations
Pilot Light and Twin Push Buttons

CF2D

1x red/green LED light 85 to 264
Vac 1x green spring return ‘I’ push
button with 1NO momentary contact
1x red spring return ‘0’ push button
with 1NC momentary contact

Ammeter and Twin Push Buttons

CF2D

1x ammeter 48 x 48 CT1A 3 x FLC
0-1-3A 1x green spring return ‘I’
push button with 1NO momentary
contact 1x red spring return ‘0’ push
button with 1NC momentary contact

Ex d IIC Limit Switch 
Limit Switch

Controls

Stainless steel roller control perpendicular for surface fixing. 1/4 turn fixing (may be modified by end user).

BR1d

1x roller plunger - travel 7 mm max.
- Force 22 newtons with 1NO+1NC    
momentary contacts

1 x M20

1.0

4.60

DA1W1L001

BR1d

1x roller plunger - travel 7 mm max.
- Force 22 newtons with 1NO+1NC   
momentary contacts

1 x M25

1.0

4.60

DA1W3L001

Technical Data

Control Stations and Switches - Flameproof

Contact Block
Insulation Voltage (Ui)

LED Pilot Light
500 V

Switching Capacity

Rated Voltage

85 Vac to 264 Vac, 50/60 Hz

Rating

5-15 mA

AC 15

4 A/115 V, 4 A/230 V, 2 A/500 V

Max. Power

0.33 W

DC 13

3 A/24 V, 1.7 A/42 V, 1.2 A/60 V, 0.8
A/110 V, 0.3 A/220 V

Operation life

Average 100,000 Hours at +25 °C

Terminal connections

0.75 to 2.5 mm2

Operation life

>5,000,000 Operations

Light Switch
Insulation Voltage (Ui)

500 V

Switching Capacity
AC 15

450 W/48 V, 900 W/110 V, 1900 W/230 V

DC 13

100 W/48 V, 100 W/110 V, 95 W/230 V

Terminal connections

0.75 to 2.5 mm2

Operation life

> 1,000,000 Operations

414

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

D Series Aluminum Control Stations
Flameproof

Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Electrical Diagrams

NO Contact Block

NC Contact Block

LED Pilot Light

Time Delayed Push Button

Controls

Dimensions in Millimeters

185 mm (7.28”)
85 mm
(3.35”)

145 mm (5.71”)

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

135 mm
(5.31”)

110 mm
(4.33”)

110 mm
(4.33”)

20 mm
(0.79”)

126 mm (4.96”)

110 mm (4.33”)

126 mm (4.96”)

240 mm (9.45”)

Ø 25 mm
(0.98”)

41 mm
(1.61”)

3 Functions

Ø 9 mm (0.35”)

26 mm
(1.02”)

41 mm
(1.61”)
7 mm
(0.28”)
110 mm (4.33”)
41 mm
(1.61”)

Ø 9 mm (0.35”)

2 Functions

107 mm
(4.21”)

Ø 9 mm (0.35”)

7 mm
(0.28”)

50 mm
(1.97”)

110 mm
(4.33”)

190 mm (7.48”)
156 mm (6.14”)

41 mm (1.61”)

7 mm
(0.28”)
(course)

Limit Switch

4.33/110

41 mm (1.61”)

14 mm
(0.55”)

110 mm (4.33”)
Ø 9 mm (0.35”)

20 mm
(0.79”)

7 mm
(0.28”)

41 mm
(1.61”)

196 mm (7.72”)

110 mm
(4.33”)

41 mm (1.61”)

7 mm (0.28”)

Ø 9 mm (0.35”)
7 mm (0.28”)

110 mm
(4.33”)

135 mm
(5.31”)

Ø 9 mm (0.35”)

7 mm
(0.28”)

41 mm
(1.61”)

2 Functions

Control Stations and Switches - Flameproof

7 mm (0.28”)

1 Function Emergency Stop

41 mm (1.61”)

135 mm
(5.31”)

1 Function
7 mm
(0.28”)

145 mm (5.71”) 14 mm
(0.55”)

125 mm
(4.92”)

415

D Series Pre-Drilled Control Stations
Flameproof

Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Applications

1 Function

2 Function

• Local control stations for use in hazardous areas.
• Control of equipment at power plants, chemical and
petrochemical plants, petroleum refineries, pulp and
paper processing plants and various industrial applications.

Controls

Features
• 1 and 2 Function Ex d IIC:
— For TS35 rail mounted contact block.
— Actuators and contact blocks to be ordered separately.
— Up to 3 contacts per function.
— Threaded flameproof joint.
— Internal earth terminal 2 x 4 mm2.
— External ground terminal: M5.
— 1 x M20 or M25 threaded entry at bottom.
— Cable glands and plugs to be ordered separately.
• 2 to 6 Function Ex d IIB:
— For TS35 rail mounted contact block.
— Actuators and contact blocks to be ordered separately.
— Up to 3 contacts per function.
— Flanged flameproof joint.
— Yellow laminated plastic legend plate with black lettering.
— Internal earth terminal: 2 x 4 mm2.
— External earth terminal: M6 screw and M8 earth
stud (CF2B type).
— 2 x M20 threaded entries at the bottom.
— Cable glands and plugs to be ordered separately.

Standard Materials
• Box: gray painted marine grade aluminum alloy
• CF2B box: gray painted cast iron for CF2B

Control Stations and Switches - Flameproof

Certifications and Compliances
tATEX Certification
• Certification Type BR1d
— Gas, Zones 1 and 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex d IIC
– Temperature class: T6 for Ta = +40 °C , T5 for Ta = +55 °C
— Dust, Zones 21 and 22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE: II2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
– Surface Temperature: T95 °C
— Ambient Temperature: -40 °C to +55 °C
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK10
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 20530
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 02 ATEX 6056
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
• Certification Type CF2D
— Gas, Zones 1 and 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex d IIB
– Temperature class: T6 for Ta = +40 °C , T5 for Ta = +55 °C
— Dust, Zones 21 and 22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE: II2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
– Surface Temperature: T95 °C
— Ambient Temperature: -40 °C to +55 °C
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK10
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50254
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 03 ATEX 6061X
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66

2 Function

3 Function

6 Function

• Certification Type BR2d
— Gas, Zones 1 and 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex d IIC
– Temperature class: T6
— Dust, Zones 21 and 22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE: II2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
– Surface Temperature: T80 °C
— Ambient Temperature:  -40 °C to +55 °C
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK09
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50256
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 03 ATEX 6062
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
• Certification Type CF2B
— Gas, Zones 1 and 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE: II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex d IIC
– Temperature class: T6 for Ta ≤ +40 °C, T5 for +40 °C < Ta ≤
+55 °C
— Dust, Zones 21 and 22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE: II2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
– Surface Temperature: T95 °C
— Ambient Temperature: -40 °C to +55 °C
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK10
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50254
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 03 ATEX 6061X
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
• Internal Volume: ≤2 dm3 (2 liters)
tEURASEC Certification
— EURASEC RU C-FR. ГБ 05.B.00911
tOthers Certification 
— INMETRO: BR 230482-Be1D

 Inmetro certification available on special request only. Contact your local sales for more information.

416

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

D Series Pre-Drilled Control Stations
Flameproof

Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

For TS35 Rail Mounted Actuators
Type

Description/Function

Bottom
Entries

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Catalog Number

1 Function Ex d IIC Control Stations:
BR1d

For push button, pilot light or selector
switch

1 x M20

0.9

2

DA1W1E101

BR1d

For push button, pilot light or selector
switch

1 x M25

0.9

2

DA1W3E101

BR1d

For push button (non-mushroom type)
2 contacts maximum for each function

1 x M20

0.9

2

DA1W1E201

BR1d

For push button (non-mushroom type)
2 contacts maximum for each function

1 x M25

0.9

2

DA1W3E201

For push button, pilot light or selector
switch

2 x M20

2.3

7

DA4W2E202

CF2D

For push button, pilot light or selector
switch (2 switches maximum)

2 x M20

3

7

DA5W2E301

CF2D

For push button, pilot light and
ammeter 48 x 48 mm (ammeter with
round barrel)

2 x M20

3

7

DA5W2E302

For push button, pilot light and
ammeter 48 x 48 mm (ammeter with
round barrel)

2 x M20

3

7

DA5W2E401

CF2D

For push button and pilot light
2 Contacts maximum for each function

2 x M20

3

7

DA5W2E601

CF2B

For push button, pilot light or selector
switch (3 switches maximum)

2 x M20

13

13

DA3W2E601

For indicator 72 x 72 mm  
or 96 x 96 mm with round barrel
Mounting plate for indicator diameter.
67 mm

2 x M20

4

11

DA2W2E102

2 Function Ex d IIC Pre-drilled Box:

2 Function Ex d IIB Pre-drilled Box:

CF2D

3 Function Ex d IIB Pre-drilled Box:

6 Function Ex d IIB Pre-drilled Box:

1 Meter Ex d IIC Pre-drilled Box:
BR2d

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

417

Control Stations and Switches - Flameproof

CF2D

Controls

4 Function Ex d IIB Pre-drilled Box:

D Series Pre-Drilled Control Stations
Flameproof

Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Dimensions in Millimeters for TS35 Rail Mounted Operators

BR1d (1 Function)

BR1d (2 Functions)
7 mm
(0.28”)

110 mm (4.33”)

41 mm (1.61”)

110 mm (4.33”)

110 mm (4.33”)

240 mm (9.45”)
196 mm (7.72”)
145 mm (5.71”)

Ø
(2 67
.6 m
4” m
)

200 mm (7.87”)
144 mm (5.67”)
175 mm (6.89”)

15 mm (0.59”)

200 mm (7.87”)

Ø 7 mm (0.28”)

200 mm (7.87”)

270 mm (10.63”)

BR2d
120 mm (4.72”)
12 mm (0.47”)

144 mm (5.67”)

CF2B (6 Functions)
190 mm (7.48”)

110 mm (4.33”)

126 mm (4.96”)

Ø 9 mm (0.35”)
Ø 14 mm (0.55”)

Control Stations and Switches - Flameproof

145 mm (5.71”)

110 mm
(4.33”)

CF2D (3-4-6 Functions)

Ø 14 mm (0.55”)

Controls

190 mm (7.48”)
156 mm (6.14”)

126 mm (4.96”)

Ø 9 mm (0.35”)

CF2D (2 Functions)

135 mm (5.31”)

41 mm
(1.61”)

Ø 9 mm (0.35”)

130 mm (5.12”)

41 mm (1.61”)
41 mm
110 mm(1.61”)
(4.33”)

7 mm
(0.28”)

Ø 9 mm (0.35”)

7 mm
(0.28”)

7 mm (0.28”)

41 mm (1.61”)

150 mm (5.91”)

78 mm
(3.07”)

418

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

D Series Actuators, Pilot Lights, Contact Blocks, Switches and Accessories
Flameproof

Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Applications

Rail Mounted Version

• Suitable for use with certified flameproof Ex d enclosures for
control equipment.

Features
• DIN rail mounted (TS35) and panel mounted versions.
• Large range of M22 x 1.5 mm screwed actuator operators
including, push buttons, rotary actuators, pilot lights, ammeters
and selector switches.
• Fully supplied with actuator, shaft, contact block and yellow
laminated plastic legend plate with black lettering 60 x 50 mm.

Standard Materials
• Box: gray painted marine grade aluminum alloy
• CF2B box: gray painted cast iron for CF2B

Panel Mounted Version

Certifications and Compliances

Controls

tATEX Certification
• Certification Type TCD
— Gas, Zones 1 and 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE: II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex d IIC
— Dust, Zones 21 and 22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE: II2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
— Surface Temperature: -40 °C to +60 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 5C213
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 02 ATEX 0036 U
— IECEx Certificate: IECEx LCI 10.0022U
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK10
tEURASEC Certification
— EURASEC RU C-FR. ГБ 05.B.00909

Control Stations and Switches - Flameproof

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

419

D Series TS35 Rail Mounted Actuators and Contact Blocks
Flameproof

Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Catalog
Number 

Green spring return ‘I’ push button with 1NO momentary contact

0.2

0.4

DA5GR

Red spring return ‘0’ push button with 1NC momentary contact

0.2

0.4

DA9RR

Red mushroom head spring return with 1NC momentary contact
Padlockable in both positions

0.2

0.4

DR9R

Red mushroom head push pull with 1NC maintained contact
Padlockable in both positions

0.2

0.4

DD9R

Red mushroom head key release with 1NC maintained contact
Unlocked with key (MS1)

0.2

0.4

DC9R

2 maintained positions with 1NO maintained contact

0.2

0.4

DH5R

2 maintained positions key operated with 1NO maintained contact key
removable in both positions (MS1)

0.2

0.4

DG5R

Description/Function
Spring Return Push Button

Mushroom Head Push Button

Rotary Actuator

Additional Contacts
1 x NO contact

0.1

0.2

DCB5R

1 x NC contact

0.1

0.2

DCB9R

Control Stations and Switches - Flameproof

Controls

LED Pilot Lights
Red

12 to 30 Vac/Vdc

0.1

0.4

DPR12R

Green

12 to 30 Vac/Vdc

0.1

0.4

DPG12R

White

12 to 30 Vac/Vdc

0.1

0.4

DPW12R

Blue

12 to 30 Vac/Vdc

0.1

0.4

DPB12R

Yellow

12 to 30 Vac/Vdc

0.1

0.4

DPY12R

Red

48 to 60 Vac/Vdc

0.1

0.4

DPR48R

Green

48 to 60 Vac/Vdc

0.1

0.4

DPG48R

White

48 to 60 Vac/Vdc

0.1

0.4

DPW48R

Blue

48 to 60 Vac/Vdc

0.1

0.4

DPB48R

Yellow

48 to 60 Vac/Vdc

0.1

0.4

DPY48R

Red

85 to 264 Vac

0.1

0.4

DPR85R

Green

85 to 264 Vac

0.1

0.4

DPG85R

White

85 to 264 Vac

0.1

0.4

DPW85R

Blue

85 to 264 Vac

0.1

0.4

DPB85R

Yellow

85 to 264 Vac

0.1

0.4

DPY85R

0.2

0.4

093958

0.3

0.5

DS116R

Transfer Kit
To be used when replacing old range of contacts 094057 and 094058 and
old range of indicators 093990-093991 and 094090-094091
16 A Switches
1-pole switch with non-padlockable handle “0-1”
2-pole switch with non-padlockable handle “0-1”

0.3

0.5

DS216R

3-pole switch with non-padlockable handle “0-1”

0.3

0.5

DS316R

4-pole switch with non-padlockable handle “0-1”

0.3

0.5

DS416R

2 way 1-pole selector switch with non-padlockable handle “1-2”

0.3

0.5

DS21601R

3 way 1-pole selector switch with non-padlockable handle “1-0-2”

0.3

0.5

DS21602R

 Legend Plate Supplied.

420

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

D Series Panel Mounted Actuators and Contacts Blocks
Flameproof

Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Description/Function

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Catalog
Number 

Spring Return Push Button
Green spring return ‘I’ push button with 1NO momentary contact

0.2

0.4

DA5GP

Red spring return ‘0’ push button with 1NC momentary contact

0.2

0.4

DA9RP

Red mushroom head spring return with 1NC momentary contact
Padlockable in both positions

0.2

0.4

DR9P

Red mushroom head push pull with 1NC maintained contact
Padlockable in both positions

0.2

0.4

DD9P

Red mushroom head key release with 1NC maintained contact
Unlocked with key (MS1)

0.2

0.4

DC9P

2 maintained positions with 1NO maintained contact

0.2

0.4

DH5P

2 maintained positions key operated with 1NO maintained contact key
removable in both positions (MS1)

0.2

0.4

DG5P

1 x NO contact

0.1

0.2

DCB5P

1 x NC contact

0.1

0.2

DCB9P

Mushroom Head Push Button

Rotary Actuator

Additional Contacts

LED Pilot Lights
12 to 30 Vac/Vdc

0.1

0.4

DPR12P

Green

12 to 30 Vac/Vdc

0.1

0.4

DPG12P

White

12 to 30 Vac/Vdc

0.1

0.4

DPW12P

Blue

12 to 30 Vac/Vdc

0.1

0.4

DPB12P

Yellow

12 to 30 Vac/Vdc

0.1

0.4

DPY12P

Red

48 to 60 Vac/Vdc

0.1

0.4

DPR48P

48 to 60 Vac/Vdc

0.1

0.4

DPG48P

48 to 60 Vac/Vdc

0.1

0.4

DPW48P

Blue

48 to 60 Vac/Vdc

0.1

0.4

DPB48P

Yellow

48 to 60 Vac/Vdc

0.1

0.4

DPY48P

Red

85 to 264 Vac

0.1

0.4

DPR85P

Green

85 to 264 Vac

0.1

0.4

DPG85P

White

85 to 264 Vac

0.1

0.4

DPW85P

Blue

85 to 264 Vac

0.1

0.4

DPB85P

Yellow

85 to 264 Vac

0.1

0.4

DPY85P

0.2

0.4

093959

Transfer Kit
To be used when replacing old range of contacts 094055 and 094056 and
old range of indicators 093992-093993 and 094092-094093
16 A Switches
1-pole switch with non-padlockable handle “0-1”

0.3

0.5

DS116P

2-pole switch with non-padlockable handle “0-1”

0.3

0.5

DS216P

3-pole switch with non-padlockable handle “0-1”

0.3

0.5

DS316P

4-pole switch with non-padlockable handle “0-1”

0.3

0.5

DS416P

2 way 1-pole selector switch with non-padlockable handle “1-2”

0.3

0.5

DS21601P

3 way 1-pole selector switch with non-padlockable handle “1-0-2”

0.3

0.5

DS21602P

2 way 2-pole selector switch with non-padlockable handle “1-2”

0.3

0.5

DS41601P

3 way 2-pole selector switch with non-padlockable handle “1-0-2”

0.3

0.5

DS41602P

 Legend Plate Supplied.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

421

Control Stations and Switches - Flameproof

Green
White

Controls

Red

D Series Accessories
Flameproof

Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Catalog
Number

Green shroud marked “I”

0.1

0.2

DSG

Red shroud marked “0”

0.1

0.2

DSR

Green shroud marked “start”

0.1

0.2

DSS

Description/Function
Spare Shrouds for Spring Return Push Buttons

Red shroud marked “A Réarmement”

0.1

0.2

DSA

Black shroud (unmarked)

0.1

0.2

DSN

Blue shroud (unmarked)

0.1

0.2

DSB

Aluminum Guard Painted Red
DGD1A

Mushroom head actuator protection
Stainless Steel Padlocking Devices
For spring return push button

DPLD1S

For rotary actuator, red mushroom head spring return or push-pull

DPLD2S

Controls

Spare Lenses for Pilot Lights
Red

0.1

0.2

DPRLENS

Green

0.1

0.2

DPGLENS

White

0.1

0.2

DPWLENS

Blue

0.1

0.2

DPBLENS

Yellow

0.1

0.2

DPYLENS

Non-padlockable handle

0.2

0.2

DSNPH

Padlockable handle — 48 mm x 48 mm

0.06

0.3

DSPH

Control Stations and Switches - Flameproof

Spare Handle for Switches

Laminated Plastic Legend Plate with Black Lettering
Large size — 60 mm x 50 mm

DLP00

Small size — 45 mm x 31.2 mm

DLP01

Blanking Plug
Used to close-up unused openings on cover M22 x 1.5 mm

422

0.2

0.2

747DAM2B5

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

D Series AC Ammeter
Flameproof

Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

48 mm x 48 mm — Connection on Current Transformer — Deflection 90° — Class 1.5 — Round Barrel
Description/Function

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Catalog
Number

Rail Mounted
1A C.T.  3 x F.L.C.

with 0-1-3 Scale

0.1

0.4

DMA1348R

1A C.T.  5 x F.L.C.

with 0-1-5 Scale

0.1

0.4

DMA1548R

1A C.T.  6 x F.L.C.

with 0-1-6 Scale

0.1

0.4

DMA1648R

5A C.T.  3 x F.L.C.

with 0-1-3 Scale

0.1

0.4

DMA5348R

5A C.T.  5 x F.L.C.

with 0-1-5 Scale

0.1

0.4

DMA5548R

5A C.T.  6 x F.L.C.

with 0-1-6 Scale

0.1

0.4

DMA5648R

Panel Mounted
1A C.T.  3 x F.L.C.

with 0-1-3 Scale

0.1

0.4

DMA1348P

1A C.T.  5 x F.L.C.

with 0-1-5 Scale

0.1

0.4

DMA1548P

1A C.T.  6 x F.L.C.

with 0-1-6 Scale

0.1

0.4

DMA1648P

5A C.T.  3 x F.L.C.

with 0-1-3 Scale

0.1

0.4

DMA5348P

5A C.T.  5 x F.L.C.

with 0-1-5 Scale

0.1

0.4

DMA5548P

5A C.T.  6 x F.L.C.

with 0-1-6 Scale

0.1

0.4

DMA5648P

AC Ammeter Accessory
DM48A

Red Adjustable Index

Controls

Scale
Number Catalog Number
For 1 A Current Transformer 6 x F.L.C.
0 - 5 - 30
A
DA165
0 - 10 - 60
A
DA1610
0 - 15 - 90
A
DA1615
0 - 20 - 120
A
DA1620
0 - 30 - 180
A
DA1630
0 - 40 - 240
A
DA1640
0 - 50 - 300
A
DA1650
0 - 60 - 360
A
DA1660
0 - 75 - 450
A
DA1675
0 - 100 - 600
A
DA16100
0 - 125 - 750
A
DA16125
0 - 150 - 900
A
DA16150
0 - 200 - 1200
A
DA16200
0 - 250 - 1500
A
DA16250
For 5 A Current Transformer 3 x F.L.C.
0 - 5 - 15
A
DA535
0 - 10 - 30
A
DA5310
0 - 15 - 45
A
DA5315
0 - 20 - 60
A
DA5320
0 - 30 - 90
A
DA5330
0 - 40 - 120
A
DA5340
0 - 50 - 150
A
DA5350
0 - 60 - 180
A
DA5360
0 - 75 - 225
A
DA5375
0 - 100 - 300
A
DA53100
0 - 125 - 375
A
DA53125
0 - 150 - 450
A
DA53150
0 - 200 - 600
A
DA53200
0 - 250 - 750
A
DA53250

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Scale
Number Catalog Number
For 5 A Current Transformer 5 x F.L.C.
0 - 5 - 25
A
DA555
0 - 10 - 50
A
DA5510
0 - 15 - 75
A
DA5515
0 - 20 - 100
A
DA5520
0 - 30 - 150
A
DA5530
0 - 40 - 200
A
DA5540
0 - 50 - 250
A
DA5550
0 - 60 - 300
A
DA5560
0 - 75 - 375
A
DA5575
0 - 100 - 500
A
DA55100
0 - 125 - 625
A
DA55125
0 - 150 - 750
A
DA55150
0 - 200 - 1000
A
DA55200
0 - 250 - 1250
A
DA55250
For 5 A Current Transformer 6 x F.L.C.
0 - 5 - 30
A
DA565
0 - 10 - 60
A
DA5610
0 - 15 - 90
A
DA5615
0 - 20 - 120
A
DA5620
0 - 30 - 180
A
DA5630
0 - 40 - 240
A
DA5640
0 - 50 - 300
A
DA5650
0 - 60 - 360
A
DA5660
0 - 75 - 450
A
DA5675
0 - 100 - 600
A
DA56100
0 - 125 - 750
A
DA56125
0 - 150 - 900
A
DA56150
0 - 200 - 1200
A
DA56200
0 - 250 - 1500
A
DA56250

423

Control Stations and Switches - Flameproof

Interchangeable Dials for Above Ammeter
Scale
Number Catalog Number
For 1 A Current Transformer 3 x F.L.C.
0 - 5 - 15
A
DA135
0 - 10 - 30
A
DA1310
0 - 15 - 45
A
DA1315
0 - 20 - 60
A
DA1320
0 - 30 - 90
A
DA1330
0 - 40 - 120
A
DA1340
0 - 50 - 150
A
DA1350
0 - 60 - 180
A
DA1360
0 - 75 - 225
A
DA1375
0 - 100 - 300
A
DA13100
0 - 125 - 375
A
DA13125
0 - 150 - 450
A
DA13150
0 - 200 - 600
A
DA13200
0 - 250 - 750
A
DA13250
For 1 A Current Transformer 5 x F.L.C.
0 - 5 - 25
A
DA155
0 - 10 - 50
A
DA1510
0 - 15 - 75
A
DA1515
0 - 20 - 100
A
DA1520
0 - 30 - 150
A
DA1530
0 - 40 - 200
A
DA1540
0 - 50 - 250
A
DA1550
0 - 60 - 300
A
DA1560
0 - 75 - 375
A
DA1575
0 - 100 - 500
A
DA15100
0 - 125 - 625
A
DA15125
0 - 150 - 750
A
DA15150
0 - 200 - 1000
A
DA15200
0 - 250 - 1250
A
DA15250

D Series Actuators, Pilot Lights, Contact Blocks, Switches and Accessories
Flameproof

Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

16 A Selector Switch Positions — X = Contact Closed

Technical Data

DS116

Contact Block

Positions
0
1
NO Contact Block
Insulation Voltage (Ui)

NC Contact Block

Contacts
1-2
X

DS216

500 V

Contacts

Switching Capacity
AC 15

4 A/115 V, 4 A/230 V, 2 A/500 V

DC 13

3 A/24 V, 1.7 A/42 V, 1.2 A/60 V, 0.3 A/220 V

Terminal connections

0.75 mm2 to 2.5 mm2

Operation life

>5,000,000 Operations

Positions
0
1

3-4

X

X

1-2

Contacts
3-4

5-6

X

X

X

1-2

3-4

5-6

7-8

X

X

X

X

5-6
X

7-8

DS316
Positions
0
1

LED Pilot Light

1-2

Controls

DS416
Contacts
Rated Voltage

85-264 Vac, 50/60 Hz

Rating

5-15mA

Max. Power

0.33 W

Operation life

Average 100,000 Hours at +25 °C

Positions
0
1
DS21601

Control Stations and Switches - Flameproof

Contacts
16 A Selector Switch
Rated insulation
voltage

690 V

Thermal rating

20 A

AC 21

16 A

AC 15

6A

AC 23

AC 3

3 x 230 V

4 KW

3 x 400 V

7.5 KW

3 x 500 V

5.5 KW

3 x 690 V

4 KW

3 x 230 V

3 KW

3 x 400 V

4 KW

3 x 500 V

5.5 KW

3 x 690 V

3 KW

Flexible Terminal connections

2.5 mm2

Solid Terminal connections

4 mm2

Positions
1
2

3-4
X

DS21602
Contacts
Positions
1
0
2

1-2
X

3-4

X

DS41601
Contacts
Positions
1
2

1-2
X

3-4
X

X

DS41602
Contacts
Positions
1
0
2

424

1-2
X

1-2
X

3-4

X

5-6
X

7-8

X

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

D Series Actuators, Pilot Lights, Contact Blocks, Switches and Accessories
Flameproof

Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Dimensions in Millimeters
Rail Mounted

M22 x 1.5 mm (0.06”)
32 mm (1.26”)

67 mm (2.64”)

89 mm (3.50”)

Rail Mounted Push Button

16 mm
(0.63”)

40 mm
(1.57”)

Ø
30 mm (1.18”)
67 mm (2.64”)

20 mm
(0.79”)

89 mm (3.50”)

53 mm (2.09”)

M22 x 1.5 mm (0.06”)
Ø
30 mm (1.18”)

32 mm (1.26”)

90 mm (3.54”)

Rail Mounted Pilot Light

31 mm
(1.22”)

Back Mounted Switch

Controls

Panel Mounted

55 mm (2.17”)
77 mm (3.03”)

22 mm (0.87”)
Maximum

Panel Mounted Push Button

Panel Mounted Pilot Light

16 mm
(0.63”)

61 mm (2.40”)

62 mm (2.44”)

Ø
30 mm (1.18”)

20 mm
(0.79”)

77 mm (3.03”)

M22 x 1.5 mm (0.06”)
46 mm (1.81”)
32 mm
(1.26”)

Ø
30 mm (1.18”)

46 mm (1.81”)
32 mm
(1.26”)
55 mm (2.17”)

Control Stations and Switches - Flameproof

M22 x 1.5 mm (0.06”)

89 mm (3.50”)

45 mm
(1.77”)

Panel Mounted Switch

Accessories
22 mm (0.87”)

50 mm (1.97”) 48 mm (1.89”)
38 mm (1.50”)

Ø
25 mm
(0.98”)

15 mm
(0.59”)

2 mm
(0.08”)

M22 x 1.5 mm (0.06”)

Blanking Plug

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Ammeter

425

RSI Series Intrinsic Safety Relays for Safe Areas
For Flameproof Enclosures
Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Applications

1-Channel Relay

2-Channel Relay

• Single Channel Relay:
— For installation in a safe area (NIS area) or Exd box.
• 2-Channel Relay:
— For installation in a safe area (NIS area).

Control Stations and Switches - Flameproof

Controls

Features
• Single and 2-Channel Relay:
— Provides galvanic isolation of the circuits between the IS area
and the NIS area.
— Mounting on EN 50 022 rail.
— Input signal (from hazardous area) selected by jumpers:
- 2-wire NAMUR proximity switch.
- Volt-free contact (switched current 8.2. V, 8 mA).
— Direct or reverse repeater selected by jumper.
— Connection: 2-conductr cable, dielectric stregth 500 V, crosssection 2.5 mm2, distance between cables: 8 mm.
— Connection: 2.5 mm2 maximum
• Single Channel Relay:
— Transmits to the safe (NIS) area one signal
received from the hazardous (IS) area.
— Relay can be supplied with 24-28 Vdc, 110-140 V, 200-240 V.
— Output signal (safe area) - electromagnetic relay,
1 changeover switch:
- 6 A maximum (at 24 V)
- Maximum: 5a, 250 V, 10 Hz (switching frequency)
• 2-Channel Relay:
— Transmits to the safe (NIS) area two signals received from the
hazardous (IS) area.
— Relay can be supplied with 24-48 Vdc, 110-140 V, 200-240 V.
— Output signal (safe area) – electromagnetic relay, 2
changeover switches:
- 6 A maximum (at 24 V)
- Maximum: 5 A, 250 V, 10 Hz (switching frequency)

Certifications and Compliances
tATEX Certification
• Certification Type RDN
— Gas, Zones 1 and 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE: II 1 G
— Dust, Zones 21 and 22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE: II 1 D
– Type of Protection: Ex ia IIC
– Surface Temperature: -10 °C to +60 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50270
tOthers Certification
— SIL 2

426

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

RSI Series Intrinsic Safety Relays for Safe Areas
For Flameproof Enclosures
Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Catalog Numbering Guide
U

3

11

Series:
ATEX Certified

Channel Number:
1 - Single channel
2 - Two channel

Voltage:
04D - 24 - 48 Vdc
14A - 110 - 140 Vac 50/60 Hz
24A - 200 - 240 Vac 50/60 Hz

Relays
Description

Catalog Number

Single Channel Relay
RSI124A

200 - 240 V - 50/60 Hz
110 - 140 V - 50/60 Hz

RSI114A

24 - 48 V - 50/60 Hz

RSI104D

2-Channel Relay
RSI224A

200 - 240 V - 50/60 Hz
110 - 140 V - 50/60 Hz

RSI214A

24 - 48 V - 50/60 Hz

RSI204D
Controls

Dimensions in Millimeters
Hazardous Areas
HAZARDOUS AREA
( SI )

SAFE AREA
( NSI )

92 mm (3.62”)

70 mm (2.76”)

Proximity sensor
NAMUR standard

2.5 mm2 (0.004 in2) max

DP
+

Safe Areas

or

Z Y A B C D

21.5 mm
(0.85”)

103 mm (4.06”)

92 mm (3.62”)

Limit
Level switch
Pressure
Switch
Hazardous
Areas
Thermostat
Potential-free contact
Push button

70 mm (2.76”)

103 mm (4.06”)

2.5 mm2 (0.004 in2) max

-

Z Y A B C D

21.5 mm
(0.85”)

Control Stations and Switches - Flameproof

Relay “i”

H
J

A B +
C
F On (F)
E Reset
D Off (O)

Power supply
relay
( N or CC)
2.5 mm2
(0.004 in2) max

Output
contact to
Alarm relay
contactor
installed in
the safe area

Safe Areas

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

427

FAS Series “Break Glass” Call Points
Increased Safety and Flameproof
Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Applications
• Located on exit routes, in particular on the floor landings of
staircases and at all exits to the open air.
• For use in hazardous areas where ignitable vapors, gases or
highly combustible dusts are present.
• For installation in chemical and petrochemical plants, refineries
and other process industries.

Features
• Type PCe (increased safety version):
— Hammer and stainless steel chain.
— NO+NC contacts with 2.5 mm2 terminals.
— Earth termination: 2 x 4 mm2 – internal and external.
— 2 x M20 bottom entries supplied with polyamide cable gland
– 6.5 to 14.5 mm diameter and polyamide blanking plug.
• Type BR1d (flameproof version):
— Hammer and stainless steel chain.
— NO+NC contacts with 2.5 mm2 terminals.
— Earth termination: 2 x 4 mm2 – internal and external.
— 2 x M20 entries (1 top and 1 bottom) supplied with one
aluminum blanking plug.

Controls

Standard Materials
• Type PCe
— Box: red painted aluminum alloy
— Cover: red painted steel
— Chain: stainless steel
• Type BR1d
— Box: painted marine grade aluminum alloy (gray painted
body and red painted cover)
— Chain: stainless steel

Options

Call points Stations and Audio Signaling Devices - Increased Safety

• Special options available - consult factory for details.

Certifications and Compliances
tATEX Certification
• Certification Type: PCe
— Gas: Zone 1 and 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex de IIC
– Temperature class: T6
— Dust: Zone 21 and 22
II2 D
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
– Surface Temperature: T80 °C
— Ambient Temperature: -55 °C to +60 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50221
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 00 ATEX 6047
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66

Ex de IIC Version
(PCe Type)

Ex d IIC Version
(BR1d Type)

• Certification Type: BR1d
— Gas: Zone 1 and 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex d IIC
– Temperature class: T6 for Ta =+40 °C; T5 for Ta =
+55 °C
— Dust: Zone 21 and 22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
– Surface Temperature: T95 °C
— Ambient Temperature: -40 °C to +55 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50230
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 02 ATEX 605
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
tOthers Certification 
• Certification Type: PCe
— EURASEC RU C-FR. ГБ 05.B.00911
• Certification Type: BR1d
— EURASEC RU C-FR. ГБ 05.B.00911

 Inmetro certification available on special request only. Contact your local sales for more information.

428

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

FAS Series “Break Glass” Call Points
Increased Safety and Flameproof
Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Catalog Numbering Guide
FAS

D

A

Series:
FAS
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
ATEX Certified

D - Ex d
E - Ex e

A - Automatic
M - Manual

Description

Catalog Number

Pack

Weight kg

Volume dm3

Manual breaking of the circuit after breaking the glass.
Momentary NO+NC contacts

1.2

5

FASEM

1

Automatic breaking of the circuit as soon as glass is broken.
Momentary NO+NC contacts

1.2

5

FASEA

1

1.2

3.8

FASDA 

1

Increased Safety Ex de IIC Version - Type PCe:

Flameproof Ex d IIC Version - Type BR1d:
Controls

Automatic breaking of the circuit as soon as glass is broken.
Momentary NO+NC contacts

Dimensions in Millimeters

Call points Stations and Audio Signaling Devices - Increased Safety

125mm (4.9”)

320 mm (13”)

9 mm (0.35”)
41 mm (1.6”)

7 mm
(0.28”)

41 mm
(1.6”)

7 mm
(0.28”)
140 mm (5.5”)

 Please check your cable entry as FASDA is M20 and not M25 as the old catalog number 093818.
Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

429

SWE Series 16 and 20 Amp Switches
Increased Safety

Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Applications
• Designed to prevent operation in explosive atmospheres during
connect and disconnect operation of lighting and light power
loads.
• For use in hazardous areas where ignitable vapors, gases or
highly combustible dusts are present.
• For installation in chemical and petrochemical plants, refineries
and other process industries.

Call points Stations and Audio Signaling Devices - Increased Safety

Controls

Features
• Available up to 690 Volts, and up to 20 Amps
• 16 Amp version:
— Two bottom M20 clearance holes.
— Switch mechanism fixed at the bottom of the box.
— Termination:
– Type 1: 2.5 mm2
– Type 2: 2.5 mm2 flexible, 4 mm2 solid
— Internal earth:
– 2 x 2.5 mm2 terminals
— Supplied with:
– 1 x white self-adhesive laminated plastic label with black
lettering – 58 mm x 18 mm
• 20 Amp version:
— Two M20 threaded entries on the bottom of the box.
— Switch mechanism fixed on the bottom of the box.
— Padlockable handle in position 0 using maximum 4 padlocks
– maximum handle diameter 8 mm  and minimum 15 mm
length.
— Termination:
– 2.5 mm2 flexible/4 mm2 solid
— Internal earth:
– 2 x 4 mm2 terminals
— Supplied with:
– 1 x yellow self-adhesive laminated plastic label with black
lettering – 65 mm x 18 mm

Standard Materials
• 16 Amp version:
— Polyamide box.
— A2 stainless steel coarse pitch screws (1 and a half turn).
— Polyamide cable glands.
— Nickel plated brass locknuts.
• 20 Amp version:
— Polyester box
— A2 stainless steel captive screws.
— Polyamide cable glands.

16 A Version - Type 1

16 A Version - Type 2

20 A Version

tEURASEC Certification
• Certification Type PCe
— EURASEC RU C-FR. ГБ 05.B.00911
tOthers Certification 
• Certification Type PCe
—INMETRO Certificate: BVC 11.0640-X

Certifications and Compliances
tATEX Certification
• Certification Type PCe
— Gas: Zone 1 and 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex de IIC
– Temperature class: T6
— Dust: Zone 21 and 22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
– Surface Temperature: T80 °C
— Ambient Temperature: -20 °C to +40 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50221
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 00 ATEX 60472
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
 Inmetro certification available on special request only. Contact your local sales for more information.

430

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

SWE Series 16 and 20 Amp Switches
Increased Safety

Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Catalog Numbering Guide
SWE

016

C

1

00

A

G

Wiring Diagram No.

Series:
SWE Switches
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
ATEX Certified

Switch Type:
Number of Poles:
S - Switch
1 - 1-Pole
C - Changeover
2 - 2-Pole
Switch
3 - 3-Pole
4 - 4-Pole

Contact
Configuration:
00
01
02

Amperage:
016 - 16 A
020 - 20 A

Switch Type

Wiring Diagram No.

Options:
G - With Cable Gland and
Blanking Plug
P - With Brass Earth
Continuity Plate
Cable Entry:
A - 2 x M20

Type

Weight kg

Volume dm3

Catalog Number

16 Amp Switch — Type 1 — Padlockable handle — Two M20 polyamide cable glands (cable dia. 6.5 to 14.5 mm) on the bottom
C101

1

0.53

2

SWE016C101AG

2-pole

S201

1

0.53

2

SWE016S201AG

Controls

Changeover switch

16 Amp Twist Button - Type 2 — Non-padlockable handle — Two M20 clearance holes on the bottom
C100

2

0.50

2

SWE016C100A

2-pole

S200

2

0.50

2

SWE016S200A

20 Amp Switch — Padlockable handle — Two M20 polyamide cable glands (cable dia. 6.5 to 14.5 mm) on the bottom
Changeover switch

C100

—

1

2

SWE020C100AG

2-pole

S202

—

1

2

SWE020S202AG

3-pole

S301

—

1

2

SWE020S301AG

4-pole

S401

—

1

2

SWE020S401AG

Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

431

Call points Stations and Audio Signaling Devices - Increased Safety

Changeover switch

SWE Series 16 and 20 Amp Switches
Increased Safety

Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Main Contacts
Rated Insulation Voltage
Rated Operating Voltage
Rated Operating Current
Switching Capacity

16 Amps Type 1
750 V
690 Vac/110 Vdc
16 Amp

16 Amps Type 2
500 V
500 V
16 Amp

20 Amps
500 V
500 V
20 Amp

AC 1

16 Amp, 690 V

16 Amp, 500 V

—

AC 12
AC 14
AC 15
AC 21
AC 23
AC 3
AC 3
DC 1
DC 1

—
—
16 Amp, 415 V
—
—
08 Amp, 500 V
04 Amp, 690 V
10 Amp, 24 V
06 Amp, 60 V

16 Amp, 400 V
10 Amp, 400 V
6 Amp, 500 V
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
16 Amp, 500 V
16A mp, 400 V
—
—
—
—

DC 1

06 Amp, 110 V 
—
—
2.5 mm2/4 mm2

—

—

1 Amp, 110 V
2 Amp, 24 V

—
—
2.5 mm2/4 mm2

Controls

DC 13
DC 13
Termination
(flexible/solid)

2.5 mm2

16 Amp Version

50
(1.97)

104 (4.09)

70 (2.76)

20 Amp Version

2 Ø 2.5 mm
(0.10”)

120 mm (4.72”)
120 mm (4.72”)

84 mm (3.31”)

Positions
0
1
S201
Positions
0
1

Contacts
11-12 23-24
X
X
Contacts
13-14 23-24
X

X

16 Amp Twist Button
C100
Positions
0
1
S200

Contacts
1-2
3-4
X
X
Contacts
3-4
3-4
X

X

20 Amp Switch
C100

55
(2.17)

Call points Stations and Audio Signaling Devices - Increased Safety

90 (3.54)

110 mm (4.33”)
94 mm
(3.70”)

16 Amp Switch
C101

Positions
0
1

Dimensions in Millimeters

80 (3.15)

Switching Arrangement
X Denotes "Closed Contact"

2Ø
2 dia 5.5
5.5
(0.22)

Positions
0
1
S202
Positions
0
1

Contacts
1-2
3-4
X
X
Contacts
1-2
3-4
X

X

1-2

Contacts
3-4

5-6

X

X

X

S301
Positions
0
20 mm (0.79”)

1
S401
Positions
0
1

1-2
X

Contacts
3-4
5-6
X

X

7-8
X

 2 contacts connected in series.

432

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

SWE Series 40, 63 and 160 Amp Switches
Increased Safety

Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Applications
• Designed to prevent operation in explosive atmospheres during
connect and disconnect operation of power loads.
• For use in hazardous areas where ignitable vapors, gases or
highly combustible dusts are present.
• For installation in chemical and petrochemical plants, refineries
and other process industries.

Features

•
•
•
•
•

Polyester (GRP) box.
316L stainless steel box.
A2 stainless steel captive screws.
Polyamide cable glands and blanking plugs.
Nickel plated brass locknut.

Certifications and Compliances
tATEX/ IECEx Certification
• Certification Type: CAe (Polyester box)
— Gas: Zone 1 and 2
II 2 G
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
– Type of Protection: Ex de IIC
– Temperature class: T5 at +40 °C, T4 at +55 °C.

40 A/63 Amp Version

160 Amp Version

— Dust: Zone 21 and 22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
– Surface Temperature: T95 °C at +40 °C,T130 °C at +55 °C.
— Ambient Temperature:
-20 ºC to +55 ºC (40 A and 63 A)
-30 ºC to +55 ºC (160 A)
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50235
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 02 ATEX 6248X
— IECEx Certificate: IECEx LCI 04.0016X
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK10
• Certification Type: JBe (Stainless steel box)
— Gas: Zone 1 and 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex de IIC
– Temperature class: T5 at +40 °C, T4 at +55 °C
— Dust: Zone 21 and 22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
– Surface Temperature: T95 °C at +40 °C, T130°C at +55°C
— Ambient Temperature:
-20 ºC to +55 ºC (40 A and 63 A)
-30 ºC to +55 ºC (160 A)
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50232
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 02 ATEX 6118X
— IECEx Certificate: IECEx LCI 11.0008X
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK10
tEURASEC Certification
• Certification Type: CAe (Polyester box)
— EURASEC RU C-FR. ГБ 05.B.00911
• Certification Type: JBe (Stainless steel box)
— EURASEC RU C-FR. ГБ 05.B.00911
tOthers Certification 
• Certification Type: CAe (Polyester box)
— INMETRO Certificate: BVC 12.0421-X

 Inmetro certification available on special request only. Contact your local sales for more information.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

433

Call points Stations and Audio Signaling Devices - Increased Safety

Standard Materials

`

Controls

• Available up to 690 Volts, and up to 160 Amps
• 63 Amp version:
— Padlockable handle in position “O” using max. 4 padlocks
[maximin handle diameter 8 mm and minimum 15 mm
length].
— 3 or 4-pole switch mechanism with one ‘NO’ early break
auxiliary contact.
— Main contact termination: 35 mm2.
— Auxiliary contact termination: 2.5 mm2.
— Supplied with:
– Cable entries:
		– 1 x M32 clearance on top
		– 1 x M32 and 1 x M20 clearance on bottom
– Supplied with:
		– 2 x M32 polyamide cable glands – cable 10 mm to
       25 mm.
		– 1 x M20 blanking plug
– 1 x yellow self-adhesive laminated plastic label with black
lettering – 65 mm to 18 mm.
• 160 Amp version:
— Hinged door.
— Closed with plastic double bar locks (key supplied).
— Supplied with 4 fixing lugs.
— Padlockable handle in position “O”.
— 3 or 4-pole switch mechanism with one ‘NO’ early break
auxiliary contact.
— Main contact termination: 120 mm2.
— Auxiliary contact termination: 2.5 mm2.
— Supplied with:
– Cable entries:
		– 1 x M63 clearance on top
		– 1 x M63 and 1 x M25 clearance on bottom
– Supplied with:
		– 2 x M63 polyamide cable glands – cable 36 mm to
   44 mm.
		– 1 x M25 blanking plug

SWE Series 40, 63 and 160 Amp Switches
Increased Safety

Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Catalog Numbering Guide
SWE

040

S

3

00

A

G

Wiring Diagram No.

SWE Series:
SWE - Switches,
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
ATEX/IECEx Certified

Switch Type:
S - Switch
C - Changer
or Selector
Switch

Number of Poles:
3 - 3-Pole
4 - 4-Pole

Contact
Configuration:
00
01
02

Cable Entry:
A - 2 x M20
B - 3 x M20
C - 2 x M25
D - 2 x M25 + 1 x M20
E - 2 x M32 + 1 x M20
F - 2 x M40 + 1 x M20
G - 2 x M50 + 1 x M20
H - 2 x M63 + 1 x M20
J - 2 x M63 + 1 x M25

Call points Stations and Audio Signaling Devices - Increased Safety

Controls

Amperage:
040 - 40A
063 - 63 A
160 - 160 A

Switch Type

Options:
G - With Cable Gland and
Blanking Plug
P - With Brass Earth
Continuity Plate
S - Stainless Steel Box

Wiring Diagram No.

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Catalog Number

63 A Switch – 2 x M32 + 1 x M20 – Polyester Box
3-pole switch

S302

8

14.5

SWE063S302EG

4 Pole Switch

S402

8

14.5

SWE063S402EG

160 A Switch – 2 x M63 + 1 x M25 – Polyester Box
3-pole switch

S302

16

75

SWE160S302JG

4 Pole Switch

S402

16

75

SWE160S402JG

75

SWE160S402JS

160 A Switch – 2 x M63 + 1 x M25 – Stainless Steel Box
4-pole switch

S402

25

Switching Arrangement — X Denotes "Closed Contact"
S302

S402
Contacts

Positions

Aux

1

2

3

0
1

434

Positions

Aux

1

Contacts
2

3

4

X

X

X

X

X

0
X

X

X

X

1

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

SWE Series 40, 63 and 160 Amp Switches
Increased Safety

Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Main Contacts

63 Amps

160 Amps

Rated Insulation Voltage

690 Vac

690 Vac

Rated Operating Voltage

690 Vac

690 Vac

Rated Operating Current

63 Amp

160 Amp

Rated Surge Voltage

6 KV

8 KV

63 Amp, 230 V to 690 V

160 Amp, 400 V to 690 V

Switching Capacity
AC 21 A/AC 22 A

15 kW, 230 V
AC 23 A

22 kW, 400 V

80 kW, 400 V

30 kW, 500 V

110 kW, 500 V

18.5 kW, 690 V

55 kW, 690 V

11 kW, 230 V
AC 3

18.5 kW, 400 V

90 kW, 400 V

22 kW, 500 V

70 kW, 500 V

15 KW, 690 V
—

DC 22

—

DC 23

—

160 Amp, 220 V 
160 Amp, 440 V 
160 Amp, 220 V 

Controls

DC 21

100 Amp, 440 V 
160 Amp, 220 V 
63 Amp, 440 V 

Auxiliary Contacts
400 V

230 V

400 V

230 V

Rated Operating Current

10 Amp

10 Amp

Call points Stations and Audio Signaling Devices - Increased Safety

Rated Insulation Voltage
Rated Operating Voltage
Switching Capacity
AC 15

6 Amp, 230 V
4 Amp, 400 V

6 Amp, 230 V

Others
Termination (flexible/solid)

35 mm2

120 mm2

 2 contacts connected in series per pole.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

435

SWE Series 40, 63 and 160 Amp Switches
Increased Safety

Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Dimensions in Millimeters
40 Amp/63 Amp Polyester Version

160 Amp Polyester Version

273 mm
(10.75")
257 mm
(10.12")

mm
18 1”)
Ø (0.7 8 mm
(0.31”)

680 mm (26.77")
610 mm (24.02")
561 mm (22.09")

735 mm (28.94")

Ø 7 mm (0.28”)

284 mm (11.18")

150 mm (5.91")

Controls

320 mm (12.60")

200 mm (7.87")
146 mm (5.75")

27.5 mm
(1.08”)

341 mm (1341")
400 mm (15.75")
470mm (18.50")
525 mm (20.67")

206 mm
(8.11")

Call points Stations and Audio Signaling Devices - Increased Safety

160 Amp Stainless Steel Version

Cable Entries as per
Catalog Number

7 mm (0.28")

560 mm (22.05")
Fix. 525 mm (20.67")
270.5 mm
254.5 mm
(10.65")
(10.02")

6 x Ø 9 mm
80 mm
90 mm
(0.35")
(3.15") 30 mm (1.81") (3.54")
436 mm (17.17")
Fix 407 mm (16.02")
370 mm (14.57")

M8

60 mm (2.36")

436

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

SWD Series 16 and 32 Amp Switches
Flameproof

Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Applications
• Designed to prevent operation in explosive atmospheres
during connect and disconnect operation of lighting and light
power loads.
• For use in hazardous areas where ignitable vapors, gases or
highly combustible dusts are present.
• For installation in chemical and petrochemical plants, refineries
and other process industries.

Features
•
•
•
•
•

Available up to 690 Volts, and up to 32 Amps
Two threaded entries (one top and one bottom) M20 or M25.
Switch mechanism fixed at the bottom of the box.
Padlockable handle.
Termination:
— 16 Amp 4 mm2 terminals
— 32 Amp 6 mm2 terminals
• Internal earth:
— 2 x 4 mm2 terminals
• External earth:
— M5 for 16 Amps
— M6 for 32 Amps

16 Amp Version

32 Amp Version

Standard Materials
• Gray painted marine grade aluminum alloy box.
• A2 stainless steel captive screws.

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

tEURASEC Certification
• 16 Amp Version. Certification Type: BR1d (16A)
— EURASEC RU C-FR. ГБ 05.B.00911
• 32 Amp Version. Certification Type: CF1E (32A)
— EURASEC RU C-FR. ГБ 05.B.00911

Call points Stations and Audio Signaling Devices - Increased Safety

tATEX Certification
• 16 Amp Version. Certification Type: BR1d (16A)
— Gas: Zone 1 and 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex d IIC
– Temperature class: T6 for Ta = +40 °C, T5 for Ta = +55 °C
— Dust: Zone 21 and 22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
– Surface Temperature: T95 °C
— Ambient Temperature: -40 °C to +55 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50230
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 02 ATEX 6056
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK10
• 32 Amp Version. Certification Type: CF1E (32A)
— Gas: Zone 1 and 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:   II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex d IIC
– Temperature class: T6 for Ta ≤ +40 °C, T5 for +40 °C < Ta
≤+55 °C
— Dust: Zone 21 and 22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:   II2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
– Surface Temperature: T95 °C
— Ambient Temperature: -40 °C to +55 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50257
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 03 ATEX 6044X
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK10

Controls

Certifications and Compliances

437

SWD Series 16 and 32 Amp Switches
Flameproof

Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Catalog Numbering Guide
SWE

016

016

1

00

A

Wiring Diagram No.

Series:
SWD - SWD Series
Zone 1, 2 – 21, 22
ATEX certified

Switch Type:
S - Switch
C - Changer or
Selector Switch

Number of
Poles:
2 - 2-pole
3 - 3-pole
4 - 4-pole

Contact Configuration:
00
01
02

Amperage:
016 - 16 A
032 - 32 A

Switch Type

Cable Entry:
A - 2 x M20
C - 2 x M25

Wiring Diagram No.

Entries

Weight kg

Volume dm3

1.1

3.8

1.1

3.8

1.1

3.8

1.1

3.8

2.7

8.0

2.7

8.0

2.7

8.0

Catalog Number

Call points Stations and Audio Signaling Devices - Increased Safety

Controls

16 Amp Switch
1-pole changeover

C100

2-pole switch

S200

3-pole switch

S300

4-pole switch

2 x M20
2 x M25
2 x M20
2 x M25
2 x M20
2 x M25
2 x M20

S400

2 x M25

SWD016C100A
SWD016C100C
SWD016S200A
SWD016S200C
SWD016S300A
SWD016S300C
SWD016S400A
SWD016S400C

32 Amp Switch
2-pole switch

S200

3-pole switch

S300

4-pole switch

2 x M20
2 x M25
2 x M20
2 x M25
2 x M20

S400

2 x M25

SWD032S200A
SWD032S200C
SWD032S300A
SWD032S300C
SWD032S400A
SWD032S400C

Switching Arrangement — X Denotes "Closed Contact"
C100
Positions
0
1

C200
Contacts
1-2
3-4
X

Positions

S300
Contacts
1-2
3-4

0
X

1

Positions

S400
1-2

Contacts
3-4

5-6

X

X

X

0
X

X

1

Positions

1-2

Contacts
3-4
5-6

7-8

0
1

X

X

X

X

Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.

438

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

SWD Series 16 and 32 Amp Switches
Flameproof

Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

16 Amps

32 Amps

Rated insulation voltage (Ui)

Main Contacts

690 V

690 V

Rated Operating Current (Ie)

20 A

40 A

AC 21 A

16 A

32 A

AC 15

6A

12 A

3 x 230 V

4 KW

11 KW

3 x 400 V

7.5 KW

11 KW

3 x 500 V

5.5 KW

11 KW

3 x 690 V

4 KW

11 KW

3 x 230 V

3 KW

5.5 KW

3 x 400 V

4 KW

11 KW

3 x 500 V

5.5 KW

11 KW

AC 23 A

AC 3 A

3 KW

11 KW

Flexible Termination

3 x 690 V

2.5 mm2

6 mm2

Solid Termination

4 mm2

6 mm2

Controls

Dimensions in Millimeters
16 Amp Version

7 mm (0.28”)

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Ø 9 mm (0.35”)

12 mm
(0.47”)
165 mm (6.50”)

146 mm (5.75”)

150 mm (5.91”)

Ø 9 mm (0.35”)

104 mm (4.09”)

70 mm
(2.76”)

Call points Stations and Audio Signaling Devices - Increased Safety

110 mm
(4.33”)

150 mm (5.91”)

135 mm (5.31”)
41 mm (1.61”)

41 mm (1.61”)
7 mm
(0.28”)

32 Amp Version

150 mm (5.91”)

439

SWD Series 20, 32, 63, 100, 125, 160 and 250 Amp Isolator Switches
Flameproof

Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Applications
• Designed to prevent operation in explosive atmospheres during
connect and disconnect operation of power loads.
• For use in hazardous areas where ignitable vapors, gases or
highly
combustible dusts are present.
• For installation in chemical and
petrochemical plants, refineries and other process industries.

Features
•
•
•
•
•

Available up to 690 Volts, and up to 250 Amps
Padlockable handle in position “O”.
3 or 4-pole switch mechanism.
“NO-NC” early break auxiliary contact.
Main contact termination:
Up to 85 mm2.
• Auxiliary contact termination: 2.5 mm2.
• Threaded cable entries:
two at bottom and one at top – M20 to M63
• Supplied with:
1 x M20 blanking plug
1 x M8 earth stud

Standard Materials

Controls

• Box: marine grade aluminum alloy
• Captive screws: A2 stainless steel

Standard Finishes
• Box: gray paint RAL 7038

Options
• Visible break assembly including a window to view power
connection (only for 32 A to 160 A versions).

Call points Stations and Audio Signaling Devices - Increased Safety

Certifications and Compliances
tATEX or ATEX/IECEx Certification
• Certification Type: CF2D
— Gas: Zone 1 and 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex d IIB
– Temperature class: T6 for Ta ≤ +40 °C; T5 for +40 °C < Ta
≤+55 °C.
— Dust: Zone 21 and 22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:   II2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
– Surface Temperature: T95 °C.
— Ambient Temperature: -40 °C to +55 °C.
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50254
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 02 ATEX 6061X
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK10
— Internal Volume: >2 dm3 (2 liters)

440

63Amp with visible breaking

63 Amp Version

• Certification Type: CF
— Gas: Zone 1 and 2
II 2 G
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
– ATEX/IEC Protection: Ex d IIB
– Temperature class: T6
— Dust: Zone 21 and 22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
– Surface Temperature: T80 °C.
— Ambient Temperature: -40 °C to +55 °C;
CF10B is -20 °C to +55 °C.
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50229
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 02 ATEX 6057X
— IECEx Certificate: LCI.08 0023X
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK10
— Internal Volume: >2 dm3 (2 liters)
tEURASEC Certification
• Certification Type: CF2D
— EURASEC RU C-FR. ГБ 05.B.00911
• Certification Type: CF
— EURASEC RU C-FR. ГБ 05.B.00911

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

SWD Series 20, 32, 63, 100, 125, 160 and 250 Amp Isolator Switches
Flameproof

Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Catalog Numbering Guide
SWD

016

S

2

00

A

V

Wiring Diagram No.

Series:
SWD - SWD Series
Zone 1, 2 – 21, 22
ATEX or ATE/IECEx
Certified

Switch Type:
S - Switch
C - Changer or
Selector Switch

Number of Poles:
2 - 2-pole
3 - 3-pole
4 - 4-pole

Contact Configuration:
00
01
02

Amperage:
020 - 20 A
032 - 32 A
063 - 63 A
100 - 100 A

Options:
V - Visible Break 

Cable Entry:

125 - 125 A
160 - 160 A
250 - 250 A

A - 2 x M20
B - 3 x M20
C - 2 x M25
D - 2 x M25 + 1 x M20
E - 2 x M32 + 1 x M20

F - 2 x M40 + 1 x M20
G - 2 x M50 + 1 x M20
H - 2 x M63 + 1 x M20
J - 2 x M63 + 1 x M25

Switching Arrangement — X Denotes "Closed Contact"

Positions

S400
1-2

Contacts
3-4

5-6

0
1

Positions

1-2

Contacts
3-4
5-6

Controls

S300

7-8

0
X

X

X

1

X

X

X

X

Call points Stations and Audio Signaling Devices - Increased Safety

 For 32 to 160 Amp versions only.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

441

SWD Series 20, 32, 63, 100, 125, 160 and 250 Amp Isolator Switches
Flameproof

Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Switch Type

Wiring Diagram No.

Certified Type

Weight kg

Volume dm3

Catalog Number

20 A – 3 x M20 threaded entries (1 Top and 2 Bottom)
3-pole switch

S300

CF2D

3.8

11

SWD020S300B

4-pole switch

S400

CF2D

3.8

11

SWD020S400B

32 A – Bottom entries: 1 x M25 + 1 x M20 – Top entries: 1 x M25
3-pole switch

S300

CF2D

3.8

11

SWD032S300D

3-pole switch + visible
breaking

S300

CF20B

15

24.5

SWD032S300DV

4-pole switch

S400

CF10B

11

19.6

SWD032S400D

4-pole switch + visible
breaking

S400

CF20B

15

24.5

SWD032S400DV

63 A – Bottom entries: 1 x M32 + 1 x M20 – Top entries: 1 x M32
3-pole switch

S300

CF10B

11

19.6

SWD063S300E

3-pole switch + visible
breaking

S300

CF20B

15

24.5

SWD063S300EV

4-pole switch

S400

CF10B

11

19.6

SWD063S400E

4-pole switch + visible
breaking

S400

CF20B

15

24.5

SWD063S400EV

Call points Stations and Audio Signaling Devices - Increased Safety

Controls

100 A – Bottom entries: 1 x M40 + 1 x M20 – Top entries: 1 x M40
3-pole switch

S300

CF20B

13

24.5

SWD100S300F

4-pole switch

S400

CF20B

13

24.5

SWD100S400F

125 A – Bottom entries: 1 x M50 + 1 x M20 – Top entries: 1 x M50
3-pole switch

S300

CF20B

13

24.5

SWD125S300G

3-pole switch + visible
breaking

S300

CF40B

52

235.2

SWD125S300GV

4-pole switch

S400

CF20B

13

24.5

SWD125S400G

4-pole switch + visible
breaking

S400

CF40B

52

235.2

SWD125S400GV

160 A – Bottom entries: 1 x M50 + 1 x M20 – Top entries: 1 x M50
3-pole switch

S300

CF40B

50.5

235.2

SWD160S300G

3-pole switch + visible
breaking

S300

CF40B

52

235.2

SWD160S300GV

4-pole switch

S400

CF40B

50.5

235.2

SWD160S400G

4-pole switch + visible
breaking

S400

CF40B

52

235.2

SWD160S400GV

250 A – Bottom entries: 1 x M63 + 1 x M20 – Top entries: 1 x M63

442

3-pole switch

S300

CF60B

112

646.6

SWD250S300H

4-pole switch

S400

CF60B

112

646.6

SWD250S400H

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

SWD Series 20, 32, 63, 100, 125, 160 and 250 Amp Isolator Switches,
Flameproof

Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Technical Data
20 Amps

32 Amps

63 Amps

100 Amps

125 Amps

160 Amps

Rated Insulation Voltage (Ui)

Main Contacts

800 V

800 V

800 V

800 V

800 V

800 V

800 V

Rated Operating Voltage (Ue)

415 V/500 V/
690 V

415 V/500 V/
690 V

415 V/500 V/
690 V

415 V/500 V/
690 V

415 V/500 V/
690 V

415 V/500 V/
690 V

415 V/500 V/
690 V

Rated Operating Current (Ie)

25 A

32 A/32 A/
25 A

63 A/63 A/
40 A

100 A

125 A

160 A/160 A/
125 A

250 A/250 A/
200 A

Rated Surge Voltage (Uimp)

250 Amps

8 kV

8 kV

8 kV

8 kV

8 kV

8 kV

8 kV

50 kA
(with fuse)

50 kA
(with fuse)

50 kA
(with fuse)

100 kA
(with fuse)

63 kA
(with fuse)

80 kA
(with fuse)

50 kA
(with fuse)

415 V

25 A

32 A

63 A

100 A

125 A

160 A

250 A

500 V

25 A

32 A

63 A

100 A

125 A

160 A

250 A

690 V

25 A

32 A

63 A

100 A

125 A

160 A

200 A

415 V

25 A

32 A

63 A

100 A

125 A

160 A

250 A

500 V

25 A

32 A

63 A

100 A

125 A

125 A

250 A

690 V

25 A

32 A

63 A

63 A

80 A

100 A

125 A

230 V

25 A

–

–

–

–

–

–

415 V

25 A

32 A

63 A

100 A

125 A

125 A

250 A

500 V

25 A

25 A

63 A

80 A

100 A

100 A

200 A

690 V

25 A

25 A

40 A

63 A

80 A

80 A

100 A

230 V

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

415 V

11 kW

15 kW

30 kW

45 kW

55 kW

75 kW

132 kW

500 V

11 kW

15 kW

30 kW

45 kW

55 kW

75 kW

140 kW

690 V

15 kW

18.5 kW

30 kW

45 kW

75 kW

75 kW

90 kW

24/48 V, 25 A 

–

–

–

–

–

220 V, 250 A 

–

–

–

–

800 V, 125 A 

800 V, 125 A 

440 V, 200 A 

–

–

–

–

–

–

500 V, 200 A 

–

–

–

–

–

–

220 V, 250 A 

–

–

–

–

–

–

440 V, 200 A 

–

–

–

–

–

–

500 V, 200 A 

–

–

–

–

–

–

220 V, 250 A 

–

–

–

–

–

–

440 V, 200 A 

–

–

–

–

–

–

500 V, 200 A 

0.75 to 6 mm2

16 mm2

4 to 35 mm2

4 to 50 mm2

4 to 50 mm2

4 to 50 mm2

95 mm2

10 mm2

16 mm2

50 mm2

70 mm2

70 mm2

70 mm2

150 mm2

Rated Operating Voltage (Ue)

230 V/400 V

250 V

250 V

250 V

250 V

250 V

230 V/400 V

Rated Operating Current (Ie)

6 A/4 A

5A

5A

5A

5A

5A

4 A/3 A

AC 15

6 A/230 V

5 A/250 V

5 A/250 V

5 A/250 V

5 A/250 V

5 A/250 V

4 A/230 V 3 A/400 V

DC 14

–

–

–

–

–

–

1 A/24 V 0.2 A/48 V

2.5 mm2

2.5 mm2

2.5 mm2

2.5 mm2

2.5 mm2

2.5 mm2

2.5 mm2

Short Circuit Resistance
Switching Capacity
AC 21 A

AC 22 A

AC 23 A

DC 22

DC 23

Flexible Termination
Solid Termination
Auxiliary Contacts

Switching Capacity

Flexible Termination
 Two contacts connected in series.

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

443

Call points Stations and Audio Signaling Devices - Increased Safety

DC 21

Controls

AC 23 A
Motor Power
(kW)

SWD Series 20, 32, 63, 100, 125, 160 and 250 Amp Isolator Switches
Flameproof

Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Dimensions in Millimeters

CF2D

CF10B

4 Ø 9 mm (0.35”)
212 mm (8.35”)
126 mm (4.96”)
Fix. 245 mm (9.65”)

15 mm
(0.59”)

48.5 mm
(1.91”)

Fix. 140 mm (5.51”)
260 mm (10.24”)

Ø 11 mm (0.43”)

196 mm (7.72”)

240 mm (9.45”)

270 mm (10.63”)

Fix. 208 mm (8.19”)

145 mm (5.71”)

14 mm (0.55”)

CF20B

CF20B + visible breaking

270 mm (10.63”)

Controls

Fix. 245 mm (9.65”)

207

369

Fix. 250

370 mm (14.57”)

Fix. 250 mm (9.84”)

Call points Stations and Audio Signaling Devices - Increased Safety

Ø 11 mm (0.43”)

15 (0.59”)

M8

Fix. 245

74 mm
Fix. 208 mm (8.19”) (2.91”)

444

270
294

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

SWD Series 20, 32, 63, 100, 125, 160 and 250 Amp Isolator Switches
Flameproof

Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Dimensions in Millimeters
CF40B

CF40B + visible breaking

320 mm (12.60”)

377

455

74 mm
(2.91”)

Fix.391

347 mm (13.66”)

Fix. 391 mm (15.39”)

Ø 11 mm
(0.43”)

455 mm (17.91”)

Fix. 245 mm (9.65”)

411 mm (16.18”)

M8

Fix. 256
320
379

25 mm (0.98”)

CF60B
440 mm (17.32”)
Fix. 376 mm (14.80”)

Ø 14 mm
(0.55”)

413 mm (16.26”)

Call points Stations and Audio Signaling Devices - Increased Safety

Fix. 616 mm (24.25”)

680 mm (26.77”)

Controls

74 mm
(2.91”)

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

445

KL Series Audio Signaling Devices
Flameproof
Zone 1 and 2
Gas (G)

Applications
• Audio alarm to signal an evacuation due to fire, gas or other
dangers.

Features
• Klaxon type warning horn.
• Flameproof enclosure.
• Operation:
— Operating cycle: 5 minutes maximum
— Pause cycle: 15 minutes minimum
— Maximum 5 consecutive cycles
— Predicts temporary pause cycles
• One M20 bottom cable entry.
• M6 earth stud.

Standard Materials
• Enclosure:  marine grade aluminum
Horn

Standard Finishes
• Enclosure: gray paint

Call points Stations and Audio Signaling Devices - Increased Safety

Dimensions in Millimeters

tATEX Certification
• Certification Type: KL1X
— Gas: Zones 1 and 2
— Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2 G
— Type of Protection: Ex d IIB
— Temperature class: T6
— Ambient Temperature: -20 °C to +40 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50216
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 00 ATEX 6018
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP55
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK10
— Internal Volume: ≤ 2 dm3 (2 liters)

261 mm (10.28”)

10 mm
(0.39”)
128 mm
(5.04”)

Controls

Certifications and Compliances

17 mm
165 mm (6.50”) (0.67”)
190 mm (7.48”)

160 mm
(6.30”)

Catalog Numbering Guide
KL

C02D

E

KL Series
Horn
Zone 1 and 2
ATEX Certified

Voltage:
02D - 24 Vdc
02A - 24 Vac
04D - 48 Vdc
04A - 48 Vac
11A - 110 Vac
23A - 220-230 Vac

Option:
E - Electronic

Series

Voltage

Frequency

Sound Volume
at 2m

KL

24 Vdc

0 Hz

80 dB mini

Sound
Frequency
(Hz)

Amp
Rating

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Catalog
Number

420

0.75

5.2

13

KL02D

KL

24 Vac

50/60 Hz

80 dB mini

420

0.75

5.2

13

KL02A

KL

48 Vdc

0 Hz

80 dB mini

420

0.75

5.2

13

KL04D

KL

48 Vac

50 Hz

80 dB mini

420

0.75

5.2

13

KL04A

KL

110 Vac

50/60 Hz

80 dB mini

420

0.13

5.2

13

KL11A

KL

220/230 Vac

50/60 Hz

80 dB mini

420

0.13

5.2

13

KL23A

Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.

446

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

DM Series Motor Starters
Flameproof

Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Applications
• DM Series motor starters are used in areas where hazardous
materials are handled or stored.
• These units provide disconnecting means and thermal
overload protection.

Features
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Three pole contactor.
Thermal overload relay with stop/reset push button.
Start push button.
Rated voltage 400/415 Vac, 50/60 Hz AC-3 category.
Yellow laminated plastic legend plate with black lettering.
Internal earth terminal: 2 x 4 mm2.
External ground terminal: M5 for Ex d IIB version.
Earth crossing terminal: M8 for Ex d IIC version.
1 x M20 entry on top.
2 x M20 entries at bottom with one blanking plug.

Standard Materials
• Housing: gray painted marine grade aluminum alloy (RAL7038).
• Cover bolts: stainless steel

Ex d IIB Version - Type CF2D

Ex d IIC Version - Type CF1B

Certifications and Compliances
tATEX Certification
• Certification Type CF2D
— EURASEC RU C-FR. ГБ 05.B.0091
• Certification Type CF1B
— EURASEC RU C-FR. ГБ 05.B.00911

Related Products
• Cable glands must be ordered separately. See Fittings Section.

Flameproof Ex d Zone 1 Rated Motor Starters

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

tEURASEC Certification

Controls

• Certification Type CF2D
— Gas: Zone 1 and 2,
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE: II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex d IIB
– Temperature class: T4 (ta +40 °C) or T3 (ta +55 °C)
— Dust: Zone 21 and 22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE: II2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
– Surface Temperature: T195 °C
— Ambient Temperature: -20 °C to +55 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50254
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 03 ATEX 6061X
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK10
— Internal Volume: > 2 dm3 (2 liters)
• Certification Type CF1B
— Gas: Zone 1 and 2,
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE: II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex d IIC
– Temperature class: T4 (ta +40 °C) or T3 (ta +55 °C)
— Dust: Zone 21 and 22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE: II2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
– Surface Temperature: T195 °C
— Ambient Temperature: -20 °C to +55 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50257
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 03 ATEX 6044X
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK10
— Internal Volume: > 2 dm3 (2 liters)

447

DM Series Motor Starters
Flameproof

Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Catalog Numbering Guide
DM

B

000

DM Series
Zone 1, 2 – 21, 22
ATEX Certified

D

4

Type:
D - D.O.L. Direct On Line

Main Protection:
B - Ex d IIB
C - Ex d IIC

M



Control Circuit Voltage:
M - 220 Vac 50/60 Hz
P - 230 Vac 50/60 Hz
U - 240 Vac 50/60 Hz
Q - 380 Vac 50/60 Hz
V - 400 Vac 50/60 Hz

Rated Voltage:
4 - 400/415 Vac 50/60 Hz

Options:
Customized Motor Starter

6 digit number will be assigned
at time of order placement.

Controls

Power:
000 - Empty (0.37 kW to 4 kW)
001 - Empty (5.5 kW to 11 kW)
003 - 0.37 kW
030 - 3 kW
005 - 0.55 kW
040 - 4 kW
007 - 0.75 kW
055 - 5.5 kW
011 - 1.1 kW
075 - 7.5 kW
015 - 1.5 kW
090 - 9 kW
022 - 2.2 kW
110 - 11 kW

Type

Protection

Weight
kg

Description

Volume
dm3

Catalog Number

Flameproof Ex d Zone 1 Rated Motor Starters

Enclosure for Housing Contactor with Overload Relay up to 11 kW Ex d IIB T4 (for Ta +40 °C) or T3 (for Ta+55 °C)
CF2D

IIB

For 0.37kW to 4 kW (9 Amp, 400/415 Vac max.)
contactor and thermal overload relay not supplied

4.0

14

DMB000D

CF2D

IIB

For 5.5kW to 11 kW (25 Amp, 400/415 Vac max.)
contactor and thermal overload relay not supplied

4.0

14

DMB001D

4.5

14

DMB055D4P

(LC1D09 and LRD – from Schneider Electric )

(LC1D25 and LRD – from Schneider Electric )

Enclosure Fitted and Prewired with Contactor and Thermal Overload Relay
CF2D

IIB

For 5.5 kW 400/415 Vac Motor Coil 230 Vac

Fitted with contactor LC1-D25 P7 and thermal overload relay LRD-16

Enclosure for Housing Contactor with Overload Relay up to 11 kW Ex d IIC T4 (for Ta +40 °C) or T3 (for Ta +55 °C)
CF1B

IIC

CF1B

IIC

For 0.37kW to 4 kW (9 Amp, 400/415 Vac max.)
contactor and thermal overload relay not supplied

4.0

14

DMC000D

For 5.5kW to 11 kW (25 Amp, 400/415 Vac max.)
contactor and thermal overload relay not supplied

4.0

14

DMC001D

4.5

14

DMC055D4P

(LC1D09 and LRD — from Schneider Electric )

(LC1D25 and LRD — from Schneider Electric )

Enclosure Fitted and Prewired with Contactor and Thermal Overload Relay
CF1B

IIC

For 5.5 kW 400/415 Vac Motor Coil 230 Vac

Fitted with contactor LC1-D25 P7 and thermal overload relay LRD-16

 Schneider Electric is a registered trademark Schneider Electric SA.

448

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

DM Series Motor Starter Dimensions
Flameproof

Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Dimensions in Millimeters

Exd IIB version - Type CF2D

Exd IIC version - Type CF1B
170 mm (6.69”)

145 mm (5.71”)

14 mm (0.55”)

170 mm (6.69”)

185 mm (7.28”)

Ø 10 mm
(0.39”)

130 mm (5.12”)

140 mm (5.51”)

Ø 7 mm
(0.28”)

168 mm (6.61”)

196 mm (7.72”)

240 mm (9.45”)

(4) Ø
9 mm (0.35”)
126 mm (4.96”)
298 mm (11.73”)

135 mm (5.31”)

Controls

Flameproof Ex d Zone 1 Rated Motor Starters

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

449

MS Series Motor Starters
Flameproof

Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Applications
• These motor starters are used in areas where hazardous
material are handled or stored. These units provide:
— Disconnecting means
— Undervoltage protection
— Circuit protection
— Motor running protection
— Thermal time delay overload protection

Controls

Features
• Magnetic circuit breaker protects equipment and personnel and
eliminates replacement of fuses.
• Three pole contactor.
• Thermal overload relay with manual reset push button.
• Green pilot light “Running/ON”.
• Rated voltage 400/415 Vac 50/60 Hz  AC-3 category.
• Control circuit supplied via a transformer fed between phases.
• Direct entries or indirect entries with Ex e box allows use of
cable gland with elastomer seal.
• Type 2 coordinated protection (IEC 60947-4-1) has the following
benefits:
— Safety - limiting the energy delivered to the short circuit
ensures the safest applications for personnel, facilities and
equipment.
— Reduced costs - preventing short circuit damage to
components minimizes labor and replacement costs.
— Increased productivity - as component replacement due to
short circuits is minimized, so are interruptions to production.
• Direct ammeter for 0.37 kW to 2.2 kW versions. Ammeter with
current transformer for 3 kW to 75 kW versions.

Ex d Version

Flameproof Ex d Zone 1 Rated Motor Starters

Standard Materials
• Body and cover:
— Gray painted marine grade aluminum alloy (RAL 7038)
— Cover bolts: stainless steel
— Hinges: stainless steel
• Ex e box for indirect entries:
— Gray (RAL 7038) painted aluminum alloy (size 2 and 6) or
stainless steel (size 8 and 11)
— Cover bolts: stainless steel

Standard Finish
• Corrosion resistant gray powder coat epoxy

Options
• Available up to 300 kW  - contact your local representative.

Certifications and Compliances
tATEX/ IECEx Certification
• Certification Type CF
— Gas: Zone 1 and 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
– Type of Protection: Ex d IIB
– Temperature class: T6
— Dust: Zone 21 and 22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
– Surface Temperature: T80 °C

450

II 2 G

Ex de Version

— Ambient Temperature:
— CF 60: -50 °C to +55 °C
— CF 20, 40, 50: -40 °C to +55 °C
— CF 30: -20 °C to +55 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50229
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 02 ATEX 6057X
— IECEx Certificate: IECEx LCI 08.0023X
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK10
— Internal Volume: > 2 dm3 (2 liters)
tEURASEC Certification
— EURASEC RU C-FR. ГБ 05.B.00911

II2 D

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

MS Series Motor Starters
Flameproof

Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Catalog Numbering Guide
MS

B

003

Series:
MS - Motor Starters
Zone 1
ATEX/IECEx Certified

D

4

Type:
D - D.O.L. Direct On Line

Classification:
B - Ex d IIB
H - Ex d IIB + H2
Power kW:
003 - 0.37
090 - 9
005 - 0.55
110 - 11
007 - 0.75
150 - 15
011 - 1.1
185 - 18.5
015 - 1.5
220 - 22
022 - 2.2
300 - 30
030 - 3
370 - 37
040 - 4
450 - 45
055 - 5.5
550 - 55
075 - 7.5
750 - 75

2

A

Control Circuit Voltage:
2 - 230 Vac 50/60 Hz via
Transformer

Rated Voltage:
4 - 400/415 V 50/60 Hz

Options:
A - Ammeter
B - Indirect entries with
Ex e Box
E - Local emergency Stop
H - Anti-condensation
(Heater, Thermostat,
Blue pilot light)
S - Selector switch
Hand/Off/Auto
T - Fault trip signal with
yellow pilot light
F - Full Options
(A,B,E,H,S,T)

Controls

Flameproof Ex d Zone 1 Rated Motor Starters

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

451

MS Series Motor Starters
Flameproof

Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Motor Capacity
AC-3 to 415 Vac

Size

Terminals
Cross Section mm2

Cable Entries
at Bottom

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Catalog Number

Standard Version

Controls

Fitted with magnetic circuit breaker, contactor with overload relay, Start/Stop buttons and green pilot light. (1 x M20 plugged).

0.37 kW

1

2.5

2 x M20 + 1 M20

16

25

MSB003D42

0.55 kW

1

2.5

2 x M20 + 1 M20

16

25

MSB005D42

0.75 kW

1

2.5

2 x M20 + 1 M20

16

25

MSB007D42

1.1 kW

1

2.5

2 x M20 + 1 M20

16

25

MSB011D42

1.5 kW

1

2.5

2 x M20 + 1 M20

16

25

MSB015D42

2.2 kW

1

2.5

2 x M20 + 1 M20

16

25

MSB022D42

3 kW

1

2.5

2 x M20 + 1 M20

16

25

MSB030D42

4 kW

1

2.5

2 x M20 + 1 M20

16

25

MSB040D42

5.5 kW

5

4.0

2 x M25 + 1 M20

56

126

MSB055D42

7.5 kW

5

6.0

2 x M25 + 1 M20

56

126

MSB075D42

9 kW

5

10.0

2 x M25 + 1 M20

56

126

MSB090D42

11 kW

5

10.0

2 x M25 + 1 M20

56

126

MSB110D42

15 kW

5

16.0

2 x M32 + 1 M20

56

126

MSB150D42

18.5 kW

7

25.0

2 x M32 + 1 M20

72

236

MSB185D42

22 kW

7

25.0

2 x M32 + 1 M20

72

236

MSB220D42

30 kW

7

35.0

2 x M40 + 1 M20

72

236

MSB300D42

37 kW

9

50.0

2 x M40 + 1 M20

132

370

MSB370D42

45 kW

9

70.0

2 x M50 + 1 M20

132

370

MSB450D42

55 kW

9

95.0

2 x M50 + 1 M20

132

370

MSB550D42

75 kW

9

120.0

2 x M63 + 1 M20

132

370

MSB750D42

Flameproof Ex d Zone 1 Rated Motor Starters

Full Options Version
Standard version + HOA selector switch, local emergency stop, fault trip signal, ammeter, anti-condensation and indirect entries. (1 x M20 plugged.)

0.37 kW

4

2.5

2 x M20 + 1 x M20

51

700

MSB003D42F

0.55 kW

4

2.5

2 x M20 + 1 x M20

51

700

MSB005D42F

0.75 kW

4

2.5

2 x M20 + 1 x M20

51

700

MSB007D42F

1.1 kW

4

2.5

2 x M20 + 1 x M20

51

700

MSB011D42F

1.5 kW

4

2.5

2 x M20 + 1 x M20

51

700

MSB015D42F

2.2 kW

4

2.5

2 x M20 + 1 x M20

51

700

MSB022D42F

3 kW

4

2.5

2 x M20 + 1 x M20

51

700

MSB030D42F

4 kW

4

2.5

2 x M20 + 1 x M20

51

700

MSB040D42F

5.5 kW

6

4.0

2 x M25 + 1 x M20

62

700

MSB055D42F

7.5 kW

6

6.0

2 x M25 + 1 x M20

62

700

MSB075D42F

9 kW

6

10.0

2 x M25 + 1 x M20

62

700

MSB090D42F

11 kW

6

10.0

2 x M25 + 1 x M20

62

700

MSB110D42F

15 kW

6

16.0

2 x M32 + 1 x M20

62

700

MSB150D42F

18.5 kW

8

25.0

2 x M32 + 1 x M20

81

700

MSB185D42F

22 kW

8

25.0

2 x M32 + 1 x M20

81

700

MSB220D42F

30 kW

8

35.0

2 x M40 + 1 x M20

81

700

MSB300D42F

37 kW

10

50.0

2 x M40 + 1 x M20

145

700

MSB370D42F

45 kW

10

70.0

2 x M50 + 1 x M20

145

700

MSB450D42F

55 kW

10

95.0

2 x M50 + 1 x M20

145

700

MSB550D42F

75 kW

10

120.0

2 x M63 + 1 x M20

145

700

MSB750D42F

452

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

MS Series Motor Starter Wiring Diagram and Dimensions
Flameproof

Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Wiring Diagram

KM1.1
KM1.5
Stop
Reset

Start
Manual
Reset

Green

3PH.AC

Dimensions in Millimeters

245 mm (9.6”)

270 mm (10.6”)
245 mm (9.6”)

572 mm (22.5”)

250 mm (9.8”)

Flameproof Ex d Zone 1 Rated Motor Starters

(4) Ø 11 mm (0.43”)

(4) Ø 11 mm (0.43”)

369 mm (14.5”)

15 mm (0.59”)

15 mm (0.59”)

252 mm (9.9”)

Size 2: CF20B + CAe1

Controls

252 mm (9.9”)

Size 1: CF20B

250 mm (9.6”)
270 mm (10.6”)

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

453

MS Series Motor Starter Dimensions
Flameproof

Zone 1 and 2 – 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Dimensions in Millimeters

25 mm (1.0”)

375 mm (14.8”)

(4) Ø 9 mm (0.35”)

(4) Ø 11 mm (0.43”)
(4) Ø 11 mm (0.43”)

667 mm (26.3”)
391 mm (15.4”)

Controls

278 mm (10.9”)
320 mm (12.6”)

320 mm (15.6”)
256 mm (10.1”)

455 mm (17.9”)
391 mm (15.4”)

552 mm 921.7”)
298 mm (11.7”)

340 mm (13.4”)
298 mm (11.7”)

320 mm (12.6”)
278 mm (10.9”)

256 mm (10.1”)
320 mm (15.6”)

25 mm (1.0”)

470 mm (18.5”)

Size 10: CF60B + JBe55

25 mm (1.0”)

470 mm (18.5”)

Size 9: CF60B

25 mm (1.0”)

405 mm (15.9”)

Size 8: CF50B + JBe47

25 mm (1.0”)

405 mm (15.9”)

Size 7: CF50B

Ø 14 mm (0.55”)

Ø 11 mm (0.43”)

(4) Ø 11 mm (0.43”)

Ø 11 mm (0.55”)

440 mm (17.3”)
376 mm (14.8”)

440 mm (17.3”)
376 mm (14.8”)

455 mm (17.9”)
391 mm (15.4”)

(2) Ø
9 mm (0.35”)

407 mm (16.0”)

616 mm (24.3”)

1060 mm (41.7”)

616 mm (24.3”)

391 mm (15.4”)

680 mm (26.8”)

376 mm (14.8”)
440 mm (17.3”)

725 mm (28.5”)

HEATER ON

286 mm (11.3”)

Flameproof Ex d Zone 1 Rated Motor Starters

Size 6: CF40B + CAe2

25 mm (1.0”)

275 mm (10.8”)

(4) Ø 9 mm (0.35”)

375 mm (14.8”)

Size 5: CF40B

20 mm (0.79”)

Size 4: CF30B + CAe2

20 mm (0.79”)

275 mm (10.8”)

Size 3: CF30B

FAULT TRIP

RUNNING

HAND

AUTO

376 mm (14.8”)
440 mm (17.3”)

407 mm (16.0”)

454

(2) Ø
9 mm (0.35”)

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Notes

Controls

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

455

Controls

Notes

456

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Distribution Equipment

Description

Page

Circuit Breakers, Switches, Relays and Contactors
CBU, SWU and RCU Series Branch Circuit Breakers, Switches, Relays and Contactors

458

CBD Series Circuit Breaker, Flameproof

462

Distribution Panelboards
P series PlexPower Distribution Panelboard, Increased safety

465

DPD series Distribution Panelboard, Flameproof

492

Custom Switchracks
Custom Switchracks

498

CBU/SWU Circuit Breakers

CBD Circuit Breakers

P Series Distribution
Panelboards

DPD Distribution
Panelboards

Custom Switchracks

Distribution Equipment

Distribution Equipment

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

457

CBU, SWU and RCU Series Branch Circuit Breakers, Switches, Relays and Contactors
For Increased Safety Enclosures
Zone 1 and 2
Gas (G)

Applications
• Useful as back-up circuit breaker protection or as main circuit
breaker protection for hazardous areas.
• To be fitted inside increased safety Ex e enclosures.

Features
• Up to 40 A for 2-pole circuit breaker versions.
• Up to 63 A for 2-pole with GFI, 3-pole and 4-pole
circuit breaker versions.
• Up to 63 A for switch versions.
• Breaking capacity 10 kA – 400 V according to EN/IEC
60947-2 standard.
• Breaking capacity 6 kA - 400 V according to EN/IEC 60898
standard.
• Supplied with front rotary control handle padlockable
in OFF position.
• Terminal capacity: 1 x 25 mm2.
• Mounting in polyester (ECEP series) or in 316L stainless steel
(ECES series) enclosures. Can be fixed either on the door or at
the back of the enclosure.

2-Pole Circuit Breaker with GFI

4-Pole Circuit Breaker

2-Pole Circuit Breaker

4-Pole Switch

Standard Materials
• Housing: polyamide

Certifications and Compliances

Distribution Equipment

tATEX/IECEx Certification
• Certification Type IT40U (2-pole versions)
— Gas: Zones 1 and 2 (Authorized to be used in an approved
dustproof enclosure)
— Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2 G
— Type of Protection Ex de IIC
— Service Temperature: -20 °C to +100 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 5C216
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 02 ATEX 0035U
— IECEx Certificate: IECEx LCI 04.0033U
• Certification Type CBU (2-pole GFI, 3 and 4-pole versions)
— Gas: Zones 1 and 2 (Authorized to be used in an approved
dustproof enclosure)
— Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2 G
— Type of Protection Ex de IIC
— Service Temperature: -20 °C to +100 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 5C244
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 09 ATEX 3068U
— IECEx Certificate: IECEx LCI 09.0023L

Circuit Breakers

tEURASEC Certification
• Certification Type IT40U (2-pole versions)
— EURASEC  N° TC  RU C-FR.ГБ05.B.00909
• Certification Type CBU (2-pole GFI, 3 and 4-pole versions)
— EURASEC  N° TC  RU C-FR.ГБ05.B.00909

tOthers Certification 

• Certification Type IT40U (2-pole versions)
— Inmetro Certificate: BVC 11.0594-U
• Certification Type CBU (2-pole GFI, 3 and 4-pole versions)
— Inmetro Certificate: BVC 10.0011-U

 Inmetro certification available on special request only. Contact your local sales for more information.

458

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

CBU, SWU and RCU Series Branch Circuit Breakers, Switches, Relays and Contactors
For Increased Safety Enclosures
Zone 1 and 2
Gas (G)

Catalog Numbering Guide — ATEX/IECEx Certified Branch Circuit Breakers, Switches, Relays and Contactors
CBU

1

01

Circuit Breaker Series:
CBU - Circuit Breaker
2P, 3P and 4P

B

R1
GFI:
R1 - 30 mA
R2 - 300 mA

Intensity: 

CBUN - Circuit Breaker
2P+GFI version
Switch Series:
SWU - Switch 

Number of Poles:
1 - 1-Pole
2 - 2-Poles
3 - 3-Poles
4 - 4-Poles
9 - 1-Pole + Neutral

RCU

1

RCU : Relay and Contactor

01 - 1 A
02 - 2 A
03 - 3 A
04 - 4 A
06 - 6 A
10 - 10 A
16 - 16 A
20 - 20 A
25 - 25 A
32 - 32 A
40 - 40 A
50 - 50 A
63 - 63 A

01

Curve Type:
B - Curve B
C - Curve C
D - Curve D

B

Intensity:

Options:
5 - 440 Vac
6 - 480 Vac
F3 - 1 NO/NC Fault Indication
Contact
F5 - NO Fault Indication Contact
F9 - NC Fault Indication Contact
S3 - 1 NO/NC Auxiliary Contact
S5 - 2 NO Auxiliary Contact
S9 - 2 NC Auxiliary Contact
M - 15 kA Breaking Capacity
P - 25 kA Breaking Capacity

R1

Distribution Equipment

Coil voltage:
24 - 24VAC (for 20,24,40 Amps only)
23 - 230VAC (for 20,24,40 Amp)

20 - 20 A
24 - 24 A
40 - 40 A

Number of Poles:
2 - 2-Poles
3 - 3-Poles
4 - 4-Poles

5

Circuit Breakers

Number of contacts:
- For 20 Amps only:
20 - 2NO
02 - 2NC
11 - 1NO+1NC
- For 24 Amps only:
40 - 4NO
04 - 4NC
13 - 1NO+3NC
22 - 2NO+2NC
31 - 3NO+1NC
- For 40 Amps only:
40 - 4NO
22 - 2NO+2NC
31 - 3NO+1NC

 SWU Series Switches: Up to 40 Amps for 2-pole version. Up to 63 Amps for 3- and 4-pole versions. Example: 3-pole, 25 Amp switch – SWU325.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

459

CBU, SWU and RCU Series Branch Circuit Breakers, Switches, Relays and Contactors
For Increased Safety Enclosures
Zone 1 and 2
Gas (G)

Circuit Breakers – CBU Series
Weight kg

Volume dm2

Certified Type

Catalog Number

2-Pole Branch Circuit Breaker – 230/240 Vac – Tripping Curve C
2x6A

1.9

1.1

IT40U

CBU206C

2 x 10 A

1.9

1.1

IT40U

CBU210C

2 x 16 A

1.9

1.1

IT40U

CBU216C

2 x 20 A

1.9

1.1

IT40U

CBU220C

2 x 25 A

1.9

1.1

IT40U

CBU225C

2 x 32 A

1.9

1.1

IT40U

CBU232C

2-Pole GFI Branch Circuit Breaker – 230/240 Vac – Tripping Curve C
2 x 10 A/30 mA

1.9

3.1

CBU

CBUN210CR1

2 x 16 A/30 mA

1.9

3.1

CBU

CBUN216CR1

2 x 20 A/30 mA

1.9

3.1

CBU

CBUN220CR1

2 x 10 A/300 mA

1.9

3.1

CBU

CBUN210CR2

2 x 16 A/300 mA

1.9

3.1

CBU

CBUN216CR2

2 x 20 A/300 mA

1.9

3.1

CBU

CBUN220CR2

Circuit Breakers

Distribution Equipment

3-Pole Branch Circuit Breaker – 380/415 Vac – Tripping Curve C
3x6A

1.9

3.1

CBU

CBU306C

3 x 10 A

1.9

3.1

CBU

CBU310C

3 x 16 A

1.9

3.1

CBU

CBU316C

3 x 20 A

1.9

3.1

CBU

CBU320C

3 x 25 A

1.9

3.1

CBU

CBU325C

3 x 32 A

1.9

3.1

CBU

CBU332C

4-Pole Branch Circuit Breaker – 380/415 Vac – Tripping Curve C
4x6A

1.9

3.1

CBU

CBU406C

4 x 10 A

1.9

3.1

CBU

CBU410C

4 x 16 A

1.9

3.1

CBU

CBU416C

4 x 20 A

1.9

3.1

CBU

CBU420C

4 x 25 A

1.9

3.1

CBU

CBU425C

4 x 32 A

1.9

3.1

CBU

CBU432C

Relays and Contactors – RCU Series
2 and 4-pole versions:
• Rated current: 20 A, 24 A, 40 A and 63 A.
• Rated voltage: Up to 415 V - 50/60 Hz.
• Coil voltage: Up to 240 V - 50/60 Hz.
• Consult factory for further details.
CBU and SWU Bracket
Description

Catalog Number

Bracket for door fixing for 2-pole MCB

460

096650

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

CBU, SWU and RCU Series Branch Circuit Breakers, Switches, Relays and Contactors
For Increased Safety Enclosures
Zone 1 and 2
Gas (G)

Dimension in Millimeters

WIth fixing kit 2 Poles 096650

1 / 2 Poles Circuit Breaker
1 Pole + Aux. Circuit Breaker

Distribution Equipment

2 Poles Circuit breaker with GFI
2 Poles + Aux Circuit Breaker with GFi

2 / 3 / 4 Poles + Aux. Circuit Breaker
3 / 4 Poles Circuit Breaker

Circuit Breakers

3 / 4 Poles Switch Breaker
3 / 4 Poles + Aux. Switch Breaker

4 Poles Switch with Earth Leakage
4 Poles + Aux. Switch with Earth Leakage

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

2 / 3 / 4 Poles Contactor

461

CBD Series Circuit Breakers
Flameproof

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Applications
• Circuit breakers are used in areas where hazardous materials
are handled or stored.
• These units provide thermal-magnetic protection and residual
current devices.

Features
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Supplied with front rotary control switch handle.
Padlockable in stop position ­— 3 x dia. 5 mm.
RCBOs supplied with test push button.
Yellow laminated plastic legend plate with black lettering.
Internal earth terminal 2 x 4 mm2.
External ground terminal: M5 for Ex d IIB version.
Earth crossing terminal M8 for Ex d IIC version.
1 x M20 entry on top.
2 x M20 entries at bottom with one blanking plug.
Cable glands to be ordered separately.

Ex d IIB Version

Ex d IIC Version

Standard Materials
• Gray painted marine grade aluminum alloy housing (RAL7038).
• Stainless steel cover bolts.

Certifications and Compliances

Circuit Breakers

Distribution Equipment

tATEX Certification
• Certification Type: CF2D
— Gas: Zone 1 and 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex d IIB
– Temperature class: T3
— Dust: Zone 21 and 22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II2 D
– Type ofProtection: Ex td A21
– Surface Temperature: T195 °C
— Ambient Temperature:
-5 °C / -20°C / -25°C  to  +55 °C (according components)
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50254
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 02 ATEX 6061X
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
—Impact Resistance (shock): IK10
• Certification Type: CF1C
— Gas: Zone 1 and 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex d IIC
– Temperature class: T5
— Dust: Zone 21 and 22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex td A21
– Surface Temperature: T95 °C
— Ambient Temperature:
-5 °C / -20°C / -25°C  to  +55 °C (according components)
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50257
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 03 ATEX 6044X
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK10

tEURASEC Certification
— EURASEC  N° TC  RU C-FR.ГБ05.B.00910

462

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

CBD Series Circuit Breakers
Flameproof

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Catalog Numbering Guide
CBD

B

1

01

B

R0

#

Branch Circuit Breaker:

Series:
CBD - CBD Series
Zone 1, 2 – 21, 22
ATEX Certified

Number of Poles:
0 - Empty for Branch
Circuit Breaker
1 - 1-Pole
2 - 2-Pole
3 - 3-Pole
4 - 4-Pole
9 - 1-Pole + N
6 - Empty for 2-Pole
GFI
7 - Empty for 3-Pole
Motor Circuit
Breaker

Main Protection:
B - Ex d IIB
C - Ex d IIC

Intensity:
01 - 1 A
02 - 2 A
03 - 3 A
04 - 4 A
06 - 6 A
10 - 10 A
16 - 16 A
20 - 20 A
25 - 25 A
32 - 32 A
40 - 40 A

Tripping Curve:
B - Curve B
C - Curve C
D - Curve D

Options:
# - Customized Circuit
Breaker; #: 6 digit
number will be
assigned at time of
order placement.

GFI:
R0 - With Residual Current
Device 10 mA 
R1 - With Residual Current
Device 30 mA 
R2 - With Residual Current
Device 300 mA 

Distribution Equipment

Circuit Breakers

 For Branch Circuit Breaker 2-Poles maximum.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

463

CBD Series Circuit Breakers
Flameproof

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Type

Description

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Catalog
Number

Enclosure for Housing Branch Circuit Breaker up to 40 A — Ex d IIB T3
CF2D

40 A maximum
For 2-pole, 3-pole and 4-pole Branch Circuit Breaker
(S200 from ABB) not supplied
Ambient Temperature: -25 °C to +55 °C

4

14

CBDB0

CF2D

25 A maximum
For 2-pole + GFI Branch Circuit Breaker
(iC60 + VIGI iC60 from Schneider Electric) not supplied
Ambient Temperature: -25 °C / -5 °C to +55 °C

4

14

CBDB6

CF2D

32 A maximum
For 3-pole Motor Circuit Breaker
(GV2-P or GV2-L from Schneider Electric) not supplied
Ambient Temperature: -20 °C to +55 °C

4

14

CBDB7

CF1C

25 A maximum
For 2-pole, 3-pole and 4-pole Branch Circuit Breaker
(S200 from ABB) not supplied
Ambient Temperature: -25 °C to +55 °C

4

14

CBDC0

CF1C

25 A maximum
For 2-pole + GFI Branch Circuit Breaker
(iC60 + VIGI iC60 from Schneider Electric) not supplied
Ambient Temperature: -25 °C / -5 °C to +55 °C

4

14

CBDC6

CF1C

32 A maximum
For 3-pole Motor Circuit Breaker
(GV2-P or GV2-L from Schneider Electric) not supplied
Ambient Temperature: -20 °C to +55 °C

4

14

CBDC7

Dimensions in Millimeters

170 mm (6.69”)

145 mm
(5.71”)

14 mm
(0.55”)

Ex d IIB Version

464

175 mm (6.89”)

140 mm (5.51”)

10 mm
(0.39”)

185 mm (7.28”)

Ø 7 mm
(0.28”)

168 mm (6.61”)

196 mm (7.72”)

240 mm (9.45”)

4 Ø 9 mm (0.35”)
126 mm (4.96”)
212 mm
(8.35”)

Circuit Breakers

Distribution Equipment

Enclosure for Housing Branch Circuit Breaker up to 32 A — Ex d IIC T5

130 mm (5.12”)

135 mm (5.31”)

Ex d IIC Version

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

P Series PlexPower™ Distribution Panelboards
Increased Safety
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Applications
• The P Series PlexPower panelboard provides indoor and
outdoor protection and control of electrical circuits in hazardous
environments such as:
— Petroleum plants
— Chemical plants
— Refineries
— Other process facilities
• Ideal for placement in wet, corrosive environments or where
flammable gases or vapors are likely to be present.
• Suitable for use on lighting, heat trace and power circuits.

Features

• 240/415 Volt breaker module 8-pole terminal wire range 2.5
mm2 through 10 mm2 (standard), 16 mm2 with special lug.
• 600 Volt main breaker module 4-pole terminal wire range 16
mm2 through 150 mm2.
• Ambient temperature ratings:
— Standard model: -25 °C to +55 °C.
— Standard model without switching: -40 °C

Standard Materials
•
•
•
•

Enclosure: fiberglass reinforced polyester (FRP)
Hardware: stainless steel
Bus bar: hard drawn copper
Chassis: hot dip galvanized for wall mounting use

Options

Must be listed in alphanumeric sequence at the end of the catalog number.

 Schneider is a registered trademark of Schneider Electric.
 ABB Asea Brown Boveri Ltd is registered with the commercial register of Zurich, Switzerland.
 Please contact your local sales representative for Voltmeter and Ammeter options.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

465

DISTRIBUTION Panelboards

• Drain, add suffix —D.
• Drain/breather, add suffix —DV.
• Gland plate bottom only, specify suffix —GPP = plastic gland
plate, —GPB = brass gland plate.
• Stainless steel legend plate (specify legend), add suffix —SP.
• Voltmeter, add suffix —VM .
• Ammeter, add suffix —AM .
• Cable glands installed, add suffix —CG; (cable details to be
provided by customer).
• For Ex de IIC, add suffix —IIC.
• Optional frame (structure) for floor mounting, self standing with
and without canopy, contact your local sales representative for
additional information.

Distribution Equipment

• No external conduit or cable seals required thus making
installations faster, easier, and less costly.
• Limitless flexibility through horizontal and vertical coupling
options.
• The PlexPower panelboard features a ground-breaking
design that uses individual breaker housings to minimize the
downtime and costs associated with servicing circuit breakers
in hazardous locations.
• The lighter weight panelboard enclosure can be quickly opened
in the field for easier servicing.
• Supplied as standard:
— Bottom entries with brass earth plate
— Pre-drilled supplied with non Ex certified temporary plastic
plugs
— Standard hard wired, copper cables
— Color coded wiring for phases; neutral (blue) and ground
(yellow/green)
— Internal actuators
— Internal wiring duct
— Phenolic nameplate (specify legend)
• Optional gland plate at the bottom of enclosure can be easily
field punched or drilled for cable or conduit entries. See options.
• 1 circuit to 72 circuit panelboard configurations are standard,
with or without main breaker.
• Schneider  breakers are supplied as standard, making
replacements readily available.
• PlexPower breakers accommodate ABB  breakers. For a
custom panelboard designed with ABB breakers, contact your
local sales representative.
• Branch circuit breakers available in 1-, 2- 3- and 4-pole. Current
ratings on branch breakers:
— 1-pole: 120, 240 Volts, 63 Amps maximum.
— 2-, 3- and 4-pole: 240 and 415 Volts, 63 Amps maximum.
• Branch breakers are labeled with numbers:
— Odd numbers for line side
— Even numbers for load side.
— Labeled with inside breaker details
• Main circuit breaker:
— 40 to 250 Amps, 2- , 3- or 4-pole.
• Branch and main breakers can be padlocked in either the “On”
or “Off” position.
• Breaker modules supplied with captive bolts.
• Ground bar provided as standard.
• External ground lug provided as standard.

P Series PlexPower™ Distribution Panelboards
Increased Safety
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Certifications and Compliances
tATEX/IECEx Certification
• Certification type PlexPower
— Gas: Zones 1 and 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/EC:
II2G
– Equipment Protection Level: EPL Gb
– Type of Protection: Ex db eb IIB+H2
– Temperature class: T5 for Ta ≤ +40 °C and T4 for +55 °C
— Dust: Zones 21 and 22
– Conforming to ATEX:
II2D
– Equipment protection level: EPL Db
– Type of Protection: Ex tb IIIC
– Surface Temperature: 95°C for Ta ≤ +40 °C and
130 °C for Ta ≤ +55 °C
— Ambient Temperatures:
– Standard model: -25 °C to +55 °C
– Standard model without switching: -40 °C to +55 °C
— EC Declaration of Conformity : 50304
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 13 ATEX 3083X
— IECEx Certificate: IECEx LCIE 13.0073X
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Impact Resistance: IK10

tEURASEC Certification
— EURASEC  N° TC  RU C-FR.ГБ05.B.00911

tOthers Certification 

DISTRIBUTION Panelboards

Distribution Equipment

—Inmetro Certificate: BVC 14.3755-X

 Inmetro certification available on special request only. Contact your local sales for more information.

466

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

P Series PlexPower™ Distribution Panelboards
Increased Safety
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Catalog Numbering Guide 

P

P

E

Step 1
P - PlexPower
Panel Series
ATEX/IECEx
Certifications

M

06

24

2

16

Step 2
Mains Selection
Main Type:
L - Main Lug Only
S - Isolator
Switch 
M - Main Circuit
Breaker
(MCCB)

C

G030

Step 3
Branches Selection
Number of
Poles:
1 - 1-Pole
2 - 2-Poles
3 - 3-Poles
4 - 4-Poles
5 - 1-Pole +
Neutral

___



Step 4

Step 5

1

Suffix for
Other
Options/
Features:
Must be
listed in
alphanumeric
sequence

GFI :
Blank No GFI
G010 - 10mA
G030 - 30mA
G100 - 100mA
G300 - 300mA

(See Options)

# Customized
Panelboard
Panel Material:
P - Fiberglass
Reinforced
Polyester (FRP)

Breaker Type:
B - Tripping Curve B
C - Tripping Curve C
D - Tripping Curve D

Aux Contacts:
Blank No Aux
1 - Position NO
2 - Position NC
3 - Fault NO
4 - Fault NC
5 - Position NO +
Fault NC

Additional
Branch Breakers:
Repeat Step 3

DISTRIBUTION Panelboards

A - 750 x 320 x 150
B - 750 x 640 x 230
C - 1000 x 640 x 230
D - 750 x 960 x 230
E - 1000 x 960 x 230
F - 1250 x 1280 x 230
G - Customized by factory

Number of branch
Breakers:
1 through 72
(1-pole up to 72;
2-pole up to 36)

Ampere
Rating:
05 - 0.5 AT
01 - 01 AT
02 - 02 AT
03 - 03 AT
04 - 04 AT
06 - 06 AT
10 - 10 AT
16 - 16 AT
20 - 20 AT
25 - 25 AT
32 - 32 AT
40 - 40 AT
50 - 50 AT
63 - 63 AT

Distribution Equipment

Panel Arrangement:

(See Panel Arrangement
Table on following page for
selection details)

Incoming Mains
Ampere Rating:
01 - 3 x 40 A
02 - 4 x 40 A
03 - 3 x 50 A
04 - 4 x 50 A
05 - 3 x 63 A
06 - 4 x 63 A
07 - 3 x 80 A
08 - 4 x 80 A
09 - 3 x 100 A
10 - 4 x 100 A
11 - 3 x 125 A
12 - 4 x 125 A
13 - 3 x 160 A
14 - 4 x 160 A
15 - 3 x 200 A
16 - 4 x 200 A
17 - 3 x 250 A
18 - 4 x 250 A

 Please use step by step catalog number on next page.
 Isolators are molded case Switches (MCS).
 For detailed information see table “Vigi iC60 Add-On Residual Current Devices (RCD or GFI)” on following pages.

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

467

P Series PlexPower™ Distribution Panelboards
Increased Safety
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Steps to Creating Catalog Number:
To create a complete catalog number, refer to the Catalog Numbering Guide on previous page. Product selection information in available
within the Guide.
P

P

E

Step 1

M

06

12

2

Step 2

16

C

G030

1

Step 3


Step 4

Step 5

Step 1: Series is P
Material is P
Choose panel arrangement (A, B, C, D, E or F; see drawing at the end of the section for number of circuits).
Step 2: Choose either main lug (L), isolator switch (S) or main circuit breaker (M)
Choose the ampere rating of incoming mains (3 or 4 poles plus ampere: 40, 50, 63, 80, 100, 125, 160, 200, 250)
If a main breaker is desired indicate amperage rating; Example: PPEM06 – 4-pole 63 Amp main breaker.
Step 3: Choose the number of branch breakers
Choose the number of poles
Choose the ampere rating
Choose the breaker type
Choose OPTIONAL GFI
Choose OPTIONAL auxiliary contacts
First digit is the number of branch breakers, second digit is the number of poles, third number is the ampere rating, forth number
is the breaker type and the fifth and six are optional GFI and/or auxiliary contacts; Example: 12216CG0301 is a 2-pole 16 Amp
breaker 30 mA GFI with one auxiliary position contact with tripping curve C
Step 4: Repeat Step 3 for as many breaker types are required (please refer to standard configurations)
Step 5: Panel options: Add options in alphanumeric order as listed Options in the Catalog Numbering Guide or Options in the introductory
section.

To be Noted When Selecting Panelboards

DISTRIBUTION Panelboards

Distribution Equipment

Entries for Mains Lugs, Isolator Switch, Main Circuit Breaker and Branch circuit breakers are based on rated Amps.

Entries
Incoming
Rating

Terminal
Size mm2

AWG

Wire Range
mm2

AWG

Entry
Sizes

Outgoing
Branches 

Terminal
Size mm2

AWG

Wire Range
mm2

AWG

Entry
Sizes

40 Amp

10

8

1.5 - 16

16-6

M25

20 Amp

6

8

1.5 - 10

22-8

M20

50 Amp

16

6

1.5 - 25

14-6

M32

32 Amp

6

8

1.5 - 10

22-8

M25

63 Amp

35

2

2.5 - 50

12-2

M32

40 Amp

10

8

1.5 - 16

16-8

M25

80 Amp

35

2

2.5 - 50

12-2

M32

50 Amp

16

6

1.5 - 25

14-6

M32

100 Amp

50

1/0

10 - 70

10-1/0

M32/M40

63 Amp

16

6

2.5 - 50

14-6

M32

125 Amp

50

1/0

10 - 70

10-1/0

M40/M50

160 Amp

70

2/0

10 - 95

8-2/0

M50/M63

200 Amp

120

4/0

16 - 150

4-4/0

M63/M75

250 Amp

120

4/0

16 - 150

4-4/0

M63/M75

 All outgoing entries must match respective cable sizes based on outgoing ratings.

468

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

P Series PlexPower™ Distribution Panelboards
Increased Safety
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Panel Arrangement Size Selection Guide
Circuit configurations
Bus Amps

63 to 250 A

Volts

Branch Breakers

8 Pole Module

Maximum no of circuit
breaker per 8 Pole Module

1 Pole

8

1 Poles + Aux (NO or NC)

4

2 Poles

4

3 Poles

2

4 Poles

2

2 Poles + Aux (NO or NC)

2

3 Poles + Aux (NO or NC)

2

4Poles + Aux (NO or NC)

1

2 Poles + Aux (NO + NC)

2

3 Poles + Aux (NO + NC)

1

220/240 V
380/415 V
440 V
Distribution Equipment

DISTRIBUTION Panelboards

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

469

P Series PlexPower™ Distribution Panelboards
Increased Safety
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Panel Arrangement Size Selection Guide (continued)
Circuit configurations
Branch Breakers

8 Pole Module

Maximum no of circuit
breaker per 8 Pole Module

4 Poles + Aux (NO + NC)

1

2 Poles + GFI

2

3 Poles + GFI

1

4 Poles + GFI

1

2 Poles + GFI + Aux (NO or NC)

2

Distribution Equipment

Volts

3 Poles + GFI + Aux (NO or NC)

1

4 Poles + GFI + Aux (NO or NC)

1

DISTRIBUTION Panelboards

Bus Amps

2 Poles + GFI + Aux (NO + NC)

1

3 Poles + GFI + Aux (NO + NC)

1

4 Poles + GFI + Aux (NO + NC) 

1

63 to 250 A

220/240 V  
380/415 V
440 V 

 Up to 25 Amps only.
 440 V without GFI.

470

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

P Series PlexPower™ Distribution Panelboards
Increased Safety
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Schneider Mains Circuit Breaker (MCCB) Specifications
Common Characteristics
Rated Voltages

Insulation voltage (V)

Ui

Impulse withstand voltage (kV)

Uimp

8 kV

Operational voltage (V)

Ue

690 V

AC 50/60 Hz

Suitability for isolation

Yes

IEC/EN 60947-2

Utilisation category

A

Pollution degree

3

Compliances

800 V

IEC 60664-1

Breaking Capacity
Circuit Breakers

NSX100

Breaking Capacity Levels 
Rated current (A)

B

F

In

Number of poles

N

H

S

NSX160
L

HB1
HB2


R

B

F

N

H

NSX250
S

L

B

F

N

H

S

L

HB1
HB2


R

100 A

100 A

160 A

250  A

250 A

2 , 3, 4

2 , 3, 4

2 , 3, 4

2 , 3, 4

2 , 3, 4

Breaking capacity (kA rms)

lcu AC 50/60 Hz

220/240 V 40 85 90 100 120 150 200

-

-

40 85 90 100 120 150 40 85 90 100 120 150 200

-

-

380/415 V 25 36 50 70 100 150 200

-

-

25 36 50 70 100 150 25 36 50 70 100 150 200

-

-

-

-

20 35 50 65 90 130 20 35 50 65 90 130 200

-

-

440 V

20 35 50 65 90 130 200

500 V

15 25 36 50 65 70 80 85 100 15 30 36 50 65 70 15 30 36 50 65 70 80 85 100
-

22 35 35 40 50 65 80 100

-

22 35 35 40 50

-

22 35 35 40 50 65 80 100

-

8

-

8

-

8

10 10 15 20 45 75 100

10 10 15 20

10 10 15 20 45 75 100

Service breaking capacity (kA rms)

lcs AC 50/60 Hz

220/240 V 40 85 90 100 120 150 200

-

-

40 85 90 100 120 150 40 85 90 100 120 150 200

-

-

380/415 V 25 36 50 70 100 150 200

-

-

25 36 50 70 100 150 25 36 50 70 100 150 200

-

-

-

-

20 35 50 65 90 130 20 35 50 65 90 130 200

-

-

440 V

20 35 50 65 90 130 200

500 V

7.5 12.5 36 50 65 70 80 85 100 15 30 36 50 65 70 15 30 36 50 65 70 80 85 100
-

11 35 35 40 50 65 80 100

-

22 35 35 40 50

-

22 35 35 40 50 65 80 100

-

4

-

8

-

8

10 10 15 20 45 75 100

10 10 15 20

10 10 15 20 45 75 100

 Electrical characteristics as per IEC 60947-2.
 There is no 160 A frame, use 250 A frame with lower amperage trip units for R, HB1, HB2.
 2P circuit breaker in 3P case for B and F types, only with thermal-magnetic trip unit.

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

471

DISTRIBUTION Panelboards

525 V
660/690 V

Distribution Equipment

525 V
660/690 V

P Series PlexPower™ Distribution Panelboards
Increased Safety
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Schneider Branch Circuit Breaker Specifications
iC60N Circuit Breakers — Standard Offering — Curve B, C, D
Alternating current (AC) 50/60 Hz — Breaking capacity (Icu)  
Ph/Ph (2P, 3P, 4P)
Ph/N (1P, 1P+N)
Rating (In)

12 to 133 V
12 to 60 V

Voltage (Ue) 
220 to 240 V
380 to 415 V
100 to 133 V
220 to 240 V

440 V
—

Voltage (Ue) 
400 V
230 V

Service Breaking
Capacity (Ics)

0.5 to 4 A

50 kA

50 kA

50 kA

25 kA

6 kA

100% of Icu

6 to 63 A

36 kA

20 kA

10 kA

6 kA

6 kA

75% of Icu

440 V
—

Voltage (Ue) 
400 V
230 V

Service Breaking
Capacity (Ics)

iC60H Circuit Breakers — Optional Offering — Curve B, C, D
Alternating current (AC) 50/60 Hz — Breaking capacity (Icu)
Ph/Ph (2P, 3P, 4P)
Ph/N (1P, 1P+N)
Rating (In)

12 to 133 V
12 to 60 V

Voltage (Ue) 
220 to 240 V
380 to 415 V
100 to 133 V
220 to 240 V

0.5 to 4 A

70 kA

70 kA

70 kA

50 kA

10 kA

100% of Icu

6 to 63 A

42 kA

30 kA

15 kA

10 kA

10 kA

50% of Icu

440 V
—

Voltage (Ue) 
400 V
230 V

Service Breaking
Capacity (Ics)

iC60L Circuit Breakers — Optional Offering — Curve B, C, K, Z

Ph/Ph (2P, 3P, 4P)
Ph/N (1P)

Rating (In)

12 to 133 V
12 to 60 V

Voltage (Ue) 
220 to 240 V
380 to 415 V
100 to 133 V
220 to 240 V

0.5 to 4 A

100 kA

100 kA

100 kA

70 kA

15 kA

100% of Icu

6 to 25 A

70 kA

50 kA

25 kA

20 kA

15 kA

50% of Icu

32 to 40 A

70 kA

36 kA

20 kA

15 kA

15 kA

50% of Icu

50 to 63 A

70 kA

30 kA

15 kA

10 kA

—

50% of Icu

DISTRIBUTION Panelboards

Distribution Equipment

Alternating current (AC) 50/60 Hz — Breaking capacity (Icu) according to IEC/EN 60947-2

 Breaking capacity (Icu) according to IEC/EN 60947-2.
 Breaking capacity (Icn) according to IEC/EN 60898-1.

472

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

P Series PlexPower™ Distribution Panelboards
Increased Safety
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Schneider Branch Circuit Breaker Specifications (continued)
Vigi iC60 Add-On Residual Current Devices (RCD or GFI) — Optional
Voltage rating (Ue): 230 - 240 V, 400 - 415 V
Operating frequency: 50/60 Hz
Sensitivity
Amps
2P

3P

4P

10 mA

30 mA

300 mA

100 mA

0.5 to 25 A

X

X

X

X

32 to 40 A

—

X

X

—

50 to 63 A

—

X

X

X

0.5 to 25 A

—

X

X

—

32 to 40 A

—

X

X

—

50 to 63 A

—

X

X

—

0.5 to 25 A

—

X

X

X

32 to 40 A

—

X

X

—

50 to 63 A

—

X

X

X

Auxiliary Contact
Maximum
6 Amp

Terminal Size

Wire Range

mm2

AWG

mm2

AWG

2.5

12

1.5 - 4

26 - 12

Distribution Equipment

DISTRIBUTION Panelboards

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

473

P Series PlexPower™ Distribution Panelboards
Increased Safety
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Cascading — Panelboard Short Circuit Ratings
Upstream: NSX100 — Downstream: iC60 — Ue: 380-415 V (Ph/N 220-240 V)

iC60N
iC60H

iC60L

Upstream

NSX100
NSX100B

NSX100F

NSX100N

NSX100H

NSX100S

NSX100L

Breaking capacity (kA)

25 kA

36 kA

50 kA

70 kA

100 kA

150 kA

Downstream
In Max (A)

Icu (kA)

63 A

10 kA

20 kA

25 kA

30 kA

30 kA

30 kA

30 kA

40 A

15 kA

25 kA

36 kA

40 kA

40 kA

40 kA

40 kA

63 A

15 kA

25 kA

36 kA

36 kA

36 kA

36 kA

36 kA

25 A

25 kA

—

36 kA

40 kA

40 kA

40 kA

40 kA

40 A

20 kA

25 kA

36 kA

40 kA

40 kA

40 kA

40 kA

63 A

15 kA

25 kA

36 kA

36 kA

36 kA

36 kA

36 kA

Reinforced breaking capacity (kA)

Upstream: NSX160 — Downstream: C60 — Ue: 380-415 V (Ph/N 220-240 V)

iC60N

Distribution Equipment

iC60H

iC60L

Upstream

NSX160
NSX160B

NSX160F

NSX160N

NSX160H

NSX160S

NSX160L

Breaking capacity (kA)

25 kA

36 kA

50 kA

70 kA

100 kA

150 kA

Downstream
In Max (A)

Icu (kA)

63 A

10 kA

20 kA

25 kA

30 kA

30 kA

30 kA

30 kA

40 A

15 kA

25 kA

36 kA

40 kA

40 kA

40 kA

40 kA

63 A

15 kA

25 kA

30 kA

30 kA

30 kA

30 kA

30 kA

25 A

25 kA

—

36 kA

40 kA

40 kA

40 kA

40 kA

40 A

20 kA

25 kA

36 kA

40 kA

40 kA

40 kA

40 kA

63 A

15 kA

25 kA

30 kA

36 kA

36 kA

36 kA

36 kA

Reinforced breaking capacity (kA)

DISTRIBUTION Panelboards

Upstream: NSX250 — Downstream: iC60 — Ue: 380-415 V (Ph/N 220-240 V)

iC60N
iC60H

iC60L

474

Upstream

NSX250
NSX250B

NSX250F

NSX250N

NSX250H

NSX250S

NSX250L

Breaking capacity (kA)

25 kA

36 kA

50 kA

70 kA

100 kA

150 kA

Downstream
In Max (A)

Icu (kA)

40 A

10 kA

20 kA

25 kA

30 kA

30 kA

30 kA

30 kA

63 A

10 kA

20 kA

25 kA

25 kA

25 kA

25 kA

25 kA

40 A

15 kA

25 kA

30 kA

30 kA

30 kA

30 kA

30 kA

63 A

15 kA

25 kA

25 kA

25 kA

25 kA

25 kA

25 kA

25 A

25 kA

—

30 kA

30 kA

30 kA

30 kA

30 kA

40 A

20 kA

25 kA

30 kA

30 kA

30 kA

30 kA

30 kA

63 A

15 kA

25 kA

25 kA

25 kA

25 kA

25 kA

25 kA

Reinforced breaking capacity (kA)

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

P Series PlexPower™ Distribution Panelboards
Increased Safety
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Cascading — Panelboard Short Circuit Ratings (continued)
Upstream: NSX100 — Downstream: iC60 — Ue: 440 V
NSX100
NSX100B

NSX100F

NSX100N

NSX100H

NSX100S

NSX100L

20 kA

35 kA

50 kA

65 kA

90 kA

130 kA

6 kA

15 kA

15 kA

20 kA

20 kA

20 kA

20 kA

Upstream
Breaking capacity (kA)
Downstream
Breaking Capacity (kA)
iC60N
iC60H
iC60L

Reinforced breaking capacity (kA)

10 kA

20 kA

20 kA

25 kA

25 kA

25 kA

25 kA

≤ 25 A

20 kA

—

—

25 kA

25 kA

25 kA

25 kA

32-40 A

15 kA

20 kA

20 kA

25 kA

25 kA

25 kA

25 kA

50-63 A

10 kA

—

—

—

—

—

—

Upstream: NSX160 — Downstream: iC60 — Ue: 440 V
Upstream

NSX160
NSX160B

NSX160F

NSX160N

NSX160H

NSX160S

NSX160L

Breaking capacity (kA)

20 kA

35 kA

50 kA

65 kA

90 kA

130 kA

6 kA

15 kA

15 kA

20 kA

20 kA

20 kA

20 kA

Downstream
Breaking Capacity (kA)
iC60N
iC60H
iC60L

Reinforced breaking capacity (kA)
20 kA

20 kA

25 kA

25 kA

25 kA

25 kA

20 kA

—

—

25 kA

25 kA

25 kA

25 kA

32-40 A

15 kA

20 kA

20 kA

25 kA

25 kA

25 kA

25 kA

50-63 A

10 kA

—

—

—

—

—

—

Distribution Equipment

10 kA
≤ 25 A

DISTRIBUTION Panelboards

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

475

P Series PlexPower™ Distribution Panelboards
Increased Safety
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Panel Arrangement A

DISTRIBUTION Panelboards

Distribution Equipment

Left Internal View

Front Internal View

A

Dimension in Millimeters
26

B

102

C

33

D

109

Right Internal View

Main
Lugs Only
4 x 63 Amp
4 x 63 Amp

Incoming
1x M32
1x M32

Outgoing
8x M20
4x M20

Auxiliary
—
1x M20

Incoming
1x M40
1x M40

Outgoing
8x M20
4x M20

Auxiliary
—
1x M25

2-Poles 16 Amp

—

—

X

4

4 x 63 Amp

1x M32

4x M20

1x M20

1x M40

4x M20

1x M25

2-Poles 16 Amp
2-Poles 16 Amp
2-Poles 16 Amp
2-Poles 16 Amp
2-Poles 16 Amp
3-Poles 16 Amp
3-Poles 16 Amp
3-Poles 16 Amp
3-Poles 16 Amp
3-Poles 16 Amp
3-Poles 16 Amp
3-Poles 16 Amp
3-Poles 16 Amp
4-Poles 16 Amp
4-Poles 16 Amp
4-Poles 16 Amp
4-Poles 16 Amp
4-Poles 16 Amp
4-Poles 16 Amp
4-Poles 16 Amp
4-Poles 16 Amp

—
X
X
X
X
—
—
—
—
X
X
X
X
—
—
—
—
X
X
X
X

X
—
X
—
X
—
X
—
X
—
X
—
X
—
X
—
X
—
X
—
X

X
—
—
X
X
—
—
X
X
—
—
X
X
—
—
X
X
—
—
X
X

4
4
4
4
2
4
4
4
2
2
2
2
2
4
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

4 x 63 Amp
4 x 63 Amp
4 x 63 Amp
4 x 63 Amp
4 x 63 Amp
3 x 63 Amp
3 x 63 Amp
3 x 63 Amp
3 x 63 Amp
3 x 63 Amp
3 x 63 Amp
3 x 63 Amp
3 x 63 Amp
4 x 63 Amp
4 x 63 Amp
4 x 63 Amp
4 x 63 Amp
4 x 63 Amp
4 x 63 Amp
4 x 63 Amp
4 x 63 Amp

1x M32
1x M32
1x M32
1x M32
1x M32
1x M32
1x M32
1x M32
1x M32
1x M32
1x M32
1x M32
1x M32
1x M32
1x M32
1x M32
1x M32
1x M32
1x M32
1x M32
1x M32

4x M20
4x M20
4x M20
4x M20
2x M20
4x M20
4x M20
4x M20
2x M20
2x M20
2x M20
2x M20
2x M20
4x M20
2x M20
2x M20
2x M20
2x M20
2x M20
2x M20
2x M20

1x M25
—
1x M20
1x M20
1x M25
—
1x M20
1x M20
1x M25
—
1x M20
1x M20
1x M20
—
1x M20
1x M20
1x M20
—
1x M20
1x M20
1x M20

1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40

4x M20
4x M20
4x M20
4x M20
2x M20
4x M20
4x M20
4x M20
2x M20
2x M20
2x M20
2x M20
2x M20
4x M20
2x M20
2x M20
2x M20
2x M20
2x M20
2x M20
2x M20

1x M25
—
1x M25
1x M25
1x M25
—
1x M25
1x M25
1x M25
—
1x M25
1x M25
1x M25
—
1x M25
1x M25
1x M25
—
1x M25
1x M25
1x M25

476

Armored Entries

Top Internal View

Branch Breakers
1 Position 1 Trip
Circuit
30mA Contact Contact Breaker
“NO”
“NC”
Breaker Curve C
GFI
Qty
2-Poles 16 Amp —
—
—
8
2-Poles 16 Amp —
X
—
4

Non-Armored Entries

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

P Series PlexPower™ Distribution Panelboards
Increased Safety
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Panel Arrangement A
Technical Information
750 x 320 x 150 mm

Panel A Size
Panel Weight

40 kg

Max. No. of Circuits

See Panel Arrangement Size Selection Table

Voltage

220/240 V, 380/415 V, 440 V

Wiring

See Wiring Diagram Table
Breaking Capacity in kA

Mains

Ratings in Amps
63 A

380/415 V
-

440 V 
-

Bus-bar

100 A

-

-

Branch Breakers 

0.5 to 4 A

50 kA

25 kA

Branch Breakers 

6 to 63 A

10 kA

6 kA

Panel Arrangement

100 A, 3 Ph, 5 W

-

-

Terminals 

Qty 
4
4

Size
35 mm2
35 mm2

Qty 
16
8

Size
6 mm2
6 mm2

“NO”
Position
Qty 
—
8

4

35 mm2

8

6 mm2

—

2

2.5 mm2

PPAL064216C4

PPAL064216C30N

4
4
4
4
4
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

35 mm2
35 mm2
35 mm2
35 mm2
35 mm2
35 mm2
35 mm2
35 mm2
35 mm2
35 mm2
35 mm2
35 mm2
35 mm2
35 mm2
35 mm2
35 mm2
35 mm2
35 mm2
35 mm2
35 mm2
35 mm2

8
8
8
8
4
12
12
12
6
6
6
6
6
16
8
8
8
8
8
8
8

6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2

8
—
8
—
8
—
8
—
8
—
4
—
4
—
4
—
4
—
4
—
4

2
—
—
2
2
—
—
2
2
—
—
2
2
—
—
2
2
—
—
2
2

2.5 mm2
—
2.5 mm2
2.5 mm2
2.5 mm2
—
2.5 mm2
2.5 mm2
2.5 mm2
—
2.5 mm2
2.5 mm2
2.5 mm2
—
2.5 mm2
2.5 mm2
2.5 mm2
—
2.5 mm2
2.5 mm2
2.5 mm2

PPAL064216C5
PPAL064216CG030
PPAL064216C1G030
PPAL064216C4G030
PPAL062216C5G030
PPAL054316C
PPAL054316C1
PPAL054316C4
PPAL052316C5
PPAL052316CG030
PPAL052316C1G030
PPAL052316C4G030
PPAL052316C5G030
PPAL064416C
PPAL062416C1
PPAL062416C4
PPAL062416C5
PPAL062416CG030
PPAL062416C1G030
PPAL062416C4G030
PPAL062416C5G030

PPAL064216C40N
PPAL064216C50N
PPAL064216C60N
PPAL064216C70N
PPAL062216C80N
PPAL054316C10N
PPAL054316C20N
PPAL054316C30N
PPAL052316C40N
PPAL052316C50N
PPAL052316C60N
PPAL052316C70N
PPAL052316C80N
PPAL064416C10N
PPAL062416C20N
PPAL062416C30N
PPAL062416C40N
PPAL062416C50N
PPAL062416C60N
PPAL062416C70N
PPAL062416C80N

Incoming

Outgoing

“NC”
Fault
Qty 
—
—

Size
—
2.5 mm2

Complete Catalog No
PPAL068216C
PPAL064216C1

Ordering Catalog No
PPAL068216C10N
PPAL064216C20N

Non-Armored 

477

DISTRIBUTION Panelboards

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Distribution Equipment

 Ground bar supplied for each connection.
 Incoming cables terminates directly to the main breaker.
 Outgoing terminal blocks for branch breakers (provided).
 Each “NO” position contact are individually terminate on the terminal blocks and in pairs.
 All “NC” trip contacts must be wired in series and terminated on terminal blocks as one pair only.
 For armored version, replace the letter A with the letter N, in the last position of the Ordering Catalog Number; example: PPBL048216C10A.
 For higher kA rating please consult your local sales representative.
 Without GFI.

P Series PlexPower™ Distribution Panelboards
Increased Safety
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Panel Arrangement B
Dimension in Millimeters
171

A

Left Internal View

Front Internal View

DISTRIBUTION Panelboards

Distribution Equipment

Branch Breakers
1 Position 1 Trip
Circuit
30mA Contact Contact Breaker
“NO”
“NC”
Breaker Curve C
GFI
Qty
2-Poles 16 Amp —
—
—
8
2-Poles 16 Amp —
X
—
4
2-Poles 16 Amp —
—
X
4
2-Poles 16 Amp —
X
X
4
2-Poles 16 Amp
X
—
—
4

53

C

57

D

126

Right Internal View
Armored Entries

Main
Breaker
Size
4 x 63 Amp
4 x 63 Amp
4 x 63 Amp
4 x 63 Amp
4 x 63 Amp

B

Incoming
1x M32
1x M32
1x M32
1x M32
1x M32

Outgoing
8x M20
4x M20
4x M20
4x M20
4x M20

Top Internal View
Non-Armored Entries

Auxiliary
—
1x M20
1x M20
1x M25
—

Incoming
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40

Outgoing
8x M20
4x M20
4x M20
4x M20
4x M20

Auxiliary
—
1x M25
1x M25
1x M25
—

2-Poles 16 Amp

X

X

—

4

4 x 63 Amp

1x M32

4x M20

1x M20

1x M40

4x M20

1x M25

2-Poles 16 Amp
2-Poles 16 Amp
3-Poles 16 Amp
3-Poles 16 Amp
3-Poles 16 Amp
3-Poles 16 Amp
3-Poles 16 Amp
3-Poles 16 Amp
3-Poles 16 Amp
3-Poles 16 Amp
4-Poles 16 Amp
4-Poles 16 Amp
4-Poles 16 Amp
4-Poles 16 Amp
4-Poles 16 Amp
4-Poles 16 Amp
4-Poles 16 Amp
4-Poles 16 Amp

X
X
—
—
—
—
X
X
X
X
—
—
—
—
X
X
X
X

—
X
—
X
—
X
—
X
—
X
—
X
—
X
—
X
—
X

X
X
—
—
X
X
—
—
X
X
—
—
X
X
—
—
X
X

4
2
4
4
4
2
2
2
2
2
4
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

4 x 63 Amp
4 x 63 Amp
3 x 63 Amp
3 x 63 Amp
3 x 63 Amp
3 x 63 Amp
3 x 63 Amp
3 x 63 Amp
3 x 63 Amp
3 x 63 Amp
4 x 63 Amp
4 x 63 Amp
4 x 63 Amp
4 x 63 Amp
4 x 63 Amp
4 x 63 Amp
4 x 63 Amp
4 x 63 Amp

1x M32
1x M32
1x M32
1x M32
1x M32
1x M32
1x M32
1x M32
1x M32
1x M32
1x M32
1x M32
1x M32
1x M32
1x M32
1x M32
1x M32
1x M32

4x M20
2x M20
4x M20
4x M20
4x M20
2x M20
2x M20
2x M20
2x M20
2x M20
4x M20
2x M20
2x M20
2x M20
2x M20
2x M20
2x M20
2x M20

1x M20
1x M25
—
1x M20
1x M20
1x M25
—
1x M20
1x M20
1x M20
—
1x M20
1x M20
1x M20
—
1x M20
1x M20
1x M20

1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40

4x M20
2x M20
4x M20
4x M20
4x M20
2x M20
2x M20
2x M20
2x M20
2x M20
4x M20
2x M20
2x M20
2x M20
2x M20
2x M20
2x M20
2x M20

1x M25
1x M25
—
1x M25
1x M25
1x M25
—
1x M25
1x M25
1x M25
—
1x M25
1x M25
1x M25
—
1x M25
1x M25
1x M25

478

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

P Series PlexPower™ Distribution Panelboards
Increased Safety
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Panel Arrangement B
Technical Information
990 x 666 x 230 mm

Panel B Size
Panel Weight

70 kg

Max. No. of Circuits

See Panel Arrangement Size Selection Table

Voltage

220/240 V, 380/415 V, 440 V

Wiring

See Wiring Diagram Table
Breaking Capacity in kA

Mains

Ratings in Amps
100 A

380/415 V
25 kA

440 V 
20 kA

Bus-bar

125 A

50 kA

50 kA

Branch Breakers 

0.5 to 4 A

50 kA

25 kA

Branch Breakers 

6 to 63 A

10 kA

6 kA

Panel Arrangement

100 A, 3 Ph, 5 W

20 kA

15 kA

Terminals 
Incoming

Outgoing

“NO”
Position

“NC”
Fault

Non-Armored 

Qty 
16
8
8
8
8

Size
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2

Qty 
—
8
—
8
—

Qty 
—
—
2
2
—

Size
—
2.5 mm2
2.5 mm2
2.5 mm2
—

Complete Catalog No
PPBM068216C
PPBM064216C1
PPBM064216C4
PPBM064216C5
PPBM064216CG030

Ordering Catalog No
PPBM068216C10N
PPBM064216C20N
PPBM064216C30N
PPBM064216C40N
PPBM064216C50N

4

35 mm2

8

6 mm2

8

—

2.5 mm2

PPBM064216C1G030

PPBM064216C60N

4
4
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

35 mm
35 mm2
35 mm2
35 mm2
35 mm2
35 mm2
35 mm2
35 mm2
35 mm2
35 mm2
35 mm2
35 mm2
35 mm2
35 mm2
35 mm2
35 mm2
35 mm2
35 mm2

8
4
12
12
12
6
6
6
6
6
16
8
8
8
8
8
8
8

6 mm
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2

—
8
—
8
—
8
—
4
—
4
—
4
—
4
—
4
—
4

2
2
—
—
2
2
—
—
2
2
—
—
2
2
—
—
2
2

2.5 mm2
2.5 mm2
—
2.5 mm2
2.5 mm2
2.5 mm2
—
2.5 mm2
2.5 mm2
2.5 mm2
—
2.5 mm2
2.5 mm2
2.5 mm2
—
2.5 mm2
2.5 mm2
2.5 mm2

PPBM064216C4G030
PPBM062216C5G030
PPBM054316C
PPBM054316C1
PPBM054316C4
PPBM052316C5
PPBM052316CG030
PPBM052316C1G030
PPBM052316C4G030
PPBM052316C5G030
PPBM064416C
PPBM062416C1
PPBM062416C4
PPBM062416C5
PPBM062416CG030
PPBM062416C1G030
PPBM062416C4G030
PPBM062416C5G030

PPBM064216C70N
PPBM062216C80N
PPBM054316C10N
PPBM054316C20N
PPBM054316C30N
PPBM052316C40N
PPBM052316C50N
PPBM052316C60N
PPBM052316C70N
PPBM052316C80N
PPBM064416C10N
PPBM062416C20N
PPBM062416C30N
PPBM062416C40N
PPBM062416C50N
PPBM062416C60N
PPBM062416C70N
PPBM062416C80N

2

2

 Ground bar supplied for each connection.
 Incoming cables terminates directly to the main breaker.
 Outgoing terminal blocks for branch breakers (provided).
 Each “NO” position contact are individually terminate on the terminal blocks and in pairs.
 All “NC” trip contacts must be wired in series and terminated on terminal blocks as one pair only.
 For armored version, replace the letter A with the letter N, in the last position of the Ordering Catalog Number; example: PPBM048216C10A.
 For higher kA rating please consult your local sales representative.
 Without GFI.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

479

DISTRIBUTION Panelboards

Size
35 mm2
35 mm2
35 mm2
35 mm2
35 mm2

Distribution Equipment

Qty 
4
4
4
4
4

P Series PlexPower™ Distribution Panelboards
Increased Safety
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Panel Arrangement C
Dimension in Millimeters
170

A

Left Internal View

Front Internal View

Distribution Equipment

DISTRIBUTION Panelboards

Breaker Curve C
2-Poles 16 Amp
2-Poles 16 Amp
2-Poles 16 Amp
2-Poles 16 Amp
2-Poles 16 Amp
2-Poles 16 Amp
2-Poles 16 Amp
2-Poles 16 Amp
3-Poles 16 Amp
3-Poles 16 Amp
3-Poles 16 Amp
3-Poles 16 Amp
3-Poles 16 Amp
3-Poles 16 Amp
3-Poles 16 Amp
3-Poles 16 Amp
4-Poles 16 Amp
4-Poles 16 Amp
4-Poles 16 Amp
4-Poles 16 Amp
4-Poles 16 Amp
4-Poles 16 Amp
4-Poles 16 Amp
4-Poles 16 Amp

480

1 Position 1 Trip
Circuit
Contact Contact Breaker
“NO”
“NC”
Qty
—
—
12
X
—
6
—
X
6
X
X
6
—
—
6
X
—
6
—
X
6
X
X
3
—
—
6
X
—
6
—
X
6
X
X
3
—
—
3
X
—
3
—
X
3
X
X
3
—
—
6
X
—
3
—
X
3
X
X
3
—
—
3
X
—
3
—
X
3
X
X
3

Armored Entries
Main
Breaker
Size
4 x 125 Amp
4 x 63 Amp
4 x 63 Amp
4 x 63 Amp
4 x 63 Amp
4 x 63 Amp
4 x 63 Amp
4 x 63 Amp
3 x 63 Amp
3 x 63 Amp
3 x 63 Amp
3 x 63 Amp
3 x 63 Amp
3 x 63 Amp
3 x 63 Amp
3 x 63 Amp
4 x 63 Amp
4 x 63 Amp
4 x 63 Amp
4 x 63 Amp
4 x 63 Amp
4 x 63 Amp
4 x 63 Amp
4 x 63 Amp

61

C

70

D

147

Right Internal View

Branch Breakers
30mA
GFI
—
—
—
—
X
X
X
X
—
—
—
—
X
X
X
X
—
—
—
—
X
X
X
X

B

Incoming
1x M40
1x M32
1x M32
1x M32
1x M32
1x M32
1x M32
1x M32
1x M32
1x M32
1x M32
1x M32
1x M32
1x M32
1x M32
1x M32
1x M32
1x M32
1x M32
1x M32
1x M32
1x M32
1x M32
1x M32

Outgoing
12 xM20
6 xM20
6 xM20
6 xM20
6 xM20
6 xM20
6 xM20
3 xM20
6 xM20
6 xM20
6 xM20
3 xM20
3 xM20
3 xM20
3 xM20
3 xM20
6 xM20
3 xM20
3 xM20
3 xM20
3 xM20
3 xM20
3 xM20
3 xM20

Top Internal View
Non-Armored Entries

Auxiliary
—
1x M25
1x M20
1x M25
—
1x M20
1x M20
1x M20
—
1x M25
1x M20
1x M20
—
1x M20
1x M20
1x M20
—
1x M20
1x M20
1x M20
—
1x M20
1x M20
1x M20

Incoming
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40

Outgoing
12 xM20
6 xM20
6 xM20
6 xM20
6 xM20
6 xM20
6 xM20
3 xM20
6 xM20
6 xM20
6 xM20
3 xM20
3 xM20
3 xM20
3 xM20
3 xM20
6 xM20
3 xM20
3 xM20
3 xM20
3 xM20
3 xM20
3 xM20
3 xM20

Auxiliary
—
1x M25
1x M25
1x M25
—
1x M25
1x M25
1x M25
—
1x M25
1x M25
1x M25
—
1x M25
1x M25
1x M25
—
1x M25
1x M25
1x M25
—
1x M25
1x M25
1x M25

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

P Series PlexPower™ Distribution Panelboards
Increased Safety
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Panel Arrangement C
Panel C Size

Technical Information
1250 x 666 x 230 mm

Panel Weight

80 kg

Max. No. of Circuits

See Panel Arrangement Size Selection Table

Voltage

220/240 V, 380/415 V, 440 V

Wiring

See Wiring Diagram Table
Breaking Capacity in kA

Mains

Ratings in Amps
125 A

380/415 V
25 kA

440 V 
20 kA

Bus-bar

125 A

50 kA

50 kA

Branch Breakers 

0.5 to 4 A

50 kA

25 kA

Branch Breakers 

6 to 63 A

10 kA

6 kA

Panel Arrangement

125 A, 3 Ph, 5 W

20 kA

15 kA

Terminals 
Incoming

Qty 
24
12
12
12
12
12
12
6
18
18
18
9
9
9
9
9
24
12
12
12
12
12
12
12

Size
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2

“NC”
Fault

Qty 
—
12
—
12
—
12
—
12
—
12
—
6
—
6
—
6
—
6
—
6
—
6
—
6

Qty 
—
—
2
2
—
—
2
2
—
—
2
2
—
—
2
2
—
—
2
2
—
—
2
2

Non-Armored 
Size
—
2.5 mm2
2.5 mm2
2.5 mm2
—
2.5 mm2
2.5 mm2
2.5 mm2
—
2.5 mm2
2.5 mm2
2.5 mm2
—
2.5 mm2
2.5 mm2
2.5 mm2
—
2.5 mm2
2.5 mm2
2.5 mm2
—
2.5 mm2
2.5 mm2
2.5 mm2

Complete Catalog No
PPCM1212216C
PPCM066216C1
PPCM066216C4
PPCM066216C5
PPCM066216CG030
PPCM066216C1G030
PPCM066216C4G030
PPCM063216C5G030
PPCM056316C
PPCM056316C1
PPCM056316C4
PPCM053316C5
PPCM053316CG030
PPCM053316C1G030
PPCM053316C4G030
PPCM053316C5G030
PPCM066416C
PPCM063416C1
PPCM063416C4
PPCM063416C5
PPCM063416CG030
PPCM063416C1G030
PPCM063416C4G030
PPCM063416C5G030

Ordering Catalog No
PPCM1212216C10N
PPCM066216C20N
PPCM066216C30N
PPCM066216C40N
PPCM066216C50N
PPCM066216C60N
PPCM066216C70N
PPCM063216C80N
PPCM056316C10N
PPCM056316C20N
PPCM056316C30N
PPCM053316C40N
PPCM053316C50N
PPCM053316C60N
PPCM053316C70N
PPCM053316C80N
PPCM066416C10N
PPCM063416C20N
PPCM063416C30N
PPCM063416C40N
PPCM063416C50N
PPCM063416C60N
PPCM063416C70N
PPCM063416C80N

 Ground bar supplied for each connection.
 Incoming cables terminates directly to the main breaker.
 Outgoing terminal blocks for branch breakers (provided).
 Each “NO” position contact are individually terminate on the terminal blocks and in pairs.
 All “NC” trip contacts must be wired in series and terminated on terminal blocks as one pair only.
 For armored version, replace the letter A with the letter N, in the last position of the Ordering Catalog Number; example: PPCM0812216C10A.
 For higher kA rating please consult your local sales representative.
 Without GFI.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

481

DISTRIBUTION Panelboards

Size
50 mm2
35 mm2
35 mm2
35 mm2
35 mm2
35 mm2
35 mm2
35 mm2
35 mm2
35 mm2
35 mm2
35 mm2
35 mm2
35 mm2
35 mm2
35 mm2
35 mm2
35 mm2
35 mm2
35 mm2
35 mm2
35 mm2
35 mm2
35 mm2

“NO”
Position

Distribution Equipment

Qty 
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

Outgoing

P Series PlexPower™ Distribution Panelboards
Increased Safety
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Panel Arrangement D
Dimension in Millimeters
171

A

DISTRIBUTION Panelboards

Distribution Equipment

Left Internal View

Front Internal View

Branch Breakers
1 Position 1 Trip
Circuit
30mA Contact Contact Breaker
“NO”
“NC”
Breaker Curve C
GFI
Qty
2-Poles 16 Amp —
—
—
16
2-Poles 16 Amp —
X
—
8
2-Poles 16 Amp —
—
X
8
2-Poles 16 Amp —
X
X
8
2-Poles 16 Amp
X
—
—
8
2-Poles 16 Amp
X
X
—
8
2-Poles 16 Amp
X
—
X
8
2-Poles 16 Amp
X
X
X
4
3-Poles 16 Amp —
—
—
8
3-Poles 16 Amp —
X
—
8
3-Poles 16 Amp —
—
X
8
3-Poles 16 Amp —
X
X
4
3-Poles 16 Amp
X
—
—
4
3-Poles 16 Amp
X
X
—
4
3-Poles 16 Amp
X
—
X
4
3-Poles 16 Amp
X
X
X
4
4-Poles 16 Amp —
—
—
8
4-Poles 16 Amp —
X
—
4
4-Poles 16 Amp —
—
X
4
4-Poles 16 Amp —
X
X
4
4-Poles 16 Amp
X
—
—
4
4-Poles 16 Amp
X
X
—
4
4-Poles 16 Amp
X
—
X
4
4-Poles 16 Amp
X
X
X
4

482

Main
Breaker
Size
4 x 160 Amp
4 x 100 Amp
4 x 100 Amp
4 x 100 Amp
4 x 100 Amp
4 x 100 Amp
4 x 100 Amp
4 x 63 Amp
3 x 100 Amp
3 x 100 Amp
3 x 100 Amp
3 x 63 Amp
3 x 63 Amp
3 x 63 Amp
3 x 63 Amp
3 x 63 Amp
4 x 63 Amp
4 x 63 Amp
4 x 63 Amp
4 x 63 Amp
4 x 63 Amp
4 x 63 Amp
4 x 63 Amp
4 x 63 Amp

B

53

C

58

D

127

Right Internal View

Top Internal View

Armored Entries

Non-Armored Entries

Incoming
1x M50
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M32
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M32
1x M32
1x M32
1x M32
1x M32
1x M32
1x M32
1x M32
1x M32
1x M32
1x M32
1x M32
1x M32

Outgoing
16 xM20
8 xM20
8 xM20
8 xM20
8 xM20
8 xM20
8 xM20
4 xM20
8 xM20
8 xM20
8 xM20
4 xM20
4 xM20
4 xM20
4 xM20
4 xM20
8 xM20
4 xM20
4 xM20
4 xM20
4 xM20
4 xM20
4 xM20
4 xM20

Auxiliary
—
1x M25
1x M20
1x M25
—
1x M25
1x M20
1x M25
—
1x M25
1x M20
1x M25
—
1x M20
1x M20
1x M25
—
1x M20
1x M20
1x M25
—
1x M20
1x M20
1x M25

Incoming
1x M50
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40

Outgoing
16 xM20
8 xM20
8 xM20
8 xM20
8 xM20
8 xM20
8 xM20
4 xM20
8 xM20
8 xM20
8 xM20
4 xM20
4 xM20
4 xM20
4 xM20
4 xM20
8 xM20
4 xM20
4 xM20
4 xM20
4 xM20
4 xM20
4 xM20
4 xM20

Auxiliary
—
1x M25
1x M25
1x M25
—
1x M25
1x M25
1x M25
—
1x M25
1x M25
1x M25
—
1x M25
1x M25
1x M25
—
1x M25
1x M25
1x M25
—
1x M25
1x M25
1x M25

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

P Series PlexPower™ Distribution Panelboards
Increased Safety
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Panel Arrangement D
Panel D Size

Technical Information
990 x 994 x 230 mm

Panel Weight

120 kg

Max. No. of Circuits

See Panel Arrangement Size Selection Table

Voltage

220/240 V, 380/415 V, 440 V

Wiring

See Wiring Diagram Table
Breaking Capacity in kA
Ratings in Amps

380/415 V

440 V 

Mains

160 A

25 kA

20 kA

Bus-bar

160 A

50 kA

50 kA

Branch Breakers 

0.5 to 4 A

50 kA

25 kA

Branch Breakers 

6 to 63 A

10 kA

6 kA

Panel Arrangement

160 A, 3 Ph, 5 W

20 kA

15 kA

Incoming

Qty 
32
16
16
16
16
16
16
8
24
24
24
12
12
12
12
12
32
16
16
16
16
16
16
16

Size
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2

“NC”
Fault

Qty 
—
16
—
16
—
16
—
8
—
16
—
8
—
8
—
8
—
8
—
8
—
8
—
8

Qty 
—
—
2
2
—
—
2
2
—
—
2
2
—
—
2
2
—
—
2
2
—
—
2
2

Non-Armored 
Size
—
2.5 mm2
2.5 mm2
2.5 mm2
—
2.5 mm2
2.5 mm2
2.5 mm2
—
2.5 mm2
2.5 mm2
2.5 mm2
—
2.5 mm2
2.5 mm2
2.5 mm2
—
2.5 mm2
2.5 mm2
2.5 mm2
—
2.5 mm2
2.5 mm2
2.5 mm2

Complete Catalog No
PPDM1416216C
PPDM108216C1
PPDM108216C4
PPDM108216C5
PPDM108216CG030
PPDM108216C1G030
PPDM108216C4G030
PPDM064216C5G030
PPDM098316C
PPDM098316C1
PPDM098316C4
PPDM054316C5
PPDM054316CG030
PPDM054316C1G030
PPDM054316C4G030
PPDM054316C5G030
PPDM068416C
PPDM064416C1
PPDM064416C4
PPDM064416C5
PPDM064416CG030
PPDM064416C1G030
PPDM064416C4G030
PPDM064416C5G030

Ordering Catalog No
PPDM1416216C10N
PPDM108216C20N
PPDM108216C30N
PPDM108216C40N
PPDM108216C50N
PPDM108216C60N
PPDM108216C70N
PPDM064216C80N
PPDM098316C10N
PPDM098316C20N
PPDM098316C30N
PPDM054316C40N
PPDM054316C50N
PPDM054316C60N
PPDM054316C70N
PPDM054316C80N
PPDM068416C10N
PPDM064416C20N
PPDM064416C30N
PPDM064416C40N
PPDM064416C50N
PPDM064416C60N
PPDM064416C70N
PPDM064416C80N

 Ground bar supplied for each connection.
 Incoming cables terminates directly to the main breaker.
 Outgoing terminal blocks for branch breakers (provided).
 Each “NO” position contact are individually terminate on the terminal blocks and in pairs.
 All “NC” trip contacts must be wired in series and terminated on terminal blocks as one pair only.
 For armored version, replace the letter A with the letter N, in the last position of the Ordering Catalog Number; example: PPDM1016216C10A.
 For higher kA rating please consult your local sales representative.
 Without GFI.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

483

DISTRIBUTION Panelboards

Size
70 mm2
50 mm2
50 mm2
50 mm2
50 mm2
50 mm2
50 mm2
35 mm2
50 mm2
50 mm2
50 mm2
35 mm2
35 mm2
35 mm2
35 mm2
35 mm2
35 mm2
35 mm2
35 mm2
35 mm2
35 mm2
35 mm2
35 mm2
35 mm2

“NO”
Position

Distribution Equipment

Qty 
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

Terminals 
Outgoing

P Series PlexPower™ Distribution Panelboards
Increased Safety
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Panel Arrangement E
Dimension in Millimeters
171

A

Left Internal View

Front Internal View

Distribution Equipment

DISTRIBUTION Panelboards

Breaker Curve C
2-Poles 16 Amp
2-Poles 16 Amp
2-Poles 16 Amp
2-Poles 16 Amp
2-Poles 16 Amp
2-Poles 16 Amp
2-Poles 16 Amp
2-Poles 16 Amp
3-Poles 16 Amp
3-Poles 16 Amp
3-Poles 16 Amp
3-Poles 16 Amp
3-Poles 16 Amp
3-Poles 16 Amp
3-Poles 16 Amp
3-Poles 16 Amp
4-Poles 16 Amp
4-Poles 16 Amp
4-Poles 16 Amp
4-Poles 16 Amp
4-Poles 16 Amp
4-Poles 16 Amp
4-Poles 16 Amp
4-Poles 16 Amp

484

Circuit
1 Position 1 Trip
Contact Contact Breaker
Qty
“NO”
“NC”
—
—
24
X
—
12
—
X
12
X
X
12
—
—
12
X
—
12
—
X
12
X
X
6
—
—
12
X
—
12
—
X
12
X
X
6
—
—
6
X
—
6
—
X
6
X
X
6
—
—
12
X
—
6
—
X
6
X
X
6
—
—
6
X
—
6
—
X
6
X
X
6

Main
Breaker
Size
4 x 200 Amp
4 x 125 Amp
4 x 125 Amp
4 x 125 Amp
4 x 125 Amp
4 x 125 Amp
4 x 125 Amp
4 x 63 Amp
3 x 125 Amp
3 x 125 Amp
3 x 125 Amp
3 x 63 Amp
3 x 63 Amp
3 x 63 Amp
3 x 63 Amp
3 x 63 Amp
4 x 63 Amp
4 x 63 Amp
4 x 63 Amp
4 x 63 Amp
4 x 63 Amp
4 x 63 Amp
4 x 63 Amp
4 x 63 Amp

61

C

70

D

147

Right Internal View

Top Internal View

Armored Entries

Non-Armored Entries

Branch Breakers
30mA
GFI
—
—
—
—
X
X
X
X
—
—
—
—
X
X
X
X
—
—
—
—
X
X
X
X

B

Incoming
1x M63
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M32
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M32
1x M32
1x M32
1x M32
1x M32
1x M32
1x M32
1x M32
1x M32
1x M32
1x M32
1x M32
1x M32

Outgoing
24x M20
12x M20
12x M20
12x M20
12x M20
12x M20
12x M20
6x M20
12x M20
12x M20
12x M20
6x M20
6x M20
6x M20
6x M20
6x M20
12x M20
6x M20
6x M20
6x M20
6x M20
6x M20
6x M20
6x M20

Auxiliary
—
1x M32
1x M20
1x M32
—
1x M32
1x M20
1x M25
—
1x M32
1x M20
1x M25
—
1x M25
1x M20
1x M25
—
1x M25
1x M20
1x M25
—
1x M25
1x M20
1x M25

Incoming
1x M63
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40

Outgoing
24x M20
12x M20
12x M20
12x M20
12x M20
12x M20
12x M20
6x M20
12x M20
12x M20
12x M20
6x M20
6x M20
6x M20
6x M20
6x M20
12x M20
6x M20
6x M20
6x M20
6x M20
6x M20
6x M20
6x M20

Auxiliary
—
1x M32
1x M25
1x M32
—
1x M32
1x M25
1x M25
—
1x M32
1x M25
1x M25
—
1x M25
1x M25
1x M25
—
1x M25
1x M25
1x M25
—
1x M25
1x M25
1x M25

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

P Series PlexPower™ Distribution Panelboards
Increased Safety
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Panel Arrangement E
Panel E Size

Technical Information
1250 x 994 x 230 mm

Panel Weight

145 kg

Max. No. of Circuits

See Panel Arrangement Size Selection Table

Voltage

220/240 V, 380/415 V, 440 V

Wiring

See Wiring Diagram Table
Breaking Capacity in kA

Mains

Ratings in Amps
200 A

380/415 V
25 kA

440 V 
20 kA

Bus-bar

250 A

50 kA

50 kA

Branch Breakers 

0.5 to 4 A

50 kA

25 kA

Branch Breakers 

6 to 63 A

10 kA

6 kA

Panel Arrangement

200 A, 3 Ph, 5 W

20 kA

-

Incoming

Outgoing

Terminals 

Qty 
48
24
24
24
24
24
24
12
24
24
24
18
18
18
18
18
48
24
24
24
24
24
24
24

Size
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2

Qty 
—
24
—
24
—
24
—
12
—
24
—
12
—
12
—
12
—
12
—
12
—
12
—
12

Qty 
—
—
2
2
—
—
2
2
—
—
2
2
—
—
2
2
—
—
2
2
—
—
2
2

Non-Armored 
Size
—
2.5 mm2
2.5 mm2
2.5 mm2
—
2.5 mm2
2.5 mm2
2.5 mm2
—
2.5 mm2
2.5 mm2
2.5 mm2
—
2.5 mm2
2.5 mm2
2.5 mm2
—
2.5 mm2
2.5 mm2
2.5 mm2
—
2.5 mm2
2.5 mm2
2.5 mm2

Complete Catalog No
PPEM1624216C
PPEM1212216C1
PPEM1212216C4
PPEM1212216C5
PPEM1212216CG030
PPEM1212216C1G030
PPEM1212216C4G030
PPEM066216C5G030
PPEM1112316C
PPEM1112316C1
PPEM1112316C4
PPEM056316C5
PPEM056316CG030
PPEM056316C1G030
PPEM056316C4G030
PPEM056316C5G030
PPEM0612416C
PPEM066416C1
PPEM066416C4
PPEM066416C5
PPEM066416CG030
PPEM066416C1G030
PPEM066416C4G030
PPEM066416C5G030

Ordering Catalog No
PPEM1624216C10N
PPEM1212216C20N
PPEM1212216C30N
PPEM1212216C40N
PPEM1212216C50N
PPEM1212216C60N
PPEM1212216C70N
PPEM066216C80N
PPEM1112316C10N
PPEM1112316C20N
PPEM1112316C30N
PPEM056316C40N
PPEM056316C50N
PPEM056316C60N
PPEM056316C70N
PPEM056316C80N
PPEM0612416C10N
PPEM066416C20N
PPEM066416C30N
PPEM066416C40N
PPEM066416C50N
PPEM066416C60N
PPEM066416C70N
PPEM066416C80N

 Ground bar supplied for each connection.
 Incoming cables terminates directly to the main breaker.
 Outgoing terminal blocks for branch breakers (provided).
 Each “NO” position contact are individually terminate on the terminal blocks and in pairs.
 All “NC” trip contacts must be wired in series and terminated on terminal blocks as one pair only.
 For armored version, replace the letter A with the letter N, in the last position of the Ordering Catalog Number; example: PPEM1224216C10A.
 For higher kA rating please consult your local sales representative.
 Without GFI.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

485

DISTRIBUTION Panelboards

Size
120 mm2
50 mm2
50 mm2
50 mm2
50 mm2
50 mm2
50 mm2
35 mm2
50 mm2
50 mm2
50 mm2
35 mm2
35 mm2
35 mm2
35 mm2
35 mm2
35 mm2
35 mm2
35 mm2
35 mm2
35 mm2
35 mm2
35 mm2
35 mm2

“NC”
Fault

Distribution Equipment

Qty 
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

“NO”
Position

P Series PlexPower™ Distribution Panelboards
Increased Safety
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Panel Arrangement F
Dimension in Millimeters
150

A

DISTRIBUTION Panelboards

Distribution Equipment

Left Internal View

Front Internal View

Branch Breakers
1 Position 1 Trip
Circuit
30mA Contact Contact Breaker
“NO”
“NC”
Breaker Curve C
GFI
Qty
2-Poles 16 Amp —
—
—
36
2-Poles 16 Amp —
X
—
18
2-Poles 16 Amp —
—
X
18
2-Poles 16 Amp —
X
X
18
2-Poles 16 Amp
X
—
—
18
2-Poles 16 Amp
X
X
—
18
2-Poles 16 Amp
X
—
X
18
2-Poles 16 Amp
X
X
X
9
3-Poles 16 Amp —
—
—
18
3-Poles 16 Amp —
X
—
18
3-Poles 16 Amp —
—
X
18
3-Poles 16 Amp —
X
X
9
3-Poles 16 Amp
X
—
—
9
3-Poles 16 Amp
X
X
—
9
3-Poles 16 Amp
X
—
X
9
3-Poles 16 Amp
X
X
X
9
4-Poles 16 Amp —
—
—
18
4-Poles 16 Amp —
X
—
9
4-Poles 16 Amp —
—
X
9
4-Poles 16 Amp —
X
X
9
4-Poles 16 Amp
X
—
—
9
4-Poles 16 Amp
X
X
—
9
4-Poles 16 Amp
X
—
X
9
4-Poles 16 Amp
X
X
X
9

486

Main
Breaker
Size
4 x 250 Amp
4 x 200 Amp
4 x 200 Amp
4 x 200 Amp
4 x 200 Amp
4 x 200 Amp
4 x 200 Amp
4 x 100 Amp
3 x 200 Amp
3 x 200 Amp
3 x 200 Amp
3 x 100 Amp
3 x 100 Amp
3 x 100 Amp
3 x 100 Amp
3 x 100 Amp
4 x 200 Amp
4 x 100 Amp
4 x 100 Amp
4 x 100 Amp
4 x 100 Amp
4 x 100 Amp
4 x 100 Amp
4 x 100 Amp

B

61

C

70

D

147

Right Internal View

Top Internal View

Armored Entries

Non-Armored Entries

Incoming
1x M63
1x M63
1x M63
1x M63
1x M63
1x M63
1x M63
1x M40
1x M63
1x M63
1x M63
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M63
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40

Outgoing
36 xM20
18 xM20
18 xM20
18 xM20
18 xM20
18 xM20
18 xM20
9 xM20
18 xM20
18 xM20
18 xM20
9 xM20
9 xM20
9 xM20
9 xM20
9 xM20
18 xM20
9 xM20
9 xM20
9 xM20
9 xM20
9 xM20
9 xM20
9 xM20

Auxiliary
—
1x M32
1x M20
1x M32
—
1x M32
1x M20
1x M32
—
1x M32
1x M20
1x M32
—
1x M25
1x M20
1x M32
—
1x M25
1x M20
1x M32
—
1x M25
1x M20
1x M32

Incoming
1x M63
1x M63
1x M63
1x M63
1x M63
1x M63
1x M63
1x M40
1x M63
1x M63
1x M63
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M63
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40
1x M40

Outgoing
36 xM20
18 xM20
18 xM20
18 xM20
18 xM20
18 xM20
18 xM20
9 xM20
18 xM20
18 xM20
18 xM20
9 xM20
9 xM20
9 xM20
9 xM20
9 xM20
18 xM20
9 xM20
9 xM20
9 xM20
9 xM20
9 xM20
9 xM20
9 xM20

Auxiliary
—
1x M40
1x M25
1x M40
—
1x M40
1x M25
1x M25
—
1x M40
1x M25
1x M25
—
1x M25
1x M25
1x M25
—
1x M25
1x M25
1x M25
—
1x M25
1x M25
1x M25

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

P Series PlexPower™ Distribution Panelboards
Increased Safety
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Panel Arrangement F
Panel A Size

Technical Information
1470 x 1323 x 230 mm

Panel Weight

200 kg

Max. No. of Circuits

See Panel Arrangement Size Selection Table

Voltage

220/240 V, 380/415 V, 440 V

Wiring

See Wiring Diagram Table
Breaking Capacity in kA

Mains

Ratings in Amps
250 A

380/415 V
25 kA

440 V 
20 kA

Bus-bar

250 A

50 kA

50 kA

Branch Breakers 

0.5 to 4 A

50 kA

25 kA

Branch Breakers 

6 to 63 A

10 kA

6 kA

Panel Arrangement

250 A, 3 Ph, 5 W

20 kA

-

Terminals 
Incoming

Qty 
72
36
36
36
36
36
36
18
36
36
36
18
18
18
18
18
36
18
18
18
18
18
18
18

Size
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2
6 mm2

“NC”
Fault

Qty 
—
36
—
36
—
36
—
18
—
36
—
18
—
18
—
18
—
18
—
18
—
18
—
18

Qty 
—
—
2
2
—
—
2
2
—
—
2
2
—
—
2
2
—
—
2
2
—
—
2
2

Non-Armored 
Size
—
2.5 mm2
2.5 mm2
2.5 mm2
—
2.5 mm2
2.5 mm2
2.5 mm2
—
2.5 mm2
2.5 mm2
2.5 mm2
—
2.5 mm2
2.5 mm2
2.5 mm2
—
2.5 mm2
2.5 mm2
2.5 mm2
—
2.5 mm2
2.5 mm2
2.5 mm2

Complete Catalog No
PPFM1836216C
PPFM1618216C1
PPFM1618216C4
PPFM1618216C5
PPFM1618216CG030
PPFM1618216C1G030
PPFM1618216C4G030
PPFM109216C5G030
PPFM1518316C
PPFM1518316C1
PPFM1518316C4
PPFM099316C5
PPFM099316CG030
PPFM099316C1G030
PPFM099316C4G030
PPFM099316C5G030
PPFM1618416C
PPFM109416C1
PPFM109416C4
PPFM109416C5
PPFM109416CG030
PPFM109416C1G030
PPFM109416C4G030
PPFM109416C5G030

Ordering Catalog No
PPFM1836216C10N
PPFM1618216C20N
PPFM1618216C30N
PPFM1618216C40N
PPFM1618216C50N
PPFM1618216C60N
PPFM1618216C70N
PPFM109216C80N
PPFM1518316C10N
PPFM1518316C20N
PPFM1518316C30N
PPFM099316C40N
PPFM099316C50N
PPFM099316C60N
PPFM099316C70N
PPFM099316C80N
PPFM1618416C10N
PPFM109416C20N
PPFM109416C30N
PPFM109416C40N
PPFM109416C50N
PPFM109416C60N
PPFM109416C70N
PPFM109416C80N

 Ground bar supplied for each connection.
 Incoming cables terminates directly to the main breaker.
 Outgoing terminal blocks for branch breakers (provided).
 Each “NO” position contact are individually terminate on the terminal blocks and in pairs.
 All “NC” trip contacts must be wired in series and terminated on terminal blocks as one pair only.
 For armored version, replace the letter A with the letter N, in the last position of the Ordering Catalog Number; example: PPFM1436216C10A.
 For higher kA rating please consult your local sales representative.
 Without GFI.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

487

DISTRIBUTION Panelboards

Size
120 mm2
120 mm2
120 mm2
120 mm2
120 mm2
120 mm2
120 mm2
50 mm2
120 mm2
120 mm2
120 mm2
50 mm2
50 mm2
50 mm2
50 mm2
50 mm2
120 mm2
50 mm2
50 mm2
50 mm2
50 mm2
50 mm2
50 mm2
50 mm2

“NO”
Position

Distribution Equipment

Qty 
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

Outgoing

P Series PlexPower™ Distribution Panelboards
Increased Safety
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Wiring Diagrams — Panel Arrangements B, C, D, E, F — For Panel Arrangement A, Remove Main Breaker from Wiring Diagrams
Q1: Main Breaker
M1-M8: Module Housing
D1-: MCB

Distribution Equipment

2-Pole

DISTRIBUTION Panelboards

2-Pole + GFI

2-Pole + GFI + AUX NO + AUX NC

 Number of branch circuit breakers will depend on the number of module housing.

488

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

P Series PlexPower™ Distribution Panelboards
Increased Safety
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Standard  Panel Arrangement Layout — Dimensions in Millimeters

Panel Arrangement A

Distribution Equipment

DISTRIBUTION Panelboards

Panel Arrangement B

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

489

P Series PlexPower™ Distribution Panelboards
Increased Safety
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Standard  Panel Arrangement Layout — Dimensions in Millimeters

DISTRIBUTION Panelboards

Distribution Equipment

Panel Arrangement C

Panel Arrangement D

490

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

P Series PlexPower™ Distribution Panelboards
Increased Safety
Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Standard  Panel Arrangement Layout — Dimensions in Millimeters

Panel Arrangement E

Distribution Equipment

DISTRIBUTION Panelboards

Panel Arrangement F
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

491

DPD Series Distribution Panelboards
Flameproof

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Applications
• Protection and control of electrical equipment in hazardous
areas where ignitable vapors, gases or highly combustible
dusts are present.
• For installation in:
— Chemical plants
— Petrochemical plants
— Refineries
— Other process industries in Zone 1 and 2 , Zone 21 and 22
• These compact units provide a centrally controlled
switching system
• Lighting panelboards are available in 6, 12, 18 and 24 circuits.
• Heat tracing panelboards are available in 6, 12, 18 and
20 circuits.

Features
Available versions:
• 3- or 4-Pole isolator switch or main breaker.
• 1, 2, 3, 4 and 1+N poles branch circuit breakers.
— Branch circuit breaker available with B, C or D tripping curve.
— GFI branch circuit breaker available with B, C or D tripping
curves except for 1+N poles.
• Isolator and breaker handles included as standard, can be
padlocked in OFF position.
• Copper bus bar as standard.
• Fully prewired on outgoing terminal block.
• M8 earth-crossing terminal.
• Hinged door.
• 4 fixing lugs.
• Cable glands and plugs to be ordered separately.

Standard Materials

Distribution Equipment

• Housing: gray marine grade aluminum alloy
• Hardware: stainless steel
• Bus bar: copper

Options
• Other rating and tripping curves.
• Other voltage.
• Indirect cable entries available through Ex e connection
enclosure.
• Switch rack assembly.

Certifications and Compliances
tATEX/IECEx Certification

DISTRIBUTION Panelboards

8 Circuit Panelboard

• Certification Type CF
— Gas: Zones 1 and 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex de IIB
– Temperature class: T6 to T4
— Dust: Zones 21 and 22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
– Surface Temperature: T80 °C to T130 °C
— Ambient Temperature:
CF70B: -20 °C to +55 °C
CF50B: -40 °C to +55 °C
CF60B: -50 °C to +55 °C
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK10
— Internal Volume: > 2 dm3 (2 liters)
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50229

492

— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 02 ATEX 6057X
— IECEx Certificate: IECEx LCI 08.023X

tEURASEC Certification
— EURASEC  N° TC  RU C-FR.ГБ05.B.00911

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

DPD Series Distribution Panelboards
Flameproof

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Catalog Numbering Guide
DPD

B

0

Series:
DPD - DPD Series
Zone 1, 2 – 21, 22
ATEX/IECEx Certified

A

03

1 01 B

Panel Size Layout :

Branch Breakers
Quantity:
03
06
08
09
12
18
24

Suffix for Other
Options/Features:
Must be listed in
alphanumeric sequence
# - Customized
Panelboard
# 6 digit number will be
assigned at time of order
placement

Branch Circuit Breaker:

Number of Poles:
1 - 1-Pole
2 - 2-Pole
3 - 3-Pole
4 - 4-Pole
9 - 1-Pole + N

Intensity:
01 - 1 A
02 - 2 A
03 - 3 A
04 - 4 A
06 - 6 A
10 - 10 A
16 - 16 A
20 - 20 A
25 - 25 A
32 - 32 A
40 - 40 A
50 - 50 A
63 - 63 A

Curve:
B - Curve B
C - Curve C
D - Curve D
Distribution Equipment

Main Protection Value:
0 - 3 x 40 A
1 - 4 x 40 A
2 - 3 x 63 A
3 - 4 x 63 A
4 - 3 x 100 A
5 - 4 x 100 A
6 - 3 x 125 A
7 - 4 x 125 A
8 - 3 x 160 A
9 - 4 x 160 A

#

GFI :
0 - without
1 - 30 mA (individual
branch)
2 - 300 mA (individual
branch)
3 - 30 mA (main
branch breaker)
4 - 300 mA (main
branch breaker)

A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H

Main Protection:
B - Main Circuit
Breaker
S - Isolator Switch

0

DISTRIBUTION Panelboards

 See DPD Series Distribution Panelboard Dimensions page for panel size dimensions.
 1+N pole is not for use with GFI.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

493

DPD Series Distribution Panelboards
Flameproof

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Distribution Panelboard with Branch Circuit Breakers (for Lighting Circuits, etc.)
4-pole main isolator switch and 2-pole Branch Circuit Breakers Tripping Curve C wired on terminals.
Branch Circuit Breakers
2P - Curve C
Quantity
Rating

Type

Main
Switch

CF50B

4 x 63 A

6

CF60B

4 x 63 A

12

Layout
Panel

Cable
Entries

Volume
dm3

Weight
kg

Catalog Number

2P 16 A

A

1 x M32 - 6 x M20

100

240

DPDS3A06216C0

2P 16 A

B

1 x M32 - 12 x M20

150

378

DPDS3B12216C0

CF70B

4 x 125 A

18

2P 16 A

C

1 x M40 - 18 x M20

180

382

DPDS7C18216C0

CF70B

4 x 160 A

24

2P 16 A

D

1 x M50 - 24 x M20

180

382

DPDS9D24216C0

DISTRIBUTION Panelboards

Distribution Equipment

Distribution Panelboard with GFI Branch Circuit Breakers (for Heat Tracing Circuits, etc.)
4-pole main isolator switch and 2-poles (P+N)  branch circuit breakers with GFI Branch Circuit Breakers Tripping Curve C wired on
terminals.
Branch Circuit Breakers
2-Poles - Curve C
Quantity
Rating

Cable
Entries

Volume
dm3

Weight
kg

Catalog Number

E

1 x M32 - 6 x M20

100

240

DPDS3E06916C1

F

1 x M32 - 12 x M20

150

378

DPDS3F12916C1

16 A/30 mA

G

1 x M40 - 18 x M20

180

382

DPDS7G18916C1

16 A/30 mA

H

1 x M50 - 20 x M20

180

382

DPDS9H20916C1

Type

Main
Switch

CF50B

4 x 63 A

6

16 A/30 mA

CF60B

4 x 63 A

12

16 A/30 mA

CF70B

4 x 125 A

18

CF70B

4 x 160 A

20

Layout
Panel

Distribution Panelboard with GFI Branch Circuit Breakers (for Heat Tracing Circuits, etc.)
4-pole main isolator switch and 2-pole (P+N) branch circuit breakers with GFI Branch Circuit Breakers Tripping Curve B wired on terminals.
Branch Circuit Breakers
2-Poles - Curve B
Quantity
Rating

Type

Main
Switch

CF50B

4 x 63 A

6

CF60B

4 x 63 A

12

Layout
Panel

Cable
Entries

Volume
dm3

Weight
kg

Catalog Number

16 A/30 mA

E

1 x M32 - 6 x M20

100

240

DPDS3E06916B1

16 A/30 mA

F

1 x M32 - 12 x M20

150

378

DPDS3F12916B1

CF70B

4 x 125 A

18

16 A/30 mA

G

1 x M40 - 18 x M20

180

382

DPDS7G18916B1

CF70B

4 x 160 A

20

16 A/30 mA

H

1 x M50  - 20 x M20

180

382

DPDS9H20916B1

494

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

DPD Series Distribution Panelboard Wiring Diagram and Technical Data
Flameproof

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Wiring Diagram
Branch Circuit Breaker Versions

GFI Branch Circuit Breaker Versions

4 x 63 A or 4 x 125 A or 4 x 160 A

Technical Data
GFI Branch Circuit Breaker
Outgoing

Incoming
63 Amps

125 Amps

160 Amps

16 A

Rated Insulation Voltage (Ui)

Main Contacts

690 V

800 V

800 V

400 Vac

Rated Operating Voltage (Ue)

415 V/500 V/690 V

415 V/500 V/690 V

415 V/500 V/690 V

230/400 Vac

Rated Operating Current (Ie)

63 A/63 A/40 A

125 A

160 A/160 A/125 A

16 A/30 amA

Rated Surge Voltage (Uimp)

8 kV

8 kV

4 kV

63 kA (with fuse)

80 kA (with fuse)

10 kA/400 V IEC 947.2

Switching Capacity
AC 21 A

415 V

63 A

125 A

160 A

—

500 V

63 A

125 A

160 A

—

690 V

63 A

125 A

160 A

—

415 V

63 A

125 A

160 A

Switching Capacity
AC 22 A

—

500 V

63 A

125 A

125 A

—

690 V

40 A

80 A

100 A

—

415 V

63 A/30 kW

125 A/55 kW

125 A/75 kW

—

500 V

63 A/30 kW

100 A/55 kW

100 A/75 kW

—

690 V

40 A/30 kW

80 A/75 kW

80 A/75 kW

—

Termination (Flexible)

4 to 35 mm

4 to 50 mm

4 to 50 mm

0.5 to 4 mm2

Termination (Solid)

50 mm2

70 mm2

70 mm2

1.5 to 6 mm2

2

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

2

2

DISTRIBUTION Panelboards

Switching Capacity
AC 23 A

Distribution Equipment

8 kV
50 kA (with fuse)

Short Circuit Resistance (Icu)

495

DPD Series Distribution Panelboard Dimensions
Flameproof

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Branch Circuit Breaker Version Dimensions

Layout Panel B
445 mm (17.52”)

380 mm (14.96”)

Layout Panel A

M8

4 Ø 11 mm (0.43”)

M8

Fix. 376 mm (14.80”)
510 mm (20.08”)

680 mm (26.77”)
Fix. 616 mm (24.25”)

455 mm (17.91”)
Fix. 391 mm (15.39”)

4 Ø 14 mm (0.55”)

Fix. 376 mm (14.80”)
510 mm (20.08”)

M8

Layout Panel D
445 mm (17.52”)

Distribution Equipment

445 mm (17.52”)

Layout Panel C

M8

4 Ø 14 mm (0.55”)

680 mm (26.77”)
Fix. 616 mm (24.25”)

680 mm (26.77”)
Fix. 616 mm (24.25”)

DISTRIBUTION Panelboards

4 Ø 14 mm (0.55”)

Fix. 576 mm (22.68”)
710 mm (27.95”)

Fix. 576 mm (22.68”)
710 mm (27.95”)

496

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

DPD Series Distribution Panelboard Dimensions
Flameproof

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

GFI Branch Circuit Breaker Version Dimensions

Layout Panel F
445 mm (17.52”)

380 mm (14.96”)

Layout Panel E

M8

M8

4 Ø 11 mm (0.43”)

Fix. 376 mm (14.80”)
510 mm (20.08”)

680 mm (26.77”)
Fix. 616 mm (24.25”)

455 mm (17.91”)
Fix. 391 mm (15.39”)

4 Ø 14 mm (0.55”)

Fix. 376 mm (14.80”)
510 mm (20.08”)

445 mm (17.52”)

M8

Layout Panel H
Distribution Equipment

445 mm (17.52”)

Layout Panel G

M8

4 Ø 14 mm (0.55”)

680 mm (26.77”)
Fix. 616 mm (24.25”)

DISTRIBUTION Panelboards

680 mm (26.77”)
Fix. 616 mm (24.25”)

4 Ø 14 mm (0.55”)

Fix. 576 mm (22.68”)
710 mm (27.95”)

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Fix. 576 mm (22.68”)
710 mm (27.95”)

497

Custom Switchracks:
Built to Comply with ATEX/IEC Standards and Certifications

From Design to Installation, Manufactured Switchracks to Your Specifications

Designed for safety and performance and built to customer
specifications. Every switchrack offers an innovative, unique
solution to the challenges of complex motor control localization.  
Both important European directives concerning electrical equipment
for potentially explosive atmospheres.
We have developed our capabilities with attention to the customer’s
key concerns:
• Custom Design
• Quality Components
• Turnkey Fabrication
• Guaranteed Satisfaction

Customer Design
• The demands of your application are unique. Your switchrack
should be too. That’s why our engineers use your specifications
and engineering drawings as well as all applicable codes and
standards to design your custom switchrack solution. It’s the
only way to guarantee the switchrack will meet your needs
today... and tomorrow.
• Through experience, we have learned the value of staying on
the cutting edge of design technology. The company’s AutoCad
workstations allow design files to be shared with your in-house
engineers for quick revisions. This saves time and money and it
means your switchrack will be up and running faster.

Quality Components
• Appleton/ATX stocks one of the most extensive lines of adverse
environment enclosures and accessories in the electrical
industry to ensure prompt turnaround of every switchrack order.
• Rigid quality standards mean our components stand up to
the harshest applications. Only the highest grade steel and
aluminum is used in construction. Testing prior to installation
guarantees the quality you expect.

CUSTOM Switchracks

Distribution Equipment

Turnkey Fabrication
• Every switchrack is engineered, fabricated and assembled
in-house by qualified technicians. This single-source approach
allows us complete control over the manufacturing process.
• Following a series of rugged performance examinations, each
switchrack is shipped via Exclusive Use Carrier for immediate
field installation.

Guaranteed Satisfaction
• Appleton’s involvement doesn’t end with the purchase order.
The company backs its switchracks with an exclusive factory
warranty. Should any Appleton/ATX component fail due to
mechanical or electrical defect, we will replace the part for up to
one year following installation, or 18 months after shipment.

Application
• Appleton/ATX switchracks provide complete motor control
assemblies in one integrated package. Choose the necessary
components to fit the rating, electrical switching and controlling
requirements.
• Appleton/ATX switchracks are available for Zones 1 and 2 ,
21 and 22 gas and dust environments. Built for indoor and/or
outdoor locations.
• Determine hazardous areas
• Defining Zone boundaries - volumes
— If necessary, delimiting Zones
• Know the characteristics of flammable substances present on
the site
• Defining the temperature class and the explosion group of the
equipment

498

• Choose equipment depending on :
— the temperature class and the explosion group,
— environmental constraints specific to the site - corrosion,
     exposure to UV, mechanical strength,
– protection indexes

Features
• Single source responsibility, including engineering, designing,
wiring and testing of all components.
• Fabricated and wired to custom specifications.
• Only job site requirements are connection of incoming power to
the main bus and load side connections.

Optional Components
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Circuit breakers
Motor starters
Contactors
Junction boxes
Control stations
Meter/instrument enclosures
Ground detection
Panelboards
Receptacles
Photo cells
Light fixtures
Transformers

Standard Finishes
• Structure: steel-painted, steel-galvanized or aluminum.
• Bus duct/conduit: steel-painted, galvanized aluminum or
stainless steel.
• Canopy/roof: steel-galvanized or aluminum.

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Custom Switchracks:
Built to Comply with ATEX/IEC Standards and Certifications

From Design to Installation, Manufactured Switchracks to Your Specifications

Customer Information
Date:

Quote Number:

Customer:

Revision:

Location:

Project Name:

Area Classification
Zone 1

Group




Certifications

Voltage

Zone

Zone 2

Group IIA






IEC



IECEx




120 Vac




240 Vac




Group IIB

Zone 21



Zone 22



480 Vac

Group IIC

Certifications



ATEX

Power Source

Phase

Single



380 Vac

Hertz

Three




575 Vac

600 Vac

50 Hz






Required



Not Required




65,000 AIC

100,000 AIC

Glyptol






Required



Not Required

60 Hz

Structure
Material
Design




Steel-Painted
Single Sided




Aluminum



Double Sided

Single Row



Double Row

Bus Ducts
Material



Steel-Painted



SteelGalvanized



Aluminum

Certification








IEC








IECEx



ATEX





25,000 AIC



SteelGalvanized

Type

Bracing
Options

Silver
14,000 AIC
Insulated
Space Heater

Stainless Steel




42,000 AIC

Dual Access
Tin
22,000 AIC
Silver Plated
Thermostat

Tin Plated

PEM Inserts

Drains

Corrugated Canopy Material



Aluminum

Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester (FRP)

CUSTOM Switchracks



Weep Holess

Conduit and Fittings



Galvanized





Aluminum

PVC Coated



Drain Seals

Wire Type — Copper, +90 °C
Insulation



XLPE





EPR

PVC

Component Requirements
Manufacturer



General
Electric



Square D



CutlerHammer



Allen-Bradley

Circuit Breaker



Thermal-Mag



Mag-Only



Non-Auto



Other

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016



Distribution Equipment

Cooper Bus Plating

Single Access



Other

499

Custom Switchracks:
Built to Comply with ATEX/IEC Standards and Certifications

From Design to Installation, Manufactured Switchracks to Your Specifications

Component Accessories



Fuses



Thermal Board



Relays



Breather/Drain



Stop Push
Button



Start Push
Button



HOA Switch



Name Plate



Red Light



Green Light



CPT



100 Vac Extra



Ring Terminal



Wire Markers



AUX. Contact
N.O., N.C.



Space Heater



Copper Lugs



Surge
Protector



Hi-Break
Circuit Breaker

Optional Components
Please provide a list of items (including your company’s specifications) that the rack will support including quantities and sizes:
Motor Starters:
Lighting:
Breakers:
Transformers:
Receptacles:
Ground Indicators:

Control Stations:
Disconnect Switches:

CUSTOM Switchracks

Distribution Equipment

Panelboards:

500

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Notes

Distribution Equipment

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

501

Distribution Equipment

Notes

502

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Fittings

Description

Page

Zone 1 Rated Nickel Plated Brass Cable Glands
Cable Gland Selection Guide

504

Ex e Series Polyamide Cable Glands - For Unarmored Cable

505

A2F Series Nickel Plated Brass Cable Glands - For Unarmored Cable

506

E1FX Series Nickel Plated Brass Cable Gland - For Armored Cable

508

E1FW Series Nickel Plated Brass Cable Gland - For Armored Cable

510

E1FU Series Triple Certified Cable Glands - For Armored Cable

512

T3 Series Nickel Plated Brass Cable Gland - For Armored Cable

514

PX (PXSS2K) Series Compound Barrier Type Cable Glands - For
Unarmored Cable

516

PXSS2K-REX Series Liquid Resin Barrier Type Cable Glands - For
Unarmored Cable

518

PX2K Series Compound Barrier Type Cable Glands - For Armored Cable

520

PX2K-REX Series Liquid Resin Barrier Type Cable Glands - For Armored
Cable

522

Zone 1 Rated Stainless Steel Cable Glands
A2F Series Stainless Steel Cable Glands - For Unarmored Cable

524

TE1FU Series Stainless Steel Cable Glands - For Armored Cable

526

Ex e Cable Glands

A2F Cable Glands

A2FRC Cable Glands

T3 Cable Glands

PXSS2K Cable Glands

PX2K Cable Glands

PX2KX Cable Connector

PX2K Cable Glands

Blanking Plugs

Stopper Plugs

Cable Gland Accessories
Cable Gland Accessories: 737 Series Adaptors and Reducers

528

Cable Gland Accessories: BVE Series Stopper Plugs

531

Cable Gland Accessories: 757 Series Blanking Plugs

532

Cable Gland Accessories: 747 Series Blanking Plugs

534

Cable Gland Accessories: 767 Series Stopper Plugs

535

Cable Gland Accessories and Tools

536

Adaptors and Reducers

Fittings

Zone 1 Conduit Fittings
DB Series IIB Unions

540

DB Series IIC Elbows

541

DB Series IIC Flexible Couplings

542

DB Unions

DB Elbows

DB Flexible Couplings

DB Series Fire Retardant Seal

Fittings

Flameproof Zone 1 Sealing Fittings
543

DB Fire Retardant Seal

Drain and Breathers
DB Series Drain and Breather Valves

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

DB Drain and Breather Valves

544

503

Cable Gland Selection Guide

Selection Chart — Certifications
Type
Neoprene Seal

Zone 1 Rated Nickel Plated Brass Cable Glands

Elastomer
Seal

"e" or "i"

“d” and “e”

Compound
Seal

“d” and “e”

Liquid
resin

“d” and “e”

Armored Cables

Series

Material

Non-Armored
Cables

Ex e

Polyamide

Yes

A2F

Brass, fully nickel plated /
Stainless Steel

Yes

E1FX

Brass, fully nickel plated

E1FW

Brass, fully nickel plated

Yes

E1FU

Brass, fully nickel plated

T3

Wire

Braid

Tape

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Brass, fully nickel plated

Yes

Yes

Yes

TE1FU

Stainless Steel

Yes

Yes

Yes

PX (PXSS2K)

Brass, fully nickel plated

PX2K

Brass, fully nickel plated

Yes

Yes

Yes

PXSS2K-REX

Brass, fully nickel plated

PX2K-REX

Brass, fully nickel plated

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Selection Guide
Selection of cable entry for Ex d flameproof enclosure according to electrical installations IEC 60079-14/ABNT NBR IEC 60079-14.
Start

Ex d cable entry
compound sealing
(Apply 10.4.2 d or e
according to
EN 60079-14/
ABNT NBR IEC
60079-14)

Yes

Fittings

Yes

Does the hazardous gas
require IIC apparatus ?

Yes

Yes

Does the enclosure contain an
internal source of ignition ?

Ex d cable entry
with sealing ring
No

No

Is the area of
installation Zone 1 ?

Is the volume of the enclosure
greater than 2 cm3 ?

No

No

Note: Cable must be substantially compact and circular with an extruding bedding, and if any filters are used they are Non-Hygroscopic.

504

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Ex e Series Polyamide Cable Glands
For Unarmored Cables

Increased Safety and Restricted Breathing or Weatherproof IP68
Zone 1 and 2, Zone 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Applications
• Ex e Certified
— For non-armored cables certified for enclosures with the
following protection modes:
– Ex e Increased safety
– Ex nR Restricted breathing
– D Dust environment
— Hazardous areas (gas and dust)
— On-shore and off-shore
• Weatherproof IP68 or Ex i
— For non-armored cables for intrinsic safety Ex i applications
in hazardous areas (Gas and Dust).

Ex e Certified

Weatherproof IP68

Dimensions in Millimeters

Features
• Ex e Certified
— Black polyamide body
— Weatherproof elastomer gasket
— Supplied with sealing gasket
• Weatherproof IP68 or Ex i
— Blue polyamide body Ral 5012
— Supplied with polyamide clamping ring
— Weatherproof elastomer gasket
— Supplied with sealing gasket

Certifications
ATEX Certification

• Ex e Certified
— Body: polyamide
— Weatheproof gasket: thermoplastic elastomer
— Entry thread seal: neoprene
• Weatherproof IP68 or Ex i
— Body: polyamide
— Weatherproof gasket: thermoplastic elastomer
— Entry thread seal: neoprene

INMETRO Certification
• INMETRO Certificate: BR 230662-X

Cable Capacity
mm
Min.
Max.

Across Flats
mm A

Gland
Length
mm B

Thread
Length
mm F

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Catalog
Number 

Pack

3.0
6.5
8.0
10.0
24.0
28.0

8.5
14.5
18.5
25.0
34.0
42.0

19.0
27.0
33.0
42.0
55.0
65.0

24.0
30.0
33.0
43.0
47.0
49.0

15.0
15.0
15.0
15.0
15.0
15.0

0.015
0.021
0.032
0.061
0.072
0.124

0.160
0.160
0.160
0.440
0.072
0.072

095756
095605
095606
095757
095758
095759

10
10
10
10
1
1

2.5
5.0
7.0
14.0
18.0
24.0

8.0
12.0
14.0
25.0
32.0
38.5

19.0
24.0
27.0
42.0
53.0
60.0

27.0
30.0
35.0
42.0
52.0
55.0

15.0
15.0
15.0
15.0
15.0
15.0

0.013
0.017
0.020
0.051
0.072
0.100

0.160
0.160
0.160
0.440
0.072
0.072

095800
095801
095802
095803
095804
095805

10
10
10
10
1
1

 For Locknut, see Cable Gland Accessories section.
Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

505

Fittings

Thread
Metric
Pitch
Thread
mm
Ex e Certified
M16
1.5
M20
1.5
M25
1.5
M32
1.5
M40
1.5
M50
1.5
Weatherproof IP68
M16
1.5
M20
1.5
M25
1.5
M32
1.5
M40
1.5
M50
1.5

Zone 1 Rated Nickel Plated Brass Cable Glands

• Certification Type EEx e
— Gas, Zones 1 et 2
— Type of Protection: Ex eb IIC
— Dust, Zones 21 and 22
— Type of Protection: Ex tb IIIC
— Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2 GD
— Ambient Temperature: -20 °C to +55 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50233
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 99 ATEX 6030X
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66 (Ex e
version), IP68 (Weatherproof)

Materials

A2F Series Nickel Plated Brass Cable Glands
For Unarmored Cables

Increased Safety, Flameproof, Restricted Breathing and Dust Environment
Zone 1 and 2, Zone 20
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Applications

ATEX/IECEx Certifications and Compliances

• Cable glands for unarmored cable certified for enclosures with
the following protection modes:
— Ex d flameproof IIB or IIC
— Ex e increased safety
— Ex nR restricted breathing
— D dust environment
• Hazardous areas (gas and dust)
• Onshore and offshore.

Features
• Elastomer displacement seal for unarmored cable provides
a combined flameproof and weatherproof seal on the outer
sheath of the cable.

Standard Materials

• Certification Type A2F
— Gas: Zones 1 and 2
– Type of Protection: Ex d IIC Gb, Ex e IIC Gb, Ex nR IIC Gc
— Dust: Zone 20
– Type of Protection: Ex ta IIIC Da
— Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2G 3G 1D
— Ambient Temperature: -60 °C to +130 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: DC07001
— ATEX Certificate: Sira 13ATEX1068X, Sira 13ATEX4074X
— IECEx Certificate: IECEx SIR 13.0023X, IECEx SIM 14.0006
— Other Certifications: CSA, KCC, CCOE/PESO (india)
— Marine Approval: LLOYDS, DNV, ABS
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66, IP67, IP68
— Deluge Protection Compliance: DTS01:91

• Body: nickel plated brass.
• Seal: LSF (Low Smoke Fume) Halogen Free thermoset
elastomer.
• 316L stainless steel version: replace last digit 5 with 4
• Aluminum: replace last digit 5 with 1
• Shroud, locknut, earth tag, entry thread seal, serrated washers,
adaptors and reducers: see Cable Gland Accessories pages

Catalog Numbers

Cable
Gland
Size

Metric
Thread C

20S/16

M20

2016A2F5

20S

M20

20

Fittings

Zone 1 Rated Nickel Plated Brass Cable Glands

Options

Standard NPT 

Optional NPT
Thread C

Optional
NPT Thread 

1/2"

2016A2F0505

3/4"

2016A2F0755

20SA2F5

1/2"

20SA2F0505

3/4"

20SA2F0755

M20

20A2F5

1/2"

20A2F0505

3/4"

20A2F0755

25

M25

25A2F5

3/4"

25A2F0755

1"

25A2F1005

32

M32

32A2F5

1"

32A2F1005

1-1/4"

32A2F1255

40

M40

40A2F5

1-1/4"

40A2F1255

1-1/2"

40A2F1505

50S

M50

50SA2F5

1-1/2"

50SA2F1505

50

M50

50A2F5

63S

M63

63SA2F5

63

M63

63A2F5

2-1/2"

63A2F2505

3"

63A2F3005

75S

M75

75SA2F5

2-1/2"

75SA2F2505

3"

75SA2F3005

75

M75

75A2F5

3"

Standard Metric 

Standard NPT
Thread C

2"

50SA2F2005

2"

50A2F2005

2-1/2"

50A2F2505

2"

63SA2F2005

2-1/2"

63SA2F2505

75A2F3005

3-1/2"

75A2F3505

90

M90

90A2F5

3-1/2"

90A2F3505

4"

90A2F4005

100

M100

100A2F5

4"

100A2F4005

5"

100A2F5005

115

M115

115A2F5

4"

115A2F4005

5"

115A2F5005

130

M130

130A2F5

5"

130A2F5005

6"

130A2F6005

 Entry thread seal not supplied, see Cable Gland Accessories and Tools.
Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.

506

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

A2F Series Nickel Plated Brass Cable Glands
For Unarmored Cables

Increased Safety, Flameproof, Restricted Breathing and Dust Environment
Zone 1 and 2, Zone 20
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

INMETRO Certification
• INMETRO Certificate: TÜV 12.0619X

EURASEC Certification
• TC RU C-GB.ГБ.05.B.00138

Dimensions in Millimeters

A

D

F

E

Max

Across
Flats
mm D
Max

Across
Corners
mm D
Max

Protrusion
Length
mm F

PVC Shroud
Reference

Cable Gland
Weight
kg

8.7

24.0

26.4

25.1

PVC04

0.07

6.1

11.7

24.0

26.4

25.1

PVC04

0.06

19.9

6.5

14.0

27.0

29.7

27.2

PVC05

0.07

20.2

11.1

20.0

36.0

39.6

35.5

PVC09

0.13
0.15

Cable
Gland
Size

Thread
Length
(Metric)
mm E

Thread
Length
(NPT)
mm E

Min

20S/16

15.0

19.9

3.2

20S

15.0

19.9

20

15.0

25

15.0
15.0

25.0

17.0

26.3

41.0

45.1

34.2

40

15.0

25.6

23.5

32.2

50.0

55.0

35.1

PVC13

0.20

50S

15.0

26.1

31.0

38.2

55.0

60.5

32.0

PVC15

0.26

50

15.0

26.9

35.6

44.0

60.0

66.0

36.3

PVC18

0.27

63S

15.0

26.9

41.5

49.9

70.5

77.6

33.5

PVC21

0.43

63

15.0

39.9

47.2

55.9

75.0

82.5

35.8

PVC23

0.40

75S

15.0

39.9

54.0

61.9

80.0

88.0

34.2

PVC26

0.52

75

15.0

41.5

61.1

67.9

84.0

92.4

40.6

PVC26

0.50

90

24.0

42.8

66.6

79.9

108.0

118.8

58.3

PVC31

1.60

100

24.0

44.0

76.0

91.0

123.0

135.3

55.2

LSF33

1.78

115

24.0

44.0

86.0

97.9

133.4

146.7

65.2

LSF34

2.67

130

24.0

46.8

97.0

114.9

152.4

167.6

73.9

LSF35

3.80

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Fittings

32

PVC10

Zone 1 Rated Nickel Plated Brass Cable Glands

Overall Cable Diameter
mm A

C

507

E1FX Series Nickel Plated Brass Cable Gland
For Armored Cables (Braid, Tape)

Increased Safety, Flameproof, Restricted Breathing and Dust Environment
Zone 1 and 2, Zone 20
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Applications

Standard Materials

• Cable gland for armored cables (braid, tape).
See Options for tape with lead sheath version.
Certified for enclosures with the following protection modes:
— Ex d flameproof IIB or IIC
— Ex e increased safety
— Ex nR restricted breathing
— D dust environment
• Hazardous areas (gas and dust)
• Onshore and offshore

• Body: nickel plated brass.
• Seal: LSF (Low Smoke Fume) Halogen Free thermoset
elastomer.

Options
• Lead sheath version – Replace digit 1 with 2;
Example: 32E1FX5 - 32E2FX5
• Aluminum: replace last digit 5 with 1
• Shroud, locknut, earth tag, entry thread seal, serrated washers,
adaptors and reducers: see Cable Gland Accessories pages.

Features

Zone 1 Rated Nickel Plated Brass Cable Glands

• Cable gland with elastomer seal for use in hazardous areas with
braided and tape armor cable.
• The cable gland allows mechanical cable retention and earth
continuity via cable armor termination.
• A detachable armor cone and AnyWay clamping ring
arrangement facilitates remote make off and enables cable to be
disconnected from the equipment.
• Inspection of the armor can be carried out while still maintaining
the explosionproof protection mode of the enclosure.
• Sealing technique: inner displacement seal concept and LRS
outer seal (load retention seal).

Fittings

Catalog Numbers
Cable
Gland
Size

Metric
Thread C

20S16

M20

2016E1FX5

1/2"

2016E1FX0505

3/4"

2016E1FX0755

20S

M20

20SE1FX5

1/2"

20SE1FX0505

3/4"

20SE1FX0755

20

M20

20E1FX5

1/2"

20E1FX0505

3/4"

20E1FX0755

25S

M25

25SE1FX5

3/4"

25SE1FX0755

1"

25SE1FX1005

25

M25

25E1FX5

3/4"

25E1FX0755

1"

25E1FX1005

32

M32

32E1FX5

1"

32E1FX1005

1-1/4"

32E1FX1255

1-1/2"

40E1FX1505

Standard Metric


Standard NPT
Thread C

Standard NPT


Optional NPT
Thread C

Optional NPT Thread


40

M40

40E1FX5

1-1/4"

40E1FX1255

50S

M50

50SE1FX5

1-1/2"

50SE1FX1505

50

M50

50E1FX5

2"

50E1FX2005

2-1/2"

50E1FX2505

63S

M63

63SE1FX5

2"

63SE1FX2005

2-1/2"

63SE1FX2505

63

M63

63E1FX5

2-1/2"

63E1FX2505

3"

63E1FX3005

75S

M75

75SE1FX5

2-1/2"

75SE1FX2505

3"

75SE1FX3005

75

M75

75E1FX5

3"

75E1FX3005

3-1/2"

75E1FX3505

2"

50SE1FX2005

90

M90

90E1FX5

3-1/2"

90E1FX3505

4"

90E1FX4005

100

M100

100E1FX5

4"

100E1FX4005

5"

100E1FX5005

115

M115

115E1FX5

4"

115E1FX4005

5"

115E1FX5005

130

M130

130E1FX5

5"

130E1FX5005

6"

130E1FX6005

 Entry thread seal not supplied, see Cable Gland Accessories and Tools.
Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.

508

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

E1FX Series Nickel Plated Brass Cable Gland
For Armored Cables (Braid, Tape)

Increased Safety, Flameproof, Restricted Breathing and Dust Environment
Zone 1 and 2, Zone 20
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

ATEX/IECEx Certifications and Compliances
• Certification Type E1FX/Z - E2FX/Z
— Gas: Zones 1 and 2
– Type of Protection: Ex d IIC Gb, Ex e IIC Gb, Ex nR IIC Gc
— Dust: Zone 20
– Type of Protection: Ex ta IIIC Da
— Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2G 3G 1D
— Ambient Temperature: -60 °C to +130 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: DC07001
— ATEX Certificate: Sira 13ATEX1071X, Sira 13ATEX4077X
— IECEx Certificate: IECEx SIR 13.0026X, IECEx SIM 14.0007X
— Other Certifications: cCSAus, KCC, CCOE/PESO (india)
— Marine Approval: LLOYDS, DNV, ABS
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Deluge Protection Compliance: DTS01:91 (option available on
request only)

Dimensions in Millimeters

D B

E2FX Series
Optional Lead
Sheath

A C

F

INMETRO Certification

15 mm
Minimum

• INMETRO Certificate: TUV 12.0618X

Ring for lead sheath

EURASEC Certification
• TC RU C-GB.ГБ.05.B.00138

Cable Bedding Diameter
mm A
Min

Max

Overall Cable Diameter
mm B
Min

Max

Across
Corners
mm D

Across
Flats
mm D

Protrusion
Length
mm F

PVC
Shroud
Reference

Cable Gland
Weight
kg

20S16

3.1

8.6

6.1

13.1

26.4

24.0

72.5

PVC36

0.16

20S

6.1

11.6

9.5

15.9

26.4

24.0

70.0

PVC36

0.15

20

6.5

13.9

12.5

20.9

33.6

30.5

73.0

PVC06

0.21

25S

11.1

19.9

14.0

22.0

41.3

37.5

89.0

PVC09

0.33

25

11.1

19.9

18.2

26.2

41.3

37.5

89.0

PVC09

0.33

32

17.0

26.2

23.7

33.9

50.6

46.0

86.0

PVC11

0.43

22.0

32.1

27.9

40.4

60.5

55.0

90.0

PVC15

0.62

29.5

38.1

35.2

46.7

66.0

60.0

91.0

PVC18

0.75

50

35.6

44.0

40.4

53.0

77.1

70.1

95.0

PVC21

0.95

63S

40.1

49.9

45.6

59.4

82.5

75.0

102.0

PVC23

1.34

63

47.2

55.9

54.6

65.8

88.0

80.0

104.0

PVC25

1.34

75S

52.8

61.9

59.0

72.0

99.0

90.0

115.0

PVC28

2.11

75

59.1

67.9

66.7

78.4

110.0

100.0

117.0

PVC30

2.42

90

66.6

78.6

76.2

90.3

125.4

114.3

147.0

PVC32

4.21

100

76.0

90.9

86.1

101.4

135.3

123.0

140.0

LSF33

4.45

115

86.0

97.9

101.5

110.2

146.7

133.4

162.0

LSF34

6.19

130

97.0

114.9

110.2

123.3

167.6

152.4

174.0

LSF35

8.34

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Fittings

40
50S

Zone 1 Rated Nickel Plated Brass Cable Glands

Cable
Gland
Size

509

E1FW Series Nickel Plated Brass Cable Glands
For Armored Cables (SWA - Single Wire Armour)

Increased Safety, Flameproof, Restricted Breathing and Dust Environment
Zone 1 and 2, Zone 20
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Applications

Standard Materials

• Cable gland for Single Wire Armored cables (SWA with wire
and lead sheath) certified for enclosures with the following
protection modes:
— Ex d flameproof IIB or IIC
— Ex e increased safety
— Ex nR restricted breathing
— D dust environment
• Hazardous areas (gas and dust).
• Onshore and offshore.

Features

• Body: nickel plated brass.
• Seal: LSF (Low Smoke Fume) Halogen Free thermoset
elastomer.

Options
• Lead sheath version  – Replace digit E1 with E2;
Example: 32E1FW5 - 32E2FW5
• Aluminum: replace last digit 5 with 1
• Shroud, locknut, earth tag, entry thread seal, serrated washers,
adaptors and reducers: see Cable Gland Accessories pages.

Catalog Numbers
Cable
Gland
Size

Metric
Thread C

20S16

M20

2016E1FW5

1/2"

2016E1FW0505

3/4"

2016E1FW0755

20S

M20

20SE1FW5

1/2"

20SE1FW0505

3/4"

20SE1FW0755

20

M20

20E1FW5

1/2"

20E1FW0505

3/4"

20E1FW0755

25S

M25

25SE1FW5

3/4"

25SE1FW0755

1"

25SE1FW1005

25

M25

25E1FW5

3/4"

25E1FW0755

1"

25E1FW1005

32

M32

32E1FW5

1"

32E1FW1005

1-1/4"

32E1FW1255

40

M40

40E1FW5

1-1/4"

40E1FW1255

1-1/2"

40E1FW1505

50S

M50

50SE1FW5

1-1/2"

50SE1FW1505

50

M50

50E1FW5

2"

50E1FW2005

2-1/2"

50E1FW2505

63S

M63

63SE1FW5

2"

63SE1FW2005

2-1/2"

63SE1FW2505

63

M63

63E1FW5

2-1/2"

63E1FW2505

3"

63E1FW3005

75S

M75

75SE1FW5

2-1/2"

75SE1FW2505

3"

75SE1FW3005

75

M75

75E1FW5

3"

75E1FW3005

3-1/2"

75E1FW3505

90

M90

90E1FW5

3-1/2"

90E1FW3505

4"

90E1FW4005

100

M100

100E1FW5

4"

100E1FW4005

5"

100E1FW5005

115

M115

115E1FW5

4"

115E1FW4005

5"

115E1FW5005

130

M130

130E1FW5

5"

130E1FW5005

6"

130E1FW6005

Fittings

Zone 1 Rated Nickel Plated Brass Cable Glands

• Cable gland with elastomer seal for use in hazardous areas with
Single Wire Armor (SWA) cable.
• The cable gland allows mechanical cable retention and
earth continuity via cable armor termination.
• A detachable armor cone and AnyWay clamping ring
arrangement facilitates remote make off and enables
cable to be disconnected from the equipment.
• Inspection of the armor can be carried out while still
maintaining the protection mode of the enclosure.
• Sealing technique: inner displacement seal concept and LRS
outer seal (load retention seal).

Standard
Metric 

Standard NPT
Thread C

Standard NPT


Optional NPT
Thread C

2"

Optional NPT


50SE1FW2005

 Entry thread seal not supplied, see Cable Gland Accessories and Tools.
Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.

510

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

E1FW Series Nickel Plated Brass Cable Glands
For Armored Cables (SWA - Single Wire Armour)

Increased Safety, Flameproof, Restricted Breathing and Dust Environment
Zone 1 and 2, Zone 20
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

ATEX/IECEx Certifications and Compliances
• Certification Type E1FW/Z - E2FW/Z
— Gas: Zones 1 and 2
– Type of Protection: Ex d IIC Gb, Ex e IIC Gb, Ex nR IIC Gc
— Dust: Zone 20
– Type of Protection: Ex ta IIIC Da
— Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2G 3G 1D
— Ambient Temperature: -60 °C to +130 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: DC07001
— ATEX Certificate: Sira 13ATEX1071X, Sira 13ATEX4077X
— IECEx Certificate: IECEx SIR 13.0026X, IECEx SIM 14.0007X
— Other Certifications: cCSAus, KCC, CCOE/PESO (india)
— Marine Approval: LLOYDS, DNV, ABS
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Deluge Protection Compliance: DTS01:91 (option available on
request only)

Dimensions in Millimeters

D

B

A C

15 mm (0.59")
Minimum

F

INMETRO Certification

E2FW Series
Optional Lead
Sheath

Ring for lead sheath

• INMETRO Certificate: TUV 12.0618X

EURASEC Certification
• TC RU C-GB.ГБ.05.B.00138

Outer Cable Capacity
mm B

Protrusion
Length
mm F

Cable Gland
Weight
kg

Max

Min

Max

20S16

3.1

8.6

6.1

13.1

26.4

24.0

72.5

0.16

20S

6.1

11.6

9.5

15.9

26.4

24.0

70.0

0.15

20

6.5

13.9

12.5

20.9

33.6

30.5

73.0

0.21

25S

11.1

19.9

14.0

22.0

41.3

37.5

89.0

0.33

25

11.1

19.9

18.2

26.2

41.3

37.5

89.0

0.33

32

17.0

26.2

23.7

33.9

50.6

46.0

86.0

0.43

40

22.0

32.1

27.9

40.4

60.5

55.0

90.0

0.62

50S

29.5

38.1

35.2

46.7

66.0

60.0

91.0

0.75

50

35.6

44.0

40.4

53.0

77.1

70.1

95.0

0.95

63S

40.1

49.9

45.6

59.4

82.5

75.0

102.0

1.34

63

47.2

55.9

54.6

65.8

88.0

80.0

104.0

1.34

75S

52.8

61.9

59.0

72.0

99.0

90.0

115.0

2.11

75

59.1

67.9

66.7

78.4

110.0

100.0

117.0

2.42

90

66.6

78.6

76.2

90.3

125.4

114.3

147.0

4.21

100

76.0

90.9

86.1

101.4

135.3

123.0

140.0

4.45

115

86.0

97.9

101.5

110.2

146.7

133.4

162.0

6.19

130

97.0

114.9

110.2

123.3

167.6

152.4

174.0

8.34

Fittings

Min

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Across
Flats
mm D

Zone 1 Rated Nickel Plated Brass Cable Glands

Cable Bedding Diameter
mm A

Across
Corners
mm D

Cable
Gland
Size

511

E1FU Series Triple Certified Cable Glands
For All Types of Armored Cables

Increased Safety, Flameproof, Restricted Breathing and Dust Environment
Zone 1 and 2, Zone 20
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Applications
• Cable gland certified for enclosures with the following protection
modes:
— Ex d flameproof IIB or IIC
— Ex e increased safety
— Ex nR restricted breathing
— D dust environment
• Hazardous areas (gas and dust).
• Onshore and offshore.

Features

Fittings

Zone 1 Rated Nickel Plated Brass Cable Glands

• Provides a flameproof (Type "d") seal on the cable inner
bedding.
• Provides a gas tight seal permitting the compatibility of use with
restricted breathing (Type "nR") equipment.
• Allows mechanical cable retention and earth continuity via the
cable armor termination.
• Separate tightening actions for the inner
• The inner displacement seal and armor terminations are
separate tightening actions providing maximum control over the
pressure applied to the cable bedding.
• Reversible armor cone and AnyWay clamping ring arrangement
facilitates remote make off and enables the cable to be
disconnected from the equipment.

• Environmental/load retention seal is provided on the cable outer
sheath.
• Stepped cone is suitable for SWA cables. Grooved cone is
suitable for all other approved armored cables.
• Sealing technique: inner displacement seal concept and LRS
outer seal (load retention seal).

Standard Materials
• Body: nickel plated brass.
• Seal: LSF (Low Smoke Fume) Halogen Free thermoset
elastomer.

Options
• Aluminum: replace last digit 5 with 1
• Shroud, locknut, earth tag, entry thread seal, serrated washers,
adaptors and reducers: see Cable Gland Accessories pages.

Catalog Numbers
Optional NPT
Thread

Minimum
Thread
Length
mm E

Cable Gland
Weight
kgs

3/4"

2016E1FU0755

15.0

0.16

20SE1FU0505

3/4"

20SE1FU0755

15.0

0.15

20E1FU0505

3/4"

20E1FU0755

15.0

0.21

1"

25SE1FU1005

15.0

0.33

25E1FU0755

1"

25E1FU1005

15.0

0.33

32E1FU1005

1-1/4"

32E1FU1255

15.0

0.43

1-1/4"

40E1FU1255

1-1/2"

40E1FU1505

15.0

0.62

1-1/2"

50SE1FU1505

Cable
Gland
Size

Metric
Thread C

Standard Metric


Standard NPT
Thread C

Standard NPT


Optional NPT
Thread C

20S/16

M20

2016E1FU5

1/2"

2016E1FU0505

20S

M20

20SE1FU5

1/2"

20

M20

20E1FU5

1/2"

25S

M25

25SE1FU5

3/4"

25SE1FU0755

25

M25

25E1FU5

3/4"

32

M32

32E1FU5

1"

40

M40

40E1FU5

50S

M50

50SE1FU5

50SE1FU2005

15.0

0.75

50

M50

50E1FU5

2"

50E1FU2005

2-1/2"

50E1FU2505

15.0

0.95

63S

M63

63SE1FU5

2"

63SE1FU2005

2-1/2"

63SE1FU2505

15.0

1.34

2"

63

M63

63E1FU5

2-1/2"

63E1FU2505

3"

63E1FU3005

15.0

1.34

75S

M75

75SE1FU5

2-1/2"

75SE1FU2505

3"

75SE1FU3005

15.0

2.11

75

M75

75E1FU5

3"

75E1FU3005

3-1/2"

75E1FU3505

15.0

2.42

90

M90

90E1FU5

3-1/2"

90E1FU3505

4"

90E1FU4005

24.0

4.21

100

M100

100E1FU5

4"

100E1FU4005

5"

100E1FU5005

24.0

4.45

115

M115

115E1FU5

4"

115E1FU4005

5"

115E1FU5005

24.0

6.19

130

M130

130E1FU5

5"

130E1FU5005

6"

130E1FU6005

24.0

8.34

 Entry thread seal not supplied, see Cable Gland Accessories and Tools.

512

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

E1FU Series Triple Certified Cable Glands
For All Types of Armored Cables

Increased Safety, Flameproof, Restricted Breathing and Dust Environment
Zone 1 and 2, Zone 20
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

ATEX/IECEx Certifications and Compliances
• Certification Type E1FU
— Gas: Zones 1 and 2
– Type of Protection: Ex d IIC Gb, Ex e IIC Gb, Ex nR IIC Gc
— Dust: Zone 20
– Type of Protection: Ex ta IIIC Da
— Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2G 3G 1D
— Ambient Temperature: -60 °C to +130 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: DC07001
— ATEX Certificate: Sira 13ATEX1071X, Sira 13ATEX4077X
— IECEx Certificate: IECEx SIR 13.0026X, IECEx SIM 14.0007X
— Other Certifications: cCSAus, KCC, CCOE/PESO (india)
— Marine Approval: LLOYDS, DNV, ABS
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Deluge Protection Compliance: DTS01:91 (option available on
request only)

Dimensions in Millimeters

D

A C

B

F

IINMETRO Certification
• INMETRO Certificate: TUV 12.0618X

EURASEC Certification
• TC RU C-GB.ГБ.05.B.00138

Overall Cable Diameter
mm B

Cable
Gland
Size

Min

Max

Min

20S/16

3.1

8.6

6.1

Max

Across
Flats
mm D

Across
Corners
mm D

Nominal
Protrusion
Length
mm F

PVC
Shroud
Reference

13.1

24.0

26.4

72.5

PVC36

20S

6.1

11.6

9.5

15.9

24.0

26.4

70.0

PVC36

20

6.5

13.9

12.5

20.9

30.5

33.6

73.0

PVC06

25S

11.1

19.9

14.0

22.0

37.5

41.3

89.0

PVC09

25

11.1

19.9

18.2

26.2

37.5

41.3

89.0

PVC09

32

17.0

26.2

23.7

33.9

46.0

50.6

86.0

PVC11

40

22.0

32.1

27.9

40.4

55.0

60.5

90.0

PVC15

50S

29.5

38.1

35.2

46.7

60.0

66.0

91.0

PVC18

50

35.6

44.0

40.4

53.0

70.1

77.1

95.0

PVC21

63S

40.1

49.9

45.6

59.4

75.0

82.5

102.0

PVC23

47.2

55.9

54.6

65.8

80.0

88.0

104.0

PVC25

52.8

61.9

59.0

72.0

90.0

99.0

115.0

PVC28

75

59.1

67.9

66.7

78.4

100.0

110.0

117.0

PVC30

90

66.6

78.6

76.2

90.3

114.3

125.4

147.0

PVC32

100

76.0

90.9

86.1

101.4

123.0

135.3

140.0

LSF33

115

86.0

97.9

101.5

110.2

133.4

146.7

162.0

LSF34

130

97.0

114.9

110.2

123.2

152.4

167.6

174.0

LSF35

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

513

Fittings

63
75S

Zone 1 Rated Nickel Plated Brass Cable Glands

Cable Bedding Diameter
mm A

T3 Series Nickel Plated Brass Cable Glands
For all Types of Armored Cables

Increased Safety, Flameproof, Restricted Breathing and Dust Environment
Zone 1 and 2, Zone 20
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Applications
• Cable gland for all types of armored cable certified for
enclosures with the following protection modes:
— Ex d flameproof IIB or IIC.
— Ex e increased safety.
— Ex nR restricted breathing.
— Ex d flameproof.
• Hazardous areas (gas and dust).
• Onshore and offshore.

Features

Standard Materials
• Body: nickel plated brass.
• Seal: LSF (Low Smoke Fume) Halogen Free thermoset
elastomer.

Options
•
•
•
•

316L stainless steel version: replace last digit 5 with 4
Lead sheath version: replace T3 with T3PB
Aluminum: replace last digit 5 with 1
Shroud, locknut, earth tag, entry thread seal, serrated washers,
adaptors and reducers: see Cable Gland Accessories pages.

Catalog Numbers

Cable
Gland
Size

Metric
Thread C

20S16

M20

2016T35

1/2"

2016T30505

3/4"

2016T30755

15.0

20S

M20

20ST35

1/2"

20ST30505

3/4"

20ST30755

15.0

20

M20

20T35

1/2"

20T30505

3/4"

20T30755

15.0

25S

M25

25ST35

3/4"

25ST30755

1"

25ST31005

15.0

25

M25

25T35

3/4"

25T30755

1"

25T31005

15.0

32

M32

32T35

1"

32T31005

1-1/4"

32T31255

15.0

40

M40

40T35

1-1/4"

40T31255

1-1/2"

40T31505

15.0

50S

M50

50ST35

1-1/2"

50ST31505

50ST32005

15.0

50

M50

50T35

2"

50T32005

2-1/2"

50T32505

15.0

63S

M63

63ST35

2"

63ST32005

2-1/2"

63ST32505

15.0

63

M63

63T35

2-1/2"

63T32505

3"

63T33005

15.0

75S

M75

75ST35

2-1/2"

75ST32505

3"

75ST33005

15.0

75

M75

75T35

3"

75T33005

3-1/2"

75T33505

24.0

90

M90

90T35

3-1/2"

90T33505

4"

90T34005

24.0

100

M100

100T35

4"

100T34005

5"

100T35005

24.0

Fittings

Zone 1 Rated Nickel Plated Brass Cable Glands

• Cable gland with elastomer seal for use in hazardous areas with
all types of armored cable.
• This product utilizes a unique Compensating Displacement Seal
(CDS) system which provides full compatibility with restricted
breathing equipment.
• The CDS system is designed to alleviate any pressure on soft
bedded cables.
• The cable gland allows mechanical cable retention and earth
continuity via armor termination.
• A reversible armor cone and AnyWay universal clamping ring
arrangement allows the cable to be easily disconnected
from equipment.

• The cable gland is IP66/68 rated with deluge protection to
DTS01: 91.
• Inspection of the armor can be carried out while still maintaining
the protection mode of the enclosure.
• Sealing Technique : Inner Displacement Seal and LRS (load
retention seal) outer seal.

Standard Metric


Standard NPT
Thread C

Standard NPT 

Optional NPT
Thread C

2"

Optional NPT
Thread 

Minimum
Thread Length
mm E

115

M115

115T35

4"

115T34005

5"

115T35005

24.0

130

M130

130T35

5"

130T35005

6"

130T36005

24.0

 Entry thread seal not supplied, see Cable Gland Accessories and Tools.
Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.

514

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

T3 Series Nickel Plated Brass Cable Glands
For all Types of Armored Cables

Increased Safety, Flameproof, Restricted Breathing and Dust Environment
Zone 1 and 2, Zone 20
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

ATEX/IECEx Certifications and Compliances
• Certification Type T3CDS
— Gas: Zones 1 and 2
– Type of Protection: Ex d IIC Gb, Ex e IIC Gb, Ex nR IIC Gc
— Dust: Zone 20
– Type of Protection: Ex ta IIIC Da
— Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2G 3G 1D
— Ambient Temperature: -60 °C to +130 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: DC07001
— ATEX Certificate: Sira 13ATEX1073X, Sira 13ATEX4079X
— IECEx Certificate: IECEx SIR 13.0028X, IECEx SIM 14.0007X
— Other Certifications: cCSAus, UL, CCOE/PESO (india)
— Marine Approval: LLOYDS, DNV, ABS
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66, IP67, IP68
— Deluge Protection Compliance: DTS01:91

Dimensions in Millimeters

F

D

15 mm
Minimum

A

B

C

INMETRO Certification
• INMETRO Certificate: TÜV 11.0374X

EURASEC Certification
• TC RU C-GB.ГБ.05.B.00138

Overall Cable Diameter
mm B

Max

Min

Max

20S16

3.1

8.6

6.1

13.1

26.4

24.0

78.7

0.20

20S

6.1

11.6

9.5

15.9

26.4

24.0

78.7

0.20

20

6.5

13.9

12.5

20.9

33.6

30.5

76.2

0.28

25S

11.1

19.9

14.0

22.0

41.3

37.5

88.8

0.44

25

11.1

19.9

18.2

26.2

41.3

37.5

88.7

0.44

32

17.0

26.2

23.7

33.9

50.6

46.0

90.7

0.63

40

22.0

32.1

27.9

40.4

60.5

55.0

93.2

0.91

50S

29.5

38.1

35.2

46.7

66.0

60.0

100.7

1.12

50

35.6

44.0

40.4

53.0

77.1

70.1

105.8

1.60

63S

40.1

49.9

45.6

59.4

82.5

75.0

102.5

1.73

63

47.2

55.9

54.6

65.8

88.0

80.0

105.4

1.78

75S

52.8

61.9

59.0

72.0

99.0

90.0

110.6

2.57

75

59.1

67.9

66.7

78.4

110.0

100.0

120.3

3.33

90

66.6

78.6

76.2

90.3

126.5

115.0

138.9

4.87

100

76.0

90.9

86.1

101.4

139.7

127.0

128.2

4.97

115

86.0

97.9

101.5

110.2

151.8

138.0

161.3

7.72

130

97.0

114.9

110.2

123.2

172.7

157.0

173.3

9.78

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Across
Flats
mm D

Protrusion
Length
mm F

Cable Gland
Weight
kg

Fittings

Min

Across
Corners
mm D

Zone 1 Rated Nickel Plated Brass Cable Glands

Cable
Gland
Size

Cable Bedding Diameter
mm A

515

PX (PXSS2K) Series Compound Barrier Type Cable Glands
For Unarmored Cables

Increased Safety, Flameproof, Restricted Breathing and Dust Environment
Zone 1 and 2, Zone 20
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Applications

Standard Materials

• Cable gland for all types of armored cable certified for
enclosures with the following protection modes:
— Ex d flameproof IIB or IIC (as per §10.4.2 of IEC 60079-14)
— Ex e increased safety.
— Ex nR restricted breathing.
— Ex d flameproof.
• Hazardous areas (gas and dust).
• Onshore and offshore.

Features

Fittings

Zone 1 Rated Nickel Plated Brass Cable Glands

• Connector provides an environmental seal on the cable jacket
and an explosionproof compound barrier seal around the cable
inner cores.
• The connector is UL Listed for NPT or Metric entry threads.
• Continuous operating temperature -60 °C to +85 °C.
• Sealing technique: displacement seal concept.
• Sealing area(s): inner compound barrier and outer sheath.

• Connector: brass fully nickel plated.
• Seal: LSF (Low Smoke Fume) Halogen Free thermoset
elastomer.
• Epoxy putty.

Options
• Aluminum: replace last digit suffix 5 with 1
• 316L stainless steel: replace last digit suffix 5 with 4
• Shroud, locknut, earth tag, entry thread seal, serrated washers,
adaptors and reducers: see Cable Gland Accessories pages.

Catalog Numbers
Optional NPT
Thread 

Minimum
Thread
Length
mm E

Maximum
Number
of Cores

3/4"

2016PX0755

15.0

11

20SPX0505

3/4"

20SPX0755

15.0

11

1/2"

20PX0505

3/4"

20PX0755

15.0

11

25PX5

3/4"

25PX0755

1"

25PX1005

15.0

21

M32

32PX5

1"

32PX1005

1-1/4"

32PX1255

15.0

38

40

M40

40PX5

1-1/4"

40PX1255

1-1/2"

40PX1505

15.0

59

50S

M50

50SPX5

1-1/2"

50SPX1505

50SPX2005

15.0

89

50

M50

50PX5

2"

50PX2005

2-1/2"

50PX2505

15.0

89

63S

M63

63SPX5

2"

63SPX2005

2-1/2"

63SPX2505

15.0

115

63

M63

63PX5

2-1/2"

63PX2505

3"

63PX3005

15.0

115

75S

M75

75SPX5

2-1/2"

75SPX2505

3"

75SPX3005

15.0

140

75

M75

75PX5

3"

75PX3005

3-1/2"

75PX3505

15.0

140

90

M90

90PX5

3-1/2"

90PX3505

4"

90PX4005

24.0

200

100

M100

100PX5

4"

100PX4005

5"

100PX5005

24.0

200

Cable
Gland
Size

Metric
Thread C

Standard Metric


Standard NPT
Thread C

Standard NPT


Optional NPT
Thread C

20S16

M20

2016PX5

1/2"

2016PX0505

20S

M20

20SPX5

1/2"

20

M20

20PX5

25

M25

32

2"

 Entry thread seal not supplied, see Cable Gland Accessories and Tools.
Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.

516

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

PX (PXSS2K) Series Compound Barrier Type Cable Glands
For Unarmored Cables

Increased Safety, Flameproof, Restricted Breathing and Dust Environment
Zone 1 and 2, Zone 20
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

ATEX/IECEx Certifications and Compliances
• Certification Type PXSS2K
— Gas: Zones 1 and 2
– Type of Protection: Ex d IIC Gb, Ex e IIC Gb, Ex nR IIC Gc
— Dust: Zone 20
– Type of Protection: Ex ta IIIC Da
— Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2G 3G 1D
— Ambient Temperature: -60 °C to +85 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: DC07001
— ATEX Certificate: Sira 13ATEX10712X, Sira 13ATEX4078X
— IECEx Certificate: IECEx SIR 13.0027X, IECEx SIM 14.0008X
— Other Certifications: cCSAus, UL, KCC, CCOE/PESO (india)
— Marine Approval: LLOYDS, DNV, ABS
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66, IP67, IP68
— Deluge Protection Compliance: DTS01:91

Dimensions in Millimeters

INMETRO Certification
• INMETRO Certificate: TUV 12.2073X

EURASEC Certification
• TC RU C-GB.ГБ.05.B.00138

20S16

Overall Cable Diameter
mm B

Max

8.6

3.1

8.6

30.0

33.0

53.1

PVC06

0.20

20S

11.7

6.1

11.7

30.0

33.0

53.1

PVC06

0.20

20

12.6

6.5

14.0

30.0

33.0

54.2

PVC06

0.20

25

17.5

11.1

20.0

36.0

39.6

60.0

PVC09

0.33

32

23.6

17.0

26.3

41.0

45.1

61.1

PVC10

0.39

40

30.0

22.0

32.1

50.0

55.0

62.4

PVC13

0.56

50S

36.6

29.5

38.2

55.0

60.5

65.2

PVC15

0.66

50

41.0

35.6

44.0

60.0

66.0

67.6

PVC18

0.73

63S

47.9

40.1

49.9

70.1

77.1

71.1

PVC21

1.07

63

53.7

47.2

55.9

75.0

82.5

70.4

PVC23

1.06

75S

59.9

52.8

61.9

80.0

88.0

75.3

PVC25

1.30

75

64.3

59.1

67.9

85.0

93.5

74.9

PVC27

1.30

90

75.3

66.6

79.4

108.0

118.8

94.8

PVC31

3.02

100

85.6

76.0

90.9

123.0

135.3

86.3

LSF33

4.00

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Across
Corners
mm D

Protrusion
Length
mm F

PVC
Shroud
Reference

Cable Gland
Weight
kg

Fittings

Min

Across
Flats
mm D

Zone 1 Rated Nickel Plated Brass Cable Glands

Cable
Gland
Size

Maximum
Diameter Over
Conductors
mm A

517

PXSS2K-REX Series Liquid Resin Barrier Type Cable Glands
For Unarmored Cables

Increased Safety, Flameproof, Restricted Breathing and Dust Environment
Zone 1 and 2, Zone 20
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Applications
• Cable gland for all types of armored cable certified for
enclosures with the following protection modes:
— Ex d flameproof IIB or IIC.
— Ex e increased safety.
— Ex nR restricted breathing.
— Ex d flameproof.
• Hazardous areas (gas and dust).
• Onshore and offshore.

Features

Fittings

Zone 1 Rated Nickel Plated Brass Cable Glands

• Utilizes RapidEx high speed liquid resin sealing compound
included with each gland.
• The gland utilizes a liquid pour resin seal that vastly reduces
installation time and associated costs. This solution is
particularly effective on multicore cables where traditional
compound is difficult and time consuming to apply.
• Connector provides an environmental seal on the cable jacket
and an explosionproof liquid resin barrier seal around the cable
inner cores.

• Continuous operating temperature -60 °C to +85 °C
• Sealing technique - displacement seal concept. Sealing
area(s) - inner liquid resin barrier and outer sheath.
• Sealing technique: LRS outer seal (load retention seal).
• Sealing area(s): inner liquid resin barrier and outer sheath.

Standard Materials
• Connector: brass fully nickel plated.
• Seal: LSF (Low Smoke Fume) Halogen Free thermoset
elastomer.
• High speed liquid resin sealing compound.

Options
• Aluminum: replace last digit 5 with 1
• 316L stainless steel: replace last digit 5 with 4 (available by
quote only)
• Shroud, locknut, earth tag, entry thread seal, serrated washers,
adaptors and reducers: see Cable Gland Accessories pages

Replacement
Sealing
Resin

Maximum
Diameter Over
Conductors
mm A

2016PXREX0755

RAPIDEX30

8.6

3/4"

20SPXREX0755

RAPIDEX30

11.7

20PXREX0505

3/4"

20PXREX0755

RAPIDEX30

12.6

3/4"

25PXREX0755

1"

25PXREX1005

RAPIDEX30

17.5

32PXREX5

1"

32PXREX1005

1-1/4"

32PXREX1255

RAPIDEX30

23.6

M40

40PXREX5

1-1/4"

40PXREX1255

1-1/2"

40PXREX1505

RAPIDEX30

30.0

50S

M50

50SPXREX5

1-1/2"

50SPXREX1505

50SPXREX2005

RAPIDEX80

36.6

50

M50

50PXREX5

2"

50PXREX2005

2-1/2"

50PXREX2505

RAPIDEX80

41.0

63S

M63

63SPXREX5

2"

63SPXREX2005

2-1/2"

63SPXREX2505

2RAPIDEX80

47.9

63

M63

63PXREX5

2-1/2"

63PXREX2505

3"

63PXREX3005

3RAPIDEX80

53.7

75S

M75

75SPXREX5

2-1/2"

75SPXREX2505

3"

75SPXREX3005

3RAPIDEX80

59.9

75

M75

75PXREX5

3"

75PXREX3005

3-1/2"

75PXREX3505

3RAPIDEX80

64.3

90

M90

90PXREX5

3-1/2"

90PXREX3505

4"

90PXREX4005

3RAPIDEX80

75.3

Cable
Gland
Size

Metric
Thread C

Standard Metric


Standard NPT
Thread C

20S/16

M20

2016PXREX5

1/2"

2016PXREX0505

3/4"

20S

M20

20SPXREX5

1/2"

20SPXREX0505

20

M20

20PXREX5

1/2"

25

M25

25PXREX5

32

M32

40

Standard NPT


Optional NPT
Thread C

2"

Optional NPT


 Entry thread seal not supplied, see Cable Gland Accessories and Tools.

518

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

PXSS2K-REX Series Liquid Resin Barrier Type Cable Glands
For Unarmored Cables

Increased Safety, Flameproof, Restricted Breathing and Dust Environment
Zone 1 and 2, Zone 20
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

ATEX/IECEx Certifications and Compliances
• Certification Type PXSS2K-REX
— Gas: Zones 1 and 2
– Type of Protection: Ex d IIC Gb, Ex e IIC Gb, Ex nR IIC Gc
— Dust: Zone 20
– Type of Protection: Ex ta IIIC Da
— Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2G 3G 1D
— Ambient Temperature: -60 °C to +85 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: DC07001
— ATEX Certificate: Sira 13ATEX1072X, Sira 13ATEX4078X
— IECEx Certificate: IECEx SIR 13.0027X, IECEx SIM 14.0008X
— Other Certifications: cCSAus, CCOE/PESO (india)
— Marine Approval: LLOYDS, DNV, ABS
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66, IP67, IP68
— Deluge Protection Compliance: DTS01:91

Dimensions in Millimeters

INMETRO Certification
• INMETRO Certificate: TUV 12.2073X

EURASEC Certification
• TC RU C-GB.ГБ.05.B.00138

Maximum
Number
of Cores

Maximum
Cable Bedding
Diameter
mm G

Minimum
Thread
Length
mm E

20S/16

11

8.6

20S

11

20

Cable Bedding Diameter
mm B
Max

15.0

3.1

8.6

30.0

33.0

53.1

PVC06

0.20

11.7

15.0

6.1

11.7

30.0

33.0

53.1

PVC06

0.20

11

12.9

15.0

6.5

14.0

30.0

33.0

54.2

PVC06

0.20

25

21

17.9

15.0

11.1

20.0

36.0

39.6

60.0

PVC09

0.33

32

38

23.9

15.0

17.0

26.3

41.0

45.1

61.1

PVC10

0.59

40

59

30.3

15.0

22.0

32.1

50.0

55.0

62.4

PVC13

0.56

50S

89

36.9

15.0

29.5

38.2

55.0

60.5

65.2

PVC15

0.66

50

89

41.3

15.0

35.6

44.0

60.0

66.0

67.6

PVC18

0.73

63S

115

48.4

15.0

40.1

49.9

70.0

77.0

71.1

PVC21

1.07

63

115

54.0

15.0

47.2

55.9

75.0

82.5

70.4

PVC23

1.06

75S

140

60.2

15.0

52.8

61.9

80.0

88.0

75.3

PVC25

1.30

75

140

64.2

24.0

59.1

67.9

85.0

93.5

74.9

PVC27

1.30

90

200

75.6

24.0

66.6

79.4

108.0

118.8

94.8

PVC31

3.02

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Across
Corners
mm D

Protrusion
Length
mm F

PVC
Shroud
Reference

Cable Gland
Weight
kg

Fittings

Min

Across
Flats
mm D

Zone 1 Rated Nickel Plated Brass Cable Glands

Cable
Gland
Size

519

PX2K Series Compound Barrier Seal Cable Glands
For all Types of Armored cables

Increased Safety, Flameproof, Restricted Breathing and Dust Environment
Zone 1 and 2, Zone 20
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Applications:

Standard Materials

• Cable gland for all types of armored cables (braid, tape, wire
and lead sheath version) certified for enclosures with the
following protection modes:
— Ex d flameproof IIB or IIC.
— Ex e increased safety.
— Ex nR restricted breathing.
— D dust environment.
• Hazardous areas (gas and dust).
• Onshore and offshore.

• Body: nickel plated brass
• Epoxy resin barrier compound
• Seal: LSF (Low Smoke Fume) Halogen Free thermoset
elastomer.

Options

Features

Fittings

Zone 1 Rated Nickel Plated Brass Cable Glands

• Cable gland with compound barrier seal for use in hazardous
areas with all types of armored cables (braid, tape and wire).
• The cable gland provides mechanical cable retention and earth
continuity via cable armor termination.
• A combined detachable armor cone and compound tube,
together with AnyWay universal clamping ring arrangement
allows the cable to be easily disconnected from the equipment.
• The cable gland is IP66/68 and complies with deluge protection
tests.
• The cable gland is supplied with epoxy resin and two
detachable armor cones.
• Sealing technique: LRS outer seal (load retention seal).

•
•
•
•

316L stainless steel version: replace last digit 5 with 4
Lead sheath version: Replace PX2K with PX2KPB
Aluminum: replace last digit 5 with 1
Shroud, locknut, earth tag, entry thread seal, serrated washers,
adaptors and reducers: see Cable Gland Accessories pages.

Catalog Numbers

Maximum
Cable Bedding
Diameter
mm G

Cable
Gland
Size

Metric
Thread C

Standard Metric


Standard NPT
Thread C

20S16

M20

2016PX2K5

1/2"

2016PX2K0505

3/4"

2016PX2K0755

11.7

15.0

20S

M20

20SPX2K5

1/2"

20SPX2K0505

3/4"

20SPX2K0755

11.7

15.0

20

M20

20PX2K5

1/2"

20PX2K0505

3/4"

20PX2K0755

12.9

15.0

25S

M25

25SPX2K5

3/4"

25SPX2K0755

1"

25SPX2K1005

17.9

15.0

25

M25

25PX2K5

3/4"

25PX2K0755

1"

25PX2K1005

17.9

15.0

32

M32

32PX2K5

1"

32PX2K1005

1-1/4"

32PX2K1255

23.9

15.0

40

M40

40PX2K5

1-1/4"

40PX2K1255

1-1/2"

40PX2K1505

30.3

15.0

50S

M50

50SPX2K5

1-1/2"

50SPX2K1505

50SPX2K2005

36.9

15.0

50

M50

50PX2K5

2"

50PX2K2005

2-1/2"

50PX2K2505

41.3

15.0

63S

M63

63SPX2K5

2"

63SPX2K2005

2-1/2"

63SPX2K2505

48.4

15.0

63

M63

63PX2K5

2-1/2"

63PX2K2505

3"

63PX2K3005

54.0

15.0

75S

M75

75SPX2K5

2-1/2"

75SPX2K2505

3"

75SPX2K3005

60.2

15.0

75

M75

75PX2K5

3"

75PX2K3005

3-1/2"

75PX2K3505

64.2

15.0

90

M90

90PX2K5

3-1/2"

90PX2K3505

4"

90PX2K4005

75.6

24.0

100

M100

100PX2K5

4"

100PX2K4005

5"

100PX2K5005

85.9

24.0

Standard NPT


Optional NPT
Thread C

2"

Optional NPT
Thread


Minimum
Thread Length
mm E

 Entry thread seal not supplied, see Cable Gland Accessories and Tools.

520

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

PX2K Series Compound Barrier Seal Cable Glands
For all Types of Armored cables

Increased Safety, Flameproof, Restricted Breathing and Dust Environment
Zone 1 and 2, Zone 20
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

ATEX/IECEx Certifications and Compliances
• Certification Type PX2K
— Gas: Zones 1 and 2
– Type of Protection: Ex d IIC Gb, Ex e IIC Gb, Ex nR IIC Gc
— Dust: Zone 20
– Type of Protection: Ex ta IIIC Da
— Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2G 3G 1D
— Ambient Temperature: -60 °C to +85 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: DC07001
— ATEX Certificate: Sira 13ATEX1072X, Sira 13ATEX4078X
— IECEx Certificate: IECEx SIR 13.0027X, IECEx SIM 14.0008X
— Other Certifications: cCSAus, UL, KCC, CCOE/PESO (india)
— Marine Approval: LLOYDS, DNV, ABS
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66, IP67, IP68
— Deluge Protection Compliance: DTS01:91

INMETRO Certification

Dimensions in Millimeters
F

D

A G C

B

• INMETRO Certificate: TUV 12.2073X

EURASEC Certification
E

• TC RU C-GB.ГБ.05.B.00138

Maximum
Number
of Cores

20S16

11.7

20S

Overall Cable Diameter
mm B
Max

11

6.1

13.1

30.5

33.6

62.0

0.24

11.7

11

9.5

15.9

30.5

33.6

62.0

0.23

20

12.6

11

12.5

20.9

30.5

33.6

63.0

0.24

25S

17.5

21

14.0

22.0

37.5

41.3

69.5

0.37

25

17.5

21

18.2

26.2

37.5

41.3

69.5

0.37

32

23.6

38

23.7

33.9

46.0

50.6

75.0

0.57

40

30.0

59

27.9

40.4

55.0

60.5

75.0

0.80

50S

36.6

89

35.2

46.7

60.0

66.0

77.0

0.90

50

41.0

89

40.4

53.0

70.0

77.0

77.0

1.19

63S

47.9

115

45.6

59.4

75.0

82.5

79.7

1.39

63

53.7

115

54.6

65.8

80.0

88.0

80.3

1.41

75S

59.9

140

59.0

72.0

90.0

99.0

86.8

2.09

75

64.2

140

66.7

78.4

100.0

110.0

88.3

2.54

90

75.3

200

76.2

90.3

115.0

126.5

102.1

3.71

100

85.6

200

86.1

101.4

127.0

139.7

114.0

4.31

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Across
Corners
mm D

Protrusion
Length
mm F

Cable Gland
Weight
kg

Fittings

Min

Across
Flats
mm D

Zone 1 Rated Nickel Plated Brass Cable Glands

Cable
Gland
Size

Maximum
Diameter Over
Conductors
mm A

521

PX2K-REX Series Liquid Resin Barrier Type Cable Glands
For all Types of Armored cables

Increased Safety, Flameproof, Restricted Breathing and Dust Environment
Zone 1 and 2, Zone 20
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Applications
• Cable gland for all types of armored cables (braid, tape, wire
and lead sheath version) certified for enclosures with the
following protection modes:
— Ex d flameproof IIB or IIC.
— Ex e increased safety.
— Ex nR restricted breathing.
— D dust environment.
• Hazardous areas (gas and dust).
• Onshore and offshore.

Features

Fittings

Zone 1 Rated Nickel Plated Brass Cable Glands

• Utilizes RapidEx high speed liquid resin sealing compound
included with each gland.
• The gland utilizes a liquid pour resin seal, that vastly reduces
installation time and associated costs. This solution is
particularly effective on multicore cables where traditional
compound is difficult and time consuming to apply.
• Connector provides an environmental seal on the cable outer
jacket and an explosionproof liquid resin barrier seal around the
cable inner cores.

• Connector provides mechanical cable retention and electrical
continuity via armor termination.
• PX2K forms part of a comprehensive connector range for
marine shipboard and IEE45 armored and jacketed cables.
• Sealing technique: LRS outer seal (load retention seal).

Standard Materials
• Connector: brass fully nickel plated.
• Seal: LSF (Low Smoke Fume) Halogen Free thermoset
elastomer.
• High speed liquid resin sealing compound.

Options
• Aluminum: replace last digit 5 with 1
• 316L stainless steel: replace last digit 5 with 4 (available by
quote only)
• Shroud, locknut, earth tag, entry thread seal, serrated washers,
adaptors and reducers: see Cable Gland Accessories pages.

Catalog Numbers

Cable
Gland
Size

Metric
Thread
C

Thread
Length
(Metric)
mm E

20S/16

M20

15.0

2016PX2KREX5

1/2"

2016PX2KRX505

3/4"

2016PX2KRX755

RAPIDEX30

20S

M20

15.0

20SPX2KREX5

1/2"

20SPX2KRX0505

3/4"

20SPX2KRX0755

RAPIDEX30

20

M20

15.0

20PX2KREX5

1/2"

20PX2KREX0505

3/4"

20PX2KREX0755

RAPIDEX30

25S

M25

15.0

25SPX2KREX5

3/4"

25SPX2KRX0755

1"

25SPX2KRX1005

RAPIDEX30

25

M25

15.0

25PX2KREX5

3/4"

25PX2KREX0755

1"

25PX2KREX1005

RAPIDEX30

32

M32

15.0

32PX2KREX5

1"

32PX2KREX1005

1-1/4"

32PX2KREX1255

RAPIDEX30

40

M40

15.0

40PX2KREX5

1-1/4"

40PX2KREX1255

1-1/2"

40PX2KREX1505

RAPIDEX30

50S

M50

15.0

50SPX2KREX5

1-1/2"

50SPX2KRX1505

2"

50SPX2KRX2005

RAPIDEX80

50

M50

15.0

50PX2KREX5

2"

50PX2KREX2005

2-1/2"

50PX2KREX2505

RAPIDEX80

63S

M63

15.0

63SPX2KREX5

2"

63SPX2KRX2005

2-1/2"

63SPX2KRX2505

2RAPIDEX80

63

M63

15.0

63PX2KREX5

2-1/2"

63PX2KREX2505

3"

63PX2KREX3005

2RAPIDEX80

75S

M75

15.0

75SPX2KREX5

2-1/2"

75SPX2KRX2505

3"

75SPX2KRX3005

2RAPIDEX80

75

M75

15.0

75PX2KREX5

3"

75PX2KREX3005

3-1/2"

75PX2KREX3505

3RAPIDEX80

90

M90

20.0

90PX2KREX5

3-1/2"

90PX2KREX3505

4"

90PX2KREX4005

3RAPIDEX80

Standard Metric


Standard NPT
Thread
C

Standard NPT


Optional
NPT Thread
C

Optional NPT


Replacement
Sealing Resin

 Entry thread seal not supplied, see Cable Gland Accessories and Tools.

522

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

PX2K-REX Series Liquid Resin Barrier Type Cable Glands
For all Types of Armored cables

Increased Safety, Flameproof, Restricted Breathing and Dust Environment
Zone 1 and 2, Zone 20
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

ATEX/IECEx Certifications and Compliances
• Certification Type PX2K REX
— Gas: Zones 1 and 2
– Type of Protection: Ex d IIC Gb, Ex e IIC Gb, Ex nR IIC Gc
— Dust: Zone 20
– Type of Protection: Ex ta IIIC Da
— Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2G 3G 1D
— Ambient Temperature: -60 °C to +85 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: DC07001
— ATEX Certificate: Sira 13ATEX1072X, Sira 13ATEX4078X
— IECEx Certificate: IECEx SIR 13.0027X, IECEx SIM 14.0008X
— Other Certifications: cCSAus, CCOE/PESO (india)
— Marine Approval: LLOYDS, DNV, ABS
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66, IP67, IP68
— Deluge Protection Compliance: DTS01:91

Dimensions in Millimeters
F

D

A G C

B

INMETRO Certification

E

• INMETRO Certificate: TUV 12.2073X

EURASEC Certification
• TC RU C-GB.ГБ.05.B.00138

20S/16

Overall Cable Diameter mm
B
Min

Max

Maximum
Cable Bedding
Diameter
mm G

11.7

6.1

13.1

11.7

30.5

33.6

62.0

PVC06

0.24

20S

11.7

9.5

15.9

11.7

30.5

33.6

62.0

PVC06

0.23

20

12.6

12.5

20.9

12.9

30.5

33.6

63.0

PVC06

0.24

25S

17.5

14.0

22.0

17.9

37.5

41.3

69.5

PVC09

0.37

25

17.5

18.2

26.2

17.9

37.5

41.3

69.5

PVC09

0.37

32

23.6

23.7

33.9

23.9

46.0

50.6

75.0

PVC11

0.57

40

30.0

27.9

40.4

30.3

55.0

60.5

75.0

PVC15

0.80

50S

36.6

35.2

46.7

36.9

60.0

66.0

77.0

PVC18

0.90

50

41.0

40.4

53.0

41.3

70.0

77.0

77.0

PVC21

1.19

63S

47.9

45.6

59.4

48.4

75.0

82.5

79.7

PVC23

1.39

63

53.7

54.6

65.8

54.0

80.0

88.0

80.3

PVC25

1.41

75S

59.9

59.0

72.0

60.2

90.0

99.0

86.8

PVC28

2.09

75

64.2

66.7

78.4

64.2

100.0

110.0

88.3

PVC30

2.54

90

75.3

76.2

90.3

75.6

115.0

126.5

102.21

PVC32

3.71

Across
Corners
mm D

Protrusion
Length
mm F

PVC Shroud
Reference

Cable Gland
Weight
kg

Fittings

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Across
Flats
mm D

Zone 1 Rated Nickel Plated Brass Cable Glands

Cable
Gland
Size

Maximum
Diameter
Over
Conductors
mm A

523

A2F Series Stainless Steel Cable Glands
For Unarmored Cables

Increased Safety, Flameproof, Restricted Breathing and Dust Environment
Zone 1 and 2, Zone 20
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Applications

ATEX/IECEx Certifications and Compliances

• Cable glands for unarmored cable certified for enclosures with
the following protection modes:
— Ex d flameproof IIB or IIC
— Ex e increased safety
— Ex nR restricted breathing
— D dust environment
• Hazardous areas (gas and dust)
• Onshore and offshore

Features
• Elastomer displacement seal for unarmored cable provides
a combined flameproof and weatherproof seal on the outer
sheath of the cable.

Standard Materials

• Certification Type A2F
— Gas: Zones 1 and 2
– Type of Protection: Ex d IIC Gb, Ex e IIC Gb, Ex nR IIC Gc
— Dust: Zone 20
– Type of Protection: Ex ta IIIC Da
— Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2G 3G 1D
— Ambient Temperature: -60 °C to +130 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: DC07001
— ATEX Certificate: Sira 13ATEX1068X, Sira 13ATEX4074X
— IECEx Certificate: IECEx SIR 13.0023X, IECEx SIM 14.0006
— Other Certifications: CSA, KCC, CCOE/PESO (india)
— Marine Approval: LLOYDS, DNV, ABS
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66, IP67, IP68
— Deluge Protection Compliance: DTS01:91

• Body: Stainless Steel.
• Seal: LSF (Low Smoke Fume) Halogen Free thermoset
elastomer.

Options

Catalog Numbers
Cable
Gland
Size

Metric
Thread C

20S/16

M20

2016A2F4

20S

M20

20

Fittings

Zone 1 Rated Stainless Steel Cable Glands

• Nickel plated brass version: replace last digit 4 with 5
• Aluminum: replace last digit 4 with 1
• Shroud, locknut, earth tag, entry thread seal, serrated washers,
adaptors and reducers: see Cable Gland Accessories pages

Standard NPT 

Optional NPT
Thread C

1/2"

2016A2F0504

3/4"

2016A2F0754

20SA2F4

1/2"

20SA2F0504

3/4"

20SA2F0754

M20

20A2F4

1/2"

20A2F0504

3/4"

20A2F0754

25

M25

25A2F4

3/4"

25A2F0754

1"

25A2F1004

32

M32

32A2F4

1"

32A2F1004

1-1/4"

32A2F1254

40

M40

40A2F4

1-1/4"

40A2F1254

1-1/2"

40A2F1504

50S

M50

50SA2F4

1-1/2"

50SA2F1504

Standard Metric 

Standard NPT
Thread C

2"

Optional
NPT Thread 

50SA2F2004

50

M50

50A2F4

2"

50A2F2004

2-1/2"

50A2F2504

63S

M63

63SA2F4

2"

63SA2F2004

2-1/2"

63SA2F2504

63

M63

63A2F4

2-1/2"

63A2F2504

3"

63A2F3004

75S

M75

75SA2F4

2-1/2"

75SA2F2504

3"

75SA2F3004

75

M75

75A2F4

3"

75A2F3004

3-1/2"

75A2F3504

90

M90

90A2F4

3-1/2"

90A2F3504

4"

90A2F4004

100

M100

100A2F4

4"

100A2F4004

5"

100A2F5004

115

M115

115A2F4

4"

115A2F4004

5"

115A2F5004

130

M130

130A2F4

5"

130A2F5004

6"

130A2F6004

 Entry thread seal not supplied, see Cable Gland Accessories and Tools.

524

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

A2F Series Stainless Steel Cable Glands
For Unarmored Cables

Increased Safety, Flameproof, Restricted Breathing and Dust Environment
Zone 1 and 2, Zone 20
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

INMETRO Certification
• INMETRO Certificate: TÜV 12.0619-X

EURASEC Certification
• TC RU C-GB.ГБ.05.B.00138

Dimensions in Millimeters

A

D

F

E

Max

Across
Flats
mm D

Across
Corners
mm D

Protrusion
Length
mm F

PVC Shroud
Reference

Cable Gland
Weight
kg

8.64

22.1

24.13

21.08

PVC04

0.07

6.1

11.68

22.1

24.13

21.08

PVC04

0.06

6.6

13.97

26.92

29.72

23.88

PVC05

0.07
0.13

Cable
Gland
Size

Minimum Thread
Length
mm E

Min

20S/16

15.0

3.3

20S

15.0

20

15.0

25

15.0

11.18

20.07

36.07

39.62

25.91

PVC09

32

15.0

17.02

26.42

40.89

45.21

26.92

PVC10

0.15

40

15.0

23.62

32.26

45.97

50.55

27.94

PVC13

0.20

50S

15.0

30.99

38.1

55.12

60.45

28.96

PVC15

0.26

15.0

35.56

44.2

59.94

66.04

29.97

PVC18

0.27

15.0

41.4

50.04

65.02

71.37

29.97

PVC21

0.43

63

15.0

47.24

55.88

70.1

76.96

29.97

PVC23

0.40

75S

15.0

54.1

61.98

80.01

88.65

32.0

PVC26

0.52

75

15.0

61.21

68.07

84.07

92.46

32.0

PVC26

0.50

90

24.0

66.55

80.01

107.95

120.65

43.94

PVC31

1.60

100

24.0

75.95

90.93

114.3

128.52

48.01

LSF33

1.78

115

24.0

86.11

98.04

131.57

146.05

55.12

LSF34

2.67

130

24.0

97.03

115.06

152.4

167.64

61.98

LSF35

3.80

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Fittings

50
63S

Zone 1 Rated Stainless Steel Cable Glands

Overall Cable Diameter
mm A

C

525

TE1FU Series Stainless Steel Cable Glands
For All Types of Armored Cables

Increased Safety, Flameproof, Restricted Breathing and Dust Environment
Zone 1 and 2, Zone 20
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Applications
• Cable gland certified for enclosures with the following protection
modes:
— Ex d flameproof IIB or IIC.
— Ex e increased safety
— Ex nR restricted breathing
— D dust environment
• Hazardous areas (gas and dust).
• Onshore and offshore.

Features

Fittings

Zone 1 Rated Stainless Steel Cable Glands

• Provides a flameproof (Type "d") seal on the cable inner
bedding.
• Provides a gas tight seal permitting the compatibility of use with
restricted breathing (Type "nR") equipment.
• Allows mechanical cable retention and earth continuity via the
cable armor termination.
• Separate tightening actions for the inner
• The inner displacement seal and armor terminations are
separate tightening actions providing maximum control over the
pressure applied to the cable bedding.

• Reversible armor cone and AnyWay clamping ring arrangement
facilitates remote make off and enables the cable to be
disconnected from the equipment.
• Environmental/load retention seal is provided on the cable outer
sheath.
• Stepped cone is suitable for SWA cables. Grooved cone is
suitable for all other approved armored cables.
• Sealing Technique : Inner Displacement Seal and LRS (load
retention seal) outer seal.

Standard Materials
• Body: Stainless Steel.
• Seal: LSF (Low Smoke Fume) Halogen Free thermoset
elastomer.

Options
• Aluminum: replace last digit 5 with 1
• Shroud, locknut, earth tag, entry thread seal, serrated washers,
adaptors and reducers: see Cable Gland Accessories pages.

Catalog Numbers
Optional NPT
Thread C

Optional NPT Thread


Minimum
Thread
Length
mm E

2016TE1FU0504

3/4"

2016TE1FU0754

15.0

0.15

1/2"

20STE1FU0504

3/4"

20STE1FU0754

15.0

0.15

3/4"

Cable
Gland
Size

Metric
Thread C

Standard Metric


Standard NPT
Thread C

20S/16

M20

2016TE1FU4

1/2"

20S

M20

20STE1FU4

Standard NPT


Cable Gland
Weight
kgs

20

M20

20TE1FU4

1/2"

20TE1FU0504

20TE1FU0754

15.0

0.23

25S

M25

25STE1FU4

3/4"

25STE1FU0754

1"

25STE1FU1004

15.0

0.34

25

M25

25TE1FU4

3/4"

25TE1FU0754

1"

25TE1FU1004

15.0

0.34

32

M32

32TE1FU4

1"

32TE1FU1004

1-1/4"

32TE1FU1254

15.0

0.55

40

M40

40TE1FU4

1-1/4"

40TE1FU1254

1-1/2"

40TE1FU1504

15.0

0.79

50S

M50

50STE1FU4

1-1/2"

50STE1FU1504

50STE1FU2004

15.0

1.00

2"

50

M50

50TE1FU4

2"

50TE1FU2004

2-1/2"

50TE1FU2504

15.0

1.37

63S

M63

63STE1FU4

2"

63STE1FU2004

2-1/2"

63STE1FU2504

15.0

1.50

63

M63

63TE1FU4

2-1/2"

3"

63TE1FU3004

15.0

1.56

2-1/2"

3"

63TE1FU2504

75S

M75

75STE1FU4

75STE1FU3004

15.0

2.45

75

M75

75TE1FU4

3"

75TE1FU3004

75STE1FU2504

3-1/2"

75TE1FU3504

15.0

3.15

90

M90

90TE1FU4

3-1/2"

90TE1FU3504

4"

90TE1FU4004

24.0

4.62

100

M100

100TE1FU4

4"

100TE1FU4004

5"

100TE1FU5004

24.0

4.95

115

M115

115TE1FU4

4"

115TE1FU4004

5"

115TE1FU5004

24.0

7.60

130

M130

130TE1FU4

5"

130TE1FU5004

6"

130TE1FU6004

24.0

8.73

 Entry thread seal not supplied, see Cable Gland Accessories and Tools.

526

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

TE1FU Series Stainless Steel Cable Glands
For All Types of Armored Cables

Increased Safety, Flameproof, Restricted Breathing and Dust Environment
Zone 1 and 2, Zone 20
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

ATEX/IECEx Certifications and Compliances
• Certification Type TE1FU
— Gas: Zones 1 and 2
– Type of Protection: Ex d IIC Gb, Ex e IIC Gb, Ex nR IIC Gc
— Dust: Zone 20
– Type of Protection: Ex ta IIIC Da
— Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2G 3G 1D
— Ambient Temperature: -60 °C to +130 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: DC07001
— ATEX Certificate: Sira 13ATEX1073X, Sira 13ATEX4079X
— IECEx Certificate: IECEx SIR 13.0028X, IECEx SIM 14.0007X
— Other Certifications: LLOYDS, DNV, ABS
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66, IP67, IP68
— Deluge Protection Compliance: DTS01:91

Dimensions in Millimeters

D

A C

B

INMETRO Certification

15 mm
Minimum

F

• INMETRO Certificate: TÜV 11.0374-X

EURASEC Certification
• EURASEC TC RU C-GB.ГБ05.B.00138

Overall Cable Diameter
mm B

Max

Across
Flats
mm D

Across
Corners
mm D

Protrusion
Length
mm F

PVC
Shroud
Reference

13.1

24.0

26.4

57.3

PVC04

9.5

15.9

24.0

26.4

57.3

PVC04

Cable
Gland
Size

Min

Max

Min

20S/16

3.1

8.6

6.1

20S

6.1

11.6

20

6.5

13.9

12.5

20.9

30.5

33.6

61.2

PVC06

25S

11.1

19.9

14.0

22.0

37.5

41.3

74.0

PVC09

25

11.1

19.9

18.2

26.2

37.5

41.3

74.0

PVC09

32

17.0

26.2

23.7

33.9

46.0

50.6

78.2

PVC11

40

22.0

32.1

27.9

40.4

55.0

60.5

81.6

PVC15

50S

29.5

38.1

35.2

46.7

60.0

66.0

88.1

PVC18

35.6

44.0

40.4

53.0

70.1

77.1

91.2

PVC21

40.1

49.9

45.6

59.4

75.0

82.4

90.5

PVC23

63

47.2

55.9

54.6

65.8

80.0

88.0

90.3

PVC25

75S

52.8

61.9

59.0

72.0

90.0

99.0

104.7

PVC28

75

59.1

67.9

66.7

78.4

100.0

110.0

110.8

PVC30

90

66.6

78.6

76.2

90.3

115.0

126.5

135.5

PVC32

100

76.0

90.9

86.1

101.4

127.0

139.7

126.8

LSF33

115

86.0

97.9

101.5

110.2

138.0

151.8

157.5

LSF34

130

97.0

114.9

110.2

123.2

157.0

172.7

164.5

LSF35

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

527

Fittings

50
63S

Zone 1 Rated Stainless Steel Cable Glands

Cable Bedding Diameter
mm A

737 Series Adaptors and Reducers
Cable Gland Accessories

Increased Safety, Flameproof and Dust Environment
Zone 1 and Zone 20
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Applications
• A wide range of thread conversion adaptors and reducers for
hazardous area applications. Used to connect cable entry
devices and equipment having dissimilar threads.
• Care should be taken to ensure that a suitable sealing gasket
is also selected and installed, where applicable, to ensure that
an effective seal is made at the entry, thereby maintaining the
integrity of the enclosure or equipment IP rating.

Features

ATEX/IECEx Certifications and Compliances

• Wide range of thread types and sizes.

Standard Materials
• Nickel plated brass.

Options
•
•
•
•

Aluminum: replace last digit 5 with 1
Brass version: remove last digit 5
316L stainless steel version: replace last digit 5 with 4
Shroud, locknut, earth tag, entry thread seal, serrated washers,
adaptors and reducers: see Cable Gland Accessories pages.

• Certification Type 737
— Gas: Zones 1
– Type of Protection: Ex d IIC Gb, Ex e IIC Gb
— Dust: Zone 20
– Type of Protection: Ex ta IIIC Da
— Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2G 1D
— Operating Temperature: -60 °C to +200 °C (Metallic)
— CE Declaration of Conformity: DC07001
— ATEX Certificate: Sira 13ATEX1265X
— IECEx Certificate: IECEx SIR 13.0094X
— Other Certifications: UL, cCSAus
— Marine Approval: LLOYDS, DNV, ABS
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66, IP67, IP68
(when fitted with seal)

EURASEC Certification
• TC RU C-GB.ГБ.05.B.00138

Catalog Numbering Guide

737 Series:
Zone 1 and 20
ATEX / IECEx
Certified

D

M
Blank - No O-Ring
R - Optional O-Ring

1

M

Male Thread Size:
1 - M16, 1/2" NPT, PG 9
2 - M20, 3/4" NPT, PG 11
3 - M25, 1" NPT, PG 13.5
4 - M32, 1-1/4" NPT, PG 16
5 - M40, 1-1/2" NPT, PG 21
6 - M50, 2" NPT, PG 29
7 - M63, 2-1/2" NPT, PG 36
8 - M75, 3" NPT, PG 42
9 - M90, 3-1/2" NPT, PG 48
10 - M100, 4" NPT

Form of Protection:
D - Ex d, Ex e, Ex ta

Fittings

Accessories

737

1

5

Female Thread Size:
1 - M16, 1/2" NPT, PG 9
2 - M20, 3/4" NPT, PG 11
3 - M25, 1" NPT, PG 13.5
4 - M32, 1-1/4" NPT, PG 16
5 - M40, 1-1/2" NPT, PG 21
6 - M50, 2" NPT, PG 29
7 - M63, 2-1/2" NPT, PG 36
8 - M75, 3" NPT, PG 42
9 - M90, 3-1/2" NPT, PG 48
10 - M100, 4" NPT

Female Thread Type:
M - Metric
T - NPT
P - PG
Male Thread Type:
M - Metric
T - NPT
P - PG

Materials:
Blank - Brass
1 - Aluminum
4 - 316L Stainless
Steel
5 - Nickel Plated
Brass

 IP68 with entry thread seal or O-Ring not supplied, see Cable Gland Accessories and Tools.

528

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

737 Series Adaptors and Reducers
Cable Gland Accessories

Increased Safety, Flameproof and Dust Environment
Zone 1 and Zone 20
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

4" NPT/NPS (M)

3-1/2" NPT/NPS (M)

3" NPT/NPS (M)

2-1/2" NPT/NPS (M)

2" NPT/NPS (M)

1-1/2" NPT/NPS (M)

1" NPT/NPS (M)

1-1/4" NPT/NPS (M)

3/4" NPT/NPS (M)

1/2" NPT/NPS (M)

PG48

PG42

PG36

PG29

PG21

PG13.5

PG11

PG9

PG7

M75

M63

M50

M40

M32

M25

M20

M16

Size

PG16

Female Thread

Male Thread

M16
M20
M25
M32
M40
M50
M63
M75
PG7
PG9
PG11
PG13.5
PG16
PG21
PG29
PG36
PG42
PG48
1/2" NPT/NPS (M)
3/4" NPT/NPS (M)
1" NPT/NPS (M)
1-1/4" NPT/NPS (M)

Accessories

1-1/2"NPT/NPS (M)
2" NPT/NPS (M)
2-1/2" NPT/NPS (M)
3" NPT/NPS (M)
3-1/2" NPT/NPS (M)
4" NPT/NPS (M)

Ex d/Ex e reducer

Ex d/Ex e adaptor

Non-certified adaptor

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Metric 

NPT

PG

1

M16

1/2"

PG9

2

M20

3/4"

PG11

3

M25

1"

PG13.5

4

M32

1-1/4"

PG16

5

M40

1-1/2"

PG21

6

M50

2"

PG29

7

M63

2-1/2"

PG36

8

M75

3"

PG42

9

M90

3-1/2"

PG48

10

M100

4"

–

Fittings

 IP68 with entry thread seal or O-Ring (not supplied),
see Cable Gland Accessories and Tools.

Thread Table

529

737 Series Adaptors and Reducers
Cable Gland Accessories

Increased Safety, Flameproof and Dust Environment
Zone 1 and Zone 20
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Reducers (Nickel Plated Brass)
Male Thread
Female Thread
M20
M16
M25

Adapters (Nickel Plated Brass)
Male Thread
Female Thread
M16
M20

Catalog Number
737DM1M25

737DM3M15

M20

M25

737DM2M35

M32

737DM3M45

M25

M20

737DM3M25

M25

M32

M20

737DM4M25

M32

M40

737DM4M55

M32

M25

737DM4M35

M40

M50

737DM5M65

M40

M25

737DM5M35

M50

M63

737DM6M75

M75

737DM7M85

M40

M32

737DM5M45

M63

M50

M32

737DM6M45

M75

M90

737DM8M95

M50

M40

737DM6M55

M90

M100

737DM9M105

737DM7M55

M16

1/2

737DM1T15

1/2

737DM2T15

M63

M40

M63

M50

737DM7M65

M20

M75

M50

737DM8M65

M20

3/4

737DM2T25

M75

M63

737DM8M75

M25

3/4

737DM3T25

737DT1T25

M25

1

737DM3T35

737DT2T15

M32

1

737DM4T35

1-1/4

737DM4T45

1/2
3/4

3/4
1/2

1

1/2

737DT3T15

M32

1

3/4

737DT3T25

M40

1-1/4

737DM5T45

M40

1-1/2

737DM5T55

M50

1-1/2

737DM6T55

M50

2

737DM6T65

M63

2

737DM7T65

M63

2-1/2

737DM7T75

M75

2-1/2

737DM8T75

M75

3

737DM8T85

1/2

M20

737DT1M25

3/4

M20

737DT2M25

3/4

M25

737DT2M35

1

M25

737DT3M35

1

M32

737DT3M45

1-1/4

M32

737DT4M45

1-1/4

M40

737DT4M55

1-1/2

M40

737DT5M55

1-1/2

M50

737DT5M65

2

M50

737DT6M65

2

M63

737DT6M75

2-1/2

M63

737DT7M75

2-1/2

M75

737DT7M85

3

M75

737DT8M85

1-1/4

3/4

737DT4T25

1-1/4

1

737DT4T35

1-1/2

1

737DT5T35

1-1/2

1-1/4

737DT5T45

2

1-1/4

737DT6T45

2

1-1/2

737DT6T55

2-1/2

1-1/2

737DT7T55

2-1/2

2

737DT7T65

3

2

737DT8T65

3

2-1/2

737DT8T75

3-1/2

2-1/2

737DT9T75

3-1/2

3

737DT9T85

4

3

737DT10T85

4

3-1/2

737DT10T95

Fittings

Accessories

M16

Catalog Number
737DM2M15

 IP68 with entry thread seal or O-Ring not supplied, see Cable Gland Accessories and Tools.
Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.

530

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

BVE Series Blanking Plugs
Cable Gland Accessories

Increased Safety, Restricted Breathing and Dust Environment
Zone 1 and 2, Zone 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Applications
• A comprehensive range of plastic blanking plugs designed to
close any unused entries in electrical equipment.
• Entry thread sealing washer supplied.

Features
• Catering to hazardous areas, the range covers all metric threads
from M16 to M50.
• Certification Ex e.

Standard Materials
• Nylon

ATEX Certifications and Compliances
• Certification Type BVe
— Gas: Zones 1 and 2
– Type of Protection: Ex e II
— Dust: Zone 21 and 22
– Type of Protection: Ex tD
— Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2GD
— Ambient Temperature: -40 °C to +55 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 5C218
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 03 ATEX 0011U
— IECEx Certificate: IECEx LCI 04.0027U
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66

Dimensions

Threading

INMETRO Certification
• INMETRO Certificate: BVC 11.0600-U

Weight kg

Volume

Catalog Number

–

M16

0.10

0.03

095485

12.0

M20

0.10

0.03

095714

12.0

M25

0.10

0.03

095715

12.0

M32

0.10

0.03

095486

12.0

M40

0.10

0.07

095487

–

M50

0.20

0.07

095488

Fittings

Metric

Accessories

Dimensions mm
B

Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

531

757 Series Blanking Plugs
Cable Gland Accessories

Increased Safety, Flameproof and Dust Environment
Zone 1 and Zone 20
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Applications
• Blanking plugs are designed for use from the outside of the
enclosure to permanently or temporarily close any unused
entries.
• Idea for use on flameproof, increased safety electrical
equipment in hazardous areas.
• In general, care should be taken to ensure that a suitable entry
thread sealing washer is also selected and installed, where
applicable, to ensure that an effective seal is made at the entry,
thereby maintaining the integrity of the enclosure or equipment
I.P. rating.

Features
• Catering to hazardous area applications, the range of products
covers a number of different design types which are supplied in
both metal and plastic (Exe only).
• Hexagon head allows for the installation or remove of the plug
with either an open ended or ring type spanner or wrench.

Dimensions
C

Standard Materials
• Nickel plated brass

Options
• Brass version: remove last digit 5
• 316L stainless steel version: replace last digit 5 with 4
• Plastic (see BVE series)

Optional Accessories
• Shroud, locknut, earth tag, entry thread seal, serrated washers,
adaptors and reducers: see Cable Gland Accessories pages.

Accessories

ATEX/IECEx Certifications and Compliances
• Certification Type 757
— Gas: Zones 1
– Type of Protection: Ex d IIC Gb, Ex e IIC Gb
— Dust: Zone 20
– Type of Protection: Ex ta IIIC Da
— Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2G 1D
— Operating Temperature: -60 °C to +200 °C (Metallic)
— CE Declaration of Conformity: DC07001
— ATEX Certificate: Sira 13ATEX1265X
— IECEx Certificate: IECEx SIR 13.0094X
— Other Certifications: UL, cCSAus
— Marine Approval: LLOYDS, DNV, ABS
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66 or IP68
with seal

INMETRO Certification
• INMETRO Certificate: TÜV 12.1333X
Fittings

EURASEC Certification
• TC RU C-GB.ГБ.05.B.00138

 IP68 with entry thread seal or O-Ring not supplied, see Cable Gland Accessories and Tools.

532

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

757 Series Blanking Plugs
Cable Gland Accessories

Increased Safety, Flameproof and Dust Environment
Zone 1 and Zone 20
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Catalog Numbering Guide
757

D

M

757 Series:
Zone 1 and 20
ATEX / IECEx Certified

1

Male Thread Type:
M - Metric
T - NPT
P - PG
Type:
D - Ex d and Ex e

5
Material:
Blank - Brass
4 - 316L Stainless Steel
5 - Nickel Plated Brass

Male Thread Size:
1 - M16 or 1/2" NPT
2 - M20 or 3/4" NPT
3 - M25 or 1" NPT
4 - M32 or 1-1/4" NPT
5 - M40 or 1-1/2" NPT
6 - M50 or 2" NPT
7 - M63 or 2-1/2" NPT
8 - M75 or 3" NPT
9 - M90 or 3-1/2" NPT
10 - M100 or 4" NPT

Dimensions mm
Flats
A

Corners
B

Catalog Numbers (Nickel Plated Brass)
Metric 
NPT

C

Weight
kg

24.0

26.0

5.0

M16 x 1.5

757DM15

1/2"

757DT15

0.05

24.0

26.0

5.0

M20 x 1.5

757DM25

3/4"

757DT25

0.07

30.0

33.0

5.0

M25 x 1.5

757DM35

1"

757DT35

0.10

36.0

40.0

5.0

M32 x 1.5

757DM45

1-1/4"

757DT45

0.16

46.0

51.0

6.0

M40 x 1.5

757DM55

1-1/2"

757DT55

0.32

55.0

61.0

6.0

M50 x 1.5

757DM65

2"

757DT65

0.42

70.0

78.0

6.0

M63 x 1.5

757DM75

2-1/2"

757DT75

0.63

89.0

6.0

M75 x 1.5

757DM85

3"

757DT85

0.98

106.0

6.0

M90 x 2

757DM95

3-1/2"

757DT95

1.35

110.0

123.0

6.0

M100 x 2

757DM105

4"

757DT105

1.60

Accessories

80.0
95.0
Thread Table

1

Metric

NPT

PG

M16

1/2"

PG9

M20

3/4"

PG11

M25

1"

PG13.5

4

M32

1-1/4"

PG16

5

M40

1-1/2"

PG21

6

M50

2"

PG29

7

M63

2-1/2"

PG36

8

M75

3"

PG42

9

M90

3-1/2"

PG48

10

M100

–

–

Fittings

2
3

 IP68 with entry thread seal or O-Ring not supplied, see Cable Gland Accessories and Tools.
 Entry thread seal not supplied, see Cable Gland Accessories and Tools.
Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

533

747 Series Stopper Plugs
Cable Gland Accessories

Increased Safety, Flameproof and Dust Environment
Zone 1 and Zone 20
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Applications
• Stopper plug is designed for use from the outside of the
enclosure to permanently or temporarily close any unused
entries.
• Idea for use on flameproof electrical equipment in hazardous
areas.
• In general, care should be taken to ensure that a suitable entry
thread sealing washer is also selected and installed, where
applicable, to ensure that an effective seal is made at the entry,
thereby maintaining the integrity of the enclosure or equipment
I.P. rating.

Features
• Catering to both Industrial and Hazardous Area applications the
range covers a number of different metallic and non-metallic
(e.g. Nylon) forms.
• Compensating Displacement Seal (CDS) system allows for use
with Restricted Breathing equipment.
• Available with both external (Type A) or internal (Type B) Allen
Key design.
• Internal Allen Key design is considered tamper proof. Once the
equipment has been de-energized and the terminal chamber
cover removed it can be removed from the inside.

Standard Materials

• INMETRO Certificate: TÜV 12.1333X

Options

Accessories
Fittings

Ex ‘d’ Recessed
Stopper Plug Type ‘B’

534

EURASEC Certification

Aluminum: replace suffix -5 with 1
316L stainless steel: replace suffix -5 with 4
Nylon: replace suffix -5 with 2
Type 'B': replace 'A' with 'B'

Ex ‘d’ Recessed
Stopper Plug Type ‘A’

• Certification Type 747
— Gas: Zones 1
– Type of Protection: Ex d IIC Gb (except Nylon), Ex e IIC Gb
— Dust: Zone 20
– Type of Protection: Ex ta IIIC Da
II 2G 1D
— Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
— Operating Temperature: -60 °C to +200 °C (Metallic) and
-20 °C to +60 °C (Nylon)
— CE Declaration of Conformity: DC07001
— ATEX Certificate: Sira 13ATEX1265X
— IECEx Certificate: IECEx SIR 13.0094X
— Other Certifications: UL, cCSAus
— Marine Approval: LLOYDS, DNV, ABS
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66

INMETRO Certification

• Brass fully nickel plated
•
•
•
•

ATEX/IECEx Certifications and Compliances

• TC RU C-GB.ГБ.05.B.00138

767 Series
Male Thread Size

Allen Key size
A/F

Minimum Thread Length
mm

Type 'A'
Nickel Plated Brass
Catalog Number

M16

M8

15

747DAM15

M20

M10

15

747DAM25

M25

M10

15

747DAM35

M32

M10

15

747DAM45

M40

M10

15

747DAM55

M50

M10

15

747DAM65

M63

M14

15

747DAM75

M75

M14

15

747DAM85

M90

M14

24

747DAM95

1/2 NPT

747DAT15

3/4 NPT

747DAT25

1 NPT

747DAT35

1-1/4 NPT

747DAT45

1-1/2 NPT

747DAT55

2 NPT

747DAT65

2-1/2 NPT

747DAT75

3 NPT

747DAT85
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

767 Series Stopper Plugs
Cable Gland Accessories
Increased Safety and Flameproof.
Zone 1 and 2, Zone 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Applications
• Stopper plug is designed for use from the outside of the
enclosure to permanently or temporarily close any unused
entries.
• Idea for use on flameproof, increased safety electrical
equipment in hazardous areas.
• In general, care should be taken to ensure that a suitable entry
thread sealing washer is also selected and installed, where
applicable, to ensure that an effective seal is made at the entry,
thereby maintaining the integrity of the enclosure or equipment
I.P. rating.

Features
• Catering to both Industrial and Hazardous Area applications the
range covers a number of different metallic and non-metallic
(e.g. Nylon) forms.
• Features a dome head with an Allen Key.
• Optional integral entry thread "O" Ring seal is available.

Standard Materials
• Brass fully nickel plated

Options
•
•
•
•
•

Aluminum: replace suffix -5 with 1
316L stainless steel: replace suffix -5 with 4
Nylon: replace suffix -5 with 2
Optional O-Ring: replace D with DR
IP68 when fitted with an O-Ring entry thread sealing washer

Male Thread Size

INMETROCertification
• INMETRO Certificate: TÜV 12.1333X

EURASEC Certification
• TC RU C-GB.ГБ.05.B.00138

Head diameter in mm

Nickel Plated Brass
Catalog Number

M16

M8

22.0

767DM15

M20

M10

27.0

767DM25

M25

M10

30.0

767DM35

M32

M10

36.0

767DM45

M40

M10

46.0

767DM55

M50

M10

55.0

767DM65

M63

M14

65.0

767DM75

M75

M14

80.0

767DM85

M90

M14

95.0

767DM95

1/2”NPT

767DT15

3/4”NPT

767DT25

1”NPT

767DT35

1-1/4”NPT

767DT45

1-1/2”NPT

767DT55

2”NPT

767DT65

2-1/2”NPT

767DT75

3”NPT

767DT85

Fittings

Mushroom Head
Stopper Plug

• Certification Type 767
— Gas: Zones 1
– Type of Protection: Ex d IIC Gb (except Nylon), Ex e IIC Gb
— Dust: Zone 20
– Type of Protection: Ex ta IIIC Da
— Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2G 1D
— Operating Temperature: -60 °C to +200 °C (Metallic) and
-20 °C to +60 °C (Nylon)
— CE Declaration of Conformity: DC07001
— ATEX Certificate: Sira 13ATEX1265X
— IECEx Certificate: IECEx SIR 13.0094X
— Other Certifications: UL, cCSAus
— Marine Approval: LLOYDS, DNV, ABS
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66 or IP68
with seal

Accessories

Optional ‘O’ Ring 

Allen Key size A/F

ATEX/IECEx Certifications and Compliances

 For optional O-Ring, change D to DR in catalog number. Contat your factory representative for price and availability.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

535

Cable Gland Accessories and Tools

Description

Catalog Number

Description

Catalog Number

Locknuts – Nickel Plated Brass
• Brass locknuts are recommended for use in securing brass cable glands to a gland plate or into equipment.
M16

095707

050NPT

050NPTLN5

M20

095701

075NPT

075NPTLN5

M25

095702

100NPT

100NPTLN5

M32

095703

125NPT

125NPTLN5

M40

095708

150NPT

150NPTLN5

M50

095709

200NPT

200NPTLN5

M63

095710

250NPT

250NPTLN5

M75

095711

300NPT

300NPTLN5

M90

095712

350NPT

350NPTLN5

M100

095713

—

—

M16

16ET

050NPT

050NPTET

M20

20ET

075NPT

075NPTET

M25

25ET

100NPT

100NPTET

M32

32ET

125NPT

125NPTET

M40

40ET

150NPT

150NPTET

M50

50ET

200NPT

200NPTET

M63

63ET

250NPT

250NPTET

M75

75ET

300NPT

300NPTET

M90

90ET

350NPT

350NPTET

M100

100ET

—

—

Fittings

Accessories

Earth Tags – Pear (Brass)
• Installed between the cable gland and equipment. Provide an earth bond connection as specified in BS 6121 : Part 5 : 1993.

Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.

536

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Cable Gland Accessories and Tools

Serrated Washers – Stainless Steel
• Available in stainless steel as standard, these “shake-proof” serrated washers fitted internally to the equipment and before a locknut act
as an anti-vibration device to prevent the gland and locknut arrangement from inadvertently loosening in service.
Metric
Thread

C

NPT

Catalog Number

M16

16SW4

—

—

M20

20SW4

1/2

050NPTSW4

M25

25SW4

3/4

075NPTSW4

M32

32SW4

1

100NPTSW4

M40

40SW4

1-1/4

125NPTSW4

M50

50SW4

1-1/2

150SPTNW4

M63

63SW4

2

200NPTSW4

M75

75SW4

2-1/2

250NPTSW4

M90

90SW4

3

300NPTSW4

M100

100SW4

3-1/2

350NPTSW4

Metric
Thread

NPT

B

C

Weight
kg

M16

—

19

25.4

0.01

M20

1/2

24

32

0.01

M25

3/4

33

40

0.01

M32

1

42

44

0.01

M40

1-1/4

55

59

0.02

M50

1-1/2

65

80

0.02

M63

2

70

100

0.06

M75

2-1/2

85

112

0.09

M90

3

100

120

0.11

M100

3-1/2

110

150

0.16

Dimensions mm

Accessories

B

Catalog Number

Fittings

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

537

Cable Gland Accessories and Tools
For Cable Entries

Pack

Weight (kg)

Description

Catalog Number

Description

Catalog Number

Entry Thread Seals – Sealing (IP) Washers - Nylon (White)
• It is essential to maintain the integrity of the degree of IP protection for which explosionproof equipment have been rated. The need for a
sealing washer will depend on the IP rating, code of protection and the type of entry holes available within that equipment (e.g. for Ex e
apparatus or terminal boxes which are permitted to have untapped through clearance holes it is necessary to fit a sealing washer to ensure
that the minimum IP54 requirement is met). Other equipment with tapped entry holes may not require a sealing washer to maintain the
rated integrity of the instal­lation.
• Entry thread sealing washers are produced in 2mm thick white nylon as standard which are recommended and meet the specified
requirements of Shell’s Offshore operations.
• To verify the effectiveness of the nylon entry sealing washers, independent 3rd party tests to BS EN 60529:1992 have been conducted on
certain cable gland types at IP66, IP67 and IP68 levels of protection. Documentation of these high standard tests is available upon request.
10

0,0006

M16

16ETS2

050NPT

050NPTETS

10

0,0010

M20

20ETS2

075NPT

075NPTETS

10

0,0018

M25

25ETS2

100NPT

100NPTETS

10

0,0020

M32

32ETS2

125NPT

125NPTETS

5

0,0034

M40

40ETS2

150NPT

150NPTETS

5

0,0036

M50

50ETS2

200NPT

200NPTETS

5

0,0040

M63

63ETS2

250NPT

250NPTETS

1

0,0060

M75

75ETS2

300NPT

300NPTETS

1

0,0120

M90

90ETS2

350NPT

350NPTETS

1

0,0350

M100

100ETS2

—

—

10

0,0001

M16

16ETS

10

0,0002

M20

20ETS

10

0,0004

M25

25ETS

10

0,0005

M32

32ETS

5

0,0008

M40

40ETS

5

0,0009

M50

50ETS

Fittings

Accessories

Entry Thread Seals – Sealing (IP) Washers - Néoprène (Black)

Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.

538

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Cable Gland Accessories and Tools
For Cable Entries

Cable Gland Size

Catalog Number

Lead Star Clamp for E2FX and E2FW Cable Glands Lead Sheath Continuity
2016

2016LSW

20S

20SLSW

20

20LSW

25S and 25

25LSW

32

32LSW

40

40LSW
50SLSW

50S

50LSW

50

63SLSW

63S

63LSW

63

75SLSW

75S
75

75LSW

90

90LSW

100

100LSW

Cable Gland Size

PX2K

E1F. / E2F. / T3

Black PVC Shrouds
• Push on shrouds are used to minimise the risk of dirt or foreign substances gathering on the cable gland body, and/or point of cable to
gland interface. Standard shrouds are produced in black PVC.
• Refer to the specific cable gland page for the PVC Shroud catalog number that is appropriate for use with that specific style cable gland.
20/16
PVC06
PVC36
PVC06

PVC36

20

PVC06

PVC06

25S

PVC09

PVC09

25

PVC09

PVC09

32

PVC11

PVC11

PVC15

PVC15

PVC18

PVC18

50

PVC21

PVC21

63S

PVC23

PVC23

63

PVC25

PVC25

75S

PVC28

PVC28

75

PVC30

PVC30

90

PVC32

PVC32

100

LSF33

LSF33

115

—

LSF34

130

—

LSF35

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Fittings

40
50S

Accessories

20S

539

DB Series IIB Unions
Flameproof

Zone 1 and 21
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Applications
• To be used with a fire retardant seal fitted directly at the entry to
the flameproof housing. Enables connection via rigid or flexible
union.
• Used for joining conduit and connecting conduit to enclosures.
• Facilitates modifications, permits the removal of enclosures
without turning or removal of conduit.

Features
• Accurately tapped, tapered threads for tight, rigid joints and
ground continuity.

500044

500049

Standard Materials
• ZInc plated steel

ATEX/IECEx Certifications and Compliances
• Certification Type BMF - BFF
— Gas: Zone 1
– Type of Protection: Ex d IIB
— Dust: Zone 21
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
— Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2GD
— Operating Temperatures: -20 °C to +60 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 5C232
— ATEX Certificate: CESI 99 ATEX 034U
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66/67

Weight kg

Volume dm3

Pack

Catalog Number

Male/Female
1/2"

0.17

0.12

1

500044

3/4"

0.19

0.12

1

500045

1"

0.30

0.23

1

500046

1-1/4"

0.80

0.50

1

500047

1-1/2"

1.00

0.50

1

500048

1/2"

0.15

0.12

1

500049

3/4"

0.15

0.12

1

500050

1"

0.23

0.23

1

500051

1-1/4"

0.70

0.50

1

500052

1-1/2"

0.37

0.50

1

500053

3"

0.90

2.00

1

500158

Female/Female

Fittings

Zone 1 Conduit Fittings

Tapered Thread (NPT)

Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.

540

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

DB Series IIC Elbows
Zone 1 and 21
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Applications
• Used to connect two lengths of conduit.
• Used to make 90º bends in conduit runs.

Features
• Accurately tapped, tapered threads for tight, rigid joints and
ground continuity.

Standard Materials
• Aluminum

Features
• Female to female thread.

ATEX/IECEx Certifications and Compliances
• Certification Type ELF
— Gas: Zone 1
– Type of Protection: Ex d IIC Gb; Ex e IIC Gb
— Dust: Zone 21
– Type of Protection: Ex tb IIIC Db
— Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2GD
— Operating Temperatures: -55 °C to +150 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 5C223
— ATEX Certificate: CESI 01 ATEX 104U
— IECEx Certificate: IECEx CES 15.0005U
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66/67

Dimensions mm
A

B

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Catalog
Number

1/2"

73

57

0.1

0.12

500054

3/4"

73

67

0.1

0.10

500055

1"

92

83

0.2

0.23

500056

1-1/4"

115

84

0.4

0.50

500057

1-1/2"

115

84

0.6

0.50

500058

3"

185

95

0.5

2.00

500059

Zone 1 Conduit Fittings

Tapered Thread
(NPT)

Fittings

Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

541

DB Series IIC Flexible Couplings
Flameproof

Zone 1 and 21
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Applications
• Used in areas where vibration and/or movement are a problem.
• Used in place of rigid conduit in where it would be difficult to
bend conduit.

Standard Materials
• Stainless steel

ATEX/IECEx Certifications and Compliances

Fittings

Zone 1 Conduit Fittings

• Certification Type FLEXCO
— Gas: Zones 1
– Type of Protection: Ex d IIC Gb
— Dust: Zone 21
– Type of Protection: Ex t IIIC Db
— Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2G 2D
— Operating Temperatures: -40 °C to +150 °C
Male/Male — To be used with fire-retardant seals or unions,
Tapered Thread (NPT)
Length mm
Weight kg
1/2"
100
0.65
1/2"
170
0.70
1/2"
250
0.70
1/2"
300
0.75
1/2"
400
0.80
1/2"
500
0.85
1/2"
600
0.90
1/2"
700
0.95
1/2"
800
1.00
1/2"
900
1.05
1/2"
1000
1.10
3/4"
300
0.75
3/4"
400
0.80
3/4"
500
0.85
3/4"
600
0.90
3/4"
700
0.95
3/4"
800
1.00
3/4"
900
1.05
3/4"
1000
1.10
1"
300
0.75
1"
400
0.80
1"
500
0.85
1"
600
0.90
1"
700
0.95
1"
800
1.00
1"
900
1.05
1"
1000
1.1
1-1/4"
300
0.75
1-1/4"
400
0.80
1-1/4"
500
0.85
1-1/4"
600
0.90
1-1/4"
700
0.95
1-1/4"
800
1.00
1-1/4"
900
1.05
1-1/4"
1000
1.10
1-1/2"
300
0.75
1-1/2"
400
0.80
1-1/2"
500
0.85
1-1/2"
600
0.90
1-1/2"
700
0.95

542

— CE Declaration of Conformity: 5C247
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 11 ATEX 3006U
— IECEx Certificate: IECEx LCIE 12.0011U
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66

Volume dm3
1
1.75
2.5
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3
1
5
6
7
8
9
10
3
1
5
6
7
8
9
3
3
3
5
6
7
8
9
10
3
1
5
6
7

Catalog Number
500060
500061
500106
500062
500063
500064
500065
500066
500067
500068
500069
500070
500071
500072
500073
500074
500075
500076
500077
500078
500079
500080
500081
500082
500083
500084
500085
500086
500087
500088
500089
500090
500091
500092
500093
500094
500095
500096
500097
500098

Pack
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

DB Series Fire Retardant Seal
Flameproof

Zone 1 and 21
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Applications
• Used to prevent passage of gasses, vapors or flames from
one portion of a conduit system to another.

Features
• Female to female threads.

Standard Materials
• Aluminum

ATEX Certifications and Compliances
• Certification Type EYS
— Gas: Zones 1
– Type of Protection: Ex d IIC
— Dust: Zone 21
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
— Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2GD
— Ambient Temperature: -60 °C to +130 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50268
— ATEX Certificate: CESI 03 ATEX 085
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66

A

Dimensions mm
B
B1

R

Qty of resin
required

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Pack

Catalog
Number

—

43

35 g

0.13

2.3

1

500146

Flameproof Zone 1 Rated Sealing Fittings

Tapered
Thread (NPT)

Aluminum Fire-Retardant Seal — Female/Female
1/2"

77

3/4"

87

67

—

50

50 g

0.19

3.2

1

500147

1"

105

83

—

62

100 g

0.32

3.2

1

500148

1-1/4"

130

84

—

56

240 g

0.60

3.2

1

500149

1-1/2"

130

84

—

56

240 g

0.60

4.0

1

500150

2"

140

95

—

63

380 g

0.65

7.6

1

500151

2-1/2"

175

113

—

74

1250 g

1.26

7.6

1

500152

3"

190

—

135

92

1250 g

1.33

7.6

1

500153

1.5

3.2

1

500154

1.5

8.0

1

500155

Fire Retardant Resin
1 kg pot of resin + 250 g of catalyst
Fire Retardant Fiber
1 kg bog

Fittings

Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.
Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

543

DB Series Drain and Breather Valves
Flameproof or Increased safety
Zone 1 and 21
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Applications

ATEX/IECEx Certifications and Compliances

• Flameproof Bleed Valve:
— Used to drain condensation from inside enclosures and
boxes.
• Increased Safety Breather Drain:
—Ensures that the condensation is evacuated from the lower
section of the enclosures and limits the "pumping" effect in
the upper section.

Standard Materials
• Bleed Valve and Breather: nickel plated brass or stainless steel.
• Breather Drain: polyamide, brass or stainless steel

Metric Thread

Material

• Certification Type DP-E
— Gas: Zones 1
– Type of Protection: Ex e IIC Gb
— Dust: Zone 21
– Type of Protection: Ex tb IIIC Db
— Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2G 2D
— Ambient Temperature: -50 °C to +85 °C
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 5C225
— ATEX Certificate: Sira 99ATEX3050X
— IECEx Certificate: IECEx SIR 08.0024X
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66

Weight
kg

Volume
dm3

Pack

Catalog
Number

Flameproof Bleed Valve
To be used only with our range of flameproof enclosure. The ATEX certification is included in our Exd enclosure's certification.

M20

Nickel plated brass

0.20

0.33

1

DBD20NB

M20

Stainless steel

0.20

0.33

1

DBD20S

Flameproof Breather

Drain and Breathers

To be used only with our range of flameproof enclosure. The ATEX certification is included in our Exd enclosure's certification.

M20

Nickel plated brass

0.20

0.33

1

DBDB20NB

M20

Stainless steel

0.20

0.33

1

DBDB20S

Increased Safety Combination Drain and Breather (Type DP-E)
M20

Polyamide

0.20

0.10

1

DBE20P

M20

Brass

0.20

0.10

1

DBE20B

M20

Stainless steel

0.20

0.10

1

DBE20S

Dimensions in Millimeters
Flameproof Bleed Valve

Increased Safety Drain and Breather

Ø 3 mm
Fittings

29 mm

34 mm

16 mm

17 mm
65 mm

M20

Shaded catalog numbers are normally stocked items. All other items are made to order.

544

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Notes

Fittings

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

545

Fittings

Notes

546

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© March 2016

Specialty Products

Description

Page

Camera Housing
VCB series Video Camera Housings

548

VCB4

DA2W2E102

VCBA

Specialty Products
547

Specialty Products

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© Mars 2016

VCB series Video Camera Housings
Flameproof

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Applications
• Flameproof housing to encase video camera used for onshore
and offshore site and process supervision.

Features
• Compatible with any camera model with the following
specifications:
— Length compatible with one of the two sizes:
– 475 mm
– 735 mm
— Maximum cross section for the camera : < 127 cm2.
— Capacitor’s residual energy (after opening) : < 20 μJ.
— Maximum dissipated power: 14 W.
— Equipped with back plate.
— Two M20 threaded cable entries.

VCB4
(475 mm length version)

Standard Materials
• Body: gray painted aluminium
• Window: sealed toughened glass

ATEX Certifications and Compliances

Specialty Products

Camera Housing
548

Dimensions in Millimeters

240

• Certification Type: CAM
— Gas: Zones 1 and 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex d IIC
– Temperature class: T6 for Ta ≤ +40 °C and T5 for +55 °C
— Dust: Zones 21 and 22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
– Surface Temperature: T100 °C
— Ambient Temperature: -40 °C to +55 °C
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK10
— Internal Volume: ≤ 2 dm3 — 2 liters
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50255
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 03 ATEX 6080

75
475  for VCM4

2 x M8
225

735 for VCM7

Length (mm)

Weight kg

Volume dm3

Catalog Number

475

14.2

41

VCB4

735

18.7

61

VCB7

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© Mars 2016

VCB series Video Camera Housings
Flameproof

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Applications
• Flameproof housing to encase video camera used for onshore
and offshore site and process supervision.

Features
•
•
•
•

Maximum dissipated power: 10 W.
Equipped with a back plate.
One open view glass window, usable Ø 84 mm.
Two internal grounding connection: M4 screw. External
grounding: M6 screw.
• Two M20 threaded entries at the bottom.

Standard Materials
• Body: gray painted aluminium
• Window: sealed toughened glass

ATEX Certifications and Compliances
• Certification Type: BR2d
— Gas: Zones 1 and 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:
II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex d IIC
– Temperature Class: T6
— Dust: Zone 21 and 22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:   II 2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
– Surface Temperature: T80 °C
— Ambient Temperature: -40 °C to +55 °C
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK09
— Internal Volume: ≤ 2 dm3 — 2 liters
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50256
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 03 ATEX 6062

67 )
Ø .64
(2
15 (0.59)

144 (5.67)

200 (7.87)

Dimensions in Millimeters (Inches)

144 (5.67)

150 (5.91)

175 (6.89)

Volume dm3

Catalog Number

3.5

13

DA2W2E102

Description

Catalog Number

Adjustable Mount

VCBHBA

Camera Housing

Weight kg

Accessories

549

Specialty Products

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© Mars 2016

VCB series Video Camera Housings
Flameproof

Zone 1 and 2 - 21 and 22
Gas (G) and Dust (D)

Applications
• Flameproof housing to encase video camera used for onshore
and offshore site and process supervision.

Features
•
•
•
•

Maximum Power: 10 W.
One open view glass window, usable diameter 155 mm.
Threaded flameproof joint.
Two M20 threaded entries with one blanking plug.

Standard Materials
• Body: gray painted aluminium
• Window: sealed toughened glass

ATEX Certifications and Compliances
• Certification Type: PJ70
— Gas: Zones 1 and 2
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:   II 2 G
– Type of Protection: Ex d IIC
– Temperature Class: T6
— Dust: Zone 21 and 22
– Conforming to ATEX 94/9/CE:   II 2 D
– Type of Protection: Ex tD A21
– Surface Temperature: T80 °C
— Ambient Temperature: -40 °C to +55 °C
— Index of Protection according EN/IEC 60529: IP66
— Impact Resistance (shock): IK10
— Internal Volume: ≤ 2 dm3 — 2 liters
— CE Declaration of Conformity: 50239
— ATEX Certificate: LCIE 02 ATEX 6227

Dimensions in Millimeters (Inches)

166 (6.54)

405 (15.94)

334 (13.15)

10 (0.39)

Ø 120
(4.72)

3 x Ø 10.5
(0.41) 120°

Ø 150
(5.91)

Volume dm3

Catalog Number

8

27

VCBA

Specialty Products

Camera Housing

Weight kg

550

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© Mars 2016

Notes

551

Specialty Products

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© Mars 2016

Specialty Products

Notes

552

Visit our website at www.appletonelec.com or contact us at +33.3.22.54.27.54.
© Mars 2016

Emerson brings integrated manufacturing
solutions to diverse industries worldwide.
Our comprehensive product line, extensive
experience, world-class engineering and
global presence enable us to implement
solutions that give our customers the
competitive edge.
For over 150 years, our electrical product
brands have been providing a rich tradition
of long-term, practical, high quality
solutions with applications ranging from
the construction and safe operation of
petrochemical and process plants to
providing quality power that precisely
controls automotive robotic production.
Engineers, distributors, contractors,
electricians and site maintenance
professionals around the world trust
Emerson brands to make electrical
installations safer, more productive and
more reliable.

Appleton Grp LLC
9377 W. Higgins Road
Rosemont, IL 60018
1.800.621.1506
www.appletonelec.com
Connect with Appleton
Facebook | Twitter | YouTube

Appleton Group is organized into three
focused businesses that provide distributors
and end-users expert knowledge and
excellent service.
Electrical Construction Materials
This group is made up of the Appleton,
Nutsteel and O-Z/Gedney brands. They
manufacture a broad range of electrical
products including conduit and cable
fittings, plugs and receptacles, enclosures
and controls, conduit bodies and industrial
and hazardous lighting. Whether the
application is hazardous location, industrial
or commercial, the electrical construction
materials group has the products to meet
your needs.
Power Quality Solutions
The SolaHD brand offers the broadest
power quality line, including uninterruptible
power supplies, power conditioners, voltage
regulators, shielded transformers, surge
protection devices and power supplies.
Heating Cable Systems
This group is made up of the EasyHeat
and Nelson brands. They offer a broad
range of electrical heating cable products
for residential, commercial and industrial
applications.

ATX S.A. / Appleton Group
Espace Industriel Nord
35, rue André Durouchez - CS 98017
80084 Amiens Cedex 2 - France
Phone : +33.3.22.54.27.54
www.appletonelec.com
Technical & quotation
Fax : +33.1.48.63.77.82
appleton.technicalservices@emerson.com
Customer service
Fax : +33.3.22.54.28.34

Appleton Grp LLC d/b/a Appleton Group. The Appleton and Emerson logos are registered in the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office.
EasyHeat, Inc. is a wholly owned subsidiary of Appleton Grp LLC. All other product or service names are the property of their registered owners.
© 2015, Appleton Grp LLC. All rights reserved. The Emerson logo is a trademark and a service mark of Emerson Electric Co. ©2015, Emerson Electric Co.

Asia/Pacific
+ 65.6891.7600
Australia
+ 61.3.9721.0348
Canada
+ 1.888.765.2226
China
+ 86.21.3418.3888
Europe
+ 33.3.2254.1390
Mexico/Latin America
+ 52.55.5809.5049
Middle East/Africa/India
+ 971.4.811.8100
United States
+ 1.800.621.1506

ATX PRODUCT CATALOG 002

Appleton is our premium line of industrial
electrical products under Appleton Group, a
business unit of Emerson.

ATX PRODUCT CATALOG 002



---

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.6
Linearized                      : Yes
Author                          : Appleton
Create Date                     : 2016:07:18 13:42:04+02:00
Modify Date                     : 2016:07:26 12:12:58-05:00
Subject                         : Electrical Products Catalog
Has XFA                         : No
XMP Toolkit                     : Adobe XMP Core 5.2-c001 63.139439, 2010/09/27-13:37:26
Metadata Date                   : 2016:07:26 12:12:58-05:00
Creator Tool                    : Adobe InDesign CS6 (Windows)
Instance ID                     : uuid:839c835d-d59c-463f-9076-70fa39b428d1
Original Document ID            : xmp.did:E3E323C6C370DF11B985E5B7FAC39D5B
Document ID                     : xmp.id:7FF1B207DC4CE611B12ADB5E6A65370F
Rendition Class                 : proof:pdf
Derived From Instance ID        : xmp.iid:D7C6FFB0EF48E611A53D8525167447AC
Derived From Document ID        : xmp.did:29BF540F36BDE5119234FC341B436F22
Derived From Original Document ID: xmp.did:E3E323C6C370DF11B985E5B7FAC39D5B
Derived From Rendition Class    : default
History Action                  : converted
History Parameters              : from application/x-indesign to application/pdf
History Software Agent          : Adobe InDesign CS6 (Windows)
History Changed                 : /
History When                    : 2016:07:18 13:42:04+02:00
Format                          : application/pdf
Title                           : ATX Product Catalog 002 March 2016
Creator                         : Appleton
Description                     : Electrical Products Catalog
Producer                        : Adobe PDF Library 10.0.1
Trapped                         : False
Page Layout                     : SinglePage
Page Count                      : 568

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools